Donate
   
Select your preferred input and type any Sanskrit or English word. Enclose the word in “” for an EXACT match e.g. “yoga”.
Grammar Search
"sta" has 1 results
sta: second person plural present imperative class 2 parasmaipadaas
Amarakosha Search
84 results
WordReferenceGenderNumberSynonymsDefinition
abhijātaḥ3.3.88MasculineSingularsatyam, sādhuḥ, vidyamānaḥ, praśasta, abhyarhitaḥ
abhram1.3.6-7NeuterSingularmudiraḥ, ambubhṛt, jaladharaḥ, stanayitnuḥ, dhūmayoniḥ, jīmūtaḥ, vāridaḥ, dhārādharaḥ, vārivāhaḥ, jalamuk, ghanaḥ, taḍitvān, balāhakaḥ, meghaḥcloud
ajā2.9.77FeminineSingularstabhaḥ, chāgaḥ, basta, chagalakaḥ
ākṣāritaḥ3.1.41MasculineSingularkṣāritaḥ, abhiśasta
bhakṣitaḥMasculineSingularglastam, annam, khāditam, liptam, bhuktam, grastam, abhyavahṛtam, gilitam, carvitam, aśitam, jagdham, psātam, pratyasitam
capeṭaḥ2.6.84MasculineSingularpratalaḥ, prahasta
caurikā2.10.25FeminineSingularstainyam, cauryam, steyam
cūrṇitaḥ3.1.93MasculineSingularavadadhvasta
daśāḥ2.6.115FeminineSingularvastayaḥ
dhānyam2.9.22NeuterSingularvrīhiḥ, stambakariḥ
dhikkṛtaḥ3.1.38MasculineSingularapadhvasta
droṇaḥ3.3.55MasculineSingularstambhaḥ, veśma
durodaraḥ3.3.179NeuterSingularcamūjaghanam, hastasūtram, pratisaraḥ
gauḥ2.9.67-72FeminineSingularupasaryā, rohiṇī, bahusūtiḥ, kapilā, navasūtikā, ekahāyanī, droṇakṣīrā, bandhyā, saurabheyī, garbhopaghātinī, arjunī, acaṇḍī, dhavalā, vaṣkayiṇī, dvivarṣā, pīnoghnī, tryabdā, samāṃsamīnā, sandhinī, vaśā, praṣṭhauhī, naicikī, pareṣṭukā, pāṭalā, suvratā, caturabdā, droṇadugdhā, avatokā, usrā, kālyā, aghnyā, sukarā, kṛṣṇā, dhenuḥ, ekābdā, pīvarasta, trihāyaṇī, māheyī, vehad, śṛṅgiṇī, bālagarbhiṇī, śavalī, cirasūtā, dvihāyanī, sukhasaṃdohyā, caturhāyaṇī, dhenuṣyā, sravadgarbhā, mātā(49)cow
gopaḥ3.3.137MasculineSingularstambaḥ
gutstakaḥMasculineSingularstabakaḥ
hastī2.8.35MasculineSingularpadmī, karī, gajaḥ, anekapaḥ, dantī, stamberamaḥ, vāraṇaḥ, mataṅgajaḥ, dviradaḥ, hāthī, ibhaḥ, kuñjaraḥ, dvipaḥ, dantāvalaḥ
īlitaśaḥMasculineSingularvarṇitam, paṇitam, paṇāyim, īḍitam, gīrṇam, praṇum, śastam, abhiṣṭutam, panitam, panāyim, stutam
kalkaḥ3.3.14MasculineSingularkarṇabhūṣaṇam, karihasta, aṅguliḥ, padmabījakośī
kam3.3.5NeuterSingularhasta, vitasta
kāṇḍaḥ3.3.49MasculineSingularvinyasta, saṃhataḥ
kharāśvāFeminineSingularkāravī, dīpyaḥ, mayūraḥ, locamastakaḥ
kiṃśāruḥ3.3.171MasculineSingularbaliḥ, hasta, aṃśuḥ
kuruvindaḥMasculineSingularmeghanāmā, mustā, mustakam
kuṭannaṭamNeuterSingulargonardam, dāśapuram, kaivartīmustakam, vāneyam, paripelavam, plavam, gopuram
laghuḥ3.3.33MasculineSingularhāraḥ, stabakaḥ
luptavarṇapadamMasculineSingulargrastamspoken fast
māraṇam2.8.118NeuterSingularnirbahaṇam, pravāsanam, nihiṃsanam, nirgranthanam, nihānanam, nirvāpaṇam, pratighātanam, krathanam, piñjaḥ, unmāthaḥ, nikāraṇam, parāsanam, nirvāsanam, apāsanam, kṣaṇanam, viśasanam, udvāsanam, ujjāsanam, viśaraḥ, pramāpaṇam, viśāraṇam, niṣūdanam, saṃjñapanam, ni‍starhaṇam, parivarjanam, māraṇam, pramathanam, ālambhaḥ, ghātaḥ
mṛdvīkāFeminineSingulargosta, drākṣā, svādvī, madhurasā
nimitam3.3.83NeuterSingularnistalam, padyam, caritram, atītam, dṛḍham
oghaḥ3.3.32MasculineSingularviparyāsaḥ, vistaraḥ
paricayaḥ2.4.23MasculineSingularsaṃstavaḥ
pāśaḥ2.6.99MasculineSingularpakṣaḥ, hasta
pāṣāṇaḥMasculineSingularupalaḥ, aśmaḥ, śilā, dṛṣat, prastaraḥ, grāvā
paṭuḥ3.3.46MasculineSingularatiśasta
prakāraḥ3.3.170MasculineSingularabdaḥ, strīstanaḥ
praryāptiḥ03.04.2005FeminineSingularparitrāṇam, hastavāraṇam
pratyādiṣṭaḥ3.1.39MasculineSingularnirasta, pratyākhyātaḥ, nirākṛtaḥ
praveṇī2.8.43FeminineSingularvarṇaḥ, paristomaḥ, ‍kuthaḥ, āstaraṇam
preritaḥ3.1.86MasculineSingularkṣiptaḥ, nuttaḥ, nunnaḥ, asta, niṣṭhyūtaḥ, āviddhaḥ
pūjyaḥ3.3.158MasculineSingularyasyayojñātastatraśabdādikam
rāmaḥ3.3.148MasculineSingularruk, stambaḥ, senā
rūpyam3.3.168MasculineSingularprastaraḥ, adhvaraḥ
samagram3.1.66MasculineSingularpūrṇam, akhilam, kṛtsnam, sarvam, anūnakam, sakalam, nikhilam, aśeṣam, samam, akhaṇḍam, niḥśeṣam, samastam, viśvam
śiraḥ2.6.96NeuterSingularśīrṣam, mūrdhan, mastakaḥ, uttamāṅgam
srastam3.1.104MasculineSingularpannam, cyutam, galitam, dhvastam, bhraṣṭam, skannam
stambaghnaḥ2.4.35MasculineSingularstambaghanaḥ
stambaḥMasculineSingulargulmaḥ
stambaḥ2.9.22MasculineSingulargucchaḥ
stambhaḥ3.3.142MasculineSingularkarakaḥ, mahārajanam
stanaḥ3.5.12MasculineSingular
stanaṃdhayī2.6.41MasculineSingularuttānaśayā, ḍimbhā, stanapā
stanau2.6.78MasculineDualkucau
stanitam1.3.8NeuterSingularmeghanirghoṣaḥ, rasitam, garjitamthe rattling of thunder
stavaḥ1.6.12MasculineSingularstutiḥ, stotram, nutiḥpraise
suvratā2.9.72FeminineSingular‍pīvarasta
śvaḥśreyasamNeuterSingularśivam, kuśalam, bhāvukam, kalyāṇam, śastam, bhavyam, śubham, bhadram, kṣemam, bhavikam, maṅgalamhappy, well,or right
talinam3.3.134MasculineSingularaparāddhaḥ, abhigrasta, vyāpadgataḥ
upavāsaḥ2.7.42MasculineSingularaupavastam
vajraḥ3.3.192MasculineSingularmustam
varāhaḥ2.5.3MasculineSingularkolaḥ, bhūdāraḥ, ghoṇī, kiraḥ, ghṛṣṭiḥ, kroḍaḥ, daṃṣṭrī, potrī, sūkaraḥ, stabdharomā, kiṭiḥ
vartulam3.1.68MasculineSingularnistalam, vṛttam
vyāghrapucchaḥ2.2.50MasculineSingularvyaḍambakaḥ, pañcāṅgulaḥ, rucakaḥ, gandharvahastakaḥ, varddhamānaḥ, cañcuḥ, erubūkaḥ, maṇḍaḥ, citrakaḥ, eraṇḍaḥ
vyākulaḥ3.1.42MasculineSingularvihasta
nirastam1.6.20MasculineSingulartvaritoditamsputtered
astaMasculineSingularcaramakṣmābhṛt
gutstakaḥMasculineSingularstabakaḥ
bhadramustakaḥMasculineSingulargundrā
hasta2.6.87MasculineSingular
virajastamāḥ2.7.48MasculineSingulardvayātigaḥ
bālahasta2.8.50MasculineSingularbāladhiḥ
kṛtahasta2.8.69MasculineSingular‍suprayogaviśikhaḥ, ‍kṛtapuṅkhaḥ
lastakaḥ2.8.86MasculineSingulardhanurmadhyam
nirasta2.8.89MasculineSingular
ruhastakaḥ2.9.34MasculineSingulartardūḥ
prayastam2.9.46MasculineSingularsusaṃskṛtam
bista2.9.87MasculineSingular
pustam2.10.28NeuterSingular
vyasta3.1.71MasculineSingularapraguṇaḥ, ākulaḥ
nyasta3.1.87MasculineSingularnisṛṣṭam
srastam3.1.104MasculineSingularpannam, cyutam, galitam, dhvastam, bhraṣṭam, skannam
hasta3.3.65MasculineSingularprāṇyantaraḥ, mṛtaḥ
saṃstaraḥ3.3.169MasculineSingulardhānyaśūkam
bustam3.5.34MasculineSingular
Monier-Williams Search
1896 results for sta
Devanagari
BrahmiEXPERIMENTAL
stabakam. (according to to also n.; in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' f(ā-).;also written stavaka-;prob. connected with stamba-, stambaka-) a cluster of blossoms, bunch of flowers, nosegay, tuft etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stabakam. a feather of a peacock's tail View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stabakam. a tassel View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stabakam. a quantity, multitude View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stabakam. a chapter or section (in such books as contain in their titles the words, latā-, latikā-, mañjarī-etc.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stabakācitamfn. covered with blossoms, in blossom View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stabakakandam. a particular bulbous plant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stabakaphalam. a particular fruit-tree View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stabakasaṃnibhamfn. resembling (clusters of) blossoms View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stabakayaNom. P. yati-, to provide with (clusters of) blossoms View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stabakitamfn. (gaRa tārakādi-) full of blossoms View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stabdhamfn. firmly fixed, supported, propped etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stabdhamfn. reaching up to (loc.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stabdhamfn. stiff, rigid, immovable, paralyzed, senseless, dull ( stabdham am- ind.) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stabdhamfn. solidified (as water) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stabdhamfn. puffed up, proud, arrogant etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stabdhamfn. tardy, slack, slow (?) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stabdhamfn. obstinate, stubborn, hard-hearted View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stabdhamfn. coarse View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stabdhabāhumfn. stiff-armed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stabdhadṛṣṭimfn. having motionless (id est unwinking) eyes View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stabdhagātramfn. holding the limbs stiff View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stabdhahanumfn. having stiff or immovable jaws View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stabdhakarṇam. "stiff-eared", Name of an antelope, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stabdhakarṇam. of a lion View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stabdhakarṇaśirodharamfn. holding the ears and the neck stiff View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stabdhākṣamfn. equals stabdha-dṛṣṭi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stabdhalocanamfn. having fixed or unwinking eyes (said of the gods) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stabdhamind. stabdha
stabdhamatimfn. dull-minded View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stabdhamedhramfn. one whose sexual organ has become stiff ( stabdhamedhratā -- f.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stabdhamedhratāf. stabdhamedhra
stabdhanayanamfn. idem or 'mfn. having motionless (id est unwinking) eyes ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stabdhapādamfn. one who has paralyzed legs, stiff-legged, lame ( stabdhapādatā -- f.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stabdhapādatāf. stabdhapāda
stabdhapūrṇakoṣṭhamfn. one who has a swollen or full abdomen ( stabdhapūrṇakoṣṭhatā -- f.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stabdhapūrṇakoṣṭhatāf. stabdhapūrṇakoṣṭha
stabdharomakūpamfn. one who has the pores of the skin stopped up ( stabdharomakūpatā -- f.), lb. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stabdharomakūpatāf. stabdharomakūpa
stabdharomanam. "stiff-haired", a boar, hog View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stabdhasakthimfn. stiff-thighed, lame ( stabdhasakthitā -- f.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stabdhasakthitāf. stabdhasakthi
stabdhasambhāra(?) m. a rākṣasa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stabdhaśrotramfn. stiff-eared View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stabdhatāf. fixedness, rigidity, stiffness (of the membrum virile) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stabdhatāf. pretentiousness, arrogance View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stabdhatoyamfn. (a river) whose water has solidified View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stabdhatvan. stiffness (of the navel etc.), View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stabdhatvan. haughtiness, arrogance View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stabdhavapusmfn. one whose body is benumbed or paralyzed
stabdhif. fixedness, hardness, rigidity, firmness, immobility, stupor, numbness, obstinacy View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stabdhīin compound for stabdha-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stabdhībhāvam. the becoming stiffened or rigid, torpidity View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stabdhīkaraṇan. stiffening, making rigid, paralyzing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stabdhīkṛp. -karoti- (ind.p. -kṛtya-), to make stiff or rigid View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stabdhodamfn. equals stabdha-toya- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stabdhordhvakarṇamfn. having the tips of the ears stiff or immovable View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stabham. a goat or ram (see stubha-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stabhamānamfn. making one's self stiff, behaving arrogantly, assuming an air of authority View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stabhim. rigidity View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stabhitamfn. fixed, established, supported View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stabhu(See next) . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stabhūya(fr. prec.) Nom. P. A1. y/ati-, y/ate- (only in pr. p. stabhūy/at-and y/amāna-), to stand firm View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stai cl.1 P. stāyati-, to put on, adorn (varia lectio for snai- q.v) ; to steal, do anything stealthily (only in pr. p. stāy/at-[ ]and in the following derivatives). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
staimityan. (fr. stimita-) fixedness, rigidity, immobility, numbness View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
staimityaSee . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stainan. equals next View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stainyan. (fr. stena-) theft, robbery View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stainyam. a thief View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stairṇim. patronymic fr. stīrṇa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stak cl.1 P. stakati-, to strike against View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stamSee 1. sam-, . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stambam. (prob. phonetic variation of stambha-) a clump or tuft of grass, any clump or bunch or cluster etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stambam. a sheaf of corn a bush, thicket
stambam. a shrub or plant having no decided stem (such as the jhiṇṭī- or Barleria) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stambam. the post to which an elephant is tied (wrongly inferred from stambe-rama- q.v) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stambam. a mountain View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stambam. Name of various men View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stamban. (in these senses prob. wrong reading for stambha-,m.) a post, pillar in general View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stamban. stupidity, insensibility View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stambaghanam. "clump-destroyer", a small hoe for weeding or eradicating clumps of grass, a sickle for cutting corn etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stambaghātam. cutting grass etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stambaghnamf(ī-)n. clump-destroying, weed-destroying View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stambaghnam. equals -ghana- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stambahananan. equals -ghana- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stambahananīf. equals -ghana- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stambajamfn. (prob.) bunchy, tufty, shaggy View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stambakam. a clump, bunch, tuft View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stambakāramf(ī-)n. making a clump, forming a cluster View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stambakarimfn. forming clumps or bunches View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stambakarim. corn, rice View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stambakaritāf. formation of abundant sheaves or clusters of rice View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stambakāyaNom. A1. yate-, to become a bunch of flowers etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stambakita varia lectio for stabakita- gaRa tārakādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stambamitram. (see stambham-) Name of a son of jaritā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stambamitram. (with śārṅga-) of the author of View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stambapurf. Name of the city tāmalipta- (q.v) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stambaśasind. by clumps or tufts View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stambavanam. Name of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stambavatīf. Name of a woman View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stambayajusn. Name of a particular formula and religious observance on removing clumps of grass View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stamberamam. (fr. locative case of stamba-+ r-) "delighting in clumps of high grass", an elephant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stamberamāsuram. Name of an asura- (equals gajāsura-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stambh or stabh- (connected with skambh- q.v;in native lists written stanbh-) cl.5.9. P. () stabhn/oti-, stabhn/āti- (confer, compare ), or cl.1 A1. () st/ambhate- (pr. p. also stambhat- , stabhamāna-[ q.v ] ; perfect tense tast/ambha-, mbhat-, tastabh/uḥ-, parasmE-pada tastabhv/as-, vānd- ; tastabhān/a-, tastambhe- ; Aorist /astambhīt-; astāmpsīt- ; astabhat- grammar; future stambhitā-, bhiṣyati- ; infinitive mood stabdhum- ; ind.p. stabdhv/ā- etc.; stambhitvā- ; -st/abhya-and -stambham- ), to fix firmly, support, sustain, prop (especially the heavens) ; to support or hold up by contact with, reach up to (accusative) ; to stop, stop up, arrest, make stiff or immovable, paralyze etc. ; (A1.) to rest or lean on (locative case) ; to become stiff or immovable ; to become solid : Passive voice stabhyate- (Aorist astambhi-), to be firmly fixed or supported or propped etc. etc.: Causal stabhāy/ati-, to make firm, support ; to stop, arrest ; stambhayati-, te- (Aorist atastambhat-), to fix, establish, erect etc. ; to make stiff or rigid, paralyze ; to make solid ; to stop, arrest (also by magic) , suppress, check, restrain : Desiderative tistambhiṣati- grammar : Intensive tāstabhyate- [ confer, compare Greek , ; Lithuanian stambras,stimbras; German stampfo7n,stampfen; English stamp,stump.] View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stambham. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' f(ā-).) a post, pillar, column, stem (as of a tree;also improperly applied to an arm) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stambham. support, propping, strengthening View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stambham. inflation, pretentiousness, arrogance etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stambham. fixedness, stiffness, rigidity, torpor, paralysis, stupefaction etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stambham. becoming hard or solid View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stambham. stoppage, obstruction, suppression (also the magical arresting of any feeling or force, as of hunger, thirst, or of the forces of water, fire etc. as taught in the tantra-s) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stambham. filling up, stuffing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stambham. Name of a particular adhyāya- on Va1rtt. 1 View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stambham. of a ṛṣi- etc. (see gaRa kuñjādi-and śaunakādi-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stambhabhañjakam. "pillar-breaker", Name of an elephant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stambhakamfn. stopping, arresting View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stambhakamfn. styptic, astringent View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stambhakam. (prob.) a post, pillar, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stambhakam. Name of one of śiva-'s attendants View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stambhakaramfn. (prob.) causing obstruction, hindering, impeding (in puṇya-st- q.v), causing stiffness, paralyzing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stambhakaram. a fence, railing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stambhakāraṇan. cause of obstruction or impediment View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stambhakīf. Name of a goddess View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stambhakinm. a kind of musical instrument covered with leather View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stambhamitram. Name of a ṛṣi- (equals stamba-m-), View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stambhanamf(ī-)n. stiffening, making rigid or immovable, paralyzing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stambhanamf(ī-)n. stopping, arresting, checking, restraining View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stambhanamf(ī-)n. styptic, astringent View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stambhanam. "paralyzer", Name of one of the five arrows of kāma-deva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stambhanan. the act of turning into a pillar (See rambhā-st-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stambhanan. strengthening, supporting View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stambhanan. becoming stiff or rigid View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stambhanan. making stiff or rigid, paralysing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stambhanan. a means of making stiff or rigid View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stambhanan. stopping, arresting (also by magical means) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stambhanan. stopping flow of blood etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stambhanan. a styptic or astringent View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stambhanan. a particular magical art or faculty (See under stambha-and see jala-stambhana-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stambhanādividhim. Name of a mantra-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stambhanakamf(ikā-)n. making solid, solidifying View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stambhanaprakāram. Name of a medicine work. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stambhanīf. a kind of magic View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stambhanīyamfn. to be fixed or stopped or checked (its a-st-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stambhanīyamfn. to be treated with styptics View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stambhapūjāf. worship of the posts (of the temporary pavilions erected for marriages or other festive occasions) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stambhatāf. stiffness, paralysis View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stambhatīrthan. Name of a place View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stambhavatīf. Name of a city View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stambhim. the sea View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stambhībhūP. -bhavati-, to become a post View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stambhikāf. the leg of a chair View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stambhinmfn. provided with pillars or columns, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stambhinmfn. supporting View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stambhinmfn. puffed up, arrogant
stambhinmfn. stopping, restraining View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stambhinm. the sea View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stambhinīf. Name of one of the five dhāraṇā-s or elements (= the earth; see bhramaṇī-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stambhitamfn. (fr. Causal) fixed, established, supported View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stambhitamfn. stiffened, benumbed, paralyzed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stambhitamfn. stopped, brought to a standstill, suppressed, restrained etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stambhitamfn. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') stuffed or filled with View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stambhitabāṣpavṛttimfn. suppressing the flow of tears View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stambhitarambhan. Name of a troṭaka- (see rambhā-stambhana-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stambhitāśrumfn. one who has suppressed his tears View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stambhitatvan. the being checked or impeded (in sarva-loka-bhayāst-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stambhīyamfn. (said of a particular adhyāya-) on Va1rtt. 1. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stambhotkīrṇamfn. carved out of a wooden post (as a statue) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stambinmfn. clumpy, tufty, bunchy, bushy, shaggy View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stan (confer, compare 2. tan-) cl.1 P. () stanati- (once in -stanase-;in sg. stan-and 2. imperative stanihi-; perfect tense tastāna-, tastanuḥ- grammar; Aorist astānīt- ; future stanitā-, niṣyati- grammar), to resound, reverberate, roar, thunder etc. ; to utter inarticulate sounds : Causal stan/ayati- (Aorist atiṣṭanat-) idem or ' cl.1 P. stakati-, to strike against ' (stanayati-,"it thunders") etc. ; crackle (as fire) : Desiderative tistaniṣati- grammar : Intensive taṃstanyate-, taṃstanti- (2. sg. imperative taṃstanīhi-See abhi-ṣṭan-). ([ confer, compare Greek ; Slavonic or Slavonian stenja; Anglo-Saxon stunian; German sto0hnen.]) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stanam. (or n. gaRa ardharcādi- in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' ā-or ī-;derivation doubtful, but prob. connected with stan-,from the hollow resonance of the human breast), the female breast (either human or animal) , teat, dug, udder etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stanam. the nipple (of the female or the male breast) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stanam. a kind of pin or peg on a vessel shaped like a teat View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stanabālam. plural Name of a people View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stanabharam. "breast-weight", a swelling bosom View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stanabharam. a man with a breast like a woman's View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stanabhavamfn. being on the breast View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stanabhavam. a particular posture in sexual union View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stanābhogam. fulness of the breast View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stanābhogam. the curve or orb of the breast, a man with projecting breast (like a woman's) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stanābhuj(in stana-bh-) mfn. enjoying the udder (said of calves) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stanābhujamfn. feeding or nourishing with the udder (said of cows) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stanacūcukan. the nipple of the breast View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stanadātrīf. giving the breast, suckling View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stanadveṣinmfn. rejecting the breast View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stanāgran. equals naśikhā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stanagraham. the sucking or drawing of the breast View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stanakalaśam. a jar-like breast View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stanakalaśam. Name of a bard (wrong reading lasa-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stanakesavatīf. having breasts and long hair. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stanakorakam. n. a budlike breast View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stanakoṭif. the nipple of the breast View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stanakuḍmalan. "breast-bud", a woman's breast View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stanakumbham. equals -kalaśa- above View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stanakuṇḍan. (sg. or plural) Name of a tīrtha- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stanamadhyam. a nipple View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stanamadhyan. the space between the breast View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stanamaṇḍalan. "breast-orb" equals -taṭa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stanaṃdhamfn. equals --dhaya- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stanaṃdhamamfn. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stanaṃdhayamf(ī-or[ ] ā-)n. sucking the breast View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stanaṃdhayam. a suckling, infant etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stanaṃdhayam. a calf View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stanāṃśukan. a cloth covering the bosom View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stanamukham. (?) n. a nipple View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stanamūlan. "root of the breast", the lower part of the female breast View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stananan. the sound of a hollow cough View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stananan. sounding, sound, noise View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stananan. the rumbling of clouds View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stananan. equals kunthana-, kunthita- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stananan. groaning, breathing hard View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stanāṅgarāgam. pigment on a woman's breast View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stanāntaran. the space between the breasts, centre of the chest (of men and women) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stanāntaran. the heart (as between the breast) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stanāntaran. a mark on the breast (indicating future widowhood) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stanapamf(ā-)n. drinking or sucking the breast View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stanapamf(ā-)n. a suckling View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stanapāmfn. equals -pa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stanapānan. the drinking or sucking of the breast View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stanapatanan. flaccidity of the breast View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stanapātṛmfn. sucking the breast of (compound) , View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stanapāyakamfn. equals -pa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stanapāyikam. plural varia lectio for -poṣika- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stanapāyikāf. a female child still unweaned View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stanapāyinmfn. equals -pa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stanapoṣikam. plural Name of a people (varia lectio -yoṣika-etc.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stanarogam. a disease of the female breast View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stanarohitam. n. a particular part of the female breast View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stanaśikhāf. "breast-point", a nipple View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stanasyumfn. sucking the breast, a suckling View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stanataṭam. n. the projection of the female breast View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stanatham. roar (of a lion) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stanatham. thunder View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stanathum. roar (of a lion) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stanatyāgam. "leaving the mother's breast", weaning View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stanāvaraṇan. a breast-cloth ( stanāvaraṇatā -- f.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stanāvaraṇatāf. stanāvaraṇa
stanavatīf. possessing teats View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stanavatīf. a woman View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stanavepathum. the heaving of the breast View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stanavṛntan. "breast-stalk", a nipple View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stanayadamamfn. (see 1. ama-) having a roaring onset (said of the marut-s) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stanayitnum. (sg. or plural) thunder (plural personified as children of vidyota-, "Lightning") etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stanayitnum. a thunder-cloud View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stanayitnum. lightning View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stanayitnum. sickness View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stanayitnum. death View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stanayitnum. a kind of grass (equals mustaka-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stanayitnughoṣamfn. loud as thunder View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stanayitnumator (wrong reading) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stanayitnusanimfn. bringing thunder View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stanayitnuvatmfn. connected with thunder View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stanayodhika() () m. plural Name of a people (varia lectio -poṣika-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stanayoṣika() m. plural Name of a people (varia lectio -poṣika-).
staninmfn. having a breast or udder View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
staninmfn. (said of a horse having a particular deformity) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stanitamfn. thundering, sounding View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stanitan. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' f(ā-).) thunder etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stanitan. loud groaning View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stanitan. the sound of a vibrating bowstring View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stanitan. the noise of clapping the hands View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stanitakumāram. plural (with jaina-s) a particular class of gods View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stanitaphalam. Asteracantha Longifolia View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stanitasamayam. the time of thundering View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stanitasubhagamind. with pleasant rumbling sounds View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stanitavimukhamfn. refraining from thunder View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stanopapīḍam ind.p. pressing the breast View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stanottarīyan. idem or 'n. a breast-cloth ( stanāvaraṇatā -- f.) ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stanutṛ(?) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stanyamfn. contained in the female breast View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stanyan. (once m.) milk View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stanyabhujmfn. sucking milk from the breast, unweaned View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stanyadamfn. producing (good) milk View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stanyadānan. the giving of milk from the breast View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stanyapamfn. drinking milk from the breast, a suckling View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stanyapānan. the drinking of milk from the breast, the period of early infancy View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stanyapāyin mfn. sucking milk from the breast, unweaned View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stanyarogam. sickness caused by unhealthy mother's milk View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stanyatyāgam. ceasing to drink a mother's milk, the being weaned View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stanyatyāgamātrakan. (with vayas-) the period immediately after weaning View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stanyāvataraṇan. the inspissation of milk View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stara staraṇa-, stariman- etc. See . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
staram. (see pra--, vi--, sva-stara-) a layer, stratum View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
staraṇan. the act of spreading or strewing or scattering (especially the sacrificial grass) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
staraṇan. the plastering (of a wall) (Scholiast or Commentator) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
staraṇīyamfn. to be spread or strewn or scattered View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
staf. (Nominal verb /īs- accusative y/am-; plural y/as-) a barren cow, heifer View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
staf. (with r/ātri-) a night passed in vain View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
staf. smoke, vapour [ confer, compare Greek , ; Latin sterilis; Gothic staira; German ste0r,ste0ro;Sta0rke.] View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
starīkṛP. -karoti-, to render fruitless View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
starimanm. "that which is spread", a bed, couch
starīmanm. the act of spreading or scattering (only locative case maṇi-as infinitive mood) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
starīmanm. equals prec. (see suṣṭar-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
startavaiSee root. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
startaveSee root. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
starum. "overthrower", an enemy View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
staru probably incorrect; the vocative case staro- seems to be wrong reading for suge-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
staryamfn. to be laid low or overthrown View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
staubhamf(ī-)n. humming, making joyful exclamations, hurrahing
staubhikamfn. forming or containing a stobha- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
staubhikaSee column 1. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
staulāf. (of unknown meaning; according to to fem. of an adjective (cf. mfn.) equals sthūla-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
staunamfn. (of unknown meaning; according to to equals stena-,"a thief, robber"; according to to others,"heavy, inert, slothful", fr. stū- equals sthū- equals sthā-)
staupikan. equals buddha-dravya-, the relics deposited in a stūpa- or dagoba View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
staupikan. a kind of small broom carried by a Buddhist or jaina- ascetic View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
staupikaSee column 1. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stautim. (used as a N. for1. stu-,"to praise") View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stavam. or n. a particular substance View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stava stavaka- etc. See . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stavam. (for 1.See) praise, eulogy, song of praise, hymn, panegyric View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stavacintāmaṇim. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stavadaṇḍakamn. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stavadhyaiSee above under root. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stavakam. praise, eulogium View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stavakam. a panegyrist, praiser View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stavakarṇikāf. a lac-earring (?) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stavakarṇinm. Name of deva-trāta- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stavamālāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stavamānaSee root. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stavāmṛtalaharīf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stavanan. praising, praise View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stavanan. plural songs of praise View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stavānaSee root. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stavanīyamfn. to be praised, praiseworthy View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stavanyamfn. idem or 'mfn. to be praised, praiseworthy ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stavarājam. "chief of hymns", a particular mystical prayer or incantation (also as Name of work) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stavarakam. a fence, railing (perhaps wrong reading for āvaraka-,or stambha-kara-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stavārham. "worthy of praise", Name of a pratyeka-buddhi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stavatmfn. (only in Nominal verb sg. stav/ān-;always applied to indra- and according to to = stūyamāna-,"being praised"; according to to others equals stavas- equals tavas-,fr. stu-for1. tu-,and meaning"strong, powerful";others give it the sense"thundering", fr. stan-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stavat(Nominal verb sg. stav/ān-). See . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stavatham. praise View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stavāvalif. Name of various collections of hymns or panegyrics. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
staveyyam. Name of indra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stavim. equals udgātṛ-, a chanter View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stavitavyamfn. to be praised etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stavitṛm. a praiser, singer View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stavyamfn. to be praised, praiseworthy, glorious View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhidhvastamfn. afflicted by (instrumental case) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhigrastamfn. equals abhi-panna- (overcome) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhiniḥstanto sound heavily (as a drum) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhisaṃstambh(ind.p. -stabhya-) to support, render firm View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhisaṃstavam. praise View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhisaṃtrastamfn. ( tras-), terrified, much alarmed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhiśastamfn. accused, blamed, calumniated View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhiśastamfn. defamed, infamous etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhiśastamfn. threatened View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhiśastamfn. See also sub voce, i.e. the word in the Sanskrit order View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhiśastamfn. perf. Passive voice parasmE-pada fr. abhi-śaṃs-, q.v , but sometimes (exempli gratia, 'for example' commentator or commentary on ) derived fr. abhi-śas-, which does not occur. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhiśastakamfn. accused, defamed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhiśastakamfn. caused by imprecation (as a disease) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhistaraṇan. scattering, strewing, , Scholiast or Commentator View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyastamfn. accumulated by repeated practice (as food) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyastamfn. practised, exercised etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyastamfn. learnt by heart, repeated, studied View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyastamfn. multiplied View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyastamfn. (in grammar) reduplicated (as roots) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyastan. the reduplicated base of a root View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyastamwith i- ([Pot. -iyāt- ]) or 1. - ([ Aorist -agāt- ]), (said of the sun) to set upon anybody (accusative) who is not working or while anything (accusative) is not done or performed (see abhi-ni-mruc-.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyastamayam. See anuddhṛtābh-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyastamitamfn. one on whom while not (working or) being asleep the sun has set View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abjahastam. the sun (represented as holding a lotus in one hand) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adastamfn. unexhausted, imperishable, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhaḥprastaram. seat or bed of turf or grass (for persons in a state of impurity). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhastalan. the room below anything. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhastanamfn. lower, being underneath View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhastanamfn. preceding (in a book). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhastarāmind. very far down View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhiśastamfn. ( śaṃs-), (equals abhiśasta-), notorious View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ādhvastamfn. covered
ādhvastaSee under ā-dhvaṃs-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyastamfn. placed over View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyastamfn. disguised View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyastamfn. supposed. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
agastyaśāstamfn. ruled by agastya- (with diś-, f. "the south"), View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
agniprastaram. a fire-producing stone View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
agniprastaram. flint View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
agnistambham. or View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
agnistambhanan. the (magical) quenching of fire. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
agrahastam. equals -pāṇi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
agrahastam. the tip of an elephant's trunk View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
agrahastam. finger View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
agrastamfn. not swallowed (said of sounds), View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āgrastamfn. bored, perforated by (in compound) commentator or commentary on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ahastamf(-)n. handless View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ahrastamfn. (for - hrasita-) not shortened, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aiṣamastanamfn. occurring in or relating to this year, of this year View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ajāgalastanam. nipple or fleshy protuberance on the neck of goats, an emblem of any useless or worthless object or person. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
akravihastamfn. not having bloody hands ["not having niggardly hands, not close-fisted" ] View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
amastakamfn. headless. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ambhastasind. out of the water, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ambuhastam. a water-elephant (confer, compare jala-- dvīpa-), View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
amṛtopastaraṇan. water sipped as a substratum for the nectar like food and View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
amṛtopastaraṇan. an imperishable substratum (see amptāpidhān/a-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aṃśuhastam. "having rays for hands", the sun View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
amuktahastamf(ā-)n. "one whose hand is not open (to give)", sparing, economical View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
amuktahastaf. economy, frugality View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anabhiśasta([ ]) or /an-abhiśasti- ([ ]) or an-abhiśasteny/a- ([ ]) or /an-abhiśastya- ([ ]), mfn. blameless, faultless. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anāśastamfn. not praised ([ ;"not to be trusted" ]) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anastamitamfn. not gone down, not subject to setting or declining. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aṅgirastama(/aṅgiras--) mfn. having the luminous quality of the aṅgirasa-s in the highest degree, said of agni- and of uṣas- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anīcaistanamfn. not low, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aniḥśastamfn. blameless ([ ;"not repelled or refused" ]) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anistabdhamfn. not rendered immovable or stiff View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anistabdhamfn. not paralysed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anistabdhamfn. not fixed. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āñjaneyastavam. Name (also title or epithet) of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
antarhastamind. in the hand, within reach of the hand View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
antastaptamfn. internally heated or harassed. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anuddhṛtābhyastamayam. sunset (abhy-astamaya-) taking place whilst the āhavanīya- fire continues unremoved from the gārhapatya- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anupadasta([ ]) or an-upadasya- ([ ]) or /an-upadasyat- ([ ]) or /an-upadasvat- ([ ]) or /an upadāsuka- ([ ]) mfn. not drying up, not decaying. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anupanyastamfn. not laid down clearly, not established View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anustanitan. continual thundering, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anustaraṇam. ( stṛ-), an animal which is fit to be chosen as a secondary victim View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anustaraṇīf. the cow sacrificed at the funeral ceremony
anvastamfn. (2. as-), shot along, shot View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anvastamfn. interwoven (as in silk), chequered View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āpādatalamastakamind. from the sole of the foot to the head, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āpadgrastamfn. seized by misfortune, unfortunate, in misfortune. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apadhvastamfn. degraded View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apadhvastamfn. reviled View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apadhvastamfn. abandoned, destroyed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apadhvastam. a vile wretch lost to all sense of right View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apahastan. striking or throwing away or off (["the back of the hand"commentator or commentary ]) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apahastakamfn. handless, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apahastayaNom. P. yati-, to throw away, push aside, repel, (generally used in the perf. Pass. p. ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apāstamfn. thrown off, set aside View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apāstamfn. driven away View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apāstamfn. carried off or away, abandoned, discarded View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apāstamfn. disregarded View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apāstamfn. contemned. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apastamamfn. (ap/as--) (superl.) , most active View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apastamamfn. most rapid View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apastamaSee 2. ap/as-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apastambam. a vessel inside or on one side of the chest containing vital air View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āpastambam. Name of a renowned sage and writer on ritual View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āpastambamf(ī-). a descendant of āpastamba- gaRa vidādi- ([ ]) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āpastambam. plural the pupils of āpastamba-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āpastambadharmam. Name of work by āpastamba- and his school. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āpastambagṛhyan. Name of work by āpastamba- and his school. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āpastambaśrautan. Name of work by āpastamba- and his school. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āpastambasūtran. etc. Name of work by āpastamba- and his school. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apastambham. idem or 'm. a vessel inside or on one side of the chest containing vital air ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āpastambham. varia lectio for āpastamba-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apastambhinīf. Name of a plant. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āpastambhinīf. Name of a plant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āpastambim. a descendant of the above.
āpastambīyamfn. belonging to or descended from āpastamba-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apastanamfn. far from the mother's breast, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apatrastamfn. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' or with ablative) afraid of, fleeing or retiring from in terror View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apraśastamfn. not praised, fameless View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apraśastamfn. not good, inferior, worthless View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apraśastan. dirt, natural excretion View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apraśastamfn. not praised, blamable View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apratiśastamfn. not shouted towards idem or 'mfn. not reciting or shouting towards ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apratistabdhamfn. unrestrained (see a-pratiṣṭabdha-above.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
arālahastam. a particular position of the hands, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ardhahastakam. a distance of 120 inches, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ardhāstamayam. half (id est partial) setting of the sun or the moon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ārdrahastamf(ā-)n. moist-handed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
asamastamfn. uncompounded etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
asamastamfn. uncollected View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
asamastamfn. incomplete View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
asaṃstavamfn. unknown, unacquainted, not on terms of friendship (varia lectio) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aśastamfn. "ineffable"or,"unwished" View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āśastaSee an-ā-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aśastavāra(/aśasta--) mfn. having indescribable treasures (["who is not asked for wealth id est who grants it of his own accord" ]) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aspṛṣṭarajastamaskamfn. perfectly pure View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āsrastamfn. fallen off, loose View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
astamfn. (perf. Passive voice p.2. as-), thrown, cast View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
astamfn. (/an-- negative) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
astamfn. (only in compound) thrown off, left off, set aside, given up (as grief. anger, a vow, etc.) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
astan. home View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
astam. setting (as of the sun or of luminaries) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
astam. "end, death" See asta-samaya- below View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
astam. the western mountain (behind which the sun is supposed to set) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
astam. (in astronomy) the seventh lunar mansion View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
astam. astam-i-, astaṃ-gam- (also Causal See astaṃ-gamita-below) , or prāp- ([ ]), to go to one's eternal home, cease, vanish, perish, die etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
astam. astaṃ-- ([ -nayati-]), to lead to setting, cause to set View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
astabdhamfn. "not fixed", moving, agile (as a bird) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
astabdhamfn. not arrogant or obstinate, unassuming, modest View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
astabdhatāf. unassumingness View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
astabdhatvan. idem or 'f. unassumingness ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
astabhavanan. the seventh lunar mansion View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
astadhīmfn. "out of one's mind", foolish. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
astagamanan. setting (of the sun) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
astagāminmfn. going down, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
astagirim. equals -kṣitibhṛt- q.v , View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
astakan. home (see sv-astak/a-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
astakam. going to one's eternal home View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
astakaruṇamfn. pitiless, cruel, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
astakopamfn. one whose anger is laid aside, commentator or commentary on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
astakṣitibhṛtm. "the mountain asta-", the western mountain (behind which the sun is supposed to set), View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
astalagnan. the western horizon, , Scholiast or Commentator View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
astamind. at home, home etc., especially used with verbs exempli gratia, 'for example' /astam-i- ([ /astam /eti-; pr. p. astaṃ-y/at- ; fut. p. astam-eṣy/at- ; perf. p. /astamita-See below sub voce, i.e. the word in the Sanskrit order ]); /astaṃ-gam- ([ /astam g/acchati- etc.; perf. p. astaṃ-gata- etc., once in reversed order gata astaṃ- ]) or astaṃ-- ([ pr. p. -yāt- ]) to go down, set etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
astamanan. (a corruption of astam-/ayana- q.v), setting View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
astamastakamn. (the head id est) the top of the mountain asta-, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
astamayam. setting (of the sun) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
astamayam. disappearance, vanishing, perishing (said of the senses) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
astamayācalam. (= asta-- giri-), View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
astamayanan. setting of the sun View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
astambhamf(ā-)n. without pillars View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
astambhamf(ā-)n. unassuming View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
astameṣyatSee /astam- before sub voce, i.e. the word in the Sanskrit order /asta-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
astaṃgacchatm. (= lagna-), View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
astaṃgamitamfn. (Caus. perf. Pass. p.) brought to an end, destroyed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
astamīke locative case ind. (fr. 2. añc- see samīk/a-,etc.) at home View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
astamitamfn. set (as the sun) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
astamitamfn. come to an end, ceased, dead etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
astamiteind. locative case after sunset View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
astamitoditā, f. (scilicet paurṇa-- māsī-) the day on which the moon rises full after sunset, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
astamūrdhanm. equals -mastaka- q.v View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
astaṃyat See /astam- before sub voce, i.e. the word in the Sanskrit order /asta-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
astaṃyātSee /astam- before sub voce, i.e. the word in the Sanskrit order /asta-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
astaf. having no breast or udder, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
astanimagnamfn. set (as the sun) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āstaraetc. See ā-stṛ-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āstaram. covering View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āstaram. a coverlet, blanket, carpet View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āstaram. a bed, cushion, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āstaram. Name of a man. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āstaraṇaf(ī-)n. the act of spreading View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āstaraṇan. a carpet, rug View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āstaraṇan. a cushion, quilt, bed-clothes View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āstaraṇan. a bed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āstaraṇan. a layer of sacred grass spread out at a sacrifice View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āstaraṇan. an elephant's housings, a painted cloth or blanket worn on his back. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āstaraṇavatmfn. covered with a cloth or carpet View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āstaraṇikamfn. resting on a cloth or carpet View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
astarāśim. equals -bhavana- q.v View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
astaryamfn. not to be laid low, unconquarable, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
astasamayam. "the moment of sunset"and"the moment of end or death" View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
astasaṃkhyamfn. innumerable View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
astaśikharam. equals mastaka- q.v View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aṣṭasta([ ]) ([ ]) f. (a cow) whose udder has eight teats (see aṣṭ/āstanā-.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aṣṭasta([ ]) f. (a cow) whose udder has eight teats (see aṣṭ/āstanā-.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aṣṭāsta(aṣṭ/ā--) f. equals aṣṭa-stan/ā- q.v TS
astatandrimfn. who has laid aside sloth View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
astatāti(/asta--) f. home View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
astavyastamfn. scattered hither and thither, confused, disordered View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aśvastanamf(ī-)n. not for to-morrow, not provided for to-morrow View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aśvastanavidmfn. ignorant of the future View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aśvastanavidhānan. non-provision for the future (= ) . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aśvastanavidhātṛmfn. not providing for the future View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aśvastanikamfn. equals a-śvastana- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
atihastayaNom. (fr. ati-hasta-) P. atihastayati-, to stretch out the hands ; (fr. atihastin-), to overtake on an elephant. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
atiśastamfn. very excellent. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ativyastamfn. too widely separated, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ātmastavam. self-praise View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
atyastamfn. one who has shot or cast beyond View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aupavastan. (fr. upa-vasta-), fasting, a fast View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avadhvastamfn. sprinkled View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avadhvastamfn. spotted, stippled View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avadhvastamfn. abandoned View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avadhvastamfn. despised (see apa-dhvasta-.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avaharṣistamfn. ( hṛṣ-), caused to shiver View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avahastam. the back of the hand View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avasrastamfn. fallen down
avastabdhamfn. stiff (with cold etc.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avastaraṇan. strewing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avastaraṇan. a cover for a bed, blanket View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avāstavamfn. unsubstantial, unreal, fictitious View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avāstavamfn. unfounded, irrational (as an argument). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avatrastamfn. ( tras-), terrified, (varia lectio apa.dhvasta-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avihastamfn. not unclever, experienced in (locative case) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avinyastamfn. untrodden, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āvistarāmind. in a more manifest or very manifest way (very often joined to the roots as-, bhū-,and 1. kṛ-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aviśvastamfn. not trusted, suspected, doubted View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aviśvastamfn. equals a-viśvas/at- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avyastamfn. undecomposed, undispersed, not separated View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avyavastamfn. (sta-for sita-?, -), not tied or fastened View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āyastamfn. exerted, managed or effected with difficulty View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āyastamfn. labouring, toiling, making effort or exertion etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āyastamfn. pained, distressed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āyastamfn. wearied, vexed, angry View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āyastamfn. sharpened, whetted View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āyastamfn. thrown, cast View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āyastan. resoluteness, (Bombay edition). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bahistanvamfn. one whose limbs extend over the body (of the fire-altar) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bahistapasn. outward penance, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bahuśastamfn. very excellent View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bahuśastamfn. very right or good or happy View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bahustavāvalif. Name of a collection of hymns. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bahuvistamfn. weighing many Vistas, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bahuvistaram. great extension View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bahuvistaram. ( bahuvistarayuktam -yuktam- ind. in all directions, everywhere ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bahuvistaramf(ā-)n. of wide extent, widely spread (also tāra- ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bahuvistaramf(ā-)n. manifold, various View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bahuvistaramf(ā-)n. very detailed ( bahuvistaram am- ind.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bahuvistaramind. bahuvistara
bahuvistarayuktamind. bahuvistara View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bālarakṣāstavam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
balāsabastam. a particular disease of the eye View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
balīyastaramfn. more powerful, stronger, mightier View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bandhastambham. "binding-post", the post to which an elephant is tied View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bastam. (also written vasta-) a goat View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stamf(ī-)n. (fr. basta-) coming from a goat (taṃ carma-,a goat-skin) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bastagandhāf. Ocimum Villosum View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bastagandhākṛtif. a particular plant growing in mālava- (equals lakṣmaṇā-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bastakarṇam. Shorea Robusta View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bastamāramind. after the manner of the dying of a goat View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bastamodāf. Name of a plant (equals aja-modā-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bastamukhamf(ī-)n. goat-faced View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bastamūtran. the urine of a goat View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bastaśṛṅgīf. Odina Pinnata View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bastavāśinmfn. bleating like a goat (wrong reading s/in-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
baṭukabhairavastavarājam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhadrahastamfn. having beautiful or auspicious hands (said of the aśvin-s) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhadramustam. () () a kind of Cyperus (only in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhadramustakam. () a kind of Cyperus (only in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhagavatīkeśādipādastavam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhairavastavam. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhapraśastamfn. favourable in regard to the asterism View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhavānīstavarājam. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhavānīstavaśatakan. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhayasaṃtrastamānasamfn. having the mind scared with terror View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhayatrastamfn. trembling with fear, frightened, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhinnamastakapiṇḍaka mfn. whose skull and forehead are cloven, (an elephant) whose frontal prominences have fissures View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhinnamastakapiṇḍikamfn. whose skull and forehead are cloven, (an elephant) whose frontal prominences have fissures View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhīṣmastavarājam. " bhīṣma-'s hymn to kṛṣṇa-", Name of View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhujastambham. paralysis of the arms View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhūtagrastamfn. possessed by an evil spirit View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhūyaḥstana(bh/ūyaḥ--.) mfn. having more teats than (ablative) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhūyastaram ind. more, anew, again View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhūyastarāmind. more, anew, again View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
brahmakarmapustakan. Name of a manual on ceremonies View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
brahmānandastavam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
brahmastambam. Name of a man (see brāhmastambi-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
brahmatarkastavam. Name of a vedānta- work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
brahmatarkastavavivaraṇan. Name of a commentator or commentary on it. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bṛhacchāntistava(hac+śā-) m. the larger śānti-stava- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bustam. n. (gaRa ardharcādi-) the burnt exterior of roast meat View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bustam. the husk or shell of fruit View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
cakrahastam. (equals -pāṇi-) idem or 'm. (see -bhṛt-) viṣṇu-.' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
catstaf. (a cow) having 4 nipples View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
catuḥstaSee catu-s-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
caturhastamfn. four-handed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
caturviṃśatidaṇḍakastavam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
catusta f. (a cow) having 4 nipples View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
chinnahastamfn. "cut-hand", Name of a man, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
chinnamastaf. "decapitated", a headless form of durgā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
chinnamastakīkṛto decapitate View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
cidānandastavarājam. equals -daśa-ślokī- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
cikurahastam. idem or 'f. idem or 'm. idem or 'm. idem or 'm. idem or 'm. idem or 'm. a mass of hair, tuft of hair ' ' ' ' ' ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
citavistaram. a kind of ornament View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
citrahastam. plural particular movements of the hands in fighting View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
citranyastamfn. equals -ga- (varia lectio) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
citraśravastama(tr/a--) mfn. (superl.) having most wonderful fame, .
citrāstaraṇavatmfn. covered with various or variegated carpets View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
custam. n. varia lectio for busta- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dākṣāyaṇahastamfn. having gold in the hand View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dakṣiṇāmūrtistava m. 10 verses ascribed to śaṃkara- (explained by viśva-rūpa- or sureśvara- in a commentary with gloss by rāma-tīrtha-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
daṇḍahastamfn. staff-handed (yama-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
daṇḍahastam. a doorkeeper View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
daṇḍahastan. equals -mātaṅga- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
daṇḍahastaf(ā-, ī-). (ā- ; ī- ) idem or 'n. equals -mātaṅga- ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
darbhasaṃstaram. a bed made of d- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
darbhastambam. equals -pūla- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dāruhasta m. a wooden spoon or ladle View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dāruhastakam. a wooden spoon or ladle View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dastamfn. equals dosita- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dattahastamfn. in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' having a hand given for support, supported by View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dattahastamfn. shaking hands View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
devastavam. Name of a prince View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhanuḥstambhatn. a kind of spasmodic contraction of the body View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhanurhastamfn. bow in hand, having a bow View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhanustambhaSee dhanuḥ-st-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhanustambhaSee nuḥ-st-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhūlihastayaNom. P. yati-, to take dust into the hand View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhvastamfn. fallen, destroyed, perished, lost etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhvastamfn. eclipsed, obscured View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhvastamfn. scattered or covered with (instrumental case or compound) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhvastadhīm. one whose senses are lost (through passion etc.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhvastakamalamfn. (a pond) which has lost its lotus-flowers View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhvastamūrdhajamfn. whose hair has fallen out View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhvastapremanmfn. whose love has vanished View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhvastarajaḥsattvatamomalamfn. freed from the impurity of passion, goodness and darkness View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
digdhahastamfn. (a hunter) having (in his hand) or using poisoned arrows View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
digdhahastamfn. having the hands smeared or soiled View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dīpastambhadevatāpūjāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
divastambhanamf(ī-)n. sky-supporting, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
doṣagrastamfn. involved in guilt, guilty View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dravyahastamfn. holding anything in the hand View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dṛḍhahastam. "strong-handed", Name of a son of dhṛta-rāṣṭra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
duḥśastamfn. badly recited View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
duḥśastan. a bad recitation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
durdinagrastabhāskaramfn. having the sun obscured by dark clouds View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
durgāstavam. "praise of durgā-", Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
durmocahastagrāhamfn. "whose hand's grasp is hard to unloose", holding fast View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
durnyastamfn. badly arranged, ix, 41 View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
durnyastamfn. badly used (said of a spell) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dustapamfn. difficult to be endured (penance) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dustaramfn. (see --) difficult to be passed or overcome, unconquerable, invincible View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dustaraṇamf(ī-)n. idem or 'mfn. (see --) difficult to be passed or overcome, unconquerable, invincible ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dustarkam. false reasoning, wrong argument View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dustarkamūlamfn. founded on it View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dustarkyamfn. difficult to be supposed or reasoned about View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dvādaśādityastavam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dvādaśaliṅgastavanan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dvārastambham. equals -śākhā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dvihastamf(ā-)n. 2 hands long View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dvirabhyastamfn. twice repeated View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dvista(dv/i-.) f. having 2 udders or 2 pegs commentator or commentary (see ) . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dvistaf. having 2 udders or 2 pegs commentator or commentary (see ) . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dvivistamfn. worth 2 Vistas View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ekahastamfn. one hand long View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ekastambhamfn. resting upon one pillar View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gabhastalan. equals gabhasti-mat- q.v View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gabhastihastam. equals -pāṇi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gadāhastamfn. armed with a mace View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gadāhastamfn. mace-handed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
galahastam. "the hand at the throat", seizing by the throat, throttling View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
galahastayaNom. P. yati-, to seize by the throat, throttle, strangle View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
galastaf. (equals le-st-) "having (small fleshy protuberances, resembling) nipples depending from the throat", a she-goat View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
galestaf. equals gala-st- (see ajāgala-stana-.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gaṇapatistavarājam. Name of a hymn in praise of gaṇeśa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gandharvahastam. " gandharva--handed (the form of the leaves resembling that of a hand)", the castor-oil tree View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gandharvahastam. (a-manuṣyasya h- ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gandharvahastakam. idem or 'm. (a-manuṣyasya h- )' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gaṇeśastavarājam. Name of a part of the View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
garīyastaramfn. greater View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ghanahastasaṃkhyāf. (in geometry) the contents of an excavation or of a solid alike in figure View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ghṛtahasta(t/a--) mf(ā-)n. having ghee in one's hand View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ghṛtapātrastanavatīf. (a cow) whose nipples are represented by vessels filled with ghee View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
giristaf. "mountain-breasted", the earth, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
staf. (Comparative degree) excellent speech or voice View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
staetc. See View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gītapustakan. Name of a collection of songs View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gītapustakasaṃgraham. idem or 'n. Name of a collection of songs ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
glastamfn. equals grasta-, eaten View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gostanam. a cow's dug View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gostanam. a cluster of blossoms, nosegay View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gostanam. a pearl necklace consisting of 4 (or of 34 ) strings View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gostanam. a kind of fort View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gostanākāramfn. shaped like cow's dug View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gostaf. a kind of red grape View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gostaf. Name of one of the mothers attending on skanda- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gostanīsavam. a kind of wine View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
grahagrastamfn. possessed by a demon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
grāmavāstavyam. the inhabitant of a village, villager View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
granthavistaram. a voluminous text View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
granthavistaram. a multitude of grantha-s (of 32 syllables each) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
grastamfn. swallowed, eaten View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
grastamfn. taken, seized View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
grastamfn. surrounded or absorbed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
grastamfn. possessed (by a demon) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
grastamfn. involved in View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
grastamfn. tormented, affected by etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
grastamfn. eclipsed etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
grastamfn. inarticulately pronounced, slurred () 35 View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
grastamfn. (a-- negative) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
grastan. inarticulate pronunciation of the vowels Introd. on Va1rtt. 18. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
grastāstam. the setting of the sun or moon while eclipsed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
grastatvan. the being refuted (by arguments) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
grāvahasta(gr/āv-) mfn. equals -grābh/a- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
guṇavistaramfn. abounding in excellent qualities View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
halāyudhastavam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hanustambham. equals -graha- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
haribhaktilatikāstavam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
harigurustavamālāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
haristavamfn. one whose bay horses are praised View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastam. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' f(ā-).,of unknown derivation) the hand (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' ="holding in or by the hand"; haste- kṛ-[as two words],"to take into the hand","get possession of";haste- kṛ-[as a compound ],"to take by the hand, marry"; śatru-hastaṃ- gam-,"to fall into the hand of the enemy") etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastam. an elephant's trunk (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' = "holding with the trunk") etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastam. the fore-arm (a measure of length from the elbow to the tip of the middle finger, = 24 aṅgula-s or about 18 inches) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastam. the position of the hand (equals hasta-vinyāsa-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastam. hand-writing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastam. the 11th (13th) lunar asterism (represented by a hand and containing five stars, identified by some with part of the constellation Corvus) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastam. a species of tree View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastam. (in prosody) an anapest View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastam. quantity, abundance, mass (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' after words signifying"hair"; see keśa-h-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastam. Name of a guardian of the soma- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastam. of a son of vasudeva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastam. of another man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastan. a pair of leather bellows View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastamfn. born under the nakṣatra- hasta-, [ confer, compare , according to to some Greek ] View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stamfn. formed with the hands (with mukūla- n. equals añjali-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sta hāstika-, hāstina- See . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastabandham. equals haste-b- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastabhraṃśin() mfn. slipped from the hand, escaped View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastabhraṣṭa() mfn. slipped from the hand, escaped View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastabimban. anointing the body with perfumes View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastacāpa wrong reading for -vāpa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastacāpalyan. equals -kauśala- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastacaraṇam. dual number hands and feet View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastacchedanam. the amputation of a hand View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastacyuta(h/asta--.) mfn. shaken or moved with the hand View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastacyuti(h/asta--) f. quick motion of the hand View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastadakṣintamfn. situated on the right hand (as a road) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastadakṣintamfn. right, correct View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastadattamfn. reached with the hand View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastadhāraṇan. holding by the hand, supporting, helping View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastadhāraṇan. warding off a blow View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastadhāraṇan. stopping a blow with the hand View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastadhāraṇāf. supporting, helping View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastadhāraṇāf. taking to wife, marrying View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastadhātrīf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastadīpam. a hand lantern View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastadoṣam. a slip of the hand, mistake committed by the hand View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastadvayan. a distance of 2 hasta-s or 48 inches View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastagamf(ā-)n. being in one's (compound) hand or possession View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastagāminmfn. equals -ga- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastagatamfn. come to hand, fallen into one's possession, procured, obtained, secured (para-hasta-g-,"being in the hand or possession of another") View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastaghnam. a kind of hand-guard (protecting the hand in archery) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastagirim. Name of a mountain ( hastagirimāhātmya -māhātmya- n.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastagirimāhātmyan. hastagiri
hastagrābhamfn. one who takes or has taken a girl's hand (="one who marries or has married a wife") View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastagraham. the taking of the hand View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastagraham. the marriage ceremony View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastagraham. the putting hand to or engaging in, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastagrāhamfn. taking (or able to take) any one by the hand ("being in the immediate neighbourhood"; hasta-grāhaṃ- grah-,"to take any one by the hand" ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastagrāham. a husband (see -grābh/a-)
hastagrāhakamfn. taking any one by the hind (= very importunate) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastagṛkyaind. having taken the hand View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastahāryamfn. to be grasped with the hands, manifest View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastahomam. an oblation offered with the hand View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastajyoḍim. a kind of plant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastakam. the hand (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' with f(ikā-).= "holding in the hand") etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastakam. the hand as a support View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastakam. the hand as a measure of length View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastakam. position of the hand View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastakam. a turn-spit (varia lectio hastika-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastakamalan. a lotus carried in the hand (as symbolizing good fortune or prosperity;thus when lakṣmī- was churned out of the ocean, she appeared holding a lotus) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastakamalan. a lotus-like hand View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastakāryamfn. to be done or made with the hand View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastakauśalan. skilfulness of hand, manual dexterity View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastakavapraName of a place View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastakitamfn. (fr. hastaka-) gaRa tārakādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastakohali(?) f. the binding of the string round the fore-arm of the bride and bridegroom View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastakriyāf. any manual performance View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastakṛta(h/asta--) mf(ā-)n. made with the hand View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastalāghavan. lightness of hand, manual readiness, cleverness (reckoned among the 64 kalā-s) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastalāghavan. a real injury View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastalakṣaṇan. Name of the 28th pariśiṣṭa- of the View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastalekham. hand-drawing (khīkṛ-,"to draw, sketch") View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastalepanan. an ointment for the hands View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastamaṇim. a jewel worn on the wrist View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastamātraa cubit in length View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastamuktāvalīf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastapādam. dual number or n. sg. hands and feet View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastapādādim. the hand and feet, the extremities, limbs of the body View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastaparṇam. Palma Christi or Ricinus Communis View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastapradamfn. giving the hand, supporting, helping View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastaprāptamfn. equals -gata- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastaprāpyamfn. to be reached with the hand View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastapṛṣṭhan. the back of the hand (also called apa-pṛ-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastapucchan. the hand below the wrist View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastaratnāvalīf. Name of work on mimetic gestures with one or both hand. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastarelihāf. a line on the hand View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastasaṃdhunakamind. tossing or shaking the hand, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastasaṃjīvanīf. Name of a work on palmistry. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastasaṃjīvanīf. a sign a with the hand View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastasaṃlagnikāf. (instrumental case) with the hand put together View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastasaṃvāhanan. rubbing or shampooing with the hand View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastasiddhif. earnings gained by manual labour, salary View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastaśrāddhan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastasthamfn. being in or held with the hand, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastasthayugamfn. holding a yoke in the hand View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastasthitamfn. being in hand, held View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastasūtra() () n. a bangle or ornament put on the wrist of a girl before her wedding. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastasūtraka() n. a bangle or ornament put on the wrist of a girl before her wedding. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastasvaralakṣaṇan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastasvastikam. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' f(ā-).) crossing the hand, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastatalan. the (palm of the) hand (See compound) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastatalan. the tip of an elephant's trunk View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastatālam. clapping the hand together (See sa-hasta-tālam-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastatalagatamfn. being (al. ready) in one's hand View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastatram. or n. a hand-guard (see -ghn/a-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastatrayasammiteind. at a distance of 3 hasta-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastatulāf. the hand as a balance or instrument for weighing anything View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastavāmamfn. situated on the left hand (also"wrong") View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastavāpam. scattering or shooting a shower of arrows with the hand View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastavāraṇan. taking or holding by the hand View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastavāraṇan. warding off a blow View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastavartamind. (with Causal of vṛt-) to turn or crush with the hand, , View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastavartinmfn. being or remaining in the hand, seized, held, caught hold of View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastavartinm. Name of a prince View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastavatmfn. (h/asta--) having hand View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastavatmfn. dexterous with the hand (as an archer or thief) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastaveṣyan. handiwork, manual labour View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastavinyāsam. position of the hand View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastayata(h/asta--) mfn. held or guided by the hand View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastayogam. employment or practice of the hand View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastayugalan. the two hands View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastihastam. an elephant's trunk View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastihastaparāmṛṣṭamf(ā-)n. seized or struck by the trunk of an elephant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himadhvastamfn. withered by cold, frost-bitten, frost-nipped (as a lotus etc.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hiraṇyahastamfn. (h/iraṇya--) olden-handed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hiraṇyahastam. Name of savitṛ- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hiraṇyahastam. of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hrastaSee nir-hrasta-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hṛdayaprastaramfn. stone-hearted, cruel View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hṛtstambham. paralysis of the heart View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hyastanamf(ī-)n. hesternal, belonging to or produced or occurred yesterday View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hyastanadinan. the day just past, yesterday View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hyastaf. (scilicet vibhakti-) the personal terminations of the imperfect View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
indrahastam. a kind of medicament View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
iṣuhastamfn. "arrow-handed", carrying arrows in the hand. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
itastatasind. here and there, hither and thither View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jahistambhamfn. constantly striking against a post (not in ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jaiminīyanyāyamālāvistaram. Name of a compendium of the mīmāṃsā- philosophy by mādhava-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jalastambham. solidification of water (magical faculty). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jalastambhanan. idem or 'm. solidification of water (magical faculty).' , GarP. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jambhāribhujastambhanan. paralysing indra-'s arm (one of śiva-'s heroic deeds) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jayastambham. column of victory View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jayastambham. a trophy View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jihvāstambham. stiffness of the tongue, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jitahastamfn. one who has exercised his hand View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jyotistattvan. equals tiṣa-t- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kacahastam. thick or ornamented hair, beautiful hair View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kaivartamustan. the grass Cyperus rotundus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kaivartamustakan. idem or 'f. idem or 'n. the grass Cyperus rotundus ' ' commentator or commentary on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kaivartīmustakan. idem or 'n. idem or 'f. idem or 'n. the grass Cyperus rotundus ' ' commentator or commentary on ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kaivartimustakan. equals rtī-m- above View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kālahasta Name (also title or epithet) of a pious forester, RTL: 441 View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kālīsamastamantram. Name of a mantra-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kālīstavam. Name (also title or epithet) of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kanakastambham. a golden column or stem etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kanakastambhāf. "having a golden stem", a species of Musa View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kanakastambharuciramfn. shining with columns of gold View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kanīyaḥstanamfn. having fewer teats, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kapālahastamfn. bearing a skull in the hand, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kapālaśaktihastamf(ā-)n. bearing a skull and spear in hand View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kapotahastam. a particular position of the hands. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kapotahastakam. idem or 'm. a particular position of the hands.' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
karanyastakapolāntamind. the end of the cheek held in the hand. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
karihastam. a particular position of the hands. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
karmahastamfn. clever in business View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
karmastavam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
karpūrastavam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kāruhastam. the hand of an artisan View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kāruṇyalaharistavam. Name (also title or epithet) of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stambaram. Name of a man, (plural) his family View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kastambhīf. (fr. ka-,"head"? + stambha-) the prop of a carriage-pole, piece of wood fastened on at the extreme end of the pole serving as a prop or rest (popularly called"sipoy"in Western India, and in English,"horse") View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kāṣṭhastambham. a beam of wood View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kaukūstam. Name of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kautastam. patronymic fr. kutasta-
kavipraśastamfn. esteemed or praised by sages View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kaviśastamfn. (and v/i-śasta- ) (gaRa pravṛddhādi-) pronounced by wise men View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kaviśastamfn. praised by wise men View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
keśahastam. much or ornamented hair, tuft (quoted in ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
keśahastam. the hair for a hand View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
khaḍgahastamfn. equals -pāṇi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
khādihasta(kh/ādi--) mfn. having the hands ornamented with bracelets or rings (said of the marut-s), View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
khastaf. "having the atmosphere for its breast"Name of the earth View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
khastaetc. See 3. kh/a-, p.334. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
khaṭvāṅgahastamfn. = - bhṛt-, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kīrtistambham. a column of fame View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stam. (equals kīr/i-) a praiser, poet View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṛtadhvastamfn. lost after being once possessed or acquired View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṛtahastamfn. one who has exercised his hands, dexterous, skilled (especially in archery) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṛtahastatalf. dexterity View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṛtahastavatind. in a clever way View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṣiprahastam. "swift-handed", Name of agni- Paipp. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṣiprahastam. of a rakṣas- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kukkuṭamastakam. equals -mañjarī- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kulastambha(?) m. Name (also title or epithet) of chief, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kumbhastaf. () having breasts like jars View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kuruvistam. a pala- of gold (in weight equal to about 700 troy grains) = View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kuśahastamfn. having kuśa- grass in the hand or in the paw (as applied to the tiger) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kuśastambam. a bundle of kuśa- grass View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kuśastamban. Name of a tīrtha- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kusumastabakam. a bunch of flowers, nosegay, bouquet View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kusumastabakam. Name of a metre. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kutastam. (for tas-tya-?) , Name of a man commentator or commentary on (see kautasta-.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kutastamamfn. coming from whence, id est not possible, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kutastarāmind. how? in what manner? View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
laghucitrahastamfn. light and ready-handed, possessing unusual manual skill View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
laghuhastamfn. light-handed, ready-handed, possessing skill in the hands (as an archer, writer etc.) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
laghuhastam. a good archer View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
laghuhastaf. ( ) ready-handedness, skilful-handed
laghuhastatvan. () ready-handedness, skilful-handed
laghuhastavatmfn. equals laghu-hasta- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
laghulalitavistaram. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
laghusaptaśatikāstavam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
laghustavam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
laghustavaṭippaṇakan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
laguḍahastam. "staff-in-hand", a man armed with a stick or mace, a staff-bearer View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lagurahastam. equals laguḍa-h- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lakṣaṇapraśastamfn. celebrated on account of good or lucky marks View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lakṣmīnārāyaṇastavam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lakṣmīnṛsiṃhastavarājam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lakṣmīstavam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lalitāstavaratnan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lalitavistaram. Name of a sūtra- work giving a detailed account of the artless and natural acts in the life of the buddha-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lalitavistarapurāṇan. Name of a sūtra- work giving a detailed account of the artless and natural acts in the life of the buddha-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lambastaf. a woman with flaccid breasts View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lastamfn. embraced, grasped View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lastamfn. skilled, skilful View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lasta lastaka- etc. See above. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lastakam. the middle of a bow (the part grasped) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lastakagraham. seizing the middle of a bow View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lastakinm. a bow View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
liptahastamfn. having the hands smeared or stained View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
locamastakam. cock's comb, Celosia Cristata View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lustan. the end of a bow View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mādhavastavarājam. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhumastakan. () , Name of a particular kind of sweetmeat View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyākṣaravistaralipif. Name of a particular kind of written character View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyamoccaistaramf(ā-)n. half loud and very loud View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyatastaḥkārinm. Name of the 4 principal priests (viz. the hotṛ-, adhvaryu-, brahman-, and udgātṛ-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahādevapuṇyastambhakaram. Name of author. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahāgaṇapatistavarājam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahāhastamfn. having large hands (Name of śiva-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahāpuruṣastavam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahārājñīstavam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahāsarasvatīstavarājam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahāvidyāstavam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahāvistaramfn. very extensive or copious View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahimastavam. Name of a hymn (see under mahinm/an-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahiṣīstambham. a pillar or column adorned with a buffalo's head View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
māllavāstavamfn. (fr. malla-vāstu-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
maṇḍalitahastakāṇḍamfn. having a trunk formed in rings or circles (said of an elephant) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
maṅgalasaṃstavamfn. felicitating, containing felicitations R View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
maṅgalastavam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
maṇistambham. a crystal post or column View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
manyāstambham. stiffness or rigidity of the neck View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mastamfn. measured View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mastan. (equals mastaka-) the head View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mastaand taka-, masti- etc. See p.793. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mastadārun. Pinus Deodora View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mastakam. n. () the head, skull etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mastakam. the upper part of anything, top, summit (especially of mountains or trees) ( mastakam kam- ind.= on the top of, upon exempli gratia, 'for example' cullī-mastakam-,upon the hearth ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mastakam. the tuft of leaves which grows at the top of various species of palm trees View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mastakam. Name of a particular form of śiva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mastakajvaram. "head-fever", head-ache View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mastakākhyam. the top of a tree View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mastakaluṅgam. or n. (?) the membrane of the brain (see mastuluṅga-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mastakamind. mastaka
mastakamūlakan. equals masta-m- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mastakapiṇḍakam. n. a round protuberance on the temples of an elephant in rut View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mastakasneham. "head-marrow", the brain View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mastakaśūlan. sharp or shooting pain in the head, head-ache View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mastakodbhavam. "produced in the head", the brain View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mastamūlakan. "head-root", the neck View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
medastasind. from the fat View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
meghastanitan. "cloud-rumbling", thunder View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
meghastanitodbhavam. Asteracantha Longifolia View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mīmāṃsāstabakam. Name of an elementary treatise on the mīmāṃsā- by rāghavānanda-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mīnākṣīstavarājam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mithyābhiśastamfn. (mithyābh-) idem or '(mithyābh-) mfn. falsely accused ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mithyāstavam. plural false or unfounded praise View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mṛdutaruṇahustapādatalatāf. having the palms and soles of the feet soft and tender (one of the 32 signs of perfection) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mugdhakāntāstanam. the bosom of a young mistress View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
muhustanaisind. at repeated intervals, repeatedly, constantly
mukhatastaḥkāramind. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
muktahastamf(ā-)n. open. handed, liberal View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
muktahastamf(ā-)n. loosed, let go View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mūlastambhanirṇayam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mustamfn. a species of grass, Cyperue Rotundus (n. prob. the root of Cyperue Rotundus) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mustagirim. Name of a mountain View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mustakamfn. equals musta-, Cyperus Rotundus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mustakam. a particular vegetable poison View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nabhastalan. "sky-surface", firmament etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nabhastalan. Name of the 10th solar mansion View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nabhastasind. from the sky View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nāgaramustakan. its grain View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nairhastamfn. (a weapon) intended for handless demons View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
namaskārastavam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nārāyaṇastavarājam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nastam. the nose View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nastan. a sternutatory, snuff View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nastakam. the septum of the nose (of cattle for draught) or a hole bored in it View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nastakaraṇan. instrument used by bhikṣu-s for injecting the nose (taḥ-k-? see above) . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nastasind. from or into the nose etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nastastaḥkaraṇaSee nasta-k- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nastastaḥkarmann. the putting into the nose, taking snuff View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nastatasind. = (and prob. fr.) nas-t/as- (see pat-ta-tas-fr. pattas-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nātivyastamfn. not too far separated View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
navagrahastavam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
navahastam. Name of an author (see -kara-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
navasvastaram. a bed or couch of fresh grass View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
netrastambham. rigidity of the eyes View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nīcaistanamfn. low, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nīcaistarāmind. lower, deeper, softer, gentler View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
niḥstambhamfn. having no posts or pillars View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
niḥstambhamfn. having no support or help View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
niktahasta(kt/a-) mfn. clean-handed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nīlakaṇṭhastavam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nirahaṃstambhamfn. free from the fetters of egotism View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nīrajastamamfn. () View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nīrajastamasāf. absence of passion and darkness View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nīrajastamaskamfn. () free from passion and darkness View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nirastamfn. ( also asita-) cast out or off, expelled, banished, rejected, removed, refuted, destroyed etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nirastamfn. shot off (as an arrow) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nirastamfn. spit out, vomited View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nirastamfn. pronounced hurriedly or dropped in pronouncing (a-n- )
nirastan. dropping or leaving out (considered a fault in pronunciation) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nirastabhedamfn. having all difference removed, identical View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nirastarāgamfn. one who has abandoned worldly desires or has devoted himself to religious penance View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nirastasaṃkhyamfn. innumerable (literally refusing calculation) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nirastasukhodayamf(ā-)n. hopelessly unfortunate (literally whose fortune has given up rising) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nirhasta(n/ir--) mfn. handless (see nair-h-), View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nirhrastamfn. abridged, diminished View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nirvāṇamastakam. liberation, deliverance View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
niryāṇahastamfn. having a foot-rope in the hand View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nistabdhamfn. ( stabh-) paralyzed, numbed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nistabdhamfn. stopped, fixed (See a-nist-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nistakṣP. -takṣati- (2. plural Aorist -ataṣṭa-), to carve out, fashion, create, form, make from (ablative) ; to cut, wound (by insults) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nistalamfn. not flat, round, globular View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nistalamfn. trembling, moving View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nistalamfn. down, below View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nistamaskamfn. free from darkness, not gloomy, light View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nistambhamfn. equals niḥ-st-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nistambhaSee niḥ-st-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nistamisramfn. idem or 'mfn. free from darkness, not gloomy, light ' , Prasann. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nistandramfn. not lazy, fresh, healthy View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nistandratāf. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nistandri (Nominal verb īs-) mfn. idem or 'f. ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nistandrī(Nominal verb īs-) mfn. idem or ' (Nominal verb īs-) mfn. idem or 'f. ' ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nistaf. (fr. stana-,"breast?") a pill, bolus, a sort of force-meat ball View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nistantra wrong reading for View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nistantumfn. having no offspring, childless View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nistapSee niṣ-ṭap-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nistaraṃgamf(ā-)n. motionless, still View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nistaraṇa nis-tāra- etc. See nis-tṝ-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nistaraṇan. passing over, going forth, coming out (of danger), rescue, deliverance View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nistaraṇan. a means of success or rescue View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nistaraṇīya() mfn. to be passed over or overcome or conquered. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nistarham. () crushing, destroying ( tṛh-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nistarhaṇan. () crushing, destroying ( tṛh-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nistarīka gaRa nirudakādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nistarīpa gaRa nirudakādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nistarkyamfn. unimaginable, inconceivable View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nistartavya( ) mfn. to be passed over or overcome or conquered.
nistattvamfn. not comprehended in the 24 tattva-s or principles View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nityavitrastam. "always scared", Name of an antelope View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nityotkṣiptahastam. "who always raises his hand", Name of a bodhi-sattva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nivastavyamfn. to be lived (n. impersonal or used impersonally) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nivastavyamfn. to be spent View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nṛsiṃhastavarājam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nṛtyahastam. the position of the hands in dancing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nyastamfn. thrown or cast or laid down, put, placed, fixed, inserted, applied, deposited, committed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nyastamfn. given up, resigned View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nyastamfn. stretched out, lying View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nyastamfn. exposed (krayāya-,for sale) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nyastamfn. mystically touched, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nyastamfn. put on, donned View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nyastamfn. having the low tone (as a vowel) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nyastamfn. short View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nyastacihnamf(ā-)n. one who has relinquished one's marks or characteristics, destitute of external signs View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nyastadaṇḍamfn. "one who has laid down the rod", meek, harmless View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nyastadehamfn. "one who has laid down the body", dead View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nyastakamf(ik/ā-)n. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nyastaka according to to others,"clinging to the ground". View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nyastaśastramfn. "one who has laid down the weapons", averse from strife, peaceful View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nyastaśastram. the pitṛ-s or deified progenitors View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nyastavādamfn. one who has ceased to speak, ceasing to speak about (prati-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nyastavyamfn. to be put down or placed or fixed or established View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nyāyamālāvistaram. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ojastaramfn. equals /ojīyas- commentator or commentary on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pādastambham. a supporting beam, pillar, post View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmahastam. a particular measure of length View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pāṃsudhvastaśiroruhamfn. having the hair soiled with dust View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pañcahastam. "5-handed", Name of a son of manu- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pañcahastam. of a place View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pañcamīstavam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pañcamīstavarājam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pañcaratnastavam. Name of stotra-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pañcastavam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pañcastavavyākhyāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pañcastaf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pañcāyudhastavam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pāpapraśamanastavam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pāpīyastaramfn. worse, more or most bad or wicked View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paralokahastamfn. holding in hand (id est quite certain of) the other world View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paramahaṃsastavarājam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paramānandamādhavastavam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paramātmastavam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parāstamfn. thrown away, rejected, repudiated View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parāstamfn. defeated View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parāstambhP. -stabhnāti-, to hold back, hinder View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parastaram() ind. further away, further View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parastarāmind. () further away, further View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parastarāmind. parastarām par-, further and further away View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paridhvastamfn. covered with (compound) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paridhvastamfn. destroyed, ruined View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parighastambham. a door-post View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parihastam. (gaRa nir-udakādi-) an amulet put round the hand to secure the birth of a child View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pariniḥstanP. -stanati-, to groan loud View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parinyastamfn. (2. as-) stretched out, extended View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parisaṃstambh(only ind.p. -stabhya-), to strengthen, comfort View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paristaram. strewing round or heaping together View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paristaram. a cover, covering (varia lectio pari-cchada-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paristaraṇan. equals prec. etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paristaraṇīf. a particular sacred text
paristaraṇikāf. a cow killed at a funeral ceremony (the limbs of the corpse being covered with its limbs) (see anu-st/araṇī-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paristaraṇīyamfn. fit to be strewed around, serving for a cover View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paristaritṛm. one who strews or lays round View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paritrastamfn. ( tras-) terrified, frightened, much alarmed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pariviśvastamfn. feeling secure, confident View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parṇasaṃstaram. having leaves for a bed, sleeping on leaves View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pārśvanāthastavam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parvatamastakam. n. mountains-top View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paryastamfn. thrown or cast about, spread, diffused View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paryastamfn. surrounded, encompassed, ensnared View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paryastamfn. strung, filed on (compound) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paryastamfn. overturned, upset, inverted, changed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paryastamfn. struck, killed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paryastamfn. dismissed, laid aside View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paryastamayamind. about sunset View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paryastavatmfn. containing the notion expressed by the word pary-asta- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paryastavilocanamfn. having the eyes cast or directed round, rolling the eyes. () View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paryāśvastamfn. comforted, consoled, tranquil, at ease View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paryudastamfn. rejected, excluded on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paryudastatvan. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pāśahastamfn. noose in hand View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pāśahastam. Name of yama- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paścimaraṅgarājastavam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pātrahasta(p/ā-) mf(ā-)n. holding any vessel in the hand View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pattrahastamf(ā-)n. holding a leaf of paper in the hand View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pavastan. (apa-and vas-?) a cover or garment (?) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pavastan. dual number heaven and earth View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
phalastanavatīf. (a female) having fruits for breasts View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pinākahasta(pin-) m. = equals -pāṇi- Name of rudra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pīnastanam. the full breast (of a woman) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pīnottuṅgastaf. (a woman) having a large and prominent breast View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pītamastakam. "yellow-head", Loxia Philippensis View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pīvarastaf. a woman with large breasts or a cow with a large udder View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prācetasastavam. Name of View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pradhvastamfn. destroyed, perished, disappeared View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prahastamfn. long-handed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prahastam. (n. ) the open hand with the fingers extended View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prahastam. Name of a rākṣasa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prahastam. of a companion of sūrya-prabha- (son of candra-prabha-, king of śākala-;he had been an asura- before) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prahastakam. the extended hand View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prahastakamn. (scilicet tṛca-) Name of View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prahastavādam. Name of work. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prakāmāntastaptamfn. internally consumed by heat View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
praṇyastamfn. (2. as-) beat down or depressed in front View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prāsādaprastaram. equals -tala- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prasādastavam. Name of stotra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
praśaṃstavyamfn. to be praised, praiseworthy. (see śastavya-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
praśastamfn. praised, commended, considered fit or good, happy, auspicious (as stars, days etc.) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
praśastamfn. better, more excellent View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
praśastamfn. best View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
praśastamfn. consecrated (as water) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
praśastam. Name of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
praśastam. of a poet View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
praśastaetc. See pra-śaṃs-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
praśasta View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
praśastabhāṣyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
praśastakalaśam. Name of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
praśastakaram. Name of an author (perhaps the writer of a work entitled praśasta-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
praśastapādam. Name of an author View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
praśastaparibhāṣāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
praśastaf. () excellence, goodness View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
praśastatvan. () excellence, goodness View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
praśastavacanan. plural laudatory words, praises View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
praśastavyamfn. to be praised, praiseworthy (see -śaṃstavya-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prasnutastaf. having breasts that distil milk (through excess of maternal love) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prāstamfn. thrown away or off, cast, hurled, discharged View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prāstamfn. expelled, turned out, banished View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prastabdhamfn. ( stambh-) stiff, rigid View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prastabdhagātramfn. having stiff or rigid limbs View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prastambham. becoming stiff or rigid View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prastanonly Causal -stanayati-, to thunder forth View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prastaraetc. See pra-- stṛ-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prastaram. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' f(ā-).) anything strewed forth or about, a couch of leaves and flowers, (especially) a sacrificial seat etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prastaram. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') a couch of any material View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prastaram. a flat surface, flat top, level, a plain View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prastaram. a rock, stone View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prastaram. a gem, jewel View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prastaram. a leather bag View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prastaram. a paragraph, section View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prastaram. a tabular representation of the long and short vowels of a metre View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prastaram. musical notation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prastaram. plural Name of a people (varia lectio for pra-cara-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prastarabhājanan. a substitute for sacrificial grass. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prastaraghatanāpakaraṇan. an instrument for breaking or splitting stones View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prastaraṇam. (orf(ā-).) a couch, seat (see rukma-pr-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prastarasvedam. inducing perspiration by lying on a straw-bed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prastarasvedanan. inducing perspiration by lying on a straw-bed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prastareṣṭhamfn. (or -ṣṭh/ā-) being on a couch or bed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prastariṇīf. Elephantopus Scaber View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prastavaetc. See pra-stu-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prastavam. a hymn of praise, chant, song View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prastavam. a favourable moment (see a-pr-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prasūnastabakam. a bunch of blossoms or fruit View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prātastanamf(ī-)n. relating to the morning, matutinal View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prātastanan. early morning (one of the 5 parts of the day;the other 4 being saṃgava-or morning, midday, afternoon, and evening) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prātastarāmind. very early in the morning. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prathamāstamitan. the having just set (said of the sun) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratidhvastamfn. ( dhvaṃs-) sunk, hanging down View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratihastam. a deputy, substitute, proxy. ( pratihastatva -tva- n. ), View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratihastaka() m. a deputy, substitute, proxy. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratihastatvan. pratihasta
pratipustakan. a copy of an original manuscript, a copy in general on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratisaṃstambh(only ind.p. -stabhya-), to strengthen, encourage View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratisaṃstaran. ( stṛ-) friendly reception View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratistabdhamfn. leaned against, pressed, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratistabdhamfn. stopped, checked View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratistabdhamfn. obstructed, constipated (see prati-ṣṭabdha-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratistambhP. A1. -stabhnāti-, -sṭabhate-, to lean or press (A1."one's self") against View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratyastamfn. (pr/aty--) thrown down, laid low View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratyastamfn. thrown off, given up View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratyastagamanan. the setting (of the sun) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratyastamind. (with gam-) to go down, cease View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratyastamayam. the setting (of the sun) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratyastamayam. cessation, disappearance, end, destruction View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratyāśvastamfn. refreshed, revived, recollected View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pravidhvastamfn. ( dhvaṃs-) thrown away View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pravidhvastamfn. tossed about, agitated View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pravistaram. circumference, compass. extent (reṇa-,"in great detail") . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prayastamfn. (pr/a--) bubbling over View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prayastamfn. striving, eager View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prayastamfn. well cooked or prepared (see 2. pr/ayas-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prayogapustakamn. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
punastarāmind. over and over again View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
punastatif. a repeated sacrificial performance, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
puñjikāsta() () f. Name of an apsaras-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
puṇyastambhakara(?) m. Name of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
purārdhavistaramfn. being of the extent of half a town View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
purārdhavistaram. part of a town, a suburb, ward, division View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
purupraśastamfn. praised by many View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
puṣpāstarakam. () View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
puṣpāstaraṇan. () the art of strewing flower (one of the 64 kala-s). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pustam. n. (gaRa ardharcādi-) working in clay, modelling, kathā-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pustaf. a manuscript, book (see below) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pustamfn. covered, filled View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pustakam. or n. a protuberant ornament, boss (See below) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pustakamf(ikā-)n. a manuscript, book, booklet View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pustakāgāran. "book-room", a library View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pustakakaram. an embosser View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pustakarmann. plastering, painting View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pustastaraṇan. the wrapper of a manuscript View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pustamayamf(ī-)n. formed of metal or wood, wrought in clay, modelled View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pustavārttam. one who lives by books or makes books View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rahastasind. out of retirement View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rāhugrastamfn. "swallowed by rāhu-", eclipsed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rāhugrastaniśākaramfn. (a night) whose moon has been swallowed by rāhu- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rajastamaskamfn. (any one or any thing) under the influence of the two qualities rajas- and tamas- (See above) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rājastambam. Name of a man (see next) . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rājastambāyana(or b/āyana- ) m. patronymic fr. prec. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rājastambi() m. patronymic fr. prec. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rajastamomayamf(ī-)n. made up or consisting of r- and t- (see prec.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rajastasind. from the dust, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rājātmakastavam. Name of a panegyric of rāma-.
rājñīstavam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
raktamastakam. "red-headed", Ardea Sibirica View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rāmacandrastavarājam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rāmapādastavam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rāmastavarājam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rambhāstambham. the trunk of a plantain tree View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rambhāstambhanan. the turning of rambhā- into a pillar (see ) . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rāmeśvarastavam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
raṇastambabhramaraName of a country View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
raṇastambham. "battle-pillar", a monument of war or battle View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
raṇastambham. Name of a country (prob. wrong reading; see prec.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
raṅgarājastavam. Name of a stotra-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rāṅkavāstaraṇan. a woollen coverlet View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rasakalpasārastavam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ratnahastam. Name of kubera- (see -garbha-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ratnamudrāhastam. Name of a bodhi-sattva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
riktahastamfn. empty-handed, bringing no present View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
riktahastamfn. carrying away no present View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ṛjuhastamf(ā-)n. "good-handed", bestowing liberally (said of the earth) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rogagrastamfn. seized with any disease or sickness View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ṛṣabhastavam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rucistavam. Name of a chapter of the mārkaṇḍeya- purāṇa-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rukmaprastaraṇa(rukm/a--) mfn. having a gold-ornamented outer garment View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śābastam. Name of a son of yuvanāśva- (and founder of the city śābastī-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sabhadramustamfn. full of the grass Cyperus Rotundus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sacanastamamfn. (superl.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ṣaḍāmnāyastavam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sadyastanamf(ī-)n. fresh, instantaneous View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sadyastaptamfn. just heated View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrahastamfn. thousand-handed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrahastam. Name of śiva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrastari(sah/asra--) mfn. having a thousand barren cows View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahastamfn. having hands View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahastamfn. dexterous or skilled in handling weapons View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahastatalamind. with clapping of hands, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sakalajananīstavam. Name of a tantra- work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sākṣatapātrahastamfn. holding a vessel full of grain View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śaktihastam. equals -pāṇi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sakusumāstaraṇamfn. strewn with flowers View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śālastambham. the trunk of the Sal tree View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śālāstambham. a house-post View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
salilastambhinmfn. stopping water View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śālistambhaka(?) , Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samastamfn. thrown or put together, combined, united, whole, all etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samastamfn. (in gram.) compounded, compound View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samastamfn. (in philosophy) inherent in or pervading the whole of anything View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samastamfn. abridged, contracted View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samastam. a whole, the aggregate of all the parts View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāmastan. (fr. sam-asta-) the science or theory of word-composition on Va1rtt.12. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samastabalan. a whole army, entire force View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samastadevatāpūjāvidhim. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samastadhātṛm. the bearer or supporter of all (applied to viṣṇu-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samastakālanirṇayādhikāram. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samastalokam. the whole world View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samastamantradevatāprakāśikāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāmastambim. (prob. fr. sama-stamba-) a patronymic View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samastasākṣim. witness of all, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samastavastuviṣayamfn. relating to the whole matter View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samastaviskayikamfn. inhabiting the whole country
samastavyastarūpakan. a kind of rūpaka- (q.v) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samāśvastamfn. recovered, revived, reanimated, comforted, consoled View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samāśvastamfn. trusting, confiding, full of confidence View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samāyastamfn. ( yas-) distressed, troubled, oppressed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃhatahastamfn. seizing or holding each other by the hand ( saṃhatahastatva -tva-, n.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃhatahastatvan. saṃhatahasta
saṃhatastarnīf. a woman whose breasts are very close to each other View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃketastavam. (with śākta-s) a particular hymn of praise View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃnyastamfn. thrown down, laid aside, relinquished, abandoned, deserted etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃnyastamfn. encamped View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃnyastamfn. deposited, intrusted, consigned View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃnyastadehamfn. one who has given up his body View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃnyastaśastramfn. one who has laid aside his weapons View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃsaktahastamfn. having the hands joined with (compound) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃstabdhamfn. supported, confirmed etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃstabdhamfn. firm, rigid View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃstabhyaind. having supported or confirmed or strengthened or encouraged (ātmānam ātmanā-,"one's self by one's self") View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃstabhyaind. having supported or composed the mind firmly (in affliction), having taken heart or courage View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃstambhP. -stabhnoti-, or nāti-, to make firm ; to support, sustain, encourage etc. ; to make rigid (said of water) ; to restrain, check, stop (especially by magical means) ; to suppress (tears or sorrow) ; A1. (only imperative stambhasva-) to be firm, take heart or courage (in -stambha- idem or '= sas- q.v '; see -stabhya-): Causal -stambhayati-, to confirm, strengthen (ātmānam ātmanā-,"one's self by one's self") , encourage etc. ; to take heart or courage ; to make rigid or solid (water) ; to check, stop, arrest etc. ; to paralyze ; to suppress, restrain (grief or tears) : Desiderative of Causal See saṃ-stambhayiṣu-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃstambham. obstinacy, pertinacity, firmness in resistance View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃstambham. support, prop View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃstambham. fixing, making flrm View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃstambham. stop, stay View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃstambham. paralysis, muscular rigidity View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃstambhanamfn. (fr. Causal) constipating, obstructive View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃstambhanan. an obstructive remedy View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃstambhanan. stopping, arresting View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃstambhanīyamfn. (fr. prec.) to be confirmed or encouraged View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃstambhanīyamfn. to be stopped View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃstambhayiṣumfn. (fr. Desiderative of Causal) wishing to stop or cause to stand still (a retreating army) (Calcutta edition vi-ṣṭambh-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃstambhayitṛmfn. (fr. Causal) one who stops or restrains, a restrainer View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃstambhayitṛmfn. one who supports, a supporter View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃstambhinmfn. stopping, averting (danger) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃstambhitamfn. (fr. Causal) supported, propped etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃstambhitamfn. stupefied, paralyzed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃstara raṇa- See saṃ-stṛ-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃstaram. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' f(ā-).) a layer (of grass or leaves), bed, couch etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃstaram. a scattered mass (of flowers etc.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃstaram. a covering, cover View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃstaram. scattering, strewing (varia lectio for -staraṇa-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃstaram. spreading, extension, propagation (of laws or customs) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃstaram. a sacrifice or the ritual arrangements for a sacrifice (generally in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound',as in yajña-s-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃstaraṇan. a layer (of leaves etc.), couch View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃstaraṇan. strewing, covering over (varia lectio -stara-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃstavam. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' f(ā-).) common or simultaneous praise View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃstavam. praise, commendation (also plural) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃstavam. mention View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃstavam. intimacy familiarity, acquaintance with (instrumental case with and without saha-,or compound) (see asaṃsi-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃstavanan. praising together or simultaneously View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃstavanan. praising, hymning View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃstavānamfn. praising eloquently, eloquent View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃstavānam. a singer, chanter View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃstavānam. joy (equals harṣa-accord to some) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃstavaprītif. love proceeding from acquaintance View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃstavasthiramfn. firm through acquaintance View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śaṃstavyamfn. to be recited View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃtrastamfn. trembling with fear, frightened, alarmed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃtrastagocaramfn. one who is looked at with terror View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samudastamfn. (2. as-) drawn or raised from a deep place View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samuddhasta(for -ud-hasta-) mfn. wiped off with the hand View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samuddhvastamfn. ( dhvaṃs-) completely overspread, sprinkled or covered with (compound) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samupanyastamfn. fully stated View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samupastambham. propping, supporting View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samupastambham. a support View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samuttrastamfn. thoroughly frightened, greatly alarmed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śanaistarāmind. more (or very) quietly, softly etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sanatkumārastavam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śāntipustakam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śāntistavam. Name of several works (see bṛhac-chānti-st-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śāpagrastamfn. seized by or suffering from a curse View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saprathastamamfn. (superl.) very extensive or large View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saptahastamfn. having 7 hands View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saptahastamfn. measuring 7 cubits View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saptastavam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śāradāstavam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śarastambam. a clump or thicket of reeds, ; etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śarastambam. Name of a place View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śarastambam. of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarasvatīstavam. Name of hymns. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śāriprastaram. Name of a gambler View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarpārikstanam. Name of kṛṣṇa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarvalakṣaṇapustakan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarvalokabhayāstambhitatvaviddhvaṃsanakaram. Name of a buddha-, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarvapūrtikarastavam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śāsahastamfn. holding a butcher's knife in the hand View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saśaracāpahastamfn. holding a bow with an arrow in the hand View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāsihasta() mfn. sword in hand. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śastamfn. (for 2.See under śas-) recited repeated View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śastamfn. praised, commended, approved etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śastamfn. auspicious (see /a-ś-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śastamfn. beautiful View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śastamfn. happy, fortunate View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śastan. praise, eulogy View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śastan. happiness, excellence View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śastamfn. (for 1.See) cut down, slaughtered, killed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śastakan. equals loha- (prob. wrong reading for śastraka-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śastakan. a defence for the finger of an archer (equals aṅgulitrāṇa-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śastakeśakamfn. having excellent or beautiful hair View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sastaram. having leaves strewn so as to form a bed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
staraṇamf(ā-)n. together with a carpet or rug, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śastaf. excellence View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śastavyamfn. to be recited or praised View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śatahastamfn. hundred-handed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śatruṃjayastavam. śatruṃjaya View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saupastambim. a patronymic View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sauvāstavamf(ī-)n. (fr. su-vāstu-) having a good site, pleasantly situated View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śāvasta sti-, stī- See śābasta-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
savidyutstanitamfn. accompanied with lightning and thunder View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
savistaramf(ā-)n. having diffuseness, diffuse, detained, complete ( savistaram am- ind.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
savistaramf(ā-)n. with the texts belonging to it (id est to the veda-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
savistaramind. savistara
śephaḥstambham. (fr. śephas-+ st-) morbid rigidity and erection of the male organ View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śilāstambham. a stones-column View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śiṃśumārastavam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śirastasind. out of or from or at the head View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sītāstavam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śivamahimnaḥstavam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śivaprasādasundarastavam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śivastavarājam. Name of stotra-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
skandhastambhi(?) m. Name of king View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
smarastambham. "love-column", the male organ View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
spardhyāstaraṇavatmfn. covered with a valuable carpet View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śrāddhastabakam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
srastamfn. fallen, dropped, slipped off, fallen from (ablative or compound) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
srastamfn. loosened, relaxed, hanging down, pendent, pendulous etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
srastamfn. sunk in (as eyes) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
srastamfn. separated, disjoined View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
srastagātramfn. having relaxed or languid limbs View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
srastahastamfn. relaxing the grasp, letting go the hold View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
srastakaramfn. having trunks hanging or dangling down View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
srastamuṣkamfn. having relaxed or pendulous testicles View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
srastaramn. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' f(ā-).) a couch or sofa for reclining (often varia lectio prastara-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
srastaśarīrasaṃdhimfn. having the joints of the body relaxed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
srastaskandhamfn. having drooping shoulders (also ="ashamed","embarrassed") View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
srastaf. laxity, flaccidity, pendulousness View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śrāvastam. (prob. connected with1. śru-) Name of a king (son of śrāva- and grandson of yuvanāśva-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śrāvastakam. equals śrāvasta- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śreyastaramfn. very much better View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śrīkaṇṭhastavam. "praise of the district of śrī-kaṇṭha-", Name of a poem. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śrīmahimnaḥstavam. Name of a stotra-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śrīmastakam. " lakṣmī-'s head", a kind of garlic View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śrīraṅgarājastavam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śrīstavam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sṛkāhastamfn. holding an arrow etc. in the hand View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śṛṅgārastabakam. Name of a drama (of the class called bhāṇa-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sruvahastam. Name of śiva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sthūlahastam. the thick trunk (of an elephant) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sthūlahastam. a large or coarse hand (according to to some) . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śubhajālihasta, mfn. having a hand with beautifully reticulated lines, ibidem or 'in the same place or book or text' as the preceding View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śubhraśastama(śubhr/a--;prob. for -śasta-tama-,superl. of śast/a-,pp. of śaṃs-), mfn. highly celebrated for shining id est shining very much () View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sudarśanastavam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śuddhahasta(śuddh/a--) mfn. having pure hands View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sudustara( ) mfn. very difficult to be passed or crossed. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sugandhimustakan. a sort of Cyperus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
suhastamf(ā-)n. having beautiful hands View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
suhastamf(ā-)n. skilful or clever with the hands View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
suhastamf(ā-)n. trained in arms, disciplined View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
suhastam. Name of a soma--keeper View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
suhastam. of a son of dhṛta-rāṣṭra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
suhṛtprakāśākhyastavam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śukamahimnaḥstavam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sukhahastamfn. having a soft or gentle hand View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śūlahastamfn. equals -pāṇi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śūlahastam. a man armed with a lance, lancer View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śūlahastam. Name of śiva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sulalitavistaram. the beautiful lalita-vistara- (q.v) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śūlamudgarahastamf(ā-)n. having a lance and mace in hand View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sundarabāhustavam. Name of a stotra-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śūnyahastamfn. empty-handed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sunyastamf(ā-)n. well laid down or stretched out View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sunyastaSee . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
supraśastamfn. greatly praised, excellent View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
supraśastamfn. well known, very famous View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sūryāstam. sunset View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sūryāstamayam. idem or 'n. idem or 'm. sunset ' ' ( sūryāstamayavat -vat-mfn.,with kāla- m."the time of sunset") View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sūryāstamayavatmfn. sūryāstamaya
sūryāstaṃgamanan. idem or 'm. sunset ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sūryastavakapālamocanam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sūryastavanan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sūryodayāstam. dual number sunrise and sunset ( sūryodayāstakāla -kāla- m. dual number the times of them) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sūryodayāstakālam. sūryodayāsta
susaṃtrastamfn. greatly alarmed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
suśastamfn. well recited (superl. -tama-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sustambham. a good post or pillar View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
susta f. (a woman) having beautiful breasts View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sustaf. (a woman) having beautiful breasts View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
suvarṇastainyan. the stealing of gold, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
suvinyastamfn. well spread out or extended View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
suvistaram. great extent, plenty, abundance (raṃ--,"to be richly supplied, become full") View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
suvistaram. great diffuseness (rāt-,"very fully, in great detail") View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
suvistaramf(ā-)n. very extensive or large View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
suvistaramf(ā-)n. very great or strong or intense etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
suvistaramind. in great detail, at full length View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
suvistaramind. very intensely or vehemently View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
suviśvastamfn. very confiding, quite unconcerned or careless View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
suviśvastamfn. very trusty, confidential View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
suvyastamfn. greatly dispersed or scattered (as an army) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svabhyastamfn. much practised View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svahastam. one's own hand (taṃ--,"to offer one's hand for aid [ locative case ]") etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svahastam. own handwriting, autograph View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svahastagatamfn. fallen into or being in one's own hands View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svahastasvastikastaf. covering (her) breasts with crossed hands View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svalpātivistaramf(ā-)n. very concise and very diffuse View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svastakamfn. having a good or comfortable home View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svastamitan. a beautiful sunset View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvastanamf(ī-)n. relating or belonging to the morrow (ne 'hani-,"on the morrow") ([ confer, compare Latin crastinus]) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvastanan. to-morrow, next day, the future (see a-śv-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvastanavatmfn. having a future View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvastaf. the next day, the morrow View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvastaf. (in gram.) the terminations of the first future Va1rtt. 1 View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvastanikaSee a-śv-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svastaram. self-strewn grass (as a couch) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svāstaram. good straw for a couch View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svāstaraṇamfn. having a fair couch or cushion
svayaṃsrastamfn. dropped or fallen spontaneously View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tamastatif. idem or 'm. (gaRa kaskādi-,not in ) great or spreading darkness ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tapastakṣam. "destroying the power of religious austerity", indra- (as disturbing the austerities of ascetics lest they should acquire too great power) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tapastaṅkam. "afraid of austerities" idem or 'm. "destroying the power of religious austerity", indra- (as disturbing the austerities of ascetics lest they should acquire too great power) ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tapastanumfn. equals paḥ-kṛśa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tapastanumfn. having penance as a body, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
taraṃgāpatrastamfn. afraid of waves View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tarumastakathe top of a tree, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
trastamfn. quivering, trembling, frighted View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
trastamfn. (in music) quick; [ Latin tristis.] View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tristanamfn. milked from 3 nipples View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tristanaf. (a cow) having 3 nipples View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tristaf. (a woman) having 3 breasts View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
triśūlahastamfn. bearing the trident in his hand (śiva-), View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
trivistamfn. weighing 3 Vistas View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
trivitastamfn. 3 spans long View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
trivitastan. 3 spans View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tṛṇavistaram. equals -kāṇḍa-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
troṭakahastam. "beak-handed", a bird View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tustam. n. dust (equals tūs-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stan. (; in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' gaRa cūrṇādi-) dust, () View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stan. sin View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stan. an atom View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stan. a braid of hair View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
uccaistamāmind. exceedingly high View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
uccaistamāmind. on high View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
uccaistamāmind. very loudly, aloud commentator or commentary on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
uccaistanamfn. high, lofty, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
uccaistaramfn. higher, very high View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
uccaistaramfn. loftier etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
uccaistaramfn. louder, very loud View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
uccaistarāmind. higher, louder View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
uccaistarāmind. pronounced with a higher accent View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
uccaistaṭan. a steep declivity. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
udastamfn. thrown or cast up View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
udastamfn. raised, thrown etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
udayāstamayam. rising and setting, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
uddhastamfn. (hasta-with ud-) extending the hands, raising the hands View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadastaetc. See an-upadasta-, . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadhvastamfn. speckled, spotted (see dhvasta-.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upahastam. the act of taking with the hand, receiving ([ ]) gaRa vetanādi- , (not in ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upahastayaNom. P. upahastayati-, to take with the hand, receive View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upalahastam. "stone-hand", Name of a cāṇḍāla- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upamaśravastamamfn. highly renowned, illustrious View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upanyastamfn. mentioned, explained, brought forward, hinted at, alluded View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
uparihastam. an elevated hand View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
uparinyastamfn. put down or laid over. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upastabdhamfn. supported, stayed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upāstamanavelāf. the time about sunset View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upāstamayamind. about the time of sunset
upastambhP. -stabhnāti- (1. sg. -stabhnomi- ) to set up, erect, prop, stay, support : Causal P. (subjunctive -stabhāyat-) to raise, erect, set up, stay, support ; -stambhayati- idem or 'and its derivations See under upa-- 1. kṛ-, p.195, columns 2 and 3.' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upastambham. (less correctly written upa-ṣṭambha-) stay, support, strengthening commentator or commentary on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upastambham. encouragement, incitement View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upastambham. excitement commentator or commentary on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upastambham. base, basis, ground, occasion View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upastambham. support of life (as food, sleep, and government of passions) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upastambhakamfn. (less correctly written upa-ṣṭa-) supporting, promoting, encouraging commentator or commentary on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upastambhanan. a support, stay View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upastaram. anything laid under, a substratum View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upastaraṇan. the act of spreading over, a cover View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upastaraṇan. the act of spreading out under, anything laid under, an under-mattress, pillow etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upastaraṇan. the act of pouring under View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upastaraṇan. pouring out so as to form a substratum, a substratum (said of the water which is sipped before taking food; see amṛtopa-) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upastaraṇan. scattering grass (round the āhavanīya- and gārhapatya- fire, accompanied with the mantra- ubhāv agnī upa-stṛṇate-) commentator or commentary on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upastavam. praise View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upavastan. a fast, fasting View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upavastavyamfn. to be celebrated by fasting (as the end of a fortnight) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
uraḥstambham. oppression of the chest, asthma. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
urastasind. from the breast, out of the breast View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ūrdhvastanamf(ī-)n. high-breasted View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ūrjastambham. Name of a ṛṣi- in the second manv-antara- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
urohastan. a mode of boxing or wrestling (bāhuyuddha-bheda-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ūrustambham. paralysis of the thigh View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ūrustambhāf. the plantain tree View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
uṣastam. Name of a ṛṣi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
utstanamf(ī-)n. having prominent breasts
uttānahastamfn. (uttān/a-) having the hand, extended, extending them in prayer View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
uttānahastam. dual number (au-) the two hands with the fingers stretched out (but with the backs towards the ground) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
uttrastamfn. frightened View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vāgdevatāstavam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vāgghastavat(vāc-+ hasta-) mfn. possessed of speech and hands View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vāgvistaram. prolixity, diffuseness View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vaikuṇṭhastavam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vaikuṇṭhastavavyākhyāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vaiśyakarmapustakan. vaiśyakarman
vaitastamfn. coming from or contained in the vi-tastā- (q.v) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vājasaṃnyastamfn. (prob. corrupted). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vajrahastamfn. (v/ajra--) "thunderbolt-handed", wielding a thunderbolt (said of indra-, agni-, the marut-s) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vajrahastam. Name of śiva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vākpraśastamfn. consecrated or declared pure by certain formularies of speech View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vakratuṇḍastavanan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vākśastamfn. equals -praśasta- above View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vakṣastaṭāghātam. a blow on the region of the chest View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vākstambham. paralysis of speech View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vālahastam. a tail View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vāmahastam. the dewlap of a goat View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vaṃśastanita varia lectio for -sthavila- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vaṃśavistaram. a complete genealogy View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vanastambam. Name of a son of gada- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
varadahastam. the beneficent hand (of a deity or benefactor of any kind) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
varadarājastavam. varadarāja
vāraṇahastam. a particular stringed instrument View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
varapradastavam. Name of a hymn. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vardhakihastam. a carpenter's measure of 42 inches View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vastan. a house (see also upa-vasta-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vasta vastavya- See . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sta vāstāyana-, vāstika- See bāsta- etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stavamf(ī-)n. (fr. 2. vastu-,5. vas-) substantial, real, true, genuine, being anything in the true sense of the word View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stavamf(ī-)n. fixed, determined, demonstrated View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stavan. an appointment View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stavatvan. reality, substantiality View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
staveind. equals vastu-tas-, really, truly View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stavikamfn. equals vāstava-, real, substantial etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stavikam. a realist View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stavikam. a gardener View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stavoṣāprob. wrong reading for vāsurā- + uṣā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vastavyamfn. to be stayed or dwelt or lived in or with (locative case; n. impersonal or used impersonally"one should stay"etc.) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vastavyamfn. to be spent or passed (as time) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stavyamfn. left on any spot (as a worthless remainder;also applied to rudra-, to whom the leavings of the sacrifice belong) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stavyamfn. settled, resident, an inhabitant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vastavyatāf. abode, residence View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vāstuyāgavidhestattvan. Name of work (giving the rules for the above sacrifice). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vātagrastamfn. "wind-seized", epileptic or rheumatic
vāyugrastamfn. "wind-seized", affected by wind, mad View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vāyugrastamfn. flatulent View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vāyugrastamfn. gouty View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedapadastava(prob.) wrong reading for -pādastava-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedapādastavam. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedasāraśivastavam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedastaraṇan. the strewing or scattering of the bunch of grass called veda- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedhastama(vedh/as--). mfn. most pious or religious, best, wisest View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedyāstaraṇan. covering the vedi- with darbha- grass (see veda-st-).
vetrahastam. equals -pāṇi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vetravyāsaktahastamfn. one whose hands cling to a reed or reeds View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vidastamfn. wasted away, exhausted (equals upakṣīṇa-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vidhvastamfn. fallen asunder, fallen to pieces, dispersed, ruined, destroyed etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vidhvastamfn. whirled up (as dust) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vidhvastamfn. (in astronomy) darkened obscured, eclipsed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vidhvastakavacamfn. one whose armour is destroyed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vidhvastanagarāśramamfn. containing ruined cities and hermitages View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vidhvastaparaguṇamfn. one who detracts from the merits of another View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vidhvastaf. ruin, destruction View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vidhvastavipaṇāpaṇamfn. (a town) whose market and trade are ruined View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vidyuddhasta(vidy/ud--) mfn. (for vidy/ud-+ hasta-) holding a glittering weapon in the hand View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vihastamfn. without a hand or trunk, handless ( vihastatā -- f. ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vihastamfn. unhandy, inexperienced (See a-vih-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vihastamfn. confounded, perplexed, helpless ( vihastatā -- f. ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vihastamfn. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') completely absorbed in View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vihastamfn. adroit, skilled, experienced (in; compound) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vihastamfn. wise, learned View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vihastam. a eunuch View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vihastaf. vihasta
vihastaf. vihasta
vihāyasastalan. vihāyas
vikasta(v/i--) mfn. () burst, split, rent asunder View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vimastakitamfn. beheaded, decapitated View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vimastakitavi-mahat etc. See . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vīṇāhastamfn. holding a lute in his hand (śiva-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vināyakastavarājam. Name of work or chapter from work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vinidhvastamfn. destroyed, ruined, struck down View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vinistapSee vi-niṣ-ṭapta-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vinyastamfn. put or placed down etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vinyastamfn. directed to (as the mind, eyes) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vinyastamfn. entrusted, delivered View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vipadgrastamfn. seized by misfortune, unfortunate View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viparyastamfn. turned over, reversed, opposite, contrary etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viparyastamfn. (in gram.) interchanged, inverted View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viparyastamfn. standing round View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viparyastamfn. erroneously conceived to be real View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viparyastamanaśceṣṭamfn. having mind and actions perverted or inverted View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viparyastaputrāf. a woman bearing no male children View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viparyastaf. perverseness View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vipraśastakam. plural Name of a people View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
virajastamasmfn. free from (the qualities of) passion and ignorance View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
virakṣastamamfn. virakṣas
vīraṇastamba m. a tuft or bunch of (fragrant) grass View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vīraṇastambakam. a tuft or bunch of (fragrant) grass View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vīrarāghavastavam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viśastamfn. (for 2.See under vi-śas-) praised, celebrated View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viśastamfn. (for 1.See under vi-śaṃs-) cut up, dissected View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viśastamfn. rude, ill-mannered View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viṣṇumahimnaḥstavam. Name of a stotra- in praise of viṣṇu-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viṣṇustavam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viṣṇustavarājam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
visrastamfn. fallen asunder or down, unfastened, untied, loosened, detached etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
visrastamfn. dishevelled (as hair) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
visrastamfn. slackened, relaxed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
visrastabandhanamfn. having bonds or fetters unfastened View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
visrastacetasmfn. one whose spirit is dejected (Bombay edition vi-dhvasta-c-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
visrastahāramfn. one whose necklace has slipped off View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
visrastakusumasrajmfn. one whose garland of flowers has fallen off View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
visrastapauṃsnamfn. one whose manhood is broken or impaired View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
visrastaśiroruhāmbaramfn. having dishevelled hair and loosened garments View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
visrastasragvibhūṣaṇamfn. one whose garland and ornaments have fallen off View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
visrastavasanamfn. having loosened garments View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vistam. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' f(ā-).) a particular weight of gold (= 80 raktikā-s or a karṣa- of 16 māṣa-s, about half an ounce troy), View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vistanP. -stanati-, to groan aloud, sound
vistaramfn. extensive, long (as a story) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vistaram. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' f(ā-).; see vi-stāra-and ) spreading, extension, expansion, prolixity, diffuseness etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vistaram. a multitude, number, quantity, assemblage, large company etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vistaram. becoming large or great (met. applied to the heart) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vistaram. high degree, intensity, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vistaram. (plural) great wealth or riches View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vistaram. detail, particulars, full or detailed description, amplification (also as direction to a narrator equals vistareṇa kāryam-,"give full particulars"; vistareṇa reṇa- ind.or vistarāt rāt- ind.diffusely, at length, fully, in detail; -kṛ-,to spread, divulge, expand) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vistaram. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') an extensive treatise View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vistaram. affectionate solicitation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vistaram. a layer, bed, couch (equals vi-ṣṭara-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vistaf. a particular śakti- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vistarabhīrumfn. afraid of diffuseness View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vistarakeṇa(or staratarakeṇa-) ind. very diffusely, at full length View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vistaraṇīf. Name of a goddess View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vistaraṇīyamfn. to be spread or extended, capable of being extended or expanded View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vistaraśaṅkāf. fear of diffuseness View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vistaraśasind. equals -tas- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vistarātind. vistara
vistaratāf. extension, spreading View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vistaratasind. diffusely, at length etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vistareṇaind. vistara
viśvastamfn. full of confidence, fearless, bold, unsuspecting etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viśvastamfn. trusted, confided in, faithful View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viśvastaghātakamfn. ruining the trustful ( ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viśvastaghātinmfn. ruining the trustful () View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viśvastamind. confidingly, without fear or apprehension View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viśvastavañcakamfn. deceiving the trustful View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viśvastavatind. as if trustful View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viśvatohasta(śv/ato--) mfn. one who has hands on all sides View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viśveśvaravedapādastavam. Name of a stotra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vitastamfn. (said to be fr. taṃs-,or tas-) equals upa-kṣīṇa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vitastadattam. (for vitastā-d- see ) Name of a merchant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vitrastamfn. frightened, alarmed, terrified View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vitrastakamfn. a little affrighted or intimidated View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viṭṭhalastavarājam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vitūstayaNom. (fr. tūsta-with 3. vi-) P. yati-, to comb out or smooth (hair) ; to free from dust View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vrajavilāsastavam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vratapustakam. Name of work (?) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyādhigrastamf(ā-)n. seized or afflicted with disease View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyagrahastamfn. having the hands occupied with (compound) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyālambahastamfn. (an elephant) having its trunk hanging down View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyālambahastam. the red Ricinus or castor-oil plant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyapohastavam. Name of a chapter of the View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyastamfn. cut in pieces, dismembered (said of vṛtra-) torn asunder, gaping View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyastamfn. severed, separated, divided, distinct (vy-aste kāle-,"at different times","now and then") , single, simple etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyastamfn. multiplied, various, manifold View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyastamfn. opposed to, inverse, reverse (See compound) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyastamfn. disordered, disarranged, confused, bewildered (See comp.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyastamfn. scattered, dispersed, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyastamfn. expelled, removed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyastamfn. spread, extended (See comp.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyastamfn. changed, altered (See compound) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyastamfn. inherent in or pervading all the several parts of anything (in phil opp. to sam-asta-), penetrated, pervaded View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyastakeśamf(ī-)n. having dishevelled hair View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyastamind. severally, separately, partially View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyastanyāsamfn. "having separate impressions", rumpled (as a couch) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyastapadan. confused statement of a case (in a law-court;as, when a man is accused of debt, it is stated in defence that he has been assaulted), counter-plaint View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyastapadan. (in gram.) a simple or uncompounded word View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyastapucchamfn. having an extended tail View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyastarātriṃdivamfn. dividing or separating night and day View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyastaf. severalty, individuality View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyastaf. individual inherence View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyastaf. agitation, bewilderment View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyastatrairāśikan. the rule of three inverted View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyastatvan. severalty, individuality View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyastatvan. individual inherence View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyastatvan. agitation, bewilderment View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyastavidhim. inverted rule, any rule for inversion View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyastavṛttimfn. (a word) whose proper force or meaning is changed or altered
vyatyastamfn. (2. as-) thrown or placed in an inverted position, reversed, inverted View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyatyastamfn. placed across or crosswise, crossed (as the hands) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyatyastamfn. perverse, preposterous View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyavahārābhiśastamfn. prosecuted, accused, proceeded against legally View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyavastamfn. equals vy-avasita-, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyavastamfn. bound (?) (Scholiast or Commentator) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyudastamfn. thrown or scattered about, cast off, thrown aside View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yajñasaṃstarasee saṃst-, parasmE-pada 1121 View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yakṣmagrastamfn. attacked by consumption View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yāmastamberamam. equals -kuñjara-, kad-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yānāstaraṇan. a carriage-cushion View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yaśastama (yaś/as--) mfn. most (more) renowned or resplendent View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yaśastara(yaś/as--) mfn. most (more) renowned or resplendent View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yastamfn. entrusted, deposited (see ā--, pray-etc.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yathānyastamind. as deposited View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yathāprastaramind. as in the prastara- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yāthāsaṃstarikamfn. (fr. yathā-saṃstara-) letting a covering lie according to its original position View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yathāstam(thās-) ind. each to his respective home View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yathāvibhavavistaraisind. idem or 'ind. idem or 'ind. idem or 'ind. idem or ' in the beginning of a compound () ( ) according to property or resources' ' ' ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yathāvibhavavistaramind. idem or 'ind. idem or 'ind. idem or ' in the beginning of a compound () ( ) according to property or resources' ' ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yatrāstamitaśāyinmfn. lying down to sleep wherever sunset finds one View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yāvatsamastamfn. as many as form the whole, as far as complete, as large as anything is View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yoginīstavarājam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
Apte Search
209 results
stabakaḥ स्तबकः 1 A bunch, cluster; कुसुमस्तबकस्येव द्वे गती स्तो मनस्विनाम् Bh.2.14; R.13.32; Me.77; Ku.3.39. -2 A feather of a peacock's tail. -3 A tassel. -4 A chapter or section of a book.
stabdha स्तब्ध p. p. [स्तम्भ् कर्मणि कर्तरि वा क्त] 1 Stopped, blocked up, obstructed. -2 Paralysed, senseless, stupefied, benumbed. -3 Motionless, immoveable; किंचित् किंचिच्छकृ- न्मुञ्चन् मूत्रयन् स्तब्धलोचनः Bhāg.1.36.3. -4 Fixed, firm, hard, rigid, stiff. -5 Obstinate, stubborn, hard-hearted, stern; आत्मसंभाविताः स्तब्धा धनमानमदान्विताः Bg.16.17. -6 Coarse. -7 Solidified (as water). -8 Tardy, slack; inactive; सद्भिराचरितः पन्था येन स्तब्धेन दूषितः Bhāg.4.2.1. -Comp. -कर्ण a. pricking up the ears. -पाद a. stifflegged, lame. -बाहु a. stiff-armed. -मति a. dullminded. -रोमन् m. a hog, boar; स्तब्धरोमसमारब्धघर्घरस्वरघोषणाम् Śiva B.31.65. -लोचन a. having motion- less or unwinking eyes (said of gods).
stabdhatā स्तब्धता त्वम् 1 Rigidity, firmness, hardness. -2 Stupor, insensibility.
stabdhiḥ स्तब्धिः f. Fixedness, hardness, stiffness, rigidity. -2 Firmness, immoveableness. -3 Stupor, insensibility, numbness. -4 Obstinacy.
stabh स्तभ् See स्तम्भ्.
stabhaḥ स्तभः A goat, ram.
stabhiḥ स्तभिः Rigidity.
stabhu स्तभु n. = स्तम्भन q. v.
stai स्तै 1 P. (स्तायति) To put on, adorn.
staimityam स्तैमित्यम् 1 Fixedness, rigidity, immobility. -2 Numbness.
stainam स्तैनम् Theft, robbery.
stainyam स्तैन्यम् [स्तेनस्य भावः ष्यञ्] 1 Theft, robbery. -न्यः A thief.
stak स्तक् 1 P. (स्तकति) 1 To resist. -2 To strike against, repel, push back.
stam स्तम् 1 P. (स्तमति) To be confused or agitated.
stambaḥ स्तम्बः [स्था-अम्बच् किच्च पृषो˚ Uṇ.4.96] 1 A clump of grass &c; ब्रह्मस्तम्बनिकुञ्जपुञ्जितधनज्याघोषघोरं धनुः Mv.3. 48; आरण्यकोपात्तफलप्रसूतिः स्तम्बेन नीवार इवावशिष्टः R.5.15. -2 A sheaf of corn; as in स्तम्बकरिता q. v. -3 A cluster, clump or bunch (in general); (कीचक)स्तम्बाडम्बरमूकमौकुलिकुलः क्रौञ्चावतो$यं गिरिः U.2.29; R.15.19. -4 A bush, thicket. -5 A shrub or plant having no decided stem. -6 The post of which an elephant is tied. -7 A post; column; पांशुस्तम्बा बलानां तुरगखुरपुटक्षोदलब्धात्मलाभाः Mu. 5.23. -8 Stupefaction, insensibility; (probably for स्तभ in these two senses). -9 A mountain. -Comp. -करि a. forming sheaves or clusters. (-रिः) corn, rice. -करिता forming sheaves or clusters, abundant or luxuriant growth; न शालेः स्तम्बकरिता वप्तुर्गुणमपेक्षते Mu.1.3. -गहन a. overgrown with thickets; Kau. A.2.2. -घनः 1 a small hoe for weeding clumps of grass. -2 a sickle for cutting corn. -3 a basket for holding the heads of wild rice. -घ्नः, -घातः, -हन्, -हननम्, -नी a sickle for cutting corn, a hoe. -पुरम् N. of a city (ताम्रलिप्त).
stambakaḥ स्तम्बकः A clump, bunch, tuft.
stamberamaḥ स्तम्बेरमः An elephant; स्तम्बेरमा मुखरशृङ्खलकर्षिणस्ते R.5.72; Śi.5.34; Māl.9.33; स्तम्बेरमास्तमारुह्य पर्वतं पर्वता इव Śiva B.2.42.
stambh स्तम्भ् 1 Ā.; 5, 9 P. (स्तम्भते, स्तभ्नोति, स्तभ्नाति, स्तम्भित or स्तब्ध; the स् of the root being changed to ष् after prepositions ending in इ or उ and also after अव) 1 To stop, hinder, arrest, suppress; कण्ठः स्तम्भितबाष्पवृत्ति- कलुषः Ś.5.4. -2 To make firm or stiff, to make immoveable. -3 To stupefy, paralyze, benumb; प्राणा दध्वंसिरे गात्रं तस्मम्भे च प्रिये हते Bk.14.55. -4 To prop support, uphold, sustain. -5 To become stiff, rigid or immoveable. -6 To be proud or elated, be stiff-necked. -7 To occupy, spread; ततः पुण्याहघोषो$भूद्दिवं स्तब्ध्वेव भारत Mb.12.38.19. (The following verse illustrates the root in its different conjugations :-- स्तम्भते पुरुषः प्रायो यौवनेन धनेन च । न स्तभ्नाति क्षितीशो$पि न स्तभ्नोति युवाप्यसौ ॥). -Caus. (स्तम्भयति-ते) 1 To stop, arrest. -2 To make firm or regid. -3 To paralyze. -4 To prop, support. -5 To suppress, check.
stambhaḥ स्तम्भः [स्तम्भ्-अच्] 1 Fixedness, stiffness, rigidity, motionlessness; रम्भा स्तम्भं भजति Vikr.18.29; Ki.12. 28; गात्रस्तम्भः स्तनमुकुलयोरुत्प्रबन्धः प्रकम्पः Māl.2.5; तत्संकल्पो- पहितजडिम स्तम्भमभ्येति गात्रम् 1.35;4.2. -2 Insensibility, stupefaction, stupor, numbness, paralysis. -3 Stoppage, obstruction, hindrance; सो$पश्यत् प्रणिधानेन संततेः स्तम्भ- कारणम् R.1.74; वाक्स्तम्भं नाटयति Māl.8. -4 Restraint, curbing, suppressing; कृतश्चित्तस्तम्भः प्रतिहतधियामञ्जलिरपि Bh.3.6. -5 Prop, support, fulcrum; नासिराबन्धनार्थाय न शराः स्तम्भहेतवः Rām.2.23.3. -6 A pillar, column, post. -7 A stem, trunk (of a tree). -8 Stupidity. -9 Absence of feeling or excitability. -1 The suppression of any force or feeling by supernatural or magical means. -11 Stiff-neckedness; जन्मकर्मवयोरूपविद्यैश्वर्य- धनादिभिः । यद्यस्य न भवेत् स्तम्भस्तत्रायं मदनुग्रहः Bhāg.8.22.26. -12 Filling up, stuffing. -Comp. -उत्कीर्ण a. carved out of a post of wood (as a statue). -कर a. 1 paralysing, benumbing. -2 obstructing. (-रः) a fence. -कारणम् cause of obstruction or impediment. -पूजा worship of the posts of temporary pavilions erected for marriages or other occasions of solemnity.
stambhaka स्तम्भक a. 1 Stopping, arresting. -2 Styptic, astringent.
stambhakin स्तम्भकिन् m. A kind of musical instrument covered with leather.
stambhanam स्तम्भनम् [स्तम्भयति स्तम्भ्-णिच् ल्युट्] 1 Stopping, obstructing, hindering, arresting, suppressing, restraining; लोलोल्लोलक्षुभितकरणोज्जृम्भणस्तम्भनार्थम् U.3.36. -2 Paralysing, benumbing, stupefying. -3 Quieting, composure; पराङ्मुखे$पि दैवे$त्र कृत्यं कार्यं विपश्चिता । आत्मदोष- विनाशाय खचित्तस्तम्भनाय च ॥ Pt.1.36. -4 Making firm or stiff, fixing firmly. -5 Propping, supporting. -6 Stopping the flow of blood. -7 Anything employed as an astringent. -8 A particular magical art or faculty; see स्तम्भ (1). -नः N. of one of the five arrows of Cupid.
stambhiḥ स्तम्भिः The sea.
stambhikā स्तम्भिका The leg of a chair.
stambhin स्तम्भिन् a. 1 Supporting, stopping &c. -2 Provided with pillars. -3 Puffed up, arrogant. -m. the sea.
stambhinī स्तम्भिनी The earth (one of the five elements).
stambhita स्तम्भित a. 1 Stopped, hindered. -2 Benumbed, paralyzed; द्वेधास्तम्भितपङ्क्तिविकटः पन्थाः पुरस्तादभूत् Māl.8.9. -3 Composed, collected; see -Comp. -बाष्पवृत्ति a. suppressing the flow of tears; यास्यत्यद्य शकुन्तलेति हृदयं संस्पृष्टमुत्कण्ठया, कण्ठस्तम्भितबाष्पवृत्तिकलुषम् Ś.4.6.
stan स्तन् 1 P., 1 U. (स्तनति, स्तनयति, स्तनित) 1 To sound, make a sound, resound, reverberate. -2 To groan, breathe hard, sigh. -3 To thunder, roar loudly; तस्तनुर्जज्वलुर्मम्लुर्जग्लुर्लुलुठिरे क्षाताः Bk.14.3. -With नि 1 to sound. -2 to sigh. -3 to mourn. -With वि to roar.
stanaḥ स्तनः [स्तन्-अच्] 1 The female breast; स्तनौ मांसग्रन्थी कनककलशावित्युपमितौ Bh.3.2; (दरिद्राणां मनोरथाः) हृदयेष्वेव लीयन्ते विधवास्त्रीस्तनाविवं Pt.2.91. -2 The nipple of the breast. -3 The breast, udder, or dug of any female animal; अर्धपीतस्तनं मातुरामर्दक्लिष्टकेशरम् Ś.7.14. -Comp. -अंशुकम् a cloth covering the breasts or bosom, breastmantle. -अग्रः a nipple. -अङ्गरागः a paint or pigment smeared on the breasts of women. -अन्तरम् 1 the heart. -2 the space between the breasts; (न) मृणालसूत्रं रचितं स्तनान्तरे Ś.6.17; R.1.62. -3 a mark on the breast (said to indicate future widowhood). -आभुज a. feeding with the udder (said of cows). -आभोगः 1 fulness or expanding of the breasts. -2 the circumference or orb of the breast. -3 a man with large breasts like those of a woman. -आवरणम् a breast-cloth. -उपपीडम् pressing the breast. -कलशः a jar-like breast. -कुड्मलम् a woman's breast. -कोटिः the nipple of the breast. -ग्रहः the sucking or drawing of the breast. -चूचुकम् the nipple of the breast. -तटः, -टम् the slope or projection of the breast; cf. तट. -त्यागः weaning. -प, -पा, -पायक, -पायिन् a. sucking the breast, suckling. -पतनम् flaccidity of the breast. -पानम् sucking of the breast. -भरः 1 the weight or heaviness of breasts; पादाग्रस्थितया मुहुः स्तनभरेणानीतया नम्रताम् Ratn.1.1. -2 a man having breasts like those of a woman. -भवः a particular position in sexual union. -मध्यः a nipple. (-ध्यम्) the space between the breasts. -मुखम्, -वृन्तम्, -शिखा a nipple. -रोहितः, -तम् a particular part of the female breast. -वेपथुः the having of the breast; अद्यापि स्तनवेपथुं जनयति श्वासः प्रमाणाधिकः &Sacute.1.29.
stananam स्तननम् [स्तन्-ल्युट्] 1 Sounding, a sound, noise. -2 Roaring, thundering, rumbling (of clouds). -3 Groaning. -4 Breathing hard. -5 The sound of a hollow cough; Suśr.
stanathaḥ स्तनथः Ved. Thunder.
stanayitnuḥ स्तनयित्नुः [स्तन्-इत्नु] 1 Thundering, thunder, the muttering of clouds; मौर्वीघोषस्तनयित्नुः पृषत्कपृषतो महान् Mb.6.14.27; Bhāg.1.14.15. -2 A cloud; स्तनयित्नो- र्मयूरीव चकितोत्कण्ठितं स्थिता U.3.7;5.8. -3 Lightning. -4 Sickness. -5 Death. -6 A kind of grass.
stanita स्तनित p. p. [स्तन्-कर्तरि क्त] 1 Sounded, sounding, noisy; वीचीक्षोभस्तनितविहगश्रेणिकाञ्चीगुणायाः Me.28. -2 Thundering, roaring. -तम् 1 The rattling of thunder, rumbling of thunder-clouds; तोयोत्सर्गस्तनितमुखरो मास्म भूर्विक्लवास्ताः Me.39. -2 Thunder, noise. -3 The noise of clapping the hands. -4 The sound of a vibrating bowstring. -Comp. -कुमाराः (with Jainas) a particular class of gods. -फलः the Vikaṅkata tree. -सुभगम् ind. with pleasant rumbling sounds; तीरोपान्तस्तनितसुभगं पास्यसि स्वादु यत्र Me.24.
stanyam स्तन्यम् [स्तने भवं यत्] Mother's milk, milk; स्मरति न भवान् पीतं स्तन्यं विभज्य सहामुना Ve.5.41; पिब स्तन्यं पोत Bv. 1.6. -Comp. -त्यागः leaving off the mother's milk, weaning; स्तन्यत्यागात् प्रभृति सुमुखा दन्तपाञ्चालिकेव Māl.1.5; स्तन्यत्यागं यावत् पुत्रयोरवेक्षस्व U.7. -द a. producing (good) milk. -प a. suckling.
stara स्तर a. [स्तृ-स्तॄ-घञ्] Spreading, extending, covering. -रः 1 Anything spread, a layer, stratum. -2 A bed, couch.
staraṇam स्तरणम् [स्तृ-स्तॄ-ल्युट्] 1 The act of spreading, strewing, sacttering &c. -2 Plastering (of a wall).
stari स्तरि (री) मन् m. A bed, couch.
sta स्तरी [स्तॄ कर्मणि ई] 1 Smoke, vapour. -2 A heifer. -3 A barren cow.
starīkṛ स्तरीकृ Den. (स्तरीकरोति) To render fruitless.
statkaḥ स्तत्कः A drop; यथा पानीयस्य तैलस्य घृतस्य वा स्तत्का नानादेशेषु भिन्नाः समानदेशे एकीभूता भवन्ति तद्वद् रश्मयः ŚB. on MS.9.3.27.
staubhikam स्तौभिकम् N. of the second portion of the Saṁhitā of the Sāmaveda.
staupikam स्तौपिकम् A kind of Buddhist relic; L. D. B.
stavaḥ स्तवः [स्तु-अप्] 1 Praising, celebrating, eulogizing. -2 Praise, eulogium, panegyric; ततो गिरः पुरुषवरस्तवा- न्विता Mb.12.47.18.
stavaka स्तवक a. (-विका f.) [स्तु-वुन्] Praising, eulogizing. -कः 1 A panegyrist, praiser. -2 Praise, eulogium. -3 A cluster of blossoms. -4 Bunch of flowers, nosegay, tuft, bouquet. -5 A chapter or section of a book. -6 A multitude; cf. स्तबक also.
stavakita स्तवकित a. Full of blossoms or bunches.
stavanam स्तवनम् [स्तु-ल्युट्] 1 Praising, praise. -2 A hymn.
stavarakaḥ स्तवरकः A fence.
stavepyaḥ स्तवेप्यः N. of Indra.
staviḥ स्तविः A chanter.
aṅgirastama अङ्गिरस्तम a. [तमप्] Ved. Very rapid, especially like Agni in devouring food (?).
ativistaraḥ अतिविस्तरः Prolixity, diffuseness; U.1; Māl.1.
atihastayati अतिहस्तयति Den. P. [अतिहस्त-णि] 1 To stretch out the hands (हस्तौ निरस्यति). -2 [हस्तिना अतिक्रामति] To overtake (one) on an elephant.
atyasta अत्यस्त a. (p. p. अति + अस् 4. p.) cast, tossed, thrown over or beyond (P.II.1.24, तरङ्गात्यस्तः -काशिका).
adhastana अधस्तन a. (-नी f.) [अधोभवः अधस्-टयु तुट् च] 1 Lower, situated beneath. -2 Prior, previous.
adhasta अधस्तरा (मा) म् ind. [अतिशयेनाधः] Very low.
adhyasta अध्यस्त p. p. [अस्-क्त] 1 Placed upon or over -2 Attributed, wrongly ascribed or supposed; as शुक्तौ रजतमध्यस्तम्, ब्रह्मणि जगदध्यस्तम् &c.
anāśasta अनाशस्त a. Not praised. यत् चिद्धि सत्य सोमपा अनाशस्ता इव स्मसि । Rv.1.29.1.
anustaraṇam अनुस्तरणम् Strewing or spreading round. -णी [करणे ल्युट्] 1 A cover, (आच्छादनम् such as leather); अनुस्तरण्या वपामुत्खिद्य शिरोमुखं प्रच्छादयेत् Āśval. -2 A cow; (सेयं गौः स्तृतं दीक्षितमनुस्तृतत्वाद्धिंसितत्वाच्चानुस्तरणीत्युच्यते Sāy.); especially the cow sacrificed at the funeral ceremony, which enables the departed spirit to safely cross the river of Hell called वैतरिणी (अनुतीर्यते वैतरिणी नदी अनया तॄ-करणे ल्युट् पृषो-सुट् Tv.).
anvasta अन्वस्त a. [fr. अस् to throw] Shot or hurled along, shot; interwoven (as in silk); chequered.
apatrasta अपत्रस्त p. p. Afraid of, deterred from; तरङ्गापत्रस्तः (slightly) afraid of waves; P.II.1.38 Sk.
apadhvasta अपध्वस्त p. p. 1 Reviled, cursed, accursed, contemptible, to be disdained. अपध्वस्ता दस्युभूता भवन्ति ये ब्राह्मणान्क्षत्रियाः सन्त्यजन्ति Mb.12.73.1. -2 Pounded badly or imperfectly (अवचूर्णित). -3 Abandoned. शरैरपध्वस्त- विनीतवेषम् Rām.7.8.5. -स्तः A vile wretch, lost to all sense of right and virtue; मूर्ख अपध्वस्तो$सि Mk.8. cf. अपध्वस्तः परित्यक्ते निन्दितेष्वथ चूर्णिते । Medinī.
apastama अपस्तम a. Most active or rapid.
apastambhaḥ अपस्तम्भः A vessel in the side of the breast containing vital air.
apahasta अपहस्तः [अपसारणार्थो हस्तः] 1 The hand placed on the neck to drive out a person (गलहस्त); one that is so driven out; सारथिं चास्य दयितमपहस्तेन जघ्निवान् Mb.1. 129.36;3.12.85. -2 Throwing away or off, taking away असिहस्तापहस्ताभ्यां तेषां गात्राण्यकृन्तत Mb.6.9.45. -3 Stealing, plundering.
apahastayati अपहस्तयति Den. P. To seize by the neck and drive out; hence throw away, abandon, leave, discard, reject (fig. also).
apāsta अपास्त a. Discarded, thrown away, abandoned. किं त्यक्तापास्तदेवत्वमानुष्यकपरिग्रहैः Ki.15.21.
apraśasta अप्रशस्त a. 1 Not praiseworthy, worthless, contemptible. -2 Not approved, forbidden. -3 (Ved.) Disobedient. -4 Less, deficient, decayed (क्षीण).
abhiśasta अभिशस्त p. p. 1 Charged, falsely accused, calumniated, abused, insulted; यानि मिथ्याभिशस्तानां पतन्त्यश्रूणि राघव Rām.2.1.59; Ms.8.116,373; Y.1. 161;3.284. -2 Hurt, injured, attacked (supposed to be from अभिशस्); देवि केनाभिशस्तासि केन वासि विमानिता Rām.; अभिशस्तं प्रपश्यन्ति दरिद्रम् पार्श्वतः स्थितम् Mb.12.8. 14. Ms.11.112 threatened. -3 Cursed (for अभिशप्त). -4 Wicked, sinful, infamous. -स्तम् = अभिशस्ति q. v.
abhiśastaka अभिशस्तक a. 1 Falsely accused, defamed; wicked; Y.1.223; a person of bad repute; 2.7. -2 Caused by imprecation or curse.
abhiśasta अभिशस्त p. p. Hurt, attacked.
abhisaṃstavaḥ अभिसंस्तवः High praise.
abhyasta अभ्यस्त p. p. 1 Repeated, frequently practised, exercised; नयनयोरभ्यस्तमामीलनम् Amaru.97; used or accustomed to; अनभ्यस्तरथचर्याः U.5; not accustomed to the use of the chariot; ˚गुणा च वाणी Māl.3.11. -2 Learnt, studied; शैशवे$भ्यस्तविद्यानाम् R.1.8; Bh.3. 89. -3 (In Math.) Multiplied; अयुतं दशकृत्वो$भ्यस्तं नियुतमुच्यते Nir. -4 (In gram.) Reduplicated. -स्तम् Reduplicated base of a root.
abhyastam अभ्यस्तम् ind. 1 [अस्तमभि] Towards sunset; ˚गम् -इ, -या to go down or set (as the sun) during or with reference to some act. -2 Repeated, again and again; अभ्यस्तं भौतिकं पश्यन् Mb.12.278.16.
abhyastamayaḥ अभ्यस्तमयः Setting of the sun during or with reference to some act.
abhyastamita अभ्यस्तमित a. One on whom the sun has set while asleep.
amasta अमस्त n. Curds.
āyasta आयस्त p. p. [यस्-क्त] 1 Pained, distressed, afflicted. -2 Hurt, injured, killed; नित्यायस्तो बालको (न ईशे) Mb. 13.1.26. -3 Vexed, angry. -4 Effected with difficulty. -5 Thrown, cast, sent forth. -6 Sharpened, whetted. -7 (Actively used) Toiling, labouring, exerting oneself. -8 Eager, anxiously desirous; आयस्तः (संप्राप्तुम्) Ki.7.32. -स्तम् A great effort; न मे गर्वितमायस्तं सहिष्यति दुरात्मवान् Rām.4.16.9.
āvistarām आविस्तराम् ind. In a more manifest way.
āstaraḥ आस्तरः [आ-स्तृ-अप्] 1 A covering, coverlet. दण्डिनी- मजिनास्तराम् Bk.6.6. -2 A carpet, bed, mat; वासो वल्कलमास्तरः किसलयानि Śānti.2.2. -3 Spreading (clothes &c.).
āstarakaḥ आस्तरकः One who spreads the bed; Kau. A.1.12.
āstaraṇa आस्तरण a. 1 Spreading, covering. -णम् 1 Spreading, strewing. -2 A bed, layer; कुसुम˚ a bed of flowers; कुसुमास्तरणे सहायतां बहुशः सौम्य गतस्त्वमावयोः Ku.4.35; सकुसुम˚ strewn with flowers Ś.3; तमालपत्रास्तरणासु रन्तुम् R.6.64. -3 A cushion, quilt, bed clothes; गत˚ without the bed clothes. -4 A rug, carpet. -5 An elephant's housings, painted cloth (thrown on his back). -6 A layer of Kuśa grass spread out at a sacrifice. वेद आस्त- रणं ब्रह्मोपबर्हणम् Av.15.3.7.
āstaraṇika आस्तरणिक a. (-की f.) [आस्तरणं प्रयोजनमस्य ठक्] 1 For spreading (as clothes &c.). -2 Resting on a carpet.
uccaistama उच्चैस्तम a. Highest, tallest, loudest.
uccaistamām उच्चैस्तमाम् ind. 1 Exceedingly high. -2 Very loudly
uccaistara उच्चैस्तर a. Higher, taller, louder.
uccaistaram उच्चैस्तरम् राम् ind. 1 Very loud; Bhāg.5.9.18. -2 Exceedingly high, on high; उच्चैस्तरां वक्ष्यति शैलराजः Ku.7.68.
uttrasta उत्त्रस्त a. Frightened.
uddhasta उद्धस्त a. Extending or raising the hands.
upadhvasta उपध्वस्त a. 1 Destroyed. -2 Mixed.
upanyasta उपन्यस्त p. p. 1 Placed near, deposited. -2 Said, proposed, spoken. -3 Pledged, entrusted. -4 Given, communicated; पितामहेनोपन्यस्तम् (आसनम्) Bhāg.1.17.43. -5 Brought forward as an example, adduced, hinted. -स्तम् The holding of hands to the chest (a skilful move in fighting); उपन्यस्तमपन्यस्तं युद्धमार्गं विशारदौ । तौ विचेरतुरन्योन्यं वानरेन्द्रश्च रावणः ॥ Rām.6.4.26.
upavastam उपवस्तम् A fast.
upastambh उपस्तम्भ् 5, 9 P. To prop, support (fig. also).
upastabdha उपस्तब्ध a. Supported, stayed. उपस्तम्भः upastambhḥ म्भनम् mbhanam उपस्तम्भः म्भनम् 1 Stay, support. -2 Support of life (as food, sleep &c.). -3 Encouragement, incitement, aid; मन्त्रोपस्तम्भेन H.3. -4 Basis, ground, occasion; मूषकबलोपस्तम्भेन कारणेन भवितव्यम् H.1.
upastambhaka उपस्तम्भक a. Supporting, aiding, encouraging. -ता Abundance, excess.
upastaraṇam उपस्तरणम् See under उपस्तृ
upastaraṇam उपस्तरणम् 1 Spreading out, scattering. -2 A covering, garment; तद् वै ब्रह्मज्य ते देवा उपस्तरणमब्रुवन् Av.5. 19.12. -3 A bed. -4 Anything spread out (as a covering), a substratum (said of the water which is sipped before taking food) अमृतोपस्तरणमसि स्वाहा. Scattering grass (around sacred fire).
upāstamanam उपास्तमनम् Sunset; Mb.1.1.
upāstamayam उपास्तमयम् ind. About sunset.
urastas उरस्तस् ind. From the breast, towards the bosom.
aupavastam औपवस्तम् Fasting, a fast.
kastambhī कस्तम्भी Ved. The prop of a carriage-pole; (Mar. शिपायी); Śat. Br.1.1.2.9.
grasta ग्रस्त p. p. [ग्रस् कर्मणि क्त] 1 Eaten, devoured. -2 Seized, stricken, affected, possessed; ग्रह˚, विपद्˚, जरा˚ U.6. 39. -3 Slurred; ˚मुक्तम् U.5.13; ˚आमिषम् Pt.1.193. -4 Eclipsed. -5 Taken, seized. -6 Tormented, afflicted; Y.3.245. -स्तम् A word or sentence half-uttered or slurred over. -Comp. -अस्तम् the setting of the sun or moon while eclipsed. -उदयः rising of the sun or moon while eclipsed.
custa चुस्तः स्तम् [चु क्त बा˚ सुट्] 1 The burnt exterior of roast meat. -2 Fried meat. -3 Chaff. -4 Rind.
tustam तुस्तम् 1 Dust. -2 Husk.
stam तूस्तम् [तुस् बा˚ तान् दीर्घश्च] 1 Matted hair. -2 Dust. -3 Sin. -4 An atom, any minute particle.
trasta त्रस्त p. p. [त्रस्-क्त] 1 Frightened, terrified, alarmed; त्रस्तैकहायनकुरङ्गविलोलदृष्टिः Māl.4.8. -2 Timid, fearful. -3 Quick, rolling.
dasta दस्त a. 1 Wasted, perished. -2 Thrown, tossed. -3 Dismissed.
dhvasta ध्वस्त p. p. 1 Fallen. -2 Destroyed, removed. -3 Lost, perished; वरं कृतध्वस्तगुणादत्यन्तमगुणः पुमान् Ki.15.15. Amaru.15. -4 Covered (with dust or anything); काञ्चनं रजसा ध्वस्तम् Rām.7.14.25. -5 Eclipsed. -Comp. -अक्ष a. Whose eyes are sunk (as in death); प्रकीर्णकेशं ध्वस्ताक्षम् Bhāg.7.2.3.
dhvasta ध्वस्त ध्वस्ति &c. See under ध्वंस्.
nasta नस्तः The nose. -स्तम् A sternutatory, snuff. -स्ता A hole bored in the septum of the nose. -Comp. -ऊतः an ox led by a string through the nose.
nastas नस्तस् ind. From the nose; Y.3.127.
nastakam नस्तकम् A hole bored in the septum of the nose (of cattle).
nirasta निरस्त p. p. 1 Cast off or away, thrown out or away, repudiated, driven, expelled, banished; कौलीन- भीतेन गृहान्निरस्ता R.14.84. -2 Dispelled, destroyed. -3 Abandoned, deserted. -4 Removed, deprived or void of; निरस्तपादपे देश एरण्डोपि द्रुमायते H.1.67. -5 Discharged (as an arrow). -6 Refuted. -7 Vomited, spit out. -8 Uttered rapidly; सर्वे ऊष्माणो$ग्रस्ता अनिरस्ता विवृता वक्तव्याः Ch. Up.2.22.5. -9 Torn out or destroyed. -1 Suppressed, checked. -11 Broken (as an agreement &c.). -12 Thrown off (as from a horse). -13 Offered, given; त्वं पुण्डरीकमुख बन्धुतया निरस्तमेको निवापसलिलं पिबसीत्ययुक्तम् Māl.9.4. -14 Rejected, disallowed. -15 Sent forth or away. -स्तः An arrow discharged. -स्तम् 1 Rejecting, refusal &c. -2 Dropping or leaving out, rapid pronunciation. -3 Spitting out. -4 Preventing, warding of. -5 Throwing or casting. -Comp. -भेद a. having all differences removed, same, identical. -राग a. one who has renounced all worldly attachments. -संख्य a innumerable.
nista निस्तनी A pill, bolus.
nistabdha निस्तब्ध a. Paralysed. -2 Stopped, fixed.
nistarhaṇam निस्तर्हणम् Killing, slaughter.
nistaraṇam निस्तरणम् 1 Going out or forth, coming out of. -2 Crossing over. -3 Rescue, deliverance, getting rid of. -4 An expedient, a means, plan. -5 Accomplishing, mastering (पारगमन).
nyasta न्यस्त p. p. 1 Cast down, thrown or laid down, deposited. -2 Put in, inserted, applied; न्यस्ताक्षराः Ku. 1.7. -3 Depicted, drawn; चित्रन्यस्त. -4 Consigned, delivered or transferred to; अहमपि तव सूनावायुषि न्यस्त- राज्यः V.5.17. -5 Leaning, resting on. -6 Given up, set aside, resigned. -7 Mystically touched; नित्यं न्यस्तषडङ्ग- चक्रनिहितं हृत्पद्ममध्योदितम् Māl.5.2. -8 Exposed (for sale; क्रयाय न्यस्त). -9 Put on, donned; न्यस्तालक्तकरक्तमाल्यवसना Māl.5.24. -1 Having the low tone (as a vowel). -Comp. -अस्तव्य a. To be placed, fixed. -चिह्न a. destitute of external signs (as royal marks &c.); स न्यस्तचिह्नामपि राजलक्ष्मीं तेजोविशेषानुमितां दधानः R.2.7. -दण्ड a. giving up the rod, i. e. punishment, meek, harmless. -देह a. one who lays down the body, dead. -शस्त्र a. 1 one who has resigned or laid down his arms; आचार्यस्य त्रिभुवनगुरोर्न्यस्तशस्त्रस्य शोकात् Ve.3.18; Ms.3.192. -2 unarmed, defenceless. -3 harmless. -4 epithet of the manes, or deified progenitors.
parāsta परास्त p. p. 1 Thrown or cast away. -2 Expelled, turned out. -3 Repudiated. -4 Refuted, rejected. -5 Defeated, overcome.
paritrasta परित्रस्त a. Frightened, afraid.
paristaraḥ परिस्तरः Strewing round or heaping together.
paristaraṇam परिस्तरणम् 1 Strewing or spreading round, scattering about. -2 A covering, cover.
paristaraṇikā परिस्तरणिका A cow killed at a funeral ceremony.
parihasta परिहस्तः Ved. 1 An amulet put round the hand to secure the birth of a child. -2 A ring for the hand.
paryasta पर्यस्त p. p. 1 Thrown round, scattered over or about; पर्यस्तो धनंजयस्योपरि शिलीमुखासारः Ve.4; Śi.1.91. -2 Surrounded, encompassed. -3 Upset, overturned. -4 Dismissed, laid aside. -5 Struck, hurt, killed. -6 Bound.
paryudasta पर्युदस्त p. p. 1 Excluded, excepted. -2 Prohibited, objected to (as a ceremony).
puñjikāsta पुञ्जिकास्तना f. N. of a celestial nymph; Mārk. P.
pustam पुस्तम् 1 Plastering, painting, anointing. -2 Working in clay, modelling. -3 Anything made of clay, wood or metal. -4 A book, manuscript; also पुस्ता-स्ती. -Comp. -कर्मन् n. plastering, painting. -पालः Keeper of land records; EI.XV.13;XX.61.
pustakaḥ पुस्तकः कम् 1 A book, manuscript. -2 A protuberant ornament, boss. -आगारम् a library. -आस्तरणम् The wrapper of a manuscript; Hch. -मुद्रा a kind of mudrā mentioned in Tantraśāstra; वाममुष्टिं स्वाभिमुखीं कृत्वा पुस्तकमुद्रिका. -पुस्तिकापूलिकः a collection of manuscripts; Hch.3.
pratidhvasta प्रतिध्वस्त p. p. 1 Down-cast. -2 Sunk, hanging down.
pratisaṃstaram प्रतिसंस्तरम् Friendly reception.
pratyasta प्रत्यस्त p. p. Thrown off, given up; प्रत्यस्तव्यसने मही- यसि परं प्रीतोी$स्मि जामातरि Māl.1.23.
pratyastamayaḥ प्रत्यस्तमयः Setting (of the sun.). -2 End, cessation.
pratyāśvasta प्रत्याश्वस्त p. p. Consoled, revived, refreshed.
pradhvasta प्रध्वस्त p. p. Annihilated, completely destroyed.
prayasta प्रयस्त p. p. 1 Seasoned, dressed with condiments. -2 Striving, eager. -3 Scattered; वेदीं हुताशनवतीं परितः प्रयस्ताः Ś.3.26.
pravidhvasta प्रविध्वस्त a. 1 Thrown away. -2 Agitated, disturbed.
praśasta प्रशस्त p. p. 1 Praised, lauded, commended, eulogised. -2 Praiseworthy, commendable. -3 Best, excellent -4 Blessed, happy, auspicious. -Comp. -अद्रिः N. of a mountain.
prastabdha प्रस्तब्ध p. p. Stiff, rigid; Suśr.
prastaraḥ प्रस्तरः 1 A couch of leaves and flowers. -2 A couch or bed in general; इष्टकाप्रस्तरे चैव कण्टकप्रस्तरे तथा (शयनम्) Mb.12.33.1. -3 A flat surface or top, level, plain. -4 A stone, rock; पर्वतप्रतिमं भाति पर्वतप्रस्तराश्रितम् Mb.3.142.16. -5 A precious stone, gem. -6 A paragraph, section of a work. -7 A handful of darbha grass. -Comp. -प्रहरणन्यायः a rule of interpretation according to which the matter mentioned in the instrumental should be construed as being subsidiary to that which is mentioned in the accusative. This न्याय is mentioned by जैमिनि and शबर at MS.3.2.11-14.
prastaraṇam प्रस्तरणम् णा 1 A bed, couch. -2 A seat.
prastariṇī प्रस्तरिणी Elephantopus Scaber (गोजिव्हा; Mar. पाथरी).
prastavaḥ प्रस्तवः 1 A song or hymn of praise. -2 A fit time or opportunity; see प्रस्ताव.
prahasta प्रहस्तः 1 The open hand with the fingers extended. -2 N. of a general of Rāvaṇa.
prātastana प्रातस्तन a. (-नी f.) Relating to the morning; matutinal. -नम् early morning.
prātastarām प्रातस्तराम् ind. Very early in the morning; प्रातस्तरां पतत्रिभ्यः प्रबुद्धः प्रणमन् रविम् Bk.4.14.
prāsta प्रास्त p. p. 1 Thrown, darted, hurled, cast, discharged. -2 Expelled, turned out.
basta बस्तः A goat; भवन्त्यध्वर्यवश्चान्ये बस्तश्मश्रुर्भृगुर्भवेत् Bhāg. 4.7.5. -Comp. -कर्णः the Śāla tree. -गन्धा a shrubby basil. -मारम् ind. after the manner of the dying of a goat.
bastakam बस्तकम् Salt produced from the Sāmbara lake; Nigh. Ratn.
sta बास्त a. (-स्ती f.) Coming or derived from a goat; कार्ष्णरौरवबास्तानि चर्माणि ब्रह्मचारिणः Ms.2.41.
bista बिस्तः A weight of gold (equal to 8 Raktikas or gunjās).
bustam बुस्तम् 1 The burnt crust of roast meat. -2 The shell of fruit.
bhastakam भस्तकम् 1 Gold or silver. -2 Morbid appetite from over-digestion of food; कट्वादिरूक्षान्नभुजां नराणां क्षीणे कफे मारुतपित्तवृद्धौ । अतिप्रवृद्धः पवनान्वितो$ग्निर्भुक्तं क्षणाद् भस्म करोति यस्मात् ॥ तस्मादसौ भस्मकसंज्ञको$भूदुपेक्षितो$यं पचते च धातून् Bhāva. P. -3 A kind of disease of the eyes.
manasta मनस्तः ind. From the mind or heart; R.14.84.
mastam मस्तम् The head; मस्ते दुःसहवेदनाकवलिते Viś. Guṇa. 539. -Comp. -दारुः n. the devadāru tree. -मूलकम् the neck.
mastakaḥ मस्तकः कम् [मस्मति परिमात्यनेन मस्-करणे त स्वार्थे क Tv.] 1 The head, skull; अतिलोभा (v. l. तृष्णा) भिभूतस्य चक्रं भ्रमति मस्तके Pt.5.22. -2 The head or top of anything, peak, summit; न च पर्वतमस्तके Ms.4.47; वृक्ष˚, चुल्ली˚ &c. -3 The tuft of leaves growing at the top of palm trees. -Comp. -आख्यः the top of a tree. -उद्भवः the brain. -ज्वरः, -शूलम् an acute head-ache. -पिण्डकः, -कम् a round protuberance on the temples of an elephant in rut. -मूलकम् the neck. -लुङ्गः the membrane surrounding the brain. -स्नेहः 1 the brain. -2 an oily substance appearing on the head.
musta मुस्तः स्ता स्तम् A kind of grass; विस्रब्धं क्रियतां वराहततिभिर्मुस्ताक्षतिः पल्वले Ś.2.6; R.9.59;15.19. -Comp. -अदः, -आदः a hog. -आकृतिः N. of a plant (Mar. कचरकंद).
mustakaḥ मुस्तकः कम् का See मुस्तः.
yasta यस्त a. Entrusted, deposited.
stam रूस्तम् [Uṇ.3.93 com.] Skirts of cloth.
lasta लस्त a. 1 Embraced, clasped. -2 Skilful, skilled.
lastakaḥ लस्तकः The middle of a bow, that part which is grasped.
lastakin लस्तकिन् m. A bow.
lustam लुस्तम् The end of a bow.
vastam वस्तम् 1 An abode. -2 A house. -स्तः A goat; see वस्त. -Comp. -अन्त्री benzoin.
vastakam वस्तकम् An artificial salt. (कृत्रिमलवण).
vastavyatā वस्तव्यता Abode, residence; ये त्वया कीर्तिता दोषा वने वस्तव्यतां प्रति Rām.2.29.2.
sta वास्त See बास्त.
stava वास्तव a. (-वी f.) [वस्त्वेव-अण्] 1 Real, true, substantial; वेद्यं वास्तवमत्र वस्तु शिवदं तापत्रयोन्मूलनम् Bhāg. 1.1.2. -2 Determined, fixed. -वम् Anything fixed or determined.
sta वास्तवा Dawn.
stavika वास्तविक a. (-की f.) [वस्तुतो निर्वृत्तं ठक्] 1 True, real, substantial genuine. -2 Demonstrated, established. -कः 1 A realist. -2 A gardner.
stavya वास्तव्य a. 1 Dwelling, inhabiting, resident; पुरे$स्य वास्तव्यकुटुम्बितां ययुः Śi.1.66; इहैवास्मि महाराज वास्तव्यो नगरे द्विजः Ks. -2 Fit to be inhabited, habitable. -व्यः 1 A dweller, resident, an inhabitant; वास्तव्यैराक्रान्ते देशे आगन्तु- र्जनो$सम्भवादन्ते निविशते ŚB. on MS.1.5.4; नानादिगन्त- वास्तव्यो महाजनसमाजः Māl.1. -व्यम् 1 A habitable place, house. -2 Habitation, residence (वसति).
vidhvasta विध्वस्त p. p. 1 Ruined, destroyed; दृश्यते मित्रविध्वस्तः कार्याद्वैरिप्ररक्षितः Pt.2.113. -2 Scattered about, tossed up. -3 Obscured, darkened. -4 Eclipsed.
vinyasta विन्यस्त p. p. 1 Placed or put down. -2 Inlaid, paved. -3 Fixed. -4 Arranged. -5 Delivered. -6 Presented, offered. -7 Deposited. -स्तम् Arrangement, placing; दान्ततोरणविन्यस्तं वज्रस्फटिकवेदिकम् Rām.7.13.5.
viparyasta विपर्यस्त p. p. 1 Changed; विपर्यस्तं यथा नाम कुवलाश्वस्य धीमतः Mb.3.21.7; inverted, reversed; हन्त विपर्यस्तः संप्रति जीवलोकः U.1. -2 Opposite, contrary. -3 Wrongly considered to be real; अनुत्पन्नं ज्ञानं यदि यदि च संदेहविधुरं विपर्यस्तं वा स्यात् परिचर वसिष्ठस्य चरणौ Mv.3.36. -4 (In gram.) Interchanged. -Comp. -पुत्रा a woman bearing no male children.
viśasta विशस्त p. p. 1 Cut up, hacked. -2 Rude, ill-mannered; P.VII.2.19. -3 Praised, celebrated.
viśvasta विश्वस्त p. p. 1 Believed in, trusted, relied on. -2 Confiding, relying on. -3 Fearless, confident. -4 Trustworthy, reliable. -स्ता A widow; सुचिरं सह सर्वसात्वतैर्भव विश्वस्तविलासिनीजनः Śi.16.14 [here sense (3) also is intended].
vista विस्तः A particular weight of gold (= 8 रक्तिकाs).
vistaraḥ विस्तरः 1 Extension, expansion. -2 Minute details, detailed description, minute particulars; संक्षिप्तस्याप्यतो$- स्यैव वाक्यस्यार्थगरीयसः । सुविस्तरतरा वाचो भाष्यभूता भवन्तु मे Śi. 2.24; (विस्तरेण, विस्तरतः, विस्तरशः 'in detail, at length, fully, with minute details, with full particulars'; अङ्गुलिमुद्राधिगमं विस्तरेण श्रोतुमिच्छामि Mu.1; विस्तरेणात्मनो योगं विभूतिं च जनार्दन (भूयः कथय) Bg.1.18). -3 Prolixity, diffuseness; अलं विस्तरेण. -4 Abundance, quantity, multitude, number; उभे पुरवरे रम्ये विस्तरैरुपशोभिते Rām. 7.11.14. -5 A bed, layer. -6 A seat, stool. -7 Affectionate solicitation. -8 High degree, intensity. -9 (pl.) Great wealth, riches.
visrasta विस्रस्त p. p. 1 Loosened. -2 Weak, infirm. -Comp. -चेतस् a. one whose spirit is dejected.
vihasta विहस्त a. 1 Handless. -2 Confounded, bewildered, overpowered, made powerless; मालतीमुखावलोकनविहस्ततया Māl.1; R.5.49; पितामहस्तामालोक्य विहस्तामस्थिरां स्थिराम् Śiva B.5.47; शाहराजात्मज शिशो विहाय स्वां विहस्तताम् ibid 21.23. -3 Disabled, incapacitated (for doing the proper work); रुजाविहस्तचरणम् M.4. -4 Adroit, skilled. -5 Learned, wise. -स्तः A eunuch.
vyatyasta व्यत्यस्त p. p. 1 Reversed, inverted. -2 Contrary, opposite. -3 Incoherent; व्यत्यस्तं लपति Bv.2.84. -4 Crossed, placed crosswise; व्यत्यस्तपादः, व्यत्यस्तभुजः &c.; व्यत्यस्तपाणिना कार्यमुपसंग्रहणं गुरोः Ms.2.72.
vyapāsta व्यपास्त p. p. Expelled, turned out; कश्चिद् व्यपास्तान- हितान्... अनवज्ञाय वर्तसे Rām.2.1.37.
vyasta व्यस्त p. p. 1 Cast or thrown asunder, tossed about; विषज्योतिरुज्जृम्भणोट्टामरव्यस्तविस्तारिदोः खण्डपर्यासितक्ष्माधरम् Māl. 5.23. -2 Dispersed, scattered; कल्पाक्षेपकठोरभैरवमरुद्- व्यस्तैरवस्तीर्यते U.5.14. -3 Dispelled, cast away. -4 Separated, divided, severed; ते युष्मासु समस्ताश्च व्यस्ताश्चैवेह सद्गुणाः Mb.3.1.32; चतुर्बुगेष्वथ व्यस्ता द्वापरादौ महर्षिभिः Bhāg. 12.6.46; Śiva-Mahimna 4; हिमवति जलधौ च व्यस्ततोयेव गङ्गा V.5.22. -5 Taken or considered separately, taken singly (opp. समस्त); एभिः समस्तैरपि किमस्य किं पुनर्व्यस्तैः U.5; तदस्ति किं व्यस्तमपि त्रिलोचने Ku.5.72. -6 Simple, uncompounded (as a word). -7 Manifold, different. -8 Removed, expelled; शस्त्रव्यस्तसमुद्रदत्तविषयं लब्ध्वा तपस्तप्यते Mv.2.19. -9 Agitated, troubled, confused. -1 Disordered, out of order, disarranged. -11 Reversed, upset. -12 Inverse (as ratio); ह्रदाम्भसि व्यस्तवधूकराहते रवं मृदङ्ग- ध्वनिधीरमुज्झति Ki.8.43. -13 Pervading, inherent in. -स्तम् n. Rotation, turning; अयनपरिवृत्तिर्व्यस्तशब्देनोच्यते ŚB. on MS.6.5.37. -स्तम् ind. Severally, separately, singly. -Comp. -केश a. with disordered or dishevelled hair. -त्रैराशिकम् the rule of three inverted. -न्यास a. rumpled (as a couch). -पदम् 1 (in law) a confused statement (of a case). -2 an uncompounded or simple word. -पुच्छ a. having an extended tail. -विधिः inverted rule. -वृत्ति a. the meaning of which is changed, which has lost its force (as a word); व्रीडमावहति मे स संप्रति व्यस्तवृत्तिरुयोन्मुखे त्वयि R.11.73.
vyudasta व्युदस्त p. p. Thrown aside, rejected, cast off.
śasta शस्त p. p. [शंस्-क्त] 1 Praised, extolled. -2 Auspicious, happy; शस्ताः कुर्वन्ति मां सव्यं दक्षिणं पशवो$परे Bhāg.1.14.13. -3 Right, best. -4 Repeated, recited. -5 Best, excellent. -6 Wounded, injured. -7 Killed. -स्तम् 1 Happiness, welfare. -2 Excellence, auspiciousness. -3 The body. -4 A finger-guard (अङ्गुलित्राण q. v.; also शस्तकम् in this sense). -स्तः A murderer.
śirastas शिरस्तस् ind. From the head; ज्योतिःप्ररोहैरुदितैः शिरस्तः Ku.3.49; Bh.2.1.
śvastana श्वस्तन a. (-नी f.), -श्वस्त्य a. Relating to the morrow, future. -नम् The future.
saṃstambh संस्तम्भ् 5, 9 P. (caus. also) 1 To stop, restrain, control; प्रयत्नसंस्तम्भितवक्रियाणां कथंचिदीशा मनसां बभूवुः Ku. 3.34. -2 To paralyze, benumb; वृत्तिः मोहेन संस्तम्भयतेन्द्रिया- णाम् Ku.3.73. -3 To take heart or courage, cheer up, compose, collect (oneself); संस्तम्भ राम भद्रं ते मा शुचः पुरुषोत्तम Rām.4.1.115; देवि संस्तम्भयात्मानम् U.4. -4 To make firm or immoveable; एवं बुद्धेः परं बुद्ध्वा संस्तभ्यात्मान- मात्मना Bg.3.43. -5 To support, prop up. -6 To confirm, establish, corroborate.
saṃstabdha संस्तब्ध p. p. Supported, confirmed &c.; see संस्तम्भ्.
saṃstambhaḥ संस्तम्भः 1 Support, prop. -2 Confirming, strengthening, fixing. -3 Stop, stay. -4 Stupefaction, paralysis. -5 Obstinacy.
saṃstambhanam संस्तम्भनम् 1 An obstructive remedy. -2 Stopping, arresting.
saṃstavaḥ संस्तवः 1 Praise, eulogium; न वशं योषितो यान्ति न दानैर्न च संस्तवैः Pt.4.89. -2 Acquaintance, intimacy, familiarity; गुणाः प्रियत्वे$धिकृता न संस्तवः Ki.4,25; नवैर्गुणैः संप्रति संस्तवस्थिरं तिरोहितं प्रेम घनागमश्रियः 4.22; Śi.7.31. -3 Agreeing together, harmony. -Comp. -प्रीतिः love through acquaintance.
saṃstavāna संस्तवान a. 1 Praising properly. -2 Eloquent. -नः 1 A singer (उद्गातृ). -2 Joy, delight.
saṃstaraḥ संस्तरः 1 A bed, couch, layer; a bed of leaves &c.; नवपल्लवसंस्तरे$पि ते R.8.57; नवपल्लवसंस्तरे यथा रचयिष्यामि तनुं विभावसौ Ku.4.34. -2 A sacrifice. -3 Propagation (of laws or customs).
saṃnyasta संन्यस्त p. p. 1 Laid or placed down. -2 Deposited. -3 Entrusted, consigned. -4 Laid aside, relinquished, renounced; न ह्यसंन्यस्तसंकल्पो योगी भवति कश्चन Bg.6.2. -5 Encamped.
samasta समस्त p. p. 1 Thrown together, combined; समस्तं व्यस्तं त्वां शरणद गृणात्योमिति पदम् Śiva-mahima 27; विशन्त्ययो दुर्गममार्गनिर्गमं समस्तसंबाधमनर्थपञ्जरम् Pt.1.383. -2 Compounded. -3 Pervading the whole of anything. -4 Abridged, contracted, condensed. -5 All, whole, entire.
samāyasta समायस्त p. p. Distressed, oppressed.
samāśvasta समाश्वस्त p. p. 1 Comforted, consoled. -2 Trusting, confiding; नित्यं तस्मिन् समाश्वस्तः सर्वकार्याणि निःक्षिपेत् Ms. 7.59.
savistara सविस्तर a. Detailed, minute, complete. -रम् ind. In detail, in etenso.
sāmastam सामस्तम् Science of word-composition.
sauvāstava सौवास्तव a. (-वी f.) Having a good, pleasantly situated or placed; P.IV.2.77. सौविदः sauvidḥ सौविदल्लः sauvidallḥ सौविदल्लकः sauvidallakḥ सौविदः सौविदल्लः सौविदल्लकः An attendant on the women's apartments; राज्ञीर्नरापनयनाकुलसौविदल्लाः Śi.5.17.
srasta स्रस्त p. p. [स्रंस्-क्त] 1 Fallen or dropped down, slipped off, fallen off; स्रस्तं शरं चापमपि स्वहस्तात् Ku.3.51; कनकवलयं स्रस्तं स्रस्तं मया प्रतिसार्यते Ś.3.12; Ki.5.33; Me. 65. -2 Drooping, hanging loosely down; विषादस्रस्तसर्वाङ्गी Mk.4.8; स्रस्तांसावतिमात्रलोहिततलौ बाहू घटोत्क्षेपणात् Ś.1.29. -3 Loosed. -4 Let go, relaxed. -5 Pendulous, hanging down. -6 Separated. -Comp. -अङ्ग, -गात्र a. 1 having the limbs relaxed. -2 swooning, fainting. -अपान a. having prolapsus ani. -हस्त a. letting go the hold.
srastaraḥ स्रस्तरः A couch or sofa (for reclining), bed; शिला- तले स्रस्तरमास्तीर्य निषसाद K.; Ms.2.24.
svāstaraḥ स्वास्तरः Good straw for a couch.
hasta हस्तः [हस्-तन् न इट् Uṇ.3.86] 1 The hand; हस्तं गत 'fallen in the hand or possession of'; गौतमीहस्ते विसर्जयि- ष्यामि Ś.3 'I shall send it by Gautamī'; so हस्ते पतिता; हस्तसंनिहितां कुरु &c.; शंभुना दत्तहस्ता Me.62 'leaning on Śambhu's hand'; हस्ते-कृ 1 (हस्तेकृत्य-कृत्वा) 'to take or seize by the hand, take hold of the hand, take in hand, take possession of'; Prov. :--हस्तकङ्कणं किं दर्पणे प्रेक्ष्यते Karpūr. 'sight requires no mirror'. -2 The truck of an elephant; Ku.1.36; अथवा हस्तिहस्तचञ्चलानि पुरुषभाग्यानि भवन्ति Avimārakam 2. -3 N. of the 13th lunar mansion consisting of five stars. -4 The fore-arm, cubit, a measure of length (equal to 24 aṅgulas or about 18 inches, being the distance between the elbow and the tip of the middle finger). -5 Hand-writing, signature; धनी वोपगतं दद्यात् स्वहस्तपरिचिह्नितम् Y.1.319; स्वहस्त- कालसंपन्नं शासनम् 1.32 'bearing date and signature'; धार्यतामयं प्रियायाः स्वहस्तः V.2 'the autograph of my beloved'; 2.2. -6 (Hence fig.) Proof, indication; Mu.3. -7 Help, assistance, support; वात्या खेदं कृशाङ्ग्याः सुचिरमवयवैर्दत्तहस्ता करोति Ve.2.21. -8 A mass, quantity, abundance (of hair), in comp. with केश, कच &c.; पाशः पक्षश्च हस्तश्च कलापार्थाः कचात् Ak.; रतिविगलितबन्धे केशहस्ते सुकेश्याः सति कुसुमसनाथे किं करोत्यषे वहीं V.4.22. -स्तम् 1 A pair of leather-bellows. -2 Skill (in using the hand); कलासु कौशलमक्षभूमिहस्तादिषु Dk. 2.2. -Comp. -अक्षरम् one's own hand or signature, one's own sign-manual. -अग्रम् the finger (being the extremity of the hand). -अङ्गुलिः f. any finger of the hand. -अभ्यासः contact with the hand. -अवलम्बः, आलम्बनम् support of the hand; दत्तहस्तावलम्बे प्रारम्भे Ratn.1.8 'being aided or helped on'. -आमलकम् 'the fruit of the myrobalan held in the hand', a phrase used to denote that which can be clearly and easily seen or understood; cf. करतलामलकफलवदखिलं जगदालोकयताम् K.43. -आवापः 1 a finger-guard (ज्याघातवारणम्); V.5; Ś.6. -2 a hand-fetter; व्यालकुञ्जरदुर्गेषु सर्पचोरभयेषु च । हस्तावापेन गच्छन्ति नास्तिकाः किमतः परम् ॥ Mb.12.181.5. -कमलम् 1 a lotus carried in the hand. -2 a lotus-like hand. -कौशलम् manual dexterity. -क्रिया manual work or performance, handicraft. -गत, -गामिन् a. come to hand, fallen into one's possession, obtained, secured; त्वं प्रार्थ्यसे हस्तगता ममैभिः R.7.67;8.1. -ग्राहः taking by the hand. -चापल्यम् = हस्तकौशलम् q. v. -तलम् 1 the palm of the hand. -2 the tip of an elephant's trunk. -तालः striking the palms together, clapping the hands. -तुला 'hand-balance', weighing in the hand; हस्ततुलयापि निपुणाः पलप्रमाणं विजानन्ति Pt.2.83. -दक्षिण a. 1 situated on the right hand. -2 Right, correct. -दोषः a slip of the hand. -धारणम्, -वारणम् warding off a blow (with the hand). -पादम् the hands and feet; न मे हस्तपादं प्रसरति Ś.4. -पुच्छम् the hand below the wrist. -पृष्ठम् the back of the hand. -प्रद a. supporting, helping. -प्राप्त, -वर्तिन्, -स्थ, -स्थित a. 1 held in the hand. -2 gained, secured. -प्राप्य a. easily accessible to the hand; that can be reached with the hand; हस्तप्राप्यस्तबकनमितो बालमन्दारवृक्षः Me.77. -बिम्बम् perfuming the body with unguents. -भ्रष्ट a. escaped. -मणिः a jewel worn on the wrist. -रोधम् ind. in the hands; हस्तरोधं दधद् धनुः Bk.5.32. -लाघवम् 1 manual readiness or skill. -2 a sleight of the hand, legerdemain. -लेखः Sketching practice before producing an object of art, hand-drawing; अस्यैव सर्गाय भवत्करस्य सरोजसृष्टिर्मम हस्तलेखः N.7.72; हस्तलेखमसृजत् खलु जन्मस्थानरेणुकमसौ भवदर्थम् ibid.21.69. -वापः = हस्तक्षेपः shooting (arrows) with the hand; यस्यैकषष्टिर्निशितास्तीक्ष्णधाराः सुवाससः संमतो हस्तवापः Mb. 5.23.22. -वाम a. situated on the left (or wrong) hand. -विन्यासः position of the hands. -संवाहनम् rubbing or shampooing with the hands; संभोगान्ते मम समुचितो हस्तसंवाहनानां यास्यत्युरुः सरसकदलीगर्भगौरश्चलत्वम् Me.98. -सिद्धिः f. 1 manual labour, doing with the hands. -2 hire, wages. -सूत्रम् a bracelet or thread-string worn on the wrist; धात्र्यङ्गुलीभिः प्रतिसार्यमाणमूर्णामयं कौतुकहस्त- सूत्रम् Ku.7.25. -स्वस्तिकः crossing the hands; स्तनविनि- हितहस्तस्वस्तिकाभिर्वधूभिः Māl.4.1. -हार्य a. manifest.
hastakaḥ हस्तकः 1 A hand. -2 The position of the hand. -3 A measure of length. -4 A turn-spit.
hastavat हस्तवत् a. Dexterous, skilful, clever; केनचित्तु हस्त- वतैकागारिकेण तावतीं सुरङ्गां कारयित्वा Dk.2.2.
hyastana ह्यस्तन a. (-नी f.) Belonging to yesterday; as in ह्यस्तनी वृत्तिः, ह्यस्तनेन च कोपेन शक्तिं वै प्राहिणोन्मयी Mb.5. 184.4. -Comp. -दिनम् yesterday, the previous day.
Macdonell Vedic Search
15 results
stabh stabh or stambh prop, support, IX. stabhná̄ti, ii. 12, 2. ví- prop asunder, pf. tastambha, iv. 50, 1; vii. 86, 1.
stan stan thunder, II. P.; cs. stanáyati, id., v. 83, 7. 8 [Gk. στένω ‘lament’].
stanatha stan-átha, m. thunder, v. 83, 3.
stanayant stanáyant, pr. pt. thundering, v. 83, 2; x. 168, 1.
stanayitnu stanayi-tnú, m. thunder, v. 83, 6.
apastama apás-tama, spv. a. most active, i. 160, 4.
asta ás-ta, n. home, abode, x. 14, 8; 34, 10.
ahasta a-hastá, a. (Bv.) handless, x. 34, 9.
kaviśasta kavi-śastá, pp. (Tp.) recited by the sages, x. 14, 4.
tavastama tavás-tama, spv. mightiest, ii. 33, 3.
prastara pra-stará, m. strewn grass, x. 14, 4 [stṛ strew].
vajrahasta vájra-hasta, a. (Bv.) having a bolt in his hand, ii. 12, 13.
hasta hásta, m. hand, ii. 33, 7; vi. 54, 10; viii. 29, 3-5. [256]
hastavant hásta-vant, a. having hands, x. 34, 9.
hiraṇyahasta híraṇya-hasta, a. (Bv.) golden-handed, i. 35, 10.
Macdonell Search
95 results
stabaka m. bunch, cluster (esp. of blossoms); =section in books the titles of which contain latâ, mañgarî etc.).
stabakaya den. P. provide with clusters of blossoms: pp. ita.
stabdha pp. √ stabh: -karna, m. Stiff-ear, N. of a lion; -tâ, f. stiffness, rigid ity; pretentiousness, arrogance; -tva, n. id.; -lokana, a. having motionless (=unwinking) eyes.
staimitya n. [stimita] numbness, immobility, sluggishness.
stainya n. [stena] theft, robbery (of, --°ree;).
stamba m. bunch, tuft (esp. of grass): -kari, a. forming bunches: -tâ, f. formation of (abundant) sheaves or clusters (of rice).
stamberama m. (delighting in tufts of grass), elephant.
stambha m. prop, post, pillar, column, (slender) stem (also fig. of arms; V., C.; ord. mg.); strengthening, support (rare); rigidness, fixedness; stupefaction, paralysis; stoppage, obstruction, suppression (also by magical means); pride, arrogance: -ka, a. stopping, arresting; m. N. of an attendant of Siva.
stambhana a. (î) making stiff or rigid, paralysing; stopping, arresting; n. strengthening, supporting; making rigid, paralysing; stopping, arresting.
stana m. (--°ree; a., f. â, î) female breast, teat (human or animal): -kalasa, m. jar-shaped breast; N. of a bard; -kudmala, m. n. bud like breast; -kumbha, m. jar-shaped breast; -koti, f. nipple; -koraka,m. n. bud-like breast; -tata, m. n. rounded female breast.
stanaṃdhaya a. (î) sucking [√ 2. dhâ] the breast; m. suckling, infant; calf.
stanāṃśuka n. breast-cloth; -½antara, n. space between the breasts, centre of the chest (of men and women); -½âbhoga, m. fulness of the breast; -½âvarana, n. breast cloth: -tâ, f. abst. n.
stanapa a., m. id.; -patana, n. flac cidity of the breasts; -pâna, n. sucking of the breast; -bhara, m. weight of breasts, swelling bosom; -mandala, n. rounded female breast; -madhya, n. space between the breasts.
stanatha m. roar of the lion (RV.1); -áthu, m. id. (AV.).
stanavepathu m. heaving of the breast.
stanayadama a. having a roar ing onset (Maruts; RV.1).
stanayitnu m. [fr. cs. of √ stan] thunder (sg. pl.; V., C.); thunder-cloud (C.).
stanita (pp.) n. thunder: -vimu kha, a. refraining from thunder; -samaya, m. time of a cloud's thundering; -subhagam, ad. with charming rumblings.
stanottarīya n. breast-cloth.
stanya a. contained in the mother's breast; n. milk (contained in the female breast or the udder): -tyâga, m. leaving off the mother's milk, being weaned: -mâtra ka, a. w. vayas, n. period of life immediately after weaning.
staraṇa n. [stri] act of strewing or scattering.
sta f. (nm. -s) barren or non-preg nant cow, heifer (V.).
startavai d. inf. √ stri (Br.).
staru m. enemy (S.).
stava m. [√ stu] praise, eulogy, pane gyric, song of praise (RV.1, C.); -átha, m. praise (RV.1); -á-dhyai, d. inf. √ stu (RV.); -ana, n. praising, praise.
stavarāja m. chief of panegyrics.
stavaraka m.n. kind of fabric or stuff.
stavya fp. to be praised, praiseworthy.
agrahasta m. finger; tip of elephant's trunk.
ajagalastana m. dew-lap on the neck of the goat.
atidustara a. very hard to cross.
atipraśasta pp. greatly praised; -sânta, pp. completely allayed; -sakta, pp. excessively attached.
atrasta pp. intrepid.
adhastala n. surface --, space below (--°ree;).
anastamita pp. not set; un ceasing: -ke, (lc.) ad. before sunset.
anustaraṇī f. cow killed at fu- neral sacrifices, with whose pieces the corpse is covered limb for limb; -smarana, n. recol lection; -syûta-tva, n. passing through (--°ree;) as a thread; -svâra, m.nasal sound of a vowel (gr.).
apahastaya den. P. shake off, push aside: pp. -hastita.
apraśasta pp. accursed, bad, im pure; faulty, damaged; n. dirt.
abhyastam ad. with √ i or √ gâ, set over (ac.); -ita, pp. sleeping at sunset.
abhyasta pp. read, studied; redu plicated.
aśvastana a. having nothing for to-morrow: i-ka, a. id.
asamasta pp. not compounded.
astasamaya m. time of sunset.
astambha a. lacking posts; unpre tentious.
astamaya m. sunset; disappear ance; -ita, pp. having set, gone to rest, died: lc. (sc. sûrye) after sunset.
astabdha pp. agile, active; unpre tentious: -tva, n. unpretentiousness.
astaṃgata pp. set; -gamita, pp. caused to set, destroyed.
astagiri m. sunset-mountain.
astaṃyat pr. pt. setting.
asta n. home, abode; setting; my thical western mountain behind which sun and moon set: -m, ad. home, with verbs of going= set (stars, sun, moon); go to rest; die.
ahasta a. handless.
āpastamba m. N. of a teacher; a. (î) derived from Âpastamba.
āstara m. straw; couch; carpet.
uccaistara cpv. higher; very high or tall: -tva, n. excessive highness; -tarâm, ad. higher.
upastambha m. support, stimu lant; -na, n. support.
aupavasta aupavasta, ˚ka n. preliminary fast on the eve of a celebration.
kastambhī f. support of a car riage pole.
gabhastala n. kind of hell.
gostana m. cow's udder; *pearl necklace with four strings; -svâmin, m. owner of cows.
grahagrasta pp. possessed by a demon.
upastaraṇa n. mattress.
doṣāvastar m. vc. illuminer of gloom (RV.).
dustara a. hard to cross, get over, or overcome, invincible; -tarana, a. (î) id.; -tarkya, fp. hard to guess; -tyaga, a. hard to abandon or renounce: -tâ, f. abst. n.
nabhastala n. sky-surface, nether sky, vault of heaven.
nistamaska a. free from darkness, light; -tamisra, a. id.; -tara&ndot;ga, a. waveless, calm; -tarana, n. getting out of danger, escape; -taranîya, fp. to be got over; -tartavya, fp. to be crossed; to be over come; -tala, a. not flat, round, spherical; -târa, m. crossing, passing over the sea (also fig.); liquidation, payment.
niḥstambha a. lacking pillars; having no support.
nyasta pp. (√ 2. as) set down, deposited: -danda, a. having laid down the rod, unaggressive, peaceable; -sastra, a. having laid down one's arms; averse from strife, inoffensive (Manes).
parastarām ad. further.
pāśahasta a. holding a snare or noose in his hand; m. ep. of Yama.
punastarām cpv. ad. over and over again.
pustamaya a. wrought in clay, modelled.
pusta n. (?) working in clay, modelling: -ka, m. n. boss; manuscript, book; booklet: -kara, m. embosser, -½âstarana, n. wrapper of a manuscript.
nastas ad. out of or into the nose.
prastambha m. becoming rigid; -stará, m. (that which is strewn forth), straw bed, couch of grass or leaves, litter; couch of (--°ree;); bunch of sacrificial grass; flat surface, pavement, terrace; plain, plateau; stone, rock; section, paragraph; -starana, n. couch, seat; -stava, m. song of praise.
prātastana a. matutinal; n. early morning (one of the five parts of the day; the other four being forenoon, midday, after noon, and evening); -tya, a. matutinal, morn ing.
bahistapas n. external asceticism.
basta m. he-goat: a½aginá, n. goat skin (V.).
sta a. coming from the he-goat (basta).
bhūyastaram ad. in a higher degree than (ab.).
mastaka m. n. head, skull; summit, top (--°ree;, esp. of mountains and trees); -gvara, m., -sûla, n. headache; -dâru, n. Devadâru tree (Pinus Deodora).
vastavya fp. to be spent (time); n. imps. one should stay or dwell, in or with (lc.).
stava a. (î) (relating to an actual thing: vastu) substantial, real, true, genuine; -ka, a. id.; m. realist; gardener; -yã, a. remaining on the spot (vâstu), left (V.); resident, settled, dwelling; m.inhabitant, resident.
viśvasta pp. √ svas: â, f. widow; (a)-ghâtaka, (a)-ghâtin, a. ruining the trustful; (a)-vañkaka, a. cheating the trustful.
vistara a. [√ stri] extensive (very rare); m. extent; multitude; large company; number of things, -connected with athg.; detail, minute particulars, detailed descrip tion, diffuseness (ord. mg.): --°ree; sts.=exten sive; in., ab., -tas, -sas, in detail, with full particulars: -tâ, f. extension.
vista m. a certain weight (one Karsha or sixteen Mâshas of gold).
vaitasta a. coming from or contained in the Vitastâ; -ya, a. id.
vyatyasta pp. [√ as throw] crossed (hands).
śarastamba m. thicket of reeds.
śvastana a. relating to the morrow: e&zip;hani, on the morrow; î, f. the suffix -tri as characteristic of the future, future tense.
samasta pp. (√ 2. as) united, com bined, etc.: -dhâtri, m. Preserver of all (Vishnu); -loka, m. whole world.
sahasta a. possessed of hands: -tâl am, ad. with clapping of hands.
srastara m. n. bed of grass, couch.
srasta f. pendulousness.
hastaka m. hand; supporting hand; handful of (--°ree;); spit (v. r. ika); -ga, a. (fallen into=) being in the hand, of (--°ree;); fig.=one's own, secured to one; -gata, pp. id.; -gâmin, a. id.; -grihîta, pp.tied by the hands; -grihya, gd. taking by the hand (V.); -gra ha, m. taking the hand; marriage; taking anything in hand; -grâbhá, a. grasping the hand of a girl, wedded (RV.1); -grâha, a. id.; m. husband: -ka, a. graspingone by the hand = obtrusive; -ghná, m. hand-guard (against the bowstring; RV.1); (hásta)- kyuti, f. swift movement of the hands (RV.1); -tala-gata, pp. lying in the palm of one's hand=being in one's power; -tulâ, f.hand as a balance: in. by using the hands instead of scales; -dîpa, m. hand-lantern; -dhâranâ, f. supporting with the hand; taking by the hand=marrying (a girl); -pâda, n. sg. hands and feet; -prada, a. giving a hand, support ing, helping; -prâpta, pp. fallen into=being in one's hand (=-ga); -prâpya, fp. to be reached with the hand (cluster); -bhrashta, pp. escaped from one's hand, run away; -le kha, m. hand-drawing; -lekhî-kri, draw, sketch; (hásta)-vat, a. having hands (V., C.); dexterous (C.); -vartin, m. N. of a prince; -samgñâ, f. sign with the hand; -sûtra, n. cord put on the wrist of a girl before her wedding; -stha, a. being in one's hand; -svastika,m. crossing of the hands; -hârya, fp. to be grasped with the hands, palpable, manifest.
hasta m. hand (ord. mg.); C.: elephant's trunk; as a measure=fore-arm or cubit (about 18 inches); handwriting (rare); abundance (--°ree; after words meaning hair); N.; V., C.: eleventh (or thirteenth) lunar asterism: --°ree; a. holding in (sts. by) the hand: -m gam, fall into the hand of (--°ree;); e kri, take into one's hand; also=gain possession of, get into one's power; marry (a girl); e nyasta, resting on her hand (face);tasya haste loka-dvayam sthitam, the two worlds are in his hand=are assured to him.
Vedic Index of
Names and Subjects
95 results21 results
stamba In the Atharvaveda and later denotes a ‘tuft of grass,’ or more generally a ‘ bunch ’ or ‘cluster.’
stambha ‘Pillar,’ is found in the Kāthaka Saiphitā, and often in the Sūtras. Earlier Skambha is used, but only metaphorically.
stanayitnu Sing, and plur., denotes ‘thunder’ from the Rigveda onwards.
sta Denotes a ‘barren cow’ in the Rigveda.
āstaraṇa Denotes the coverlet of the settle (Asandī) of the Vrātya. A tiger’s skin serves as the coverlet of the king’s seat in the royal consecration (Rājasūya). In the Kausītaki Upanisad3 the word used is Upastarana.
upastaraṇa denotes in the description of the couch (Par­yañka) in the Kausītaki Upanisad a ‘ coverlet,’ and has this sense, used metaphorically, in the Rigveda also. In the Atharvaveda it seems to have the same meaning. Whitney, however, renders it ‘ couch,’ though he translates the parallel word Astarana in another passage6 by ‘cushion.’
uṣasta cākrāyaṇa Is mentioned as a teacher in the Brhad­āranyaka and Chāndogya Upanisads, the name in the latter work appearing as Usasti.
kastambhī Denotes in the śatapatha Brāhmana a piece of wood used as a prop for the end of a wagon-pole to rest on.
kista In two passages of the Rigveda means ‘poet,’ like Kīri.
kaukūsta Is mentioned in the śatapatha Brāhmana as a giver of a Daksinā, or gift to the priests officiating at a sacrifice. The Kānva recension reads the name Kaukthasta.
kautasta A word occurring once in the dual, is apparently a patronymic of Arimejaya and Janamejaya, two Adhvaryu priests at the snake sacrifice described in the Pañcavimśa Brāhmana.
pavasta In one passage of the Atharvaveda apparently denotes ‘ covers.’
prastara In the Rigveda and later denotes the grass strewn as a sacrificial seat.
basta Denotes the ‘goat’ in the Rigveda and the later literature.
basta rāmakāyana Is the name of a teacher in the MaitrāyanI Samhitā. The patronymic is variously read Samakāyana.
yajñavacas rājastambāyana ‘Descendant of Rājastamba,’ is the name of a teacher, a pupil of Tura Kāvaçeya, according to the śatapatha Brāhmaṇa. He is also mentioned in the Maitrāyaṇī Samhitā.
yajñavacas rājastambāyana ‘Descendant of Rājastamba,’ is the name of a teacher, a pupil of Tura Kāvaçeya, according to the śatapatha Brāhmaṇa. He is also mentioned in the Maitrāyaṇī Samhitā.
rājastambāyana ‘Descendant of Rājastamba,’ is the patro­nymic of Yajñavacas in the śatapatha Brāhmaṇa.
hasta See Nakṣatra.
hastaghna Denotes in the Rigveda a hand-guard,’ a covering used as a protection of the hand and arm from the impact of the bowstring. The word is of remarkable and still unexplained formation. Lātyāyana has hasta-tra and the Epic hastāvāpa as its equivalent in sense.
hiraṇyahasta Is in the Rigveda the name of a son given by the Aśvins to Vadhrimatī (who, as her name denotes, was the wife of a eunuch).
Bloomfield Vedic
Concordance
95 results21 results2005 results
abhi ṣṭana duritā bādhamānaḥ AVś.6.126.2b; AVP.15.11.10b. See ni ṣṭanihi.
abhikrandan stanayan dhehi garbham AVP.11.1.10a. Cf. under abhi kranda sta-.
abhikrandan stanayann aruṇaḥ śitiṅgaḥ AVś.11.5.12a. Cf. under abhi kranda sta-.
abhikrandāt stanayitnoḥ AVP.2.70.4a.
abhiśvasan stanayan eti nānadat RV.1.140.5d.
agni ṣṭave dama ā jātavedāḥ RV.6.12.4b; 7.12.2b; SV.2.655b; JB.3.243b.
āpura stā mā prajayā paśubhiḥ pūrayata śś.8.8.11. See āpūryā, and cf. āpṛṇo.
asurebhya starītave AVś.2.27.3b,4b; AVP.2.16.2d. Cf. hantavā.
ayāsya stavamānebhir arkaiḥ RV.1.62.7b.
barhiṣmadbhi staviṣyase RV.8.70.14b.
bṛhati stabhāya śG.3.3.1. See antarikṣe bṛhati.
darbhāṇāṃ stambam āhara TA.6.9.1a.
devā stavante manuṣāya sūrayaḥ RV.10.65.4d.
diva stave duhitā gotamebhiḥ RV.1.92.7b.
divaṃ stabdhvāntarikṣaṃ ca pṛthivyāṃ ca dṛḍhā bhava Apś.14.33.2.
dūrvāṇāṃ stambam āhara TA.6.9.1a.
dyāṃ stabhāna KS.25.10. See under divaṃ skabhāna.
ihaiva sta (VSKṭS. steto) māpa (AVś. mānu) gāta AVś.7.60.7a; VS.3.21; VSK.3.3.13; TS.1.5.6.1; 8.2; śB.2.3.4.26. P: ihaiva sta Kauś.23.6; 24.16. See ayaṃ vo bandhur, and cf. next.
ihaiva sta māpa yātādhy asmat AVś.6.73.3a. Cf. prec.
ihaiva staṃ prāṇāpānau AVś.3.11.6a; AVP.1.61.4a. Cf. ihaiva prāṇaḥ.
ihaiva staṃ mā vi yauṣṭam (ApMB. yoṣṭam) RV.10.85.42a; AVś.14.1.22a; ApMB.1.8.8a (ApG.2.6.10). P: ihaiva stam śG.1.16.12. Cf. BṛhD.7.137 (B).
imaṃ stanam ūrjasvantaṃ (Mś.VārG.Apś.16.12.11a, madhumantaṃ) dhayāpām VS.17.87a; TS.5.5.10.6a,7; KS.40.6a; Apś.16.12.11a; 17.23.10; Mś.6.2.6.20a; VārG.1.31a. P: imaṃ stanam KS.40.13; PG.1.16.20.
imau stām anupakṣitau (ApMB. anapekṣitau) AVś.6.78.2d; ApMB.1.8.7d.
indraṃ stavā nṛtamaṃ yasya mahnā RV.10.89.1a. P: indraṃ stavā Aś.9.7.27; 8.6; śś.12.4.21; 14.24.4; 33.22; Rvidh.3.25.6.
indraṃ stavāma nānṛtam RV.8.62.12b.
jasuraye staryaṃ pipyathur gām RV.1.116.22d.
kāśānāṃ stambam ā hara TA.6.9.1a.
kati stanau vy adadhuḥ kaḥ kaphauḍau AVś.10.2.4c.
narāśaṃsa staviṣyate Aś.8.3.10b; śś.12.14.1.1b. See nārāśaṃsa.
nārāśaṃsa staviṣyate AVś.20.127.1b. See narāśaṃsa etc.
ni ṣṭanihi duritā bādhamānaḥ RV.6.47.30b; VS.29.56b; TS.4.6.6.7b; MS.3.16.3b: 187.10; KSA.6.1b. See abhi ṣṭana.
nṛbhi stavāno anu dhāma pūrvam RV.9.97.5c.
parjanyasyeva stanayitnur āsoḥ AVP.15.12.3a.
prastṛṇatī stambinīr ekaśuṅgāḥ AVś.8.7.4a.
tasmai stanaṃ prapyāyasva HG.2.4.3c. See tasmai tvaṃ stana.
tira stavāna viśpate RV.3.40.3c; AVś.20.6.3c.
ugraṃ stanayate svāhā TS.7.5.11.1; KSA.5.2. Cf. ugraṃ varṣate.
upa stabhāyad upamin na rodhaḥ RV.4.5.1d.
uta stavase venyasyārkaiḥ RV.10.148.5b.
uta stavāma nūtanā kṛtāni RV.2.11.6b.
uta stāmur maghavann akrapiṣṭa RV.7.20.9b.
ya stāyan manyate caran AVś.4.16.1c.
yasmin stabdhvā prajāpatiḥ AVś.10.7.7a.
aṃśas te hastam agrabhīt # ApMB.2.3.9 (ApG.4.10.12). Cf. agniṣ ṭe etc.
aṃśuṃ duhanti stanayantam akṣitam # RV.9.72.6a.
aṃseṣu va ṛṣṭayaḥ patsu khādayaḥ # RV.5.54.11a.
aṃseṣv eṣāṃ ni mimṛkṣur ṛṣṭayaḥ # RV.1.64.4c.
akṛṇudhvaṃ svapasyā suhastāḥ # RV.4.35.9b.
akṛṇvata śravasyāni duṣṭarā # RV.10.44.6b; AVś.20.94.6b; N.5.25b.
akṛṣṭā ye ca kṛṣṭajāḥ # TA.1.27.6b.
aktor vyuṣṭau paritakmyāyāḥ # RV.5.30.13d. Cf. next.
aktor vyuṣṭau paritakmyāyām # RV.6.24.9d. Cf. prec.
akrandad agni (MS.KS. -niḥ) stanayann iva dyauḥ # RV.10.45.4a; VS.12.6a,21a,33a; TS.1.3.14.2a; 4.2.1.2a; 2.2a; MS.2.7.8a: 85.8; 3.2.2: 17.5; KS.16.8a,9a,10a; AB.7.6.4; śB.6.7.3.2; 8.1.11; Aś.3.13.12; ApMB.2.11.24a (ApG.6.15.1). Ps: akrandad agniḥ MS.2.7.9: 86.15; 2.7.10: 87.13; 4.10.2: 147.12; KS.19.11,12; KA.3.236; Kś.16.5.14; 6.20; Apś.16.10.13; 12.7; Mś.6.1.4.11; akrandat TS.5.2.1.2; 2.3.
akṣaṃs tān # VS.21.60; KS.19.13; TB.2.6.15.2. Cf. aghat taṃ, and aghastāṃ tān.
akṣataṃ cāriṣṭaṃ cāstu # Mś.11.9.3.32; Karmap.1.4.6.
akṣatam ariṣṭam ilāndam # SMB.1.8.5c. Cf. next.
akṣatam asy ariṣṭam ilānnaṃ gopāyanam # śG.3.10.2. Cf. prec., akṣitam asi, akṣitir asi, and akṣito 'si.
akṣudhyā atṛṣyā sta (AVP. -dhyā atṛṣyāsaḥ) # AVś.7.60.4c; AVP.3.26.3c. See atṛṣyā, and anaśyā.
agastyo narāṃ nṛṣu praśastaḥ # RV.1.180.8c.
agohyasya yad asastanā gṛhe # RV.1.161.11c; N.11.16.
agnayaḥ sagarā stha sagareṇa nāmnā raudreṇānīkena pāta māgnayaḥ pipṛta māgnayo gopāyata mā namo vo 'stu mā mā hiṃsiṣṭa # Vait.18.8. P: agnayaḥ sagarā stha Vait.18.13. See next two.
agnayaḥ sagarāḥ sagarā agnayaḥ sagarāḥ stha sagareṇa nāmnā pāta māgnayaḥ pipṛta māgnayo namo vo astu mā mā hiṃsiṣṭa # Aś.5.3.15. See prec. and next.
agnayaḥ sagarāḥ sagarā stha sagareṇa nāmnā raudreṇānīkena pāta māgnayaḥ pipṛta māgnayo gopāyata mā namo vo 'stu mā mā hiṃsiṣṭa # VS.5.34; (omitting gopāyata mā) VSK.5.8.5; (omitting māgnayo gopāyata and writing astu for 'stu) śś.6.13.1. P: agnayaḥ sagarāḥ Kś.9.8.24. See prec. two.
agnaye 'ṃhomuce 'ṣṭākapālaḥ (MS. 'ṃhomuce puroḍāśam aṣṭākapālaṃ nirvapati) # TS.7.5.21.1; 22.1; MS.3.15.11: 181.1; KSA.5.18,19; Apś.20.23.2. Cf. Mś.9.2.5.
agnaye kavyavāhanāya sviṣṭakṛte svadhā namaḥ # HG.2.11.3; 14.6; 15.10; BDh.2.8.14.7.
agnaye gāyatrāya trivṛte rāthaṃtarāyāṣṭākapālaḥ (TS.KSA. rāthaṃtarāya vāsantāyāṣṭākapālaḥ; MS. rāthaṃtarāya vāsantikāya puroḍāśam aṣṭākapālaṃ nirvapati) # VS.29.60; TS.7.5.14.1; MS.3.15.10: 180.7; KSA.5.10. P: agnaye gāyatrāya Apś.20.9.2.
agnaye tvā juṣṭaṃ prokṣāmi # VS.1.13; 2.1; KS.1.11; 31.10; śB.1.1.3.11; 3.3.1; Kauś.2.15. P: agnaye tvā Kś.2.3.37.
agnaye 'nīkavate prātar aṣṭākapālaḥ # MS.1.10.1: 140.13; KS.9.5.
agnaye vo juṣṭaṃ prokṣāmi # TS.1.1.5.1; TB.3.2.5.4; Apś.1.19.1.
agnaye vo juṣṭān nirvapāmy amuṣmai vo juṣṭān # MS.1.1.5: 3.4. Ps: agnaye vo juṣṭān nirvapāmi MS.4.1.5: 7.1; agnaye vo juṣṭān MS.4.1.5: 7.4.
agnaye vo juṣṭān prokṣāmy amuṣmai vo juṣṭān # MS.1.1.6: 3.10. Ps: agnaye vo juṣṭān prokṣāmi Mś.1.2.2.2; agnaye vo juṣṭān MS.4.1.6: 7.16.
agnaye svāhā somāya pavitravate varuṇāya dhanvantaraye manasā prājāpatyaṃ brahmaṇe 'gnaye sviṣṭakṛte # Svidh.1.3.7.
agnaye svāhā somāya svāhāgniṣomābhyām indrāgnibhyām indrāya viśvebhyo devebhyo brahmaṇe prajāpataye 'gnaye sviṣṭakṛte # GDh.26.16; Svidh.1.2.5.
agnaye sviṣṭakṛte (namaḥ) # MG.2.12.3.
agnaye sviṣṭakṛte 'nubrūhi # śB.2.2.3.24; 5.2.39; 3.10,15; 3.8.3.34; 4.5.2.11; 5.2.2.18; 3.3.15; 4.4.24; Apś.2.21.6; 7.25.17; Mś.1.3.2.24; --8.5.32.
agnaye sviṣṭakṛte preṣya # śB.3.8.3.34; 5.3.3.15; Apś.7.25.17; Mś.1.8.5.33.
agnaye sviṣṭakṛte suhutahute sarvaprāyaścittāhutīnāṃ (HG. suhutahute sarvahuta āhutīnāṃ; ApMB. suhutahuta āhutīnāṃ) kāmānāṃ samardhayitre sarvān naḥ kāmān samardhaya (the last four words omitted in ApMBḥG.) svāhā # AG.1.10.23; HG.1.3.7; ApMB.2.18.31 (ApG.7.20.4).
agnaye sviṣṭakṛte svāhā # TB.3.12.2.2--8; 4.2--6; Tā.10.67.1; MahānU.19.2; śG.1.17.8; 2.14.4; Kauś.5.12; GG.1.8.14; KhG.2.1.24; PG.1.12.3; HG.1.7.18; 2.8.9; MG.2.2.22. Cf. agnaye sviṣṭakṛte, in GDh.26.16; SaṃnyāsaU.1; Svidh.1.2.5; 3.7, and agnibhyaḥ sviṣṭa-.
agnāv (VSKṃS.KSṃś. agnā) agniś carati praviṣṭaḥ # AVś.4.39.9a; AVP.12.18.1a; 15.22.3a; VS.5.4a; VSK.5.1.4a; TS.1.3.7.2a; MS.1.2.7a: 16.10; KS.3.4a; śB.3.4.1.25a; Aś.8.14.4a; Apś.7.13.7; SMB.2.2.12a. Ps: agnā agniś carati Mś.1.7.1.47; agnāv agniḥ Vait.8.11; Kś.5.2.6; Kauś.3.16; GG.4.1.13; agnau KhG.3.4.22. See vyāghro 'yam agniś.
agniḥ kṣatrabhṛd anibhṛṣṭam ojaḥ # TB.2.4.6.12a.
agniḥ pacan rakṣatu tvā purastāt # AVś.12.3.24a. P: agniḥ pacan Kauś.61.32. Cf. Vait.28.13.
agniḥ purastād ā yachatu # AVP.4.4.4a. Cf. next.
agniḥ pra stautu vi mṛdho nudasva # AVś.13.1.27d.
agniṃ rājānaṃ cāntareṇa mā saṃcāriṣṭa # Apś.10.31.7.
agniṃ sāmrājyāya # Mś.6.2.5.31 (ūha of bṛhaspatiṃ sāmrājyāya in devasya tvā ... hastābhyāṃ sarasvatyā vācā yantur yantreṇa ...).
agniṃ somaṃ sviṣṭakṛt # VS.21.58e; MS.3.11.5e: 148.5; TB.2.6.14.6e.
agniṃ sviṣṭakṛtaṃ yaja # śB.2.2.3.24; 5.2.39; 3.10,15; 5.2.2.18; 4.4.24; Apś.2.21.6; Mś.1.3.2.25.
agniṃ sviṣṭakṛtam (sc. yajāmahe) # TB.3.5.7.5; 6.12.1; Aś.1.6.3. Cf. agnīvaruṇau sviṣṭakṛtau.
agniṃ sviṣṭakṛtam ā huvema # KS.2.15d; TB.2.4.1.4d; Apś.9.8.8d.
agniṃ gharmaṃ surucaṃ yāmann iṣṭaye # RV.1.112.1b; AB.1.21.14.
agnibhyaḥ sviṣṭakṛdbhyaḥ svāhā # Kś.20.8.8. Cf. agnaye sviṣṭakṛte svāhā.
agnim īḍe rakṣohaṇaṃ yajñavṛdhaṃ ghṛtāhutam # AVP.4.33.4cd. The first two words are put by emendation at the end of pāda b in the corresponding stanza of AVś. See rakṣohaṇaṃ yajñavṛdhaṃ.
agnir iti bhasma vāyur iti bhasma jalam iti bhasma sthalam iti bhasma vyomam iti bhasma sarvaṃ ha vā idaṃ bhasma # śirasU.5. P: agnir iti bhasma KālāgU.1 (stated in full by the comm., with variant vyometi). Cf. agner bhasmāsi.
agnir indras tvaṣṭā bṛhaspatiḥ # TB.3.7.3.6b,7b; Apś.9.4.1b. See agnir hotā pṛthivy.
agnir upadraṣṭā vāyur upaśrotādityo 'nukhyātā sādhutāṃ pratijānīte sādhu asmā astu vitatha eṣa enasaḥ # ApDh.2.3.6.2. Cf. under tasya me 'gnir.
agnir devo duṣṭarītur adābhyaḥ (MS.KS. adabdhaḥ) # AVP.15.1.1c; TS.4.4.12.1c; MS.3.16.4c: 187.15; KS.22.14c; Aś.4.12.2c.
agnir manyuṃ pratinudan purastāt # TS.4.7.14.2a; KS.40.10a. See agne manyuṃ.
agnir māgnināvatu (AVP. māghnyenāvatu) prāṇāyāpānāyāyuṣe varcasa ojase tejase svastaye subhūtaye svāhā # AVś.19.45.6; AVP.15.4.6.
agnir mā duriṣṭāt pātu savitāghaśaṃsāt # TS.1.6.3.1; Mś.1.4.2.8. P: agnir mā duriṣṭāṭ pātu Apś.4.10.2.
agnir mā pātu vasubhiḥ purastāt # AVś.19.17.1a; AVP.7.16.1a.
agnir yaṣṭedaṃ namaḥ # KS.1.12; 31.11. See agne yaṣṭar.
agnir vane na vy asṛṣṭa śokam # RV.10.31.9d; AVś.18.1.39d.
agnir vidhyatv astayā # AVś.5.31.12d.
agnir viśvād vasumān svastaye # AVP.2.85.2d.
agnir vedhastama ṛṣiḥ # RV.6.14.2b.
agnir vai ketādityaḥ suketā tau prapadye tābhyāṃ namo 'stu tau mā purastād gopāyetām # PG.3.4.14.
agnir ha nāma dhāyi dann apastamaḥ # RV.10.115.2a.
agnir hotā pṛthivy antarikṣam # Aś.3.10.31b; Apś.9.18.12b; Mś.3.5.14b. See agnir indras tvaṣṭā.
agnir hotā hastagṛhyā nināya # RV.10.109.2d; AVś.5.17.2d; AVP.9.15.2d.
agniśriyo maruto viśvakṛṣṭayaḥ # RV.3.26.5a; TB.2.7.12.3a. P: agniśriyaḥ Apś.22.27.9.
agniṣ ṭat sviṣṭakṛd vidvān # śB.14.9.4.24c; BṛhU.6.4.24c; Apś.3.12.1c (bis); AG.1.10.23c; HG.1.3.7c; ApG.1.2.7c.
agniṣ ṭān (KS. ṭāṃ; TSṭA. agnis tāṃ) agre pra mumoktu (AVP. mumukta) devaḥ # AVś.2.34.3c; AVP.3.32.4c; TS.3.1.4.2c; KS.30.8c; TA.3.11.11c. See agniṣ ṭaṃ agre, and cf. indras tān agre, and vāyuṣ ṭān.
agniṣ ṭe hastam agrabhīt (SMB. agrahīt) # ApMB.2.3.3 (ApG.4.10.12); HG.1.5.9; SMB.1.6.15a. Cf. GG.2.10.20.
agniṣ ṭvā vasubhiḥ purastād rocayatu (TA. adds gāyatreṇa chandasā) # MS.4.9.5: 125.4; TA.4.6.1; 5.5.1.
agnis tuviśravastamaḥ # RV.3.11.6c; SV.2.908c.
agnis tuviśravastamam # RV.5.25.5a; MS.4.11.1a: 159.13; KS.2.15a; Aś.2.10.9.
agnis tvaṣṭāraṃ suhavaṃ vibhāvā # RV.6.49.9d.
agniḥ sviṣṭakṛd yajñasya pratiṣṭhā tasyāhaṃ devayajyayā yajñena pratiṣṭhāṃ gameyam # Mś.1.4.2.7,15. See agner ahaṃ sviṣṭakṛto, and agneḥ sviṣṭakṛto 'haṃ deva-.
agnihotraṃ sāyaṃprātar gṛhāṇāṃ niṣkṛtiḥ sviṣṭaṃ suhutaṃ yajñakratūnāṃ prāyaṇaṃ suvargasya lokasya jyotiḥ # TA.10.63.1; MahānU.22.1.
agnihotraṃ ca mā paurṇamāsaś ca yajñaḥ purastāt pratyañcam ubhau kāmaprau bhūtvā kṣityā sahāviśatām # GB.1.3.22; Vait.12.1.
agnīvaruṇau sviṣṭakṛtau (sc. yajāmahe) # Mś.5.1.3.27. Cf. agniṃ sviṣṭakṛtam.
agnīṣomayor aham ujjitim anūjjeṣam # TS.1.6.4.1. Cf. next but one, agner agnīṣomayor ujjitim etc., agner aham etc., and agneḥ sviṣṭakṛto 'ham etc.
agnīṣomābhyāṃ (vo juṣṭaṃ prokṣāmi) # TS.1.1.5.1; TB.3.2.5.4.
agnīṣomābhyāṃ juṣṭaṃ gṛhṇāmi # VS.1.10.
agnīṣomābhyāṃ juṣṭaṃ ni yunajmi (VSK. yunagmi) # VS.6.9; VSK.6.2.3; śB.3.7.4.3.
agnīṣomābhyāṃ (juṣṭaṃ nirvapāmi) # TS.1.1.4.2; Apś.1.18.1; Kauś.2.2.
agnīṣomābhyāṃ tvā juṣṭaṃ prokṣāmi # VS.1.13; 6.9; śB.3.7.4.5. P: agnīṣomābhyāṃ tvā Kś.2.3.37.
agne pṛthivīpate soma vīrudhāṃ pate tvaṣṭaḥ samidhāṃ pate viṣṇav āśānāṃ pate mitra satyānāṃ pate varuṇa dharmaṇāṃ pate maruto gaṇānāṃ patayo rudra paśūnāṃ pata indraujasāṃ pate bṛhaspate brahmaṇas pata ārucā roce 'haṃ rucā ruruce rocamānaḥ # TB.3.11.4.1. Cf. next, and agnir bhūtānām.
agne pṛthivyā adhipate vāyo 'ntarikṣasyādhipate savitaḥ prasavānām adhipate sūrya nakṣatrāṇām adhipate somauṣadhīnām adhipate tvaṣṭaḥ samidhāṃ rūpāṇām adhipate mitra satyānām adhipate varuṇa dharmāṇām adhipata indra jyeṣṭhānām adhipate prajāpate prajānām adhipate devā deveṣu parākramadhvam # śś.4.10.1. P: agne pṛthivyā adhipate śś.4.18.3. Cf. prec., and agnir bhūtānām.
agne yaṣṭar idaṃ namaḥ # TS.1.1.12.1b; TB.3.3.7.5. See agnir yaṣṭedam.
agner ahaṃ sviṣṭakṛto devayajyayāyuḥ pratiṣṭhāṃ gameyam # KS.5.1; 32.1. See agniḥ sviṣṭa-.
agner aham ujjitim anūjjeṣam # TS.1.6.4.1 (bis); 7.4.2; Apś.4.12.4. See agner ujjitim, and cf. agnīṣomayor aham etc., agner agnīṣomayor ujjitim etc., and agneḥ sviṣṭakṛto 'ham etc.
agner edhate jaritābhiṣṭau # RV.10.6.1b; MS.4.4.15b: 241.2.
agne vedhastama priyam # RV.1.75.2b.
agneṣ ṭvā jihvayā hutam iṣṭaṃ marudbhir anumataṃ pitṛbhiḥ prāśnāmi # AVP.1.81.4. Cf. VS.2.11.
agneḥ sviṣṭakṛto ( 'haṃ devayajyayānnādo bhūyāsam) # Apś.4.9.13. Cf. agniḥ sviṣṭa-.
agneḥ sviṣṭakṛto 'haṃ devayajyayāyuṣmān yajñena pratiṣṭhāṃ gameyam # TS.1.6.2.4; 4.1; 11.7; 7.4.1. See under agniḥ sviṣṭa-.
agneḥ sviṣṭakṛto 'ham ujjitim anūjjeṣam # TS.1.6.4.2. Cf. agnīṣomayor aham etc., agner agnīṣomayor ujjitim etc., and agner aham etc.
agnau tāḥ sarvāḥ sviṣṭāḥ suhutā juhomi # TB.3.7.6.21f; Apś.3.10.1f.
aghat tam # VS.28.23,46. Cf. akṣaṃs tān, and aghastāṃ tam.
aghadviṣṭā devajātā # AVś.2.7.1a. P: aghadviṣṭā Kauś.26.33. See atharvyuṣṭā.
aṅgo nu mod iva stanaḥ # AVP.4.20.7b.
aceti ketur uṣasaḥ purastāt # RV.7.67.2c.
achā kaviṃ nṛmaṇo gā abhiṣṭau # RV.4.16.9a.
achā no aṅgirastamam # RV.8.23.10a.
achāntsuḥ pañca kṛṣṭayaḥ # RV.10.119.6b.
achā patiṃ somataṣṭā jigāti # RV.3.39.1b.
achā voco viduṣṭaraḥ # RV.8.75.2b; TS.2.6.11.1b; MS.4.11.6b: 174.13; KS.7.17b.
achidraḥ prajayā bhūyāsam # Apś.4.14.4c; ApMB.2.9.14c; HG.1.13.4c. Cf. under ariṣṭā asmākaṃ.
achidrāṃ tvāchidreṇa sarasvatyai juṣṭaṃ (KS. juṣṭāṃ) gṛhṇāmi # MS.2.3.8: 36.6; KS.12.9; Apś.19.2.9.
achidrāṃ tvāchidreṇāśvibhyāṃ juṣṭaṃ (KS. juṣṭāṃ) gṛhṇāmi # MS.2.3.8: 36.5; KS.12.9; Apś.19.2.9 (so mss.; edition, achidraṃ). P: achidrāṃ tvāchidreṇa Mś.5.2.4.21.
achidrāṃ tvāchidreṇendrāya sutrāmṇe juṣṭaṃ (KS. juṣṭāṃ) gṛhṇāmi # MS.2.3.8: 36.7; KS.12.9. Cf. Apś.19.2.9.
aja ekapād udagāt purastāt # TB.3.1.2.8a. See under ādityo deva.
ajanayo yena puṣṭasya puṣṭam # RV.10.55.4b.
ajāyanta maruto bhrājadṛṣṭayaḥ # RV.1.31.1d; VS.34.12d.
ajā yūtheva paśurakṣir astam # RV.6.49.12b.
ajā hy agner ajaniṣṭa garbhāt # TS.4.2.10.4a. P: ajā hy agneḥ Apś.16.27.18. See ajo hy agner.
ajo hy agner ajaniṣṭa śokāt # AVś.4.14.1a; 9.5.13a; AVP.3.38.1a; VS.13.51a; MS.2.7.17a: 103.2; KS.16.17a; śB.7.5.2.36. P: ajo hi Vait.29.3; Kauś.64.23. See ajā hy.
ataḥ pāhi stavamāna stuvantam # RV.1.147.5c.
ataś cid ā janiṣīṣṭa pravṛddhaḥ # RV.4.18.1c.
atāriṣma (MS. atāriṣṭa) tamasas pāram asya # RV.1.92.6a; 183.6a; 184.6a; 7.73.1a; MS.2.7.12b: 92.17; KS.17.18a; TA.6.6.2b; Apś.16.19.8. P: atāriṣma Aś.4.15.7. See aganma tamasas.
ati kramiṣṭaṃ jurataṃ paṇer asum # RV.1.182.3c.
ati tṛṣṭāṃ vavakṣitha # RV.3.9.3a.
ati parṣā svastaye # RV.1.97.8b; AVś.4.33.8b; TA.6.11.2b.
atividdhā vithureṇā cid astrā (MS. astāḥ) # RV.8.96.2a; MS.3.8.3a: 95.7; KS.9.19a. P: atividdhā MS.4.12.5: 192.14.
ati viśvāni duritā svastaye # RV.10.63.13d.
ativyādhī vyādho agrabhīṣṭa # Kauś.71.6c.
atisṛṣṭo dveṣṭā yo 'smān dveṣṭi yaṃ ca vayaṃ dviṣmaḥ # Kauś.90.6.
atūrṇadattā prathamedam āgan # Kauś.62.21c. See atṛṣṭa dattā etc.
atṛṣyā akṣudhyā sta # AVś.7.60.6c. See under akṣudhyā, and cf. under apa kṣudhaṃ.
ato no 'nyat pitaro mā yoṣṭa (HG. yūḍhvam) # Apś.1.10.1; Mś.1.1.2.28; HG.2.12.8. See mā no 'to 'nyat, and mā vo 'to 'nyat.
atyo na yoṣām ud ayaṃsta bhurvaṇiḥ # RV.1.56.1b.
atyo na hastayato adriḥ sotari # RV.10.76.2b.
atra yajamānaḥ parastād āyuṣaḥ svāhā # ChU.2.24.6,10,15.
atrādediṣṭa pauṃsyam # RV.8.45.26c. See tatrādadiṣṭa.
atharvyuṣṭā devajūtāḥ # Apś.6.20.2a. See aghadviṣṭā.
athā ca bhūd uktham indrāya śastam # RV.3.53.3d.
athā te aṅgirastama # RV.1.75.2a.
athā (AVś. adhā) pitṝn suvidatrāṃ upehi (AVśṭA. apīhi; TS. apīta) # RV.10.14.10c; AVś.18.2.11c; TS.1.8.5.2c; TA.6.3.1c.
athā poṣasya poṣeṇa # MS.1.7.1c: 109.15; Mś.9.4.1.22. See adhā puṣṭasye-, adhā poṣasya, and tāsāṃ poṣasya.
athābhajad vītihotraṃ svastau # RV.2.38.1d.
athāriṣṭābhir ā gahi # RV.6.54.7c. Cf. atho ariṣṭatātaye, and atho ariṣṭatātibhiḥ.
athaitān aṣṭau virūpān (TB. athaitān arūpebhya) ālabhate etc. # VS.30.22 (atidīrghaṃ cātihrasvaṃ ca, in the sequel); VSK.34.22 (atiśuklaṃ cātikṛṣṇaṃ ca, in the sequel); TB.3.4.19.1 (atihrasvam atidīrgham, in the sequel).
athaiṣa aitā jarasaḥ parastāt # AVP.5.31.5d.
atho ariṣṭatātaye # RV.10.60.8e,9e,10d; AVś.6.19.2c; AVP.5.17.8f; 15.21.5g; PB.1.5.18e. Cf. next, athāriṣṭābhir ā gahi, and asmā ari-.
atho ariṣṭatātibhiḥ # RV.10.137.4b; AVś.4.13.5b; AVP.5.18.2b. Cf. prec.
atho asyā stanān uta # AVś.12.4.18b.
atho bastābhivāśinaḥ # AVś.11.9.22d. Cf. arāyān bastavāśinaḥ.
atho yāni gavyāni puṣṭā # AVś.19.49.3d. See svā yāni.
adabdhaṃ cakṣur ariṣṭaṃ manaḥ sūryo jyotiṣāṃ śreṣṭhaḥ # Mś.2.1.2.36. See next but one, and abaddhaṃ mano.
adabdhā sindhur apasām apastamā # RV.10.75.7c.
adarśus tvā śāsahastam # AB.7.17.3a. See adrākṣus.
aditir hy ajaniṣṭa # RV.10.72.5a; Aś.3.8.1.
aditiṣ ṭe (TS.KSṭA.Apś. aditis te) bilaṃ gṛbhṇātu (KS.Apś. gṛhṇātu; TA. gṛhṇātu pāṅktena chandasā; TS. gṛhṇātu pāṅktena chandasāṅgirasvat) # VS.11.59; TS.4.1.5.4; MS.2.7.6: 81.4; 3.1.7: 8.20; KS.16.5; 19.6; śB.6.5.2.20; TA.4.2.6; Apś.15.3.4; 16.5.3. Ps: aditiṣ ṭe bilam Mś.6.1.2.10; aditiṣ ṭe Kś.16.4.3.
aditer hastāṃ srucam etāṃ dvitīyām # AVś.11.1.24a. P: aditer hastām Kauś.62.1.
adṛṃhathāḥ śarkarābhis triviṣṭapi (Mś. tribhṛṣṭibhiḥ) # KS.7.12d; Apś.5.9.11c; Mś.1.5.2.15a.
adṛṣṭaś cota hanyatām # AVP.7.2.8d. See utādṛṣṭaś.
adṛṣṭān sarvāñ jambhayan # RV.1.191.8c. Cf. dṛṣṭam adṛṣṭam, viśvadṛṣṭo, and asyādṛṣṭān.
adṛṣṭā viśvadṛṣṭāḥ # RV.1.191.5c,6c.
adṛṣṭo dṛṣṭam ābhara # SMB.2.4.12c.
adevo yad abhy auhiṣṭa devān # RV.6.17.8c.
ado mā mā hāsiṣṭa # Apś.6.20.2. Cf. mā mā hāsiṣṭa.
ado yad devi prathamānā purastāt # AVś.12.1.55a. See under ado devī.
adbhyas tvauṣadhībhyo (Apś. -bhyo juṣṭaṃ) gṛhṇāmi # TS.3.3.6.3; Apś.21.21.4.
adbhyas tvauṣadhībhyo juṣṭaṃ prokṣāmi # MS.1.2.15: 24.12; 3.9.6: 124.11. See prec. but one.
adyā devavyacastamaḥ # RV.5.22.2d; 26.8b.
adyā devāñ (VS. devān) juṣṭatamo hi gamyāḥ # RV.1.163.13c; VS.29.24c; TS.4.6.7.5c; KSA.6.3c.
adyā devāsaḥ pipṛtā svastaye # RV.10.63.8d.
adyā nūnaṃ ca yaṣṭave # RV.1.13.6c.
adyā hūtāso vasavo 'dhṛṣṭāḥ # RV.6.50.4b.
adrākṣus tvā śāsahastam # śś.15.24a. See adarśus.
adveṣo adya barhiṣa starīmaṇi # RV.10.35.9a.
adveṣo hastayor dadhe # RV.1.24.4c.
adha kṣaranti sindhavo na sṛṣṭāḥ # RV.1.72.10c.
adha te viśvam anu hāsad iṣṭaye # RV.1.57.2a; AVś.20.15.2a.
adha tvaṣṭā te maha ugra vajram # RV.6.17.10a.
adha yad rājāna gaviṣṭau # RV.10.61.23a.
adhaspadā ic caidyasya kṛṣṭayaḥ # RV.8.5.38c.
adhaspadān ma ud vadata # RV.10.166.5d. Cf. adhastād.
adhā nv asya jenyasya puṣṭau # RV.10.61.24a.
adhā puṣṭasyeśānaḥ # AVP.1.41.2c; Kauś.72.14c. See under athā poṣasya.
adhi kṣami viṣurūpaṃ (ArS. kṣamā viśva-) yad asti (ArS. asya; MS. āsta) # RV.7.27.3b; AVś.19.5.1b; ArS.1.2b; MS.4.14.14b: 238.3; TB.2.8.5.8b.
adhidyaur antarikṣaṃ brahmaṇā viṣṭā # TS.4.4.5.2. P: adhidyauḥ Apś.17.1.15. Cf. next.
adhidyaur nāmāsy amṛtena viṣṭā # MS.2.8.14: 117.12. P: adhidyaur nāmāsi Mś.6.2.2.12. Cf. prec.
adhiṣṭhito dveṣṭā yo 'smān dveṣṭi yaṃ ca vayaṃ dviṣmaḥ # Kauś.90.15.
adhītam iṣṭaṃ brahmaṇo vīryeṇa # Kauś.139.26c.
adhenuṃ dasrā staryaṃ viṣaktām # RV.1.117.20a.
adhog indra staryo daṃsupatnīḥ # RV.4.19.7d.
adhvano adhipatir asi svasti no 'dyāsmin devayāne pathi stāt (read syāt) # śś.6.13.2. Cf. under adhvanām adhvapate pra.
adhvaryavo rathirāsaḥ suhastāḥ # RV.9.97.37d; SV.2.707d.
adhvaryuḥ pratiprasthātā neṣṭā # GB.1.5.24a.
adhvaryo yeṣāṃ vā anādhṛṣṭāṃ (also anādhṛṣyāṃ, anāptāṃ, anāpyāṃ, anilayāṃ, annapatnīṃ, annādīṃ, apabhayāṃ, apūrvāṃ, abhrātṛvyāṃ, vai kalyāṇīṃ, vai bhadrāṃ) prajāpates tanvaṃ vidvān hotā bhavaty anādhṛṣṭo vai sa hotā bhavati (also anādhṛṣyo, anāpto, anāpyo, and further variations) anādhṛṣṭās te yajamānā bhavanti (also anādhṛṣyās, anāptās, anāpyās, and further variations) # śś.10.19.2. Cf. annādā cānnapatnī etc.
adhvaryor vā prayataṃ śakra hastāt # RV.3.35.10c.
adhvasmabhiḥ pathibhir bhrājadṛṣṭayaḥ # RV.2.34.5b.
adhvād eko 'ddhād eko (read ghastād eko 'gdhād eko ?) hutād eko 'hutād ekaḥ kṛtād ekaḥ kṛtākṛtād ekaḥ sanād ekaḥ sanāsanād ekaḥ # Mś.2.5.5.20. See agdhād eko.
anaḍvāham anv ārabhāmahe (VSKṭA. ārabhāmahe svastaye) # VS.35.13a; VSK.35.47a; TA.6.10.1a. P: anaḍvāham Kś.21.4.24. Cf. anaḍvāhaṃ plavam.
anaptam apsu duṣṭaram # RV.9.16.3a.
anayā tvā pṛthivyā pātreṇa samudraṃ rasayā prajāpataye juṣṭaṃ gṛhṇāmi # Apś.21.10.2.
anavadyābhir ūtibhiḥ # RV.4.32.5b. Cf. anādhṛṣṭābhir etc.
anāgā mitre varuṇe svastaye # RV.10.36.12b; VS.33.17b.
anājñātaṃ devakṛtaṃ yad enaḥ # TB.3.7.12.2c. See anādiṣṭam, and anādhṛṣṭaṃ devakṛtaṃ.
anādhṛṣṭam asy anādhṛṣyaṃ devānām ojo 'nabhiśasty abhiśastipā anabhiśastenyam (MS.KSṭS.GB. ojo 'bhiśastipā anabhiśastenyam; Aś.śś.śG. ojo 'nabhiśasty abhiśastipāḥ; Vait. ojo 'bhiśastipā anabhiśastiḥ) # VS.5.5; TS.1.2.10.2; 6.2.2.3; MS.1.2.7: 16.13; KS.2.8; GB.2.2.3; śB.3.4.2.14; Aś.4.5.3; śś.5.8.2; Vait.13.18; śG.1.6.5. Ps: anādhṛṣṭam asi Apś.11.1.2; Mś.2.2.1.4; anādhṛṣṭam Kś.8.1.25. Cf. havir asi vaiśvānaram.
anādhṛṣṭā apasyo vasānāḥ (KS. -naḥ, mss. vamānaḥ) # VS.10.7b; MS.2.6.8b: 68.16; KS.15.6b; śB.5.3.5.19. See anibhṛṣṭā.
anādhṛṣṭāny ojasā # śś.8.16.1. Cf. anādhṛṣṭāsa.
anādhṛṣṭā (MS. anādhṛṣṭāsi; TA.Apś. anādhṛṣyā) purastād agner ādhipatya (MS. ādhipatyā) āyur me dāḥ # VS.37.12; MS.4.9.3: 124.1; śB.14.1.3.19; TA.4.5.3; KA.2.80--81. P: anādhṛṣyā purastāt Apś.15.7.6; anādhṛṣṭā Kś.26.3.5; Mś.4.2.20. Cf. anādhṛṣṭāsi.
anādhṛṣṭāsa ojasā # RV.1.19.4b; AVP.6.17.5b. Cf. anādhṛṣṭāny.
anādhṛṣṭāsi # VS.7.12,17; MS.1.3.12: 34.10; KS.4.4; 27.8; śB.4.2.1.15; Lś.3.5.15; Kś.9.10.7; Apś.12.22.7; Mś.2.4.1.12; 9.1.2.36. Cf. anādhṛṣṭā purastād.
anādhṛṣṭāḥ sīdata sahaujaso (TSṃS.KS. sīdatorjasvatīr) mahi kṣatraṃ (TSṃS.KS. varcaḥ) kṣatriyāya dadhatīḥ (KS. dadatīḥ) # VS.10.4; TS.1.8.12.1; MS.2.6.8: 68.8; 4.4.2: 51.9; KS.15.6; śB.5.3.4.28. P: anādhṛṣṭāḥ sīdata TB.1.7.6.1; Kś.15.4.47; Apś.18.13.21; Mś.9.1.2.37.
anādhṛṣyaṃ chandaḥ # MS.2.8.2: 108.5; KS.17.2. See anādhṛṣṭaṃ etc.
anādhṛṣyā purastāt # see anādhṛṣṭā etc.
anāmayatvaṃ ca durhārdaḥ # AVś.19.45.2c. See amāmagatyasta.
anāmayitnubhyāṃ tvā (AVś. hastābhyām; AVP. śaṃbhubhyām) # RV.10.137.7c; AVś.4.13.7c; AVP.5.18.8c.
anibhṛṣṭam asi vāco bandhus tapojāḥ # VS.10.6; TS.1.8.12.1; MS.2.6.8a: 68.11; KS.15.6; śB.5.3.5.16; TB.1.7.6.2. Ps: anibhṛṣṭam asi (with tapojāḥ in the sequel) MS.4.4.2: 51.10; anibhṛṣṭam asi Apś.18.13.21; Mś.9.1.3.1.
anibhṛṣṭā apasyuvo vasānaḥ # TS.1.8.12.1b. See anādhṛṣṭā apasyo.
anukhyātre namaḥ # GB.2.2.19; Vait.18.15; Apś.20.1.17. See anukśātre, and cf. agnir upadraṣṭā etc.
anu chya śyāmena tvacam etāṃ viśastaḥ # AVś.9.5.4a. P: anu chya śyāmena Kauś.64.10.
anu tan no jāspatir maṃsīṣṭa # RV.7.38.6a.
anu no mārṣṭu (VSṭS.śBṭA. anu mārṣṭu) tanvo (TS. tanuvo) yad viriṣṭam (VSṭS.KS.śBṭA.KA.śś. viliṣṭam) # AVś.6.53.3d; VS.2.24d; 8.14d; TS.1.4.44.2d; MS.1.3.38d: 44.9; 4.14.17d: 247.5; KS.4.12d; śB.1.9.3.6d; 4.4.3.14d; 4.8d; TA.2.4.1d; KA.1.198.4d; śś.4.11.6d.
anupūrvaṃ yatamānā yati ṣṭha (AVś. yati stha; TA. yatiṣṭa) # RV.10.18.6b; AVś.12.2.24b; TA.6.10.1b.
anu pra yanti vṛṣṭayaḥ # RV.5.53.10c.
anumatyā aṣṭākapālaḥ # VS.29.60.
anumānaś catuṣṭayam # TA.1.2.1b.
anu mṛkṣīṣṭa tanvaṃ duruktaiḥ # RV.1.147.4d.
anu me dīkṣāṃ dīkṣāpatir manyatām (KS. dīkṣāpatayo manyadhvam) anu (śB.3.6.3.21, -patir amaṃstānu) tapas tapaspatiḥ (KS. -patayaḥ) # VS.5.6; TS.1.2.10.2; KS.2.2; GB.2.2.3; śB.3.4.3.9; 6.3.21; Vait.13.18. Ps: anu me dīkṣāṃ dīkṣāpatir manyatām TS.6.2.2.4; anu me dīkṣām Apś.11.1.3. See under anu ma idaṃ.
anuṣṭubhā saṃbhṛtaṃ vīryaṃ (KS. duṣṭaraṃ) sahaḥ # AVP.15.1.8b; TS.4.4.12.3b; MS.3.16.4b: 188.12; KS.22.14b; Aś.4.12.2b.
anūnod atra hastayato adriḥ # RV.5.45.7a.
anūṣata praśastaye # RV.8.12.15b.
anedyā anavadyā ariṣṭāḥ # RV.6.19.4d.
anenasam enasā so 'bhiśastāt # AB.5.30.11a.
anehasas te harivo abhiṣṭau # RV.10.61.22d.
antaḥ praviṣṭaṃ kartāram etam # TA.3.11.2a,3a,5a.
antaḥ praviṣṭaḥ śāstā janānām # TA.3.11.1a,2a.
antar arṇave rajasi praviṣṭām # AVś.12.1.60b. Cf. under antar mahaty.
antar asyāṃ carati praviṣṭā # TS.4.3.11.1b; śG.3.12.3b; ApMB.2.20.30b. See āsv itarāsu, and sāpsv antaś.
antarikṣaṃ samaṃ tasya vāyur upadraṣṭā dattasyāpramādāya # HG.2.11.4. See antarikṣasamantasya.
antarikṣaṃ svastaye # Aś.2.10.21b.
antarikṣaṃ tṛtīyaṃ pitṝn (śś. -kṣaṃ pitṝṃs tṛtīyaṃ) yajño 'gāt tato mā draviṇam āṣṭa (śś. aṣṭu) # AB.7.5.3; śś.3.20.4. See antarikṣaṃ manuṣyān, and manuṣyān antarikṣam.
antarikṣaṃ darvir akṣitāparimitānupadastā sā yathāntarikṣaṃ darvir akṣitāparimitānupadastaivā tatāmahasyeyaṃ darvir akṣitāparimitānupadastā # Kauś.88.9. P: antarikṣaṃ darvir akṣitā ViDh.73.18. Cf. yathā vāyur akṣito.
antarikṣam adhi dyaur brahmaṇāviṣṭaṃ rudrā rakṣitāro vāyur adhi viyatto asyām # KS.40.3.
antarikṣasya tvā divas tvā diśāṃ tvā nākasya tvā pṛṣṭhe bradhnasya tvā viṣṭape sādayāmi # TA.6.7.3.
antarikṣasya dhartrīṃ viṣṭambhanīṃ diśāṃ bhuvanasyādhipatnīm (VS.KS.śB. diśām adhipatnīṃ bhuvanānām) # VS.14.5; MS.2.8.1: 107.5; KS.17.1; śB.8.2.1.10. See viṣṭambhanī.
antarikṣe bṛhati śrayasva svāhā # TB.3.7.10.1; Apś.14.31.5. See bṛhati stabhāya.
antarikṣe (KS. antarikṣaṃ) viṣṇur vyakraṃsta traiṣṭubhena chandasā # VS.2.25; KS.5.5; śB.1.9.3.10,12; śś.4.12.3. See viṣṇur antarikṣe, and traiṣṭubhena chandasāntarikṣam.
antareṇa mā saṃcāriṣṭa # Apś.1.12.12.
antar hastaṃ kṛtaṃ mama # AVś.7.50.2d.
anti dūre padīṣṭa saḥ # RV.1.79.11b.
andhaṃ rātri tṛṣṭadhūmam (AVP.6.20.9a, tiṣṭhadhūmam) # AVś.19.47.8c; 50.1a; AVP.6.20.9a; 14.9.1a.
annādā (KB. -dī) cānnapatnī ca bhadrā ca kalyāṇī cānilayā cāpabhayā cānāptā cānāpyā cānādhṛṣyā (KB. -dhṛṣṭā) cāpratidhṛṣyā (KB. cānādhṛṣyā) cāpūrvā cābhrātṛvyā ca # AB.5.25.15--20; KB.27.5; Aś.8.13.13. Cf. adhvaryo yeṣāṃ etc.
annādā bhūyāsta ye no 'nnādān akarta # MS.4.2.8: 29.18. See next.
annādā bhūyāsma ye ca no 'nnādān karṣṭāpi (read akārṣṭāpi ?) ca no 'nye 'nnādā bhūyāṃso jāyantām # Kauś.92.28. See prec.
anyām icha prapharvyam # RV.10.85.22c; śB.14.9.4.18b; BṛhU.6.4.18b; ApMB.1.10.1c. Cf. dāsīṃ niṣṭakvarīm.
anyeṣām astam upa naktam eti # RV.10.34.10d.
anv aśvair anu sarveṇa (TB.Apś. sarvair u) puṣṭaiḥ # VS.26.19b; TB.3.7.10.2b; Apś.9.14.1b.
anv asya sthūraṃ dadṛśe purastāt # RV.8.1.34a. Cf. BṛhD.6.40.
anv eti parivṛtyāstaḥ # TA.1.10.4a.
apa kṣetriyam uchatu (AVP. -yam akramīt) # AVś.2.8.2d,3e,4d,5e; 3.7.7d; AVP.3.2.6d. Cf. apoṣṭaṃ sarvaṃ.
apa druhas tama āvar ajuṣṭam # RV.7.75.1c.
apa dhvastair vastivarṇair iva # TA.1.4.2c.
apanuttaḥ śaṇḍaḥ # Apś.12.22.2. Cf. apamṛṣṭaḥ etc.
aparājitā nāmāsi brahmaṇā viṣṭā # MS.2.8.14: 117.9. P: aparājitā nāmāsi Mś.6.2.1.16. Cf. TS.4.4.5.2.
apaśyaṃ saprathastamam # RV.1.18.9b.
apa śvānaṃ śnathiṣṭana # RV.9.101.1c; SV.1.545c; 2.47c; JB.1.161,163c.
apasām apastamā svapā asi # KS.35.12b.
apāṃ vṛṣṭayo bahulāḥ santu mahyam # Kauś.94.14d.
apācīnaṃ tamo agād ajuṣṭam # RV.7.78.3d.
apāṃ napād avatu vāyur iṣṭaye # RV.10.92.13b.
apām uta praśastiṣu (RV. praśastaye; AVś.VSK. praśastibhiḥ) # RV.1.23.19a; AVś.1.4.4b; AVP.1.2.4c; VS.9.6b; VSK.10.2.3b; TS.1.7.7.2b; MS.1.11.1b: 161.11; KS.13.14b; śB.5.1.4.6b.
apāṃ patir vṛṣabha iṣṭakānām # VS.13.31b; MS.2.7.16b: 100.6; KS.39.3b; śB.7.5.1.9; Apś.16.25.2b.
apāḥ somam astam indra pra yāhi # RV.3.53.6a; Aś.6.11.9.
apinahyam adṛṣṭānām # AVP.9.6.5a.
api nūnaṃ daivīr viśaḥ prāyāsiṣṭāṃ suprīte sudhite # MS.4.13.8: 209.15; KS.19.13; TB.3.6.13.1. See daivīr viśaḥ prā-.
apiśīrṇā u pṛṣṭayaḥ # AVś.4.3.6b; AVP.2.8.4d. Cf. pṛṣṭīr vo, and chinttaṃ śiro.
apūpakṛd aṣṭake # śG.3.14.2c. See next.
apnasvatīṣūrvarāsv iṣṭaniḥ # RV.1.127.6b.
aprakṣitaṃ vasu bibharṣi hastayoḥ # RV.1.55.8a.
apsu tvā hastair duduhur manīṣiṇaḥ # RV.9.79.4d.
apsu dhūtasya deva soma te mativido nṛbhi ṣṭutastotrasya śastokthasyeṣṭayajuṣo (śś.8.9.4 omits nṛbhi ... -yajuṣo; Aś. nṛbhiḥ sutasya stuta...) yo 'śvasanir gosanir bhakṣas (Aś. yo bhakṣo gosanir aśvasanis) tasya ta upahūtasyopahūto bhakṣayāmi # Aś.6.12.11; śś.8.8.6; 9.4. See apsu dhautasya, and cf. yas te aśvasanir, and yo bhakṣo gosanir.
apsu dhautasya soma deva te nṛbhiḥ sutasyeṣṭayajuṣa stutastomasya śastokthasya yo bhakṣo aśvasanir yo gosanis tasya te pitṛbhir bhakṣaṃ kṛtasyopahūtasyopahūto bhakṣayāmi # TS.3.2.5.7. Ps: apsu dhautasya soma deva te Apś.13.20.11; apsu dhautasya soma deva Apś.13.17.9. See under apsu dhūtasya deva.
apsuṣadaṃ tvā ghṛtasadaṃ vyomasadam (MS.KS. bhūtasadam) indrāya juṣṭaṃ gṛhṇāmi # TS.1.7.12.1; MS.1.11.4: 165.12; KS.14.3. P: apsuṣadaṃ tvā ghṛtasadaṃ vyomasadam TB.1.3.9.2. See prec., and cf. indrāya tvā juṣṭaṃ.
apsv āsīn mātariśvā praviṣṭaḥ # AVś.10.8.40a.
abdaivatam (sc. sūktam), abliṅgam (sc. sūktam), and abliṅgāḥ (sc. ṛcaḥ) # designations of the three stanzas, āpo hi ṣṭhā mayobhuvaḥ (q.v.) GDh.25.7; ViDh.56.16; BDh.2.4.7.2; 10.17.37; 3.2.7; 4.2.13; VāDh.28.13; MDh.8.106; 11.133; YDh.1.24; LAtDh.3.14; VAtDh.3.14; Karmap.2.1.5.
abhayaṃ paścād abhayaṃ purastāt # AVś.19.15.5c; AVP.3.35.5c. Cf. abhayaṃ satataṃ.
abhi kranda stanaya garbham ā dhāḥ # RV.5.83.7a; TS.3.1.11.6a; KS.11.13a. P: abhi kranda Apś.19.25.21. Cf. next two, abhikrandan stanayan dhehi, and abhikrandan stanayann aruṇaḥ.
abhi kranda stanayārdayodadhim (Suparṇ. stanayodayo-) # AVś.4.15.6a; AVP.5.7.3a; Suparṇ.9.3a. P: abhi kranda stanaya Vait.8.9. Cf. under prec.
abhi kranda stanayotpipānaḥ (AVP. -pipānām, read -pipānān ?) # AVś.5.20.7c; AVP.9.27.8c. Cf. under prec. but one.
abhi pra vaḥ surādhasam # RV.8.49 (Vāl.1).1a; AVś.20.51.1a; SV.1.235a; 2.161a; PB.11.9.2; ā.5.2.4.2; Aś.7.4.3; 8.6.16; Vait.31.18,24; 33.7; 41.8. P: abhi pra vaḥ śś.7.23.4; 12.9.11. Designated as vālakhilyāni Aś.8.4.8, and elsewhere. Each stanza of this hymn is to be compared with the corresponding stanza of RV.8.50 (Vāl.2).
abhi hi piṣṭatamayā rabhiṣṭhayā raśanayādhita # VS.21.46; MS.4.13.7: 208.12; KS.18.21; TB.3.6.11.3.
abhīm ṛtasya viṣṭapam # RV.9.34.5a.
abhūd u ketur uṣasaḥ purastāt # RV.7.76.2c.
abhrād iva pra stanayanti vṛṣṭayaḥ # RV.10.75.3c.
amād astaṃ vṛṣagaṇā ayāsuḥ # RV.9.97.8b; SV.2.467b; JB.3.174.
amāsi sarvāṅ (Aś. sarvān) asi praviṣṭaḥ # Aś.2.9.10b; Kauś.74.20b. See amā hy, and amo 'si sarvāṅ.
amā hy asi sarvam anu praviṣṭaḥ # SMB.2.1.14b. See under amāsi sarvāṅ, and cf. prec.
amitrāṇāṃ parastarām # AVś.6.67.1d.
amitrair astā yadi vāsi mitraiḥ # AVP.4.14.5a.
amī te nāke sukṛtaḥ praviṣṭāḥ # AVś.7.80.4d. See prec.
amuṣmai tvā juṣṭaṃ gṛhṇāmi # śB.1.3.2.6. Cf. agnaye juṣṭaṃ gṛhṇāmi, and the like.
amuṣmai tvā juṣṭaṃ nirvapāmi # AG.1.10.6; GG.1.7.3; KhG.2.1.9. Cf. agnaye juṣṭaṃ nirvapāmi, and the like.
amuṣmai tvā juṣṭam # MS.1.2.15: 24.11; 1.2.16: 26.16; 1.2.17: 27.2; 3.9.6: 124.6; 3.10.1: 129.10; KS.3.6. P: amuṣmai tvā Mś.1.8.4.16.
amuṣmai tvā juṣṭam (sc. adhikṣipāmi) # Kauś.44.10.
amuṣmai tvā juṣṭam upākaromi # AG.1.11.2.
amuṣmai tvā juṣṭaṃ prokṣāmi # AG.1.10.7; 11.3. P: amuṣmai tvā juṣṭam Kauś.2.5. Cf. agnaye tvā etc., and the like.
amuṣmai vo juṣṭān (sc. prokṣāmi) # MS.1.1.6: 3.10.
amuṣyāmuṣyāyaṇasyāmuṣyāḥ putrasya varcas teja indriyaṃ prāṇam āyur ni veṣṭayāmi (10.10.5, āyur ni yachet; 10.10.6, āyur ādāya) # AVP.10.10.4--6. Cf. idam aham āmuṣyāyaṇasyāmuṣyāḥ putrasya varcas, and tasyedaṃ varcas.
ameṣṭam asi svāhā # VS.10.20; śB.5.4.2.10. See yameṣṭam.
amoci śukro rajasaḥ parastāt # AVś.13.2.8c.
amo 'si sarvāṅ asi praviṣṭaḥ # śG.3.8.4b. See under amāsi sarvāṅ.
ambā ca bulā ca nitatnī ca stanayantī cābhrayantī ca meghayantī ca cupuṇīkā # MS.2.8.13: 117.3. P: ambā ca bulā ca Mś.6.2.2.10. See next.
ayaṃ vo bandhur ito māpagāta # MS.1.5.2: 68.11; 1.5.9: 77.19; KS.7.1,7. See ihaiva sta māpa gāta.
ayaṃ śāstādhipatir vo astu # TS.5.7.4.4b. Cf. ayaṃ cettādhipatir.
ayaṃ cettādhipatir vo astu # AVP.1.53.4b. Cf. ayaṃ śāstādhipatir.
ayaṃ ta emi tanvā purastāt # RV.8.100.1a. Cf. BṛhD.6.117.
ayaṃ devānām apasām apastamaḥ # RV.1.160.4a.
ayam astu yaśastamaḥ # KS.7.14b.
ayaṃ prastara ubhayasya dhartā # TB.3.7.6.8a; Apś.4.7.1a.
ayaṃ bradhnasya viṣṭapi # AVś.13.1.16c.
ayāṭ (Mś. ayāṣṭāṃ) somasya priyā dhāmāni # KS.18.21; śB.1.7.3.10; TB.3.5.7.5; Mś.5.1.3.27. See somasyāyāṭ.
ayāḍ (śś. ayāl) agnir (Mś. ayāṣṭām agnīvaruṇāv) agneḥ priyā dhāmāni # MS.4.13.7: 209.3; KS.18.21; 32.1; śB.1.7.3.10; TB.3.5.7.5; śś.1.9.2; Mś.5.1.3.27. P: ayāḍ agniḥ Aś.1.6.3. Cf. ayāḍ agneḥ.
ayāḍ (Mś. ayāṣṭāṃ) devānām ājyapānāṃ priyā dhāmāni # VS.21.47; KS.18.21; MS.4.13.7: 209.5; śB.1.7.3.11; TB.3.5.7.6; 6.11.4; 12.2; Mś.5.1.3.27. See devānām ājyapānām ayāṭ.
arāyaṃ putraṃ prāpyāstam # AVP.7.19.5c.
arāyān bastavāśinaḥ # AVś.8.6.12c. Cf. atho bastābhivāśinaḥ.
ariṣṭa svasti etc. # see ariṣṭaḥ svasti.
ariṣṭaḥ (ApMB. ariṣṭa) svasti gachatu # HG.1.12.2c; ApMB.2.21.19c.
ariṣṭā agne stanam ā rabhantām # AVP.5.15.3d.
ariṣṭā asmākaṃ vīrāḥ (Apś.ApMB.JG. vīrāḥ santu) # AVP.5.16.7c; Aś.3.11.6c; śś.4.11.6c; Kś.25.5.28c; Apś.13.18.1c; Mś.1.4.3.9c; śG.3.4.4; PG.1.3.14c; MG.2.11.18c; ApMB.2.15.16a; JG.1.4c. See ariṣṭās tanvo, ariṣṭāḥ sarvahāyasaḥ, and cf. achidraḥ prajayā.
ariṣṭā jīvasūvarī # MG.2.18.2b. Cf. ariṣṭā vīrasūr.
ariṣṭāni me sarvāṅgāni santu (PG. me 'ṅgāni) # Vait.3.14; PG.1.3.25. See ariṣṭā viśvāny, and cf. next.
ariṣṭāni me sarvātmānibhṛṣṭaḥ # AVś.19.60.2. Cf. under prec.
ariṣṭāṃ mā saha patyā dadhātu # Kś.3.8.2d; Mś.1.3.5.17d; MG.1.11.20d. See under ariṣṭāṃ tvā.
ariṣṭā viśvāny aṅgāni # TS.5.5.9.2; Tā.10.72; Mś.5.2.15.21. P: ariṣṭā viśvāni Apś.3.20.3. See under ariṣṭāni me sarvāṅgāni.
ariṣṭā vīrasūr iyam # AVP.11.1.7b. Cf. ariṣṭā jīvasūvarī.
ariṣṭās tanvo bhūyāsma # Lś.2.1.7c. See under ariṣṭā asmākaṃ.
ariṣṭāḥ sarvahāyasaḥ # AVś.10.5.23c. See under ariṣṭā asmākaṃ.
ariṣṭāhaṃ saha patyā bhūyāsam # VS.37.20. Cf. hṛṣṭā saṃ saha etc.
ariṣṭo arjunaḥ # VS.10.21; śB.5.4.3.7. See ariṣṭaḥ phalgunaḥ.
ariṣṭo asya vastā # AVP.2.87.5c; Kauś.107.2c.
ariṣṭo 'ham ariṣṭaguḥ # AVś.10.3.10a.
ariṣyantam ā rohema svastaye # RV.10.63.14d.
arkaṃ viveda stanayann iva dyauḥ # RV.10.67.5d; AVś.20.91.5d; MS.4.12.5d: 193.6; KS.9.19d.
arcā viduṣṭarebhyaḥ # RV.8.41.1c.
arcā śakram abhiṣṭaye # RV.8.50.1b; AVś.20.51.3b.
ardhāhutis tu sauviṣṭakṛtī # Kauś.73.12a.
aryaḥ puṣṭāni sa janāsa indraḥ # RV.2.12.4d; AVś.20.34.4d; AVP.12.14.4d.
aryamā te hastam agrabhīt # ApMB.2.3.8 (ApG.4.10.12). See aryamā hastam.
aryamā hastam agrabhīt (SMB. agrahīt) # śG.2.3.1d; SMB.1.6.15c; JG.1.12. See aryamā te hastam.
aryamṇo navamī # VS.25.4; MS.3.15.5: 179.5. See aryamṇo 'ṣṭamī.
aryamṇo 'ṣṭamī # TS.5.7.22.1; KSA.13.12. See aryamṇo navamī.
arvāṅ etena stanayitnunehi # RV.5.83.6c; AVś.4.15.11d; AVP.5.7.10d; TS.3.1.11.7c; KS.11.13c.
arvāṅ parastāt prayato vyadhve # AVś.13.2.31a.
avaṃśe dyām astabhāyad bṛhantam # RV.2.15.2a.
ava caṣṭa ṛcīṣamaḥ # RV.8.62.6a.
avatatadhanvā pinākāvasaḥ (TS.Apś. pinākahastaḥ) kṛttivāsāḥ # VS.3.61; TS.1.8.6.2; śB.2.6.2.17; Apś.8.18.9. Fragment: kṛttivāsāḥ Kś.5.10.22. See kṛttivāsāḥ, and pinākahastaḥ.
ava no devyā kṛpā # KA.1.198.21b. See avā no devyā, and stavāno devyā.
ava priyā didiṣṭana # RV.10.132.6c.
avasṛṣṭaḥ etc. # see avasṛṣṭā parā etc.
avasṛṣṭā (TB.Apś. avasṛṣṭaḥ) parā pata # RV.6.75.16a; AVś.3.19.8a; AVP.1.56.4a; SV.2.1213a; VS.17.45a; TS.4.6.4.4a; TB.3.7.6.23a; Vait.34.17; Apś.3.14.3a; AG.3.12.18.
avidvāṃso viduṣṭaraṃ sapema # RV.6.15.10b; TS.2.5.12.5b; KS.7.16b.
avindañ chakraṃ rajasi praviṣṭam # AVP.4.11.4c.
avṛjinā anavadyā ariṣṭāḥ (MS. adabdhāḥ) # RV.2.27.2d; MS.4.12.1c: 177.12. See asvapnajo etc.
avenat tvaṣṭā caturo dadṛśvān # RV.4.33.6d.
aveyam aśvaid yuvatiḥ purastāt # RV.1.124.11a.
aveṣṭā dandaśūkāḥ # VS.10.10; TS.1.8.14.1; MS.2.6.10: 70.5; 4.4.4: 54.7; KS.15.7; śB.5.4.1.1; TB.1.7.8.2; Apś.18.15.6; Mś.9.1.3.18. P: aveṣṭāḥ Kś.15.5.22.
avobhir indra stavanta svasāraḥ # RV.4.22.7b.
avor itthā vāṃ chardiṣo abhiṣṭau # RV.6.67.11a.
avye harir ny adhāviṣṭa sānavi # RV.9.70.8b.
aśītiḥ santv (AVś.AVP. santy) aṣṭau # RVKh.10.127.2c; AVś.19.47.3c; AVP.6.20.3c; śś.9.28.10c.
aśuṣaṃ yudhya kuyavaṃ gaviṣṭau # RV.6.31.3b.
aśrīṇītādiśaṃ gabhastau # RV.10.61.3d; VS.7.17d; śB.4.2.1.12d; Apś.12.14.15d.
aśvāvad goman mayy astu puṣṭam # Kauś.90.18. Metrical.
aśvinau ca stanaṃ dhayatas te (ApMB. dhayantam) # SMB.1.1.12b; HG.1.19.7b; ApMB.1.4.10b; JG.1.20b.
aśvibhyāṃ juṣṭaṃ gṛhṇāmi # MS.2.3.8: 36.5; Apś.19.2.9. See aśvibhyāṃ tvā juṣṭaṃ.
aśvibhyāṃ tvā juṣṭaṃ gṛhṇāmi # KS.37.18; TB.2.6.1.3; Apś.19.7.1,4. See aśvibhyāṃ juṣṭaṃ.
aṣṭakāyai tvā juṣṭaṃ prokṣāmi # GG.3.10.21; KhG.3.4.4. P: aṣṭakāyai JG.2.3.
aṣṭabhyaḥ śatebhyaḥ svāhā # KSA.2.9. See aṣṭābhyaḥ etc.
aṣṭamyā rātryā aṣṭamyā samidhā # AVP.9.20.8.
aṣṭayonir aditir aṣṭaputrā # AVś.8.9.21c. Cf. aṣṭau putrāso.
aṣṭayonīm aṣṭaputrām # TA.1.13.1a (bis).
aṣṭayony aṣṭaputram # TA.1.13.1a.
aṣṭasthūṇo daśapakṣaḥ # Kauś.135.9a. Cf. aṣṭāpakṣāṃ.
aṣṭāpakṣāṃ daśapakṣām # AVś.9.3.21c. Cf. aṣṭasthūṇo.
aṣṭāpadīṃ bhuvanānu prathantām # VS.8.30d; śB.4.5.2.12d. See ekapadī ... aṣṭāpadī.
aṣṭābhyaḥ śatebhyaḥ svāhā # TS.7.2.19.1. See aṣṭabhyaḥ etc.
aṣṭau ca me 'ṣṭācatvāriṃśac ca me # KS.18.12. See catasraś cāṣṭau cāṣṭā-.
aṣṭau ca śatāni muhūrtān yān vadanti # GB.1.5.5b. See aṣṭau śatā yan.
aṣṭau putrāso aditeḥ # RV.10.72.8a; MS.4.6.9a: 92.2; PB.24.12.6a; śB.3.1.3.2a; TA.1.13.2a. Cf. aṣṭayonir.
aṣṭau śatā yan mitaṃ tad vadanti # śB.12.3.2.8b. See aṣṭau ca śa-.
aṣṭrām (sc. hastāt etc.) # Kauś.80.50. Vikāra of one of the two preceding quotations, AVś.18.2.59, or 60.
asaṃkhyeyaṃ svam asmin niviṣṭam # AVś.10.8.24b.
asann uta praśastayaḥ # RV.8.45.33b.
asapatnaṃ purastāt # AVś.19.16.1a; 27.14a; AVP.10.8.4a; 12.6.5a. Cf. next.
asapatnaṃ purastān naḥ # RVKh.2.43.4a. Cf. prec.
asaṃmṛṣṭo 'si havyasūdaḥ (MS.KS.PB. -sūdanaḥ) # TS.1.3.3.1; MS.1.2.12: 21.14; KS.2.13; PB.1.4.3; Apś.11.14.10. P: asaṃmṛṣṭaḥ Lś.2.2.12. See mṛṣṭo etc.
asāv ādityo 'nukhyātā # AB.7.24.3. See ādityo 'nukhyātā, and cf. under agnir upadraṣṭā.
asiknyā (TA. asikniyā) marudvṛdhe vitastayā # RV.10.75.5c; TA.10.1.13c; MahānU.5.4c; N.9.26c.
asau yo 'stam eti sa sarveṣāṃ bhūtānāṃ prāṇān ādāyāstam eti mā me prajāyā mā paśūnāṃ mā mama prāṇān ādāyāstaṃ gāḥ # TA.1.14.1.
asta rājeva satpatiḥ # RV.1.130.1c. See astā etc.
astabhnād dyāṃ vṛṣabho (TSṃS. dyām ṛṣabho) antarikṣam # RV.3.30.9c; VS.4.30a; TS.1.2.8.1a; MS.1.2.6a: 15.7; 3.7.8a: 86.9; 4.14.3: 218.13; śB.3.3.4.2; TB.2.8.1.6; Kś.7.9.8. P: astabhnād dyām Mś.2.1.4.22. See next.
astabhnād dyām asuro (KS. ṛṣabho) viśvavedāḥ # RV.8.42.1a; KS.2.6a; AB.1.30.5; KB.9.6; GB.2.4.15; Aś.3.7.15; 4.10.5. Ps: astabhnād dyām asuraḥ KS.11.12; Aś.6.1.2; astabhnād dyām śś.5.14.19; 6.10.11; 9.2.3. See prec.
astabhnād dyām ṛṣabho antarikṣam # see astabhnād dyāṃ vṛṣabho.
astā rājeva satpatiḥ # SV.1.459c. See astaṃ etc.
astāvi manma pūrvyam # RV.8.52 (Vāl.4).9a; AVś.20.119.1a; SV.2.1027a; Vait.41.5. P: astāvi manma śś.16.21.27.
asthur u citrā uṣasaḥ purastāt # RV.4.51.2a.
asnā saṃsṛṣṭāṃ rudhireṇa miśrām # AVP.5.10.9b.
asmabhyaṃ soma duṣṭaram # RV.9.63.11b.
asmā ariṣṭatātaye # RV.10.97.7d; AVś.5.30.12e; 6.80.2d; 7.6e,27d; 19.38.2f; AVP.15.18.8d; VS.12.81d; TS.4.2.6.4d; MS.2.7.13d: 93.16; KS.16.13d. Cf. atho ari-.
asmā id u tvaṣṭā takṣad vajram # RV.1.61.6a; AVś.20.35.6a.
asmākaṃ va indram uśmasīṣṭaye # RV.1.129.4a.
asmākam indra duṣṭaram # RV.5.35.7a.
asmākāsad indro vajrahastaḥ # RV.1.173.10b.
asmākena vṛjanenā jayema # RV.10.42.10d; 43.10d; 44.10d; AVś.20.17.10d; 89.10d; 94.10d. See ariṣṭāso.
asmān viśvā abhiṣṭayaḥ # RV.4.31.10c.
asmābhir dattaṃ jarasaḥ parastāt # AVś.6.122.1c; AVP.2.60.2c; TA.2.6.1c.
asmāsu tan maruto yac ca duṣṭaram # RV.1.139.8f; AVś.20.67.2f.
asmin vāstau suprajaso bhavātha # AVP.7.6.3d.
asmin saṃdehe gahane praviṣṭaḥ # śB.14.7.2.17b; BṛhU.4.4.17b.
asme bhūvann abhiṣṭayaḥ # RV.10.22.12b.
asme vājāḥ soma tiṣṭhantu kṛṣṭayaḥ # RV.9.69.7d.
asya made jaritar indra ud dyām astabhnād aprathayat pṛthivīm # śś.8.25.1.
asya mandāno madhvo vajrahastaḥ # RV.2.19.2a.
asya hi svayaśastaraḥ # RV.5.17.2a.
asya hi svayaśastaram # RV.5.82.2a; śś.10.3.12; 8.12; Apś.6.22.1a.
asyādṛṣṭān ni śamayat # AVś.6.52.3d. Cf. under adṛṣṭān sarvāñ.
asyāṃ ma ūrdhvāyāṃ diśi bṛhaspatiś cendraś cādhipatī bṛhaspatiś cendraś ca maitasyai diśaḥ pātāṃ bṛhaspatiṃ cendraṃ ca sa devatānām ṛchatu yo no 'to 'bhidāsati # śś.6.3.5. Cf. ya upariṣṭād juhvati.
asyāṃ me pṛthivyām agniś cānnaṃ cādhipatī agniś cānnaṃ ca maitasyai diśaḥ pātām agniṃ cānnaṃ ca sa devatānām ṛchatu yo no 'to 'bhidāsati # śś.6.3.7. Cf. ye 'dhastāj juhvati.
asyāṃ me prācyaṃ diśi sūryaś ca candraś cādhipatī sūryaś ca candraś ca maitasyai diśaḥ pātāṃ sūryaṃ ca candraṃ ca sa devatānām ṛchatu yo no 'to 'bhidāsati # śś.6.3.1. Cf. ye purastāj juhvati.
asyai nāryā upastare (ApMB. -stire) # AVś.14.2.21b; ApMB.1.8.1b.
asravantīm ā ruhemā svastaye # RV.10.63.10d; AVś.7.6.3d; VS.21.6d; TS.1.5.11.5d; MS.4.10.1d: 144.9; KS.2.3d.
ahaṃ viveca pṛthivīm uta dyām # AVś.6.61.2a. See aham astabhnāṃ.
ahaṃ saptahā nahuṣo nahuṣṭaraḥ # RV.10.49.8a.
ahaṃ hitvā śarīraṃ jarasaḥ parastāt # TB.2.5.6.5d. Falsely divided, for hitvā śarīraṃ etc., q.v.
ahaṃ tvaṣṭāram uta pūṣaṇaṃ bhagam # RV.10.125.2b; AVś.4.30.6b.
aham astabhnāṃ pṛthivīm uta dyām # KS.40.9a. See ahaṃ viveca.
aham asmi yaśastamaḥ # AVś.6.39.3d; 58.3d.
aham indram atuṣṭavam # RV.3.53.12b.
ahaṃ parastād aham avastāt # VS.8.9a; TS.3.5.5.1a; MS.1.3.26a: 39.9; śB.4.4.2.14a. P: ahaṃ parastāt Kś.10.6.17; Apś.13.9.13; Mś.2.5.1.7.
ahaṃ piteva vetasūṃr abhiṣṭaye # RV.10.49.4a.
ahaṃ megha stanayan varṣann asmi # TB.2.8.3.3a.
ahar yac chukraṃ jyotiṣo janiṣṭa # AVś.4.1.5c; AVP.5.2.6c.
ahastāso hastavantaṃ sahante # RV.10.34.9b.
ahāni viśvā tatananta kṛṣṭayaḥ # RV.1.52.11b.
ahijambhanam asi saumastambam # SMB.2.1.6.
ahe muriṣṭā mā jīvīt # AVP.8.2.3d. See next but one.
ahorātrās (KSṭA. ahorātrāṇi) te kalpantām # VS.27.45; KS.40.6; śB.8.1.4.8; TA.4.19.1. See ahorātre te.
ahorātre adhipatnī āstām # VS.14.30; TS.4.3.10.2; MS.2.8.6: 110.14; KS.17.5; śB.8.4.3.12.
ahrastas tvam aviduṣṭaḥ (Vait. abhi juṣṭaḥ) parehi # AVP.5.28.3a; Vait.10.17a.
ākūtir yā vo manasi praviṣṭā # AVś.6.73.2b.
ā kṛṣṭayaḥ somapāḥ kāmam avyan # RV.3.49.1b.
āganta pitaraḥ pitṛmān ahaṃ yuṣmābhir bhūyāsaṃ suprajaso mayā yūyaṃ bhūyāsta # TS.3.2.4.5. P: āganta pitaraḥ pitṛmān Apś.12.20.10. See next.
āganta pitaraḥ somyāsas teṣāṃ vaḥ prativittā ariṣṭāḥ syāma supitaro vayaṃ yuṣmābhir bhūyāsma suprajaso yūyam asmābhir bhūyāsta # Mś.2.3.7.3. See prec.
ā gṛhebhyaḥ svastaye # AVP.2.31.1b. See gṛhebhyaḥ svastaye.
āgneyo 'ṣṭākapālaḥ # TS.7.5.21.1; MS.1.10.1 (quater): 140.8,10; 141.1,3; KS.9.4 (bis),5; KSA.5.18. Cf. TB.3.9.17.1.
āgne vaha varuṇam iṣṭaye naḥ # RV.10.70.11a.
āṅgirasānām ādyaiḥ pañcānuvākaiḥ svāhā # AVś.19.22.1. The entire chapter occurs also Atharva-pariśiṣṭa 46.9; cf. Ind. Stud. iv. 433.
ā caṣṭa āsāṃ pātho nadīnām # RV.7.34.10a; N.6.7.
ājā naṣṭaṃ yathā paśum # RV.1.23.13c.
ājuhvānaḥ supratīkaḥ purastāt # VS.17.73a; TS.4.6.5.3a; MS.2.10.6a: 138.14; 3.3.9: 42.9; KS.18.4a; 21.9; śB.9.2.3.35; TB.3.7.7.10a. Ps: ājuhvānaḥ supratīkaḥ Mś.6.2.5.12; ājuhvānaḥ HG.1.26.20.
ājyam uktham avyathāyai (TS. avyathayat; KS. avyathāya) stabhnātu (MS. stabhnotu) # VS.15.10; TS.4.4.2.1; MS.2.8.9: 113.6; KS.17.8; śB.8.6.1.5.
ā te tvaṣṭā patsu javaṃ dadhātu # AVś.6.92.1d; VS.9.8d; śB.5.1.4.9.
ā te hastau rabhāmahe # AVś.8.1.8d.
ātmasadau me stam # AVś.5.9.8. See prec. two.
ā tvā mantrāḥ kaviśastā vahantu # RV.10.14.4c; AVś.18.1.60c; TS.2.6.12.6c; MS.4.14.16c: 243.3. Cf. stutā mantrāḥ.
ātharvaṇānāṃ caturṛcebhyaḥ svāhā # AVś.19.23.1. The entire chapter occurs also Atharva-pariśiṣṭa 46.10; cf. Ind. Stud. iv. 433.
ā dade # TS.1.1.9.1; 3.8.1; 4.1.1. See under devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyām ā dade.
ād asmād anyo ajaniṣṭa tavyān # RV.5.32.3d.
ā dasyughnā manasā yāhy astam # RV.4.16.10a.
ād ij janiṣṭa pārthivaḥ # RV.8.51 (Vāl.3).8d.
ād ij janiṣṭa pauṃsyam # RV.8.51 (Vāl.3).4d.
ād it tvaṣṭā gnāsv antar ny ānaje # RV.1.161.4d.
ādityavarṇaṃ tamasaḥ parastāt (TA.3.12.7b, tamasas tu pāre) # VS.31.18b; TA.3.12.7b; 13.1b; śvetU.3.8b; Bhagavadgītā 8.9.
ādityaḥ śukra udagāt purastāt # MS.4.14.14a: 239.15; MG.1.19.3. Cf. under ādityo deva.
ādityāso varuṇenānuśiṣṭāḥ # AVś.19.56.4d; AVP.3.8.4d.
ādityās tvā viśvair devaiḥ paścāt (Mś. purastāt) pāntu # TS.5.5.9.4; Mś.6.2.4.1.
ādityā ha jaritar aṅgirobhyo dakṣiṇām (JB.śś. 'śvaṃ dakṣiṇām) anayan # AVś.20.135.6; AB.6.35.5; GB.2.6.14 (bis); JB.2.116ab; Aś.8.3.25; śś.12.19.1. P: ādityā ha jaritaḥ Vait.32.28. Seems to be pādas a, b, of a stanza. AVś.20.135.6--10 are designated as devanītham AB.6.34.1 ff.; as ādityāṅgirasyaḥ (sc. ṛcaḥ) KB.30.6; śś.12.19.5.
ādityo deva udagāt purastāt # MS.4.14.14a: 239.7. See aja ekapād udagāt, and cf. ādityaḥ śukra.
ā devo riṇaṅ martyāya stavān # RV.2.19.5b.
ā naḥ kāmaṃ pūpurantu stavānāḥ # RV.7.62.3d.
ā no rādhāṃsi savita stavadhyai # RV.7.37.8a.
ā patnīr idam (AVP. patnīm edam) astakam # AVś.2.26.5d; AVP.2.12.5d.
ā pavasva gaviṣṭaye # RV.9.66.15a.
ā paścātān nāsatyā purastāt # RV.7.72.5a; 73.5a; Aś.3.8.1.
ā paścād ā purastāt # AVP.8.11.8a.
āpaś cit pipyu staryo na gāvaḥ # RV.7.23.4a; AVś.20.12.4a; VS.33.18a.
āpas tvaṣṭā bhṛgavo yaṃ sahobhiḥ # RV.10.46.9b.
ā puṣṭam etv ā vasu # AVś.6.79.2c; AVP.1.39.2c. See ā pūṣā etv.
āpūryā sthā mā pūrayata prajayā ca dhanena ca # TS.3.2.5.5; Aś.6.12.4. P: āpūryā sthā mā pūrayata Apś.13.17.8. See under āpura stā.
ā pūṣā etv ā vasu # TS.2.4.5.1c. See ā puṣṭam.
āpṛṇo 'si saṃpṛṇaḥ (Apś. āpṛṇoṣi saṃpṛṇa) prajayā mā paśubhir ā pṛṇa # śś.1.15.16; Apś.24.12.9. Cf. under āpura stā.
āpo na sṛṣṭā adhavanta nīcīḥ # RV.7.18.15b.
ābhogaya iṣṭaye rāya u tvam # RV.1.113.5b.
āmatta ca pibata ca mā ca vaḥ kṣeṣṭa # JG.2.1b (corrupt).
ā mā puṣṭaṃ ca poṣyaṃ ca # AVP.1.103.3c. See ā me puṣṭe.
āmāsu pakvam amṛtaṃ niviṣṭam # JG.2.1a. P: āmāsu pakvam JG.2.1.
ā me puṣṭe ca poṣe ca # AVś.3.10.7a. See ā mā puṣṭaṃ.
ā yad vajraṃ dadhiṣe hasta ugra # RV.7.28.2c.
āyur mā nirvādiṣṭam # VS.5.17; śB.3.5.3.18.
āyur vasāna upa vetu (AVśṭA. yātu) śeṣaḥ (TA. śeṣam) # RV.10.16.5c; AVś.18.2.10c; TA.6.4.2c.
ā yo mātror uśenyo janiṣṭa # RV.7.3.9c.
ārād visṛṣṭā iṣavaḥ patantu rakṣasām (AVP. patantv asmat) # AVś.2.3.6c; AVP.1.3.4b.
ārujann eti stanayann asya ghoṣaḥ # AVP.1.107.1b. See rujann etc.
āre bādhasva (AVP. bādhiṣṭa) nirṛtiṃ parācaiḥ # AVP.14.2.10c; MS.1.3.39c: 45.6; KS.4.13c. See parā bādhasva, and bādhasva dūre.
ārohāma svastaye # AVP.9.7.8d.
ā rohorum upa dhatsva hastam (ApMB. upa barhasva bāhum) # AVś.14.2.39a; ApMB.1.11.7a (ApG.3.8.10).
ārtanāsv iṣṭaniḥ # RV.1.127.6c.
ārdradānuś ca mā mātariśvā ca mā hāsiṣṭām # AVś.16.3.4.
ā vaniṣīṣṭa medhiraḥ # RV.1.127.7g.
ā vāṃ ratham avamasyāṃ vyuṣṭau # RV.7.71.3a.
āviṣkṛṇvānā tanvaṃ purastāt # RV.5.80.4b.
āviṣṭāḥ pṛthivīm anu # KS.22.10b; Mś.6.2.6.26b. See praviṣṭāḥ etc., and viṣṭhitāḥ etc.
ā vo vāhiṣṭho vahatu stavadhyai # RV.7.37.1a.
āśāraiṣī kṛśagur etv astam # AVś.4.15.6d; AVP.5.7.3d.
āśuṃ dadhikrāṃ tam u nu ṣṭavāma # RV.4.39.1a.
āṣṭa (MS. āṣṭhāḥ; KS. ms. āṣṭāḥ) pratiṣṭhām avidad dhi (MS. avido hi; KS. avido nu) gādham # TS.4.3.11.4b; MS.2.13.10b: 161.1; KS.39.10b; PG.3.3.5b.
āṣṭhāḥ etc. # see āṣṭa etc.
āsthād udasthād ajaniṣṭa vipraḥ # AVP.14.2.10a; KS.39.1a.
āsmāt sadhastād oror antarikṣāt # TB.3.7.9.2; Apś.13.1.11. Cf. orv antarikṣam.
āsv itarāsu carati praviṣṭā # AVś.3.10.4b; 8.9.11b. See under antar asyāṃ carati.
ā hastayor adhithā indra kṛṣṭīḥ # RV.6.31.1b.
āheyena ca daṣṭasya # AVP.15.16.5a.
iḍāṃ dhenuṃ madhumatīṃ svastaye (TB.Apś. suvarvidam) # AVś.18.4.30b; TB.3.7.4.16b; Apś.1.13.1b; Mś.1.1.3.23b.
iḍābhir vṛṣṭayaḥ saha # RV.5.53.2d.
iḍāyās tvā hastābhyām ā rabhe # AVP.9.21.10.
iḍāyās putro vayune 'janiṣṭa # RV.3.29.3d; VS.34.14d.
iḍāsmān anu vastāṃ ghṛtena # Apś.4.13.4a; Mś.1.4.3.2a. See iḍaivāsmāṃ.
iḍaivāsmāṃ (RVKh. ilaiva vām) anu vastāṃ vratena # RVKh.9.86.1a; AVś.7.27.1a. P: iḍaivāsmān Vait.3.15. See iḍāsmān.
itaḥ parastāt para u parasmāt # JB.3.385a.
idaṃ sarpebhyo havir astu juṣṭam # TB.3.1.1.5a.
idaṃ kṣatraṃ duṣṭaram astv ojaḥ # AVP.15.1.5c; TS.4.4.12.2c; MS.3.16.4a: 188.8; KS.22.14c; Aś.4.12.2c.
idaṃ tad rūpaṃ yad avasta yoṣā # AVś.14.1.56a.
idam ahaṃ yajñasya duriṣṭaṃ niṣkṛntāmi # Mś.8.13.5 (6).
idam ahaṃ yo 'smān dveṣṭi yaṃ ca vayaṃ dviṣmas tasya prāṇaṃ niveṣṭayāmi # KS.5.5; 32.5.
idam aham amuṣya prāṇaṃ niveṣṭayāmi # see the fifth item after this.
idam aham amuṣyāmuṣyāyaṇasya (MSṃś. amuṣya) prāṇaṃ niveṣṭayāmi # MS.1.4.2: 48.17; 1.4.7: 55.3; Mś.1.4.3.12; Apś.4.15.3.
idam aham āmuṣyāyaṇasyāmuṣyāḥ putrasya varcas tejaḥ prāṇam āyur ni veṣṭayāmi # AVś.10.5.36. Cf. under amuṣyāmuṣyāyaṇasyāmuṣyāḥ.
idam u tyat purutamaṃ purastāt # RV.4.51.1a. Ps: idam u tyat Aś.4.14.2; idam u N.1.5. Cf. BṛhD.5.6.
induḥ paviṣṭa cārur madāya # RV.9.109.13a; SV.1.431a.
induḥ paviṣṭa cetanaḥ # RV.9.64.10a; SV.1.481a.
indur janiṣṭa rodasī # RV.9.98.9b.
indur yebhir āṣṭa sveduhavyaiḥ # RV.1.121.6c.
indo devapsarastamaḥ # RV.9.105.5b; SV.2.962b.
indo yathā tava stavaḥ # RV.9.55.2a; SV.2.326a.
indraḥ (śś. indras) patis tuviṣṭamo (ā.śś. tavastamo) janeṣv ā (śś. -ṣu) # AVś.6.33.3c; ā.5.2.1.4c; śś.18.3.2c.
indraḥ paścād indraḥ purastāt # AVP.2.31.1c; VSK.3.2.7a.
indraḥ purastād uta madhyato naḥ # RV.10.42.11c; 43.11c; 44.11c; AVś.7.51.1c; 20.17.11c; 89.11c; 94.11c; AVP.15.11.1c; KS.10.13c; TS.3.3.11.1c; GB.2.4.16c.
indraḥ pūṣā varuṇo mitro agniḥ # AVś.1.9.1b. See indras tvaṣṭā varuṇo etc.
indraṃ śumbhāmy aṣṭaye # AVś.6.54.1b.
indraṃ sāmrājyāyābhiṣiñcāmi # MS.1.11.4: 165.8; 3.4.3: 47.10. P: indraṃ sāmrājyāya Mś.6.2.5.31 (ūha of bṛhaspatiṃ sāmrājyāya in devasya tvā ... hastābhyāṃ sarasvatyā vācā yantur yantreṇa ...). Cf. indrasya tvā sām-, and indrasya bṛhaspates.
indraghoṣas (KS. -ṣās) tvā vasubhiḥ (KS. vasavaḥ) purastāt pātu (KS. pāntu) # VS.5.11; TS.1.2.12.2; 6.2.7.4; KS.2.9; śB.3.5.2.4; Apś.7.5.1. P: indraghoṣaḥ Kś.5.4.11. See next two.
indraghoṣā vo vasubhiḥ purastād upadadhatām # TA.1.20.1. P: indraghoṣā vo vasubhiḥ TA.1.25.3. See prec. and next.
indraghoṣās tvā purastād vasubhiḥ pāntu # MS.1.2.8: 18.2; 3.8.5: 100.8; Mś.1.7.3.29. See prec. two.
indraprasūtā varuṇapraśiṣṭāḥ # RV.10.66.2a. See prec.
indram agniṃ svastaye 'ti (AVP. ati) dviṣaḥ # RV.10.126.5d; AVP.5.39.5d.
indram id gāthino bṛhat # RV.1.7.1a; AVś.20.38.4a; 47.4a; 70.7a; SV.1.198a; 2.146a; TS.1.6.12.2a; MS.2.13.6a: 154.15; KS.8.16a; 39.12a; JB.3.22; PB.11.7.3; TB.1.5.8.1a; ā.5.2.1.6; Aś.6.4.10; 7.2.3; śś.9.10.1; 13.7.5; Vait.31.16; 33.3; 42.5; Apś.21.21.16; Svidh.2.7.8; N.7.2. P: indram id gāthinaḥ śś.7.14.1; 12.1.4; 18.2.2; Mś.7.2.6.6. RV.1.7.1--9 are designated as arkavat-stanzas ā.1.4.1.4.
indram upa praśastaye # RV.5.39.4c.
indraṃ mātā vīryeṇā nyṛṣṭam # RV.4.18.5b.
indras te hastam agrabhīt # JG.1.12.
indras tvaṣṭā bṛhaspatiḥ # AVP.1.85.3b.
indras tvaṣṭā varuṇo mitro agniḥ # AVP.11.5.12b.
indras tvaṣṭā prati haryantu (AVP. gṛhṇantu) me vacaḥ # AVś.3.8.2b; AVP.1.18.2b.
indras tvaṣṭā varuṇo mitro agniḥ # AVP.1.19.1b; 1.27.3b. See indraḥ pūṣā varuṇo etc.
indrasya kartā svapastamo bhūt # RV.4.17.4b.
indrasya tvā hastābhyām ā rabhe # AVP.9.21.11.
indrasya bāhū sthavirau vṛṣāṇau (SV. yuvānau) # AVś.19.13.1a; AVP.7.4.1a; SV.2.1219a; GB.2.1.18. First stanza of the apratiratha-hymn in the Atharvan version: see under apratiratha, and āśuḥ śiśāno.
indrasya yantu prasave visṛṣṭāḥ # RV.8.100.12d.
indrasya vajro vapuṣo vapuṣṭaraḥ (SV. -ṭamaḥ) # RV.9.77.1b; SV.1.556b.
indrasyāṅgirasāṃ ceṣṭau # RV.1.62.3a.
indraḥ su pūṣā vṛṣaṇā suhastā # RV.3.57.2a.
indraḥ stuvantaṃ stavitāram indraḥ # MS.4.14.7b: 225.5.
indrāgnibhyāṃ tvā juṣṭam upākaromi # Apś.7.12.8.
indrāgnibhyāṃ tvā juṣṭaṃ prokṣāmi # VS.22.5; MS.3.12.1: 160.4; śB.13.1.2.6; TB.3.8.7.1.
indrāgnibhyāṃ tvā juṣṭām utkṛntāmi # Apś.7.19.2.
indrāgnibhyām (sc. juṣṭaṃ nirvapāmi) # Apś.1.18.1; Kauś.2.3. ūha of agnaye ju-.
indrāgnibhyām ojodābhyām uṣṭārau # TS.5.6.21.1; KSA.10.1.
indrāgnī mābhiśastaye # RV.7.94.3b; SV.2.268b; JB.2.12b; 3.65b.
indrāgnī mitrāvaruṇā svastaye # ApMB.1.7.12b.
indrāgnī rakṣatāṃ mā purastāt # AVś.19.16.2c; 27.15c; AVP.10.8.5c; 12.6.6c.
indrāmavadāt (?) tamo vaḥ parastāt # SMB.2.6.12a. P: indrāmavadāt GG.4.8.24; KhG.4.3.9.
indrāya tvaṣṭā dadhad indriyāṇi # VS.21.55e; 28.9d; MS.3.11.5e: 147.14; TB.2.6.7.5d; 14.4e.
indrāya tvā juṣṭaṃ gṛhṇāmi # VS.9.2 (bis),3,4; MS.1.11.4 (bis): 165.17; 166.2; śB.5.1.2.4,5,6,7. P: indrāya tvā juṣṭam śB.5.1.2.8. Cf. apsuṣadaṃ.
indrāya tvā juṣṭatamam # VS.9.2 (bis),3,4; śB.5.1.2.4,5,6,7,8.
indrāya tvābhiśarvarāya juṣṭaṃ gṛhṇāmi # Mś.2.5.3.14. See indrāya tvāpiśa-.
indrāya tvārkavate juṣṭaṃ gṛhṇāmi # Apś.21.21.16.
indrāya tvā sutrāmṇe juṣṭaṃ gṛhṇāmi # Apś.19.7.1,6. Cf. KS.37.18; TB.2.6.1.4.
indrāya vāhaḥ kṛṇavāva juṣṭam # RV.3.53.3b; N.4.16.
indrāya sutrāmṇe juṣṭaṃ gṛhṇāmi # MS.2.3.8: 36.7. Cf. Apś.19.2.9.
indrāviṣṇū nṛvad u ṣu stavānā # RV.4.55.4c.
indrāsomā yuvam asmāṃ aviṣṭam # RV.2.30.6c.
indriyaṃ me vīryaṃ mā nir vadhīḥ (Mś. vadhiṣṭa) # TS.3.1.8.3; 2.4.2; Mś.2.3.3.10.
indreṇa datto varuṇena śiṣṭaḥ (AVP.3.13.4b, -ṇena sakhyā) # AVś.2.29.4a; 3.5.4b; AVP.1.13.1a; 3.13.4b.
indreṇa yujā paṇim astabhāyat # RV.6.44.22b.
indreṇa varuṇena candreṇa sūryeṇa ca # AVP.1.4.2a. Probably not a verse, but a gloss listing four ūhas to be applied to the word parjanyaṃ in pāda b of the preceding stanza (see Zehnder's edition of kāṇḍa 2, p. 253).
indre tvaṣṭā yaśaḥ śriyam # VS.20.64c; MS.3.11.3c: 144.10; TB.2.6.12.4c.
indro mendriyeṇāvatu (AVP. mendryeṇāvatu) prāṇāyāpānāyāyuṣe varcasa ojase tejase svastaye subhūtaye svāhā # AVś.19.45.7; AVP.15.4.7.
imaṃ yama prastaram ā hi sīda (AVś. roha) # RV.10.14.4a; AVś.18.1.60a; TS.2.6.12.6a; MS.4.14.16a: 243.2; AB.3.37.10; Aś.2.19.22; 5.20.6. P: imaṃ yama śś.8.6.13; Kauś.84.2.
imaṃ yavam aṣṭāyogaiḥ # AVś.6.91.1a. P: imaṃ yavam Kauś.28.17.
imaṃ stomam abhiṣṭaye # RV.8.12.4a.
imaṃ sv asmai hṛda ā sutaṣṭam # RV.2.35.2a; KS.12.15a.
imā astaṃ navasva iva gman # RV.4.34.5d.
imā āpaḥ suprapāṇā iha sta # ArS.4.12d.
imā u vāṃ diviṣṭayaḥ # RV.7.74.1a; SV.1.304a; 2.103a; AB.5.6.7; Aś.7.12.7; śś.6.6.8; 10.6.6. P: imā u vām Aś.4.15.2.
imā dātam abhiṣṭaye # RV.8.8.17d.
imāni trīṇi viṣṭapā # RV.8.91.5a; AVP.4.26.5a; JB.1.221a.
imām indra hastacyutim # MS.2.7.12a: 92.13; Mś.6.1.5.39.
imām ūrjaṃ pañcadaśīṃ ye praviṣṭāḥ # TB.3.7.4.3a; Apś.4.1.8a.
imā me agna (MSṃś. agnā) iṣṭakā dhenavaḥ santu # VS.17.2; VSK.18.2; TS.4.4.11.3,4; 5.4.2.4; MS.2.8.14 (bis): 118.14,16; 3.3.4: 36.2; KS.17.10; 21.6; śB.9.1.2.16; Apś.17.11.2; Mś.6.2.4.2. P: imā me Kś.18.2.9. Cf. etā me etc.
imām eṣāṃ pṛthivīṃ vasta ekaḥ # AVś.10.8.36a; JUB.1.34.7a,8.
imā rudrāya tavase kapardine # RV.1.114.1a; VS.16.48a; MS.2.9.9a: 127.9; KS.17.16a; śG.5.6.2. Ps: imā rudrāya tavase Mś.11.7.1.4,7; imā rudrāya MS.4.12.1: 178.15; śś.4.20.2; Apś.15.18.5 (comm.); Mś.5.1.9.28; AG.4.8.23; MG.1.13.10; BṛhPDh.9.117; imāḥ Rvidh.1.23.7; BṛhD.3.139. Designated as gharmasaṃstavanaṃ sūktam Rvidh.1.23.6. See imāṃ rudrāya.
imā havyā jujuṣṭana # MS.4.10.5c: 154.13.
imā hi tvā mataya stomataṣṭāḥ # RV.3.43.2c.
ime mayūkhā upa sedur ū sadaḥ (AVś. upa tastabhur divam) # RV.10.130.2c; AVś.10.7.44a.
imau tamāṃsi gūhatām ajuṣṭā # RV.2.40.2b; TS.1.8.22.5b; MS.4.11.2b: 164.1; KS.8.17b.
iyam agne nārī patiṃ videṣṭa # AVś.2.36.3a; AVP.2.21.2a.
iyam apa dīkṣām ayaṣṭa # SMB.1.2.5b. See next but one, and ava dīkṣām.
iyam ambhasā vājasutastabhe gauḥ # AVP.12.9.6a.
iyam asmākam edhatv (HG. -kaṃ bhrājatv) aṣṭamī # ApMB.1.9.7d; HG.1.22.14d.
iyam indraṃ varuṇam aṣṭa me gīḥ # RV.7.84.5a; 85.5a; AB.6.15.5.
iryam anaṣṭavedasam # RV.6.54.8b.
iryo gopāḥ puṣṭapatir va ājat # AVś.3.8.4b; AVP.1.18.4b.
iṣa iṣṭavratā akaḥ # RV.3.59.9c.
iṣuṃ na vīro astā # AVś.20.127.6d. See iṣur nāvī-.
iṣur nāvīrastāram # śś.12.14.1.5d. See iṣuṃ na vīro.
iṣṭaṃ vītam abhigūrtaṃ vaṣaṭkṛtam # RV.1.162.15c; VS.25.37c; TS.4.6.9.2c; MS.3.16.1c: 183.11; KSA.6.5c. See iṣṭaṃ pūrtam abhi-.
iṣṭaṃ pūrtam abhipūrtaṃ vaṣaṭkṛtam # AVś.9.5.13c. See iṣṭaṃ vītam.
iṣṭayajuṣas te deva soma stutastomasya śastokthasya tiroahnasya yo 'śvasanir gosanir bhakṣas tasyopahūta upahūtasya bhakṣayāmi # PB.1.6.4. P: iṣṭayajuṣaḥ Lś.3.1.27. See next.
iṣṭayajuṣas te deva soma stutastomasya śastokthasya harivata indrapītasya madhumata upahūtasyopahūto bhakṣayāmi # TS.3.2.5.4. P: iṣṭayajuṣas te deva soma Apś.13.17.4. See prec.
iṣṭasya duriṣṭasya (read sviṣṭasya duriṣṭasya ?) # Mś.3.5.7a.
iṣṭāpūrtaṃ sma kṛṇutāvir asmai # AVś.6.123.2d. See next, and iṣṭāpūrte kṛṇa-.
iṣṭāpūrte kṛṇavāthāvir (VSK.śB. kṛṇavathāvir; TSṭBṃś. kṛṇutād āvir) asmai (Mś. asmāt) # VS.18.60d; VSK.20.4.3d; TS.5.7.7.2d; TB.3.7.13.4d; śB.9.5.1.47d; Mś.2.5.5.21d. See under iṣṭāpūrtaṃ sma.
iṣṭāpūrtena parame vyoman # RV.10.14.8b; AVś.18.3.58b. See sam iṣṭā-.
iṣṭā hotrā asṛkṣata # RV.8.93.23a; SV.1.151a. Designated as iṣṭāhotrīyam (sc. sāma) Svidh.2.3.8. Cf. next.
iṣṭo agnir āhutaḥ pipartu (KSṭB. svāhākṛtaḥ pipartu) na iṣṭaṃ haviḥ (TB. omits the last two words) # VS.18.57; MS.2.12.3: 147.4; KS.18.18; TB.2.4.1.9. P: iṣṭo agnir āhutaḥ pipartu naḥ śB.9.5.1.31. Treated metrically in some of the texts. Cf. samiddho agnir āhutaḥ.
iṣṇann iṣāṇa # VS.31.22. See iṣṭaṃ mani-.
iha tvaṣṭāram agriyam # RV.1.13.10a; TS.3.1.11.1a; MS.4.13.10a: 213.3; TB.3.5.12.1; Aś.1.10.5. P: iha tvaṣṭāram śś.1.15.4.
iha tvaṣṭā sujanimā sajoṣāḥ (TA. suratnaḥ) # RV.10.18.6c; TA.6.10.1c. See tān vas tvaṣṭā.
iha huve 'smā ariṣṭatātaye # AVś.8.2.6d.
ihaiva prāṇaḥ sakhye no astu # AVś.13.1.17c--19c. Cf. ihaiva staṃ prāṇā-.
ihaiva steto etc. # see ihaiva sta māpa gāta.
īśāna indra dadhiṣe gabhastau # RV.10.73.8b.
īśe viśvasya ceṣṭataḥ # AVś.11.4.23b. Cf. īśe sarvasya.
īśe viśvāyur uṣaso vyuṣṭau # RV.10.6.3b.
īśe sarvasya ceṣṭataḥ # AVś.11.4.24b. Cf. īśe viśvasya.
ukhyasya ketuṃ prathamaṃ juṣāṇau (KS. -ṇā; TS. purastāt) # VS.14.1c; TS.4.3.4.1c; MS.2.8.1c: 106.8; KS.17.1c; śB.8.2.1.4.
ugraṃ varṣate svāhā # VS.22.26. Cf. ugraṃ stanayate.
ugraṃ huvema paramāt sadhastāt # MahānU.6.6b. See agniṃ huvema, and ukthair havāmahe.
ugradhanvā pratihitābhir astā # RV.10.103.3d; AVś.19.13.4d; SV.2.1201d; VS.17.35d. See ūrdhvadhanvā.
uccā svar ṇa śuśucīta duṣṭaram # RV.2.2.10d.
uc chiṣṭaṃ camvor bhara # RV.1.28.9a; AB.7.17.1; śś.15.23.
ucchiṣṭe nāma rūpaṃ ca # AVś.11.7.1a. Designated as ucchiṣṭa, CūlikāU.11.
uj jihīdhve stanayati # AVś.8.7.21a.
uta tye naḥ parvatāsaḥ suśastayaḥ # RV.5.46.6a.
uta tye mā dhvanyasya juṣṭāḥ # RV.5.33.10a.
uta na īṃ tvaṣṭā gantv acha # RV.1.186.6a.
uta prāstaud uc ca vidvāṃ (MS. vidvaṃ) agāyat # RV.10.67.3d; AVś.20.91.3d; TS.3.4.11.3d; MS.4.12.6d: 197.3; KS.23.12d.
uta yo dyām ati sarpāt parastāt # AVś.4.16.4a.
utādṛṣṭaś ca hanyatām # AVś.5.23.7d. See utādṛṣṭaś.
utāvastād uta devaḥ parastāt # RV.10.88.14d.
uto apo dyāṃ tastabhvāṃsam # RV.2.11.5c.
uto na ebhi stavathair iha syāḥ # RV.7.1.8c.
uttabhnuvan pṛthivīṃ dyām uto pari # TA.6.8.1b (bis). Cf. ut te stabhnāmi.
uttānāyā (TS. uttānāyai) hṛdayaṃ yad vikastam (TS. viliṣṭam) # VS.11.39b; TS.4.1.4.1b; MS.2.7.4b: 78.7; KS.16.4b; śB.6.4.3.4.
ut tiṣṭha prehi pra drava # AVś.18.3.8a; TA.6.4.2a. Ps: ut tiṣṭha prehi Kauś.80.35; ut tiṣṭha Kauś.8.31. The stanzas beginning here are designated as utthāpanyaḥ (sc. ṛcaḥ) Vait.37.23; Kauś.82.31; 83.20,23; 84.13. Cf. under ud īrṣva nāry.
ut te tabhnomi # see ut te stabhnāmi.
ut te stabhnāmi (TA. tabhnomi) pṛthivīṃ tvat pari # RV.10.18.13a; AVś.18.3.52a; TA.6.7.1a. P: ut te stabhnāmi śś.4.15.8; AG.4.5.10; Kauś.86.8. Cf. uttabhnuvan.
ut parjanyasya dhāmabhiḥ (TSṭA.ApMB. śuṣmeṇa; MS. dhāmnā; KS. vṛṣṭyā; PG. dṛṣṭyā) # VSK.2.7.5b; TS.1.2.8.1c; MS.1.2.6c: 15.5; KS.2.6c; TA.4.42.5c; Aś.1.3.23c; PG.3.2.14b; ApMB.2.5.11b. See ā parjanyasya.
ut purastāt sūrya eti # RV.1.191.8a; AVś.5.23.6a. Cf. ut sūryo diva, and ud apaptad.
utsaṃ duhanti stanayantam akṣitam # RV.1.64.6d; TS.3.1.11.7d; ā.1.2.1.10d.
ut sūryo diva eti # AVś.6.52.1a. P: ut sūryaḥ Kauś.31.8. See ud apaptad, and cf. ut purastāt sūryo, and iha sūrya.
ud agnaye janiṣīṣṭa dvibarhāḥ # RV.7.8.6b.
ud apaptad asau sūryaḥ # RV.1.191.9a; AVP.5.3.1a. See ut sūryo diva, and cf. ut purastāt sūryo, and iha sūrya.
udapurā nāmāsy annena viṣṭā # MS.2.8.14: 117.7; KS.39.3. P: udapurā nāmāsi Mś.6.1.7.14. See pṛthivy udapuram.
ud abhrāṇīva stanayann iyarti # RV.6.44.12a.
ud astabhnāḥ pṛthivīṃ dyām abhīke # RV.10.55.1c.
ud astabhnā nākam ṛṣvaṃ bṛhantam # RV.7.99.2c.
ud astambhīt samidhā nākam ṛṣvaḥ # RV.3.5.10a.
ud astāmpsīt savitā mitro aryamā # TB.3.7.10.1a; Apś.14.31.3a.
ud indrāgnī svastaye # AVś.8.1.2d,16d.
ud indrāśvamiṣṭaye (JB. indro aśvamiṣṭaye) # RV.8.61.7d; SV.1.240d; 2.931d; JB.3.254d.
ud īrṣva nāry abhi jīvalokam # RV.10.18.8a; AVś.18.3.2a; TA.6.1.3a; AG.4.2.18. Ps: ud īrṣva nāri śś.16.13.13; Vait.38.3; ud īrṣva Kauś.80.45; Rvidh.3.8.4. Cf. BṛhD.7.13. This and the two stanzas following are designated as utthāpinyaḥ (sc. ṛcaḥ) śś.16.13.13. Cf. under ut tiṣṭha prehi.
ud divaṃ (KS. dyāṃ) stabhāna # VS.5.27; TS.1.3.1.2; 6.1; 6.2.10.4; 3.4.3; KS.2.12; JB.1.72; śB.3.6.1.15; PB.6.4.2; Apś.7.10.7; 11.9.13. P: ud divam Kś.8.5.34. See divam agreṇo-.
ud dyāṃ stabhāna # see ud divaṃ etc.
ud dyām astabhnā ojasā # RV.10.153.3c; AVś.20.93.6c.
ud dyām astabhnād vṛṣabho marutvān # RV.6.47.5d.
udneva kośaṃ vasunā nyṛṣṭam # RV.4.20.6d.
ud yat sahaḥ sahasa ājaniṣṭa # RV.5.31.3a. P: ud yat sahaḥ śś.9.14.3.
ud yad bradhnasya viṣṭapam # RV.8.69.7a; AVś.20.92.4a; AB.4.4.7; KB.17.3; Aś.6.2.12. P: ud yad bradhnasya śś.9.6.18.
udyan purastād bhiṣag astu candramāḥ # Kauś.42.17c.
ud vāvṛṣasva maghavan gaviṣṭaye # RV.8.61.7c; SV.1.240c; 2.931c; JB.3.254c.
unnīyamānāḥ kavibhiḥ purastāt # RV.3.8.9c.
upa jyeṣṭhe varūthe gabhastau # RV.2.18.8c.
upa tvāgne dive-dive # RV.1.1.7a; SV.1.14a; VS.3.22a; TS.1.5.6.2a; MS.1.5.3a: 69.3; 1.5.10: 78.9; KS.7.1a,8; 22.10; AB.1.30.10; KB.9.5; śB.2.3.4.28a; Apś.6.17.7; 17.24.1; Mś.1.6.2.9; 6.2.6.26. Ps: upa tvāgne dive-dive doṣāvastaḥ Aś.4.10.3; upa tvāgne śś.2.12.2; 5.14.11; upa tvā Kś.4.12.7.
upa dyām ṛṣvo bṛhad indra stabhāyaḥ # RV.6.17.7b.
upabhṛd asy anādhṛṣṭā sapatnasāhī # Mś.1.2.5.5. Cf. Apś.2.4.2.
upa yo namo namasi stabhāyan # RV.4.21.5a.
upasṛṣṭāṃ (Apśṃś. upasṛṣṭāṃ me) pra brūtāt # śB.1.7.1.10; Kś.4.2.18; Apś.1.12.10; Mś.1.1.3.16.
upa stṛṇīhi prathaya purastāt # AVś.12.3.37a. P: upa stṛṇīhi Kauś.61.45.
upa syāma puruvīrā ariṣṭāḥ # RV.2.27.7d.
upahūtā agne (AVP. upahūtāgne) jarasaḥ parastāt # AVś.6.122.4c; AVP.2.60.1c.
upahūtāgne jarasaḥ parastāt # see upahūtā agne.
upāvasrakṣad dhiyo joṣṭāram # MS.4.13.2: 201.6; KS.15.13; TB.3.6.2.2.
upāstarīr akaro lokam etam # AVś.12.3.38a. P: upāstarīḥ Kauś.61.46.
upem asthur joṣṭāra iva vasvaḥ # RV.4.41.9c.
ubhayebhyaḥ pra cikitsā gaviṣṭau (VSK. ga"iṣṭau) # RV.1.91.23d; VS.34.23d; VSK.33.16d.
ubhā devāv abhiṣṭaye # RV.5.38.3c.
ubhā śaṃsā naryā mām aviṣṭām # RV.1.185.9a.
ubhā hi hastā vasunā pṛṇasva # VS.5.19c; TS.1.7.13.4c; śB.3.5.3.22c. See hastau pṛṇasva.
ubhau hastau pratidīvnaḥ # AVP.1.49.3a.
uru kramiṣṭa jīvase # RV.8.63.9b.
uru ṇaḥ śarma yachatā svastaye # RV.10.63.12d.
urur adhvā svastaye # RV.8.31.11c.
urūṇasāv (TA. uru-) asutṛpā (AVśṭA. -pāv) udumbalau (TA. ulumbalau) # RV.10.14.12a; AVś.18.2.13a; AVP.10.9.10a; TA.6.3.2a; Aś.6.10.20.
urvaś ca mā camasaś ca mā hāsiṣṭām # AVś.16.3.3.
urvīr astaryāḥ śaradas tarema # AVP.2.23.5d.
ūrjaṃ puṣṭaṃ vasv āveśayantī # AVś.7.79.3b. See viśvaṃ puṣṭaṃ vasv, and viśvā rūpāṇi vasūny.
ūrjaṃ puṣṭaṃ bibhratīm annabhāgam # AVś.12.1.29c.
ūrjayantyā apariviṣṭam āsyam # RV.2.13.8c.
ūrjāṃ piṣṭāt ta ā dade # AVP.6.15.5d.
ūrjo napād abhiṣṭaye # RV.5.17.5c.
ūrjo vai nāmaitā āpo yad gāvas tāsāṃ tvaṣṭādhipatiḥ # AVP.11.16.5.
ūrdhvaṃ sviṣṭakṛtā saha # Kauś.6.34b.
ūrdhvagrāvāṇo adhvaram ataṣṭa # RV.3.54.12d.
ūrdhvadhanvā pratihitābhir astā (AVP. astāt) # AVP.7.4.4d; TS.4.6.4.1d; MS.2.10.4d: 135.14; KS.18.5d. See ugradhanvā.
ūrdhvam imam adhvaraṃ (VSK. ūrdhvo adhvaraṃ) divi (TSṭA. adhvaraṃ kṛdhi divi) deveṣu hotrā yacha # VS.6.25; VSK.6.7.1; TS.1.3.13.1; MS.1.3.1: 29.5; 4.9.6: 126.7; KS.3.9; śB.3.9.3.5; TA.4.7.3; KA.2.110--111. Cf. ūrdhvo adhvaraṃ divi deveṣu dhehi.
ūrdhvaṃ bhānuṃ sūryasya stabhāyan # RV.10.3.2c; SV.2.897c.
ūrdhvāḥ śukrā āhutyāḥ purastāt # AVś.12.1.13d.
ūrdhvo nākasyādhi roha viṣṭapam # AVś.11.1.7c.
ūrdhvo nu sṛṣṭā3s tiryaṅ nu sṛṣṭā3ḥ # AVś.10.2.28a.
ṛcaḥ prāñca ātānā yajūṃṣi tiryañcaḥ sāmāny āstaraṇaṃ śrīr upabarhaṇaṃ vākovākyam atīrokā vāravantīyaṃ saṃdhayor ājanam ātmā pratiṣṭhā yajñāyajñīyam # Lś.3.12.7.
ṛju yakṣataḥ sam ṛcā vapuṣṭarā # RV.2.3.7b.
ṛtam eṣāṃ praśāstāsīt # TB.3.12.9.4c.
ṛtasya tvā devahaviḥ pāśena pratimuñcāmi (KS. pratimuñcāmy amuṣmai juṣṭam; TS.Apś. pāśenārabhe) # VS.6.8; TS.1.3.8.1; MS.1.2.15: 24.11; KS.3.5; 26.8; śB.3.7.4.1; Apś.7.13.8. Ps: ṛtasya tvā devahaviḥ pāśena Mś.1.8.3.5; ṛtasya tvā Kś.6.3.27. See devasya tvā savituḥ ... hastābhyām ṛtasya.
ṛtasya sānāv adhi viṣṭapi bhrāṭ # RV.10.123.2c.
ṛtūnāṃ tvā hastābhyām ā rabhe # AVP.9.21.6.
ṛtena taṣṭā manasā hitaiṣā # AVś.11.1.23a.
ṛdhak soma svastaye # RV.9.64.30a; SV.2.6a.
ṛdhag ayā (TSṃS.KS. ayāḍ) ṛdhag utāśamiṣṭhāḥ (MS.KS. -śamiṣṭa) # VS.8.20c; TS.1.4.44.2c; MS.1.3.38c: 44.15; KS.4.12c; śB.4.4.4.12c; N.4.25. See under dhruvam ayā.
ṛbhuto rayiḥ prathamaśravastamaḥ # RV.4.36.5a.
ṛbhur anibhṛṣṭataviṣiḥ # RV.5.7.7d.
ṛṣabheṇa tvaṣṭā # TS.4.4.8.1. See vṛṣabheṇa etc.
ṛṣabho reṇur aṣṭakaḥ # AB.7.17.7b; śś.15.26b.
ṛṣir na stubhvā vikṣu praśastaḥ # RV.1.66.4a.
ṛṣīṇāṃ prastaro 'si # AVś.16.2.6a; Vait.2.9; Kauś.2.18; 137.33.
ṛṣṭayo vo maruto aṃsayor adhi # RV.5.57.6a; MS.4.11.4a: 171.7; 4.14.18: 247.12. P: ṛṣṭayo vo marutaḥ Mś.5.1.7.9.
ekaḥ purastāt ya idaṃ babhūva # NṛpU.2.4a.
ekaṃ sviṣṭakṛtaṃ kuryāt # MG.2.18c (end). See ekasvi-.
ekacakraṃ vartata ekanemi # AVś.10.8.7a. See aṣṭācakraṃ etc.
ekapadī dvipadī tripadī catuṣpadī pañcapadī ṣaṭpadī saptapady aṣṭāpadī bhuvanānu prathatāṃ svāhā # TS.3.3.10.2. P: ekapadī dvipadī Apś.9.19.10. See ekapadīṃ, ekapādaṃ, and aṣṭāpadīṃ.
ekarṣes tvā hastābhyām ā rabhe # AVP.9.21.1.
ekas tvaṣṭur aśvasyā viśastā # RV.1.162.19a; VS.25.42a; TS.4.6.9.3a; KSA.6.5a; Mś.9.2.4.20a.
ekasya śruṣṭau yad dha codam āvitha # RV.2.13.9b.
ekāṣṭakā tapasā tapyamānā # AVś.3.10.12a; AVP.1.106.4a; TS.4.3.11.3a; KS.39.10a; SMB.2.3.21a; GG.4.4.33; PG.3.3.5a; ApMB.2.20.35a (ApG.8.22.5); HG.2.14.5; 15.9a. P: ekāṣṭakā KhG.3.5.40.
eko devo bahudhā niviṣṭaḥ # TA.3.14.1b.
eko ha devo manasi praviṣṭaḥ # AVś.10.8.28c; JUB.3.10.12c.
eta āstādhyaḥ pra hiṇomi brahmaṇā # AVP.3.37.3d,4d. Perhaps to be read etās ta ādhyaḥ etc., q.v.
etā u tyāḥ praty adṛśran purastāt # RV.7.78.3a. Cf. eta u tye etc.
etā me agna iṣṭakā dhenavaḥ santv amutrāmuṣmiṃ loke # VS.17.2; śB.9.1.2.17. Cf. imā me agna.
ete mṛṣṭā amartyāḥ # RV.9.22.4a.
ete 'ṣṭau vasavaḥ kṣitāḥ # TA.1.9.1f.
eto nv indraṃ stavāma (śuddham) # RV.8.95.7a; SV.1.350a; 2.752a; JB.3.228a. P: eto nv indraṃ stavāma śuddham Svidh.1.5.13. Designated as śuddhavatyaḥ (sc. ṛcaḥ) VāDh.23.39; 26.5; 28.11; ViDh.56.5; BDh.4.3.8; MDh.11.250; LAtDh.3.11; VAtDh.3.11; BṛhPDh.5.250; Rvidh.1.3.5.
eto nv indraṃ stavāma (sakhāyaḥ) # RV.8.24.19a; AVś.20.65.1a; SV.1.387a; śś.12.25.7; Vait.42.4. P: eto nv indraṃ stavāma sakhāyaḥ Aś.7.8.2.
eto nv indraṃ stavāme (-śānam) # RV.8.81.4a. P: eto nv indraṃ stavāmeśānam Aś.6.4.10.
edaṃ barhiḥ suṣṭarīmā navena # TB.2.4.8.5a.
evā hi vīra stavate sadāvṛdhaḥ # RV.8.24.16c; AVś.20.64.4c; SV.1.385c; 2.1034c.
eved indraḥ sute astāvi some # RV.6.23.10a.
evemau daṃpatī stām # AVP.6.23.12c.
eveyaṃ juṣṭā bhagasyāstu # AVP.2.21.4c. See evā bhagasya juṣṭeyam.
eṣā tvā pātu nirṛter upasthāt (TA. nirṛtyā upasthe; AVś. prapathe purastāt) # RV.10.18.10d; AVś.18.3.49d; TA.6.7.1d.
eṣā me 'ṣṭakā # AG.2.4.10; śG.3.14.5; GG.4.1.21.
eṣā yāsīṣṭa (KS. eṣāyāsīṣṭa) tanve vayām # RV.1.165.15c; 166.15c; 167.11c; 168.10c; VS.34.48c; MS.4.11.3c: 170.8; KS.9.18c.
eṣā vai virāḍ aṣṭāpadī yad dyauś ca pṛthivī cāpaś cauṣadhayaś ca vāyuś cāntarikṣaṃ ca sūryaś ca candramāś ca # AVP.9.21.8.
eṣṭā rāya (MSṃś. rāyā) eṣṭā vāmāni preṣe bhagāya # MS.1.2.7: 17.1; 3.8.2: 94.2; KS.2.8; AB.1.26.5; GB.2.2.4; Aś.4.5.7; Vait.13.24; Lś.5.6.9. P: eṣṭā rāyā eṣṭā vāmāni Mś.2.2.1.13. See next.
eṣṭā rāyaḥ preṣe bhagāya # VS.5.7; TS.1.2.11.1; 6.2.2.6; KS.24.9; śB.3.4.3.21; śś.5.8.5; Apś.11.1.12. P: eṣṭā rāyaḥ Kś.8.2.9. See prec.
ainaṃ pyāyayati (AVP. pyāyeta) pavamānaḥ purastāt # AVś.4.11.4b; AVP.3.25.2b.
okhāṃ dadhātu (MS. dadātu) hastayoḥ # VS.11.56d; TS.4.1.5.3d; MS.2.7.5d: 80.10; KS.16.5d; śB.6.5.1.10.
ojiṣṭham ugrā ni vadhiṣṭaṃ vajram # RV.4.41.4b.
ojo 'bhyaṣṭaud grāvṇaḥ # TB.3.12.9.5c.
ottarād adharād (TB. adharāg) ā purastāt # RV.6.19.9b; MS.4.11.4b: 170.11; KS.9.19b; TB.2.5.8.1b; 8.5.8b.
omanvatī te 'smin yajñe yajamāna dyāvāpṛthivī stām # TS.2.6.9.5; MS.4.13.9: 211.14; TB.3.5.10.1; śB.1.9.1.4; Aś.1.9.1; śś.1.14.3.
oṃ bhuvaḥ śaṃ puṣṭyai tvā gṛhṇe puṣṭaye # Kauś.3.12.
orv antarikṣam # śś.8.22.1. Cf. āsmāt sadhastād.
oṣadhīr hasta ādadhe # RV.10.97.11b; AVP.11.6.7b; VS.12.85b; TS.4.2.6.2b; MS.2.7.13b: 93.17; KS.16.13b.
oṣadhīṣu vanaspatiṣu (KS. -dhīṣv apsu) praviṣṭāḥ # MS.1.6.2b (bis): 88.1; 89.6; KS.7.14b.
ka īṃ stavat kaḥ pṛṇāt ko yajāte # RV.6.47.15a.
ka īṃ dadarśa kam abhi ṣṭavāma # RV.8.100.3d.
kakṣīvantaṃ ya auśijaḥ (TSṭA. auśijam) # RV.1.18.1c; SV.1.139c; VS.3.28c; TS.1.5.6.4c; MS.1.5.4c: 70.14; KS.7.2c; śB.2.3.4.35c; TA.10.1.11; N.6.10c.
kac cin nyastam ārtvijyam # Apś.10.1.3.
kat tasya dātu śavaso vyuṣṭau # RV.10.99.1c.
kathā kad asyā uṣaso vyuṣṭau # RV.4.23.5a.
kathā nūnaṃ vāṃ vimanā upa stavat # RV.8.86.2a.
kadā cana starīr asi # RV.8.51 (Vāl.3).7a; SV.1.300a; VS.3.34a; 8.2a; 33.27; TS.1.4.22.1a; 5.6.4a; 8.4; MS.1.3.26a: 39.1; 1.5.4: 71.2; 1.5.11: 79.16; KS.4.10a; 7.2,9 (bis); śB.2.3.4.38; 4.3.5.10a; Aś.7.4.4; śś.2.12.7; Apś.6.18.1; 13.9.5; 19.23.2; Mś.2.5.1.2; Svidh.2.4.7. P: kadā cana Kś.10.4.4.
kad ū mahīr adhṛṣṭā asya taviṣīḥ # RV.8.66.10a.
kam ṛtvijām aṣṭamaṃ śūram āhuḥ # RV.10.114.9c.
karmaṇā suhastāḥ # śś.8.20.1.
karmaṇe hastau visṛṣṭau # KS.34.15.
kaviṃ kavīnām upamaśravastamam (VaradapU. atimedhavigraham) # RV.2.23.1b; TS.2.3.14.3b; KS.10.13b; VaradapU.1.5b; VārG.5.22b.
kavir nṛcakṣā abhi ṣīm acaṣṭa # RV.3.54.6a.
kāṅkṣata nābhikṛntanena stanapratidhānena ca # GG.2.7.17.
kim aśastāni śaṃsasi # AVś.6.45.1b.
kim iṣṭāśva iṣṭaraśmir ete # RV.1.122.13c.
kutas tvaṣṭā sam abhavat # AVś.11.8.8c.
kurvato me mā kṣeṣṭa (GB.Vait. kṣeṣṭhāḥ) # MS.1.4.12: 62.6; GB.2.1.7; Vait.3.20. See next.
kuvit su no gaviṣṭaye (MS.KS. ga"iṣṭaye) # RV.8.75.11a; SV.2.999a; TS.2.6.11.3a; MS.4.11.6a: 175.16; KS.7.17a; AB.7.7.1; Aś.3.13.12; Apś.19.25.12. P: kuvit su naḥ śś.3.5.4.
kuṣṭhayā te krīṇāni # Apś.10.25.6. See kuṣṭayā.
kūṭas tṛpāt sacate tām aśastam # GB.1.5.25c.
kṛṇutaṃ naḥ sviṣṭim (MS.KS. sviṣṭam) # VS.27.18c; TS.4.1.8.2c; MS.2.12.6c: 150.13; KS.18.17c. See kṛṇutā naḥ, and gṛṇatā naḥ.
kṛṇomi tubhyaṃ sahapatnyai vadhu # AVś.14.1.58d. See under ariṣṭāṃ tvā.
kṛṇoṣi taṃ martyeṣu praśastam # RV.7.90.2c; MS.4.14.2c: 216.8.
kṛṇvan saṃcṛtaṃ vicṛtam abhiṣṭaye # RV.9.84.2c.
kṛta enaṃ manuṣyeṣv amṛṣṭa # AVP.1.70.3b. See tṛta enaṃ, and trita etan.
kṛtaṃ rāye svastaye # RV.5.64.6d.
kṛtam iṣṭaṃ brahmaṇo vīryeṇa # AVś.19.72.1c.
kṛtaṃ brahmāṇi sūriṣu paśastā # RV.7.84.3b.
kṛtaṃ me hasta āhitam # AVP.1.49.4c.
kṛśānur astā manasā bhuraṇyan # RV.4.27.3d.
kṛṣṭapacyāś (TS.KS. -pacyaṃ) ca me 'kṛṣṭapacyāś (TS.KS. -pacyaṃ) ca me # VS.18.14; TS.4.7.5.1; MS.2.11.5: 142.8; KS.18.10.
kṛṣṇagrīva āgneyo rarāṭe (MS. lalāṭe) purastāt # VS.24.1; MS.3.13.2: 168.10. See āgneyau kṛṣṇagrīvau, and cf. āgneyaḥ, and kṛṣṇagrīvā.
ketā ca mā suketā ca purastād gopāyetām # PG.3.4.14.
keṣu viṣṇus triṣu padeṣv asthaḥ (śś. padeṣv iṣṭaḥ; Vait. padeṣu jiṣṇuḥ) # Aś.10.9.2c; śś.16.6.1c; Vait.37.1c. See yeṣu viṣṇus.
kośaṃ na pūrṇaṃ vasunā nyṛṣṭam # RV.10.42.2c; AVś.20.89.2c. Cf. kośa iva.
kaumāro loko ajaniṣṭa putraḥ # AVś.12.3.47c.
kratvā devānām ajaniṣṭa cakṣuḥ # RV.7.76.1c.
kravyāt piśāca iha mā pra pāsta # AVś.12.3.43b.
krāṇā rudrā maruto viśvakṛṣṭayaḥ # RV.10.92.6a.
krūram etat kaṭukam etat # ApMB.1.17.9a (ApG.3.9.11). See tṛṣṭam etat.
kroḍau te stāṃ puroḍāśau # AVś.10.9.25a.
kva teṣu rudra hastaḥ # AVP.15.20.5a. Cf. RV.2.33.7ab.
kṣatrabhṛd agnir anibhṛṣṭatejāḥ # KS.18.16a.
kṣatraṃ punar iṣṭaṃ pūrtaṃ svāhā # AB.7.21.3.
kṣapāṃ vastā janitā sūryasya # RV.3.49.4c.
kṣayadvīrāya namasā didiṣṭana # RV.10.92.9b.
kṣudhā kila tvā duṣṭano # AVś.4.7.3c; AVP.2.1.2c.
kṣullakāḥ śipiviṣṭakāḥ # TB.3.10.1.4.
khaṃ vepasā tuvijāta stavānaḥ # RV.4.11.2b.
khele hai lambanastani # AVP.6.8.4a.
gagaṇaṃ naṣṭacandrārkam # RVKh.1.191.4a; Suparṇ.4.2a.
gaṇaṃ devānām ṛbhavaḥ suhastāḥ # RV.4.35.3d.
gaṇānnaṃ gaṇikānnaṃ kuṣṭānnaṃ patitānnaṃ bhuktvā vṛṣalībhojanam # MahānU.19.1. Quasi metrical.
gambhīra ṛṣvo asamaṣṭakāvyaḥ # RV.2.21.4b.
garbhaṃ dhattaṃ svastaye # TB.2.4.5.7c. See garbhān etc.
garbhān dhattaṃ svastaye # śś.3.18.14c. See garbhaṃ etc.
gāṃ copasṛṣṭāṃ vihāraṃ cāntareṇa mā saṃcāriṣṭa # Apś.1.12.12. See vihāraṃ.
gītyā stomena saha prastāvena ca # GB.1.5.24d.
gīrbhir girvāha stavamāna ā gahi # RV.1.139.6f.
guhā praviṣṭāṃ sarirasya madhye # TB.1.2.1.3b; Apś.5.1.7b.
gṛṇatā naḥ sviṣṭaye # AVś.5.27.9c. See under kṛṇutaṃ naḥ.
gṛṇanti deva kṛṣṭayaḥ # RV.8.75.10b; SV.1.11b; 2.998b; TS.2.6.11.2b; MS.4.11.6b: 175.12; KS.7.17b.
gṛbhāyata rakṣasaḥ saṃ pinaṣṭana # RV.7.104.18b; AVś.8.4.18b.
gṛbhṇāmi te saubhagatvāya (ApMB. suprajāstvāya) hastam # RV.10.85.36a; AG.1.7.3; śG.1.13.2; SMB.1.2.16a; PG.1.6.3a; ApMB.1.3.3a (ApG.2.4.15); MG.1.10.15c. P: gṛbhṇāmi te GG.2.2.16; KhG.1.3.31. Cf. BṛhD.7.135 (B). See gṛhṇāmi etc.
gṛbhṇāmi medhyām uśatīṃ svastaye # AVP.14.5.2a.
gṛhebhyaḥ svastaye # Kauś.46.54b. See ā gṛhebhyaḥ svastaye.
gṛhṇāmi te saubhagatvāya (HG. suprajāstvāya) hastam # AVś.14.1.50a; HG.1.20.1a; JG.1.21a; VārG.14.13a. See gṛbhṇāmi etc.
gṛhṇāmi hastam anu maitv atra # AVś.12.3.17c. P: gṛhṇāmi hastam Kauś.61.14.
gopā naḥ stha rakṣitāraḥ # KS.37.15. See gopā me stam, and goptryo.
gopā me stam (AVP. sthaḥ) # AVś.5.9.8; AVP.6.12.1. See under gopā naḥ stha.
gopāya naḥ svastaye (KS. no aprayuchan) # TS.1.2.3.1c; MS.1.2.3c: 12.4; KS.2.4c.
gobhir aśvebhir vasubhir nyṛṣṭaḥ # RV.10.108.7b.
gobhir juṣṭam ayujo niṣiktam # TA.10.2.1a.
gomad agne aśvavad bhūri puṣṭam # AVP.1.96.3c; KS.40.5c; Apś.16.34.4c. Cf. next but one.
gomad aśvavan mayy astu puṣṭam # AVś.18.3.61d. Cf. prec. but one.
gnāvo neṣṭaḥ piba ṛtunā # RV.1.15.3b; VS.26.21b.
gnā hutāso vasavo 'dhṛṣṭāḥ # RV.6.50.15c.
grāvagrābha uta śaṃstā suvipraḥ # RV.1.162.5b; VS.25.28b; TS.4.6.8.2b; MS.3.16.1b: 182.6; KSA.6.4b.
gharmaḥ paścād uta gharmaḥ purastāt # Vait.14.1a.
gharma yā te divi śug yā divi yā bṛhati yā stanayitnau yā jāgate chandasīyaṃ te tām avayaje # MS.4.9.10: 130.10. P: gharma yā te divi śuk Mś.4.4.8. See under prec.
ghuṇān hantv āyatī # AVP.4.16.3a. See adṛṣṭān hanty.
ghṛtaścutaṃ svāram asvārṣṭām # RV.2.11.7b.
ghṛtasya jūtiḥ samānā sadeva (AVP. jūtiḥ samanā sadevāḥ) # AVś.19.58.1a; AVP.1.110.1a. Designated as paippalāda-mantrāḥ at the close of Atharva-pariśiṣṭa 8; cf. Hatfield, JAOS. xiv, p. clix.
cakṛma yac ca duṣkṛtam (KSṭA. -ma yāni duṣkṛtā) # AVś.12.2.40b; KS.9.6e; TA.2.3.1f. Cf. enāṃsi cakṛmā.
cakṣuḥ śrotraṃ prāṇaḥ satyasaṃmitaṃ vākprabhūtaṃ manaso vibhūtaṃ hṛdayograṃ brāhmaṇabhartṛkam annaśubhe varṣapavitraṃ gobhagaṃ pṛthivyuparaṃ varuṇavāyvitamaṃ tapastanv indrajyeṣṭhaṃ sahasradhāram ayutākṣaram amṛtaṃ duhānam # ā.5.3.2.1.
cakṣuṣā me cakṣur dīkṣatāṃ sūryāya samaṣṭavā u # JB.2.65; Apś.10.10.6. See next, and cakṣur me cakṣuṣā.
catasraś ca me 'ṣṭau ca me # VS.18.25; TS.4.7.11.2; KS.18.12; śB.9.3.3.6. See next.
catasraś cāṣṭau ca # MS.3.4.2 (ter): 46.6,8,14; KS.21.11 (ter). See prec.
catasraś cāṣṭau cāṣṭācatvāriṃśataḥ # MS.2.11.6: 143.14; Mś.6.2.5.26. See aṣṭau ca me 'ṣṭā-.
catasro nāvo jaṭhalasya juṣṭāḥ # RV.1.182.6c.
caturakṣau pathirakṣī (AVś. pathiṣadī) nṛcakṣasau (AVśṭA. nṛcakṣasā) # RV.10.14.11b; AVś.18.2.12b; TA.6.3.1b.
caturdhā hy etasyāḥ pañca-pañcākṣarāṇi; ... etasyāḥ ṣaḍ-ṣaḍ akṣarāṇi; ... etasyāḥ sapta-saptākṣarāṇi; ... etasyā aṣṭā-aṣṭā akṣarāṇi; ... etasyā nava-navākṣarāṇi; ... etasyā daśa-daśākṣarāṇi; ... etasyā ekādaśaikādaśākṣarāṇi; ... etasyā dvādaśa-dvādaśākṣarāṇi # MS.1.11.10: 172.12--19; KS.14.4 (with tasyāḥ etc., for etasyāḥ etc. of MS., and only as far as ... tasyā nava-navākṣarāṇi).
catur namo aṣṭakṛtvo bhavāya # AVś.11.2.9a.
caturviṃśatiś ca me 'ṣṭāviṃśatiś ca me # VS.18.25.
catuścatvāriṃśac ca me 'ṣṭācatvāriṃśac ca me (VS. me yajñena kalpantām) # VS.18.25; TS.4.7.11.2.
catvāri sahasrā triṃśaṃ cāyutāni # JB.2.72a. See aṣṭau śatāny ayutāni.
cayata īm aryamo apraśastān # RV.1.167.8b.
carkṛtyaṃ marutaḥ pṛtsu duṣṭaram # RV.1.64.14a.
cittaṃ viveda manasi praviṣṭam # AVP.4.11.6d.
citraḥ praketo ajaniṣṭa vibhvā # RV.1.113.1b; SV.2.1099b; N.2.19b.
citraṃ nakṣatram ud agāt purastāt # TB.3.1.2.1a.
citrā abhīke abhavann abhiṣṭayaḥ # RV.1.119.8d.
chandāṃsy āstaraṇam # JB.2.406. Cf. Lś.3.12.7.
jagatā sindhuṃ divy astabhāyat (AVś. askabhāyat) # RV.1.164.25a; AVś.9.10.3a.
jagṛhmā (RV. jagṛbhmā; TB. jagṛbhṇā) te dakṣiṇam indra hastam # RV.10.47.1a; SV.1.317a; MS.4.14.5a: 221.12; 4.14.8: 227.6; TB.2.8.2.5a. P: jagṛhmā te Svidh.2.7.3.
janasya gopā ajaniṣṭa jāgṛviḥ # RV.5.11.1a; SV.2.257a; VS.15.27a; TS.4.4.4.2a; MS.2.13.7a: 156.2; KS.39.14a; JB.3.62 (in fragments); KB.21.2; PB.12.8.1. P: janasya gopāḥ Aś.4.13.7; 7.7.4; śś.6.4.11; 11.7.12; Apś.17.10.6; Mś.1.5.1.24; 6.2.2.21.
janiṣvā (MS. janiṣva) hi jenyo agre ahnām # TS.4.1.3.4a; 5.1.4.5; MS.2.7.3a: 77.17. P: janiṣvā hi jenyaḥ Apś.16.3.7. See janiṣṭa hi.
jarā tvā bhadrā neṣṭa # AVś.3.11.7c. See prec.
jahi jyeṣṭham adṛṣṭānām # AVP.5.3.5a.
jāmyā hastaṃ kṛtam ārebhiṣe # AVP.5.36.8c.
jāyed astaṃ maghavan sed u yoniḥ # RV.3.53.4a. P: jāyed astam śś.10.1.11.
jigīvān astam āyasi # AVP.1.72.2d.
jigīṣase paśur ivāvasṛṣṭaḥ # RV.10.4.3d.
jinvan gaviṣṭaye dhiyaḥ # SV.2.362d; JB.3.119,226. See jinvā etc.
jinvā gaviṣṭaye dhiyaḥ # RV.9.108.10d. See jinvan etc.
jīrādhvaraṃ kṛṇutaṃ sumnam iṣṭaye # RV.10.36.6b.
jīvann eva prati hastānṛṇāni # MS.4.14.17d: 245.10. See prec. two.
juṣasva saprathastamam # RV.1.75.1a; MS.3.10.1a: 130.6; 4.13.5: 204.7; KS.16.21a; AB.2.12.3a; KB.28.2; TB.3.6.7.1a; Aś.3.4.1; śś.5.18.1; 6.4.1; 10.12.15; 14.56.12; 15.1.25; Mś.5.2.8.26.
juṣāṇo aṅgirastama # RV.8.44.8a.
juṣāṇo ma āhutiṃ māmahiṣṭa (text and comm. mā mahiṣṭa) # TB.2.4.7.11c.
juṣetāṃ yajñam iṣṭaye # RV.5.72.3b. Cf. juṣethāṃ etc.
juṣethāṃ yajñam iṣṭaye # RV.5.78.3b; 8.38.4a. P: juṣethāṃ yajñam śś.12.2.21. Cf. juṣetāṃ etc.
juṣṭaṃ devānām idam astu havyam # TS.3.1.4.1d; 3.9.1d; 4.1.9.2c. See juṣṭaṃ devebhya.
juṣṭaṃ devebhya idam astu havyam # VS.11.69c; MS.2.7.7c: 82.17; śB.6.6.2.6; Mś.1.8.3.1d; KS.16.7c. See juṣṭaṃ devānām etc.
juṣṭaṃ devebhyo havyaṃ ghṛtāvat (TS. ghṛtavat svāhā) # TS.1.3.10.1; MS.1.2.17: 27.2. P: juṣṭaṃ devebhyaḥ Mś.1.8.5.13.
juṣṭā bhavantu juṣṭayaḥ # RV.1.10.12d; VS.5.29d; TS.1.3.1.2d; MS.1.2.11d: 21.5; KS.2.12d; śB.3.6.1.24d; ApMB.1.2.6d.
juhūr asy anādhṛṣṭā sapatnasāhī # Mś.1.2.5.4. Cf. Apś.2.4.2.
jūr asi dhṛtā manasā juṣṭā viṣṇave # VS.4.17; TS.1.2.4.1; 6.1.7.2; MS.1.2.4: 13.1; 3.7.5: 81.8; KS.2.5; 24.3; śB.3.2.4.11. P: jūr asi Kś.7.6.9; Apś.10.22.7; Mś.2.1.3.33.
jūrṇāyām adhi viṣṭapi # RV.1.46.3b; SV.2.1080b.
jyāyasvantaś cittino mā vi yauṣṭa # AVś.3.30.5a; AVP.5.19.5a.
jyeṣṭhaṃ maryādam ahvayan svastaye (AVP. svasti) # AVś.5.1.8b; AVP.6.2.7d.
jyeṣṭhā sunakṣatram ariṣṭaṃ mūlam # AVś.19.7.3d.
jyok pitṛṣv āsātai (AVP.1.15.1d, āsāsai; AVś.1.14.1d, āstām) # AVś.1.14.1d,3c; AVP.1.15.1d,3c.
jyotir ayaṃsta sūryaḥ # RV.8.25.19b.
jyotir vasānā samanā purastāt # RV.1.124.3b.
ta ā vahanti kavayaḥ purastāt # TS.1.1.2.1c; TB.3.2.2.3. See tayāvahante.
taṃ vā ahaṃ nārvāñcaṃ na parāñcaṃ na pratyañcaṃ satyenodareṇa tenainaṃ prāśiṣaṃ tayainam ajīgamam # AVś.11.3.42; ... pratyañcaṃ satye pratiṣṭhāya tayainaṃ etc. AVś.11.3.49; ... pratyañcaṃ saptaṛṣibhiḥ prāṇāpānais tair enaṃ etc. AVś.11.3.38; ... pratyañcaṃ samudreṇa vastinā tenainaṃ etc. AVś.11.3.43; ... pratyañcaṃ savituḥ prapadābhyāṃ tābhyām enaṃ etc. AVś.11.3.47; ... pratyañcaṃ sūryācandramasābhyām akṣībhyāṃ tābhyām enaṃ etc. AVś.11.3.34; ... pratyañcaṃ tvaṣṭur aṣṭhīvadbhyāṃ tābhyām enaṃ etc. AVś.11.3.45; ... pratyañcaṃ divā pṛṣṭhena tenainaṃ etc. AVś.11.3.40; ... pratyañcaṃ dyāvāpṛthivībhyāṃ śrotrābhyāṃ tābhyām enaṃ etc. AVś.11.3.33; ... pratyañcam agner jihvayā tayainaṃ etc. AVś.11.3.36; ... pratyañcam antarikṣeṇa vyacasā tenainaṃ etc. AVś.11.3.39; ... pratyañcam aśvinoḥ pādābhyāṃ tābhyām enaṃ etc. AVś.11.3.46; ... pratyañcam ṛtasya hastābhyāṃ tābhyām enaṃ etc. AVś.11.3.48; ... pratyañcam ṛtubhir dantais tair enaṃ etc. AVś.11.3.37; ... pratyañcaṃ pṛthivyorasā tenainaṃ etc. AVś.11.3.41; ... pratyañcaṃ bṛhaspatinā śīrṣṇā tenainaṃ etc. AVś.11.3.32; ... pratyañcaṃ brahmaṇā mukhena tenainaṃ etc. AVś.11.3.35; ... pratyañcaṃ mitrāvaruṇayor ūrubhyāṃ tābhyām enaṃ etc. AVś.11.3.44.
taṃ viśvakarman pra muñcā svastaye # AVś.2.35.3d; TS.3.2.8.2d; MS.2.3.8d: 36.19. Cf. tato viśvakarman.
takṣad vajraṃ niyutaṃ tastambhad dyām # RV.1.121.3c.
takṣā riṣṭaṃ rutaṃ bhiṣak # RV.9.112.1c.
taṃ gīrbhir girvaṇastama # RV.8.68.10b.
tata ehy ariṣṭatātaye # AVP.1.31.3d; 8.3.9d.
tato no mitrāvaruṇāv avīṣṭam # TB.2.8.6.7c. See tena etc.
tato vā gha parastaram # AVP.12.2.5b.
tat te jyotir iṣṭake # TB.3.10.3.1d.
tat te tvaṣṭā vihṛtaṃ niṣ kṛṇotu # AVP.14.7.9d.
tat prāṇas tad amṛtaṃ niviṣṭam # AVś.9.1.2d.
tatrādadiṣṭa pauṃsyam # SV.1.131c. See atrādediṣṭa.
tad aṣṭāpo asādayan # AVś.11.8.29b.
tad astabhnā uto divam (RV. uta dyām) # RV.8.89.5d; SV.2.779d; ArS.2.7d.
tad asyedaṃ paśyatā bhūri puṣṭam # RV.1.103.5a. P: tad asyedaṃ paśyata śś.9.17.3.
tad āharanti kavayaḥ purastāt # KS.1.2; 31.1.
tad in me chantsad vapuṣo vapuṣṭaram # RV.10.32.3a.
tad ubhayam antareṇeṣṭāpūrtaṃ te lokaṃ sukṛtam āyuḥ prajāṃ vṛñjīyaṃ yadi me druhyeḥ # AB.8.15.2; ... -pūrtaṃ me lokaṃ sukṛtam āyuḥ prajāṃ vṛñjīthā yadi te druhyeyam AB.8.15.3.
tad yathā hutam iṣṭaṃ prāśnīyād devātmā tvā prāśnāmi # Kauś.65.14.
tad yamo rājā bhagavān vicaṣṭām # TB.3.1.2.11b.
tad vo 'haṃ punar āveśayāmy ariṣṭāḥ # HG.2.11.1c.
tanūs tanvā (TSṭā. tanuvā) me saha (AVś. sahed antāḥ) # AVś.19.61.1 (mss.); TS.5.5.9.2; Tā.10.72; Vait.3.14; PG.1.3.25. See tanūr me tanvā, and cf. next.
taṃ te badhnāmi jarase svastaye # AVś.19.33.4d; AVP.11.13.4d. See under tat te badh-.
taṃ te satyasya hastābhyām # AVś.3.11.8e; AVP.1.61.1c.
taṃ tvā juṣāmahe (KS. -mahe vanaspate) devayajyāyai juṣṭaṃ viṣṇave # MS.1.2.14: 23.2; 3.9.2: 114.10; KS.3.2; 26.3. See next two.
taṃ tvā dūtaṃ kṛṇmahe yaśastamam # RV.7.16.4a.
tan nas tvaṣṭā tad u citrā vicaṣṭām # TB.3.1.1.10a.
tan no nakṣatram abhijid vicaṣṭām # TB.3.1.2.5b.
tan me juṣasva śipiviṣṭa havyam # RV.7.99.7b; SV.2.977b; TS.2.2.12.4b; KS.6.10b.
tan me varṣantu vṛṣṭayaḥ # AVP.2.76.1d.
tanvatāṃ yajñaṃ bahudhā visṛṣṭāḥ (AVP. visṛṣṭam) # AVś.4.15.16c; AVP.5.7.14c.
tapaś caivāstāṃ karma ca # AVś.11.8.2a,6a.
tapase vā mahase vāvasṛṣṭā # AVP.1.95.4b; 3.10.3b.
tapaso jātam anibhṛṣṭam ojaḥ # TB.3.10.3.1c.
tam aśvinā paridhattaṃ svastaye (KS. svasti) # KS.11.13d; Mś.5.2.6.19d. See tad aśvinā etc.
tam aśvinā pratigṛhyā svastaye # AVP.2.61.5c.
tam astā vidhya śarvā śiśānaḥ # RV.10.87.6d; AVś.8.3.5d.
tam ā no arkam amṛtāya juṣṭam # RV.9.97.5a; KS.17.18a.
tam āsyadhvam ūrmim adyā suhastāḥ # RV.10.30.2d.
tam u ṣṭavāma ya imā jajāna # RV.8.96.6a.
tam u ṣṭavāma yaṃ giraḥ # RV.8.95.6a; SV.2.235a.
tam u ṣṭavāma vidatheṣv indram # RV.4.21.4b; TB.2.8.5.8b.
taṃ pṛchantī vajrahastaṃ ratheṣṭhām # RV.6.22.5a; AVś.20.36.5a.
taṃ medastaḥ pratipacata # N.6.16. See medastaḥ.
tayā ruroha viṣṭapo devalokān # AVP.14.7.2d.
tayāvahante kavayaḥ purastāt # MS.1.1.2c: 1.7; 4.1.2: 2.18. See ta ā vahanti.
tarat sa mandī dhāvati # RV.9.58.1a,1c,2c,3c,4c; SV.1.500a,500c; 2.407a,407c,408c,409c,410c; JB.2.272; JG.1.13; N.13.6a,6c; BṛhPDh.2.137. Designations of the hymn and its stanzas: tarat-samandī GDh.24.2; Svidh.2.1.7; tarat-sa-mandīya BDh.2.3.5.8; 4.2.5; ViDh.56.6; MDh.11.254; Rvidh.3.2.2; 3.4; tarat-sa-mandyaḥ GDh.20.12; BDh.4.2.4; tarat-samāḥ VāDh.28.11; BDh.4.3.8; LAtDh.3.11; VAtDh.3.11; BṛhPDh.5.250.
tarī mandrāsu prayakṣu # AVś.5.27.6a. See sa in mandrāsu, sa īṃ mandrā, and stanī.
tava cyautnāni vajrahasta tāni # RV.7.19.5a; AVś.20.37.5a.
tava praśastayo mahīḥ (SV.JB. -śastaye mahe) # RV.9.2.8c; SV.2.394c; JB.3.137c.
tava vṛkṣā upastayaḥ # RV.10.97.23b; AVś.6.15.1b; VS.12.101b.
tava vrate soma tiṣṭhantu kṛṣṭayaḥ # RV.9.86.37d; SV.2.307d; JB.3.84.
tavase bhandadiṣṭaye # RV.5.87.1d; SV.1.462d.
tavaso bhandadiṣṭayaḥ # śś.8.23.1.
tavotibhiḥ sacamānā ariṣṭāḥ # RV.5.42.8a.
taṣṭā riṣṭam ivānasaḥ # AVP.8.8.4d.
tasmā aham idam upastaraṇam upastṛṇe # TA.4.1.1.
tasmā u rādhaḥ (AVP. urv āyuḥ) kṛṇuta praśastam (AVP. kṛṇuhi praśastam; AVś. kṛṇuhi supraśastam) # RV.8.80.10c; AVś.5.11.11e; AVP.8.1.11c.
tasmā etat panyatamāya juṣṭam # RV.3.59.5c; TB.2.8.7.6c.
tasmin ghṛtastāvo mṛṣṭvā # AVś.12.2.17c.
tasmin santi praśiṣas tasminn iṣṭayaḥ # RV.1.145.1c.
tasmai te devīṣṭake # KS.16.16c. Error for tasyai etc.
tasmai tvaṃ stana pra pyāya # ApMB.2.13.2c. See tasmai stanaṃ.
tasmai dṛṣṭāya te namaḥ # AVP.14.3.10f; NīlarU.10f.
tasya ṛksāmāny apsarasa iṣṭayo (MS. apsarasaḥ stavā) nāma # VS.18.43; MS.2.12.2: 145.8; śB.9.4.1.12. See tasyark-.
tasya ta iṣṭasya vītasya draviṇeha bhakṣīya # TS.5.6.8.6. Cf. tasya na iṣṭasya, tasya mā yajñasyeṣṭasya, and tasya meṣṭasya.
tasya tārkṣyaś cāriṣṭanemiś ca senānīgrāmaṇyau (TS. senāni-) # VS.15.18; TS.4.4.3.2; MS.2.8.10: 115.6; KS.17.9; śB.8.6.1.19.
tasya te deva someṣṭayajuṣa stutastomasya śastokthasya harivantaṃ grahaṃ gṛhṇāmi # TS.1.4.28.1. See stutastomasya.
tasya tvaṣṭā vidadhad rūpam eti # VS.31.17c; MS.2.7.15c: 96.16; KS.39.2c; TA.3.13.1c; Apś.16.29.2c.
tasya dakṣiṇā apsarasa stavā nāma (TS. apsarasa stavāḥ; MS. apsarasā eṣṭayo nāma) # VS.18.42; TS.3.4.7.1; MS.2.12.2: 145.6; KS.18.14; śB.9.4.1.11.
tasya na iṣṭasya prītasya draviṇehāgameḥ # VS.18.56. Cf. under tasya ta iṣṭasya.
tasya mā yajñasyeṣṭasya vītasya draviṇehāgamyāt # MS.1.4.1: 48.6. See tasya meṣṭasya, tasya yajñasyeṣṭasya, and cf. under tasya ta iṣṭasya.
tasya me 'gnir upadraṣṭā # TB.3.7.5.4; Apś.4.9.6. See agnir upadraṣṭā, and tasya me 'yam.
tasya me tanvo bahudhā niviṣṭāḥ # RV.10.51.4c.
tasya me 'yam agnir upadraṣṭā # AB.7.24.3. See agnir upadraṣṭā, and tasya me 'gnir.
tasya meṣṭasya vītasya draviṇam ā gamyāt (KS. draviṇehāgamyāḥ; Apś. draviṇehāgameḥ) # TS.3.2.6.1; KS.25.7 (quater); Apś.4.12.10. See under tasya mā yajñasyeṣṭasya.
tasya yajñasyeṣṭasya sviṣṭasya draviṇaṃ māgachatu # KS.5.4; 32.4. See under tasya mā yajñasyeṣṭasya.
tasyarksāmāny apsaraso vahnayaḥ (KS. apsarasa eṣṭayo nāma) # TS.3.4.7.2; KS.18.14. See tasya ṛk-.
tasya śmaśānād adhi loṣṭa ābhṛtaḥ # AVP.5.36.6d.
tasyāṃ suparṇāv adhi yau niviṣṭau # TB.3.7.7.14c; Apś.11.5.3c. See next.
tasyāsata ṛṣayaḥ (TSṭā. -sate harayaḥ) sapta tīre # TS.4.2.9.6c; śB.14.5.2.4c,5; BṛhU.2.2.4c,5; Tā.10.40c. See under atrāsata.
tasyās te devīṣṭake # VS.13.21c; TS.4.2.9.2c; śB.7.4.2.15; TA.10.1.8c. See tasyai etc.
tasyedaṃ varcas tejaḥ prāṇam āyur ni veṣṭayāmi # AVś.16.8.1--27. Cf. under amuṣyāmuṣyāyaṇasyāmuṣyāḥ.
tasyed iha stavatha vṛṣṇyāni # RV.4.21.2a.
tasyai te devīṣṭake # MS.2.7.15c: 98.16; KS.16.16c. See tasyās etc.
adravann ārṣṭiṣeṇena sṛṣṭāḥ # RV.10.98.6c.
ā caranti samanā purastāt # RV.4.51.8a.
odanaṃ daṃpatibhyāṃ praśiṣṭāḥ # AVś.12.3.27c.
tāṃ ādityāṃ (MS. taṃ ādityaṃ) anu madā (MS. madāt) svastaye # RV.10.63.3d; MS.4.12.1d: 177.8.
tāṃ ā madāya vajrahasta pītaye # RV.7.32.4c; SV.1.293c.
tāṃ vāyuḥ samindhiṣṭa # MS.4.9.25: 137.16.
tāṃ sarpā mātyakrāmiṣṭa # SMB.2.1.7c.
no hastau kṛtena saṃ sṛjantu # AVP.4.9.5c. See tā me hastau.
tāṃ tvā śāle 'riṣṭavīrāḥ (AVś.AVP. śāle sarvavīrāḥ suvīrāḥ; HG. śāle suvīrāḥ sarvavīrāḥ) # AVś.3.12.1c; AVP.3.20.1c; PG.3.4.18c; HG.1.27.2c.
tān vas tvaṣṭā sujanimā sajoṣāḥ # AVś.12.2.24c. See iha tvaṣṭā.
tābhiṣ ṭvam (KSṭA. tābhis tvam) ubhayībhiḥ saṃvidānaḥ # MS.2.7.15c: 98.12; 3.4.7c: 53.16; KS.39.3d; TA.4.18.1d.
tām agniḥ samindhiṣṭa # MS.4.9.25: 137.14.
tām anv avindann ṛṣiṣu praviṣṭām # RV.10.71.3b.
tām ahaṃ samindhiṣṭa # MS.4.9.25 (quater): 137.14,17; 138.1,3.
tām ādityaḥ samindhiṣṭa # MS.4.9.25: 137.18.
mitrasya praśastaye # RV.1.21.3a.
me agna (MS. agnā) iṣṭakā dhenavaḥ santu # TS.4.4.11.4d; MS.2.8.14e: 118.18; KS.17.10 (bis).
me hastau saṃ sṛjantu ghṛtena # AVś.7.109.3c. See tā no hastau.
tāṃ prajāpatiḥ samindhiṣṭa # MS.4.9.25: 138.2.
yodhiṣṭam abhi gā indra nūnam # RV.6.60.2a; KS.4.15a. P: tā yodhiṣṭam śś.6.10.9.
tāvan me cakṣur mā meṣṭa # AVś.12.1.33c.
tāv aśvinā bhadrahastā supāṇī # RV.1.109.4c.
tigmam eko bibharti hasta āyudham # RV.8.29.5a.
tigmam ojo varuṇa soma rājan (KSṭA. varuṇa saṃ śiśādhi) # MS.2.3.4b: 31.11; KS.11.7b,8; 36.15b; TA.2.5.1b; śG.1.27.7b. See priyaṃ reto.
tilān juhomi sarasāṃ sapiṣṭān gandhāra mama citte ramantu svāhā # Tā.10.63.
tiṣṭhad dharī dhṛṣatā mṛṣṭa vājān # RV.1.174.4d.
tiṣṭhā ratham (TB.Apś. rathe) adhi taṃ (VS.śB. yaṃ; TB. yad) vajrahasta (TB. -taḥ) # RV.5.33.3c; VS.10.22c; śB.5.4.3.14c; TB.2.7.16.2a. P: tiṣṭhā rathe Apś.22.28.20.
tiṣyaḥ purastād uta madhyato naḥ # TB.3.1.1.5a.
tīvrā varṣantu vṛṣṭayaḥ # AVP.11.14.8c; 11.15.3f.
tubhyaṃ tā aṅgirastama # RV.8.43.18a; VS.12.116a; TS.1.3.14.3a; KS.35.17a; śB.7.3.2.8; TB.3.7.1.1a; 12.1.1; Aś.2.10.12; 3.10.4; śś.9.23.12; Apś.9.1.8; Mś.1.6.3.1a.
turo bhagasya hastābhyām # AVś.6.102.3c.
tuvigraye vahnaye duṣṭarītave # RV.2.21.2c.
tūrvayāṇo gūrtavacastamaḥ # RV.10.61.2c.
tṛtīye nāke adhi viṣṭapi śritā # AVP.14.6.2d.
tṛptāḥ prītāḥ punar astaṃ pareta # KS.7.14d. See iṣṭāḥ prītā.
tṛmpantu hotrā madhvo yāḥ sviṣṭāḥ (VSK. yat sviṣṭam) # VS.7.15c; VSK.7.6.4c; 7.5c; śB.4.2.1.33. P: tṛmpantu Kś.9.11.9.
tṛṣṭike tṛṣṭavandane # AVś.7.113.1a. P: tṛṣṭike Kauś.36.38.
te id viprā īḍate sumnam iṣṭaye # RV.6.70.4d.
te krīḍayo dhunayo bhrājadṛṣṭayaḥ # RV.1.87.3c; TS.4.3.13.7c; MS.4.11.2c: 168.5.
tejo goṣu praviṣṭaṃ yat # AVś.14.2.54c.
te tvā dakṣiṇato (also paścād, and purastād) gopāyantu # PG.2.17.13c,14b,15c.
te tvā viṣṭārinn anu pra jñeṣur atra # AVP.6.22.12d.
te tvā viṣṭārinn upa sarve sadeyuḥ # AVP.6.22.10d.
tena gacha parastaram # RV.10.155.3d. See tena yāhi parastaram.
tena gṛhṇāmi tvām aham (AVś. gṛhṇāmi te hastam) # AVś.14.1.48c; VS.20.32d; ApMB.2.5.22c. See tena tvāhaṃ.
tena naḥ śaṃ yor uṣaso vyuṣṭau # RV.7.69.5c; MS.4.4.10c: 230.4; KS.17.18c; TB.2.8.7.8c.
tena no mitrāvaruṇāv (MS. -ṇā) aviṣṭam # RV.5.62.9c; MS.4.14.10c: 231.15. See tato etc.
tena māviṣṭam aśvinā # RV.8.9.5c; AVś.20.139.5c.
tena yāhi parastaram # AVP.6.8.7d. See tena gacha parastaram.
tena rudrasya pari pātāstām # AVś.12.2.47d.
tena vayaṃ gamema (TSṃS.KS. patema; VSK. tena gamema) bradhnasya viṣṭapam # VS.18.51c; VSK.20.3.1c; TS.4.7.13.1c; MS.2.12.3c: 146.6; KS.18.15c; śB.9.4.4.3. Cf. tena geṣma.
tena sṛṣṭāḥ kṣarāmasi # AVP.6.3.2d.
tena sva (TB. suva) stabhitaṃ tena nākaḥ # AVś.13.1.7b; TB.2.5.2.3b.
tenāham agne anuśiṣṭa āgām # RV.5.2.8d; 10.32.6d.
te no aṃho ati parṣann ariṣṭān # RV.7.40.4d.
tebhyo viṣṭārinn amṛtāni dhukṣva # AVP.6.22.11d.
te yajñaṃ pāntu rajasaḥ purastāt # TB.3.1.2.6c.
te vai bradhnasya viṣṭapi # AVś.10.10.31c.
teṣāṃ vaḥ sumne suchardiṣṭame naraḥ # RV.7.66.13c.
teṣām iṣṭāni vihitāni dhāmaśaḥ # RV.1.164.15c; AVś.9.9.16c; TA.1.3.1c; N.14.19c.
teṣām iṣṭāni sam iṣā madanti # RV.10.82.2c; VS.17.26c; TS.4.6.2.1c; MS.2.10.3c: 134.4; N.10.26c. See saṃ no mahāni.
te santu jaradaṣṭayaḥ # AG.1.7.19d; śG.1.13.4e; PG.1.6.3e.
tau mā paścād (and purastād) gopāyetām # PG.3.4.14,16.
traya skambhāsa stabhitāsa ārabhe # RV.1.34.2c.
tritaṃ naśanta pra śiṣanta iṣṭaye # RV.10.115.4d.
trito na yān pañca hotṝn abhiṣṭaye # RV.2.34.14c.
tridhā ha śyāvam aśvinā vikastam # RV.1.117.24c.
tribhiḥ śataiḥ sacamānāv adiṣṭa # RV.5.36.6b.
trivarūthaṃ svastimat (RV. svastaye) # RV.6.46.9b; AVś.20.83.1b; SV.1.266b; KS.9.19b.
trivṛn no viṣṭhayā (KS. trivṛd viṣṭhayā) stomo ahnām (MS. ahnā) # TS.4.4.12.1c; MS.3.16.4c: 188.1; KS.22.14c; Aś.4.12.2c. Cf. dvādaśā iṣṭayā.
trīn bradhnāṃs trīn vaiṣṭapān # AVś.19.27.4b; AVP.10.7.4b.
trīn yuktāṃ aṣṭāv aridhāyaso gāḥ # RV.1.126.5b.
traiṣṭubhena chandasāhar iṣṭakām upadadhe # Apś.16.11.5. ūha of devasya tvā savituḥ ... hastābhyāṃ gāyatreṇa.
tvaṃ vipro abhavo 'ṅgirastamaḥ # RV.9.107.6c; SV.1.519c.
tvaṃ sindhūṃr asṛjas tastabhānān # RV.8.96.18c.
tvaṃ sīṃ vṛṣann akṛṇor duṣṭarītu # RV.6.1.1c; MS.4.13.6c: 206.6; KS.18.20c; TB.3.6.10.1c.
tvaṃ kūcit santaṃ sahasāvann abhiṣṭaye # RV.10.93.11b.
tvacam asya vi veṣṭaya # AVś.12.5.68b.
tvaṃ devānām asi sasnitamaṃ papritamaṃ juṣṭatamaṃ vahnitamaṃ devahūtamam # TS.1.1.4.1; TB.3.2.4.4. P: tvaṃ devānām asi sasnitamam Apś.1.17.7. See devānām asi.
tvaṃ no asyā uṣaso vyuṣṭau # RV.3.15.2a.
tvam agne aṅgirastamaḥ # RVKh.7.34.5a. Cf. tvam agne prathamo aṅgirastamaḥ.
tvam agne tvaṣṭā vidhate suvīryam # RV.2.1.5a.
tvam agne prathamo aṅgirastamaḥ # RV.1.31.2a. Cf. tvam agne aṅgirastamaḥ.
tvam eko 'si bahūn anupraviṣṭaḥ # TA.3.14.3c.
tvaṃ paścād uta rakṣā purastāt # RV.8.87.20b; AVś.8.3.19b.
tvayā juṣṭa ṛṣir bhavati devī (read devi) # TA.10.39.1a; MahānU.16.4a.
tvayā juṣṭaś citraṃ vindate vasu # TA.10.39.1c; MahānU.16.4c.
tvayā juṣṭā juṣamāṇā (TA. var. lect. nudamānā) duruktān (var. lect. duruktāt) # TA.10.39.1c; MahānU.16.4c.
tvayā yat stavante sadhavīra vīrāḥ # RV.6.26.7c.
tvayā varṣaṃ bahulam etu sṛṣṭam # AVP.5.7.3c. See tvayā sṛṣṭaṃ.
tvayā sarve paritaptāḥ purastāt # AVś.1.7.5c; AVP.4.4.5c.
tvayā sṛṣṭaṃ bahulam aitu varṣam # AVś.4.15.6c. See tvayā varṣaṃ.
tvayi puṣṭaṃ puṣṭapatir jajāna # AVś.19.31.11b; AVP.10.5.11b.
tvaṣṭar devebhiḥ sahasāma indra # ApMB.1.11.4b. See tvaṣṭā devaiḥ, and tvaṣṭā vīraiḥ.
tvaṣṭaḥ samidhāṃ pate (śś. samidhāṃ rūpāṇām adhipate) # TB.3.11.4.1; śś.4.10.1. Cf. tvaṣṭā rūpāṇām, and tvaṣṭā rūpāṇām adhyakṣaḥ.
tvaṣṭā tvā rūpair upariṣṭāt pātu # KS.2.9; Apś.7.5.2. See tvaṣṭā vo.
tvaṣṭā dadhad indrāya śuṣmam (VS. dadhac chuṣmam indrāya vṛṣṇe) # VS.20.44a; MS.3.11.1a: 140.12; KS.38.6a; TB.2.6.8.4a. P: tvaṣṭā dadhat MS.4.14.8: 226.12; TB.2.8.7.4.
tvaṣṭā devaiḥ sahamāna indraḥ # MG.1.14.16b. See under tvaṣṭar devebhiḥ.
tvaṣṭā no atra vi dadhātu rāyaḥ # TA.2.4.1c. See tvaṣṭā sudatro.
tvaṣṭā no daivyaṃ vacaḥ # SV.1.299a. See tvaṣṭā me daivyaṃ.
tvaṣṭā paśūnāṃ mithunānāṃ rūpakṛd rūpapatiḥ rūpeṇāsmin yajñe yajamānāya paśūn dadātu svāhā # TB.2.5.7.4. See tvaṣṭā rūpāṇāṃ rūpakṛd.
tvaṣṭā māyā ved apasām apastamaḥ # RV.10.53.9a.
tvaṣṭā me daivyaṃ vacaḥ # AVś.6.4.1a; Kauś.124.6; 135.10. P: tvaṣṭā me Kauś.23.9. See tvaṣṭā no daivyaṃ.
tvaṣṭā yunaktu bahudhā nu rūpā (AVP. rūpāṇi) # AVś.5.26.8a; AVP.9.2.5a. Cf. tvaṣṭā rūpāṇāṃ rūpakṛd.
tvaṣṭā rūpāṇāṃ rūpakṛd rūpapatī rūpeṇa paśūn asmin yajñe mayi dadhātu svāhā # śB.1.4.3.17; Kś.5.13.1. See tvaṣṭā paśūnāṃ, and cf. tvaṣṭā yunaktu.
tvaṣṭā rūpāṇāṃ vikartā tasyāhaṃ devayajyayā viśvarūpaṃ priyaṃ puṣeyam # KS.5.4. P: tvaṣṭā rūpāṇāṃ vikartā KS.32.4. See tvaṣṭur ahaṃ.
tvaṣṭā rūpāṇām # TS.3.4.5.1; PG.1.5.10. Cf. under tvaṣṭaḥ samidhāṃ.
tvaṣṭā rūpāṇām adhyakṣaḥ (with sa māvatu at the beginning of the following formula) # AVP.15.8.2. Cf. under tvaṣṭaḥ samidhāṃ.
tvaṣṭā rūpāṇi samanaktu yajñaiḥ # śB.11.4.3.6d; TB.2.5.3.3d; śś.3.7.4d; Kś.5.2.20d. See tvaṣṭā rūpeṇa samanaktu.
tvaṣṭā rūpeṇa samanaktu yajñam # Aś.2.11.3d. See tvaṣṭā rūpāṇi samanaktu.
tvaṣṭā vāso vy adadhāc chubhe kam # AVś.14.1.53a. P: tvaṣṭā vāsaḥ Kauś.76.4. Cf. Kauś.79.13, note.
tvaṣṭā viṣṇuḥ prajayā saṃrarāṇaḥ (VS.KS.śB. -ṇāḥ) # AVś.7.17.4c; VS.8.17c; VSK.9.3.3c; TS.1.4.44.1c; KS.3.9c; 4.12c; 13.9c; śB.4.4.4.9c; Apś.12.6.3c; ApMB.1.7.12c. See viṣṇus tvaṣṭā.
tvaṣṭā vīraṃ devakāmaṃ jajāna # VS.29.9a; TS.5.1.11.3a; MS.3.16.2a: 184.14; KSA.6.2a. P: tvaṣṭā vīram MS.4.14.8: 226.12; TB.2.8.7.4.
tvaṣṭā vīraiḥ sahasāham indraḥ # VārG.16.1b. See under tvaṣṭar devebhiḥ.
tvaṣṭā vo rūpair upariṣṭād upadadhatām # TA.1.20.1. See tvaṣṭā tvā.
tvaṣṭā sudatro vi dadhātu rāyaḥ # RV.7.34.22d; VS.2.24c; 8.14c; MS.1.3.38c: 44.9; 4.14.17c: 247.5; KS.4.12c; śB.1.9.3.6c; 4.4.3.14c; 4.8c; KA.1.198.4c; śś.4.11.6c; N.6.14. See tvaṣṭā no atra vi.
tvaṣṭā suvīryaṃ rāyaspoṣam # AVP.9.1.9b. See under purukṣu tvaṣṭā.
tvaṣṭur ahaṃ devayajyayā paśūnāṃ rūpaṃ puṣeyam (Mś. devayajyayā sarvāṇi rūpāṇi paśūnāṃ puṣeyam) # TS.1.6.4.4; 7.4.4; Mś.1.4.3.1. See tvaṣṭā rūpāṇāṃ vikartā.
tvaṣṭedhmena # TA.3.8.2. See tvaṣṭā samidhā.
tvāṃ hi supsarastamam # RV.8.26.24a; Aś.3.8.1.
tvāṃ citraśravastama # RV.1.45.6a; VS.15.31a; TS.4.4.4.3a; MS.2.13.7a: 156.12; KS.2.15; 39.14a; KB.7.9; Aś.10.6.7; śś.3.15.10; 5.5.6; Apś.17.10.6; 19.18.7.
tvāṃ naṣṭavān mahimāya pṛchate # Aś.4.11.6a.
tviṣiḥ senāyāṃ stanayitnau ghoṣe yā # AVP.2.18.3b.
tve pūrvīḥ saṃdadhuḥ pṛṣṭabandho # RV.3.20.3d; TS.3.1.11.7d; MS.2.13.11d: 162.4.
tveṣaṃ gaṇaṃ tavasaṃ khādihastam # RV.5.58.2a.
dakṣiṇe hasta ā dadhat # AVś.4.20.4b; AVP.8.6.4b.
daṇḍaṃ hastād ādadāno gatāsoḥ # AVś.18.2.59a. P: daṇḍaṃ hastāt Kauś.80.48. Cf. dhanur hastād.
dadbhir na jihvā pariviṣṭam ādat # RV.10.68.6c; AVś.20.16.6c.
damūnaso apaso ye suhastāḥ # RV.5.42.12a. P: damūnaso apasaḥ VHDh.8.40.
darbho hiraṇyahastaghnaḥ # AVP.7.7.5c.
darmā darṣīṣṭa viśvataḥ # RV.1.132.6g; VS.8.53g; śB.4.6.9.14g; Vait.34.1g; Apś.21.12.9g; Mś.7.2.3.29g.
darśan nu tān varuṇa ye ta iṣṭau # AVP.6.2.8a. See next.
darśā dṛṣṭā darśatā viśvarūpā sudarśanā # TB.3.10.1.1. P: darśā dṛṣṭā TB.3.10.9.6; 10.2; Apś.19.12.3.
davidyutaty ṛṣṭayaḥ # RV.8.20.11c.
daśa purastād rocase daśa dakṣiṇā # TA.4.6.2a.
daśavīraṃ sarvagaṇaṃ svastaye # VS.19.48b; MS.3.11.10b: 156.16; KS.38.2b; śB.12.8.1.22; TB.2.6.3.5b; śś.4.13.1b; Apś.6.11.5b.
daśa sahasrāṇi śatāny aṣṭau # JB.2.71c.
daśasyataṃ no vṛṣaṇāv abhiṣṭau # RV.1.158.1b.
dasyūn niṣṭaptā vayam # AVP.5.6.3b.
dāsavyādhī niṣṭapan # AVP.5.6.2b.
dāsīṃ niṣṭakvarīm icha # AVś.5.22.6c; AVP.12.1.8c. Cf. anyām icha prapharvyam.
dikṣu viṣṇur vyakraṃstānuṣṭubhena chandasā # śś.4.12.5. See under ānuṣṭubhena chandasā diśo.
didhṛtā yac ca duṣṭaram # RV.1.139.8g; AVś.20.67.2g.
divaṃ viṣṇur vyakraṃsta jāgatena chandasā # KS.5.5. See under jāgatena chandasā divam.
divaṃ skabhāna # KS.2.9. See divaṃ dṛṃha, and dyāṃ stabhāna.
divaṃ tṛtīyaṃ devān yajño 'gāt tato mā draviṇam āṣṭa # AB.7.5.3. See divaṃ devāṃs, devān divaṃ yajño, and devān divam agan.
divam agreṇottabhāna # MS.1.2.14: 23.14; 3.9.3: 117.15; Mś.1.8.2.17. See ud divaṃ stabhāna.
divaṃ martya iva hastābhyām # AB.8.23.7c. See prec.
divi bṛhatā tvopastabhnomi # TB.3.7.10.1; Apś.14.31.7.
divi viṣṇur vyakraṃsta jāgatena chandasā # VS.2.25; śB.1.9.3.10,12; śś.4.12.2. P: divi viṣṇuḥ Kś.3.8.11. See under jāgatena chandasā divam.
diviṣṭambhena (AVP. divi ṣṭambhena, so also mss. of AVś.) śaśvad it # AVś.19.32.7b; AVP.11.12.7b.
divispṛśy āhutaṃ juṣṭam agnau # RV.10.88.1b; N.7.25b.
divīva pañca kṛṣṭayaḥ # RV.10.60.4c.
dive-dive sahuri stann abādhitaḥ # RV.10.92.8d.
divodāsebhir indra stavānaḥ # RV.1.130.10c.
divo napātā sudāstarāya # RV.1.184.1d.
divo na yanti vṛṣṭayaḥ # RV.9.57.1b; SV.2.1111b.
divo na vidyut stanayanty abhraiḥ # RV.9.87.8c.
divo na sānu stanayann acikradat # RV.1.58.2d; 9.86.9a.
divo raja uparam astabhāyaḥ # RV.1.62.5d.
divo varṣanti vṛṣṭayaḥ # RV.5.84.3d; KS.10.12d.
divo varṣmāṇaṃ vasate svastaye # RV.10.63.4d.
divo viṣṭambha uttamaḥ # RV.9.108.16d.
divo viṣṭambha upamo vicakṣaṇaḥ # RV.9.86.35d.
diśaṃ na diṣṭam ṛjūyeva yantā # RV.1.183.5c.
diśaḥ sūryo na mināti pradiṣṭāḥ # RV.3.30.12a.
diśaḥ stha śrotraṃ me mā hiṃsiṣṭa # JUB.1.22.6.
diśāṃ tvā hastābhyām ā rabhe # AVP.9.21.4.
diśo viṣṇur vyakraṃstānuṣṭubhena chandasā # KS.5.5. See under ānuṣṭubhena chandasā diśo.
dīkṣito 'yam asā āmuṣyāyaṇaḥ (Mś. -āyaṇaḥ, amuṣya putraḥ, amuṣya pautraḥ, amuṣya naptā) # MS.3.6.9: 72.1; Mś.2.1.2.23. See next, and adīkṣiṣṭāyaṃ.
dīrghāyutvāya svastaye # VārG.4.5d,8c,16d.
dudhrakṛto maruto bhrājadṛṣṭayaḥ # RV.1.64.11d.
durvedāvastād bahudhā parastāt # AVP.11.5.7a.
dūraṃ naiṣṭa parāvataḥ # RV.8.30.3d.
dūrāt siṃhasya stanathā ud īrate # RV.5.83.3c.
dṛṃhasva devi pṛthivi svastaye # VS.11.69a; TS.4.1.9.2a; MS.2.7.7a: 82.15; KS.16.7a; śB.6.6.2.6.
dṛḍhasya cin martānām ajuṣṭau # RV.1.63.5b.
dṛḍhāni cin maruto bhrājadṛṣṭayaḥ # RV.1.168.4d.
dṛṣṭam adṛṣṭam atṛham # AVś.2.31.2a; AVP.2.15.2a. Cf. under adṛṣṭān sarvāñ.
dṛṣṭāṃś ca ghnann adṛṣṭāṃś ca # AVś.5.23.6c; AVP.7.2.7c.
dṛṣṭān adṛṣṭān iṣṇāmi # AVś.8.8.15c.
devatā bhayavitrastāḥ # RVKh.1.191.4c; Suparṇ.4.2c.
deva tvaṣṭar bhūri te saṃ-sam (MS. sat sam) etu # VS.6.20a; TS.1.3.10.1a; 6.3.11.2; MS.1.2.17a: 27.9; KS.3.7a; śB.3.8.3.37. P: deva tvaṣṭaḥ MS.4.14.8: 227.3.
deva tvaṣṭar yad dha cārutvam ānaṭ # RV.10.70.9a; Aś.3.8.1; śś.13.4.3.
deva tvaṣṭar vardhaya sarvatātaye # AVś.6.3.3d.
deva tvaṣṭar vasu rama (TS. raṇva; KS. raṇa; MS. raṇe) # VS.6.7; TS.1.3.7.1; 6.3.6.2; MS.1.2.15: 24.9; 3.9.6: 123.7; KS.3.4; 26.7; śB.3.7.3.11.
deva tvaṣṭar vi rarāṇaḥ syasva # RV.3.4.9b; TS.3.1.11.1b; MS.4.13.10b: 213.5.
deva tvaṣṭaḥ suretodhā adyāsmin yajñe yajamānāyaidhi # PB.21.10.22; Kś.23.3.1; Apś.22.19.1; Mś.9.4.2.9.
deva tvaṣṭā rāyaspoṣam # AVś.5.27.10b. See under purukṣu tvaṣṭā.
devaṃ tvaṣṭāram iha yakṣi vidvān # RV.10.110.9d; AVś.5.12.9d; VS.29.34d; MS.4.13.3d: 202.12; KS.16.20d; TB.3.6.3.4d; N.8.14d.
devaṃ-devam abhiṣṭaye # RV.8.27.13b; VS.33.91b.
devaś cana tvaṣṭādhārayad ruśat # RV.10.49.10b.
devas te savitā hastaṃ gṛhṇātu # AVś.14.1.49a. Cf. under savitā te hastam.
devas tvaṣṭā draviṇodā ṛbhukṣaṇaḥ # RV.10.92.11c.
devas tvaṣṭāvase tāni no dhāt # RV.3.54.12b.
devas tvaṣṭā savitā viśvarūpaḥ # RV.3.55.19a; 10.10.5b; AVś.18.1.5b; Aś.3.8.1; śś.13.4.2; N.10.34a.
devasya te savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyāṃ hastaṃ gṛhṇāmy (VārG. adds aham) asau # SMB.1.6.18; GG.2.10.26; VārG.5.19; 14.13. P: devasya te KhG.2.4.13. See devasya tvā etc.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasava upa naye 'sau # ApMB.2.3.24 (ApG.4.10.12). See devasya tvā savituḥ prasave ... hastābhyām upa, and cf. ārṣeyaṃ tvā.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasava ṛṣibhyas tvārṣeyebhyas tvaikarṣaye tvā juṣṭaṃ nirvapāmi # Kauś.67.27.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyāṃ rakṣaso vadhaṃ juhomi # TS.1.8.7.2. P: devasya tvā prasave TB.1.7.1.9. Fragmentary: devasya tvā ... rakṣaso vadhaṃ juhomi Apś.18.9.17.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyāṃ saṃvapāmi # VS.1.21; TB.3.2.8.1; śB.1.2.2.1. P: devasya tvā Kś.2.5.10. See saṃ vapāmi, devasya vaḥ etc., and cf. devasya tvā ... hastābhyām agnaye juṣṭaṃ saṃvapāmi.
devasya tvā savituḥ ... hastābhyāṃ sarasvatyā bhaiṣajyena etc. # see next but three.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyāṃ sarasvatyā vācā yantur yantreṇa bṛhaspatiṃ sāmrājyāyābhiṣiñcāmi # MS.1.11.4: 165.7; 3.4.3: 47.8. P: devasya tvā savituḥ prasave Mś.6.2.5.30. Fragment: bṛhaspatiṃ sāmrājyāya, with ūhas indraṃ sāmrājyāya and agniṃ sāmrājyāya (q.v.) Mś.6.2.5.31. See next, and devasya tvā ... hastābhyāṃ sarasvatyai vāco yantur yantreṇā-.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyāṃ sarasvatyā vācā yantur yantreṇemam amum āmuṣyāyaṇam amuṣyāḥ putraṃ bṛhaspates (KS.40.9, putram agnes) sāmrājyenābhiṣiñcāmi (KS.14.2, -ṣiñcāmīndrasya sāmrājyenābhiṣiñcāmi) # KS.14.2,8; 40.9. See under prec.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyāṃ sarasvatyai tvā vāco yantur yantreṇa bṛhaspates tvā sāmrājyena brahmaṇābhiṣiñcāmi # JB.2.130. See under prec. but one.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyāṃ sarasvatyai (KS. -tyā) bhaiṣajyena vīryāyānnādyāyābhiṣiñcāmi # VS.20.3; KS.38.4; TB.2.6.5.2.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyāṃ sarasvatyai vāco yantur yantriye (VSK. vāco yan turye turyaṃ) dadhāmi # VS.9.30; VSK.10.5.8; śB.5.2.2.13. P: devasya tvā Kś.14.5.24.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyāṃ sarasvatyai vāco yantur yantreṇāgneḥ (TS. yantreṇāgnes tvā) sāmrājyenābhiṣiñcāmi # VS.18.37; TS.1.7.10.3; śB.9.3.4.17. Fragmentary: devasya tvā savituḥ prasave (Apś. devasya tvā) ... agnes tvā sāmrājyenābhiṣiñcāmi TS.5.6.3.2; TB.1.3.8.2,3; Apś.17.19.8. P: devasya tvā Kś.18.5.9. See under devasya tvā ... hastābhyāṃ sarasvatyā vācā yantur yantreṇa.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyāṃ hastaṃ gṛhṇāmy asau # AG.1.20.4; MG.1.10.15; 22.5. See devasya te.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyāṃ gāyatreṇa chandasā dade 'ṅgirasvat # TS.4.1.1.3. P: devasya tvā savituḥ prasave TS.5.1.1.4. See devasya tvā ... hastābhyām ā dade.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyāṃ gāyatreṇa chandasā rātrim iṣṭakām upadadhe # Apś.16.11.4.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyāṃ prasūto brāhmaṇebhyo nir vapāmi # AVP.5.40.1.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyāṃ prokṣāmi # JG.1.1. Cf. devasya tvā ... hastābhyām agnaye juṣṭaṃ prokṣāmi.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyām agnaye juṣṭaṃ saṃvapāmi # KS.1.8 (cf. 31.7); Apś.1.24.1. Cf. devasya tvā ... hastābhyāṃ saṃvapāmi.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyām agnaye juṣṭaṃ gṛhṇāmi # VS.1.10; śB.1.1.2.17. P: devasya tvā Kś.2.3.20.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyām agnaye juṣṭaṃ nir vapāmi # TS.1.1.4.2; KS.1.4 (cf. 31.3); TB.3.2.4.5; Kauś.2.1. Fragmentary: devasya tvā ... agnaye juṣṭaṃ nirvapāmi Apś.1.17.12. Cf. agnīṣomābhyāṃ (juṣṭaṃ nirvapāmi).
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyām agnaye juṣṭam adhivapāmi # Apś.1.21.5. Cf. devasya tvā ... hastābhyām adhi vapāmi.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyām agnaye tvā vaiśvānarāya traiṣṭubhena chandasāhar upadadhe (and vaiśvānarāyānuṣṭubhena chandasā rātrīm) upadadhe # KS.38.12. See next.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyām agnaye tvā vaiśvānarāyāhar (also with vikāra, rātrīm for ahar) upadadhe # Mś.6.1.4.22. See prec.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyām agnaye vo juṣṭān (Apś. juṣṭaṃ) nirvapāmi (KS. agnaye juṣṭaṃ prokṣāmi) # MS.1.1.5: 3.3; 4.1.5: 6.18; KS.1.5 (cf. 31.4); Apś.1.19.1. See devasya vaḥ etc., and cf. devasya tvā ... hastābhyāṃ prokṣāmi.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyām agnīṣomābhyāṃ juṣṭaṃ ni yunajmi (VSK. yunagmi; VS.1.10, juṣṭaṃ gṛhṇāmi) # VS.6.9; 10.1; VSK.6.2.3; śB.3.7.4.3. P: devasya tvā Kś.6.3.28.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyām agnes tejasā sūryasya varcasendrasyendriyeṇābhi ṣiñcāmi # AB.8.7.5,7,9. P: devasya tvā AB.8.13.2; 18.1.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyām adhi vapāmi # TS.1.1.6.1; TB.3.2.6.3. Cf. devasya tvā ... hastābhyām agnaye juṣṭam adhivapāmi.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyām aśvinor bhaiṣajyena tejase brahmavarcasāyābhi ṣiñcāmi # VS.20.3; KS.38.4; TB.2.6.5.2; Apś.19.9.13.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyām ā dade # VS.1.24; 5.22,26; 6.1,30; 11.9; 22.1; 37.1; 38.1; VSK.2.3.4,5; TS.1.3.1.1; 7.1.11.1; MS.1.1.9: 5.11; 1.2.10: 19.14; 1.2.15: 24.10; 1.3.3: 30.12; 2.7.1: 74.12; 3.11.8: 151.6; 4.1.2: 2.12; 4.1.4: 6.6; 4.1.10: 12.13; 4.9.1: 120.5; 4.9.7: 127.4; KS.1.2,9; 2.9,11,12; 3.3,5,10; 16.1; 27.1; KSA.1.2; śB.1.2.4.4; 3.5.4.4; 6.1.4; 7.1.1; 9.4.3; 6.3.1.38; 14.1.2.7; TB.3.2.9.1; TA.4.2.1; 8.1; 5.7.1; Kauś.137.18. The same formula without ā dade (understood): TS.2.6.4.1; 6.2.10.1; 4.4.1; MS.3.8.8: 105.17; 4.5.4: 68.8; TB.3.2.2.1; 8.3.2; TA.5.2.5. Ps: devasya tvā savituḥ prasave KS.25.9,10; 26.5,8; 31.1,8; Apś.1.3.2; 19.3; 2.1.1; 6.7.1; 7.4.2; 11.3; 10.23.2; 11.11.2; 12.9.2; 11.7; 15.1.3; 16.1.7; 20.3.3; Mś.1.1.1.23,34; 1.2.4.6; 1.8.2.1; 1.8.3.4; 2.2.3.1; 2.3.3.1; 5.2.11.24; 6.1.1.8,23; devasya tvā Lś.2.7.13; Kś.2.6.13; 6.2.8; 9.4.5; 16.2.8; 20.1.27; 26.1.3; 5.1; Apś.1.20.4 (comm.); Mś.4.1.8; HG.1.27.1; BDh.4.5.12; ParDh.11.33; BṛhPDh.7.28. See ā dade devasya tvā ... hastābhyāṃ gāyatreṇa and devasya vas savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyām ādadhe, and cf. devebhyas tvā savituḥ.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyām ā dade dviṣato vadhāya # ApMB.2.9.5 (ApG.5.12.11). Cf. TS.2.6.4.1.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyām indravantaṃ tvā sādayāmi # KS.40.6.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyām indrasyendriyeṇa śriyai yaśase balāyābhi (VS.KS. -yeṇa balāya śriyai yaśase 'bhi) ṣiñcāmi # VS.20.3; KS.38.4; TB.2.6.5.3. Cf. indrasyendriyeṇa balāya.
devasya tvā savituḥ (KS. devasya savituḥ) prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyām indrasyaujasā rakṣohāsi svāhā # MS.2.6.3: 65.2; KS.15.2. P: devasya tvā savituḥ prasave Mś.9.1.1.23.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyām upa nayāmy asau (HG. naye 'sau) # śG.2.2.12; HG.1.5.8. See under devasya tvā savituḥ prasava upa.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyām upāṃśor vīryeṇa juhomi # VS.9.38; śB.5.2.4.17. P: devasya tvā Kś.15.2.6.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyām ṛtasya tvā devahaviḥ pāśenārabhe (MS. pāśena pratimuñcāmi) # TS.6.3.6.2; MS.3.9.6: 124.1. See ṛtasya tvā devahaviḥ.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyāṃ pitṛbhyaḥ pitāmahebhyaḥ prapitāmahebhyo vo juṣṭaṃ nirvapāmi # HG.2.14.3.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyāṃ pṛthivyāḥ sadhasthe (VS.KS.śB. sadhasthād) agniṃ (TS. 'gniṃ) purīṣyam aṅgirasvat khanāmi # VS.11.28; TS.4.1.3.1; MS.2.7.2: 76.12; KS.16.3; śB.6.4.1.1. Ps: devasya tvā savituḥ prasave TS.5.1.4.1; Apś.16.3.2; devasya tvā Kś.16.2.22.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyāṃ prati gṛhṇāmi # VS.2.11; VSK.2.3.4; TS.2.6.8.6; MS.1.9.4: 133.13; KS.9.9 (sexies); KB.6.14; PB.1.8.1; JB.1.73; śB.1.7.4.13; TA.3.10.1; Aś.1.13.1; śś.4.7.5 (cf. 4.21.7); Apś.14.11.2; AG.1.24.15. P: devasya tvā Lś.4.11.11; Kś.2.2.18; Kauś.91.3; PG.1.3.17; HG.1.11.7; JG.1.19. Cf. devasya tvā ... hastābhyāṃ prasūtaḥ praśiṣā pratigṛhṇāmi.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyāṃ prasūta ā rabhe # AVś.19.51.2.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyāṃ prasūtaḥ praśiṣā paristṛṇāmi # Kauś.2.21.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyāṃ prasūtaḥ praśiṣā pratigṛhṇāmi # GB.2.1.2; Vait.3.9. Cf. devasya tvā ... hastābhyāṃ prati gṛhṇāmi.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyāṃ prohāmi # JB.1.78.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyāṃ barhir devasadanaṃ dāmi (Apś. -nam ā rabhe) # MS.1.1.2: 1.8; 4.1.2: 3.8; Apś.1.3.11.
devasya tvā (sc. savituḥ etc.) brahmaṇe (also brahmaṇe juṣṭaṃ) prāṇāya (also apānāya, vyānāya) juṣṭaṃ nirvapāmi # Apś.5.5.2.
devasya vaḥ savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyāṃ saṃ vapāmi # MS.1.1.9: 4.16; 4.1.9: 10.16. P: devasya vaḥ savituḥ prasave Mś.1.2.1.31; 1.2.3.10. See devasya tvā etc.
devasya vaḥ savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyām ... agnaye vo juṣṭān nirvapāmi # MS.1.1.5: 3.3; 4.1.5: 6.18. See under devasya tvā etc.
devasya vas savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyām ādadhe # KA.1.2. P: devasya vas savituḥ prasave KA.2.2. See under devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyām ā dade.
devasyāham agnes sviṣṭakṛto devayajyayāyuḥ pratiṣṭhāṃ gameyam # KS.5.3; 32.3.
devā avantv ṛbhavaḥ svastaye # RV.5.51.13c; MG.2.15.6c.
devāṃ achā viduṣṭaraḥ # RV.1.105.14b.
devāṃ īḍānā ṛṣivat svastaye # RV.10.66.14b.
devāṃ upa praśastaye # RV.1.74.6b.
devā devebhir adya sacanastamā # RV.8.26.8c.
devā deveṣu praśastā # RV.5.68.2c; SV.2.494c.
devā daivyā hotārā potārā neṣṭārā (TB. hotārā neṣṭārā potārā) # MS.4.13.8: 210.7; KS.19.13; TB.3.6.13.1.
devānām asi vahnitamaṃ sasnitamaṃ papritamaṃ juṣṭatamaṃ devahūtamam # VS.1.8; MS.1.1.5: 3.1; 4.1.5: 6.12; KS.1.4; śB.1.1.2.12. Ps: devānām asi vahnitamam KS.31.3; Mś.1.2.1.25; devānām Kś.2.3.14. See tvaṃ devānām asi sasnitamaṃ.
devān yakṣi viduṣṭaraḥ # RV.1.105.13d.
devān huve bṛhacchravasaḥ svastaye # RV.10.66.1a; AB.4.30.7 (bis),9; KB.20.3; 24.9; 25.9. P: devān huve Aś.7.5.23; śś.11.5.6; 12.16; 14.33. Cf. BṛhD.5.45 (B).
devā patī abhiṣṭaye # śś.7.10.10b.
devāso aṣṭa martyam # RV.10.126.1b; AVP.5.39.1b; SV.1.426b.
devās tvendrajyeṣṭhā varuṇarājāno 'dhastāc copariṣṭāc ca pāntu # TS.5.5.9.5; Mś.6.2.4.1.
devi vāg yat te vāco (TS.GB.Aś.Vait. yad vāco) madhumat (KB.GB.Aś.śś.Vait. madhumattamaṃ; Kś. madhumattamaṃ juṣṭatamaṃ) tasmin mā (KB.śś. no adya) dhāḥ (KB.śś. dhāt; Vait. adds svāhā) # TS.3.1.10.1; KB.10.6; GB.2.2.17; PB.1.3.1; 6.7.6; JB.1.82; Aś.3.1.14; śś.6.9.17; Vait.18.5; Kś.9.8.16. Perhaps in JB. madhumattamam asmin is to be read instead of madhumat tasmin. See yad vāco madhumat.
devīr āpaḥ śuddhā voḍhvaṃ supariviṣṭā deveṣu # VS.6.13; śB.3.8.2.3. See prec., and āpo devīḥ śuddhāyuvaḥ.
devebhir anyā astā # AVP.1.37.1c.
devebhyas tvā (sc. juṣṭaṃ prokṣāmi) # TB.3.8.7.2.
devebhyas tvā devāvyam ukthebhya ukthāvyaṃ mitrāvaruṇābhyāṃ (16, -vyam indrāya; 17, -vyam indrāgnibhyāṃ) juṣṭaṃ gṛhṇāmi # śB.4.2.3.15--17.
devebhyas tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyām ādade # śB.14.2.1.6. Cf. devasya tvā etc.
devebhyo juṣṭaṃ sadanāya barhiḥ # TB.3.7.6.5b; Apś.4.5.5b.
devebhyo juṣṭam iha barhir āsade # TS.1.1.2.1d; MS.4.1.2: 3.1; KS.1.2; 31.1; TB.3.2.2.3.
devebhyo juṣṭām adityā upasthe # KS.1.9b; Apś.2.2.6b; Mś.1.2.4.19b.
devair vā devi prahitāvasṛṣṭā # AVP.4.14.5b.
devo agniḥ sviṣṭakṛt # VS.21.58a; 28.22a,45a; MS.3.11.5a: 148.3; 4.10.3a: 151.6; 4.13.8: 211.3 (bis); KS.19.13; 20.15; śB.2.2.3.25; TB.2.6.10.6a; 14.6a; 20.5a; 3.5.9.1a; 6.13.1a; 14.3a; Aś.1.8.7a; śś.1.13.3a.
daivīṃ vācam udyāsaṃ (śivām ajasrāṃ juṣṭāṃ devebhyas svadhāvatīṃ pitṛbhyaś śuśrūṣeṇyāṃ manuṣyebhyaḥ) # KA.1.208E; 3.208E. See under next.
daivīṃ vācam udyāsaṃ juṣṭāṃ devebhyaḥ svadhāvarīṃ pitṛbhyo 'numatāṃ (text -tān) manuṣyebhyaḥ # MS.4.9.2: 122.10. See prec., and vaiśvadevīṃ vācam.
daivīr viśaḥ prāyāsiṣṭām # VS.28.14c; TB.2.6.10.2c. See api nūnaṃ.
daivyā hotārā uṣasaṃ svastaye # RV.10.65.10b.
daivyā hotārā prathamā viduṣṭarā # RV.2.3.7a.
doṣā vastor (Aś.śG. doṣāvastar) namaḥ svāhā # MS.1.8.7: 125.12; Aś.3.12.4; Apś.9.7.3; Mś.3.3.5; śG.5.4.4. See doṣā vastos svāhā.
daurbhāgyair viparetana # AVś.14.2.28d. Cf. athāstaṃ.
dyāṃ vājy ākraṃsta # TS.7.5.19.1; KSA.5.15.
dyāvāpṛthivī marutaḥ svastaye # RV.10.63.9d; TS.2.1.11.1d; TB.2.7.13.3d.
dyāvā yam agniṃ pṛthivī janiṣṭām # RV.10.46.9a.
dyumad vardhanta kṛṣṭayaḥ # RV.5.19.3b.
dyumnaṃ citraśravastamam # RV.3.59.6c; VS.11.62c; TS.4.1.6.3c; MS.1.5.4c: 71.1; 2.7.6c: 81.18; 4.9.1c: 121.18; KS.16.6c; TA.4.3.2c; KA.1.26c; 1.218Fc. See satyaṃ citra-.
dyumnaṃ dadhiṣva duṣṭaram # RV.3.37.10b; AVś.20.20.3b; 57.6b.
dyumnebhir anyā apasām apastamā # RV.6.61.13b.
dyaur aparājitāmṛtena viṣṭā # TS.4.4.5.2; KS.40.5. P: dyaur aparājitā Apś.17.4.2.
dyaur aṣṭahotā so 'nādhṛṣyaḥ # TA.3.7.3.
dyaur asi janmanā vaśā sādityaṃ garbham adhatthāḥ sā mayā saṃ bhava # MS.2.13.15: 164.1. See dyaur vaśā sā sūryaṃ, and dyaur vaśā stanayitnur.
dyaur darvir akṣitāparimitānupadastā (ViDh. akṣatā) sā yathā dyaur darvir akṣitāparimitānupadastaivā pratatāmahasyeyaṃ darvir akṣitāparimitānupadastā # Kauś.88.8. P: dyaur darvir akṣatā ViDh.73.19. Cf. yathādityo 'kṣito.
dyaur vaśā stanayitnur garbho nakṣatrāṇi jarāyu sūryo vatso vṛṣṭiḥ pīyūṣaḥ # KS.39.8; Apś.16.32.4. See prec., and dyaur asi janmanā vaśā.
dyauḥ samā tasyāditya upadraṣṭā dattasyāpramādāya # HG.2.11.4. See dyusamantasya.
druṣadaṃ tvā nṛṣadam āyuṣadam indrāya juṣṭaṃ gṛhṇāmi # MS.1.11.4: 165.9; KS.14.3. P: druṣadaṃ tvā Mś.7.1.1.40. See dhruvasadaṃ, and nṛṣadaṃ.
druhaḥ pāśān (KSṭS. pāśaṃ) prati sa (KS. ṣū) mucīṣṭa (AVś. prati muñcatāṃ saḥ) # RV.7.59.8c; AVś.7.77.2c; TS.4.3.13.4c; MS.4.10.5c: 154.10; KS.21.13c.
dvādaśā iṣṭayā stomo ahnām # AVP.15.1.2c. Cf. trivṛn no viṣṭhayā.
dvābhyām iṣṭaye viṃśatyā (VS.śB.śś. viṃśatī) ca # AVś.7.4.1b; VS.27.33b; MS.4.6.2b: 79.6; śB.4.4.1.15b; TA.1.11.8b; Aś.5.18.5b; śś.8.3.10b.
dvijanmānaṃ rayim iva praśastam # RV.1.60.1c.
dvitā yad īṃ kīstāso abhidyavaḥ # RV.1.127.7a.
dvipād dvihastaḥ puruṣo mahādamaḥ # AVP.14.5.7a.
dviṣantam etā anu yantu vṛṣṭayaḥ # Kauś.94.14c.
dviṣan me bhrātṛvyo 'smāl lokād asmāc ca janapadāc ceṣṭatām (also, cyavatām, and -padād vyathatām) # HG.1.23.1.
dve dradhasī satatī vasta ekaḥ # TS.3.2.2.2a. P: dve dradhasī Apś.12.18.18.
dve niyute tathā hy anusṛṣṭāḥ # GB.1.5.23b.
dve śīrṣe sapta hastāso asya # RV.4.58.3b; AVP.8.13.3b; VS.17.91b; MS.1.6.2b: 87.17; KS.40.7b; GB.1.2.16b; TA.10.10.2b; MahānU.10.1b; Apś.5.17.4b; N.13.7b.
dhanur hastād ādadāno (TA. -nā) mṛtasya # RV.10.18.9a; AVś.18.2.60a; TA.6.1.3a; AG.4.2.20. P: dhanur hastāt Kauś.80.49. Cf. BṛhD.7.15. Cf. daṇḍaṃ.
dhanvanā yanti (MS.KS. yantu) vṛṣṭayaḥ # RV.5.53.6d; TS.2.4.8.1d; MS.2.4.7d: 44.19; KS.11.9d.
dhartā ca mā dharuṇaś ca mā hāsiṣṭām # AVś.16.3.3.
dhartā divo rajasas pṛṣṭa ūrdhvaḥ # RV.3.49.4a.
dhartāro diva ṛbhavaḥ suhastāḥ # RV.10.66.10a.
dhātā te hastam agrabhīt # HG.1.5.9. See dhātā hastam.
dhātā purastād yam ud ā jahāra # TA.3.12.7a.
dhātā somena saha vātena vāyuḥ # TB.3.7.4.15; Apś.1.12.17; Mś.1.1.3.25. Cf. tvaṣṭā vāyuḥ saha.
dhātā hastam agrabhīt # JG.1.12. See dhātā te hastam.
dhiyo joṣṭāram indriyam # VS.28.10c; TB.2.6.7.5c.
dhiṣaṇe niṣṭatakṣatuḥ # RV.8.61.2b; AVś.20.113.2b; SV.2.584b.
dhiṣva vajraṃ hasta ā dakṣiṇatrā # RV.6.18.9c.
dhṛṣatā dhṛṣṇo stavamāna ā bhara # RV.8.24.4c.
dheno lambanastani # AVP.10.1.1b.
dhruvāsy anādhṛṣṭā sapatnasāhī # Mś.1.2.5.6.
na jātam aṣṭa rodasī # RV.8.70.5d; AVś.20.81.1d; 92.20d; SV.1.278d; 2.212d; TS.2.4.14.3d; KS.12.15d; JB.3.48d; TA.1.7.5d; JUB.1.32.1d,4; N.13.2d.
na tat te sumnam aṣṭave # RV.4.30.19c.
na tat prāpnoti nirṛtiṃ parācaiḥ (Kś. nirṛtiḥ parastāt) # Kś.25.9.14d; Apś.9.18.12d. Cf. nābhiprāpnoti.
na tā agṛbhrann ajaniṣṭa hi ṣaḥ # RV.5.2.4c.
na tvā rāsīyābhiśastaye vaso # RV.8.19.26a.
nadībhyaḥ pauñjiṣṭham (TB. -ṣṭam) # VS.30.8; TB.3.4.1.5.
na puṣṭaṃ paśu manyate # VS.23.30b; TS.7.4.19.2b; MS.3.13.1b: 168.7; KS.4.8b; śB.13.2.9.8; 5.2.8b; TB.3.9.7.2.
na puṣṭaṃ bahu manyate # VS.23.31b; śB.13.5.2.8b; śś.16.4.4b.
nabhasvatīr ā vāṃ carantu vṛṣṭayaḥ # RV.8.25.6c.
namaḥ kapardine ca pulastaye (VSK. pulastine) ca # VS.16.43; VSK.17.7.2; TS.4.5.9.1. See namaḥ pulastine, and namaḥ śikhaṇḍine.
namas te astu vidyute (AVP.15.23.11a adds stanayitnave) # AVś.1.13.1a; AVP.15.20.8a; 15.23.11a; VS.36.21a; Kauś.139.8. P: namas te astu Kauś.38.8,9. Cf. BṛhD.1.54; 8.44.
namas te stanayitnave # AVś.1.13.1b; 11.4.2b; AVP.15.20.8b; VS.36.21b.
na mātarāpitarā nū cid iṣṭau # RV.4.6.7b.
namo giriśayāya (TSṃS.KS. giriśāya) ca śipiviṣṭāya ca # VS.16.29; TS.4.5.5.1; MS.2.9.5: 124.11; KS.17.14.
namo bhojyāya prakṛṣṭāya kapardine cakrāya cakradharāyānnāyānnapataye śivāya sadāśivāya turyāya turīyāya bhūrbhuvaḥsvaḥpate rāyaspate vājipate gopate ṛgyajuḥsāmātharvāṅgiraḥpate # VaradapU.1.3.
namo mīḍhuṣṭamāya (VSK. mīlhuṣṭamāya; MSṃś. mīḍhuṣṭarāya) ceṣumate ca # VS.16.29; VSK.17.4.3; TS.4.5.5.1; MS.2.9.5: 124.11; KS.17.14. P: namo mīḍhuṣṭarāya ca Mś.11.7.1.4.
namo vāstavyāya ca vāstupāya ca # VS.16.39; TS.4.5.7.2; MS.2.9.7: 126.1; KS.17.15. P: namo vāstavyāya Mś.6.2.4.3.
namo vo 'dṛṣṭāya bṛhate karomi # JG.1.12c.
namo 'stu daivāya prastarāya # AVś.16.2.6.
nayuvo naṣṭakṛtvā araṇyavaḥ # AVP.3.37.3b.
na yeṣām irī sadhastha īṣṭa ā # RV.5.87.3c.
na ye staunā ayāso mahnā # RV.6.66.5c.
naraś ca ye pitubhājo vyuṣṭau # RV.1.124.12b.
narāśaṃsaṃ sudhṛṣṭamam # RV.1.18.9a.
naro yad vā te hastayor adhukṣan # AVP.2.39.1b; Vait.24.1b. See naro yat te.
navagvo nu daśagvo aṅgirastamaḥ # RV.10.62.6c.
navaṃ janiṣṭāraṇī # RV.5.9.3b.
nava puro navatiṃ ca śnathiṣṭam # RV.7.99.5b; TS.3.2.11.3b; MS.4.12.5b: 192.4.
na vi jānāmi (AB. jānanti) yatarā (AB.JB. yatarat) parastāt (JB. purastāt) # AVś.10.7.43b; AB.3.43.5d; JB.1.258d.
na śardhate dasyujūtāya stavān # RV.6.24.8b.
naṣṭāsavo naṣṭaviṣāḥ # AVś.10.4.12a.
na sāyam asti devayā ajuṣṭam # RV.5.77.2b; MS.4.12.6b: 195.16; TB.2.4.3.13b; N.12.5b.
nahi tvā śatru starate stṛṇoṣi yam # RV.1.129.4f.
nākasya pṛṣṭhe adhi viṣṭapi śritāḥ # AVś.18.4.4b.
nābhi prāpnoti (Mś. -pnuyur) nirṛtiṃ parācaiḥ (Aśṃś. parastāt, but Mś. mss. purastāt) # TB.3.7.3.6d; Aś.3.10.31d; Apś.9.4.1d; Mś.3.5.14d. Cf. na tat prāpnoti.
nārī putraṃ (AVP. putrān) dhāvatu hastagṛhya # AVś.5.20.5c; AVP.9.27.5c.
nāsya te mahimānaṃ pari ṣṭaḥ # RV.1.61.8d; AVś.20.35.8d.
nāhāyam agnir abhiśastaye naḥ # RV.5.3.12c.
nidhāya bhāraṃ punar astam eti # TA.3.14.1d.
ni pastyāsu trita stabhūyan # RV.10.46.6a.
ni barhiṣi sadatanā raṇiṣṭana # RV.2.36.3b; VS.26.24b.
niyudbhir vāyav (VSKṃS.KS.KA. vāya) iṣṭaye duroṇe # RV.7.92.3b; VS.27.27b; VSK.29.26b; TS.2.2.12.8b; MS.4.10.6b: 158.4; KS.10.12b; KA.1.198.32b.
nir aṣṭhaviṣam (Vait. aṣṭa-, misprint for aṣṭha-) asmṛtam # GB.1.2.7b; Vait.12.8b; Apś.10.13.11b.
nirasta rakṣaḥ # VS.6.16; Apś.1.17.10. P: nirastam Kś.6.6.10.
nirasta namuceḥ śiraḥ # TS.1.8.14.1; TB.1.7.8.2; Apś.18.15.6. See pratyastaṃ.
nirastā śaṇḍāmarkau saha tena yaṃ dviṣmaḥ # KS.4.4; 27.7. See nirastau.
nirastau śaṇḍāmarkau sahāmunā # Apś.12.23.2. See nirastā.
nir āstaṃ (read nir āsthaṃ, or nirastaṃ) sarvaṃ jāyānyam # AVś.7.76.3c.
nirdagdhaṃ rakṣaḥ # TS.1.1.7.1; MS.1.1.8: 4.8; 4.1.8: 9.16; KS.1.7; 31.6; TB.3.2.7.1; Apś.1.22.3; 23.3; 7.19.8; Mś.1.2.3.1. Cf. niṣṭaptaṃ, and pratyuṣṭaṃ.
nirdagdhā arātayaḥ (MS.KS. nirdagdhārātiḥ) # TS.1.1.7.1; MS.1.1.8: 4.8; KS.1.7; 31.6; TB.3.2.7.1; Apś.1.22.3; 23.3; 7.19.8. Cf. niṣṭaptā.
nir hastayor varuṇo mitro aryamā # AVś.1.18.2b.
nirhasta śatrur abhidāsann astu # AVś.6.66.1a. P: nirhastaḥ Kauś.14.7.
nirhastāṃś ca kṛṇavaj jātavedāḥ # AVś.3.1.1d; 2.1d. See nihastāṃś etc.
nirhastebhyo nairhastam # AVś.6.65.2a.
niṣkevalyam uktham avyathāyai (TS. avyathayat; KS. avyathāya) stabhnātu (MS. stabhnotu) # VS.15.13; TS.4.4.2.2; MS.2.8.9: 114.3; KS.17.8; śB.8.6.1.8.
niṣṭaptaṃ rakṣaḥ # VS.1.7,29 (bis); śB.1.1.2.2; 3.1.4; Aś.2.3.9; Apś.1.12.1; Mś.1.6.1.25; Kauś.3.9. P: niṣṭaptam Vait.7.6; Kś.2.3.11. Cf. under nirdagdhaṃ.
niṣṣidhvarīr oṣadhīr āpa āstām # RV.8.59 (Vāl.11).2a.
nihastāṃś ca kṛṇavaj jātavedāḥ # AVP.3.5.1d; 3.6.1d. See nirhastāṃś etc.
ni hīyatām atiyājasya yaṣṭā # RV.6.52.1d.
indra śūra stavamāna ūtī # RV.7.19.11a; AVś.20.37.11a.
nūnaṃ so asya mahimā paniṣṭa # RV.7.45.2c.
nṛbhyaś cakāra nṛtamo abhiṣṭau # RV.4.16.4d; AVś.20.77.4d.
nṛṣadaṃ tvā druṣadaṃ bhuvanasadam indrāya juṣṭaṃ gṛhṇāmi # TS.1.7.12.1. Ps: nṛṣadaṃ tvā druṣadaṃ bhuvanasadam TB.1.3.9.1; nṛṣadaṃ tvā Apś.18.2.1. See under druṣadaṃ.
nediṣṭho asyā uṣaso vyuṣṭau # RV.4.1.5b; VS.21.4b; TS.2.5.12.3b; MS.4.10.4b: 153.14; 4.14.17b: 246.11; KS.34.19b; KA.1.198.30b; ApMB.1.4.15b.
neṣṭaḥ patnīm udānaya (Mś. abhyudānaya) # TS.6.5.8.5; śB.3.8.2.1; 4.4.2.17; Kś.10.6.20; Apś.12.5.2; 13.14.11; 14.1.7; Mś.2.3.2.9. P: neṣṭaḥ Kś.6.5.28.
neṣṭar yaja # MS.3.6.8 (bis): 71.4,5; Apś.12.24.1; Mś.2.4.1.28. P: neṣṭaḥ Vait.19.5.
naivaṃvidhe havir nyastam # śG.1.2.8a.
ny adṛṣṭā alipsata # RV.1.191.1d,4d; AVś.6.52.2d.
ny anyena vanino mṛṣṭa vāraṇaḥ # RV.1.140.2d.
ny arbudaṃ vāvṛdhāno astaḥ # RV.2.11.20b.
ny arbudasya viṣṭapam # RV.8.32.3a.
pañcaviṃśasya stomasya tisṛṣv ardhatṛtīyāsv ardhatrayodaśāsu vā pariśiṣṭāsu prathamaṃ pratihāraṃ prabrūtāt # ā.5.1.5.1.
paṇiṃ goṣu starāmahe # RV.8.75.7c; TS.2.6.11.2c; MS.4.11.6c: 175.7; KS.7.17c.
patanti miha (MS. mihaḥ; KS. mihas) stanayanty abhrā # RV.1.79.2d; TS.3.1.11.5d; MS.4.12.5d: 193.10; KS.11.13d.
patanti vasya"iṣṭaye # RV.1.25.4b.
patitvā yadi vā viriṣṭam # AVP.4.15.6b.
patir ekāṣṭake tava # AVś.3.10.8b; AVP.1.106.1b.
patyur astaṃ paretya # AVś.14.1.43d.
pathaś citana yaṣṭave # RV.4.37.7b.
panthā ṛtasya sam ayaṃsta raśmibhiḥ # RV.1.136.2b.
panyam-panyaṃ ca kṛṣṭayaḥ # RV.8.74.10d.
payo goṣu praviṣṭaṃ yat # AVś.14.2.57c.
paraḥ kroṣṭāro abhibhāḥ śvānaḥ # AVś.11.2.11d.
paras tarda parastaram # AVP.5.20.1b.
parāyatīṃ mātaram anv acaṣṭa # RV.4.18.3a.
parāsya bhāraṃ punar astam eti # TA.3.14.4d.
pari cid vaṣṭayo dadhuḥ # RV.5.79.5c.
pari pūṣā parastāt (AVś. pur-) # RV.6.54.10a; AVś.7.9.4a. P: pari pūṣā śG.3.9.2.
pariṣadyo 'sy āstavyaḥ # MS.1.2.12: 21.13; KS.2.13. See prec.
pari soma pra dhanvā svastaye # RV.9.75.5a.
pari spaśo varuṇasya smadiṣṭāḥ # RV.7.87.3a.
parīdaṃ vāso adhithāḥ (HG. adhidhāḥ; ApMB. adhi dhā; AVP. api dhāḥ) svastaye # AVś.2.13.3a; 19.24.6a; AVP.15.6.3a; HG.1.4.3a; ApMB.2.2.8a (ApG.4.10.10). Cf. paridhāsyai.
paruṣaḥ-paruṣas (KS. paruṣas-pa-; TSṭAṃahānU. -ṣaḥ) pari # AVP.4.7.8b; VS.13.20b; TS.4.2.9.2b; MS.2.7.15b: 98.13; KS.16.16b; śB.7.4.2.14; TA.10.1.7b; MahānU.4.3b.
paruṣ-parur anughuṣyā vi śasta # RV.1.162.18d; VS.25.41d; TS.4.6.9.3d; KSA.6.5d.
parehy astaṃ nahi mūra māpaḥ # RV.10.95.13d.
parjanyaṃ bhūridhāyasam (AVP.1.4.1b, bhūriretasam; AVś.1.3.1b, śatavṛṣṇyam) # AVś.1.2.1b; 3.1b; AVP.1.3.1b; 1.4.1b (also, with ūhas, indraṃ, varuṇaṃ, candraṃ and sūryaṃ, in place of parjanyaṃ; these ūhas are printed in Bhattacharya's edition as the first pāda of the following stanza).
parjanyasyeva vṛṣṭayaḥ # RV.9.22.2b.
parṣan no ati saścato ariṣṭān # RV.7.97.4d; KS.17.18d.
paśuṃ na naṣṭam iva darśanāya # RV.1.116.23c.
paśuṃ na naṣṭaṃ padair anu gman # RV.10.46.2b.
paśubandhās tadiṣṭayaḥ # AVś.11.7.19d.
paśūn (AVś.VSṭA. -śūṃs) tāṃś cakre vāyavyān # RV.10.90.8c; AVś.19.6.14c; AVP.9.5.12c; VS.31.6c; TA.3.12.4c.
paścāt purastād adharād udaktāt (AVś. utottarāt) # RV.10.87.21a; AVś.8.3.20a.
paścāt purastād abhayaṃ no astu # TB.3.1.1.11d.
paśveva citrā yajur ā gamiṣṭam # RV.10.106.3b.
pātāṃ no dyāvāpṛthivī abhiṣṭaye # AVś.6.3.2a.
pārayā ṇa svastaye # Apś.12.19.2c.
pārśve āstām anumatyāḥ # AVś.9.4.12a.
pāhi no agne rakṣasaḥ (RV.7.1.13a, rakṣaso ajuṣṭāt) # RV.1.36.15a; 7.1.13a; śś.14.54.1.
pāhi paścātād uta vā purastāt # RV.8.48.15d.
pāhi śagdhi svastaye # RV.5.17.5d.
pitaro 'ryamā bhagaḥ savitā tvaṣṭā vāyur indrāgnī ity etāni dakṣiṇadvarāṇi daivatāni sanakṣatrāṇi sagrahāṇi sāhorātrāṇi samuhūrtāni tarpayāmi # BDh.2.5.9.2.
pitā janitur ucchiṣṭaḥ # AVś.11.7.16a.
pitā putraṃ na hastayoḥ # RV.1.38.1b.
pitā matīnām asamaṣṭakāvyaḥ # RV.9.76.4d.
pitā mātā madhuvacāḥ suhastā # RV.5.43.2c.
pitṛbhyas tvā juṣṭām upākaromi # HG.2.15.2; ApG.8.22.3.
pitṛbhyas tvā juṣṭāṃ prokṣāmi # HG.2.15.3.
pitṛbhyo vo juṣṭaṃ nirvapāmi # Apś.1.7.9.
pitṝn māyayāsurāḥ praviṣṭāḥ # Apś.1.8.7b.
pipartu na iṣṭaṃ haviḥ # VS.18.57b.
pibāt somaṃ mamadad (Aś.śś. somam amadann) enam iṣṭe (Aś.śś. iṣṭayaḥ) # AVś.7.14.4c; Aś.5.18.2c; śś.8.3.4c.
pītā nānāvidhā stanāḥ # N.14.6b.
pucham udveṣṭayanta(ḥ) # AVP.13.3.2c.
puṇyaṃ praśastam # MS.4.2.8: 29.11; Mś.9.5.5.26.
putro yat pūrvaḥ pitror janiṣṭa # RV.10.31.10c.
punaḥ-punaḥ svastaye # MG.1.21.3d. Cf. prec.
punar no naṣṭam ākṛdhi (RV.AVś. ājatu) # RV.6.54.10c; AVś.7.9.4c; VS.12.8d; TS.3.3.8.3c; 4.2.1.3d; KS.16.8d; MS.1.7.1d: 109.15; Mś.9.4.1.22.
puraḥ kṛṇudhvam āyasīr (AVP. ayāsīr) adhṛṣṭāḥ # RV.10.101.8c; AVś.19.58.4c; AVP.1.110.4c; KS.38.13c; Apś.16.14.5c.
puraḥ paścāt svastaye # AVP.9.12.9c.
puraṃdarā śikṣataṃ vajrahastā # RV.1.109.8a.
purastāc chakrā uttarāt # AVP.15.14.8c. See purastād uttarāc.
purastād uttarāc chakrāḥ # AVś.11.6.18c. See purastāc chakrā.
purastād yukto vaha jātavedaḥ # AVś.5.29.1a. P: purastād yuktaḥ Kauś.3.16; 8.25. See yukto vaha.
puras tvā sarve kurmahe # AB.7.18.3c. See purastāt sarve.
purā diṣṭāt purāyuṣaḥ # AVś.10.3.16b.
purā diṣṭād āhutīr asya hantu # TB.2.4.2.2d. See purā satyād.
purā satyād āhutiṃ hantv asya # AVś.7.70.1d. See purā diṣṭād āhutīr.
purīṣiṇaḥ prathamānāḥ purastāt # AVś.11.1.32c.
purukṣu tvaṣṭā (MS. tvaṣṭaḥ) suvīryam (VSKṭS. -vīram) # VS.27.20b; VSK.29.2.22b; TS.4.1.8.3b; MS.2.12.6b: 150.16. See tvaṣṭā suvīryaṃ, and deva tvaṣṭā.
purukṣu deva tvaṣṭaḥ # AVś.5.27.10b. See prec.
purutrā vṛtro aśayad vyastaḥ # RV.1.32.7d; AVP.12.12.7d.
purudṛṣṭo adṛṣṭahā # AVP.5.3.1b. See viśvadṛṣṭo adṛṣṭahā.
puru śasta maghattaye # RV.4.37.8d.
purūravaḥ punar astaṃ parehi # RV.10.95.2c; śB.11.5.1.7c.
purojitī vo andhasa ehyā , sūtāya mādayitnavā ehyā , āpa śvānaṃ śnāthīṣṭānā , tam aiho vā ehyā (read aihovā ehiyā, without tam) # JB.1.164. Variation of RV.9.101.1.
purodayād astamayāc ca pāvakam # Kauś.73.1a.
puṣṭapate cakṣuṣe cakṣuḥ smane smānaṃ vāce vācaṃ prāṇāya prāṇaṃ punar dehy asmai # MS.4.8.7: 115.13. P: puṣṭapate Mś.3.8.3. See puṣṭipataye.
puṣṭasya vā puṣṭapatir babhūvitha # AVP.5.27.4b.
puṣṭipataye (Aś. -pate) puṣṭiś cakṣuṣe cakṣuḥ prāṇāya prāṇam ātmana ātmānaṃ (Aś. prāṇaṃ tmane tmānaṃ) vāce vācam asmai punar dhehi (Aś. dehi or dhehi) svāhā # Aś.6.9.1; Apś.14.21.7. See puṣṭapate.
pūrṇā paścād uta pūrṇā purastāt # AVś.7.80.1a; AVP.1.102.2a; TS.3.5.1.1a; TB.3.1.1.12a; Mś.6.2.3.8a. P: pūrṇā paścāt TS.4.4.10.3; TB.1.5.1.5; Vait.1.16; Apś.5.23.4; 17.6.5; Kauś.5.5; 59.19.
pūrvīr uta praśastayaḥ # RV.6.45.3b; 8.12.21b; 40.9b.
pūrvo agniṣ ṭvā tapatu śaṃ purastāt # AVś.18.4.9a.
pūṣā te hastam agrabhīt # śG.2.3.1c; HG.1.5.9; ApMB.2.3.7 (ApG.4.10.12). See pūṣā hastam.
pūṣā tvā pātu prapathe purastāt # RV.10.17.4b; AVś.18.2.55b; TA.6.1.2b.
pūṣā tveto nayatu hastagṛhya # RV.10.85.26a; AG.1.8.1; ApMB.1.2.8a (ApG.2.4.9); JG.1.22a. P: pūṣā tvetaḥ JG.1.22. See bhagas tveto.
pūṣā parastād apathaṃ vaḥ kṛṇotu # AVś.6.73.3b.
pūṣā puṣṭair bhago aṃśena bhaktyā # AVP.2.72.2c.
pūṣā bhago aditir vasta usraḥ # RV.5.49.3b.
pūṣā vaḥ paraspā aditiḥ pretvarīyā indro vo 'dhyakṣo 'naṣṭāḥ punar eta # MS.4.1.1: 2.6.
pūṣā hastam agrabhīt # JG.1.12. See pūṣā te hastam.
pṛthiviṣadaṃ (MS. pṛthivī-; VS. -sadaṃ) tvāntarikṣasadaṃ (VS. adds divisadaṃ devasadaṃ) nākasadam (TSṃS.KS. add indrāya juṣṭaṃ gṛhṇāmi) # VS.9.2; TS.1.7.12.1; MS.1.11.4: 165.10; KS.14.3; śB.5.1.2.6; TB.1.3.9.2.
pṛthivīṃ viṣṇur vyakraṃsta gāyatreṇa chandasā # KS.5.5; 32.5. See under gāyatreṇa chandasā pṛthivīm.
pṛthivī darvir akṣitāparimitānupadastā (ViDh. akṣatā) sā yathā pṛthivī darvir akṣitāparimitānupadastaivā tatasyeyaṃ darvir akṣitāparimitānupadastā # Kauś.88.10. P: pṛthivī darvir akṣatā ViDh.73.17. Cf. yathāgnir akṣito.
pṛthivīṃ tṛtīyaṃ manuṣyān yajño 'gāt tato mā draviṇam āṣṭa # AB.7.5.3. See pitṝn pṛthivīm agan, pṛthivīṃ pitṝn, and pṛthivīṃ manuṣyāṃs.
pṛthivīsamantasya te 'gnir upadraṣṭā # BDh.2.8.14.12. See next.
pṛthivī samā tasyāgnir upadraṣṭā dattasyāpramādāya # HG.2.11.4. See prec.
pṛthivyāṃ viṣṇur vyakraṃsta gāyatreṇa chandasā # VS.2.25; śB.1.9.3.10,12; śś.4.12.4. P: pṛthivyām Kś.3.8.12. See under gāyatreṇa chandasā pṛthivīm.
pṛthivyāṃ gharma stabhitaḥ # AVP.5.13.2a.
pṛthivy udapuram annena viṣṭā # TS.4.4.5.1. P: pṛthivy udapuram annena Apś.16.23.9. See udapurā.
pṛthivyai (sc. tvā juṣṭaṃ prokṣāmi) # Kauś.2.16.
pṛṣṭhavāḍ (Padap. paṣṭa-) gaur vayo dadhuḥ # MS.3.11.11d: 158.9. See paṣṭhavāḍ etc.
paurṇamāsy aṣṭakāmāvāsyā annādā sthānnadughaḥ, yuṣmāsv idam antaḥ, viśvaṃ yakṣaṃ viśvaṃ bhūtaṃ viśvaṃ subhūtam, viśvasya bhartryo viśvasya janayitryaḥ # TB.3.11.1.19.
pra"ugam uktham avyathāyai (KS. avyathāya; TS. avyathayat) stabhnātu (MS. stabhnotu) # VS.15.11; TS.4.4.2.1; MS.2.8.9: 113.11; KS.17.8; śB.8.6.1.6.
pra ketunā bṛhatā yāty (AVśṭA. bhāty) agniḥ # RV.10.8.1a; AVś.18.3.65a; SV.1.71a; TA.6.3.1a. Cf. BṛhD.6.147.
prakośā yavācaṣṭati (?) # Lś.4.2.9b.
pra ced asrāṣṭam (AVP. asrāṣṭram) abhibhāṃ janeṣu # AVś.4.28.4b; AVP.4.37.4b.
prajayainau svastakau # AVś.14.2.64c.
prajāṃ tvaṣṭar adhinidhehy asmai (AVP. -dhehy onaḥ) # AVś.2.29.2b; AVP.15.5.2b.
prajāṃ tvaṣṭā vi ṣyatu nābhim asme # RV.2.3.9c; TS.3.1.11.2c; MS.4.14.8c: 227.2.
prajāpataye tvā juṣṭaṃ gṛhṇāmi # VS.23.2,4; TS.1.7.12.2; 3.5.10.1; 7.5.16.1; 17.1; MS.1.11.4: 166.5; 3.12.16: 165.3; 3.12.17: 165.17; KSA.5.11,12,13.
prajāpataye tvā juṣṭaṃ prokṣāmi # VS.22.5; MS.3.12.1: 160.4; śB.13.1.2.5; 2.7.12; TB.3.8.7.1; Apś.20.5.2; Mś.9.2.1.22. P: prajāpataye tvā Kś.20.1.37.
prajāpatir manasi sārasvato vāci visṛṣṭāyāṃ dhātā dīkṣāyāṃ brahma vrate # Mś.3.6.2.
prajāpatir manasi sārasvato vāci visṛṣṭāyām (Mś. adds svāhā) # KS.34.14; Mś.3.6.2. See prajāpatir vāci.
prajāpatir vāci vyāhṛtāyām # VS.8.54. See prajāpatir manasi sārasvato vāci visṛṣṭāyām.
prajāpatis te hastam agrabhīt # HG.1.5.9.
prajāpateḥ prastaro bṛhaspateḥ keśāḥ # AVP.10.9.2.
prajāpater yat sahajaṃ purastāt # PG.2.2.10b (crit. notes; see Speijer, Jātakarma, p. 22).
prajāpates tvā prasave pṛthivyā nābhāv antarikṣasya bāhubhyāṃ divo hastābhyāṃ prajāpates tvā parameṣṭhinaḥ svārājyenābhiṣiñcāmi # Apś.20.20.3.
prajāṃ mā nir vādiṣṭam # VS.5.17; śB.3.5.3.18.
prajāyai nas (AVP. me) tanve yac ca puṣṭam # AVś.5.3.7b; AVP.5.4.12b; KS.40.10b.
pra tat te adya śipiviṣṭa nāma (SV. havyam) # RV.7.100.5a; SV.2.976a; TS.2.2.12.5a; MS.4.10.1a: 144.6; KS.6.10a; Aś.3.13.14; 6.7.8; 9.9.11; Apś.9.19.12; N.5.9a. Ps: pra tat te adya śipiviṣṭa śś.13.9.2; 15.3.5; pra tat te adya MS.4.12.3: 186.10.
pra tad viṣṇu (AVś. viṣṇu; MS.śś. viṣṇuḥ; KS. viṣṇus) stavate vīryeṇa (AVś. vīryāṇi; TB.Apś. vīryāya) # RV.1.154.2a; AVś.7.26.2a; VS.5.20a; MS.1.2.9a: 19.12; 3.8.7: 105.14; KS.2.10a; 25.8; śB.3.5.3.23a; TB.2.4.3.4a; Aś.6.7.8; 9.9.11; Apś.11.9.1a; NṛpU.2.4a. Ps: pra tad viṣṇuḥ stavate śś.15.3.5; pra tad viṣṇuḥ MS.4.11.4: 172.9; 4.14.5: 221.4; TB.2.8.3.2; 3.1.3.3; śś.5.7.3; Kś.8.4.16; Apś.20.4.5; Mś.2.2.2.37; --4.4.35; 6.1.7.24; 9.2.1.28; VHDh.8.247.
prati na stomaṃ tvaṣṭā juṣeta # RV.7.34.21a.
prati paśuṣu prati tiṣṭhāmi puṣṭau # śG.4.18.9.
prati prāṇeṣu (SMB. prāṇe) prati tiṣṭhāmi puṣṭe (SMB. puṣṭau; MS. tiṣṭhāmy ātman) # VS.20.10d; MS.3.11.8: 152.13; KS.38.4b; śB.12.8.3.22; TB.2.6.5.6d; SMB.2.2.4; HG.2.17.4d. See prati tiṣṭhāmi prāṇā-.
prati śroṇa sthād vy anag acaṣṭa # RV.2.15.7c.
pratihitām āyatāṃ mā vi srāṣṭam # AVś.11.2.1c.
pratīcyāṃ tvā diśy ādityā abhiṣiñcantu puṣṭaye # Rvidh.4.22.3. Cf. next.
pratītaṃ devebhyo juṣṭaṃ havyam asthāt # JB.1.14.
pratūrtir aṣṭādaśaḥ # VS.14.23; TS.4.3.8.1; 5.3.3.2; MS.2.8.4: 109.3; KS.17.4; 20.13; śB.8.4.1.13; Kś.17.10.10.
pra te divo na vṛṣṭayaḥ # RV.9.62.28a.
pra te divo na stanayanti śuṣmāḥ (MS. stanayanta śuṣmaiḥ) # RV.4.10.4d; TS.4.4.4.7d; MS.2.13.8d: 158.1.
pratyag enaṃ śapathā yantu tṛṣṭāḥ (AVś. sṛṣṭāḥ) # RV.10.87.15b; AVś.8.3.14b.
praty ajātān (AVś. -tāṃ; TS.KSṭA. -tāñ) jātavedo nudasva # AVś.7.34.1b; 35.1b; VS.15.2b; VSK.16.1.1b; TS.4.3.12.1b (bis); MS.2.8.7b (bis): 111.3,5; 3.2.10: 31.11; KS.17.6b (bis); TA.2.5.2b (bis). See next.
pratyasta namuceḥ śiraḥ # VS.10.14; MS.2.6.10a: 70.5; 4.4.4: 54.5; KS.15.7; śB.5.4.1.9; Mś.9.1.3.18. P: pratyastam Kś.15.5.24. See nirastaṃ namuceḥ.
pratyuṣṭaṃ rakṣaḥ pratyuṣṭā arātayaḥ (MS.KSṃś. pratyuṣṭārātiḥ) # VS.1.7,29 (bis); TS.1.1.2.1; 4.1; 10.1; MS.1.1.2: 1.5; 1.1.4: 2.16; 1.1.11: 6.12; 1.2.16: 26.17; 3.10.1: 129.18; KS.1.2,4,8,10; 3.6; JB.1.39; śB.1.1.2.2; 3.1.4; TB.3.2.2.2; 4.3; 3.1.1; Aś.2.3.9; Apś.1.3.3; 17.2; 2.4.2; 6.7.1; 7.19.4; Mś.1.2.1.22; Kauś.3.9. Ps: pratyuṣṭaṃ rakṣaḥ MS.4.1.2: 2.15; 4.1.4: 6.8; 4.1.12: 16.7; KS.31.1,3,7,9; Mś.1.1.1.26; 1.2.5.1; 1.8.4.20; Kauś.44.38; pratyuṣṭam Kś.2.3.11. Cf. under nirdagdhaṃ.
prapathe pathām ajaniṣṭa pūṣā # RV.10.17.6a; AVś.7.9.1a; MS.4.14.16a: 243.13; TB.2.8.5.3a; Aś.3.7.8. Ps: prapathe pathām śś.6.10.4; Vait.8.13; prapathe Kauś.52.12.
pra pākaṃ śāssi pra diśo viduṣṭaraḥ # RV.1.31.14d.
pra pūrava stavanta enā yajñaiḥ # RV.6.20.10b.
pra bodhayed gṛhiṇī śuddhahastā # Kauś.73.1b.
prayajyavo maruto bhrājadṛṣṭayaḥ # RV.5.55.1a; KB.23.8; 25.9; ā.1.5.3.12; 18.23.3. P: prayajyavaḥ Aś.7.7.8; śś.10.8.15.
prayājānūyājān sviṣṭakṛtam iḍām āśiṣa ā vṛñje svaḥ (TS. suvaḥ) # TS.7.3.11.2; KSA.3.1.
pra va ete suyujo yāmann iṣṭaye # RV.5.44.4a. Cf. BṛhD.5.43 (B).
pra vām iṣṭayo 'ram aśnuvantu (AVP. vām iṣṭvā varam aśnavātai) # RV.6.74.1b; AVP.1.109.3b; MS.4.11.2b: 165.9; KS.11.12b.
pra vāyave śucipe krandadiṣṭaye # RV.10.100.2b.
praviṣṭāḥ pṛthivīm anu # TS.4.2.6.5b; 5.5.7.5b; JUB.4.3.1b. See under āviṣṭāḥ.
praśāstar yaja # Mś.2.4.1.28. P: praśāstaḥ Vait.19.5; Apś.12.23.16.
pra samrājo (SV. samrājam) asurasya praśastim (SV. praśastam) # RV.7.6.1a; SV.1.78a; KB.22.9. P: pra samrājaḥ śś.10.5.24. Cf. BṛhD.5.161.
pra su śrutaṃ (read pra suśrutaṃ ?) surādhasam # RV.8.50 (Vāl.2).1a; AVś.20.51.3a; Aś.7.4.3; Vait.31.18. P: pra su śrutam śś.7.23.4; 12.9.11. Each stanza of this hymn is to be compared with the corresponding stanza of RV.8.49 (Vāl.1).
pra suṣṭuti stanayantaṃ ruvantam # RV.5.42.14a. Cf. BṛhD.5.38.
prasūtaṃ devena savitrā juṣṭaṃ mitrāvaruṇābhyām # śB.4.6.6.8.
pra sū nayanta gṛbhayanta iṣṭau # RV.1.148.3c.
prasvaḥ stha preyaṃ prajayā bhuvane śoceṣṭa # ApMB.1.9.3 (ApG.2.6.11).
pra hastau na yathā riṣat (AVP. yathāśiṣat) # AVś.19.49.10b; AVP.14.8.10b.
prāṇā niviṣṭā na sasanty enam # AVP.9.12.4b.
prāṇāpānayos tvā hastābhyām ā rabhe # AVP.9.21.2.
prāṇāpānau te sayujāv iha stām # AVś.7.53.2b.
prāṇāpānau mā mā hāsiṣṭam # AVś.16.4.5; TS.3.1.7.1; TB.1.4.6.5; TA.4.1.1; 42.2; Apś.14.19.3.
prāṇāyāpānāyāyuṣe varcasa ojase tejase svastaye subhūtaye svāhā # AVś.19.45.6; AVP.15.4.6--10.
prāṇena me prāṇo dīkṣataṃ (JB. -tāṃ) vāyave samaṣṭavā u # JB.2.65; Apś.10.10.6.
prātar vastor (Aś.śG. prātarvastar) namaḥ svāhā # MS.1.8.7: 125.16; Aś.3.12.4; Apś.9.7.4; Mś.3.3.6 (8); śG.5.4.5. See divā vastos.
prānudhyāḥ pro aśastayaḥ # AVś.7.114.2b.
prāyaścittair bhaiṣajaiḥ (!) saṃstavantaḥ # GB.1.5.24a.
prāyus tāriṣṭaṃ ni rapāṃsi mṛkṣatam # RV.1.34.11c; 157.4c; VS.34.47c.
prāśitraharaṇam asy anādhṛṣṭaṃ sapatnasāham # Mś.1.2.5.7.
priyadhāmā svastaye # AVś.17.1.10e.
priyāṃ apidhīṃr vaniṣīṣṭa medhiraḥ # RV.1.127.7f.
priyā taṣṭāni me kapiḥ # RV.10.86.5a; AVś.20.126.5a.
priyāsa it te maghavann abhiṣṭau # RV.7.19.8a; AVś.20.37.8a.
priyo devānāṃ parame janitre (AVśṭA. sadhasthe) # RV.10.56.1d; AVś.18.3.7d; SV.1.65d; KS.35.17d; TA.6.3.1d; 4.2d; Mś.3.4.1d. See priye devānāṃ.
babhruḥ śarvo 'stā nīlaśikhaṇḍaḥ # AVś.6.93.1b.
barhir na āstām aditiḥ suputrā # RV.3.4.11c.
barhiṣe tvā juṣṭaṃ prokṣāmi # VS.2.1; KS.1.11; 31.10; MS.1.1.11: 7.7; 4.1.13: 17.8; śB.1.3.3.2. P: barhiṣe tvā Mś.1.2.5.23. See next.
barhiṣ ṭe dyāvāpṛthivī ubhe stām # AVś.9.4.10d.
barhiṣy āsta hiraṇyaye # AVś.10.10.12d,17d.
balhikān vā parastarām # AVś.5.22.7b.
bahvīr me bhavata (TS. bhūyāsta) # TS.1.5.6.1; KS.7.1. See bahvīr bhavata.
bāhubhyāṃ pari hastayoḥ # AVP.9.3.11b.
bāhū ayaṃsta savanāya sukratuḥ # RV.6.71.1b.
bibhrad vajraṃ vṛtrahaṇaṃ gabhastau # RV.6.20.9b.
bṛhad enam anu vaste purastāt # AVś.13.3.11a.
bṛhaspataye 'ṣṭākṣarāya chandase svāhā # MS.1.11.10: 173.5.
bṛhaspatiṃ sarvagaṇaṃ svastaye # RV.5.51.12c; MG.2.15.6c.
bṛhaspatir aṣṭame # VS.39.6.
bṛhaspatir aṣṭākṣarayānuṣṭubham udajayat # MS.1.11.10: 172.14; KS.14.4. Cf. next but two.
bṛhaspatir aṣṭākṣarayāṣṭau diśā (KS. diśa) udajayat # MS.1.11.10: 172.3; KS.14.4.
bṛhaspatir aṣṭākṣarām # MS.1.11.10: 171.15; KS.14.4.
bṛhaspatir aṣṭākṣareṇa gāyatrīm ud ajayat (VS. ajayat tām ujjeṣam) # VS.9.32; TS.1.7.11.1. Cf. prec. but two.
bṛhaspatir ni minotu prajānan # AVś.3.12.4b; AVP.7.6.6b. See tvaṣṭā hotā ni etc.
bṛhaspatir brahmā brahmasadana āsiṣṭa # Aś.1.13.6.
bṛhaspatiś ca mā viśve ca mā devā dyauś copariṣṭād gopāyatām # MG.2.15.1.
bṛhaspatiṣ ṭvā (TA. -tis tvā) viśvair devair upariṣṭād rocayatu (TA. rocayatu pāṅktena chandasā) # MS.4.9.5: 125.8; TA.4.6.2; 5.5.2. Cf. bṛhaspatis tvopariṣṭād.
bṛhaspatis te hastam agrabhīt # HG.1.5.9.
bṛhaspatis tvopariṣṭād abhiṣiñcatu pāṅktena chandasā # TB.2.7.15.8. Cf. bṛhaspatiṣ ṭvā viśvair.
bṛhaspate pra cikitsā gaviṣṭau # RV.6.47.20c.
bṛhaspater aṣṭamī # VS.25.4; TS.5.7.21.1; MS.3.15.4: 179.1; KSA.13.11.
bekurā nāmāsi juṣṭā devebhyaḥ # PB.1.3.1; 6.7.6. P: bekurā nāmāsi Lś.1.11.9. See next.
bodhaś ca mā pratibodhaś (KS. pratī-) ca purastād gopāyatām KS.37.10; MG.2.15.1. See under ṛṣir bodhaḥ, and cf. prec. but three.
bradhnasya viṣṭapaṃ catustriṃśaḥ # VS.14.23; TS.4.3.8.1; 5.3.3.5; MS.2.8.4: 109.7; KS.17.4; 20.13; śB.8.4.1.23.
bradhnasya viṣṭapam agamam # TB.3.7.7.4; Apś.10.9.4.
bradhnasya viṣṭapāya pātranirṇegam (VS. viṣṭapāyābhiṣektāram) # VS.30.12; TB.3.4.1.8.
brahmaṃ stoṣyāmaḥ praśāstaḥ # Lś.1.12.1. See brahman etc.
brahma jajñānaṃ prathamaṃ purastāt # AVś.4.1.1a; 5.6.1a; AVP.5.2.2a; 6.11.1a; SV.1.321a; VS.13.3a; TS.4.2.8.2a; MS.2.7.15a: 96.11; 3.2.6: 23.8; KS.16.15a; 20.5; 38.14a; AB.1.19.1; KB.8.4; śB.7.4.1.14; 14.1.3.3; TB.2.8.8.8a; TA.10.1.10a; Aś.4.6.3a; 9.9.12; śś.5.9.5a; 15.3.6; 18.1.2. P: brahma jajñānam TS.5.2.7.1 (bis); GB.2.2.6; TB.3.12.1.1; TA.1.13.3; SaṃnyāsaU.1; Mś.6.1.7.2; 11.7.3.2; Vait.14.1; 28.33; Kś.17.4.2; Apś.16.18.7; 22.3; Kauś.9.1; 15.12; 18.25; 19.1; 28.15; 38.23; 51.7; 79.11; 139.10; JG.2.8,9; BDh.2.10.18.7; BṛhPDh.9.62,314; Svidh.1.6.4,8. Cf. the khila mentioned as brahma BṛhD.8.14; Rvidh., Meyer's edition, p. xxī; Oldenberg, Die Hymnen des Rig-Veda, p. 363.
brahmaṇa āstaraṇam asi # TA.1.12.5.
brahmaṇa upastaraṇam asi # MS.4.9.27: 140.8; TA.1.12.5; KA.1.216; 3.216; Mś.4.3.43. Cf. brahmaṇa āvapanam.
brahmaṇas tvā hastābhyām ā rabhe # AVP.9.21.3.
brahmaṇe prāṇāya (also apānāya, vyānāya, etc.) juṣṭaṃ nirvapāmi # Apś.5.5.2.
brahmadviṣo hanty anānudiṣṭaḥ # RV.10.160.4d; AVś.20.96.4d.
brahman stoṣyāmaḥ praśāstaḥ # KB.17.7; GB.2.5.4; śB.4.6.6.6; Aś.5.2.11; śś.6.8.5; Vait.17.3; Lś.5.11.2; Apś.14.9.7; Mś.5.2.16.14. See brahmaṃ etc.
brahma punar iṣṭaṃ pūrtaṃ dāt svāhā # AB.7.21.2.
brahma pṛṣṭam anādṛtam # SaṃhitopaniṣadB.3b; VāDh.2.11b.
brahma varṣanti vṛṣṭayaḥ (text bṛṣṭayaḥ) # AVP.8.9.4b.
brahmā ced dhastam agrahīt # AVś.5.17.8c; AVP.9.16.6c.
brahmā saṃ stautu bhadrayā # AVś.9.4.11d.
brāhmaṇeṣu praviṣṭaḥ # GB.2.1.3b; Vait.3.12b; Kauś.65.15b.
bhagaṃ purastāt pratibudhyamānāḥ # AVP.10.6.2a.
bhagas te hastam agrabhīt (AVś. -hīt) # AVś.14.1.51a; śG.2.3.1a; ApMB.2.3.10 (ApG.4.10.12).
bhagas tveto nayatu hastagṛhya # AVś.14.1.20a; AVP.4.10.1a. P: bhagas tvetaḥ Kauś.76.10. See pūṣā tveto.
bhago mā bhagenāvatu prāṇāyāpānāyāyuṣe varcasa ojase tejase svastaye subhūtaye svāhā # AVś.19.45.9; AVP.15.4.9.
bhadram adhastān no vada # RVKh.2.43.3a.
bhadram upariṣṭān no vada # RVKh.2.43.3b.
bhadraṃ purastān no vada # RVKh.2.43.1c; Kauś.46.54c; N.9.5c.
bhadrā uta praśastayaḥ # RV.8.19.19c; SV.1.111c; 2.909c; VS.15.38c,39a; MS.4.12.5c: 191.10; KS.39.15c; JB.3.275c; Apś.14.33.6c,6a; Mś.6.2.2.21a,21c.
bhadrā te hastā sukṛtota pāṇī # RV.4.21.9a; MS.4.12.3a: 186.13; Aś.3.13.14.
bhadrān naḥ śreyaḥ sam anaiṣṭa devāḥ # TS.5.7.2.4a,5; KS.13.15a; TB.2.4.8.7a; Aś.2.9.10a; Apś.6.30.8; Mś.1.6.4.25a; śG.3.8.3a; Kauś.74.19a; SMB.2.1.13a; PG.3.1.4a; JG.1.24a. Ps: bhadrān naḥ śreyaḥ GG.3.8.16; bhadrān naḥ KhG.3.3.13.
bhadrāyāṃ te raṇayanta saṃdṛṣṭau # RV.6.1.4d; MS.4.13.6d: 206.12; KS.18.20d; TB.3.6.10.2d.
bhadrāsi rātri camaso na piṣṭaḥ # AVś.19.49.8a; AVP.14.8.8a.
bhadrau hastau bhadrā jihvā # AVP.9.22.2a.
bhayaṃ parastād abhayaṃ te arvāk # AVś.8.1.10d.
bhayaḥ śokamanastāpāḥ # RVKh.5.87.29c.
bharadvājān sārñjayo abhy ayaṣṭa # RV.6.47.25b.
bhare-bhare no yaśasāv aviṣṭām # RV.5.43.2d.
bhavā naḥ saprathastamaḥ (VS. adds sakhā vṛdhe) # VS.12.114c; TS.1.4.32.1c; TA.3.17.1c; Apś.14.29.1c. See next but one.
bhavā naḥ suśravastamaḥ (RV.1.91.17c, KS. add sakhā vṛdhe) # RV.1.91.17c; 3.45.5d; 8.45.8c; KS.35.13c. See prec. but one.
bhavā mṛḍīka uta no abhiṣṭau # RV.6.33.5b.
bhavā stotṛbhyo antamaḥ svastaye # RV.3.10.8c.
bhuvo brahma prāṇam amṛtaṃ prapadyate 'yam asau śarma varmābhayaṃ svastaye, saha prajayā saha paśubhiḥ # AB.8.11.2.
bhūtaṃ bhaviṣyat prastaumi # śB.10.4.1.9a.
bhūto bhūteṣu carati praviṣṭaḥ # KS.37.9a; TB.2.7.15.1a. See next.
bhūtyai tvā śiro veṣṭayāmi # BDh.3.2.7.
bhūyasīr bhūyāsta yā no bhūyaso 'karta # MS.4.2.8: 29.17.
bhūyāṃso bhūyāsta ye no bhūyaso 'karta # MS.4.2.8: 30.1. P: bhūyāṃso bhūyāsta Mś.9.5.6.2 (text bhūyāsta iti). See next.
bhūyāṃso bhūyāsma ye ca no bhūyasaḥ kārṣṭāpi (read bhūyaso 'kārṣṭāpi ?) ca no 'nye bhūyāṃso jāyantām # Kauś.92.25. See prec.
bhūri cid aryaḥ sudāstarāya # RV.1.185.9c.
bhūri cyavanta vastave # RV.1.48.2b.
bhūrijānāṃ tavastamaḥ # śś.8.17.1.
bhūri śastaṃ (SV. śastraṃ) pṛthuḥ (JB. pṛthu) svaruḥ # RV.8.45.2b; SV.2.689b; VS.33.24b; JB.3.276b.
bhūr brahma prāṇam amṛtaṃ prapadyate 'yam asau śarma varmābhayaṃ svastaye, saha prajayā saha paśubhiḥ # AB.8.11.1.
bhūry aspaṣṭa kartvam # RV.1.10.2b; SV.2.695b.
bhrājajjanmāno maruto adhṛṣṭāḥ # RV.6.66.10d; MS.4.14.11d: 233.1.
bhrātāntarikṣam abhiśastyā naḥ (TA. abhiśasta enaḥ) # AVś.6.120.2b; TA.2.6.2b.
bhrūṇaghni pūṣan duritāni mṛkṣva (AVP. muṣṭāḥ) # AVś.6.112.3d; 113.2d; AVP.1.70.4d.
maṇiṃ hastād ādadānā mṛtasya # TA.6.1.3a.
maṇis te astu puraetā purastāt # AVś.10.3.2b.
maṇḍūko yad abhivṛṣṭaḥ kaniṣkan # RV.7.103.4c.
matsi no vasya"iṣṭaye # RV.1.176.1a; śś.11.11.17; 18.18.5.
matsi vāyum iṣṭaye rādhase naḥ (RV.JB. ca) # RV.9.97.42a; SV.2.604a; JB.3.240a; PB.15.1.3.
madhu chando bhanati rebha iṣṭau # RV.6.11.3d.
madhu naktam utoṣasaḥ (KS. -ṣasā; TSṭA. -ṣasi) # RV.1.90.7a; VS.13.28a; TS.4.2.9.3a; MS.2.7.16a: 99.20; KS.39.3a; śB.14.9.3.12a; TA.10.10.2a; 49.1a; BṛhU.6.3.12a; MahānU.9.9a; 17.7a; Kauś.91.1a.
manasā me mano dīkṣatāṃ prajāpataye samaṣṭavā u # JB.2.65; Apś.10.10.6. See under prec.
manasā vācā hastābhyām # TA.10.24.1b; 25.1b; MahānU.14.3b,4b.
manāyur vā bhavati vasta usrāḥ # RV.4.25.2b.
manunā kṛtā svadhayā vitaṣṭā # TS.1.1.2.1b; MS.1.1.2b: 1.6; 4.1.2: 2.17; KS.1.2b; 31.1; TB.3.2.2.2b.
manunā dṛṣṭāṃ ghṛtapadīm # TB.3.7.5.6a; Apś.3.1.7a.
manuṣvad aṅgirastama # RV.8.43.27b.
manuṣvad daivyam aṣṭamam # RV.2.5.2c.
mano niviṣṭam anusaṃviśasva # AVś.18.3.9c.
manyave 'yastāpam # VS.30.14; TB.3.4.1.10.
manyunā puruṣe mṛte # AVś.12.2.5b. See next, and manyunā sumanastara.
manyunā sumanastara # MS.1.7.1b: 108.3. See under manyunā puruṣe.
mama tvaṣṭā ca pūṣā ca # AVP.1.40.1c; Kauś.133.3c.
mama snuṣā śvaśurasya praviṣṭau # Aś.2.11.8c. See asya snuṣā.
mamānīkaṃ sūryasyeva duṣṭaram # RV.10.48.3c.
mamedam iṣṭaṃ na mithurbhavāti # TB.3.7.5.12b; Apś.2.20.6b.
mayi te veṣṭatāṃ manaḥ # AVś.6.102.2d. Cf. prec. but one.
mayi puṣṭiṃ puṣṭipatir (AVś.AVP. puṣṭaṃ puṣṭa-) dadhātu (AG. dadātu) # AVś.7.19.1d; 19.31.6b; AVP.10.5.6b; MS.2.13.23d: 169.5; KS.13.15d,16d; 40.1d; Tā.10.67.2d; MahānU.20.1d; Apś.14.28.4d; AG.1.2.5d (crit. notes); SMB.2.4.7c. Cf. next.
mayaitāṃ māṃstāṃ bhriyamāṇā # TA.6.12.1a.
mayobhuvo vṛṣṭayaḥ santv asme # RV.7.101.5c; KS.20.15c. See mayobhūr vāto viśva-.
mayobhūr vāto viśvakṛṣṭayaḥ santv asme # TA.1.29.1c. See mayobhuvo vṛṣṭayaḥ.
marutaḥ pariveṣṭāraḥ # AB.8.21.14a; śB.13.5.4.6a; śś.16.9.16a; Mahābh.12.29.18a.
marutas taj jujuṣṭana # RV.7.59.9b; AVś.7.77.1b; TS.4.3.13.3b; MS.4.10.5b: 154.7; KS.21.13b.
maruto mā gaṇair avantu prāṇāyāpānāyāyuṣe varcasa ojase tejase svastaye subhūtaye svāhā # AVś.19.45.10; AVP.15.4.10.
marutvatīyam uktham avyathāyai (KS. -thāya; TS. -thayat) stabhnātu (MS. -notu) # VS.15.12; TS.4.4.2.2; MS.2.8.9: 113.16; KS.17.8; śB.8.6.1.7.
marudbhyaḥ krīḍibhyaḥ (VSK. krīli-) saṃsṛṣṭān # VS.24.16; VSK.26.20; MS.3.13.14: 171.7; Apś.20.14.10.
marudbhyaḥ svatavadbhyo 'nusṛṣṭān # VS.24.16; MS.3.13.14: 171.7; Apś.20.14.10.
markāya sūryāya tvā juṣṭaṃ gṛhṇāmi # KS.4.3.
marto na vṛta (SV. vaṣṭa) tad vacaḥ # RV.9.101.13b; SV.1.553b; 2.736b.
maha (MS. mahaḥ; KS. mahas) stavāno adrivaḥ # RV.6.46.2b; AVś.20.98.2b; SV.2.160b; VS.27.38b; MS.2.13.9b: 159.2; KS.39.12b (bis); JB.2.12; Apś.17.8.7 (bis).
mahas te sato mahimā panasyate (SV. paniṣṭama) # RV.8.101.11c; AVś.20.58.3c; SV.1.276c; 2.1138c; VS.33.39c. See mahāṃs te.
mahaḥ su vo aram iṣe stavāmahe # RV.8.46.17a.
mahaḥ (and mahas) stavāno etc. # see maha stavāno etc.
mahāṃ indro vajrabāhuḥ (VS. vajrahastaḥ) # VS.26.10a; TS.1.4.41.1a; TA.10.1.10a; MahānU.20.11a.
mahān mahitve tastabhānaḥ (KS. mahitvā saṃstambhe) # KS.40.9c; TB.2.7.6.3c; Apś.22.12.20c.
mahān mahī astabhāyad (AVś.AVP.KS. aska-) vi jātaḥ # AVś.4.1.4c; AVP.5.2.4a; TS.2.3.14.6a; KS.10.13a; AB.1.19.3; Aś.4.6.3a.
mahi kṣatraṃ kṣatriyāya dadhatīḥ # VS.10.4d. See mahi varcaḥ, and cf. anādhṛṣṭāḥ sīdata.
mahīṃ ta omātrāṃ kṛṣṭayo viduḥ # RV.10.50.5b.
maho ādityāṃ aditiṃ svastaye # RV.10.63.5d.
mahnā divaṃ na tastabhuḥ # RV.8.55 (Vāl.7).2c.
mahyaṃ yajantu (AVś.AVP.KS. -tāṃ) mama yāni havyā (AVś.AVP.KS. yānīṣṭā) # RV.10.128.4a; AVś.5.3.4a; AVP.5.4.4a; TS.4.7.14.2a; KS.40.10a.
mahyaṃ tvaṣṭā vajram atakṣad āyasam # RV.10.48.3a.
mahyaṃ dadatu puṣṭaye # AVś.10.6.29b.
mahyā ariṣṭatātaye # AVś.3.5.5b; 8.5.20b; AVP.3.13.5b; 7.5.11d.
mahyā indraṃ (ApMB. -dra) svastaye # RV.6.57.6c; ApMB.1.6.14c; 8.8c.
gām anāgām aditiṃ vadhiṣṭa # RV.8.101.15d; TA.6.12.1d; Kauś.92.14d; SMB.2.8.15d; PG.1.3.27d; ApMB.2.10.10b; HG.1.13.12d; MG.1.9.23d; JG.1.19d; VārG.11.23d.
mātariśvā pavamānaḥ purastāt # AVP.5.16.1b.
mātaro vividhā dṛṣṭāḥ # N.14.6c.
te asyāṃ sahasāvan pariṣṭau # RV.7.19.7a; AVś.20.37.7a; TS.1.6.12.5a; MS.4.12.3a: 183.2; Aś.2.10.4. P: mā te asyām MG.2.15.6.
te gṛdhnur aviśastātihāya # RV.1.162.20c; VS.25.43c; TS.4.6.9.4c; KSA.6.5c.
te hāsta tanvaḥ kiṃ caneha # AVś.18.2.24c.
tvā kravyād abhi maṃsta # AVś.8.1.12a.
tvā vidad iṣumān vīro astā # RV.2.42.2b.
tvā vṛkṣaḥ (TA. vṛkṣau) saṃ bādhiṣṭa (TA. once, bādhiṣṭām; another time, bādhethām) # AVś.18.2.25a; TA.6.7.2a (bis). P: mā tvā vṛkṣaḥ Kauś.82.32.
tvā vyastakeśyaḥ # AVś.8.1.19c.
durge mā staro riṣat # PG.3.14.12b,13b. See under mā duḥkhe.
mādhyaṃdine savane vajrahasta # RV.3.32.3c; KB.22.2.
na indrābhitas tvad ṛṣvāriṣṭāsaḥ # TB.2.7.16.2a. See under na te ta indrā-.
naḥ paścān mā purastān nudiṣṭhāḥ # AVś.12.1.32a.
mānavīḥ pañca kṛṣṭayaḥ # AVś.3.24.3b; AVP.5.30.6b.
naḥ śāpta januṣā subhāgāḥ # TS.3.3.9.1c; PG.3.9.6c. See mā no hāsiṣṭa, and mā vaśvātra.
na star abhimātaye # RV.8.3.2b; SV.2.772b.
nas tasmād enasaḥ pāpayiṣṭa # TS.3.2.8.3d.
no agniṃ nirṛtir mā na āṣṭān (Padap. āṣṭhāṃ; KA. nirṛtiṃ mo arātiṃ) # MS.4.9.12c: 133.5; KA.1.198.12c. See mā no rudro.
no 'bhi māṃsta namo astv asmai # AVś.11.2.8c.
no mardhiṣṭam ā gataṃ śivena # RV.7.73.4d.
no mardhiṣṭam ā gatam # RV.7.74.3d; VS.33.8d.
no rudro nirṛtir mā no astā # TA.4.20.2c. See mā no agniṃ.
no vadhair varuṇa ye ta iṣṭau # RV.2.28.7a; MS.4.14.9a: 229.5.
no vi yauṣṭaṃ sakhyā mumocatam # RV.8.86.1d--5d.
no hāsiṣṭa januṣā subhāgāḥ # AVś.9.4.24c. See under mā naḥ śāpta.
no hiṃsiṣṭa # SMB.2.1.7. See mā mā hiṃsiṣṭa.
no hiṃsiṣṭaṃ harasā daivyena (text devyena) # AVP.12.9.9d. See mā no hiṃsīr harasā.
no hiṃsiṣṭaṃ dvipado mā catuṣpadaḥ # AVś.11.2.1d.
no hiṃsiṣṭa yat tapaḥ # AVś.19.40.3b.
no hiṃsīr harasā daivyena # AVP.11.5.10d. See mā no hiṃsiṣṭaṃ harasā.
pṛṇan pūrtyā vi rādhi (MS.KS. rādhiṣṭa) # TS.1.2.3.2; MS.1.2.3: 12.9; KS.2.4.
brahma pra mathiṣṭana # AVś.19.40.2b.
māṃ hiṃsiṣṭaṃ yat etc. # see mā mā hiṃsiṣṭaṃ svaṃ etc.
mādhi putre vim iva grabhīṣṭa # RV.2.29.5d; MS.4.12.6d: 194.8.
mānuṣīr avasṛṣṭā vadhāya # AVś.17.1.28d.
mā saṃ tāptam (Apś. tāpsīḥ) # VS.5.33; TS.1.1.12.1; KS.1.12; 31.11; 40.3; TB.3.3.7.7; PB.1.5.1; śś.1.6.11; 6.12.13; Lś.2.3.9; Apś.6.10.11; ApMB.2.9.3; HG.1.11.9; MG.1.2.16. Cf. mā modoṣiṣṭam.
mā hāsiṣṭa # MS.1.5.2: 68.12; 1.5.9: 77.20; KS.7.1; Apś.6.20.2.
mā hiṃsiṣṭa # VS.5.34; PB.1.4.15; Aś.5.3.15; śś.6.13.1; Vait.18.8; JG.1.12. See mā no hiṃsiṣṭa.
mā (KS. māṃ) hiṃsiṣṭaṃ svaṃ (KS. yat svaṃ) yonim āviśantau (KS. āviśāthaḥ) # MS.2.3.8d: 36.12; KS.17.19d. See mā mā hiṃsīḥ svāṃ, and mainaṃ hiṃsiṣṭaṃ.
mā hiṃsiṣṭam (AVP. -ṭaṃ svāhā) # AVś.5.9.8; AVP.6.12.1; TS.1.4.1.2; MS.1.1.13: 8.7; KS.37.15,16; śB.1.5.1.25; śś.1.6.11.
mā hiṃsīr adhigataṃ purastāt (Mś. adds svāhā) # Apś.7.6.5d; Mś.1.7.3.40d.
mā hiṃsīḥ svāṃ (KS. svaṃ) yonim āviśantī (KSṭB.Apś. āviśan) # VS.19.7d; KS.37.18d; śB.12.7.3.14; TB.1.4.2.2d; 2.6.1.4d; Apś.19.3.4d. See under mā mā hiṃsiṣṭaṃ svaṃ.
māmuṣyoc chiṣṭa kiṃ cana # AVP.5.9.8d.
me kṣeṣṭa bahu me pūrtam astu # JG.2.2a. P: mā me kṣeṣṭa JG.2.2. Cf. prec.
me dīkṣāṃ mā tapo nir vadhiṣṭa (Kś. ba-) # TS.3.1.1.3; Kś.25.11.22; Mś.2.1.2.36.
me sakhyuḥ stāmānam api ṣṭhāta # AVś.5.13.5c. See mā naḥ sakhyuḥ.
modoṣiṣṭam # MS.1.1.13: 8.7; śB.1.5.1.25. Cf. mā mā saṃ tāptam.
yakṣmam iha hāsiṣṭa # AVP.9.24.6a.
yajñaṃ hiṃsiṣṭaṃ mā yajñapatiṃ jātavedasau # VS.5.3c; 12.60c; TS.1.3.7.2c; 4.2.5.2c; MS.1.2.7c: 16.9; śB.3.4.1.24c. P: mā yajñaṃ hiṃsiṣṭam Mś.8.13.12 (14). See mā hiṃsiṣṭaṃ yajña-.
māyaṃ marad ahidaṣṭaḥ # AVP.8.7.10a.
māyuṃ daśaṃ māruśastāḥ prameṣṭhāḥ # GB.1.5.24a.
yuvam asmān hiṃsiṣṭam # KS.3.10.
māruto na plavāyati # RVKh.1.191.4d. See naṣṭaceṣṭaś.
mārgaśīrṣapauṣamāghāparapakṣeṣu tisro 'ṣṭakāḥ # Kauś.141.24cd.
viparyāsta (iti) # Apś.7.22.8. Comm. mā viparyāsthāḥ.
māśāḥ pra cyoṣṭa lohitam # AVP.11.1.8b.
māṣāḥ piṣṭā bhāgadheyaṃ te havyam # AVś.12.2.53c.
māsāṃ (text, erroneously, māsā) tvā hastābhyām ā rabhe # AVP.9.21.9.
māsmān yuvaṃ hiṃsiṣṭam # MS.1.3.3: 31.6.
hiṃsiṣṭaṃ yajñapatim # KS.3.4c; 16.11; 26.7; Kauś.108.2c. See mā yajñaṃ hiṃsiṣṭaṃ.
hiṃsiṣṭaṃ kumāryam # AVś.14.1.63a. P: mā hiṃsiṣṭam Kauś.77.20.
hiṃsiṣṭa pitaraḥ kena cin naḥ # RV.10.15.6c; AVś.18.1.52c; VS.19.62c.
hiṃsiṣṭaṃ pitaraṃ mātaraṃ ca # AVś.6.140.2e,3d.
mitram īmahe varuṇaṃ svastaye # RV.8.18.20c.
mitras te hastam agrabhīt # HG.1.5.9; ApMB.2.3.11 (ApG.4.10.12).
mitrāyuvo na pūrpatiṃ suśiṣṭau # RV.1.173.10c.
mitrāvaruṇayos tvā hastābhyāṃ prasūtaḥ praśiṣā prayachāmi (Kauś.56.3, pratigṛhṇāmi) # Kauś.56.2,3; 57.4.
mitrāvaruṇābhyāṃ tvā juṣṭaṃ gṛhṇāmi # Apś.12.28.11.
mitrāvaruṇau praśāstārau praśāstrāt (Kś. prāśāstrāt) # Kś.9.8.10; Apś.7.14.5; 11.19.8; Mś.2.3.6.17.
mithaḥ santu praśastayaḥ # RV.1.26.9c.
mimyakṣa vajro nṛpate gabhastau # RV.10.44.2b; AVś.20.94.2b.
mīḍhuṣṭama (VSK. mīlhuṣ-) śivatama # VS.16.51a; VSK.17.8.5a; TS.4.5.10.4a; MS.2.9.9a: 127.15; KS.17.16a. P: mīḍhuṣṭama TB.2.8.6.9.
muṣṇann uṣasaḥ sūryeṇa stavān # RV.2.20.5c.
mūrdhā ca mā vidharmā ca mā hāsiṣṭām # AVś.16.3.2.
mṛgaḥ sṛtiṃ yati dhāvād ajuṣṭām # AVś.10.3.6b.
mṛḍatā no maruto mā vadhiṣṭana # RV.5.55.9a.
mṛḍā jaritre rudra stavānaḥ # RV.2.33.11c; AVś.18.1.40c; TS.4.5.10.4c; NṛpU.2.4c.
mṛtān mṛtamanastarā # AVś.6.18.2b.
mṛtyave tvā juṣṭaṃ gṛhṇāmi # TB.3.10.8.1.
meteva dhūmaṃ stabhayad upa dyām # RV.4.6.2d.
medasta pratipacata # VS.21.60; 28.23,46; MS.4.13.9: 211.8; KS.19.13; TB.2.6.15.2; 3.6.15.1. See taṃ medastaḥ.
memaṃ hāsiṣṭaṃ mṛtyave # AVP.1.61.4b.
meyam asmin patau raṃsta # AVP.6.23.11a.
mainaṃ hiṃsiṣṭaṃ svāṃ yonim āviśantau # AB.8.8.11d. See under mā mā hiṃsiṣṭaṃ svaṃ.
maivaṃ māṃstā (read māṃsthāḥ ?) priye 'ham # TA.6.1.2a.
modamānau sve gṛhe (AVś. -nau svastakau) # RV.10.85.42d; AVś.14.1.22d.
mauñjā adṛṣṭā vairiṇāḥ # RV.1.191.3c. Cf. next.
mauñjā adṛṣṭāḥ sairyāḥ # AVP.9.6.7c. Cf. prec.
ya imaṃ durgāstavaṃ puṇyam # RVKh.10.127.13c.
ya imā viśvā bhuvanāni juhvat # RV.10.81.1a; VS.17.17a; TS.4.6.2.1a; MS.2.10.2a: 133.1; KS.18.1a; Apś.17.14.2. Ps: ya imā viśvā bhuvanāni śś.6.11.9; Mś.6.2.5.2; ya imā viśvā VS.34.58. Cf. BṛhD.7.117. The stanzas VS.17.17,18 are designated as vaiśvakarmaṇe (sc. ṛcau) śB.9.2.2.6.
ya ime dyāvāpṛthivī tastabhāne (AVP. tastabhāna) # AVP.4.1.5a; MS.2.13.23a: 168.16; KS.40.1a. P: ya ime dyāvā KA.1.198.37.
ya udagān mahato 'rṇavāt (KA. udagāt purastān mahato arṇavāt) # TA.4.42.5a; KA.1.219Ka. P: ya udagāt BDh.2.5.8.11.
ya upariṣṭāj juhvati jātavedaḥ # AVś.4.40.7a. Cf. asyāṃ ma ūrdhvāyāṃ.
ya etasmiṃ loke stha yūyaṃ teṣāṃ vasiṣṭhā bhūyāsta # TS.3.2.5.6; TB.1.3.10.9. Cf. ye 'tra pitaraḥ pi-.
yaḥ puṣṭāni saṃsṛjati dvayāni (TSṃS.KS. trayāṇi) # AVś.4.24.7b; TS.4.7.15.2b; MS.3.16.5b: 190.12; KS.22.15b. AVP.4.39.7b prefixes to this mantra the word vaśī, properly belonging to the preceding pāda. See vaśī yaḥ puṣṭāni.
yaḥ pṛtanāsu duṣṭaraḥ # RV.8.46.8d.
yaṃ vardhayanti puṣṭayaś ca nityāḥ # RV.2.27.12b.
yaṃ vahanty aṣṭāyogāḥ # AVP.9.8.10a.
yaṃ vā hastaṃ brāhmaṇasyārabhante # AVP.5.36.6b.
yaṃ sukratuṃ dhiṣaṇe vibhvataṣṭam # RV.3.49.1c.
yaṃ havanta iṣumantaṃ (AVP. -vantaṃ) gaviṣṭau # AVś.4.24.5b; AVP.4.39.5b.
yakṣmo yo asminn āviṣṭaḥ # AVś.6.85.1c; 10.3.5c.
yaṃ krandasī avasā tastabhāne # RV.10.121.6a; VS.32.7a; VSK.29.34a; TS.4.1.8.5a; KA.1.198.39a. See prec.
yac ca piṣṭaṃ yac cāpiṣṭam # AVP.2.2.5a.
yachā naḥ śarma saprathaḥ (VS.KSṭA.Apś.ApMBḥG. -thāḥ) # RV.1.22.15c; VS.35.21c; 36.13c; MS.4.12.2c: 180.17; KS.38.13c; TA.10.1.10c; Apś.16.17.17c; SMB.2.2.7c; HG.2.17.9c; ApMB.2.15.2c; 18.8c; N.9.32c. See next but one.
yajamāna hotar adhvaryo 'gnīd brahman potar neṣṭar utopavaktar iṣeṣayadhvam ūrjorjayadhvam # KB.28.5; Aś.5.7.3; śś.7.6.3.
yaje yakṣi yaṣṭāhe ca # TA.1.11.4d.
yajña iṣṭaḥ pūrvacittiṃ dadhātu # TB.2.5.5.1c.
yajñaṃ viṣṭāra ohate # RV.5.52.10d.
yajñaṃ naḥ pātu (TB. pāntu) rajasaḥ (TB. vasavaḥ) parasmāt (TB.Apś. purastāt) # MS.2.13.22d: 168.1; KS.40.12d; TB.3.1.2.7a; Apś.17.13.2d.
yajñasya ketuṃ prathamaṃ purastāt # RV.3.29.5c.
yajñasya no viriṣṭaṃ saṃdhehi # GB.1.1.14.
yato daṣṭaṃ yato dhītam # AVś.7.56.3a.
yato dyāvāpṛthivī niṣṭatakṣuḥ # RV.10.31.7b; 81.4b; VS.17.20b; TS.4.6.2.5b; MS.2.10.2b: 133.3; KS.18.2b; TB.2.8.9.6b,7b.
yato yaviṣṭho ajaniṣṭa mātuḥ # RV.7.4.2b.
yat kusīdam apratīttaṃ (MSṃśṭA. -tītaṃ; SMB. apradattaṃ) mayi (MSṃśṭAṣMB. mayeha) # TS.3.3.8.1a,4; MS.4.14.17a: 245.9; TA.2.3.2a; Mś.2.5.5.18a; SMB.2.3.20a. Ps: yat kusīdam apratīttam Apś.13.24.15; yat kusīdam GG.4.4.26. See under apamityam.
yat ta āsthitaṃ śam u tat te astu # TB.3.7.13.3c. See yat te viriṣṭaṃ.
yat te 'nādhṛṣṭaṃ nāma yajñiyaṃ (KS. nāmānādhṛṣyaṃ; MS. dhāmānādhṛṣyaṃ) tena tvādadhe # VS.5.9 (ter); TS.1.2.12.1 (bis); MS.1.2.8 (ter): 17.10,12,15; KS.2.9 (bis); 7.14; śB.3.5.1.32.
yat te riṣṭaṃ yat te dyuttam # AVś.4.12.2a. See yadi śīrṇaṃ.
yat te viriṣṭaṃ sam u tat ta etat # AVP.2.39.4c; Vait.24.1c. See yat ta āsthitaṃ.
yat te śukra śukraṃ dhāma śukrā tanūś śukraṃ jyotir ajasraṃ yat te 'nādhṛṣṭaṃ nāmādhṛṣyaṃ tena tvādadhe # KS.7.14. See under prec. but two.
yat te sṛṣṭasya yataḥ # TB.1.2.1.7a; Apś.5.2.4a.
yat parjanya stanayati # AVP.2.70.2a.
yat parjanya stanayan hanti duṣkṛtaḥ # RV.5.83.2d; N.10.11d.
yat pṛthivīm acarat tat praviṣṭam # TB.3.7.6.12a; Apś.4.8.3a.
yat pratīcyāṃ dṛṣatpiṣṭān # AVP.5.36.5a.
yat prāṇa stanayitnunā # AVś.11.4.3a.
yat prāyāsiṣṭa pṛṣatībhir aśvaiḥ # RV.5.58.6a.
yatra bradhnasya viṣṭapam # RV.9.113.10b.
yatrātiṣṭhann ekapatnīḥ parastāt # AVś.10.8.39c.
yat sīmahi divijāta praśastam # TS.4.3.13.2c.
yathā kalāṃ yathā śapham # RV.8.47.17a; AVś.6.46.3a; 19.57.1a; AVP.2.37.3a; 3.30.1a. Designated as paippalāda-mantrāḥ at the close of Atharva-pariśiṣṭa 8; cf. Hatfield, JAOS. xiv, p. clix.
yathā kṛtadviṣṭāsaḥ # AVś.7.113.1c.
yathāgnir akṣito 'nupadasta evaṃ mahyaṃ pitre 'kṣito 'nupadasta svadhā bhava (HG. -dastaḥ svadhā bhavatām) # ApMB.2.19.14; HG.2.13.1. Cf. pṛthivī darvir.
yathā ta uśmasīṣṭaye # RV.1.30.12c.
yathādityo 'kṣito 'nupadasta evaṃ mahyaṃ prapitāmahāyākṣito 'nupadasta (HG. -taḥ) svadhā bhava (HG. bhavatām) # ApMB.2.19.16; HG.2.13.1. Cf. dyaur darvir.
yathā devo divi stanayan vi rājati # Kauś.98.2a.
yathā no mīḍhvān stavate sakhā tava # RV.2.24.1c.
yathā manau vivasvati # RV.8.52 (Vāl.4).1a. The stanzas of this hymn are to be compared with those of RV.8.51 (Vāl.3).
yathā manau saṃvaraṇau # RV.8.51 (Vāl.3).1a. The stanzas of this hymn are to be compared with those of RV.8.52 (Vāl.4).
yathārthaṃ viparetana # VārG.14.25d. See athāstaṃ vi paretana.
yathālokaṃ punar astaṃ pareta # MS.1.6.2e: 88.9; 1.6.7e: 97.8; Apś.5.18.1e.
yathā vāyur akṣito 'nupadasta evaṃ mahyaṃ pitāmahāyākṣito 'nupadasta (HG. -taḥ) svadhā bhava (HG. bhavatām) # ApMB.2.19.15; HG.2.13.1. Cf. antarikṣaṃ darvir.
yathendro hastam agrahīt # MG.1.10.15a.
yad akṣavṛttam anu dattaṃ na etat (MSṭA. dattam etat) # AVś.6.118.2b; MS.4.14.17b: 245.13; TA.2.4.1b.
yad agna eṣā samitir bhavāti # RV.10.11.8a; AVś.18.1.26a; MS.4.14.15a: 241.10; ā.5.1.1.24. Cf. ā.5.1.1.25, where variants of this stanza are said to occur in another Vedic school (śākhāntare): see atra vibhajātha.
yad atra śiṣṭaṃ rasinaḥ sutasya # MS.2.3.8a: 36.9; 3.11.7a: 151.4; KS.17.19a; AB.7.33.3a; 8.20.4a; TB.1.4.2.3a; Apś.19.3.4a. P: yad atra śiṣṭam Mś.5.2.4.29. See prec.
yad antarā rodasī yat parastāt # AVś.4.16.5b; AVP.5.32.5b.
yad aśvinā ūhathur bhujyum astam # RV.1.116.5c.
yad asyāṃ mahi divi jātaṃ praśastam # PG.1.5.11c.
yad ātmani tanvo me viriṣṭam # AVś.7.57.1c.
yadā tvaṣṭā vyatṛṇat # AVś.11.8.18a.
yadi vajro visṛṣṭas tvāra kāṭāt # AVP.4.15.6a.
yadi śīrṇaṃ yadi dyuttam # AVP.4.15.5a. See yat te riṣṭaṃ.
yad iṣṭaṃ yat parādānam # TS.5.7.7.2a. See yad dattaṃ yat.
yadī mṛjanti sugabhastayo naraḥ # RV.9.72.2c.
yad ucchiṣṭam abhojyam # TA.10.23.1a; MahānU.14.2a; PrāṇāgU.1a; BDh.2.5.8.10a.
yad ūdho ye ca te stanāḥ # AVś.10.9.22b.
yad ejati jagati yac ca ceṣṭati nāmno (MahānU. nānyo) bhāgo yan nāmne (MahānU. yatnān me) svāhā # Tā.10.67.2; MahānU.19.2.
yaded adevīr asahiṣṭa māyāḥ # RV.7.98.5c; AVś.20.87.5c; GB.2.3.23.
yaded astambhīt prathayann amūṃ divam # RV.8.51 (Vāl.3).8c.
yad dattaṃ yat parādānam # VS.18.64a; śB.9.5.1.49a. See yad iṣṭaṃ.
yad didhṛkṣema vajrahasta rodasī # ArS.1.7c. See yeneme citra.
yad dhastayoḥ śamitur yan nakheṣu # RV.1.162.9c; VS.25.32c; TS.4.6.8.4c; MS.3.16.1c: 182.15; KSA.6.4c.
yad dhastābhyāṃ cakṛma (MSṭBṭA. cakara) kilbiṣāṇi (TA. kilviṣāṇi) # AVś.6.118.1a; MS.4.14.17a: 245.11; TB.3.7.12.3a; TA.2.4.1a.
yady aṣṭavṛṣo 'si sṛjāraso 'si # AVś.5.16.8. See yo 'ṣṭavṛṣo 'si.
yady unmṛṣṭaṃ yadi vābhimṛṣṭam # Kauś.124.4a.
yad vastāv adhi saṃśrutam (read saṃsrutam ?) # AVś.1.3.6b; AVP.1.4.3b.
yad vācas tṛṣṭaṃ janayanta rebhāḥ # RV.10.87.13b; AVś.8.3.12b; 10.5.48b.
yad vā jyāyastareṣu ca # AVP.2.26.3b.
yad vā dāsy ārdrahastā samaṅte # AVś.12.3.13c.
yad vā pūrtaṃ pariviṣṭaṃ yad agnau # TA.2.6.2c. See yad vāṃ pakvaṃ.
yad vāṃ pakvaṃ pariviṣṭam agnau # AVś.6.122.3c; 12.3.7c. See yad vā pūrtaṃ.
yad vā varṣaṃ ghoram aniṣṭam anyat # Kauś.94.14b.
yad vo revatī revatyaṃ yad vo haviṣyā haviṣyaṃ yad vo jagatīr jagatyaṃ tenāsmai yajñapataya āśāsānā madhunā madhumatīs saṃpṛcyadhvam (Mś. haviṣyaṃ yad va ojo yac ca nṛmṇaṃ taṃ va ūrmiṃ madhumantaṃ devayajyāyai juṣṭaṃ gṛhṇāmi) # KS.1.8; Mś.1.2.1.11. P: yad vo revatī revatyaṃ yad vo haviṣyā haviṣyaṃ yad vo jagatīr jagatyam KS.31.7.
yantaṃ no mitrāvaruṇāv adhṛṣṭam # RV.6.67.2c.
yantāsi yachase hastau # AVś.6.81.1a. P: yantāsi Kauś.35.11.
yaṃ namasyanti kṛṣṭayaḥ # RV.1.36.19d; SV.1.54d; JB.3.98d.
yan naṣṭaṃ yac ca mriyate # AVP.8.19.9b.
yan niktahastas taraṇir vicakṣaṇaḥ # RV.4.45.5c.
yan mṛgeṣu paya āviṣṭam asti # AVP.1.91.3a; Kauś.115.2a.
yamasya lokād adhy ā babhūvitha # AVś.19.56.1a; AVP.3.8.1a. Designated as paippalādamantrāḥ at the close of Atharva-pariśiṣṭa 8; cf. Hatfield, JAOS. xiv, p. clix.
yame adhvaro adhi me niviṣṭaḥ # AVś.18.2.32c.
yameṣṭam asi (KSṃS.2.6.8, add svāhā) # TS.1.8.14.2; MS.2.6.8: 69.1; 4.4.2: 51.18; KS.15.6; TB.1.7.8.6. See ameṣṭam asi.
yaṃ parihastam abibhaḥ # AVś.6.81.3a.
yaṃ mitraṃ na praśastibhiḥ (SV. -śastaye) # RV.5.16.1c; SV.1.88c.
yayā te sṛṣṭasyāgneḥ # TB.1.2.1.6a; Apś.5.2.4a.
yayāhus tṛṣṭaṃ kaṭukam # AVP.7.19.3a.
yartūn pañcānu praviṣṭā # AVP.1.106.2b.
yaśa āstaraṇam # AB.8.17.2.
yaśasaṃ kāruṃ kṛṇuhi stavānaḥ # RV.1.31.8b; MS.4.11.1b: 161.1.
yaśo goṣu praviṣṭaṃ yat # AVś.14.2.56c.
yas ta ātmā paśuṣu praviṣṭaḥ # TB.1.2.1.22b; 3.7.5.3a; Apś.2.10.5a; 5.13.4b; 7.23.8; Mś.1.2.6.25a. See yas te prāṇaḥ, and yā te tanūḥ.
yas tastambha sahasā vi jmo antān # RV.4.50.1a; AVś.20.88.1a; MS.4.12.15a: 193.3; KS.9.19a; Vait.33.19. P: yas tastambha Aś.7.9.3; 9.5.5; śś.12.12.2; 15.4.9; Mś.5.2.5.21. Cf. BṛhD.5.5.
yas tṛtīyasyāṃ pṛthivyām asi yat te 'nādhṛṣṭaṃ nāma yajñiyaṃ tena tvādadhe # VS.5.9.
yas te agnau mahimā yas te apsu # JB.1.128a,327a. The entire stanza resembles AVś.19.3.2; KS.7.13. See prec., yas te apsu, and yas te goṣu.
yas te apsu rasaḥ praviṣṭas tena saṃpṛcyasva # JB.1.39.
yas te aśvasanir (VSK. yas te deva somāśva-) bhakṣo yo gosanis tasya ta iṣṭayajuṣa stutastomasya śastokthasyopahūtasyopahūto (VSK. -kthasyopahūta upahūtasya) bhakṣayāmi # VS.8.12; VSK.8.7.2; śB.4.4.3.11. P: yas te aśvasaniḥ Kś.10.8.5. Cf. under apsu dhūtasya deva.
yas te citraśravastamaḥ # RV.8.92.17a.
yas te drapsa (KS.śś.Vait. -saḥ) skandati yas te aṃśuḥ # RV.10.17.12a; VS.7.26a; TS.3.1.10.1a; KS.35.8a (bis); GB.2.2.12; śB.4.2.5.2; Vait.16.17a; Mś.2.4.3.29a. Ps: yas te drapsa (śś. -saḥ) skandati śś.8.15.7; yas te drapsaḥ Apś.12.16.15; 14.28.3; yas te Kś.9.6.30. This and the following stanza are designated as drapsavatyau (sc. ṛcau) GB.2.4.7; Vait.23.22; Apś.13.20.8.
yas te pṛthu stanayitnur ya ṛṣvaḥ # AVś.7.11.1a. P: yas te pṛthu stanayitnuḥ Kauś.38.8; 139.8.
yas te prāṇaḥ paśuṣu praviṣṭaḥ # Kś.2.8.14a; VSK.1.10.5a. See under yas ta ātmā.
yas te sarpo vṛścikas tṛṣṭadaṃśmā # AVś.12.1.46a; Kauś.139.8. P: yas te sarpaḥ Vait.29.10; Kauś.50.17.
yas te stanaḥ śaśayo (AVś. -yur) yo mayobhūḥ # RV.1.164.49a; AVś.7.10.1a; VS.38.5a; MS.4.9.7a: 127.7; 4.14.3a: 219.8; AB.1.22.2; śB.14.2.1.15; 9.4.28a; TA.4.8.2a; KA.2.118a; BṛhU.6.4.28a; Aś.3.7.6; 4.7.4. Ps: yas te stanaḥ śaśayaḥ TA.5.7.3; Apś.15.9.6; yas te stanaḥ TB.2.8.2.8; śś.5.10.5; Kś.26.5.7; Mś.4.3.3; Kauś.32.1; PG.1.16.21.
yasmād bhīta udaproṣṭa # Mś.3.5.9.
yasmād bhīta udavāśiṣṭa # Mś.3.5.11. See yasmād bhīṣāvāśiṣṭhāḥ.
yasmād bhīta udavepiṣṭa # Mś.3.5.10. See yasmād bhīṣāvepiṣṭhāḥ.
yasmād bhīṣāvāśiṣṭhāḥ # TB.3.7.8.1a; śś.13.2.3; Apś.9.5.1a; 17.6a. See yasmād bhīta udavāśiṣṭa.
yasmād bhīṣāvepiṣṭhāḥ # TB.3.7.8.2a; 13.2.2a; Apś.9.18.3. See yasmād bhīta udavepiṣṭa.
yasmād rejanta kṛṣṭayaḥ # RV.8.103.3a; SV.2.866a.
yasmai namas tasmai tvā juṣṭaṃ niyunajmi # AG.4.8.15.
yasmai hastābhyāṃ pādābhyām # AVś.10.7.39a.
yasya viśvāni hastayoḥ # RV.1.176.3a; 6.45.8a.
yasya vrate puṣṭipatir niviṣṭaḥ # RVKh.7.96.1c; AVś.7.40.1c; TS.3.1.11.3c; MS.4.10.1c: 142.14; KS.19.14c; Aś.3.8.1c; 6.11.8c.
yasyā imāḥ pañca kṛṣṭayaḥ # AVś.12.1.42b.
yasyā janitram iṣṭargāḥ # AVP.6.8.8a.
yasyām annaṃ kṛṣṭayaḥ saṃbabhūvuḥ # AVś.12.1.3b,4b.
adhastād udvīkṣante # AVP.15.19.6a.
antarikṣe bahudhā bhavanti (ApMB. niviṣṭāḥ) # AVś.1.33.3b; AVP.1.25.3b; 14.1.4b; TS.5.6.1.1b; MS.2.13.1b: 152.1; ApMB.1.2.4b.
iṣṭā uṣaso nimrucaś ca # TS.1.5.10.2c. See next.
iṣṭā uṣaso yā aniṣṭāḥ (MS. yāś ca yājyāḥ) # MS.1.7.1c: 109.10; Aś.2.5.14c; Kś.25.10.22c. See prec.
upariṣṭād avekṣante # AVP.15.19.7a.
yāḥ parastād rocane (MS. -nāḥ) sūryasya # TS.4.2.4.2c; MS.2.7.11c: 89.12. See yā rocane.
yāḥ purastāt prasyandante # AVP.9.11.5a.
yāḥ purastāt prasravanti # TB.3.7.4.1; Apś.4.4.4a.
yāḥ purastād ācaranti # AVP.1.29.1a; 1.36.1a; 7.13.2a; 15.19.2a.
yāḥ purastād vitiṣṭhante # AVP.9.11.10a.
te didyud avasṛṣṭā divas pari # RV.7.46.3a; N.10.7a.
teṣām avayā duriṣṭiḥ (AVP. duriṣṭāt) # AVś.2.35.1c; AVP.1.88.3c; MS.2.3.8c: 36.12. See iyaṃ teṣām.
te hetir mīḍhuṣṭama (VSK. mīlhuṣṭama) # AVP.14.4.7a; VS.16.11a; VSK.17.1.10a; TS.4.5.1.4a; MS.2.9.2a: 122.7; KS.17.11a; NīlarU.17a.
dakṣiṇataḥ yā paścāt yottarataḥ yopariṣṭād vidyud āpatat taṃ ta etenāvayaje svāhā # TA.4.14.1.
devīḥ stheṣṭakāḥ suśevā upaśīvarīs tā mopaśedhvaṃ jāyā iva sadam it patim # MS.2.13.16: 164.12. P: yā devīḥ stheṣṭakāḥ suśevāḥ Mś.6.2.3.4. Quasi-metrical.
devy aṣṭakāsi # KS.35.12a. See next.
devy aṣṭakeṣv apasāpastamā # MG.2.8.4a. See prec.
devy asīṣṭaka āyurdā upaśīvarī sā mām upaśeṣva jāyeva patim it sadā # KS.39.9; Apś.17.5.16. Quasi-metrical. See next.
devy asīṣṭaka āyurdāḥ prāṇadā apānadā vyānadāś cakṣurdāḥ śrotradāḥ pṛthivyām antarikṣe divaḥ pṛṣṭha upaśīvarī sā mopaśeṣva jāyeva sadam it patim # MS.2.13.16: 164.10. P: yā devy asīṣṭaka āyurdāḥ Mś.6.2.3.4. Fragment: upaśīvarī Mś.6.2.3.4. See prec.
devy asīṣṭake kumāry upaśīvarī sā mopaśeṣva jāyeva sadam it patim # MS.2.13.16: 164.7. P: yā devy asīṣṭake kumāry upaśīvarī Mś.6.2.3.4.
devy asīṣṭake prapharvy upaśīvarī sā mopaśeṣva jāyeva sadam it patim # MS.2.13.16: 164.8.
devy asīṣṭake prāṇadā vyānadā apānadāś (Apś. prāṇadā apānadā vyānadāś) cakṣurdāḥ (Apś. -dā) śrotradā vāgdā ātmadāḥ pṛthividā antarikṣadā dyaurdāḥ (Apś. -dā) svardāḥ kumārīdāḥ prapharvīdāḥ (Apś. -vidāḥ) prathamaupaśadā yuvatidā upaśīvarī sā mām upaśeṣva jāyeva patim it sadā # KS.39.9; Apś.17.5.16.
devy asīṣṭake yuvatir upaśīvarī sā mopaśeṣva jāyeva sadam it patim # MS.2.13.16: 164.9.
yān ṛṣayo sṛjanti ye ca sṛṣṭāḥ purāṇaiḥ # GB.1.5.25d.
yān odano juṣate yaiś ca pṛṣṭaḥ # AVP.5.14.8b.
purastād yujyate yā ca paścāt # AVś.10.8.10a. P: yā purastād yujyate GB.1.1.22.
purastād vidyud āpatat tāṃ ta etenāvayaje svāhā # TA.4.14.1. P: yā purastād vidyud āpatat Apś.15.17.2.
pṛtanāsu duṣṭarā # RV.5.86.2a.
yābhir dhiyo 'vathaḥ karmann iṣṭaye # RV.1.112.2c.
yābhyo varṣanti vṛṣṭayaḥ # AVP.4.22.7a.
mā lakṣmīḥ patayālūr ajuṣṭā # AVś.7.115.2a.
rocane parastāt sūryasya # RV.3.22.3c; VS.12.49c; KB.24.5; śB.7.1.1.24. See yāḥ parastād.
yāvad itaḥ purastād udayāti sūryas tāvad ito 'muṃ nāśaya yo 'smān dveṣṭi yaṃ ca vayaṃ dviṣmaḥ # TA.4.39.1.
yāv asyā stanau sahasradhārāv akṣitau # AVś.9.1.7b.
vā te santi dāśuṣe adhṛṣṭāḥ # RV.7.3.8a.
vyuṣṭā uṣaso yāś ca nimrucaḥ # KS.34.19c; Apś.14.16.1c.
yāś ca te hasta (MS. -tā) iṣavaḥ # AVP.14.4.3c; VS.16.9c; TS.4.5.1.3c; MS.2.9.2c: 121.19; KS.17.11c; NīlarU.13c.
yāś ca varṣanti vṛṣṭayaḥ # TB.3.12.7.4b.
yāś cāvastād upatiṣṭhanta (MS. -tā) āpaḥ # RV.3.22.3d; VS.12.49d; TS.4.2.4.2d; MS.2.7.11d: 89.12; KB.24.5; śB.7.1.1.24.
yās tisraḥ prathamajāḥ (KSṭA. paramajāḥ) # MS.1.11.4a: 165.15; KS.14.3a; TA.1.25.3b. See yeṣāṃ tisraḥ.
yās te rudra purastāt senās tābhya eṣa balis tābhyas te namaḥ # PG.3.8.11. See next.
yās te rudrādhastāt senās tābhya eṣa balis tābhyas te namaḥ # PG.3.8.11.
yās te rudropariṣṭāt senās tābhya eṣa balis tābhyas te namaḥ # PG.3.8.11.
yās tvāvastād upatiṣṭhanta āpaḥ # KS.16.11c.
yuktāso navatir nava # RV.4.48.4b; RVKh.10.127.2b; śś.9.28.10b. See draṣṭāro.
yukto vaha jātavedaḥ purastāt # AVP.12.18.2a; HG.1.2.18a; VārG.1.23a. P: yukto vaha MG.1.10.9; 2.2.15. See purastād yukto.
yudhā vidaṃ manave gātum iṣṭaye # RV.10.49.9d.
yuvaṃ sanibhya stanayantam aśvinā # RV.10.40.8c.
yuvaṃ hy āstaṃ maho ran # RV.1.120.7a.
yuvaṃ dhiyaṃ dadathur vasya"iṣṭaye # RV.8.86.2b.
yūpād amuñco aśamiṣṭa hi ṣaḥ # RV.5.2.7b.
ye adṛṣṭāḥ pṛthivīkṣitaḥ # AVP.9.6.6d.
ye apsv (AVP. 'psv) antar agnayaḥ praviṣṭāḥ # AVP.10.9.1; SMB.1.7.1a; GG.3.4.14; PG.2.6.10a. P: ye apsu KhG.3.1.13.
ye astā ye cāsyāḥ # AVś.1.19.2b; AVP.1.20.2b.
Dictionary of Sanskrit Search
"sta" has 489 results
ativyastaquite apart, used with respect to lips which are widely apart ( विश्लिष्टौ ) in the utterance of long अा and ओ; confer, compare Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.II.12, 13.
abhyastarepeated, redoubled word or wording or part of a word. The term अभ्यस्त is applied to the whole doubled expression in Pāṇini's grammar, confer, compare उभे अभ्यस्तम् P. VI.1.6; (2) the six roots with जक्ष् placed at the head viz. जक्ष् , जागृ, दरिद्रा , चकास्, शास्, दीधी and वेवी which in fact are reduplicated forms of घस् , गृ, द्रा, कास् , शस् , धी and वी.
asamastanot compounded, not entered into a compound with another word; confer, compare समासे असमस्तस्य Hemacandra's Śabdānuśāsana. II.3.13.
uccaistarāṃspecially accented; उदात्ततरः confer, compare उच्चैस्तरां वा वषट्कारः P. I.2.35.
upasamastacompounded together, joined together by special grammatical connection called समास; confer, compare न केवल; पथिशब्दः स्त्रियां वर्तते । उपसमस्तस्तर्हि वर्तते Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on VII.1.1. Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 18.
kātantravistaraa famous work on the Kātantra Grammar written by Vardhamāna a Jain Scholar of the twelfth century who is believed to be the same as the author of the well-known work Gaṇaratnamahodadhi.
kumārīstanayugākṛtia phrase used in the gloss on the कातन्त्र by Durgasiṁha's Kātantra-Sūtravṛtti. to give along with the definition of र्विसर्जनीय or विसर्ग a graphic description of it as shown in script confer, compare Kāt, I.1.16 commentary
grastaa fault of pronunciation due to the utterance of a letter hindered or held back at the throat; confer, compare जिह्वामूलनिग्रहे ग्रस्तमेतत् R.Pr.XIV.3; confer, compare also ग्रस्तं निरस्तमवलम्बितम् । ग्रस्तः जिह्वामूले गृहीतः । अव्यक्त इत्यपरे । Pradipa on Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). Ahnika 1.
nirastaa fault of pronunciation when a vowel is harshly pronounced and hence is not properly audible; confer, compare निरस्तं निष्ठुरम् Pradipa on M.Bh. I. 1. Ahn. 1. The fault occurs when the place and the means of utterance are pressed and drawn in;confer, compare निरस्तं स्थानकरणापकर्षे Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XIV. 2.
nyastaname given to अनुदात्त or the grave tone; confer, compare मात्रा न्यस्ततरैकेषामुभे व्यालि: समस्वरे Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) III. 17 where Uvvata explains न्यस्ततरा as अनुदात्ततरा.
praṇyastasilent: confer, compare अनादेशे प्रण्यस्ता जिह्वा Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.II.20 explained by Uvvata as अनादेशे अनुपदेशे जिह्वा प्रण्यस्ता तूष्णींभूता भवति।
vyastaseparated into its constituent elements; separated by a new insertion; a recital of the Vedic text by separating a coalesced vowel, which is looked upon as a fault of recital.
śvastaa term of ancient grammarians for the first future called लुट् by Panini; confer, compare परिदेवने श्वस्तनी भविष्यन्त्यर्थे । इयं नु कदा गन्ता यैवं पादौ निदधाति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. III. 3.15.
haṃstapadāname given to a kind of svarabhakti,when the consonant. र, followed by ष्, is read as र + ष्+ ह् इकार See ह् as also ह.
hyastaimperfect tense; a term used by ancient grammarians for the affixes of the immediate past tense, but not comprising the present day, corresponding to the term लङ् of Panini. The term is found in the Katantra and Haimacandra grammars; confer, compare Kat. III. 1.23, 27; confer, compare Hema. III. 3.9.
a(1)the first letter of the alphabet in Sanskrit and its derived languages, representing the sound a (अ): (2) the vowel a (अ) representing in grammatical treatises, except when Prescribed as an affix or an augment or a substitute,all its eighteen varieties caused by accentuation or nasalisation or lengthening: (3) personal ending a (अ) of the perfeminine. second.pluraland first and third person.singular.; (4) kṛt affix c (अ) prescribed especially after the denominative and secondary roots in the sense of the verbal activity e. g. बुभुक्षा, चिन्ता, ईक्षा, चर्चा et cetera, and othersconfer, compare अ प्रत्ययात् et cetera, and others (P.III 3.102-106); (5) sign of the aorist mentioned as añ (अङ्) or cañ (चङ्) by Pāṇini in P. III i.48 to 59 exempli gratia, for example अगमत्, अचीकरत्; (6) conjugational sign mentioned as śap (शप्) or śa (श) by Pāṇini in P. III.1.68, 77. exempli gratia, for example भवति, तुदति et cetera, and others; (7) augment am (अम्) as prescribed by P. VI.1.58; exempli gratia, for example द्रष्टा, द्रक्ष्यति; (8) augment aṭ (अट्) prefixed to a root in the imperfeminine. and aorist tenses and in the conditional mood e. g. अभवत्, अभूत्, अभविष्यत् confer, compare P. VI.4.71; (8) kṛt affix a (अ) prescribed as अङ्, अच्, अञ्, अण्, अन्, अप्, क, ख, घ, ञ, ड् , ण, et cetera, and others in the third Adhyāya of Pāṇini's Pāṇini's Aṣṭādhyāyī.; (9) taddhita affix. affix a (अ) mentioned by Pāṇini as अच्, अञ् अण्, अ et cetera, and others in the fourth and the fifth chapters of the Pāṇini's Aṣṭādhyāyī. of Pāṇini; (10) the samāsānta affix a (अ), as also stated in the form of the samāsānta affixes (डच् , अच्, टच्, ष्, अष् and अञ्) by Pāṇini in V.4.73 to 121;(11) substitute a (अश्) accented grave for इदम before case-affixes beginning with the inst. instrumental case. case: (12) remnant (अ) of the negative particle नञ् after the elision of the consonant n (न्) by नलोपो नञः P. vi.3.73.
aṃśugaṇaalso अंश्वादिगण a class of words headed by अंशु which have their last vowel accented acute when they stand at the end of a tatpuruṣa, correspond with the word प्रति as the first member. confer, compare P. VI.2.193.
a,k(ೱ),(ೱ)जिह्वामूलीय, represented by a sign like the वज्र in writing, as stated by Durgasiṁha's Kātantra-Sūtravṛtti. who remarks वज्राकृतिर्वर्णो जिह्वामूलीयसंज्ञो भवति. the Jihvāmūlīya is only a voiceless breath following the utterance of a vowel and preceding the utterance of the guttural letter क् or ख् . It is looked upon as a letter (वर्ण), but dependent upon the following consonant and hence looked upon as a consonant. e. g. विष्णु ೱ करोति.
a,pೱ,(ೱ)Upadhmānīya represented by a sign like the temple of an elephants stated by Durgasiṁha's Kātantra-Sūtravṛtti. who remarks "गजकुम्भाकृतिर्वर्ण उपध्मानीयसंज्ञो भवति." Kāt.I. It is a voiceless breath following the utterance of a vowel and preceding the utterance of the labial letter p ( प् ) or ph ( फ ). It is looked upon as a letter ( वर्ण ), but dependent upon the following consonant and hence looked upon as a consonant. अ:कार name given to the nominative case. case in the Taittiriya Prātiśākhya. cf अ:कार इति प्रथमाविभक्तेरुपलक्षणम् Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.I. 23.
akathitanot mentioned by any other case-relation such as अपादान, संप्रदान and अधिकरण; stated with respect to the indirect object, governed by roots possessing two objects such as दुह्, याच् and others, which in the passive woice is put in the nominative case. The in-direct object is called akathita because in some cases there exists no other case-relation as, for example, in पौरवं गां याचते or भिक्षते, or माणवकं पन्थानं पृच्छति; while, in the other cases, the other case-relations (with the activity expressed by the verb) are wilfully suppressed or ignored although they exist, as for instance in गां दोग्धि पयः, अन्ववरुणद्धि गां व्रजम्; see अकथितं च P.1.4.51 and the Mahābhāṣya thereon.
akarmakaintransitive, without any object, (said with regard to roots which cannot possess an object or whose object is suppressed or ignored). The reasons for suppression are briefly given in the well-known stanza ; धातोरर्थान्तरे वृत्तेर्धात्वर्थेनोपसंग्रहात् । प्रसिद्धेरविवक्षातः कर्मणोऽकर्मिकाक्रिया ॥ In the case of intransitive roots, the verbal activity and its fruit are centred in one and the same individual viz. the agent or कर्ता confer, compare फलव्यापारयोरेकनिष्ठतायामकर्मकः Vāk. Pad.
akṛtnot established; said of a grammatical operation which has not taken place e. g. अकृतसंधिकार्यम् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on V. 2.100, W. 3.84, also कृताकृतप्रसङ्गि नित्यम् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on VI.4.62.
akriyājanot a result of a verbal activity; the expression is used in connection with qualities ( on a substance) as opposed to the activities found in it. confer, compare अाधेयश्चाक्रियाजश्च सोs सत्त्वप्रकृतिर्गुणः Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on IV. 1.44.
akṣarasamāmnāyaalphabet: traditional enumeration of phonetically independent letters generally beginning with the vowel a (अ). Although the number of letters and the order in which they are stated differ in different treatises, still, qualitatively they are much the same. The Śivasūtras, on which Pāṇini's grammar is based, enumerate 9 vowels, 4 semi-vowels, twenty five class-consonants and 4 | sibilants. The nine vowels are five simple vowels or monothongs (समानाक्षर) as they are called in ancient treatises, and the four diphthongs, (सन्ध्यक्षर ). The four semi-vowels y, v, r, l, ( य् व् र् ल् ) or antasthāvarṇa, the twenty five class-consonants or mutes called sparśa, and the four ūṣman letters ś, ṣ, s and h ( श् ष् स् ह् ) are the same in all the Prātiśākhya and grammar works although in the Prātiśākhya works the semi-vowels are mentioned after the class consonants.The difference in numbers, as noticed, for example in the maximum number which reaches 65 in the VājasaneyiPrātiśākhya, is due to the separate mention of the long and protracted vowels as also to the inclusion of the Ayogavāha letters, and their number. The Ayogavāha letters are anusvāra, visarjanīya,jihvāmulīya, upadhmānīya, nāsikya, four yamas and svarabhaktī. The Ṛk Prātiśākhya does not mention l (लृ), but adding long ā (अा) i (ई) ,ū (ऊ) and ṛ (ऋ) to the short vowels, mentions 12 vowels, and mentioning 3 Ayogavāhas (< क्, = प् and अं) lays down 48 letters. The Ṛk Tantra Prātiśākhya adds the vowel l (लृ) (short as also long) and mentions 14 vowels, 4 semivowels, 25 mutes, 4 sibilants and by adding 10 ayogavāhas viz. 4 yamas, nāsikya, visarjanīya, jihvāmulīya, upadhmānīya and two kinds of anusvāra, and thus brings the total number to 57. The Ṛk Tantra makes a separate enumeration by putting diphthongs first, long vowles afterwards and short vowels still afterwards, and puts semi-vowels first before mutes, for purposes of framing brief terms or pratyāhāras. This enumeration is called varṇopadeśa in contrast with the other one which is called varṇoddeśa. The Taittirīya prātiśākhya adds protracted vowels and lays down 60 letters : The Ṣikṣā of Pāṇini lays down 63 or 64 letters, while the Vājasaneyi-prātiśākhya gives 65 letters. confer, compare Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.VIII. 1-25. The alphabet of the modern Indian Languages is based on the Varṇasamāmnāya given in the Vājasaneyi-prātiśākhya. The Prātiśākhyas call this enumeration by the name Varṇa-samāmnāya. The Ṛk tantra uses the terms Akṣara samāmnāya and Brahmarāśi which are picked up later on by Patañjali.confer, compare सोयमक्षरसमाम्नायो वाक्समाम्नायः पुष्पितः फलितश्चन्द्रतारकवत् प्रतिमण्डितो वेदितव्यो ब्रह्मराशिः । सर्ववेदपुण्यफलावाप्तिश्चास्य ज्ञाने भवति । मातापितरौ चास्य स्वर्गे लोके महीयेते । Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). Ahnika.2-end.
aṭ(1)token term standing for vowels and semi-vowels excepting l ( ल्) specially mentioned as not interfering with the substitution of ṇ ( ण् ) for n ( न् ) exempli gratia, for example गिरिणा, आर्येण, खर्वेण et cetera, and others Sec P.VIII.4.2; (2) augment a (अट्) with an acute accent, which is prefixed to verbal forms in the imperfect and the aorist tenses and the conditional mood. exempli gratia, for example अभवत्, अभूत्, अभविष्यत् Sec P.IV.4.71; (3) augment a ( अट् ) prescribed in the case of the roots रुद्, स्वप् et cetera, and others before a Sārvadhātuka affix beginning with any consonant except y ( य्), exempli gratia, for example अरोदत्, अस्वपत्, अजक्षत्, आदत् et cetera, and others; see P.VII.3, 99, 100;(4) augment a ( अट् ) prefixed sometimes in Vedic Literature to affixes of the Vedic subjunctive (लेट्) exempli gratia, for example तारिवत्, मन्दिवत् et cetera, and others see P.III.4.94.
aṇ(1)token term ( प्रत्याहार ) for all vowels and semivowels which, when prescribed for an operation, include all such of their sub-divisions as are caused by length, protraction accent or nasalization. cf अणुदित्सवर्णस्य चाप्रत्ययः P. I.1.60;(2) token term for the vowels अ, इ and उ in all Pānini's rules except in the rule I.1.69 given a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page. e.g see ढ्रलोपे पूर्वस्य दीर्घोणः P.VI.3. 111, केऽणः P.VII.4.13. and अणोऽ प्रगृह्यस्य. P.VIII.4.57: (3) tad, affix. a ( अ ) prescribed generally in the various senses such as 'the offspring', 'dyed in,' 'belonging to' et cetera, and others except in cases where other specific affixes are prescribed cf प्राग्दीव्यतोऽण् P. IV.1.83; (4) kṛ. affix a ( अ ), applied, in the sense of an agent, to a root with an antecedent word (उपपद) standing as its object. e. g. कुम्भकारः, see P.III.2.1: काण्डलावः, see P.III.3.12.
aṇuthe minimum standard of the guantity of sound, which is not perceived by the senses, being equal to one-fourth of a Mātrā; confer, compare अणोस्तु तत्प्रमाणं स्यात् मात्रा तु चतुराणवात् ॥ see T.Pr. 21.3, Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.1.60, A.Pr. III.65. Ṛk. tantra, however, defines अणु as half-a-mātrā. confer, compare अर्धमणु ( R.T. 1.41 ).
atantraimplying no specific purpose: not intended to teach anything, अविवक्षित; exempli gratia, for example ह्रस्वग्रहणमतन्त्रम् Kāś and Si. Kau. on तस्यादित उदात्तमर्धह्रस्वम् P.1.2.32: confer, compare also अतन्त्रं तरनिर्देशः ( the use of तरप् does not necessarily convey the sense of the comparative degree in Pāṇini's rules) Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I.2.33. This statement has been given as a distinct Paribhāṣa by Vyāḍiparibhāṣāsūcana.and Sākaṭāyana. The author of the Mahābhāṣya appears to have quoted it from the writings of Vyāḍiparibhāṣāsūcana.and the earlier grammarians See also Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on अल्पाच्तरम् P. II.2.34.
ātisparśaexcess of contact, which to a certain extent spoils the pronunciation and leads to.a fault. अतिस्पर्श is the same as दुःस्पर्श, the letter ळ being called दुःस्पृष्ट on account of excess of contact. This excess of contact ( अतिस्पर्श) in the case of the utterance of the letter र् results into a fault as it practically borders on stammering; confer, compare अतिस्पर्शो बर्बरता च रेफे, Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XIV. 26.
atyantasaṃyogaconstant contact; complete contact, uninterrupted contact. confer, compare अत्यन्तसंयोगे च P. II.1.29; II.3.5.
adravyavācinnot expressive of any substance which forms a place of residence (of qualities and actions); confer, compare तथा व्याकरणे विप्रतिषिद्धं चानधिकरणवाचि ( P. II.4.13 ); इत्यद्रव्यवाचीति गम्यते । M.Bh. on II.1.1.
adhikaraṇa(1)support: a grammatical relation of the nature of a location : place of verbal activity. confer, compare अाधारोsधिकरणम् P.I.4.45; (2) one of the six or seven Kārakas or functionaries of verbal activity shown by the locative case. cf सप्तम्यधिकरणे च P.II.4.36;(3)substance, 'dravya' confer, compare अनधिकरणवाचि अद्रव्यवाचि इति गम्यते M.Bh. on II.1.1.
adhikāragoverning rule consisting of a word (exempli gratia, for example प्रत्ययः, धातोः, समासान्ताः et cetera, and others) or words (exempli gratia, for example ङ्याप्प्रातिपदिकात्, सर्वस्य द्वे et cetera, and others) which follows or is taken as understood in every following rule upto a particular limit. The meaning of the word अधिकार is discussed at length by Patañjali in his Mahābhāṣya on II.1.1, where he has given the difference between अधिकार and परिभाषा; confer, compare अधिकार: प्रतियोगं तस्यानिर्देशार्थ इति योगे योगे उपतिष्ठते। परिभाषा पुनरेकदेशस्था सती सर्वं शास्त्रमभिज्वलयति प्रदीपवत् । See also Mahābhāṣya on I.3.11, I. 4.49 and IV. I.83. The word or wording which is to repeat in.the subsequent rules is believed to be shown by Pāṇini by characterizing it with a peculiarity of utterance known as स्वरितोच्चार or स्वरितत्वेन उच्चारणम्. The word which is repeated in the following Sūtras is stated to be अधिकृत. The Śabda Kaustubha defines adhikāra as एकंत्रोपात्तस्यान्यत्र व्यापार: अधिकारः Śab. Kaus. on P.1.2.65. Sometimes the whole rule is repeated e. g. प्रत्यय: P.III.1.1, अङ्गस्य P.VI.4.1 समासान्ताः P.V.4.68 while on some occasions a part only of it is seen repeatedition The repetition goes on upto a particular limit which is stated as in असिद्धवदत्राभात् P.VI.4.22, प्राग्रीश्वरान्निपाताः P.I.4.56. Many times the limit is not stated by the author of the Sūtras but it is understood by virtue of a counteracting word occurring later on. On still other occasions, the limit is defined by the ancient traditional interpreters by means of a sort of convention which is called स्वरितत्वप्रतिज्ञा. This अधिकार or governance has its influence of three kinds: ( 1 ) by being valid or present in all the rules which come under its sphere of influence, e. g. स्त्रियाम् or अङ्गस्य; (2) by showing additional properties e. g. the word अपादान being applied to cases where there is no actual separation as in सांकाश्यकेभ्यः पाटलिपुत्रका अभिरूपतराः: (3) by showing additional force such as setting aside even subsequent rules if opposingular. These three types of the influence which a word marked with स्वरित and hence termed अधिकार possesses are called respectively अधिकारगति, अधिक क्रार्य and अधिक कार. For details see M.Bh. on I.3.11. This अधिकार or governing rule exerts its influence in three ways: (1) generally by proceeding ahead in subsequent rules like the stream of a river, (2)sometimes by jumps like a frog omitting a rule or more, and (3)rarely by proceeding backward with a lion's glance; confer, compare सिंहावलोकितं चैव मण्डूकप्लुतमेव च ।; गड्गाप्रवाहवच्चापि अधिकारास्त्रिधा मताः ॥
anantara(1)immediate, contiguous अव्यवहित. confer, compare हलोनन्तराः संयोगः P.1. 1.7, also गतिरनन्तरः P. VI.2.49: confer, compare अनन्तरं संयोगः V. Pr.I.48. ; (2) nearest, as compared with others of the same type; confer, compare अथवा अनन्तरा या प्राप्तिः सा प्रतिषिध्यते M.Bh. on I.1.43; confer, compare Pari. Śek. अनन्तरस्य विधिर्वा भवति प्रतिषेधो वा, which means that a prescriptive or prohibitive rule applies to the nearest and not to the distant one.Par.Śek. 61,Cān. Par.30.
anādeśa(1)original, not such as is substituted: exempli gratia, for example युष्मदस्मदोरनादेशे P.VII. 2.86; (2) absence of statement, अनिर्देश exempli gratia, for example कर्तरि कृद्वचनमनादेशे स्वार्थविज्ञानात् P. III.4.67, Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 1: cf the Pari. अनिर्दिष्टार्थाः प्रत्ययाः स्वार्थे भवन्ति Paribhāṣenduśekhara of Nāgeśa. Pari. 113.
anānantaryanot a close relation; distance: confer, compare क्वचिच्च संनिपातकृतमानन्तर्य शास्त्रकृतमनान्तर्ये क्वचिच्च नैव संनिपातकृतं नापि शास्त्रकृतम् । Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on VIII.3.13.
anāpyahaving or possessing no āpya or object; intransitive (root): confer, compare चालशब्दार्थाद् अनाप्याद् युच् Cāndra I.2 97 standing for चलनशब्दार्थाद् अकर्मकाद् युच् P. III.2.148.
aniṭ(1)not admitting the augment इट् to be prefixed to it; the term is strictly to be applied to ārdhadhātuka affixes placed after such roots as have their vowel characterized by a grave accent ( अनुदात्तस्वर ); the term अनिट् being explained as अनिडादि qualifying the अार्धधातुक affix; (2) in a secondary way, it has become customary to call such roots अनिट् as do not allow the augment इट् to be prefixed to an ārdhadhātuka affix placed after them. Such roots are termed अनुदात्त verily because they are possessed of an anudātta vowel. e. g. कृ, भृ, जि, गम् , हन् et cetera, and others as against भु, धू, तॄ, श्वि, वृ, वद्, फल्, चल्, et cetera, and others which have their vowel characterized by an acute (उदात्त ) accent. For a complete list of such roots see the well-known stanzas given in the Siddhāntakaumudī incidentally on अात्मनेपदेष्वनतः P. VII.1.5. ऊदॄदन्तैर्यौतिरुक्ष्णुशीङ्स्नु....निहताः स्मृताः ॥ १ ॥ शक्लृपच्मुचिरिचवच्विच् .........धातवो द्व्यधिकं शतम् ॥ as also some lists by ancient grammarians given in the Mahābhāṣya on एकाच उपदेशेनुदात्तात्. P. VII. 2.10 or in the Kāśikā on the same rule P. VII.2.10.
anipātyanot necessary to be specifically or implicitly stated, as it can be brought about or accomplished in the usual way: e. g. द्वन्द्वम् । लिङ्गमशिष्यं लोकाश्रयत्वाल्लिङ्गस्य । तत्र नपुंसकत्वमनिपात्यम् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on VIII.1.15. See also Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on VII.2.27 and VI. 1.207.
aniyatanot subject to any limitation confer, compare प्रत्यया नियताः, अर्था अनियताः, अर्था नियताः, प्रत्यया अनियताः M.Bh. on II. 3.50. In the casc of नियमविधि (a restrictive rule or statement ) a limitation is put on one or more of the constituent elements or factors of that rule, the limited element being called नियत, the other one being termed अनियत; also see Kāś. on II.2.30.
anirdiṣṭārthawhose sense has not been specifically stated ; the word is used with reference to such affixes as are not prescribed in any specific sense or senses and hence as are looked upon as possessing the sense which the base after which they are prescribed has got: confer, compare अनिर्दिष्टार्थाः प्रत्ययाः स्वार्थे भवन्ति -affixes, to which no meaning has been assigned, convey the meaning of the bases to which they are added; confer, compare Paribhāṣenduśekhara of Nāgeśa. Pari. 113; confer, compare also Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on III.2.4, III, 2.67, III.3.19, III. 4.9, VI.1.162.
anuktanot actually stated or expressed in a rule; confer, compare चकारोऽनुक्तसमुच्चयार्थ: Kāś. on II.4.18, III.2.26, VII. 1.48; also confer, compare Kāśikāvivaraṇapañjikā, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Jinendrabuddhi, called Nyāsa. on P.II.2.9
anudāttanon-udatta, absence of the acute accent;one of the Bāhyaprayatnas or external efforts to produce sound. This sense possibly refers to a stage or a time when only one accent, the acute or उदात्त was recognized just as in English and other languages at present, This udatta was given to only one vowel in a single word (simple or compound) and all the other vowels were uttered accentless.id est, that is अनुदात्त. Possibly with this idea.in view, the standard rule 'अनुदात्तं पदमेकवर्जम्'* was laid down by Panini. P.VI.1.158. As, however, the syllable, just preceding the accented ( उदात्त ) syllable, was uttered with a very low tone, it was called अनुदात्ततर, while if the syllables succeeding the accented syllable showed a gradual fall in case they happened to be consecutive and more than two, the syllable succeeding the उदात्त was given a mid-way tone, called स्वरितः confer, compare उदात्तादनुदात्तस्य स्वरितः. Thus, in the utterance of Vedic hymns the practice of three tones उदात्त, अनुदात्त and स्वरित came in vogue and accordingly they are found defined in all the Prātiśākhya and grammar works;confer, compare उच्चैरुदात्तः,नीचैरनुदात्तः समाहारः स्वरितः P.I.2.29-31, T.Pr.I.38-40, V.Pr.I.108-110, Anudātta is defined by the author of the Kāśikāvṛtti as यस्मिन्नुच्चार्यमाणे गात्राणामन्ववसर्गो नाम शिथिलीभवनं भवति, स्वरस्य मृदुता, कण्ठविवरस्य उरुता च स: अनुदात्तः confer, compare अन्ववसर्गो मार्दवमुरुता स्वस्येति नीचैःकराणि शब्दस्य Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I.2.29,30. Cfeminine. also उदात्तश्चानुदात्तश्च स्वरितश्च त्रयः स्वराः । अायामविश्रम्भोक्षपैस्त उच्यन्तेSक्षराश्रयाः ॥ Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) III.1. The term anudātta is translated by the word 'grave' as opposed to acute' (udātta,) and 'circumflex' (svarita); (2) a term applied to such roots as have their vowel अनुदात्त or grave, the chief characteristic of such roots being the non-admission of the augment इ before an ārdhadhātuka affix placed after them. ( See अनिट्, ).
anudeśa(1)reference, mention, statement referring to a preceding element. confer, compare यथासंख्यमनुदेशः समानाम् P.I. 3.10; confer, compare आसिद्धवचनात् सिद्धमिति चेद् उत्सर्गलक्षणानामनुदेशः Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). I.1.57, Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 3. (2) declaration, prescription : the same as अतिदेश. confer, compare स्थान्यादेशपृथक्त्वादेशे स्थानिवद् अनुदेशो गुरुवद् गुरुपुत्र इति यथा P. I.1.56 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 1; (3) a grammatical operation confer, compare यथासंख्यमनुदेशः समानाम् ! समसंबन्धी विधिर्यथासंख्यं स्यात् Sid. Kau. on P.I. 8.10. See the word अनुद्देश in this sense confer, compare संख्यातानामनूद्देशो यथासंख्यम् V, Pr.I.143.
anuvādarepetition of a rule already laid down or of a statement already made confer, compare प्रमाणान्तरावगतस्य अर्थस्य शब्देन संकीर्तनमात्रमनुवाद: Kāś. on II.4.3.
anūktistatement with reference to what has been already said the same as anvādeśa.
anūddeśastatement or mention immediately afterwards; the same as the word अनुदेश used by Pāṇini in I.3.10, confer, compare संख्यातानामनूद्देशो यथासंख्यम् । अनूद्देशः पश्चादुद्देशः Uvaṭa on Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.I. 143.
antaḥkāryaliterally interior operation; an operation inside a word in its formation-stage which naturally becomes antaraṅga as contrasted with an operation depending on two complete words after their formation which is looked upon as bahiraṅga.
anvakṣarasaṃdhia combination of letters according to the order of the letters in the Alphabet; a samdhi or euphonic combination of a vowel and a consonant, called अन्वक्षर-अनुलोमसंधि where a vowel precedes a consonant; and अन्वक्षरप्रतिलोमसंधि where a consonant precedes a vowel, the consonant in that case being changed into the third of its class; एष स्य स च स्वराश्च पूर्वे भवति व्यञ्जनमुत्तरं यदेभ्यः। तेन्वक्षरसेधयेानुलोमाः प्रतिलोमाश्च विपर्यये त एव ।। R Pr. II.8.9 e. g. एष देवः, स देवः and others are instances of अन्वक्षरानुलोमसंधि where विसर्ग after the vowel is dropped; while हलव्यवाड् अग्निः is an instance of अन्वक्षरप्रतिलोमसंधि where the consonant ट् precedes the vowel अ.
anvādeśa(1)literally reference to the anterior word or expression: confer, compareअन्वादेशेान्त्यस्य (निःशब्दस्य in T.Pr.VII.3, अकारस्य in V-8) Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.I.58: (2) reference again to what has been stated previously: confer, compare इदमोन्वादेशेशनुदात्तस्तृतीयादौ अन्वादेशश्च कथितानुकथनमात्रम् P.II.4.32 and Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 2 thereon; एकस्यैवाभिधेयस्य पूर्वं शब्देन प्रतिपादितस्य द्वितीयं प्रतिपादनमन्वादेशः Kāś on the a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page..
anvādeśakaa word capable of attracting a word or words from previous statements; cf चापीत्यन्वादेशकौ T Pr. KKII.5; same as अन्वाकर्षक.
apabhraṃśadegraded utterance of standard correct forms or words: corrupt form: e. g. गावी, गोणी and the like, of the word गो, confer, compare गौः इत्यस्य शब्दस्य गावी गोणी गोता गोपोतलिका इत्येवमादयः अपभ्रंशाः Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I.l.l ; cf शब्दसंस्कारहीनो यो गौरिति प्रयुयुक्षिते । तमपभ्रंशमिच्छन्ति विशिष्टार्थनिवेशिनम् Vāk. Pad I.149: सर्वस्य हि अपभ्रंशस्य साधुरेव प्रकृतिः commentary on Vāk. Pad I. 149.
apradhāna(1)non-principal, subordinate, secondary, confer, compare अप्रधानमुपसर्जन-मिति, Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I. 2.43; (2) nonessential, non-predominent, confer, compare सहयुक्तेऽप्रधाने P. II. 2.19 and the instance पुत्रेण सहागतः पिता । Kāś. on II.2.19.
aprayeāga(1)non-employment of a word in spite of the meaning being available: confer, compare संभावनेलमिति चेत्सिद्धाप्रयोगे P.III.3.154; (2) non-employment confer, compare उक्तार्थानामप्रयोगः a standard dictum of grammar not allowing superfluous words which is given in M.Bh. on P.I.1.4 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 16 and stated in Cāndra and other grammars as a Paribhāṣā.
abhinirvṛtidevelopment of an activity; manifestation; confer, compare द्रव्येषु कर्मचोदनायां द्वयोरेकस्याभनिर्वृत्तिर्भवति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on VI.1.84.
abhedānvayarelation of non-difference as stated by the vaiyākaraṇas between an adjective and the substantive qualified by it. e, g. नीलमुत्पलम् is explained as नीलाभिन्नमुत्पलम्.
abhyaṃkara(BHASKARASHASTRI Abhyankar 1785-1870 A. D. )an eminent scholar of Sanskrit Grammar who prepared a number of Sanskrit scholars in Grammar at Sātārā. He has also written a gloss on the Paribhāṣenduśekhara and another one on the Laghu-Śabdenduśekhara. (VASUDEVA SHASTRI Abhyakar 863-1942 A. D.) a stalwart Sanskrit Pandit, who, besides writing several learned commentaries on books in several Sanskrit Shastras, has written a commentary named 'Tattvādarśa' on the Paribhāṣenduśekhara and another named 'Guḍhārthaprakāśa' on the Laghuśabdenduśekhara. (KASHINATH VASUDEVA Abhyankar, 1890-) a student of Sanskrit Grammar who has written महाभाष्यप्रस्तावना-खण्ड, and जैनेन्द्रपरिभाषावृत्ति and compiled the परिभाषासंग्रह and the present Dictionary of Sanskrit Grammar.
ayuja term applied to the odd feet of a stanza; confer, compare युग्मावष्टाक्षरौ पादवयुजौ द्वादशाक्षरौ । ना सतोबृहती नाम Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XVI. 39.
artha(1)literally signification,conveyed sense or object. The sense is sometimes looked upon as a determinant of the foot of a verse: confer, compare प्रायोर्थो वृत्तमित्येते पादज्ञानस्य हेतवः Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XVII 16. It is generally looked upon as the determinant of a word (पद). A unit or element of a word which is possessed of an independent sense is looked upon as a Pada in the old Grammar treatises; confer, compare अर्थः पदमिति ऐन्द्रे; confer, compare also अर्थः पदम् Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.III.2, explained by उव्वट as अर्थाभिधायि पदम् । पद्यते गम्यते ज्ञायतेSर्थोनेनेति पदम् । There is no difference of opinion regarding the fact that, out of the four standard kinds of words नाम, आख्यात, उपसर्ग and निपात, the first two kinds नाम and अाख्यात do possess an independent sense of their own. Regarding possession of sense and the manner in which the sense is conveyed, by the other two viz. the Upasargas (prepositions) and Nipātas (particles) there is a striking difference of opinion among scholars of grammar. Although Pāṇini has given the actual designation पद to words ending with either the case or the conjugational affixes, he has looked upon the different units or elements of a Pada such as the base, the affix, the augment and the like as possessed of individually separate senses. There is practically nothing in Pāṇini's sūtras to prove that Nipātas and Upasargas do not possess an independent sense. Re: Nipātas, the rule चादयोऽसत्वे, which means that च and other indeclinables are called Nipātas when they do not mean सत्त्व, presents a riddle as to the meaning which च and the like should convey if they do not mean सत्त्व or द्रव्य id est, that is a substance. The Nipātas cannot mean भाव or verbal activity and if they do not mean सत्व or द्रव्य, too, they will have to be called अनर्थक (absolutely meaningless) and in that case they would not be termed Prātipadika, and no caseaffix would be applied to them. To avoid this difficulty, the Vārtikakāra had to make an effort and he wrote a Vārtika निपातस्य अनर्थकस्य प्रातिपदिकत्वम् । P. I.2.45 Vār. 12. As a matter of fact the Nipātas च, वा and others do possess a sense as shown by their presence and absence (अन्वय and व्यतिरेक). The sense, however, is conveyed rather in a different manner as the word समूह, or समुदाय, which is the meaning conveyed by च in रामः कृष्णश्च, cannot be substituted for च as its Synonym in the sentence राम: कुष्णश्च. Looking to the different ways in which their sense is conveyed by nouns and verbs on the one hand, and by affixes, prepositions and indeclinables on the other hand, Bhartṛhari, possibly following Yāska and Vyāḍi, has developed the theory of द्योतकत्व as contrasted with वाचकत्व and laid down the dictum that indeclinables, affixes and prepositions (उपसर्गs) do not directly convey any specific sense as their own, but they are mere signs to show some specific property or excellence of the sense conveyed by the word to which they are attached; confer, compare also the statement 'न निर्बद्धा उपसर्गा अर्थान्निराहुरिति शाकटायनः नामाख्यातयोस्तु कर्मोपसंयेगद्योतका भवन्ति । Nir 1.3. The Grammarians, just like the rhetoricians have stated hat the connection between words and their senses is a permanent one ( नित्य ), the only difference in their views being that the rhetoricians state that words are related; no doubt permanently, to their sense by means of संकेत or convention which solely depends on the will of God, while the Grammarians say that the expression of sense is only a natural function of words; confer, compare 'अभिधानं पुनः स्वाभाविकम्' Vārttika No.33. on P. I.2.64. For द्योतकत्व see Vākyapadīya of Bhartṛhari II. 165-206.
arthavadgrahaṇaparibhāṣāa well known maxim or Paribha of grammarians fully stated as अर्थवद्ग्रहणे नानर्थकस्य ग्रहणम्, deduced from the phrase अर्थवद्ग्रहणात् frequently used by the Vārttikakāra. The Paribhāṣā lays down that 'when a combination of letters employed in Grammar, is possessed of a sense, it has to be taken as possessed of sense and not such an one as is devoid of sense.'
avagraha(1)separation of a compound word into its component elements as shown in the Pada-Pāṭha of the Vedic Saṁhitās. In the Padapāṭha, individual words are shown separately if they are combined by Saṁdhi rules or by the formation of a compound in the Saṁhitāpāṭha; exempli gratia, for example पुरोहितम् in the Saṁhitāpāṭha is read as पुरःsहितम्. In writing, there is observed the practice of placing the sign (ऽ) between the two parts, about which nothing can be said as to when and how it originatedition The AtharvaPrātiśākhya defines अवग्रह as the separation of two padas joined in Saṁhitā. (Atharvaveda Prātiśākhya. II.3.25; II.4.5). In the recital of the pada-pāṭha, when the word-elements are uttered separately, there is a momentary pause measuring one matra or the time required for the utterance of a short vowel. (See for details Vāj. Prāt. Adhāya 5). (2) The word अवग्रह is also used in the sense of the first out of the two words or members that are compounded together. See Kāśikā on P.VIII.4.26; confer, compare also तस्य ( इङ्ग्यस्य ) पूर्वपदमवग्रहः यथा देवायत इति देव-यत. Tai. Pr. I. 49. The term अवग्रह is explained in the Mahābhāṣya as 'separation, or splitting up of a compound word into its constitutent parts; confer, compare छन्दस्यानङोवग्रहो दृश्येत पितामह इति ।(Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on IV.2.36); also confer, compare यद्येवमवग्रहः प्राप्नोति । न लक्षणेन पदकारा अनुवर्त्याः। पदकारैर्नाम लक्षणमनुवर्त्यम् । यथालक्षणं पदं कर्तव्यम् (Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on III.1.109) where the Bhāṣyakāra has definitely stated that the writers of the Padapāṭha have to split up a word according to the rules of Grammar. (3) In recent times, however, the word अवग्रह is used in the sense of the sign (ऽ) showing the coalescence of अ (short or long) with the preceding अ (short or long ) or with the preceding ए or ओ exempli gratia, for example शिवोऽ र्च्यः, अत्राऽऽगच्छ. (4) The word is also used in the sense of a pause, or an interval of time when the constituent elements of a compound word are shown separately; confer, compare समासेवग्रहो ह्रस्वसमकालः (Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.V.1). (5) The word is also used in the sense of the absence of Sandhi when the Sandhi is admissible.
avacanasomething which need not be specifically prescribed or stated, being already available or valid; cf तृतीयासमासे अर्थग्रहणमनर्थकं अर्थगतिर्हि अवचनात् P. II.1.30 V.1.
avacūria short gloss or commentary on a standard work.
avaśyamnecessarily; the expression अवश्यं चैतदेवं विज्ञेयम् is very frequently used in the Mahābhāṣya when the same statement is to be emphasizedition
avasthāstage, condition; stage in the formation of a word; e. g. उपदेशावस्था, लावस्था, et cetera, and others
(1)Pratyāhāra or a brief term standing for all vowels, semivowels, and the fifth, fourth and third of the class-consonants; all letters excepting the surds and sibilants; (2) substitute अ for the word इदम् before affixes of cases beginning with the instrumental, and for एतद् before the taddhita affix. affixes त्र and तस्; see P.II.4.32 and 33; (3) substitute अ for the genitive case singular. case-affix ङस् after the words युष्मद् and अस्मद्; see P.VII.1.27.
aśvādi(1)a class of words headed by the word अश्व to which the affix फञ्(अायन) is added in the sense of गोत्र (grandchildren et cetera, and others); exempli gratia, for exampleआश्वायनः जातायनः, औत्सायनः et cetera, and others; confer, compare P.IV.1. 110; (2) a class of words headed by the word अश्व to which the taddhita affix यत् is added in the sense of a cause of the type of a meeting or an accidental circumstance; exempli gratia, for example आश्विकम् अाश्मिकम् confer, compare P. V.1.39.
as(1)case affix of the nominative and accusative plural and the ablative and genitive singular (जस् , शस्, ङसि and ङस् ) (2) taddhita affix अस् ( असि ) added to पूर्व, अधर and अवर, by P.V.3.39: (3) compoundending अस् ( असिच् ) applied to the words प्रजा and मेधा standing at the end of a Bahuvrīhi compound (P.V.4.122): (4) Uṇādi affix अस् prescribed by the rule सर्वधातुभ्योऽसुन् and subsequent rules (628-678) to form words such as मनस्,सरस् et cetera, and others(5) ending syllable अस्, with or without sense, of words in connection with which special operations are given in grammar; confer, compare P.VI.4.14; confer, compare also अनिनस्मन्ग्रहणान्यर्थवता चानर्थकेन च तदन्तविधिं प्रयोजयन्ति Par.Śek. Pari. 16.
asaṃpratyayafailure to understand the sense; confer, compare इतरथा ह्यसंप्रत्ययोऽकृत्रिमत्वाद्यथा लोके Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I.1.23 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 3.
asaṃbhavaImpossibility of occurrence (used in connection with an operation); cf नावश्यं द्विकार्ययोग एव विप्रतिषेधः । किं तर्हि । असंभवेपि । Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). I.1.12 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 3; (2) impossibility of a statement, mention, act et cetera, and others confer, compare असंभवः खल्वपि अर्थादेशनस्य Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on II.1.1.
asattva(1)absence of सत्त्व or entity; (2) other than a substance i. e. property, attribute, et cetera, and others confer, compare प्रादयः असत्त्ववचना निपातसंज्ञा भवन्ति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). I. 4.59; confer, compare also सोऽसत्त्वप्रकृतिर्गणः Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on IV.1.44. confer, compare also चादयोऽ सत्त्वे P.I.4.57.
asamarthasamāsaa compound of two words, which ordinarily is inadmissible, one of the two words being more closely connected with a third word, but which takes place on the authority of usage, there being no obstacle in the way of understanding the sense to be conveyed; e. g. देवदत्तस्य गुरुकुलम् । देवदत्तस्य दासभार्या । असूर्यंपश्यानि मुखानि, अश्राद्धभोजी ब्राह्मणः Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on II.1.1.
asamāsa(1)absence of a compound. उपसर्गादसमासेपि णोपदेशस्य P. VIII.4.14; (2) an expression conveying the sense of a compound word although standing in the form of separate words: चार्थे द्वन्द्ववचने असमासेपि वार्थसंप्रत्ययादनिष्टं प्राप्नोति । अहरहर्नयमानो गामश्वं पुरुषं पशुम् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on II.2.29.
aspaṣṭaless in contact with the vocal organ than the semi-vowels; the term occurs in Hemacandra's Grammar (Hemacandra's Śabdānuśāsana. I.3.25) and is explained by the commentator as 'ईषत्स्पृष्टतरौ प्रत्यासत्तेर्यकारवकारौ. अस्पष्ट stands for the letters य and व which are substituted for the vowels ए ऐ and ओ औ when followed by a vowel; cf, also Śāk I.I.154.
ākarṣaka( a word )attracting another word stated previously in the context e. g. the word च in the rules of Pāṇini.
aākhyātaverbal form, verb; confer, compare भावप्रधानमाख्यातं सत्त्वप्रधानानि नामानि Nirukta of Yāska.I.1; चत्वारि पदजातानि नामाख्यातोपसर्गनिपाताश्च Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). I.1. Āhnika 1 ; also A.Prāt. XII. 5, अाकार अाख्याते पदादिश्च Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). I.2.37 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 2, आख्यातमाख्यातेन क्रियासातत्ये Sid. Kau. on II.1.72, क्रियावाचकमाख्यातं Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.V.1; confer, compare भारद्वाजकमाख्यातं भार्गवं नाम भाष्यते । भारद्वाजेन दृष्टत्वादाख्यातं भारद्वाजगोत्रम् V. Prāt. VIII. 52; confer, compare also Athar. Prāt.I.I.12, 18; 1.3.3,6; II.2.5 where ākhyāta means verbal form. The word also meant in ancient days the root also,as differentiated from a verb or a verbal form as is shown by the lines तन्नाम येनाभिदधाति सत्त्वं, तदाख्यातं येन भावं स धातुः R.Pr.XII.5 where 'आख्यात' and 'धातु' are used as synonyms As the root form such as कृ, भृ et cetera, and others as distinct from the verbal form, is never found in actual use, it is immaterial whether the word means root or verb.In the passages quoted a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page. from the Nirukta and the Mahābhāṣya referring to the four kinds of words, the word ākhyāta could be taken to mean root (धातु) or verb (क्रियापद). The ākhyāta or verb is chiefly concerned with the process of being and bccoming while nouns (नामानि) have sattva or essence, or static element as their meaning. Verbs and nouns are concerned not merely with the activities and things in this world but with every process and entity; confer, compare पूर्वापूरीभूतं भावमाख्यातेनाचष्टे Nir.I.;अस्तिभवतिविद्यतीनामर्थः सत्ता । अनेककालस्थायिनीति कालगतपौर्वापर्येण क्रमवतीति तस्याः क्रियात्वम् । Laghumañjūṣā. When a kṛt (affix). affix is added to a root, the static element predominates and hence a word ending with a kṛt (affix). affix in the sense of bhāva or verbal activity is treated as a noun and regularly declined;confer, compareकृदभिहितो भावे द्रव्यवद् भवति M.Bh. on II.2.19 and III. 1.67, where the words गति, व्रज्या, पाक and others are given as instances. Regarding indeclinable words ending with kṛt (affix). affixes such as कर्तुं, कृत्वा, and others, the modern grammarians hold that in their case the verbal activity is not shadowed by the static element and hence they can be,in a way, looked upon as ākhyātas; confer, compare अव्ययकृतो भावे Vaiyākaraṇabhūṣaṇa.
aāgantukaliterally adventitious, an additional wording generally at the end of roots to show distinctly their form exempli gratia, for example वदि, एधि, सर्ति et cetera, and others; confer, compare इन्धिभवतिभ्यां च P I.2.6: confer, compare also भावलक्षणे स्थेण्कृञ्वदिचरिहृतभिजनिभ्यस्तोमुन्, P.III.4.16, सृपिवृदो. कसुन् P. III.4.17 and a number of other sūtras where इ or तिं is added to the root confer, compare इक्श्तिपौ धातुनिर्देशे, वर्णात्कारः, रादिफः P.III.3.108 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 2.3. 4, where such appendages to be added to the roots or letters are given. The word अागन्तु is an old word used in the Nirukta, but the term आगन्तुक appears to be used for the first time for such forms by Haradatta; confer, compare ह्वरोरिति ह्वृ कौटिल्ये, आगन्तुकेकारे गुणेन निर्देशः Padamañjarī, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Haradatta. on VII.2.31. In the traditional oral explanations the second part of a reduplicated word is termed अागन्तुक which is placed second i. e. after the original by virtue of the convention आगन्तूनामन्ते निवेशः, although in fact, it is said to possess the sense of the root in contrast with the first which is called abhyāsa.A nice distinction can, however be drawn between the four kinds of adventitious wordings found in grammar viz.आगन्तु, इत्, अभ्यास and आगम which can be briefly stated as follows; The former two do not form a regular part of the word and are not found in the actual use of the word; besides, they do not possess any sense, while the latter two are found in actual use and they are possessed of sense. Again the agantu word is simply used for facility of understanding exactly and correctly the previous word which is really wanted; the इत् wording, besides serving this purpose, is of use in causing some grammatical operations. अभ्यास, is the first part of the wording which is wholly repeated and it possesses no sense by itself, while, āgama which is added to the word either at the beginning or at the end or inserted in the middle, forms a part of the word and possesses the sense of the word.
ādiṣṭa(1)prescribed for substitution; specified for an operation : confer, compare सिद्धे तु आदिष्टस्य युड्वचनात् M.Bh. on VI.1. 155; confer, compare also Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on VI. 1.I58 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 3; Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on IV.3.28 Vār. 5; confer, compare also आदिष्टाच्चैवाचः पूर्वः Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I.1.57; (2) indicated or stated; अादिष्टा इमे वर्णाः.
ādyantavattvaअाद्यन्तवद्भाव, consideration of a single or solitary letter as the initial or the final one according to requirements for opcrations prescribed for the initial or for the final. Both these notions --the initial and the final-are relative notions, and because they require the presence of an additional letter or letters for the sake of being called initial or final it becomes necessary to prescribe आद्यन्तवद्भाव in the case of a single letter; confer, compareअाद्यन्तवदेकस्मिन् । आदौ इव अन्त इव एकस्मिन्नपि कार्यं भवति । यथा कर्तव्यमित्यत्र प्रत्ययाद्युदात्तत्वं भवति एवमौपगवमित्यत्रापि यथा स्यात् । Kāś. on P.I.1.21 ; confer, compare also अाद्यन्तवच्च । अपृक्तस्य आदिवदन्तवच्च कार्यं भवति । Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.I.55. This अाद्यन्तवद्भाव of Pāṇini is, in fact, a specific application of the general maxim known as vyapadeśivadbhāva by virtue of which "an operation which affects something on account of some special designation, which for certain reasons attaches to the letter, affects likewise that which stands alone;" confer, compare Pari.Śek. Pari. 30.
abādha(1)similarity of one phonetic element, for instance, in the case of ऐ with आ resulting from Saṁdhi: e. g. प्रजाया अरातिं निर्ऋत्या अकः where प्रजाया and निर्ऋत्या stand for प्रजायै and निर्ऋत्यै confer, compare एकारान्तानि अाकारबाधे Āth. Pr. II.1.4; (2) Similarity of accent of words in the Saṁhitāpāṭha and Padapāṭha; (3) followed by confer, compare Atharvaveda Prātiśākhya. II.1.14; (4) distress; confer, compare आबाधे च, P. VIII.1.10.
ām(1)augment आ prescribed in connection with the words चतुर् and अनडुह् before the case-affixes called सर्वनामस्थान; confer, compare चतुरनडुहोराम् उदात्तः P.VII.1.98; (2) the affix आम् added before लिट् or a perfect termination by rules कास्प्रत्ययादाम् अमन्त्रे लिटि and the following (P. III 1.35-39), as for instance, in कासांचक्रे, ऊहांचक्रे, दयांचक्रे, जागरांचकार, विभयांचकार et cetera, and others; (3) geni. plural caseaffix आम् as in दृषदाम्, शरदाम्, with न् prefixed in रामाणाम् et cetera, and others, and with स् prefixed in सर्र्वेषाम् et cetera, and others; (4) locative case singular. case-affix अाम् substituted for इ (ङि); confer, compare ङेराम् नद्याम्नीभ्यः P.VI.4.116.
āmantraṇa(1)calling out from a distance;(2) an invitation which may or may not be accepted; confer, compare विधिनिमन्त्रणामन्त्रणाधीष्टसंप्रश्नप्रार्थनेषु लिङ् P.III. 3.161 whereon Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). remarks अथ निमन्त्रणामन्त्रणयोः को विशेषः । अथ संनिहितेन निमन्त्रणं भवति असंनिहितेन अामन्त्रणम् । नैषोस्ति विशेषः । असंनिहितेनापि निमन्त्रणं भवति संनिहितेनापि चामन्त्रणम् । एवं तर्हि यन्नियोगतः कर्तव्यं तन्निमन्त्रणम् । अामन्त्रणे कामचारः । Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.III.3.161.
ārdhadhātukādhikārathe topic or section in Pāṇini's grammar where operations, caused by the presence of an ārdhadhātuka affix ahead, are enumerated, beginning with the rule आर्धधातुके VI.4.46 and ending with न ल्यपि VI.4.69, Such operations are summed up in the stanza अतो लोपो चलोपश्च णिलोपश्च प्रयोजनम् । आल्लोप इत्वमेत्वं च चिण्वद्भावश्च सीयुटि; Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). as also Kāś, on VI.4.46.
aāstārapaṅkatia variety of पङ्कक्ति metre of 40 letters with 8 letters in the first and second quarters or pādas and 12 letters in the third and fourth quarters confer, compare अास्तारपङ्कक्तिरादितः R.Pr.XVI.40. For instances of आस्तारपङ्क्ति see Ṛgveda sūkta 2l, Mandala X.
āhitad-affix added to the word दक्षिण in the general sense of direction but when distance is specially meant; exempli gratia, for example दक्षिणाहि वसति, दक्षिणाहि रमणीयम्. See Kāś. on आहि च दूरे P. V.3.37.
āhitāgnyādia class of compound words headed by the word आहिताग्नि in which the past passive voice. participle. is optionally placed first. exempli gratia, for exampleआहिताग्निः अग्नयाहितः; जातपुत्रः पुत्रजातः The class आहिताम्न्यादि is stated to be आकृतिगण, confer, compare Kāś.on P.II.2.37.
it(1)a letter or a group of letters attached to a word which is not seen in actual use in the spoken language: cf अप्रयोगी इत्, Śāk. I.1.5, Hemacandra's Śabdānuśāsana.1.1.37. The इत् letters are applied to a word before it, or after it, and they have got each of them a purpose in grammar viz. causing or preventing certain grammatical operations in the formation of the complete word. Pāṇini has not given any definition of the word इत् , but he has mentioned when and where the vowels and consonants attached to words are to be understood as इत्; (confer, compare उपदेशेजनुनासिक इत् , हलन्त्यम् । et cetera, and others P. I.3.2 to 8) and stated that these letters are to be dropped in actual use, confer, compareP.I.3.9. It appears that grammarians before Pāṇini had also employed such इत् letters, as is clear from some passages in the Mahābhāṣya as also from their use in other systems of grammar as also in the Uṇādi list of affixes, for purposes similar to those found served in Pāṇini 's grammar. Almost all vowels and consonants are used as इत् for different purposes and the इत् letters are applied to roots in the Dhātupāṭha, nouns in the Gaṇapāṭha, as also to affixes, augments and substitutes prescribed in grammar. Only at a few places they are attached to give facility of pronunciation. Sometimes the इत् letters, especially vowels, which are said to be इत्, when uttered as nasalized by Pāṇini, are recognised only by convention; confer, compare प्रतिज्ञानुनासिक्याः पाणिनीयाः(S.K.on P.I.3.2).The word इत्, which literally means going away or disappearing, can be explained as a mute indicatory letter. In Pāṇini's grammar, the mute vowel अ applied to roots indicates the placing of the Ātmanepada affixes after them, if it be uttered as anudātta and of affixes of both the padas if uttered svarita; confer, compare P.I.3. 12, 72. The mute vowel आ signifies the prevention of इडागम before the past part, affixes; confer, compare P. VII. 2. 16. Similarly, the mute vowel इ signfies the augment न् after the last vowel of the root; confer, compareP.VII.1.58; ई signifies the prevention of the augment इ before the past participle.affixes cfP.VII.2.14;उ signifies the inclusion of cognate letters; confer, compareP.I.1.69, and the optional addition of the augment इ before त्वा; confer, compare P.VII.2. 56; ऊ signifies the optional application of the augment इट्;confer, compareP.VII. 2.44; क signifies the prevention of ह्रस्व to the vowel of a root before the causal affix, confer, compareVII.4.2: लृ signifies the vikarana अङ् in the Aorist cf P.III.1.55; ए signifies the prevention of vrddhi in the Aorist,confer, compare P.VII.2.55; ओ signifies the substitution of न् for त् of the past participle. confer, compare P VIII.2.45; क् signifies the Prevention of गुण and वृद्धि, confer, compareP, I. 1.5; ख् signifies the addition of the augment मुम्(म्)and the shortening of the preceding vowel: confer, compareP.VI.3 65-66: ग् signifies the prevention of गुण and वृद्धि, confer, compare P.I.1.5 घ् signifies कुत्व, confer, compare P.VII.3.62; ङ्, applied to affixes, signifies the prevention of गुण and वृद्धि, confer, compare P.I.1.5; it causes संप्रसारणादेश in the case of certain roots, confer, compare P. VI.1.16 and signifies आत्मनेपद if applied to roots; confer, compare P.I. 3.12, and their substitution for the last letter if applied to substitutes. confer, compare P I.1.53. च् signifies the acute accent of the last vowel;confer, compareP.VI.1. 159; ञ् signifies उभयपद i.e the placing of the affixes of both the podas after the root to which it has been affixed;confer, compareP.I.3.72, ट् in the case of an augment signifies its application to the word at the beginning: confer, compareP I.1.64, while applied to a nominal base or an affix shows the addition of the feminine. affix ई (ङीप्) confer, compareP.IV.1. 15;ड् signifies the elision of the last syllable; confer, compare P.VI.4.142: ण् signifies वृद्धि, confer, compareP.VII.2.115;त् signifies स्वरित accent, confer, compare VI.1.181, as also that variety of the vowel ( ह्रस्व, दीर्ध or प्लुत) to which it has been applied confer, compare P.I.1.70; न् signifies आद्युदात्त, confer, compare P.VI.1.193:प् signifies अनुदात्त accent confer, compare अनुदात्तौ सुप्पितौ P. III.1.4. as also उदात्त for the vowel before the affix marked with प् confer, compare P.VI.1.192: म् signifies in the case of an augment its addition after the final vowel.confer, compareP.I.1.47,while in the case of a root, the shortening of its vowel before the causal affix णि,confer, compare P.VI.4.92: र् signifies the acute accent for the penultimate vowel confer, compare P.VI.1.217,ल् signifies the acute accent for the vowel preceding the affix marked with ल्; confer, compareP.VI. 193; श् implies in the case of an affix its सार्वधातुकत्व confer, compare P. II1.4.113, while in the case of substitutes, their substitution for the whole स्थानिन् cf P.I.1.55; प् signifies the addition of the feminine. affix ई ( ङीप् ) confer, compareP.IV-1.41 ;स् in the case of affixes signifies पदसंज्ञा to the base before them, cf P.I.4.16. Sometimes even without the actual addition of the mute letter, affixes are directed to be looked upon as possessed of that mute letter for the sake of a grammatical operation exempli gratia, for example सार्वधातुकमपित् P.I.2.4; असंयेागाल्लिट कित् P.I.2.5: गोतो णित् P.VII.1.90 et cetera, and others (2) thc short vowel इ as a substitute: confer, compare शास इदङ्हलोः P.VI.4.34.
itaretarapossessed of interdependence; depending upon each other; confer, compare इतरेतरं कार्यमसद्वत् Candra Pari. 5 }. Grammatical operations are of no avail if the rules stating them are mutually depending on each other. The word इतरेतर has the sense of इतरेतराश्रय here.
itaretarayogamutual relationship with each other. Out of the four senses of the indeclinable च viz. समुच्चय, अन्वाचय, इतरेतरयोग and समाहार, the Dvandva compound is formed of words connected in the last two ways and not in the first two ways. The instances of द्वन्द्व in the sense of इतरेतरयोग are धवखदिरपलाशाः, प्लक्षन्यग्रोधौ etc; confer, compare Kāś.on P. II.2.29 confer, compare also प्लक्षश्च न्यग्रोधश्चेत्युक्ते गम्यत एतत्प्लक्षोपि न्यग्रोधसहायो न्यग्रोधोपि प्लक्षसहाय इति M.Bh. on II.2.29; confer, compare also इतरेतरयोगः स यदा उद्रिक्तावयवभेदो भवति Sīradeva's ParibhāṣāvṛttiPari. 16.
iṣṭaa word frequently used in the Vārttikas and the Mahābhāṣya and other treatises in the senses of (1) a desired object, (2) a desired purpose, (3) a desired statement, (4) a desired form id est, that is the correct form : confer, compare इष्टान्वाख्यानं खल्वपि भवति: Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ).I.1. Āhnika of the Pātañjala Mahābhāṣya. 1. योगविभागादिष्टसिद्धिः Pari.Śek. Pari. 114.
iṣṭia word generally used in the statements made in the Mahā bhāṣya, similar to those of the Sūtrakāra and the Vārttikakāras, which are 'desired ones' with a view to arrive at the correct forms of words; confer, compare प्राप्तिज्ञो देवानांप्रियो न त्विाष्टिज्ञः, इष्यत एतद् रूपमिति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on II. 4.56.
iṣṭhathe superlative taddhita affix. affix इष्ठन् in the sense of अतिशायन or अतिशय ( excellence ). The commentators, however, say that the taddhita affixes तम and इष्ठ,like all the taddhita affixes showing case-relations, are applied without any specific sense of themselves, the affixes showing the sense of the base itself ( स्वार्थे ); e. g गुरुतमः, गरिष्ठः; पटुतमः, पठिष्ठः; पचतितमाम्, कर्तृतमः, करिष्ठः et cetera, and others; confer, compare P.V.3.55-64 The affixes ईयस् and इष्ठ are applied only to such substantives which denote quality; confer, compare P.V.3.58.
iṣṭhavadbhāvapossession of the same properties for causing grammatical operations as the taddhita affix. affix इष्ठन् possesses, as for instance, the elision of the syllable beginning with the last vowel ( टिलोप ), substitution of the masculine gender. base for the feminine. base (पुंवद्भाव) et cetera, and others, before the denom affix णिच्; exempli gratia, for example एतयति in the sense of एनीं आचष्टे; similarly प्रथयति, पटयति, दवयति, confer, compare M.Bh. on. P.VI.4. 155 Vārt, 1.
īthe long vowel ई which is technically included in the vowel इ in Pāṇini's alphabet being the long tone of that vowel; (2) substitute ई for the vowel अा of the roots घ्रा and ध्मा before the frequentative sign यङ् as for example in जेघ्रीयते, देध्मीयते, confer, compare P.VII. 4.31; (3) substitute ई for the vowel अ before the affixes च्वि and क्यच् as, for instance, in शुक्लीभवति, पुत्रीयति et cetera, and others; confer, compareP.VII.4.32, 33; (4) substitute ई for the vowel अा at the end of reduplicated bases as also for the vowel आ of bases ending in the conjugational sign ना, exempli gratia, for example मिमीध्वे, लुनीतः et cetera, and others; cf P.VI. 4.113; (5) substitute ई for the locative case case affix इ ( ङि ) in Vedic Literature, exempli gratia, for example सरसी for सरसि in दृतिं न शुश्कं सरसी शयानम्,: confer, compare Kāś. on P. VII.1.39: (6) taddhita affix. affix ई in the sense of possession in Vedic Literature as for instance in रथीः,सुमङ्गलीः, confer, compare Kāś on. P.V.2.109: (7) the feminine. affix ई ( ङीप् , ङीञ् or ङीन् ); confer, compare P.IV.1.58, 15-39, IV.1.40-65, IV.1.13.
īyastad-affix ईयसुन् , showing superiority or excellence of one individual over another in respect of a quality, added to a substantive expresive of quality; when the substantive ends in the affix तृ, that affix तृ is removed: exempli gratia, for example पटीयान्, लघीयान्, गरीयान्, दोहीयसी (धेनुः) confer, compareP.V.3.57-64.
īṣadasamāptistage of the quality of a thing or of an undertaking which is almost complete,to show which,the tad-affixes कल्प, देश्य and देशीय are applied to a word:exempli gratia, for example पटुकल्पः,पटुदेश्यः; पटुदेशीयः, पचतिकल्पम्, जल्पतिकल्पम्, confer, compare P, V.3.67.
u(1)labial vowel standing for the long ऊ and protracted ऊ3 in Pāṇini's grammar unless the consonant त् is affixed to it, उत् standing for the short उ only: (2) Vikaraṇa affix उ of the 8th conjugation ( तनादिगण ) and the roots धिन्व् and कृण्व्;confer, compareP.III. 1.79-80; (3) substitute (उ) for the vowel अ of कृ,exempli gratia, for example कुरुतः, कृर्वन्ति before weak Sārvadhātuka affixes, confer, compareP.VI 4.110; (4) kṛt (affix). affix उ added to bases ending in सन् and the roots आशंस्, भिक्ष्, विद्, इष् as also to bases ending in क्यच् in the Vedic Literature,exempli gratia, for example चिकीर्षुः भिक्षुः, बिन्दुः,इच्छुः,सुम्नयु; confer, compare P. III. 2.168-170; (5) Uṅādi affix उ ( उण् ) e.g, कारुः, वायुः, साधुः, et cetera, and others; confer, compare Uṅādi I.1; (6) mute vowel उ added to the first letters of a class of consonants in Pāṇini's grammar to show the whole class of the five letters; exempli gratia, for example कु, चु, टु, तु, पु which stand for the Guttural, the palatal the lingual, the dental and the labial classes respectively; confer, compare also ष्टुना ष्टुः P.VIII.4.41(7) उ added to न् showing the consonant न् as nasalized n; cf, नुः V.Pr. III.133.
ukthādia class of words headed by the word उक्थ to which the taddhita affix इक (ठक् ) is applied in the sense of 'one who studies and understands'; confer, compare उक्थमधीते वेद वा औक्थिकः, similarly लौकायतिकः Kāś. on P.IV.2.60.
uṇādiaffixes headed by the affix उण्, which are similar to kṛt affixes of Pāṇini, giving derivation mostly of such words as are not derived by rules of Pāṇini. No particular sense such as agent, object et cetera, and others is mentioned in connection with these affixes, but, as Pāṇini has stated in 'ताभ्यामन्यत्रोणादयः P.III. 4.75, the various Uṇādi affixes are applied to the various roots as prescribed in any Kāraka sense, except the संप्रदान and the अपादान; in other words, any one of the senses, agent, object, instrument and abode, is assigned to the Uṇādi affix as suits the meaning of the word. Although some scholars believe that the Uṇādi affixes are given by a grammarian later than Pāṇini as there are words like ताम्बूल, दीनार and others included in the list of Uṇādi words and that there are many interpolated Sūtras, still the Uṇādi collection must be looked upon as an old one which is definitely mentioned by Pāṇini in two different rules; confer, compare Pāṇini उणादयो बहुलम् P. III.3.1 and ताभ्यामन्यत्रोणादयः III.4.76. Patañjali has given a very interesting discussion about these Uṇādi affixes and stated on the strength of the Vārttika, तत्रोणादिप्रतिषेधः, that these affixes and the words given in the Uṇādi collection should not be considered as genuinely deriveditionThe derivation is not a very systematic and logically correct one and therefore for practical purposes, the words derived by the application of the affixes उण् and others should be looked upon as underived; confer, compare उणादयोSव्युत्पन्नानि प्रातिपदिकानि. Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on. P.I.1.16, III.4.77, IV.1.1, VI.1.62, VII.1.2, VII.2.8 et cetera, and others There is a counterstatement also seen in the Mahābhāṣya उणादयो व्युत्पन्नानि, representing the other view prevailing at the time; confer, compare Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on III.I.133; but not much importance seems to be attached to it. The different systems of grammar have different collections of such words which are also known by the term Uṇādi. Out of the collections belonging to Pāṇini's system, three collections are available at present, the collection into five pādas given in the printed edition of the Siddhānta Kaumudi, the collection into ten Pādas given in the printed edition of the Prakriya-Kaumudi and the collection in the Sarasvatīkaṇthābharaṇa of Bhoja forming Pādas 1, 2 and 3 of the second Adhyāya of the work.
uṇādiprātipadikaword form or crude base, ending with an affix of the uṇ class, which is looked upon as practically underived, the affixes un and others not being looked upon as standard affixes applied with regular meanings attached to them and capable of causing operations to the preceding base as prescribed by rules of grammar; confer, compare उणादयोS व्युत्पन्नानि प्रातिपदिकानि । व्युत्पन्नानीति शाकटायनरीत्या । पाणिनेस्त्वव्युत्पत्तिपक्ष एवेति शब्देन्दुशेखरे निरूपितम्. Pari. Śek. on Paribhāṣa 22.
uṇādisūtradaśapādīthe text of the Uṇādi Sūtras divided into ten chapters believed to have been written by शाकटायन. It is printed at the end of the Prakriyā Kaumud and separately also, and is also available in manuscripts with a few differences. Patañjali in his Bhāṣya on P.III.3.1, seems to have mentioned Sakaṭāyana as the author of the Uṇādi Sūtras although it cannot be stated definitely whether there was at that time, a version of the Sūtras in five chapters or in ten chapters or one, completely different from these, as scholars believe that there are many interpolations and changes in the versions of Uṇādi Sūtras available at present. A critical study of the various versions is extremely desirable.
udāttanirdeśaconventional understanding about a particular vowel in the wording of a sūtra being marked acute or Udātta, when ordinarily it should not have been so, to imply that a Paribhāṣā is to be applied for the interpretation of that Sūtra: confer, compare उदात्तनिर्देशात्सिद्धम् P.VI.1.13 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini).14, also Sīra. Pari. 112.
uditcharacterized by short उ as a mute indicatory vowel, by virtue of which the word कु, for instance, signifies along with क् its cognate consonants ख्, ग्, घ् and ङ् also; confer, compare अणुदित्सवर्णस्य चाप्रत्ययः P.I.I.69. Roots marked with उ as mute get the augment इ optionally added before the kṛt affix क्त्वा; e gशमित्वा and शान्त्वा from the root शम् ( शमु ) by virtue of the rule उदितो वा P.VII.2.56.
upajanaliterallyorigin; one that originates, augment, उपजायते असौ उपजन: । The word is used in the sense of 'additional phonetic element'; confer, compare उपजन आगमः Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on Śivasūtra 5; confer, compare also वर्णव्यत्ययापायोपजनविकारेष्वर्थदर्शनात् । Māheśvarasūtras. 5 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 15. The Ṛk Prātiśākhya gives स् in पुरुश्चन्द्र as an instance ofeminine. उपजन confer, compare Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) IV. 37. In the Nirukta उपजन is given as the sense of the prefix 'उप'; confer, compare उपेत्युपजनम्: The commentary on the Nirukta explains the word उपजन as अाधिक्य.
upajīvyaa term used by later grammarians in connection with such a rule on which another rule depends confer, compare उपजीव्यादन्तरङ्गाच्व प्रधानं प्रबलम् Pari. Śekh. on Pari. 97, as also Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on हेतुमति च P. III.1.26. The relationship known as उपजीव्योपजीवकभाव occurs several times in grammar which states the inferiority of the dependent as noticed in the world.
upadeśivadbhāvaoccurrence in the original statement before the application of any affixes et cetera, and others, confer, compare एवमप्युपदेशिवद्भावो वक्तव्यः, Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.I. 1.56, Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 23.
upadeśivadvacanastatement to the effect that a word should be looked upon as occurring in the original instruction although it is not there. See उपदेश.confer, compare नुम्विधावुपदेशिवद्वचनं प्रत्ययविध्यर्थम् P. VII.1.58. Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 1.
upanyāsaproposition, statement, The remark 'विषम उपन्यासः' is of frequent occurrence in the Vyākaraṇa Mahābhāṣya in connection with statements that are defective and have to be refuted or corrected; confer, compare M.Bh. on P.1.1.21,46,50; I.2.5 et cetera, and others
upapadaliterallya word placed near; an adjoining word. In Pāṇini's grammar, the term उपपद is applied to such words as are put in the locative case by Pāṇini in his rules prescribing kṛt affixes in rules from 1 II. 1, 90 to III. 4 end; confer, compare तत्रोपपदं सप्तमीस्थम् P.III.1.92; exempli gratia, for example कर्मणि in कर्मण्यण् P. III.2.1. The word is also used in the sense of an adjoining word connected in sense. e. g. युष्मद्युपपदे as also प्रहासे च मन्योपपदे P.I.4.105,106; confer, compare also क्रियार्थायां क्रियायामुपपदे धातोर्भविष्यति काले तुमुन्ण्वुलौ भवतः Kāś. on P.III.3.10; confer, compare also इतरेतरान्योन्योपपदाच्च P.I.3.10, मिथ्योपपदात् कृञोभ्यासे P.I.3.71, as also उपपदमतिङ् P.II.2.19; and गतिकारकोपपदात्कृत् P. VI.2.139. Kaiyaṭa on P.III.1. 92 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 2 explains the word उपपद as उपोच्चारि or उपोच्चारितं पदं उपपदम्. The word उपपद is found used in the Prātiśākhya literature where it means a word standing near and effecting some change: confer, compare च वा ह अह एव एतानि चप्रभृतीनि यान्युपपदानि उक्तानि आख्यातस्य विकारीणिo Uvaṭa on Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.VI. 23.
upapadavibhaktia case termination added to a word on account of the presence of another word requiring the addition;confer, compare the well-known Paribhāṣā,उपपदविभक्तेः कारकविभक्तिर्बलीयसी. Paribhāṣenduśekhara of Nāgeśa. Pari. 94; and M.Bh. on I.4. 96 stating the possession of greater force in the case of a kāra-kavibhakti than in the case of an upapadavibhakti.
upabandhaa technical term used in the Prātiśākhya works in the sense of words which proceed from a rule to the following rules upto a particular stated limit; confer, compare उपबन्धस्तु देशाय नित्यम् T. Pr I.59 explained by the commentator as उपबध्यते इति उपबन्धः । एतस्मिन्नित्यधिकरणरूपः संख्यानविषयः प्रदेशश्च उपबन्ध उच्यते । उपबन्धे यदुक्तं तदन्यत्र न भवतीति तुशब्दार्थः ।
upabdimatthe fourth out of the seven stages or places in the production of articulate speech, upāṁśu being the first stage; confer, compare सशब्दमुपद्भिमत् Tait. Pr. 23.9 explained by the commentator as: सशब्दं परश्राव्यशब्दसहितम् । यत्र प्रयुज्यमानः शब्दः परैरक्षरव्यञ्जनववेकवर्जे श्रूयते तदुपद्विमत्संज्ञं भवति ।
upamānastandard of comparison. The word is found in the Pāṇinisūtra उपमानानि सामान्यवचनैः P.II.I.55 where the Kāśikāvṛtti explains it as उपमीयतेऽनेनेत्युपमानम् ।
upaśleṣaimmediate contact, as for instance, of one word with another: confer, compare शब्दस्य च शब्देन कोन्योभिसंबन्धो भवितुमर्हति अन्यदत उपश्लेषात् । M.Bh. on VI. 1.72. The word उपश्लिष्ट is also found in the Mahābhāṣya in the same context.
upasaṃkhyānamention, generally of the type of the annexation of some words to words already given, or of some limiting conditions or additions to what has been already statedition The word is often found at the end of the statements made by the Vārttikakāra on the sūtras of Pāṇini.: confer, compare P.I.1.29 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 1: I.1.36 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 3 et cetera, and others The words वाच्य and वक्तव्य are also similarly useditionThe word is found similarly used in the Mahābhāṣya also very frequently.
upasargapreposition, prefix. The word उसपर्ग originally meant only 'a prefixed word': confer, compare सोपसर्गेषु नामसु Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XVI. 38. The word became technically applied by ancient Sanskrit Gratmmarians to the words प्र, परा, अप, सम् et cetera, and others which are always used along with a verb or a verbal derivative or a noun showing a verbal activity; confer, compare उपसर्गाः क्रियायोगे P. I. 4.59. 'These prefixes are necessariiy compounded with the following word unless the latter is a verbal form; confer, compare कुगतिप्रादयः P.II. 2.18. Although they are not compounded with a verbal form, these prepositions are used in juxtaposition with it; sometimes they are found detached from the verbal form even with the intervention of one word or more. The prefixes are instrumental in changing the meaning of the root. Some scholars like Śākaṭāyana hold the view that separated from the roots, prefixes do not express any specific sense as ordinary words express, while scholars like Gārgya hold the view that prefixes do express a sense e. g. प्र means beginning or प्रारम्भ; confer, compare न निर्बद्धा उपसर्गा अर्थान्निराहुरिति शाकटायनः । नामाख्यातयोस्तु कर्मोपसंयोगद्योतका भवन्ति । उच्चावचाः पदार्था भवन्तीति गार्ग्यः । तद्य एषु पदार्थः प्राहुरिमं तं नामाख्यातयोरर्थविकरणम् Nirukta of Yāska.I. 8. It is doubtful, however, which view Pāṇini himself held. In his Ātmanepada topic, he has mentioned some specific roots as possessing some specific senses when preceded by some specific prefixes (see P. I. 3.20, 24, 25, 40, 4l, 46, 52, 56, et cetera, and others), which implies possibly that roots themselves possess various senses, while prefixes are simply instrumental in indicating or showing them. On the other hand, in the topic of the Karmapravacanīyas,the same words प्र, परा et cetera, and others which, however, are not termed Upasargas for the time being, although they are called Nipātas, are actually assigned some specific senses by Pāṇini. The Vārttikakāra has defined उपसर्ग as क्रियाविशेषक उपसर्गः P. I. 3.I. Vārt 7, leaving it doubtful whether the उपसर्ग or prefix possesses an independent sense which modifies the sense of the root, or without possessing any independent sense, it shows only the modified sense of the root which also is possessed by the root. Bhartṛhari, Kaiyaṭa and their followers including Nāgeśa have emphatically given the view that not only prefixes but Nipātas, which include प्र, परा and others as Upasargas as well as Karmapravacanīyas, do not denote any sense, but they indicate it; they are in fact द्योतक and not वाचक. For details see Nirukta of Yāska.I. 3, Vākyapadīya II. 190, Mahābhāṣya on I. 3.1. Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 7 and Kaiyaṭa's Mahābhāṣyapradīpa.and Mahābhāṣya-Pradīpoddyota by Nāgeśa.thereon. The Ṛk Prātiśākhya has discussed the question in XII. 6-9 where, as explained by the commentator, it is stated that prefixes express a sense along with roots or nouns to which they are attachedition It is not clear whether they convey the sense by denotation or indication, the words वाचक in stanza 6 and विशेषकृत् in stanza 8 being in favour of the former and the latter views respectively; cf उपसर्गा विंशतिरर्थवाचकाः सहेतराभ्यामितरे निपाताः; क्रियावाचकभाख्यातमुपसर्गो विशेषकृत्, सत्त्वाभिधायकं नाम निपातः पादपूरणः Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XII. st. 6 and 8. For the list of upasargas see Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XII. 6, Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.I. 15, Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.VI.24, and S. K. on P. I.4.60.
upāṃśuliterally inaudible. The word is explained in the technical sense as the first place or stage in the utterance of speech where it is perfectly inaudible although produced; confer, compare उपांशु इति प्रथमं वाचः स्थानम् Com. on Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.XXIII, 5.
upodbalakaa supporting assertion or statement; cf तस्यैवोपोद्बलकमेतत् M.Bh. on I.2.64. Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 38-39.
ubhayaprāptia case or a matter in which both the alternatives occur, as for instance, the genitive case for the subject and the object of a verbal derivative noun (कृदन्त); confer, compare उभयप्राप्तौ कर्मणि । उभयोः प्राप्तिः यस्मिन् कृति सोयमुभयप्राप्तिः तत्र कर्मण्येव षष्ठी स्यात् न कर्तरि । आश्चर्यो गवां दोहः अगोपालकेन Kāś. on P. II.3.66.
uraḥprabhṛtia class of words headed by the word उरस् to which the samāsānta affix क (कप् ) is added, when these words stand at the end of Bahuvrihi compounds; confer, compare व्यूढमुरोस्य व्यूढोरस्कः similarly प्रियसर्पिष्कः, Kāś. on P.V.I.151.
ūṣmasaṃdhiname of a combination or संधि where a visarga is changed into a breathing ( ऊष्मन् ). It has got two varieties named व्यापन्न where the visarga is charged into a breathing as for instance in यस्ककुभः, while it is called विक्रान्त (passed over) where it remains unchanged as for instance in यः ककुभः, य: पञ्च; confer, compare Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) IV. 1 1.
ekadeśavikṛtanyāyathe maxim that ' a thing is called or taken as that very thing although it is lacking in a part,'stated briefly as एकदेशविकृतमनन्यवत् Pari. Śek. Pari. 37. The maxim is given in all the different schools of grammar: confer, compare Śak Pari. 17: Cāndra Pari. 15, Kat. Par. Vr. l, Jain. Par.Vr.l l, Hemacandra's Śabdānuśāsana.Pari.7 et cetera, and others
ekadravyaone and the same individual substance: cf the words एकद्रव्यसम-वायित्व Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.I.4.23, एकद्रव्याभिघान on P.VIII.1.51, एकद्रव्योपनिवेशिनी given as a definition of संज्ञा Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.I.4.1.
ekavākyaan expression giving one idea, either a single or a composite one. A positive statement and its negation, so also, a general rule and its exception are looked upon as making a single sentence on account of their mutual expectancy even though they be sometimes detached from each other confer, compare विदेशस्थमपि सदेकवाक्यं भवति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on III.4.67; confer, compare also निषेधवाक्यानामपि निषेध्यविशेषाकाङ्क्षत्वाद्विध्येकवाक्यतयैव अन्वयः । तत्रैकवाक्यता पर्युदासन्यायेन । संज्ञाशास्त्रस्य तु कार्यकालपक्षे न पृथग्वाक्यार्थबोधः । Par. Śek on Pari. 3. Such sentences are, in fact, two sentences, but, to avoid the fault of गौरव, caused by वाक्यभेद, grammarians hold them to be composite single sentences.
ekavibhaktia pada having the same case in the various dissolutions of the compound word; e. g. the word कौशाम्बी in the compound word निष्कौशाम्बिः, which stands only in the ablative case कौशाम्ब्याः, although the word निष्क्रान्त, which stands for the word निस्, could be used in many cases. The word नियतविभक्तिक is also used in the same sense.
ekaśeṣanirdeśastatement by subsistence of one word out of many. The phrase is very often used in the Mahābhāṣya where the omission of an individual thing is explained by saying that the expression used is a composite one including the omitted thing along with the thing already expressed; confer, compare एकशेषनिर्देशोयम् । सर्वादीनि च सर्वादीनि च सर्वादीनि । Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I.I.27, on I.1.59, I.2.39, as also on I.3.1 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 5,I.4. 101 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 3, II.1.1. Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 19 et cetera, and others
ekaśrutithat which has got the same accent or tone; utterance in the same tone; monotone. The word is applied to the utterance of the vocative noun or phrase calling a man from a distance, as also to that of the vowels or syllables following a Svarita vowel in the Saṁhitā id est, that is the continuous utterance of Vedic sentences; confer, compare एकश्रुति दूरात्संबुद्वौ and the foll. P.I.2.33-40 and the Mahābhāṣya thereon. In his discussion on I.2.33 Patañjali has given three alternative views about the accent of Ekaśruti syllables : (a) they possess an accent between the उदात्त (acute) and अनुदात्त (grave), (b) they are in the same accent as is possessed by the preceding vowel, (c) Ekaśruti is looked upon as the seventh of the seven accents; confer, compare सैषा ज्ञापकाभ्यामुदात्तानुदात्तयोर्मध्यमेकश्रुतिरन्तरालं ह्रियते। ... सप्त स्वरा भवन्ति | उदात्तः, उदात्ततर:, अनुदात्तः, अनुदात्ततर:, स्वरितः स्वरिते य उदात्तः सोन्येन विशिष्टः, एकश्रुतिः सप्तमः । M.Bh. on P.I.2.33.
ekādeśasvaraan accent prescribed for the single substitute,as, for instance, by rules like उदात्तस्वरितयोर्यणः स्वरितोनुदात्तस्य and the following rules P. VI.2.4, 5 and 6.
eca short term (प्रत्याहार) in Pāṇini's grammar standing for diphthongs or letters ए,ऐ,ओ, औ, exempli gratia, for example एचोयवायावः P.VI.1.78, एच इग् ह्रस्वादेशे P.I.1.48.
epa term used in the Jainendra Vyākaraṇa for the term गुण of Pāṇini standing for the vowels अ, ए and ओ; confer, compare ऋतः समादेरेप् Jain. Vy. V.2.122.
aikapadikagiven in the group of ekapadas or solitarily stated words as contrasted with anekapadas or synonymanuscript. See एकपद a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page..
aicshort term ( प्रत्याहार ) standing for 'the two diphthong vowels ऐ and औ; confer, compare न य्वाभ्यां पदान्ताभ्यां पूर्वौ तु ताभ्यामैच् P.VII.3.4; confer, compare ऐचोश्चोत्तरभूयस्त्वात् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.I.1.48, The short substitutes of ऐ and औ are इ and उ when prescribed confer, compare P. I.1.48; so also the protracted forms of ऐ and औ are protracted इ and उ; confer, compare P. III.2.106. They are called द्विस्वर vowels in the Ṛk Prātiśākhya. Śākaṭāyana says they are द्विमात्र.
aipa term used in the Jainendra Grammar instead of the term वृद्धि of Pāṇini which stands for अा, ऐ and औ; cf P.I.1.1.
auddeśikaenumerated; actually stated; उद्देशतः प्रोक्तम् औद्देशिकम् confer, compare न तु औद्देशिकमिव Nir.I.4.
aaupadeśikamentioned in the original statement; confer, compare अन्तग्रहणं औपदेशिकांर्थम् । Kāś. on ष्णान्ता षट् P.I.1.24, confer, compare also औपदेशिकप्रायोगिकयोरौपदेशिकस्यैव ग्रहणम् Paribhāṣenduśekhara of Nāgeśa. Pari. 120.
aupamikafigurative metaphorical application or statement: confer, compare ( विराट् ) पिपीलिकमध्या इत्यौपमिकम् Nirukta of Yāska.VII. 13. औपश्लेषिक resulting from immediate contact immediately or closely connected; one of the three types of अधिकरण or location which is given as the sense of the locative case; confer, compare अधिकरणं नाम त्रिप्रकारं-व्यापकम् ओपश्लेषिकम्, वैषयिकमिति ... इको यणचि | अचि उपाश्लिष्टस्येति | Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). VI. 1.72.
aupasaṃkhyānikasubsequently stated by way of addition or modification as done by the Vārttikakāras; confer, compare औपसंख्यानिकस्य णस्यापवादंः । आरण्यको मनुष्यः Kāś on P.IV.2.129; confer, compare also Kāś. on V.1.29 and VI.3.41.
auṣṇihabeginning with a stanza of the Uṣṇih metre; confer, compare उष्णिहापूर्वः सतोबृहत्यन्तः प्रगाथः औष्णिह इत्युच्यते । यथा यमादित्यासो अद्रुहः Uvaṭa on R.Pr.XVIII.5.
m̐ nāsikyaa nasal letter or utterance included among the अयोगवाह letters analogous to anusvāra and yama letters. It is mentioned in the Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya as हुँ इति नासिक्यः on which Uvvaṭa's Bhāṣya on the Prātiśākhya works.makes the remark अयमृक्शाखायां प्रसिद्धः. The Ṛk-Prātiśākhya mentions नासिक्य, यम and अनुस्वार as नासिक्य or nasal letters, while Uvvaṭa's Bhāṣya on the Prātiśākhya works.defines नासिक्य as a letter produced only by the nose; confer, compare केवलनासिकया उच्चार्यमाणे वर्णॊ नासिक्यः Uvvaṭa's Bhāṣya on the Prātiśākhya works.on Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) I. 20. The Taittirīya Prātiśākhya calls the letter ह् as nāsikya when it is followed by the consonant न् or ण् or म् and gives अह्नाम् , अपराह्णे and ब्रह्म as instances. The Pāṇinīya Śikṣā does not mention नासिक्य as a letter. The Mahābhāṣya mentions नासिक्य as one of the six ayogavāha letters; confer, compare के पुनरयोगवाहाः । विसर्जनीयजिह्वामूलीयोपध्मानीयानुस्वारानुनासिक्ययमाः Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on Śivasūtra 5 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 5, where some manuscripts read नासिक्य for अानुनासिक्य while in some other manuscripts there is neither the word आनुनासिक्य nor नासिक्य. It is likely that the anunāsika-colouring given to the vowel preceding the consonant सू substituted for the consonants म, न् and others by P. VIII. 3.2. to 12, was looked upon as a separate phonetic unit and called नासिक्य as for instance in सँस्कर्ता, मा हिँसीः, सँशिशाधि et cetera, and others
kartṛagent of an action, subject; name of a kāraka or instrument in general, of an action, which produces the fruit or result of an action without depending on any other instrument; confer, compare स्वतन्त्रः कर्ता P. I.4.54, explained as अगुणीभूतो यः क्रियाप्रसिद्धौ स्वातन्त्र्येण विवक्ष्यते तत्कारकं कर्तृसंज्ञं भवति in the Kāśikā on P.I. 4.54. This agent, or rather, the word standing for the agent, is put in the nominative case in the active voice (confer, compare P.I.4.54), in the instrumental case in the passive voice (cf P. II.3.18), and in the genitive case when it is connected with a noun of action or verbal derivative noun, (confer, compare P.II.3.65).
karman(1)object of a transitive verb, defined as something which the agent or the doer of an action wants primarily to achieve. The main feature of कर्मन् is that it is put in the accusative case; confer, compare कर्तुरीप्सिततमं कर्म, कर्मणि द्वितीया; P. I.4.49; II.3.2. Pāṇini has made कर्म a technical term and called all such words 'karman' as are connected with a verbal activity and used in the accusative case; confer, compare कर्तुरीप्सिततमं कर्म; तथायुक्तं चानीप्सितम् ; अकथितं च and गतिबुद्धिप्रत्यवसानार्थशब्दकर्माकर्मकाणामणि कर्ता स णौ P.I.4.49-52;cf also यत् क्रियते तत् कर्म Kātantra vyākaraṇa Sūtra.II.4.13, कर्त्राप्यम् Jain I. 2. 120 and कर्तुर्व्याप्यं कर्म Hemacandra's Śabdānuśāsana. II. 2. 3. Sometimes a kāraka, related to the activity ( क्रिया) as saṁpradāna, apādāna or adhikaraṇa is also treated as karma, if it is not meant or desired as apādāna,saṁpradāna et cetera, and others It is termed अकथितकर्म in such cases; confer, compare अपादानादिविशेषकथाभिरविवक्षितमकथितम् Kāś. on I.4.51. See the word अकथित a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.. Karman or object is to be achieved by an activity or क्रिया; it is always syntactically connected with a verb or a verbal derivative.When connected with verbs or verbal derivatives indeclinables or words ending with the affixes उक, क्त, क्तवतु, तृन् , etc, it is put in the accusative case. It is put in the genitive case when it is connected with affixes other than those mentioned a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.; confer, compare P, II.3.65, 69. When, however, the karman is expressed ( अभिहित ) by a verbal termination ( तिङ् ), or a verbal noun termination (कृत्), or a nounaffix ( तद्धित ), or a compound, it is put in the nominative case. exempli gratia, for example कटः क्रियते, कटः कृतः, शत्यः, प्राप्तोदकः ग्रामः et cetera, and others It is called अभिहित in such cases;confer, compare P.II.3.1.Sec the word अनभिहित a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page..The object or Karman which is ईप्सिततम is described to be of three kinds with reference to the way in which it is obtained from the activity. It is called विकार्य when a transformation or a change is noticed in the object as a result of the verbal activity, e. g. काष्ठानि भस्मीकरोति, घटं भिनत्ति et cetera, and others It is called प्राप्य when no change is seen to result from the action, the object only coming into contact with the subject, e. g. ग्रामं गच्छति, आदित्यं पश्यति et cetera, and others It is called निर्वर्त्य when the object is brought into being under a specific name; exempli gratia, for example घटं करोति, ओदनं पचति; confer, compare निर्वर्त्ये च विकार्यं च प्राप्यं चेति त्रिधा मतम् । तत्रेप्सिततमम् Padamañjarī, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Haradatta. on I.4.49: confer, compare also Vākyapadīya III.7.45 as also Kāśikāvivaraṇapañjikā, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Jinendrabuddhi, called Nyāsa. on 1.4.49. The object which is not ईप्सिततम is also subdivided into four kinds e. g. (a) अनीप्सित (ग्रामं गच्छन् ) व्याघ्रं पश्यति, (b) औदासीन्येन प्राप्य or इतरत् or अनुभय exempli gratia, for example (ग्रामं गच्छन्) वृक्षमूलानि उपसर्पति, (c) अनाख्यात or अकथित exempli gratia, for example बलिं in बलिं याचते वसुधाम् (d) अन्यपूर्वक e.g अक्षान् दीव्यति, ग्राममभिनिविशते; confer, compare Padamañjarī, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Haradatta. on I.4 49, The commentator Abhayanandin on Jainendra Vyākaraṇa mentions seven kinds प्राप्य, विषयभूत, निर्वर्त्य, विक्रियात्मक, ईप्सित, अनीप्सित and इतरत्, defining कर्म as कर्त्रा क्रियया यद् आप्यं तत् कारकं कर्म; confer, compare कर्त्राप्यम् Jain. Vy. I.2.120 and commentary thereon. जेनेन्द्रमधीते is given therein as an instance of विषयभूत. (2) The word कर्मन् is also used in the sense of क्रिया or verbal activity; confer, compare उदेनूर्ध्वकर्मणि P.I.3.24; आदिकर्मणि क्तः कर्तरि च P.III.4.71, कर्तरि कर्मव्यतिहारे P.I.3.14. (3) It is also used in the sense of activity in general, as for instance,the sense of a word; e. g. नामाख्यातयोस्तु कर्मोपसंयोगद्योतका भवन्ति Nirukta of Yāska.I. 3.4, where Durgācārya's commentary on the Nirukta.explains karman as 'sense' ( अर्थ ).
kalpathe taddhita affix. affix कल्पप् added to any substantive in the sense of slightly inferior, or almost complete; exempli gratia, for example पट्कल्पः, मृदुकल्प; confer, compare P.V.3.67 and Kāśikā thereon.
kalmanthe same as karman or object of an action especially when it is not fully entitled to be called karman, but looked upon as karman only for the sake of being used in the accusative case; subordinate karman, as for instance the cow in गां पयो दोग्धि. The term was used by ancient grammarians; confer, compare विपरीतं तु यत्कर्म तत् कल्म कवयो विदुः M.Bh. on P.I.4.51. See कर्मन्.
kātantravivaraṇaa commentary on the Kātantravistara of Vardhamāna by Pṛthvīdhara who lived in the fifteenth century A. D.
kātyāyanathe well-known author of the Vārttikas on the sūtras of Pāṇini. He is also believed to be the author of the Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya and many sūtra works named after him. He is believed to be a resident of South India on the strength of the remark प्रियतद्धिता दाक्षिणात्याः made by Patañjali in connection with the statement 'यथा लौकिकवैदिकेषु' which is looked upon as Kātyāyana's Vārttika. Some scholars say that Vararuci was also another name given to him, in which case the Vārttikakāra Vararuci Kātyāyana has to be looked upon as different from the subsequent writer named Vararuci to whom some works on Prakrit and Kātantra grammar are ascribedition For details see The Volume of the introduction in Marathi to the Pātañjala Mahābhāṣya, written by K. V. Abhyankar and published by the O. E. Society, Poona.. pages I93-223 published by the D. E.Society, Poona.See also वार्तिकपाठ below.
kārakaliterally doer of an action. The word is used in the technical sense ; 1 of ’instrument of action'; cf कारकशब्दश्च निमित्तपर्यायः । कारकं हेतुरिति नार्थान्तरम् । कस्य हेतुः । क्रियायाः Kāś. on P.I. 4.23: confer, compare also कारक इति संज्ञानिर्देशः । साधकं निर्वर्तकं कारकसंज्ञं भवति । M.Bh. on P. I. 4.28. The word 'kāraka' in short, means 'the capacity in which a thing becomes instrumental in bringing about an action'. This capacity is looked upon as the sense of the case-affixes which express it. There are six kārakas given in all grammar treatises अपादान, संप्रदान, अधिकरण, करण , कर्मन् and कर्तृ to express which the case affixes or Vibhaktis पञ्चमी, चतुर्थी, सप्तमी, तृतीया, द्वितीया and प्रथमा are respectively used which, hence, are called Kārakavibhaktis as contrasted with Upapadavibhaktis, which show a relation between two substantives and hence are looked upon as weaker than the Kārakavibhaktis; confer, compare उपपदविभक्तेः कारकविभक्तिर्बलीयसी Pari. Śek. Pari.94. The topic explaining Kārakavibhaktis is looked upon as a very important and difficult chapter in treatises of grammar and there are several small compendiums written by scholars dealing with kārakas only. For the topic of Kārakas see P. I. 4.23 to 55, Kat, II. 4.8-42, Vyākaraṇa The Volume of the introduction in Marathi to the Pātañjala Mahābhāṣya, written by K. V. Abhyankar and published by the O. E. Society, Poona.. pp.262-264 published by the D. E. Society, Poona.
kārmanāmikathe word is found used in Yāska's Nirukta as an adjective to the word संस्कार where it means belonging to nouns derived fromroofs (कर्मनाम)"like पाचक,कर्षक et cetera, and othersThe changes undergone by the roots in the formation of such words i. e. words showing action are termed कार्मनामिकसंस्कार; confer, compare कर्मकृतं नाम कर्मनाम। तस्मिन् भवः कार्मनामिकः Durgavṛtti on Nirukta of Yāska.I.13. कार्य(l) brought.into existence by activity (क्रियया निर्वृत्तं कार्यम् ) as oppo- sed to नित्य eternal; confer, compare एके वर्णाञ् शाश्वतिकान् न कार्यान् R.Pr. XIII.4 confer, compare also ननु च यस्यापि कार्याः ( शब्दाः ) तस्यापि पूजार्थम् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I.1.44 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 17;(2) which should be done, used in connection with a grammatical operation: confer, compare कार्य एत्वे सयमीकारमाहुः ।| अभैष्म इत्येतस्य स्थाने अभयीष्मेति । R.Pr. XIV.16; confer, compare also विप्रतिषेधे परं कार्यम् P. I.4.2; (3) a grammatical opera- tion as for instance in the phrases द्विकार्ययोगे, त्रिकार्ययोगे et cetera, and others; confer, compare also गौणमुख्ययोर्मुख्ये कार्यसंप्रत्ययः Paribhāṣenduśekhara of Nāgeśa. Pari. 15;(4) object of a transitive verb: confer, compare शेषः कार्ये Śāk.
kāśādia class of words headed by the word काश to which the taddhita affix इल is affixed in the four senses stated in P.IV.2.67-70 exempli gratia, for example काशिलम्, कर्दमिलम् et cetera, and others; confer, compare Kāś. on P.IV.2.80.
kāśikā(1)name given to the reputed gloss (वृत्ति) on the Sūtras of Pāṇini written by the joint authors.Jayāditya and Vāmana in the 7th century A.D. Nothing definitely can be said as to which portion was written by Jayāditya and which by Vamana, or the whole work was jointly written. Some scholars believe that the work was called Kāśikā as it was written in the city of Kāśī and that the gloss on the first five Adhyāyas was written by Jayāditya and that on the last three by Vāmana. Although it is written in a scholarly way, the work forms an excellent help to beginners to understand the sense of the pithy Sūtra of Pāṇini. The work has not only deserved but obtained and maintained a very prominent position among students and scholars of Pāṇini's grammar in spite of other works like the Bhāṣāvṛtti, the Prakriyā Kaumudi, the Siddhānta Kaumudi and others written by equally learned scholars. Its wording is based almost on the Mahābhāṣya which it has followed, avoiding, of course, the scholarly disquisitions occurring here and there in the Mahābhāṣya. It appears that many commentary works were written on it, the wellknown among them being the Kāśikāvivaraṇapañjikā or Kāśikāvivaraṇapañjikā, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Jinendrabuddhi, called Nyāsa. written by Jinendrabuddhi and the Padamañjari by Haradatta. For details see Vyākaraṇamahābhāṣya Vol.VII pp 286-87 published by the D. E. Society, Poona. ( 2 ) The name Kāśikā is sometimes found given to their commentaries on standard works of Sanskrit Grammar by scholars, as possibly they were written at Kāśī; as for instance, (a) Kāśikā on Vaiyākaraṇabhūṣaṇasāra by Hari Dīkṣita, and ( b ) Kāśikā on Paribhāṣenduśekhara by Vaidyanātha Pāyaguṇḍe.
kāṣṭhādia class of words headed by the word काष्ठ after which a word standing as a second member in a compound gets the grave accent for it,e. g. काष्ठाध्यापकः, परमाध्यापक et cetera, and others confer, compare P. VIII.1.67.
kit(1)marked with the mute letter क् which is applied by Pāṇini to affixes, for preventing guṇa and vṛddhi substitutes to the preceding इक् vowel (इ, उ, ऋ or लृ); confer, compareक्ङिति च, Pāṇ. I.1.5; (2) considered or looked upon as marked with mute indicatory क् for preventing guna; confer, compare असंयोगाल्लिट् कित् and the following P.I.2.5 et cetera, and others The affixes of the first type are for instance क्त, क्त्वा, क्तिन् and others. The affixes of the second type are given mainly in the second pada of the first Adhyāya by Pāṇini. Besides the prevention of guṇa and wrddhi, affixes marked with कु or affixes called कित्, cause Saṁprasāraṇa (see P. VI.1.15,16), elision of the penultimate न् (P.VI.4.24), elision of the penultimate vowel (P. VI.4.98,100), lengthening of the vowel (VI.4.15), substitution of ऊ (VI.4.19,21), elision of the final nasal (VI. 4.37), substitution of अI (VI.4.42). The taddhita affixes which are marked with mute क् cause the Vṛddhi substitute for the first vowel in the word to which they are addedition
kuṇaravāḍavaname of an ancient granmarian who lived possibly after Pāṇini and before Patañjali and who is referred to in the Mahābhāṣya as giving an alternative forms for the standard form of certain words; confer, compare कुणरवाडवस्त्वाह नैषां शंकरा शंगरैषा M.Bh. on III.2.14; cf also कुणरवस्त्वाह नैष वहीनरः । कस्तर्हि । विहीनर एषः Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on VII.3.1.
kṛtliterally activity; a term used in the grammars of Pāṇini and others for affixes applied to roots to form verbal derivatives; confer, compare कृदतिङ् । धातोः ( ३ ।१।९१ ) इत्यधिकारे तिङ्कवर्जितः प्रत्ययः कृत् स्यात् । Kāś. on III.1.93, The kṛt affixes are given exhaustively by Pāṇini in Sūtras III.1.91 to III.4. I17. कृत् and तद्धित appear to be the ancient Pre-Pāṇinian terms used in the Nirukta and the Prātiśākhya works in the respective senses of root-born and noun-born words ( कृदन्त and तद्धितान्त according to Pāṇini's terminology), and not in the sense of mere affixes; confer, compare सन्त्यल्पप्रयोगाः कृतोप्यैकपदिकाः Nirukta of Yāska.I.14: अथापि भाषिकेभ्यो धातुभ्यो नैगमाः कृतो भाष्यन्ते Nirukta of Yāska.II.2; तिङ्कृत्तद्धितसमासा: शब्दमयम् V.Pr. I.27; also confer, compare V.Pr. VI.4. Patañjali and later grammarians have used the word कृत् in the sense of कृदन्त; confer, compare गतिकारकोपपदानां कृद्भिः सह समासवचनं प्राक् सुबुत्पत्तेः Pari Śek.Pari.75. The kṛt affixes are given by Pāṇini in the senses of the different Kārakas अपादान, संप्रदान, करण, अाधकरण, कर्म and कर्तृ, stating in general terms that if no other sense is assigned to a kṛt affix it should be understood that कर्ता or the agent of the verbal activity is the sense; confer, compare कर्तरि कृत् । येष्वर्थनिर्देशो नास्ति तत्रेदमुपतिष्ठते Kāś. on III.4.67. The activity element possessed by the root lies generally dormant in the verbal derivative nouns; confer, compare कृदभिहितो भावो द्रव्यवद्भवति, क्रियावदपि । M.Bh.on V.4.19 and VI. 2.139
kṛtārthalit which has got its purpose served: a term used in connection with a rule that has been possible to be applied (without clash with another rule) in the case of certain instances, although it comes into conflict in the case of other istances confer, compare तत्र कृतार्थत्वाद् दिकशब्दपक्षे परेण ठञ्जतौ स्याताम् Kāś. P.IV. 3.5. The word चरितार्थ is used almost in the same sense.
ktvāntagerund; a mid-way derivative of a verbal root which does not leave its verbal nature on the one hand although it takes the form of a substantive on the other hand.
kyaṅaffix य taking Ātmanepada terminations after it, added in the sense of similar behaviour to a substantive. The substantive to which this affix य is added, becomes a denominative root; e. g. काकः श्येनायते, कुमुदं पुष्करायते, confer, compare Kāś. on P. III. 1.11-12, also on P. III, 1.14-18.
kyacdenominative affix ( विकरण ) in the sense of desiring for oneself, added to nouns to form denomitive roots; exempli gratia, for example पुत्रीयति; क्यच् is also added to nouns that are upamānas or standards of comparison in the sense of (similar) behaviour: exempli gratia, for example पुत्रीयति च्छात्रम्: confer, compare Kāś. on P. III.1.8, 10. It is also added in the sense of 'doing' to the words नमस्, वरिवस् and चित्र; e. g. नमस्यति देवान्, वरिवस्यति गुरून् , चित्रीयते ; confer, compare Kāś. on P. III. 1.19.
krama(1)serial order or succession as contrasted with यौगपद्य or simultaneity. The difference between क्रम and यौगपद्य is given by भर्तृहरि in the line क्रमे विभिद्यते रूपं यौगपद्ये न भिद्यते Vāk. Pad. II. 470. In order to form a word by the application of several rules of grammar, a particular order is generally followed in accordance with the general principle laid down in the Paribhāṣā पूर्वपरनित्यान्तरङ्गापवादानामुत्तरोत्तरं बलीयः, as also according to what is stated in the sūtras असिद्धवदत्राभात्, पूर्वत्रासिद्धम् et cetera, and others (2) succession, or being placed after, specifically with reference to indeclinables like एव, च et cetera, and others which are placed after a noun with which they are connectedition When an indecinable is not so connected, it is called भिन्नक्रम; confer, compare परिपन्थं च तिष्ठति (P.IV. 4.36), चकारो भिन्नक्रमः प्रत्ययार्थं समुच्चिनोति, Kāś. on P. IV. 4.36; also ईडजनोर्ध्वे च । चशब्दो भिन्नक्रमः
īśeḥ(VII.2.77)अनुकर्षणार्थो विज्ञायते Kāś. on P.IV.2.78; (3) succession of the same consonant brought about; doubling; reduplication; क्रम is used in this way in the Ṛk Prātiśākhya as a synonym of dvitva prescribed by Pāṇini; e. g. अा त्वा रथं becomes अा त्त्वा रथम् ; सोमानं स्वरणम् becomes सोमानं स्स्वरणम् ; confer, compare स्वरानुस्वारोपहितो द्विरुच्यते संयोगादि: स क्रमोSविक्रमे सन् । etc, Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) VI. l to 4; confer, compare also स एष द्विर्भावरूपो विधिः क्रमसंज्ञो वेदितव्यः Uvvaṭa's Bhāṣya on the Prātiśākhya works.on Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) VI. 1. The root क्रम् IA. is several times used in the Prātiśākhya works for द्विर्भवन, confer, compare also T. Pr.XXI.5; XXIV.5; (4) repetition of a word in the recital of Vedic passages, the recital by such a repetition being called क्रमपाठ, which is learnt and taught with a view to understanding the original forms of words combined in the Saṁhitā by euphonic rules, substitution of letters such as that of ण् for न् , or of ष् for स् , as also the separate words of a compound word ( सामासिकशब्द ); e. g. पर्जन्याय प्र । प्र गायत । गायत दिवः । दिवस्पुत्राय । पुत्राय मीळ्हुषे । मीळ्हुषे इति मीळ्हुषे । confer, compare क्रमो द्वाभ्यामतिक्रम्य् प्रत्यादायोत्तरं तयोः उत्तेरेणोपसंदध्यात् तथार्द्धर्चं समापयेत् ॥ Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) X. 1. For details and special features, confer, compare Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) ch. X and XI: confer, compare also Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.IV. 182190: T. Pr, XXIII. 20, XXIV. 6.
kramādia class of words headed by the word क्रम to which the taddhita affix अक (वुञ् ) is added in the sense of 'one who studies and understands'; e. g. क्रमकः, पदकः, मीमांसकः, शिक्षकः et cetera, and others confer, compare Kāś. on IV. 2.61.
kriyāaction, verbal activity; confer, compare क्रियावचनो धातु: Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I. 3.1 ; confer, compare also क्रियावाचकमाख्यातम् Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XII. 8. quoted by Uvvaṭa's Bhāṣya on the Prātiśākhya works.in his Bhāṣya on Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.VIII. 50; confer, compare also उपसर्गाः क्रियायोगे P. I.4.59, लक्षणहेत्वेाः क्रियायाः P.III. 2.126; confer, compare also यत्तर्हि तदिङ्गितं चेष्टितं निमिषितं स शब्दः । नेत्याह क्रिया नाम सा Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). Āhnika 1. The word भाव many times is used in the same sense as kriyā or verbal activity in the sūtras of Pāṇini. confer, compare P.I.2.21 ; I.3.13; III. 1. 66.etc; confer, compare also कृदभिहितो भावो द्रव्यवद्भवति a statement made frequently by the Mahābhāṣyakāra. Some scholars draw a nice distinction between क्रिया and भाव, क्रिया meaning dynamic activity and भाव meaning static activity: confer, compare अपरिस्पन्दनसाधनसाध्यो धात्वर्थो भावः । सपरिस्पन्दनसाधनसाध्यस्तु क्रिया Kaiyaṭa's Kaiyaṭa's Mahābhāṣyapradīpa.on Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). III. 1.87. Philosophically क्रिया is defined as सत्ता appearing in temporal sequence in various things. When सत्ता does not so appear it is called सत्त्व.
krauḍyādia class of words headed by the word क्रौडि which do not take the feminine affix ई when they stand at the end of a compound; exempli gratia, for example कल्याणक्रौडा, सुभगा, पृथुजघना et cetera, and others; confer, compare Kāś. on P.IV.1.56.
kvip(1)kṛt affix zero, added to the roots सद्, सू, द्विष् and others with a preceding word as upapada or with a prefix or sometimes even without any word, as also to the root हन् preceded by the words ब्रह्मन्, भ्रूण and वृत्र, and to the root कृ preceded by सु, कर्मन् et cetera, and others, and to the roots सु, and चि under certain conditions exempli gratia, for example उपसत्, सूः, प्रसूः, पर्णध्वत्, ब्रह्महा, वृत्रहा, सोमसुत्, अग्निचित्; confer, compareP.III. 2.61, 76, 77, 87-92: 177-179; (2) the denominative affix zero applied to any substantive in the sense of behaviour अश्वति, गर्दभति et cetera, and others; confer, compare M.Bh. and Kāś, on P.III.1.11.
kvibantaa substantive ending with the kṛt affix क्विप् (zero affix) added to a root to form a noun in the sense of the verbal action (भाव). The words ending with this affix having got the sense of verbal activity in them quite suppressed, get the noun terminations सु, औ, जस् et cetera, and others and not ति, तः et cetera, and others placed after them; confer, compare कृदभिहितो भावो द्रव्यवद् भवति. However, at the same time, these words undergo certain operations peculiar to roots simply because the kṛt affix entirely disappears and the word formed, appears like a root; confer, compare क्विबन्ता धातुत्वं न जहति. Kaiyaṭa's Prad. on VII.1.70.
kṣapaṇakaa Jain grammarian quoted in the well-known stanza धन्वन्तरिः क्षपणकोमरसिंहशङ्कु which enumerates the seven gems of the court of Vikramāditya, on the strength of which some scholars believe that he was a famous grammarian of the first century B.C.
khackṛt affix अ in the sense of 'agent' applied to the roots वद्, ताप् , and यम् when preceded by certain उपपद words standing as objects. Before this affix खच्, the augment मुम् ( म् ) is added to the preceding उपपद if it is not an indeclinable. e. g. प्रियंवदः, वशंवदः, द्विषंतपः परंतपः वाचंयम: et cetera, and others cf P.III. 2.38-47.
khamuñkṛt affix अम् applied to the root कृ when preceded by a word standing as the object of the root, provided an abuse is meant, e. g. चोरंकारं आक्रोशति; confer, compare P. III. 4.25.
khaythe pratyāhāra खयू standing for the first and second consonants of the five classes; confer, compare शर्पूर्वाः खयः P.VII.4.6; also confer, compare P. VIII.3.6, VIII.4.54.
kharthe pratyāhāra खर् standing for hard consonants viz. the first and second letters of the five classes and the sibilants, before which, स् at the end of a word becomes विसर्ग, and soft consonants i. e. the third and fourth consonants of the five classes become hard; confer, compare खरवसानयोर्विसर्जनीय; P. VIII.3.15, and खरि च P. VIII.4.55
gaṅgādhara[GANGADHARA SHASTRI TELANG] (l)a stalwart grammarian and Sanskrit scholar of repute who was a pupil of Bālasarasvatī of Vārāṇaśī and prepared in the last century a host of Sanskrit scholars in Banaras among whom a special mention could be made of Dr. Thebaut, Dr. Venis and Dr. Gaṅgānātha Jhā. He was given by Government of India the titles Mahāmahopādhyāya and C. I.E. His surname was Mānavallī but he was often known as गङाधरशास्त्री तेलङ्ग. For details, see Mahābhāṣya, D.E. Society Ed.Poona p.p.33, 34; (2)an old scholar of Vyākarana who is believed to have written a commentary on Vikṛtavallī of Vyādi; (3) a comparatively modern scholar who is said to have written a commentary named Induprakāśa on the Śabdenduśekhara; (4) author of the Vyākaraṇadīpaprabhā, a short commentary on the Vyākaraṇa work of Cidrūpāśramin. See चिद्रूपाश्रमिन्.
gaṇasūtraa statement of the type of a Sūtra in the Gaṇapāṭha of Pāṇini where mention of a word or words in the Gaṇapāṭha is made along with certain conditions; e. g. पूर्वपुरावरo, स्वमज्ञातिधनाख्यायाम् , in the सर्वादिगण, and क्त्वातोसुन्कसुनः, तसिलादय: प्राक्पाशपः in the स्वरादिगण. Some of the gaṇasūtras are found incorporated in the Sūtrapāṭha itself Many later grammarians have appended their own gaṇapāṭha to their Sūtrapāṭha.
gati(1)literally motion; stretching out, lengthening of a syllable. The word is explained in the Prātiśakhya works which define it as the lengthening of a Stobha vowel with the utterance of the vowel इ or उ after it, exempli gratia, for example हाइ or हायि for हा; similarly आ-इ or अा -यि ; (2) a technical term used by Pāṇini in connection with prefixes and certain indeclinables which are called गति, confer, compare P.I.4.60-79. The words called gati can be compounded with the following word provided the latter is not a verb, the compound being named tatpuruṣa e.g, प्रकृतम् , ऊरीकृत्य confer, compare P.II.2.18; the word गति is used by Pāṇini in the masculine gender as seen in the Sūtra गतिरनन्तरः P.VI. 2.49 and hence explained as formed by the addition of the affix क्तिच् to गम्, the word being used as a technical term by the rule क्तिच्क्तौ च संज्ञायाम् P.III.3.174; (3) realization, understanding; confer, compare उभयगतिरिह भवति Paribhāṣenduśekhara of Nāgeśa. Pari.9; सांप्रतिकाभावे भूतपूर्वगतिः Paribhāṣenduśekhara of Nāgeśa. Pari 76; अगत्या हि परिभाषा अाश्रीयते Puruṣottamadeva's Paribhāṣāvṛtti.adeva Pari. Pāṭha 119.
gargādigaṇaa class of words headed by गर्ग to which the affix यञ्, ( य ) causing Vṛddhi to the first vowel of the word, is added in the sense of a descendant barring the son or daughter; confer, compare गर्गादिभ्यो यञ् P. IV. 1.105 and the instances गार्ग्यः, वात्स्यः, वैयाघ्रपद्यः, पौलस्यः confer, compare Kāś. on P. IV. 1. 105.
gārgyaan ancient reputed grammarian and possibly a writer of a Nirukta work, whose views, especially in.connection with accents are given in the Pratisakhya works, the Nirukta and Panini's Astadhyayi. Although belonging to the Nirukta school, he upheld the view of the Vaiyakaranas that all words cannot be derived, but only some of them: cf Nirukta of Yāska.I. 12.3. cf, also Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.IV. 167, Nirukta of Yāska.I. 3.5, III. 14.22: Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) I. 13; XIII. 12: P. VII. 3.99, VIII. 3.20, VIII. 4.69.
guṇa(1)degree of a vowel; vocalic degree, the second out of the three degrees of a vowel viz. primary degree, guna degree and vrddhi degree exempli gratia, for example इ, ए and ऐ or उ, ओ and औ. अ is given as a guna of अ; but regarding अ also,three degrees can be stated अ, अ and आ. In the Pratisakhya and Nirukta ए is called गुण or even गुणागम but no definiti6n is given ; confer, compare गुणागमादेतनभावि चेतन R.Pr.XI.6;शेवम् इति विभीषितगुणः। शेवमित्यपि भवति Nir.X.17: (2) the properties of phonetic elements or letters such as श्वास,नाद et cetera, and others: confer, compareṚgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) Ch.XIII : (3) secondary, subordinate;confer, compare शेषः,अङ्गं, गुणः इति समानार्थाः Durgācārya's commentary on the Nirukta.on Nirukta of Yāska.I.12: (4) properties residing in a substance just as whiteness, et cetera, and others in a garment which are different from the substance ( द्रव्य ). The word गुण is explained by quotations from ancient grammarians in the Maha bhasya as सत्वे निविशतेsपैति पृथग्जातिषु दृश्यते । अाघेयश्चाक्रियाजश्च सोSसत्त्वप्रकृतिर्गुणः ॥ अपर आह । उपैत्यन्यज्जहात्यन्यद् दृष्टो द्रव्यान्तरेष्वपि। वाचकः सर्वलिङ्गानां द्रव्यादन्यो गुणः स्मृतः ; Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on IV.1.44;cf also शब्दस्पर्शरूपरसगन्धा गुणास्ततोन्यद् द्रव्यम् ,M.Bh.on V.1.119 (5) properties of letters like उदात्तत्व, अनुदात्तत्व, स्वरितत्व, ह्र्स्वत्व, दीर्घत्व, प्लुतत्व, अानुनासिक्य et cetera, and others; confer, compare भेदकत्वाद् गुणस्य । आनुनासिक्यं नाम गुणः Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I.1.1.. Vart, 13: (6) determinant cf भवति बहुव्रीहौ तद्गुणसंविज्ञानमपि Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I. 1.27; (7) technical term in Panini's grarnmar standing for the vowels अ, ए and ओ, confer, compare अदेङ्गुणः P.I.1.2. For the various shades of the meaning of the word गुण, see Mahabhasya on V.1.119. " गुणशब्दोयं बह्वर्थः । अस्त्येव समेष्ववयवेषु वर्तते ।...... चर्चागुणांश्च ।
gopīnāthaa Bengali scholar of Katansutra Grammar who is believed to have written Katantraparisistapraddyota.
govindawriter of a commentary known as अम्बाकर्त्री by reason of that work beginning with the stanza अम्बा कर्त्रींó, on the Paribhasendusekhara of Nagesa.
ghitaffixes having the mute letter घ्, as for instance, घञ् घ, घच् et cetera, and otherswhich cause the substitution of a guttural in the place of the palatal letter च् or ज् before it: exempli gratia, for example त्याग: राग: confer, compare P.VII.3.52.
(1)fifth letter of the guttural class of consonants having the properties कण्ठसंवृतत्व, घोष, नादानुप्रदान, अल्पप्राणत्व and अानुनासिक्य; (2) the consonant ङ् getting the letter ,क as an augment added to it, if standing at the end of a word and followed by a sibilant, e. g. प्राङ्कूशेते confer, compare ङ्णो: कुक् टुक् शरि P. VIII. 3.28; (3) the consonant ङ् which, standing at the end of a word and preceded by a short vowel, causes the vowel following it to get the augment ङ् prefixed to it; e. g, प्रत्यङ्ङास्ते confer, compare ङमो ह्रस्वादचि ङमुण् नित्यम् P. VIII.3.32.
ṅaña short term or Pratyahara standing for the letters ङ्, ण्, न् , झ् , and भू , casually mentioned in the Mahabhasya; confer, compare एतदप्यस्तु ञकारेण ङञो ह्र्स्वादचि ङञुण्नित्यमिति । Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on Mahesvara Sutras 8, 9.
ṅamudaugment ङम् i. e. ङ्, ण् or न् prefixed to a vowel at the beginning of a word provided that vowel is preceded by ङ्, ण् or न् standing at the end of the preceding word. See ङ् (3).
ṅyāppāda popular name given by grammarians to the first pada of the fourth adhyaya of Panini's Astadyayi as the pada begins with the rule ङ्याप्प्रातिपदिकात् IV. I.I.
ca(l)the letter च्, the vowel अ being added for facility of utterance, cf Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.I. 21; (2) a Bratyahara or short term standing for the palatal class of consonants च्, छ्, ज्,झ् and ञ्; cf इचशेयास्तालौ Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.I. 66; (3) indeclinable च called Nipata by Panini; confer, compare चादयोSसत्त्वे P. I. 4.57, च possesses four senses समुच्चय, अन्वाचय, इतरेतरयोग and समाहार confer, compare Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on II. 2.29. See also Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on II. 2.29 Vart. 15 for a detailed explanation of the four senses. The indeclinable च is sometimes used in the sense of 'a determined mention' or avadharana; confer, compare Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on II. 1.48 and 72. It is also used for the purpose of अनुवृत्ति or अनुकर्षण i. e. drawing a word from the previous rule to the next rule; (confer, compare Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. VI. 1.90) with a convention that a word drawn thus, does not proceed to the next rule; confer, compare चानुकृष्टं नोत्तरत्र Par. Sek Pari. 78; (4) a conventional term for अभ्यास (reduplicative syllable) used in the Jainendra Vyakarana; confer, compare चविकारेषु अपवादा उत्सर्गान्न बाधन्ते Kat. Pari. 75.
candragominnamed also चन्द्र, a Buddhist scholar who has written an easy Sanskrit Grammar based on the Astadhyayi of Panini. He is believed to have lived in North India in the fifth century A.D. See चन्द्र.
caritakriyahaving kriya or verbactivity hidden in it. The term is used by Bhartrhari in connection with a solitary noun-word or a substantive having the force of a sentence, and hence which can be termed a sentence on account of the verbal activity dormant in it. exempli gratia, for example पिण्डीम्; confer, compare वाक्यं तदपि मन्यन्ते यत्पदं वरितक्रियम् Vakyapad.II. 326, and चरिता गर्भीकृता आख्यातक्रिया यस्य तद्गर्भीकृतक्रियापदं नामपदं वाक्यं प्रयुञ्जते ! Com. on Vakyapadya II.326.
caritārthawhich has got already a scope of application; the term is used by commentators in connection with a rule or a word forming a part of a rule which applies in the case of some instances and hence which cannot be said to be ब्यर्थ (superfluous) or without any utility and as a result cannot be said to be capable of allowing some conclusion to be drawn from it according to the dictum ब्यर्थं सज्ज्ञापयति confer, compare अपवादो यद्यन्यत्र चरितार्थस्तर्ह्यन्तरङ्गेण बाध्यते Par. Sek. Pari. 65.
cintyaquestionable; contestable: which cannot be easily admittedition The word is used in connection with a statement made by a sound scholar which cannot be easily brushed aside; confer, compare एतेन यत्कैयटे केचिदित्यादिना अस्यैव वाग्रहृणस्य तदनित्यत्वज्ञापकतोक्ता सापि चिन्त्या, Par. Sekh. Pari. 93. 5.
cūrṇia gloss on the Sutras of Panini referred to by Itsing and Sripatidatta, Some scholars believe that Patanjali's Mahabhasya is referred to here by the word चूर्णि, as it fully discusses all the knotty points. Others believe that चूर्णि,stands for the Vrtti of चुल्लिभाट्टि. In Jain Religious Literature there are some brief comments on the Sutras which are called चूर्णि and there possibly was a similar चूर्णि on the sutras of Panini.
cokkanāthaa southern grammarian of the seventeenth century who has composed in 430 stanzas a short list of the important roots with their meaning. The work is called धातुरत्नावली.
codaka(1)an objector; the word is common in the Commentary Literature where likely objections to a particular statement are raised, without specific reference to any individual objector, and replies are given, simply with a view to making matters clear; (2) repetition of a word with इति interposed: confer, compare चेदकः परिग्रहः इत्यनर्थान्तरम्. See अदृष्टवर्ण and परिग्रह.
chthe second consonant of the palatal class of consonants ( चवर्ग ), which is possessed of the properties श्वास, अघोष, मह्याप्राण and कण्ठविवृतकारित्व. छ् , placed at the beginning of affixes, is mute; while ईय् is substituted for छ् standing at the beginning of taddhita affixes; confer, compare P. I. 3.7 and VII. 1.2. छ् at the end of roots has got ष्, substituted for it: confer, compare P. VIII. 2.36.
chpādaa popular name given by grammarians to the first pada of the fifth Adhyaya of Painis Astadhyayi as the pada begins with the rule प्राक् क्रीताच्छः P. V. 1.1.
chav'a short term or Pratyahara standing for छ्, ठ्, थ्, च्, ट् and त्: confer, compare नश्र्छन्यप्रशान् P. VIII.3.7.
jātigenus; class;universal;the notion of generality which is present in the several individual objects of the same kindeclinable The biggest or widest notion of the universal or genus is सत्ता which, according to the grammarians, exists in every object or substance, and hence, it is the denotation or denoted sense of every substantive or Pratipadika, although on many an occasion vyakti or an individual object is required for daily affairs and is actually referred to in ordinary talks. In the Mahabhasya a learned discussion is held regarding whether जाति is the denotation or व्यक्ति is the denotation. The word जाति is defined in the Mahabhasya as follows:आकृतिग्रहणा जातिर्लिङ्गानां च न सर्वभाक् । सकृदाख्यातनिर्गाह्या गोत्रं च चरणैः सह ॥ अपर आह । ग्रादुभीवविनाशाभ्यां सत्त्वस्य युगपद्गुणैः । असर्वलिङ्गां बह्वर्थो तां जातिं कवयो विदुः Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on IV. 1.63. For details see Bhartphari's Vakyapadiya.
jainendravyākaraṇaname of a grammar work written by Pujyapada Devanandin, also called Siddhanandin, in the fifth century A.D. The grammar is based on the Astadhyay of Panini,the section on Vedic accent and the rules of Panini explaining Vedic forms being,of course, neglectedition The grammar is called Jainendra Vyakarana or Jainendra Sabdanusasana. The work is available in two versions, one consisting of 3000 sutras and the other of 3700 sutras. it has got many commentaries, of which the Mahavrtti written by Abhayanandin is the principal one. For details see Jainendra Vyakarana, introduction published by the Bharatiya Jnanapitha Varadasi.
jñāpakaliterallyindirect or implicit revealer; a word very commonly used in the sense of an indicatory statement. The Sutras, especially those of Pinini, are very laconic and it is believed that not a single word in the Sutras is devoid of purpose. If it is claimed that a particular word is without any purpose, the object of it being achieved in some other way, the commentators always try to assign some purpose or the other for the use of the word in the Sutra. Such a word or words or sometimes even the whole Sutra is called ज्ञापक or indicator of a particular thing. The Paribhasas or rules of interpretation are mostly derived by indication(ज्ञापकसिद्ध) from a word or words in a Sutra which apparently appear to be व्यर्थ or without purpose, and which are shown as सार्थक after the particular indication ( ज्ञापन ) is drawn from them. The ज्ञापक is shown to be constituted of four parts, वैयर्थ्य, ज्ञापन, स्वस्मिञ्चारितार्थ्य and अन्यत्रफल. For the instances of Jñāpakas, see Paribhāșenduśekhara. Purușottamadeva in his Jñāpakasamuccaya has drawn numerous conclusions of the type of ज्ञापन from the wording of Pāņini Sūtras. The word ज्ञापक and ज्ञापन are used many times as synonyms although ज्ञापन sometimes refers to the conclusions drawn from a wording which is ज्ञापक or indicator. For instances of ज्ञापक, confer, compareM.Bh. on Māheśvara Sūtras 1, 3, 5, P. Ι.1. 3, 11, 18, 23, 51 et cetera, and others The word ऊठ् in the rule वाह ऊठ् is a well known ज्ञापक of the अन्तरङ्गपरिभाषा. The earliest use of the word ज्ञापक in the sense given a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page., is found in the Paribhāșāsūcana of Vyādi. The Paribhāșā works on other systems of grammar such as the Kātantra; the Jainendra and others have drawn similar Jñāpakas from the wording of the Sūtras in their systemanuscript. Sometimes a Jñāpaka is not regularly constituted of the four parts given a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.;it is a mere indicator and is called बोधक instead of ज्ञापक्र.
jñāpyaa conclusion or formula to be drawn from a Jñāpaka word or words; confer, compare the usual expression यावता विनानुपपत्तिस्तावतो ज्ञाप्यत्वम् stating that only so much, as is absolutely necessary, is to be inferredition
jvalitistanding for ज्वलादि, name of a class of 30 roots headed by the root ज्वल दीप्तौ and given as चल कम्पने, जल घातने etc; cf: ज्वलितिकसन्तेभ्यो णः P. III. 1.140.
ṭa(1)the consonant ट्, the vowel अ being added for facility of utterance; confer, compare अकारो व्यञ्जनानाम्, Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.I. 21; (2) short term, (प्रत्याहार) standing for टवगे or the lingual class of consonants, found used mostly in the Pratisakhya works; confer, compare RT. 13, Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.I. 64, Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.I. 27: (3) taddhita affix. affix ( अ ) added to the word फल्गुनी in the sense ' तत्र जातः' e. g. फल्गुनी, confer, compare P. IV. 3.34, Vart. 2; (4) krt affix ( अ ) added to the root चर्, सृ and कृ under certain conditions; e. g. कुरुचर:, अग्रेसुर:, यशस्करी ( विद्या ) दिवाकरः, वेिभकरः कर्मकरः et cetera, and others confer, compare P. III. 2.16-23.
ṭha(l)taddhita affix. affix ठ; see ठ् a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page. for the substitution of इक and क for ठ. ठ stands as a common term for ठक् , ठन् , ठञ्, and ठच् as also for ष्ठल्,ष्ठन् , and प्ठच्;(2) the consonant ठ, the vowel अ being added for facitity of pronunciation, confer, compare Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.I.21.
ṭhakpādaa popular name given to the fourth pada of the fourth adhyaya of Panini's Astadhyayi.The pada begins with the rule प्राग्वहतेष्ठक् P.IV.4.1 prescribing the taddhita affix ठक् in the senses prescribed in rules be. ginning with the next rule ' तेन दीव्यति खनति जयति जितम् ' and ending with the rule 'निकटे वसति' P.IV.4.73.
ḍatarāṃdia class of words headed by the word डतर which stands for डतरान्त id est, that is words ending with the affix डतर; similarly the word डतम which follows डतर stands for डतमान्त. This class डतरादि is a subdivision of the bigger class called सर्वादि. and it consists of only five words viz. डतरान्त, डतमान्त, अन्य, अन्यतर and इतरः cf P. VII.1.25 and I.1.27.
ḍhraktaddhita affix. affix एर ( एय् + र ) applied in the sense of offspring to the word गोधा and optionally with ढक् to words meaning persons having a bodily defect or a low social status; e. g. गौधेरः, काणेरः दासेरः; काणेयः, दासेयः, cf Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. IV. 1. 129, 131.
ṇatvapādaa popular name given by grammarians to the fourth pada confer, compare Panini's Astadhyayi, as the pada begins with the rule रषाभ्यां नो णः समानपदे and mainly gives rules about णत्व i. e. the substitution of the consonant ण् for न्.
ṇinikrt affix इन् signifying vrddhi (1) applied to the roots headed by ग्रह् ( i. e. the roots ग्रह्, उद्वस्, स्था et cetera, and others ) in the sense of an agent;e. g. ग्राही, उद्वासी, स्थायी. confer, compare P. III.1.134; (2) applied to the root हन् preceded by the word कुमार or शीर्ष as उपपद: e. g. कुमारघाती, शीर्षघाती, confer, compare P. III.2.51: (3) applied to any root preceded by a substantive as upapada in the sense of habit, or when compari son or vow or frequency of action is conveyed, or to the root मन्, with a substantive as उपपद e. gउष्णभोजी, शीतभोजी, उष्ट्रकोशी, ध्वाङ्क्षरावीः स्थण्डिलशायी, अश्राद्धभोजीः क्षीरपायिण उशीनराः; सौवीरपायिणो वाह्रीकाः: दर्शनीयमानी, शोभनीयमानी, confer, compare P. III.2.78-82; (4) applied to the root यज् preceded by a word referring to the करण of यागफल as also to the root हन् preceded by a word forming the object ( कर्मन् ) of the root हन् , the words so formed referring to the past tense: e. g. अग्निष्टो याजी, पितृव्याघाती, confer, compare P. III 2.85, 86; (5) applied to a root when the word so formed refers to a kind of necessary activity or to a debtor; confer, compare अवश्यंकारी, शतंदायी, सहस्रदायी confer, compare P. III.4. 169-170: (6) tad-affix इन् , causing vrddhi for the first vowel, applied to the words काश्यप and कौशिक referring to ancient sages named so, as also to words which are the names of the pupils of कलापि or of वैशम्पायन, as also to the words शुनक, वाजसनेय et cetera, and others in the sense of 'students learning what has been traditionally spoken by those sages' e. g. काश्यपिनः, ताण्डिनः, हरिद्रविणः शौनकिनः, वाजसनेयिनः et cetera, and others; cf P. IV.3, 103 104, 106; (7) applied to words forming the names of ancient sages who are the speakers of ancient Brahmana works in the sense of 'pupils studying those works' as also to words forming the names of sages who composed old Kalpa works in the sense of those कल्प works; e. g. भाल्लविनः, एतरेयिणः । पैङ्गी कल्पः अरुणपराजी कल्पः; cf Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. IV. 3.105: (8) applied to the words पाराशर्य and शिलालिन् in the sense of 'students reading the Bhiksusutras (of पाराशार्य) and the Nata sutras ( of शिलालिन् ) respectively; e. g. पाराशरिणो भिक्षव:, शैलालिनो नटाः: cf Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. IV.3.110.
ṇaupādaa popular name given to the fourth pada of the seventh Adhyaya of Panini's Astadhyayi, which begins with the rule णौ चङ्युपघाया ह्रस्त्रः P. VII. 4.1.
ṇvikrt, affix ण्वि i. e. zero, causing vrddhi, applied to the root भज् and to सह् and वह् in Vedic Literature if the root is preceded by any preposition ( उपसर्ग ) or a substantive as the upapada ; e. g. अर्द्धभाक्, प्रभाक्, तुराषाट् , दित्यवाट्; confer, compare Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. III, 2.62, 63, 64.
tthe first consonant of the dental class of consonants which has got the properties श्वासानुप्रदान, अघोष, विवृतकण्ठत्व and अल्पप्राणत्व. When used as a mute letter by Panini, त् signifies the Svarita accent of the vowel of that affix or so, which is marked with it: e. g. कार्यम्, हार्यम्, पयस्यम् confer, compare P. VI.1.185. When appied to a vowel at its end, त् signifies the vowel of that grade only, possessed by such of its varieties which require the same time for their utterance as the vowel marked with त् , e. g. अात् stands for अा with any of the three accents as also pure or nasalised; अात् does not include अं or अ 3 confer, compare तपरस्तत्कालस्य P. I. 1. 70. The use of the indicatory mute त् for the a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page. purpose is seen also in the Pratis akhya works; confer, compare Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.I. 114 Ṛktantra Prātiśākhya. 234.
takārathe consonant त्, the vowel अ and the word कार being placed after it for facility in understanding; confer, compare Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.I. 17, 21.
tatpuruṣaname of an important kind of compound words similar to the compound word तत्पुरुष id est, that is ( तस्य पुरुषः ), and hence chosen as the name of such compounds by ancient grammarians before Panini. Panini has not defined the term with a view to including such compounds as would be covered by the definition. He has mentioned the term तत्पुरुष in II.1.22 as Adhikara and on its strength directed that all compounds mentioned or prescribed thereafter upto Sutra II.2.22 be called तत्पुरुष. No definite number of the sub-divisions of तत्पुरुष is given;but from the nature of compounds included in the तत्पुरुष-अधिकार, the sub-divisions विभक्तितत्पुरुष confer, compare P.II.1.24 to 48, समानाधिकरणतत्पुरुष confer, compare P. II.1.49 to 72 (called by the name कर्मधारय; acc.to P.I. 2. 42), संख्यातत्पुरुष (called द्विगु by P.II.1.52), अवयत्रतत्पुरुष or एकदेशितत्पुरुषं confer, compare P.II.2.1-3, ब्यधिकरणतत्पुरुष confer, compare P. II 2.5, नञ्तत्पुरुष confer, compare P.II.2.6, उपपदतत्पुरुष confer, compare P. II.2.19, प्रादितत्पुरुष confer, compare P.II.2 18 and णमुल्तत्पुरुष confer, compareP.II.2.20 are found mentioned in the commentary literature on standard classical works. Besides these, a peculiar tatpurusa compound mentioned by'Panini in II.1.72, is popularly called मयूरव्यंसकादिसमास. Panini has defined only two out of these varieties viz. द्विगु as संख्यापूर्वो द्विगुः P.II. 1.23, and कर्मधारय as तत्पुरुषः समानाधिकरणः कर्मधारयः P. I.2.42. The Mahabhasyakara has described तत्पुरुष as उत्तरपदार्थप्रधानस्तत्पुरुषः: confer, compare M.Bh. on II.1.6, II.1.20, II.1.49, et cetera, and others, and as a consequence it follows that the gender of the tatpurusa compound word is that of the last member of the compound; confer, compare परवल्लिङ द्वन्द्वतत्पुरुषयोः P. II.4. 26; cf also तत्पुरुषश्चापि कः परवल्लिङं प्रयोजयति । यः पूर्वपदार्थप्रधानः एकदेशिसमासः अर्धपिप्पलीति । यो ह्युत्तरपदार्थप्रधानो दैवकृतं तस्य परवल्लिङ्गम्, Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on II.4.26. Sometimes, the compound gets a gender different from that of the last word; confer, compare P.II.4.19-31, The tatpurusa compound is optional as generally all compounds are, depending as they do upon the desire of the speaker. Some tatpurusa compounds such as the प्रादितत्पुरुष or उपपदतत्पुरुष are called नित्य and hence their constitutent words, with the case affixes applied to them, are not noticed separately; confer, compare P.II.2.18,19, In some cases अ as a compound-ending ( समासान्त ) is added: exempli gratia, for example राजघुरा, नान्दीपुरम् ; confer, compare P. V.4.74; in some cases अच् ( अ ) is added: confer, compare P.V-4 75 o 87: while in some other cases टच् ( अ ) is added, the mute letter ट् signifying the addition of ङीप् ( ई) in the feminine gender; confer, compareP.V.4. 91-1 12. For details See p.p. 270-273 Mahabhasya Vol.VII published by the D. E. Society, Poona.
tadantavidhia peculiar feature in the interpretation of the rules of Panini, laid down by the author of the Sutras himself by virtue of which an adjectival word, qualifying its principal word, does not denote itself, but something ending with it also; confer, compare येन विधिस्तदन्तस्य P.I.1.72.This feature is principally noticed in the case of general words or adhikaras which are put in a particular rule, but which Occur in a large number of subsequent rules; for instance, the word प्रातिपदिकात्, put in P.IV.1.1, is valid in every rule upto the end of chapter V and the words अतः, उतः, यञः et cetera, and others mean अदन्ताद् , उदन्तात् , यञन्तात् et cetera, and others Similarly the words धातोः (P.III.1.91) and अङ्गस्य (P.VI. 4.1 ) occurring in a number of subsequent rules have the adjectival words to them, which are mentioned in subsequent rules, denoting not only those words,but words ending with them. In a large number of cases this feature of तदन्तविधि is not desirable, as it, goes against arriving at the desired forms, and exceptions deduced from Panini's rules are laid down by the Varttikakara and later grammarians; confer, compare Par. Sek. Pari. 16,23, 31 : also Mahabhasya on P.I.1.72.
taddhitaa term of the ancient prePaninian grammarians used by Panini just like सर्वनामन् or अव्यय without giving any specific definition of it. The term occurs in the Nirukta of Yaska and the Vajasaneyi-Pratisakhya ; confer, compare अथ तद्वितसमासेषु एकपर्वसु चानेकपर्वसु पूर्वे पूर्वमपरमपरं प्रविभज्य निर्ब्रूयात् । द्ण्डय्ः पुरुषः । दण्डमर्हतीति वा, दण्डेन संपद्यते इति वा Nirukta of Yāska.II.2; also confer, compare तिङ्कृत्तद्धितचतुथ्यसमासाः इाब्दमयम् Vaj Prati.I. 27. It is to be noted that the word तद्वित is used by the ancient grammarians in the sense of a word derived from a substantive ( प्रातिपादक ) by the application of suffixes like अ, यत् et cetera, and others, and not in the sense of words derived from roots by affixes like अन, ति et cetera, and others which were termed नामकरण, as possibly contrasted with the word ताद्धित used by Yaska in II. 5. Panini has used the word तद्धित not for words, but for the suffixes which are added to form such words at all places (e. g. in I. 1.38, IV.1.17, 76, VI.1.61 et cetera, and others). in fact, he has begun the enumeration of taddhita affixes with the rule तद्धिता: (P.IV.1. 76) by putting the term तद्धित for affixes such as ति, ष्यङ्, अण् et cetera, and others which are mentioned thereafter. In his rule कृत्तद्धितसमासाश्च and in the Varttika समासकृत्तद्धिताव्यय(I.4.1Vart. 41) which are similar to V.Pr.1. 27 quoted a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page. the word तद्धित appears to be actually used for words derived from nouns by secondary affixes, along with the word कृत् which also means words derived from roots, although commentators have explained there the terms कृत् and तद्धित for कृदन्त and तद्धितान्त. The term तद्वित is evidently echoed in the Sutra तस्मै हितम् which, although it is not the first Sutra there were possibly long lists of secondary nouns with the senses of secondary suffixes, and तद्धित was perhaps,the first sense given there. The number of taddhita suffixes mentioned by Panini is quite a large one; there are in fact 1110 rules given in the taddhita section covering almost two Adhyayas viz. from P. IV. 1.76 to the end of the fifth Adhyaya. The main sub-divisions of taddhita affixes mentioned by commentators are, Apatyadyarthaka (IV. 1.92 to 178), Raktadyarthaka (IV.2.1 to 91), Saisika {IV.2. 92 to IV.3.133), Pragdivyatiya (IV. 3 134 to 168), Pragvahatiya (IV.4.1 to IV.4.74), Pragghitiya (IV.4.75 to IV.4.109), Arhiya (V.1.1 to 71),Thanadhikarastha (V. 1.72 to V. 1.1.114), Bhavakarmarthaka (V. 1.115 to V.1.136), Pancamika (V. 2.1 to V. 2.93), Matvarthiya (V. 2.94 to V. 2. 140), Vibhaktisamjaaka (V. 3.1 to V. 3.26) and Svarthika (V. 3.27 to V. 4.160). The samasanta affixes (V.4.68 to V.4.160) can be included in the Svarthika affixes.
tṛn(1)krt affix तृ with the acute accent on the first vowel of the word formed by its application, applied to any root in the sense of 'an agent' provided the agent is habituated to do a thing, or has his nature to do it, or does it well; exempli gratia, for example वदिता जनापवादान् , मुण्डयितारः श्राविष्ठायना -भवन्ति वधूमूढाम् , कर्ता कटम्; confer, compare Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. III.2.135; words ending with तृन् govern the noun connected with them in the accusative case; (2) the term तृन् , used as a short term ( प्रत्याहार ) standing for krt affixes beginning with those prescribed by the rule लटः शतृशानचौ (P.III.2.124) and ending with the affix तृन् (in P.III.3.69); confer, compare Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P.III.4.69.
tailactaddhita affix. affix तैल applied in the sense of oil to a word meaning the substance from which oil is extracted: e. g. तिलतैलं सर्षपतैलम् ; confer, compare विकारे सेनहने तैलच्, Kas on P. V. 2. 29.
tya(1)taddhita affix. affix त्य standing for त्यक् and त्यप् which see below; (2) a technical term for प्रत्यय ( a suffix or a termination ) in the Jainendra Vyakarana.
traipādikaa rule or an operation prescribed by Panini in the last three quarters of his Astadhyayi. See त्रिपादी a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page..
dayānandasarasvatia brilliant Vedic scholar of the nineteenth century belonging to North India who established on a sound footing the study of the Vedas and Vyakarana and encouraged the study of Kasikavrtti. He has written many books on vedic studies.
dikśabdaa word denoting a direction such as पूर्व, उत्तर and the like, used as a substantive, e. g. पूर्वो ग्रामात् , or showing the direction of another thing being its adjective, e. g. इयमस्याः पूर्वा; cf Kas, on P. II.3.29.
durgasiṃhathe famous commentator of the Katantra sutras, whose Vrtti on the sutras is the most popular one. It is called , कातन्त्रसूत्रवृत्ति or कातन्तवृत्ति or दौर्गसिंहीवृत्ति , also. A work on Paribhasas named परिभाषावृति, in which Paribhasas are explained and established as based on the Katantra Vyakarana sutras, is attributed to Durgasimha. It is doubtful whether this commentator Durgasimha is the same as Durgacarya, the famous commentator of Yaska's Nirukta. There is a legend that Durgasimha was the brother of Vikramaditya, the founder of the Vikrama Era. Besides the gloss on the Katantra sutras, some grammar works such as a gloss on the unadi sutras, a gloss ( वृत्ति ) on Kalapa-Vyakarana Sutras, a commentary on Karakas named षट्कारकरत्न, Namalinganusasana and Paribhasavrtti are ascribed to Durgasimha. Some scholars believe that the term अमरसिंह was only a title given to Durgasimha for his profound scholarship, and it was Durgasimha who was the author of the well-known work Amarakosa.
dūṣaṇafault, objection; the word is used in connection with a fault found with, or objection raised against an argument advanced by, a writer by his opponent or by the writer himself who replies it to make his argument well established; confer, compareनित्यवादी कार्यपक्षे दूषणमाह-कार्येष्विति Maha. Prad. on P.I. 1.44 Vart.!6. hed; confer, compareनित्यवादी कार्यपक्षे दूषणमाह-कार्येष्विति Maha. Prad. on P.I. 1.44 Vart.!6.
dṛṣṭāntasimilar instance,generally quoted to explain effectively some rules or conventions laid down; confer, compare ननु चायमप्यस्ति दृष्टान्तः समुदाये वाक्यपरिसमाप्तिरिति । तद्यथा गर्गाः शतं दण्ड्यन्तामिति M.Bh. on P.I. 1. 7.
devapathādia class of words headed by the word देवपथ, the affix कन् applied to which in the sense of a statue, or applied for the formation of a proper noun, is dropped देवपथः, हंसपथ:, शिवः, विष्णुः et cetera, and others; confer, compareKāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. V. 3.100.
deśaliterally place; (l) original place of articulation: confer, compare अदेशे वा वचनं व्यञ्जनस्य, Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XIV. 5; (2) place of origin; उच्चारणस्थान: (3) place of inferential establishment of a Paribhasa et cetera, and others परिभाषादेशः उद्देशः Par. Sek. paribhāṣā. 2,3; (4) passage of the Samhita text, confer, compare.Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.I. 59.
dyotakaindicative, suggestive; not directly capable of expressing the sense by denotation; the nipatas and upasargas are said to be 'dyotaka' and not 'vacaka' by standard grammarians headed by the Varttikakara; confer, compare निपातस्यानर्थकस्यापि प्रातिपदिकत्वम् P.I.2.45 Varttika 12; confer, compare Kaiyata also on the a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.; cf also निपाता द्योतकाः केचित्पृथगर्थाभिधायिनः Vakyapadiya II.194;, गतिवाचकत्वमपि तस्य ( स्थाधातोः ) व्यवस्थाप्यते, उपसर्गस्तु तद्योतक एव commentary on Vakyapadiya II. 190; confer, compare पश्चाच्छ्रोतुर्बोधाय द्योतकोपसर्गसंबन्ध: Par. Sek. on Pari. 50; cf also इह स्वरादयो वाचकाः चादयो द्योतका इति भेदः Bhasa Vr. om P.I.1.37.The Karmapravacaniyas are definitely laid down as dyotaka, confer, compare क्रियाया द्योतको नायं न संबन्धस्य वाचकः । नापि क्रियापदाक्षेपीं संबन्धस्य तु भेदकः Vakyapadiya II.206; the case affixes are said to be any way, 'vacaka' or 'dyotaka'; confer, compare वाचिका द्योतिका वा स्युर्द्वित्त्वादीनां विभक्तयः Vakyapadiya II. 165.
dravyasubstance, as opposed to गुण property and क्रिया action which exist on dravya. The word सत्त्व is used by Yaska, Panini and other grammarians in a very general sense as something in completed formation or existence as opposed to 'bhava' or kriya or verbal activity, and the word द्रव्य is used by old grammarians as Synonymous with सत्त्व; confer, compare चादयोSसत्वे। चादयो निपातसंज्ञा भवन्ति न चेत्सत्वे वर्तन्ते, confer, compare Kas on P. I. 4.57; confer, compare S.K. also on P. I.4.57. (2)The word द्रव्य is also found used in the sense of an individual object, as opposed to the genus or generic notion ( अाकृति ); confer, compare द्रव्याभिधानं व्याडिः, Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I. 2. 64. Vart. 45.(3)The word द्रव्य is found used in the sense of Sadhana or means in Tait. Prati. confer, compare तत्र शब्दद्रव्याण्युदाहरिष्यामः । शब्दरूपाणि साधनानि वर्णयिष्यामः Tai, Pr. XXII. 8.
dravyavacanaexpressive of substance as their sense as opposed to गुणवचन; confer, compare उभयवचना ह्येते शुक्लादयः द्रव्यं चाहुर्गुणं च। Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. V.1.119.
dvikhaṇḍaa compound expression or word separated into two by avagraha in the Padapatha; the word is misstated as दुखण्ड by some vedic reciters.
dvigupādaa Popular name given by grammarians to the fourth quarter of the second Adhyaya of Panini's Astadhyayi which begins with the sutra द्विगुरेकवचनम् II. 4.1.
dvitvadoubling, reduplication prescribed for (I) a root in the perfect tense excepting the cases where the affix अाम् is added to the root before the personal ending: exempli gratia, for example बभूव, चकार, ऊर्णुनाव et cetera, and others cf P. VI. 1.1,2; (2) a root before the vikarana affixes सन्, यङ्, श्लु and चङ् e. g. बुभूषति, चेक्रीयते, चर्करीति, जुहोति, अचीकरत् et cetera, and others confer, compare P. VI. 1.9l l ; (3) a word ending in अम् . ( णमुल् ) in the sense of repetition, e. g. स्मारं स्मारं वक्ष्ये, भोजं भोजं व्रजति confer, compare आभीक्ष्ण्ये द्वे भवतः P. VIII. 1.12 Vart. 7; (4) any word (a) in the sense of constant or frequent action, (b) in the sense of repetition, (c) showing reproach, or scorn, or quality in the sense of its incomplete possess-, ion, or (d) in the vocative case at the beginning of a sentence in some specified senses; reduplication is also prescribed for the prepositions परि, प्र, सम्, उप, उद्, उपरि, अधि, अघस् in some specified senses confer, compare P. VIII. 1.1 to 15. A letter excepting हृ and र्, is also repeated, if so desired, when (a) it occurs after the letter ह् or र् , which is preceded by a vowel e g. अर्क्कः अर्द्धम् et cetera, and others cf VIII. 4.46; or when (b) it is preceded by a vowel and followed by a consonant e. g. दद्ध्यत्र, म्द्धवत्र confer, compare P. VIII. 4.47. For details see Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on VIII. 4.46-52. The word द्वित्व is sometimes used in the sense of the dual number; confer, compare Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. I.2.51. The words द्वित्व, द्विर्वचन and द्विरुक्त are generally used as synonymanuscript. Panini generally uses the word द्वे. For द्वित्व in Vedic Literature confer, compare Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) VI. 1.4; Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.XIV. 1-8 V, Pr. IV. 101-118.
dvyaca word possessed of two vowels in it; dissyllabic words; the word is frequently used in Panini's Astadhyayi and Patanjali's Mahabhasya, Kasika Vrtti and other works on Panini's grammar.
dharmadefined as ऋषिसंप्रदाय, the traditional practices laid down by the sages for posterity; confer, compareकेवलमृषिसंप्रदायो धर्म इति कृत्वा याज्ञिक्राः शास्त्रेण अनुविदधते Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). I. 1. Ahnika I ; cf also धर्मशास्त्रं in एवं च कृत्वा धर्मशास्त्रं प्रवृत्तम् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I. 2.64, as also धर्मसूत्रकाराः in नैवेश्वर आज्ञापयति नापि धर्मसूत्रकाराः पठन्ति अपवादैरुत्सर्गा बाध्यन्तामिति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I. l.47; (2) religious merit, confer, compare धर्मोपदेशनमिदं शास्त्रमस्मिन्ननवयवेन शास्त्रार्थः संप्रतीयते , Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. VI. I. 84, cf also ज्ञाने घमै इति चेत्तथाSधर्मः Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). I. 1. Ahnika l ; ' 3) property possessed by a thing or a letter or a word. e. g. वर्णधर्म; cf Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. I. 2.29; cf also Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. II. 1, 55, II. 3.33, VIII. 1. 4. confer, compare also Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) III. 8, 13 XIV. 1 et cetera, and others: ( 4 ) the characteristic of being in a substance; in the phrase अयं घटः the dharma viz.घटत्व is predicated of this (इदम्) or, in other words the designation pot ( घटसंज्ञा ) is the predication; the explanation in short, can be given as घटत्ववान् इदंपदार्थः or घटाभिन्नः इदंपदार्थ:
ghātusabandhapādaconventional name given to the fourth pada of Panini's Astadhyayi which begins with the Sutra धातुसंबन्धे प्रत्ययाः P. III.4.1
dhātvartheliterally meaning of a root, the verbal activity, named क्रिया or भावः . confer, compare धात्वर्थः क्रिया; Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on III.2. 84, III.2.115. The verbal activity is described generally to be made up of a series of continuous subordinate activities carried on by the different karakas or agents and instruments of verbal activity helping the process of the main activity. When the process of the verbal activity is complete, the completed activity is looked upon as a substantive or dravya and a word denoting it, such as पाक,or याग does not get conjugational affixes, but it is regularly declined like a noun.Just as स्वार्थ, द्रब्य, लिङ्ग, संख्या, and कारक are given as प्रातिपदिकार्थ, in the same manner क्रिया, काल, पुरुष, वचन or संख्या, and कारक are given as धात्वर्थ, as they are shown by a verbal form, although strictly speaking verbal activity (क्रियorभाव) alone is the sense of a root, as stated in the Mahbhasya. For details see Vaiyak.Bh.Sara, where it is said that fruit ( फल) and effort ( ब्यापार ) are expressed by a root, confer, compare फलव्यापारयोर्धातुः. The five senses given a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page. are in fact conveyed not by a root, but by a verb or अाख्यात or तिडन्त.
dhānyapādaa popular name given to the second pada of the fifth adhyaya of Panini's Astadhyayi possibly because the pada begins with the Sutra धान्यानां भवने क्षेत्रे खञ्, P. V.2.1
dhuṭ(1)the augment ध् prefixed to the consonant स् following upon the consonant ड् or न् occurring at the end of a word; exempli gratia, for example श्वलिट्त्साये, महान्त्साये et cetera, and others; confer, compare P. VIII.3.29; (2) technical short term for धातु (root); the technical term is धुष् , but the nominative case. singular. used is धुट्; (3) a technical term standing for cononants excepting semi-vowels and nasals; confer, compare धुटश्च धुटि Kat. III.6.51. The term is used in the Katantra Vyakarana. It corresponds to the term झर् of Panini.
dhruva(1)fixed,stationary, as contrasted with moving (ध्रुव) which is termed अपादान and hence put in the ablative case; cf ध्रुवमपायेऽपादानम् P. I. 4.24; (2) repeated sound ( नाद ) of a third or a fourth consonant of the class consonants when it occurs at the end of the first word of a split up compound word; confer, compare Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) VI. II and XI. 24.
dhrauvyafixed; of a stationary nature; of क्तोऽधिकरणे च ध्रौव्यगतिप्रत्यवसानार्थेभ्य: P. III. 4.76.
na(1)the consonant न् (see न् a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.) with the vowel added to it for facility of utterance, confer, compare Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.I. 21 ; (2) taddhita affix. affix न added to words headed by पामन् in the sense of possession; exempli gratia, for example पामनः, हेमनः et cetera, and others, cf P. V. 2.100; (3) taddhita affix. affix न as found in the word ज्योत्स्ना derived from ज्योतिष्, cf P. V. 2.114; (4) unadi affix न as found in the word स्योनः; cf Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. VI.4.19; (5) the krt affix नङ् as also नन् prescribed after the roots यज्, याच्, यत्, विच्छ्, प्रच्छ्, रक्ष् and स्वप् , e g. यज्ञ:, याञ्चा, प्रश्नः et cetera, and others, cf P. III. 3.90, 91; (6) the negative particle न given by Panini as नञ् and referred to in the same way, which (id est, that is न.) when compounded with a following word is changed into अ or अन् or retained in rare cases as for instance in नभ्राट्, नासत्यौ, नक्षत्रम् et cetera, and others cf P. VI.3.73-75;(7) taddhita affix.affix न (नञ्) applied to the words स्त्री and पुंस् in senses given from P. IV. 1.92 to V. 2.1 e. g. स्त्रैणं, पौंस्नम् confer, compare IV. 1.87.
nandikeśvarakārikāa short treatise of 28 stanzas, attributed to an ancient grammarian नन्दिकेश्वर, which gives a philosophical interpretation of the fourteen sutras attributed to God Siva. The authorship of the treatise is assigned traditionally to the Divine Bull of God Siva. See नन्दिकेश्वर. The treatise is also named नन्दिकेश्वरकारिकासूत्र.
navāhnikīname given to the first nine Ahnikas or lessons of the Mahabhasya which are written in explanation of only the first pada of the first Adhyaya of Panini's Astadhyayi and which contain almost all the important theories, statements and problems newly introduced by Patanjali.
nāgeśathe most reputed modern scholar of Panini's grammar, who was well-versed in other Sastras also, who lived in Benares in the latter half of the seventeenth and the first half of the eighteenth century. He wrote many masterly commentaries known by the words शेखर and उद्द्योत on the authoritative old works in the different Sastras, the total list of his small and big works together well nigh exceeding a hundredition He was a bright pupil of Hari Diksita, the grandson of Bhattoji Diksita. He was a renowned teacher also, and many of the famous scholars of grammar in Benares and outside at present are his spiritual descendants. He was a Maharastriya Brahmana of Tasgaon in Satara District, who received his education in Benares. For some years he stayed under the patronage of Rama, the king of Sringibera at his time. He was very clever in leading debates in the various Sastras and won the title of Sabhapati. Out of his numerous works, the Mahābhāṣya-Pradīpoddyota by Nāgeśa.on Kaiyata's Mahabhasyapradipa, the Laghusabdendusekhara on the Siddhanta Kaumudi and the Paribhasendusekhara are quite wellknown and studied by every one who wishes to get proficiency in Panini's grammar. For details see pp. 21-24 and 401-403, Vol. VII of the Patanjala Mahabhasya edition D. E. Society, Poona.
nāmannoun, substantive; one of the four categories of words given in the Nirukta and other ancient grammer works; confer, compare चत्वारि पदजातानि नामाख्याते चोपसर्गनिपाताश्च, Nirukta of Yāska.I.1. The word is defined as सत्त्वप्रधानानि नामानि by standard grammarians; confer, compare Nirukta of Yāska.I. 1.; confer, compare also सत्त्वाभिधायकं नाम, Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XIII.8; Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.VIII. 49 and commentary thereon. Panini divides words into two categories only, viz. सुबन्त and तिङन्त and includes नामन् ,उपसर्ग and निपात under सुबन्त. The Srngarapraksa defines नामन् as follows-अनपेक्षितशब्दव्युत्पत्तीनि सत्त्वभूतार्थाभिधायीनि नामानि। तानि द्विविधानि। आविष्टलिङ्गानि अनाविष्टलिङ्गानि च । The word नामन् at the end of a sasthitatpurusa compound signifies a name or Samjna e. g. सर्वनामन्, दिङ्नामन् , छन्दोनामन्; confer, compare also. Bhasavrtti on संज्ञायां कन्थोशीनरेषु P. II.4. 20 and संज्ञायां भृत्. P. III. 2.46 where the author of the work explains the word संज्ञायां as नाम्नि. The word is used in the sense of 'a collection of words' in the Nirukta, confer, compare अन्तरिक्षनामानि, अपत्यनामानि, ईश्वरनामानि, उदकनामानि, et cetera, and others
nāvyavadhānanecessary intervention; confer, compare येन नाव्यवधानं तेन व्यवहितेपि वचनप्रामाण्यात्, a statement which is looked upon as a general statement of the ' nature of Paribhasa occurring in the Mahabhasya on P. VII. 2.3.
nigamaa statement in the Vedic passage; a Vedic passage; sacred tradition or Vedic Literature in general; confer, compare the frequent expression इत्यपि निगमो भवति where निगम means 'a vedic word, given as an instance'; if also means 'Veda'; confer, compare निगम एव यथा स्यात् । Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on VII. 2. 64. Durgacarya says that the word it also used in the sense of 'meaning';confer, compare तत्र खले इत्येतस्य निगमा भवन्ति Nirukta of Yāska.III.9. Durgacarya has also explained the word as गमयन्ति मन्त्रार्थान् ज्ञापयन्ति इति निगमाः, those that make the hidden meaning of the Mantras very clear.
nitya(1)eternal, as applied to word or Sabda in contrast with sound or dhvani which is evanescent (कार्य ). The sound with meaning or without meaning,made by men and animals is impermanent; but the sense or idea awakened in the mind by the evanescent audible words on reaching the mind is of a permanent or eternal nature; confer, compare स्फोटः शब्दो ध्वनिस्तस्य व्यायामादुपजायते; confer, compare also व्याप्तिमत्त्वा्त्तु शब्दस्य Nir.I.1 ; (2) constant; not liable to be set aside by another; confer, compare उपबन्धस्तु देशाय नित्यम्, न रुन्धे नित्यम्। नित्यशब्दः प्राप्त्यन्तरानिषेधार्थः T.Pr.I.59, IV.14; (3) original as constrasted with one introduced anew such as an augment; confer, compare Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.VI.14; (4) permanently functioning, as opposed to tentatively doing so; confer, compare नित्यविरते द्विमात्रम् Ṛktantra Prātiśākhya.37; (5) unchangeable, permanent, imperishable; confer, compare अयं नित्यशब्दोस्त्येव कूटस्थेष्वविचालिषु भावेषु वर्तते M.Bh. on P. VIII. 1.4; (6) always or invariably applying, as opposed to optional; the word in this sense is used in connection with rules or operations that do not optionally apply; confer, compare उपपदसमासो नित्यसमासः, षष्ठीसमासः पुनार्वेभाषा; Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.II.2.19; (7) constant,as applied to a rule which applies if another simultaneously applying rule were to have taken effect, as well as when that other rule does not take effect; confer, compare क्वचित्कृताकृतप्रसङ्गमात्रेणापि नित्यता Par. Sek. Pari 46. The operations which are nitya according to this Paribhasa take effect in preference to others which are not 'nitya', although they may even be 'para'; confer, compare परान्नित्यं बलवत् Par. Sek. Pari. 42.
nipātaa particle which possesses no gender and number, and the case termination after which is dropped or elidedition Nipata is given as one of the four categories of words viz नामन्, आख्यात, उपसर्ग and निपात by all the ancient writers of Pratisakhya, Vyakarana and Nirukta works;confer, compare Nirukta of Yāska.I. 4, M.Bh. on I. 1. Ahnika l, Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XII. 8 et cetera, and others The word is derived from the root पत् with नि by Yaska who has mentioned three subdivisions of Niptas उपमार्थे, कर्मोपसंग्रहार्थे and पदपूरणे; confer, compare अथ निपाताः । उच्चावचेष्वर्थेषु निपतन्ति । अप्युपमार्थे । अपि कर्मोपसंग्रह्यार्थे । अपि पदपूरणाः । Nirukta of Yāska.I. 4. The Nipatas are looked upon as possessed of no sense; confer, compare निपातः पादपूरणः Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XII. 8, Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.VIII. 50, ( commentary by Uvvata ). Panini has not given any definition of the word निपात, but he has enumerated them as forming a class with च at their head in the rule चादयोऽसत्वे where the word असत्वे conveys an impression that they possess no sense, the sense being of two kinds सत्त्व and भाव, and the Nipatas not possesssing any one of the two. The impression is made rather firm by the statement of the Varttikakra'निपातस्यानर्थकस्य प्रातिपदिकत्वम्' P. I. 2. 45 Vart. 12. Thus, the question whether the Nipatas possess any sense by themselves or not, becomes a difficult one to be answeredition Although the Rkpratisakhya in XII.8 lays down that the Nipatas are expletive, still in the next verse it says that some of them do possess sense; confer, compare निपातानामर्थवशान्निपातनादनर्थकानामितरे च सार्थकाः on which Uvvata remarks केचन निपाताः सार्थकाः, केचन निरर्थकाः । The remark of Uvvata appears to be a sound one as based on actual observation, and the conflicting views have to be reconciledition This is done by Bhartrhari who lays down that Nipatas never directly convey the sense but they indicate the sense. Regarding the sense indicated by the Nipatas, it is said that the sense is never Sattva or Dravya or substance as remarked by Panini; it is a certain kind of relation and that too, is not directly expressed by them but it is indicatedition Bhoja in his Srngaraprakasa gives a very comprehensive definition of Nipata as:-जात्यादिप्रवृत्तिनिमित्तानुपग्राहित्वेनासत्त्वभूतार्थाभिधायिनः अलिङ्गसंख्याशक्तय उच्चावचेष्वर्थेषु निपतन्तीत्यव्ययविशेषा एव चादयो निपाताः । He gives six varieties of them, viz. विध्यर्थ, अर्थवादार्थ, अनुवादार्थ, निषेधार्थ, विधिनिषेधार्थ and अविधिनिषेधार्थ, and mentions more than a thousand of them. For details see Bhartrhari's Vakyapadiya II. 189-206.
nipātanaa word given, as it appears, without trying for its derivation,in authoritative works of ancient grammarians especially Panini;confer, compareदाण्डिनायनहास्तिनयनo P. VI.4.174, as also अचतुरविचतुरo V.4.77 et cetera, and others et cetera, and others The phrase निपातनात्सिद्धम् is very frequently used by Patanjali to show that some technical difficulties in the formation of a word are not sometimes to be taken into consideration, the word given by Panini being the correct one; confer, compare M.Bh.on I.1.4, III.1.22 et cetera, and others et cetera, and others; cf also the usual expression बाधकान्येव निपातनानि. The derivation of the word from पत् with नि causal, is suggested in the Rk Pratisakhya where it is stated that Nipatas are laid down or presented as such in manifold senses; cf Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.)XII.9; cf also घातुसाधनकालानां प्राप्त्यर्थं नियमस्य च । अनुबन्घविकाराणां रूढ्यर्थ च निपातनम् M. Bh Pradipa on P. V.1.114: confer, comparealso Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on II.1.27.
nipātānarthakatvathe view prominently expressed by the Varttikakara that nipatas do not possess any sense, which was modified by Bhartrhari who stated that they do possess sense which, of course, is indicated and not expressedition See निपात.
niyama(1)restriction; regulation; binding; the term is very frequently used by grammarians in connection with a restriction laid down with reference to the application of a grammatical rule generally on the strength of that rule, or a part of it, liable to become superfluous if the restriction has not been laid down; confer, compare M.Bh. on I. 1. 3, Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on I. 3.63, VI. 4.11; confer, compare also the frequently quoted dictum अनियमे नियमकारिणी परिभाषा; (2) limitation as contrasted with विकल्प or कामचार; confer, compare अनेकप्राप्तावेकस्य नियमो भवति शेषेष्वनियम; पटुमृदुशुक्लाः पटुशुक्लमृदव इति; Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on II. 2. 34 Vart. 2; (3) a regulating rule; a restrictive rule, corresponding to the Parisamkhya statement of the Mimamsakas, e. g. the rule अनुदात्तङित आत्मनेपदम् P. I.3.12; the grammarians generally take a rule as a positive injunction avoiding a restrictive sense as far as possible; confer, compare the dictum विधिनियमसंभवे विधिरेव ज्यायान्. Par. Sek. Pari. 100; the commentators have given various kinds of restrictions,. such as प्रयोगनियम,अभिधेयनियम,अर्थनियम, प्रत्ययनियम, प्रकृतिनियम, संज्ञानियम et cetera, and otherset cetera, and others; (4) grave accent or anudatta; confer, compare उदात्तपूर्वं नियतम् Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) III. 9; see नियत (2).
nirākṛta(1)set aside; answered; the word is frequently used in connection with faults which are stated to occur or present themselves if a particular explanation is given; (2) prevailed over by another; confer, compare तदा न रूपं लभते निराकृतम् Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XI. 30, where Uvvata paraphrases निराकृत as विस्मृत.
nirūḍhopadhaa word, the penultimate vowel in which is picked up and taken back, as for instance the penultimate अ of हन् in the word अंहस् confer, compare अंहतिश्च अंहश्च अंहुश्च हन्तेर्निरूढोपधाद्विपरीतात् Nirukta of Yāska.IV. 25.
nirdiśyamānaparibhāṣāa short form for the maxim निर्दिश्यमानस्यादेशा भवन्ति which means 'substitutes take the place of that or its part which has been actually stated or enunciated in the rule (of grammar)' Par. Sek. Pari. 12. For details see Par. Sek. Pari. 12.
nirdeśamention, actual statement; the word is often used in the Mahabhasya in sentences like स तथा निर्देशः कर्तव्यः, निर्देशं कुरुते et cetera, and others; confer, compare also V.Pr. I. 36;confer, compare also the maxim तस्मिन्निति निर्दिष्टे पूर्वस्य P. I.1.66 and Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.I. 134; confer, compare also अवश्यं कयाचिद्विभक्त्या केनचिद्वचनेन निर्देशः कर्तव्यः M.Bh. on P. I. 2. 39 Vart. 1. Sometimes the mention or exhibition made by a word shows the particular type of word; confer, compare Durghata Vrtti on P. I. 2. 6 and VII. 4. 73 as also Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. IV. 3. 11 and V. 2. 20.
nairdeśikamatter of communication; statement made for communication. Mahābhāṣya-Pradīpoddyota by Nāgeśa.explains the word as निर्देशः बोधः प्रयोजनमस्य नैर्देशिकः । confer, compare एते खल्वपि नैर्देशिकानां वार्ततरका भवन्ति ये सर्वनाम्ना निर्देशाः क्रियन्ते Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I.1.67.
nyāyamaxim, a familiar or patent instance quoted to explain similar cases; confer, compare the words अग्नौकरवाणिन्याय Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. II 2.24, अपवादन्याय Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I. 3.9, अविरविकन्याय Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. IV. 1. 88, 89, IV. 2.60, IV.3.131, V. 1.7, 28, VI 2. 11 ; कुम्भीधान्यन्याय M.Bh. on P.I. 3.7, कूपखानकन्याय M.Bh. I. 1. Āhnika 1, दण्डिन्याय M.Bh. on P. VIII.2.83, नष्टाश्वदग्धरथन्याय Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I.1.50 प्रधानाप्रधानन्याय M.Bh.on P.II.1.69,VI. 3. 82, प्रासादवासिन्याय Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.I . 1.8, मांसकण्टकन्याय M.Bh. on P.I.2.39, लट्वानुकर्षणन्याय M.Bh. on Siva Sūtra 2 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 5, शालिपलालन्याय M.Bh on P. 1.2.39,सूत्रशाटकन्याय M.Bh. on P. I.3. 12. The word came to be used in the general sense of Paribhāsās or rules of interpretation many of which were based upon popular maxims as stated in the word लोकन्यायसिद्ध by Nāgesa. Hemacandra has used the word न्याय for Paribhāsa-vacana. The word is also used in the sense of a general rule which has got some exceptions, confer, compare न्यायैर्मिश्रानपवादान् प्रतीयात् Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) which lays down the direction that 'one should interpret the rule laying down an exception along with the general rule'.
nyāyasiddhaestablished by a maxim; with full justification; confer, compare न्यायसिद्धमेवैतत् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ).on V.1.19.The word is used as opposed to ज्ञापकसिद्ध by Nāgesa; confer, compare Par. Sek. Pari. 1.
nyāyyaproper; fully justified न्यायादनपेतम् confer, compare P.IV.4.92; correct; regular; confer, compare यञञ्भ्यामुक्तत्वादर्थस्य न्याय्योत्पत्तिर्न भविष्यति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on II.3.1 where Kaiyata however, explains the word differently. Kaiyata states that न्याय्य means a general rule; confer, compareउत्सर्गः पूर्वाचार्यप्रसिद्ध्या न्याय्य उच्यते Kaiyata on P. II. 3.1. By Pūrvācārya he possibly refers to the writers of the Prātiśākhyas and other similar works by ancient grammarians, where the word nyāya is used in the sense of 'a general rule '. See the word न्याय a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page..
nyāsa(1)literally position, placing;a word used in the sense of actual expression or wording especially in the sūtras; confer, compare the usual expression क्रियते एतन्न्यास एव in the Mahābhāșya, confer, compare Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I. 1.11, 1.1.47 et cetera, and others; (2) a name given by the writers or readers to works of the type of learned and scholarly commentaries on vŗitti-type-works on standard sūtras in a Śāstra; e. g. the name Kāśikāvivaraṇapañjikā, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Jinendrabuddhi, called Nyāsa. is given to the learned commentaries on the Vŗtti on Hemacandra's Śabdānuśasana as also on the Paribhāşāvŗtti by Hemahamsagani. Similarly the commentary by Devanandin on Jainendra grammar and that by Prabhācandra on the Amoghāvŗtti on Śākatāyana grammar are named Kāśikāvivaraṇapañjikā, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Jinendrabuddhi, called Nyāsa.. In the same way, the learned commentary on the Kāśikāvŗtti by Jinendrabuddhi, named Kāśikāvivaranapaňjikā by the author, is very widely known by the name Kāśikāvivaraṇapañjikā, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Jinendrabuddhi, called Nyāsa.. This commentary Kāśikāvivaraṇapañjikā, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Jinendrabuddhi, called Nyāsa. was written in the eighth century by the Buddhist grammarian Jinendrabuddhi, who belonged to the eastern school of Pānini's Grammar. This Kāśikāvivaraṇapañjikā, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Jinendrabuddhi, called Nyāsa. has a learned commentary written on it by Maitreya Rakșita in the twelfth century named Tantrapradipa which is very largely quoted by subsequent grammarians, but which unfortunately is available only in a fragmentary state at present. Haradatta, a well-known southern scholar of grammar has drawn considerably from Kāśikāvivaraṇapañjikā, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Jinendrabuddhi, called Nyāsa. in his Padamañjarī, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Haradatta., which also is well-known as a scholarly work.
nyāsoddyotaa learned commentary on Jinendrabuddhi's Kāśikāvivaraṇapañjikā, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Jinendrabuddhi, called Nyāsa. written by Mallinātha, the standard commentator of prominent Sanskrit classics.
pa,pakārathe consonant प्, the vowel अ and the affix कार being added for facility of understanding and pronunciation; cf T.Pr. I. 17, 21 ; प is also used as a short term for consonants of the fifth class (पवर्ग); confer, compare Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.1.27; Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.I. 64 and Ṛktantra Prātiśākhya. 13.
pakṣaalternative view or explanation presented by, or on behalf of, a party ; one of the two or more way of presenting a matter. The usual terms for the two views are पूर्वपक्ष and उत्तरपक्ष, when the views are in conflict. The views, if not in conflict, and if stated as alternative views, can be many in number, e. g. there are seven alternative views or Pakșas re : the interpretation of the rule इको गुणवृद्धी; confer, compare Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I. 1.3; confer, compare also सर्वेषु पक्षेषु उपसंख्यानं कर्तव्यम् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I. 2.64.
pañcamīnirdeśastatement by the abla-tive case, confer, compare डः सि धुट् P. VIII. 3.29;confer, compare उभयनिर्देशे पञ्चमीनिर्देशे; बलीयान् e. g. ङमो ह्रस्वादचि ङमुण्नित्यम् P. VIII. 3.32, Par. Sek. Pari. 70; confer, compare also उभयानिर्देशे विप्रतिषेधात्पञ्चमीनिर्देशः Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.I. 1.67 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 3.
patañjalithe reputed author of the Mahābhāșya, known as the Pātañjala Mahābhāșya after him. His date is determined definitely as the second century B.C. on the strength of the internal evidence supplied by the text of the Mahābhāșya itselfeminine. The words Gonardiya and Gonikāputra which are found in the Mahābhāșya are believed to be referring to the author himself and, on their strength he is said to have been the son of Goņikā and a resident of the country called Gonarda in his days. On the strength of the internal evidence supplied by the Mahābhāșya, it can be said that Patañjali received his education at Takșaśila and that he was,just like Pāņini, very familiar with villages and towns in and near Vāhika and Gāndhāra countries. Nothing can definitely be said about his birthplace, and although it might be believed that his native place was Gonarda,its exact situation has not been defined so far. About his parentage too,no definite information is available. Tradition says that he was the foster-son of a childless woman named Gonikā to whom he was handed over by a sage of Gonarda, in whose hands he fell down from the sky in the evening at the time of the offering of water-handfuls to the Sun in the west; confer, compareपतत् + अञ्जलि, the derivation of the word given by the commentators. Apart from anecdotes and legendary information, it can be said with certainty that Patañjali was a thorough scholar of Sanskrit Grammar who had studied the available texts of the Vedic Literature and Grammar and availed himself of information gathered personally by visiting the various schools of Sanskrit Grammar and observing the methods of explanations given by teachers there. His Mahābhāșya supplies an invaluable fund of information on the ways in which the Grammar rules of Pāņini were explained in those days in the various grammar schools. This information is supplied by him in the Vārttikas which he has exhaustively given and explainedition He had a remarkable mastery over Sanskrit Language which was a spoken one at his time and it can be safely said that in respect of style, the Mahābhāșya excels all the other Bhāșyas in the different branches of learning out of which two, those of Śabaraswāmin and Śańkarācārya,are selected for comparison. It is believed by scholars that he was equally conversant with other śāstras, especially Yoga and Vaidyaka, on which he has written learned treatises. He is said to be the author of the Yogasūtras which,hence are called Pātañjala Yogasūtras, and the redactor of the Carakasamhitā. There are scholars who believe that he wrote the Mahābhāșya only, and not the other two. They base their argument mainly on the supposition that it is impossible for a scholar to have an equally unmatching mastery over three different śāstras at a time. The argument has no strength, especially in India where there are many instances of scholars possessing sound scholarship in different branches of learning. Apart from legends and statements of Cakradhara, Nāgesa and others, about his being the author of three works on three different śāstras, there is a direct reference to Patañjali's proficiency in Grammar, Yoga and Medicine in the work of King Bhoja of the eleventh century and an indirect one in the Vākyapadīya of Bhartŗhari of the seventh century A. D. There is a work on the life of Patañjali, written by a scholar of grammar of the South,named Ramabhadra which gives many stories and incidents of his life out of which it is difficult to find out the grains of true incidents from the legendary husk with which they are coveredition For details,see Patañjala Mahābhāșya D.E.Society's edition Vol. VII pages 349 to 374. See also the word महाभाष्य.
padaa word; a unit forming a part of a sentence; a unit made up of a letter or of letters, possessed of sense; confer, compare अक्षरसमुदायः पदम् । अक्षरं वा । V.Pr. VIII. 46, 47. The word originally was applied to the individual words which constituted the Vedic Samhitā; confer, compare पदप्रकृतिः संहिता Nir.I.17. Accordingly, it is defined in the Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya as ' अर्थः पदम् ' (Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.III. 2) as contrasted with ' वर्णानामेकप्राणयोगः संहिता ' (V.Pr.I.158). The definition ' अर्थः पदम् ' is attributed to the ancient grammarian 'Indra', who is believed to have been the first Grammarian of India. Pāņini has defined the term पद as ' सुप्तिङन्तं पदम् ' P.I.4.14. His definition is applicable to complete noun-forms and verb-forms and also to prefixes and indeclinables where a case-affix is placed and elided according to him; confer, compare अव्ययादाप्सुपः P. II. 4. 82. The noun-bases before case affixes and taddhita affix. affixes, mentioned in rules upto the end of the fifth adhyāya, which begin with a consonant excepting य् are also termed पद by Pāņini to include parts of words before the case affixes भ्याम् , भिस्, सु et cetera, and others as also before the taddhita affix. affixes मत्, वत् et cetera, and others which are given as separate padas many times in the pada-pātha of the Vedas; confer, compare स्वादिष्वसर्वनामस्थाने P. I. 4. 17. See for details the word पदपाठ. There are given four kinds of padas or words viz. नाम, अाख्यात, उपसर्ग and निपात in the Nirukta and Prātiśākhya works; confer, compare also पदमर्थे प्रयुज्यते, विभक्त्यन्तं च पदम् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I. 2. 64 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 19, वर्णसमुदायः पदम् M.Bh. on I.1.21 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 5, पूर्वपरयोरर्थोपलब्धौ पदम् Kātantra vyākaraṇa Sūtra.I.1.20, पदशब्देनार्थ उच्यते Kaiyata on P.I.2.42 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 2; confer, compare also पद्यते गम्यते अर्थः अनेनेति पदमित्यन्वर्थसंज्ञा Kāśikāvivaraṇapañjikā, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Jinendrabuddhi, called Nyāsa. on P.III. 1.92. The verb endings or affixs ति, तस् and others are also called पद. The word पद in this sense is never used alone, but with the word परस्मै or अात्मने preceding it. The term परस्मैपद stands for the nine affixes तिप्, तस्, ...मस्,while the term आत्मनेपद stands for the nine affixes त, आताम् ... महिङ्. confer, compare ल: परमैपदम्, तङानावात्मनेपदम्. It is possible to say that in the terms परस्मैपद and अात्मनेपद also, the term पद could be taken to mean a word, and it is very likely that the words परस्मैपद and अात्मनेपद were originally used in the sense of 'words referring to something meant for another' and 'referring to something meant for self' respectively. Such words, of course, referred to verbal forms, roughly corresponding to the verbs in the active voice and verbs in the passive voice. There are some modern scholars of grammar, especially linguists, who like to translate परस्मैपद as 'active voice' and आत्मनेपद as ' passive voice'. Pāņini appears, however, to have adapted the sense of the terms परस्मैपद and आत्मनेपद and taken them to mean mere affixes just as he has done in the case of the terms कृत् and तद्धित. Presumably in ancient times, words current in use were grouped into four classes by the authors of the Nirukta works, viz. (a) कृत् (words derived from roots)such as कर्ता, कारकः, भवनम् et cetera, and others, (b) तद्धित (words derived from nouns ) such as गार्ग्यः , काषायम् , et cetera, and others, (c) Parasmaipada words viz. verbs such as भवति, पचति, and (d) Ātmanepada words id est, that is verbs like एधते, वर्धते, et cetera, and othersVerbs करोति and कुरुते or हरति and हरते were looked upon as both परस्मैपद words and आत्मनेपद words. The question of simple words, as they are called by the followers of Pāņini, such as नर, तद् , गो, अश्व, and a number of similar underived words, did not occur to the authors of the Nirukta as they believed that every noun was derivable, and hence could be included in the kŗt words.
padakāraliterally one who has divided the Samhitā text of the Vedas into the Pada-text. The term is applied to ancient Vedic Scholars शाकल्य, आत्रेय, कात्यायन and others who wrote the Padapātha of the Vedic Samhitās. The term is applied possibly through misunderstanding by some scholars to the Mahābhāsyakāra who has not divided any Vedic Samhitā,but has, in fact, pointed out a few errors of the Padakāras and stated categorically that grammarians need not follow the Padapāțha, but, rather, the writers of the Padapāțha should have followed the rules of grammar. Patañjali, in fact, refers by the term पदकार to Kātyāyana, who wrote the Padapātha and the Prātiśākhya of the Vājasaneyi-Samhitā in the following statement--न लक्षणेन पदकारा अनुवर्त्याः। पदकारैर्नाम लक्षणमनुवर्त्यम्। यथालक्षणं पदं कर्तव्यम् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. III.1. 109; VI. 1. 207; VIII. 2.16; confer, compare also अदीधयुरिति पदकारस्य प्रत्याख्यानपक्षे उदाहरणमुपपन्नं भवति ( परिभाषासूचन of व्याडि Pari. 42 ) where Vyādi clearly refers to the Vārtika of Kātyāyana ' दीधीवेव्योश्छन्दोविषयत्वात् ' P. I. 1.6 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). I. The misunderstanding is due to passages in the commentary of स्कन्दस्वामिन् on the Nirukta passage I. 3, उब्वटटीका on ऋक्प्रातिशाख्य XIII. 19 and others where the statements referred to as those of Patañjali are, in fact, quotations from the Prātiśākhya works and it is the writers of the Prātiśākhya works who are referred to as padakāras by Patañ jali in the Mahābhāsya.
padasphoṭaexpression of the sense by the whole word without any consideration shown to its division into a base and an affix. For instance, the word रामेण means 'by Rama' irrespective of any consideration whether न is the affix or इन is the affix which could be any of the two, or even one, different from the two; confer, compare उपायाः शिक्षमाणानां वालानामपलापनाः Vākyapadīya II.240.
padārthameaning of a word, signification of a word; that which corresponds to the meaning of a word; sense of a word. Grammarians look upon both-the generic notion and the individual object as Padārtha or meaning of a word, and support their view by quoting the sūtras of Pāņini जात्याख्यायामेकस्मिन् बहुवचनमन्यतरस्याम् I. 2.58 and सरूपाणामेकशेष एकविभक्तौ I. 2.64; confer, compare किं पुनराकृतिः पदार्थ अाहोस्विद् द्रव्यम् । उभयमित्याह । कथं ज्ञायते । उभयथा ह्याचार्येण सूत्राणि प्रणीतानि । अाकृतिं पदार्थे मत्वा जात्याख्यायामित्युच्यते | द्रव्यं पदार्थे मत्वा सरूपाणामित्येकशेष अारभ्यते, Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). in I. 1. first Āhnika. In rules of grammar the meaning of a word is generally the vocal element or the wording, as the science of grammar deals with words and their formation; confer, compare स्वं रूपं शब्दस्याशब्दसंज्ञा, P. I. 1. 68. The possession of vocal element as the sense is technically termed शब्दपदार्थकता as opposed to अर्थपदार्थकता; confer, compare सोसौ गोशब्दः स्वस्मात्पदार्थात् प्रच्युतो यासौ अर्थपदार्थकता तस्याः शब्दपदार्थकः संपद्यते Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). I. 1.44 V. 3. The word पदार्थ means also the categories or the predicaments in connection with the different Śāstrās or lores as for instance, the 25 categories in the Sāmkhyaśāstra or 7 in the Vaiśeșika system or 16 in the NyayaŚāstra. The Vyākaranaśāstra, in this way to state, has only one category the Akhandavākyasphota or the radical meaning given by the sentence in one strok
pararūpathe form of the subsequent letter (परस्य रूपम्). The word is used in grammar when the resultant of the two coalescing vowels ( एकादेश ) is the latter vowel itself, as for instance ए in प्रेजते ( प्र+एजते ); confer, compare एङि. पररूपम् P.VI.1.94.
parikṛṣṭadragged to the latter: confer, compare Puspasūtra III. 114; the word परि stands for पर here.
paribhāṣāan authoritative statement or dictum, helping (1) the correct interpretation of the rules (sūtras) of grammar, or (2) the removal of conflict between two rules which occur simultaneously in the process of the formation of words, (पदसिद्धि), or (3) the formation of correct words. Various definitions of the word परिभाषा are given by commentators, the prominent ones beingपरितो व्यापृतां भाषां परिभाषां प्रचक्षते(न्यास);or, परितो भाष्यते या सा परिभाषा प्रकीर्तिता. The word is also defined as विधौ नियामकरिणी परिभाषा ( दुर्गसिंहवृत्ति ). परिभाषा can also be briefiy defined as the convention of a standard author. Purusottamadeva applies the word परिभाषा to the maxims of standard writers, confer, compare परिभाषा हिं न पाणिनीयानि वचनानि; Puru. Pari. 119; while Haribhaskara at the end of his treatise परिभाषाभास्कर, states that Vyaadi was the first writer on Paribhaasas. The rules तस्मिन्निति निर्दिष्टे पूर्वस्य, तस्मादित्युत्तरस्य and others are in fact Paribhaasa rules laid down by Panini. For the difference between परिभाषा and अधिकार, see Mahabhasya on II.1.1. Many times the writers of Sutras lay down certain conventions for the proper interpretation of their rules, to which additions are made in course of time according to necessities that arise, by commentators. In the different systems of grammar there are different collections of Paribhasas. In Panini's system, apart from commentaries thereon, there are independent collections of Paribhasas by Vyadi, Bhojadeva, Purusottamadeva, Siradeva, Nilakantha, Haribhaskara, Nagesa and a few others. There are independent collections of Paribhasas in the Katantra, Candra, Sakatayana,Jainendra and Hemacandra systems of grammar. It is a noticeable fact that many Paribhasas are common, with their wordings quite similar or sometimes identical in the different systemanuscript. Generally the collections of Paribhasas have got scholiums or commentaries by recognised grammarians, which in their turn have sometimes other glosses or commentaries upon them. The Paribhaasendusekhara of Nagesa is an authoritative work of an outstanding merit in the system of Paninis Grammar, which is commented upon by more than twenty five scholars during the last two or three centuries. The total number of Paribhasas in the diferent systems of grammar may wellnigh exceed 500. See परिभाषासंग्रह.
paribhāṣenduśekharathe reputed authoritative work on the Paribhasas in the system of Paanini's grammar written by Nagesabhatta in the beginning of the 18th century A.D. at Benares. The work is studied very widely and has got more than 25 commentaries written by pupils in the spiritual line of Nagesa. Well-known among these commentaries are those written by Vaidyanatha Payagunde ( called गदा ), by BhairavamiSra ( called मिश्री), by Raghavendraacaarya Gajendragadakara ( called त्रिपथगा ), by Govindacarya Astaputre of Poona in the beginning of the nineteenth century (called भावार्थदीपिका), by BhaskaraSastri Abhyankar of Satara (called भास्करी ), and by M. M. Vaasudevasaastri Abhyankar of Poona (called तत्त्वादर्श ). Besides these, there are commentaries written by Taatya Sastri Patawardhana,Ganapati Sastri Mokaate, Jayadeva Misra, VisnuSastri Bhat, Vishwanatha Dandibhatta, Harinaatha Dwiwedi Gopaalacarya Karhaadkar, Harishastri Bhagawata, Govinda Shastri Bharadwaja, Naarayana Shastri Galagali, Venumaadhava Shukla, Brahmaananda Saraswati, ManisiSeSaSarma,Manyudeva, Samkarabhatta, Indirapati, Bhimacarya Galagali, Madhavacarya Waikaar, Cidrupasraya, Bhimabhatta, LakSminrsimha and a few others. Some of these works are named by their authors as Tikaas, others as Vyaakhyaas and still others as Tippanis or Vivrtis.
paśyantīname of the second out of the four successive stages in the origination or utterance of a word from the mouth. According to the ancient writers on Phonetics, sound or word ( वाक् ) which is constituted of air ( वायु ) originates at the Mulaadhaaracakra where it is called परा. It then springs up and it is called पश्यन्ती in the second stage. Thence it comes up and is called मध्यमा in the third stage; rising up from the third stage when the air strikes against the vocal chords in the glottis and comes in contact with the different parts of the mouth, it becomes articulate and is heard in the form of different sounds. when it is called वैखरी; confer, compare वैखर्या मध्यमायाश्च पश्यन्त्याश्चैतदद्भुतम् । अनेकतीर्थभेदायास्त्रय्या वाचः परं पदम् Vaakyapadiya I. 144, and also confer, compare पश्यन्ती तु सा चलाचलप्रतिबद्धसमाधाना संनिविष्टज्ञेयाकारा प्रतिलीनाकारा निराकारा च परिच्छिन्नार्थप्रत्ययवभासा संसृष्टार्थप्रत्यवभासा च प्रशान्तसर्वार्थप्रत्यवभासा चेत्यपरिमितभेदा । पश्यन्त्या रूपमनपभ्रंशामसंकीर्ण लोकव्यवह्यरातीतम् । commentary on Vaakyapadiya I. 144. confer, compare also तत्र श्रोत्रविषया वैखरी । मध्यमा हृदयदशेस्था पदप्रत्यक्षानुपपत्त्या व्यवहारकारणम् । पश्यन्ती तु लोकव्यवहारातीता। योगिनां तु तत्रापि प्रकृतिप्रत्ययविभागावगतिरस्ति | परायां तु न इति त्रय्या इत्युक्तम् । Mahābhāṣya-Pradīpoddyota by Nāgeśa.on चत्वारि वाक्परिमिता पदानि । Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). Ahnika 1.
pāñcamikaliterallypertaining to the fifth; name given to the affixes prescribed in the fifth Adhyaya of Paanini's Astadhyayi, especially in Sutras V.2.1 to W.2.93.
pāṇinithe illustrious ancient grammarian of India who is wellknown by his magnum opus, the Astaka or Astaadhyaayi which has maintained its position as a unique work on Sanskrit grammar unparalleled upto the present day by any other work on grammar, not only of the Sanskrit language, but ofany other language, classical as well as spoken. His mighty intelligence grasped, studied and digested not only the niceties of accentuation and formation of Vedic words, scattered in the vast Vedic Literature of his time, but those of classical words in the classical literature and the spoken Sanskrit language of his time in all its different aspects and shades, noticeable in the various provinces and districts of the vast country. The result of his careful study of the Vedic Literature and close observation ofeminine.the classical Sanskrit, which was a spoken language in his days, was the production of the wonderful and monumental work, the Astaadhyaayi,which gives an authoritative description of the Sanskrit language, to have a complete exposition of which,several life times have to be spent,in spite of several commentaries upon it, written from time to time by several distinguished scholars. The work is a linguist's and not a language teacher's. Some Western scholars have described it as a wonderful specimen of human intelligence,or as a notable manifestation of human intelligence. Very little is known unfortunately about his native place,parentage or personal history. The account given about these in the Kathaasaritsaagara and other books is only legendary and hence, it has very little historical value. The internal evidence, supplied by his work shows that he lived in the sixth or the seventh century B. C., if not earlier, in the north western province of India of those days. Jinendrabuddhi, the author of the Kaasikavivaranapanjikaa or Nyasa, has stated that the word शलातुर् mentioned by him in his sUtra ( IV. 3.94 ) refers to his native place and the word शालातुरीय derived by him from the word शलातुर by that sUtra was, in fact his own name, based upon the name of the town which formed his native placcusative case. Paanini has shown in his work his close knowledge of, and familiarity with, the names of towns, villages, districts, rivers and mountains in and near Vaahika, the north-western Punjab of the present day, and it is very likely that he was educated at the ancient University of Taksasilaa. Apart from the authors of the Pratisaakhya works, which in a way could be styled as grammar works, there were scholars of grammar as such, who preceded him and out of whom he has mentioned ten viz., Apisali, Saakataayana, Gaargya, Saakalya, Kaasyapa, Bharadwaja, Gaalava, Caakravarmana Senaka and Sphotaayana. The grammarian Indra has not been mentioned by Paanini, although tradition says that he was the first grammarian of the Sanskrit language. It is very likely that Paanini had no grammar work of Indra before him, but at the same time it can be said that the works of some grammarians , mentioned by Panini such as Saakaatyana, Apisali, Gaargya and others had been based on the work of Indra. The mention of several ganas as also the exhaustive enumeration of all the two thousand and two hundred roots in the Dhaatupaatha can very well testify to the existence of systematic grammatical works before Paarnini of which he has made a thorough study and a careful use in the composition of his Ganapaatha and Dhaatupatha. His exhaustive grammar of a rich language like Sanskrit has not only remained superb in spite of several other grammars of the language written subsequently, but its careful study is felt as a supreme necessity by scholars of philology and linguistics of the present day for doing any real work in the vast field of linguistic research. For details see pp.151154 Vol. VII of Paatanjala Mahaabhsya, D. E. Society's Edition.
pāṇinisūtracalled also by the name अष्टक or पाणिनीय-अष्टक; name given to the SUtras of Paanini comprising eight adhyaayaas or books. The total number of SUtras as commented upon by the writers of the Kasika and the Siddhaantakaumudi is 3983. As nine sUtras out of these are described as Vaarttikas and two as Ganasutras by Patanjali, it is evident that there were 3972 SUtras in the Astaka of Paanini according to Patanjali. A verse current among Vaiyakarana schools states the number to be 3996; confer, compare त्रीणि सूत्रसहस्राणि तथा नव शतानि च । षण्णवतिश्च सूत्राणां पाणिनिः कृतवान् स्वयम् । The traditional recital by Veda Scholars who look upon the Astadhyayi as a Vedaanga, consists of 3983 Sutras which are accepted and commented upon by all later grammarians and commentators. The SUtras of Paanini, which mainly aim at the correct formation of words, discuss declension, conjugation, euphonic changes, verbal derivatives, noun derivatives and accents. For details see Vol.VII, Vyaakarana Mahaabhaasya, D. E. Society's edition pp. 152-162.
pāṇinisūtravārtikaname given to the collection of explanatory pithy notes of the type of SUtras written. mainly by Kaatyaayana. The Varttikas are generally written in the style of the SUtras, but sometimes they are written in Verse also. The total number of Varttikas is well-nigh a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page. 5000, including Varttikas in Verse.There are three kinds of Varttikas; confer, compareउक्तानुक्तदुरुक्तानां चिन्ता यत्र प्रवर्तते । तं ग्रन्थं वार्तिकं प्राहुर्वार्तिकज्ञा मनीषिणः । Naagesa appears to have divided Varttikas into two classes as shown by his definition 'सूत्रेऽ नुक्तदुरुक्तचिन्ताकरत्वं वार्तिकत्वम् '. If this definition be followed, many of the Vaarttikas given in the Maahibhaasya as explaining and commenting upon the Sutras will not strictly be termed as Vaarttikaas, and their total number which is given as exceeding 5000, will be reduced to about 1400 or so. There are some manuscript copies which give this reduced number, and it may be said that only these Vārttikas were written by Kātyāyana while the others were added by learned grammarians after Kātyāyana. In the Mahābhāșya there are seen more than 5000 statements of the type of Vārttikas out of which Dr. Kielhorn has marked about 4200 as Vārttikas. At some places the Mahābhāșyakāra has quoted the names of the authors of some Vārttikas or their schools, in words such as क्रोष्ट्रीयाः पठन्ति, भारद्वाजीयाः पठन्ति, सौनागाः पठन्ति. et cetera, and others Many of the Vārttikas given in the Mahābhāșya are not seen in the Kāśikāvŗtti, while some more are seen in the Kāśikā-vŗtti, which, evidently are composed by scholars who flourished after Patańjali, as they have not been noticed by the Mahābhāșyakāra. It is very difficult to show separately the statements of the Bhāșyakāra popularly named 'ișțis' from the Vārttikas of Kātyāyana and others. For details see Vol. VII Mahābhāșya, D.E. Society's edition pp. 193-224.
pādapūraṇacompletion of the fourth part or Pāda of a stanza or verse; confer, compare सोचि लोपे चेत् पादपूरणम् P. VI.1.134, also प्रसमुपोदः पादपूरणे VIII. 1.6. As many times some particles, not with any specific or required sense, were used for the completion of a Pāda, such particles were called पाद्पूरण ; confer, compare सत्त्वाभिधायकं नाम निपातः पादपूरण: R.Pr.XII.7; also निपातस्त्वर्थासंभवे पादपूरणो भवति Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.VIII.50 Uvvața.
pipīlikamadhyā,pipīlikamadhyamāname given to a stanza of त्रिष्टुप् or जगती or बृहती type consisting of three feet, the middle foot consisting of six or seven or eight syllables only; e. g. Ŗgveda X. 105, 2 and 7; IX. 110.l, VIII. 46.14; confer, compare उष्णिक् पिपीलिकामध्या हरीयस्येति दृश्यते Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XVI. 25, 28, 36.
paurastyavaiyākaraṇaa grammarian of the eastern school which is believed to have been started by जिनेन्द्रबुद्धि the writer of the gloss called न्यास on the Kasikavrtti. The school practically terminated with पुरुषोत्तमदेव and सीरदेव at the end of the twelfth century A.D. Such a school existed also at the time of Panini and Patanjali, a reference to which is found made in प्राचां ष्फ ताद्धतः P. IV. 1.17 and प्राचामवृद्धात्फिन् बहुलम् IV.1. 160 and प्राचामुपादेरडज्वुचौ च V.3.80 where the word is explained as प्राचामाचार्याणां by the writer of the Kasika.
pratipattiknowledge, understanding; confer, compare तस्मादनभ्युपायः शब्दानां प्रतिपत्तौ प्रतिपदप्राठः। M.Bh. on Ahn. 1 ; also confer, compare MBh. on P. I. 1. 20. Vart.5 I.1 44,46 et cetera, and others
pratipattigarīyastvadifficulty in understanding; requiring an effort to understand the sense; confer, compare योगविभागे तु प्रतियोगं भिन्नबुद्ध्युदयाद् व्यक्तं प्रतिपतिगरीयस्त्वम् Puru. Pari. 98.
pratipattigauravadifficulty in understanding; requiring a longer time in understanding the sense: confer, compare एवं हि प्रतिपत्तिगौरवंं स्यात् Sira. Pari. 50. See प्रतिपत्तिगरीयस्त्व.
pratipattilāghavafacility of understanding: confer, compare प्रतिपत्तिलाघवार्थं ज्ञाजनोर्जा इति दीर्घान्तादेशविधानम् Sira. Pari. 91.
pratipadavidhānaexpress statement by a definite wording; confer, compare एवं तर्हि उभयमनेन क्रियते अपवादविषये चानिवृत्तिः उत्सर्गविषये च प्रतिपदविधानम् । Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on III 3. 12. Vart.l: confer, compare also प्रतिपदविधाना च षष्ठी न समस्येत । का पुनः षष्ठी प्रतिपदविधाना का कृद्योगा । सर्वा षष्ठी प्रतिपदविधाना शेषलक्षणां वर्जयित्वा । क्रतृकर्मणोः कृति इति या षष्ठी सा कृद्योगा; Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. II. 2.8 and II.2.10.
pratipadavidhian injunction or operation stating expressly the word or words for which it is meant; confer, compare यं विधिं प्रति उपदेशोनर्थकः स विधिर्बाध्यते । दत्वं प्रति नुमः प्रतिपदविधिरनर्थकः, रोः पुनर्निमित्तमेव. M.Bh. on P. VIII. 2.72.
pratipadoktaexpressly stated as opposed to implied or suggested; confer, compare लक्षणप्रतिपदोक्तयोः प्रतिपदोक्तस्यैव ग्रहणम्,. Par. Sek.Pari.105: confer, compare also विशेषेण प्रतिपादितं प्रतिपदोक्तं Puru. Pari. 3.
pratiṣedhabalīyastvathe priority of consideration given to rules laying down a prohibition, for instance, the prohibition of guna or vrddhi by the rule ङ्किति च P. I. 1.5 after giving due consideration to which, the injunctions i. e the guna and vidhi rules are to be applied; confer, compare निषेधाश्च बलीयांसः Par. Sek. Pari. 112; confer, compare also. एवमप्युभयोः सावकाशयोः प्रतिषेधबलीयस्त्वात्प्रतिषेधः प्राप्नोति, M.Bh. P. on III. 1.30.
pratyakṣakriyaa word in which the verbal activity is actually noticed, as for instance, verbs and krt formations; the term is used as an antonym of प्रकल्पक्रिय.
pratyayapādaa conventional name given to the first pada of the third adhyaya of Panini's Astadhyayi which begins with the rule प्रत्ययः III. 1.1.
pratyārambhaḥ(1)statement after prohibition literally commencing again; inducing a person to do something after he has refused to do it by repeating the order or request for generally by beginning the appeal with the word नह; exempli gratia, for example नह भोक्ष्यसे ? नह अध्येप्यसे; confer, compare नह प्रत्यारम्भे P. VIII. 1.31 and Kasika and Kāśikāvivaraṇapañjikā, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Jinendrabuddhi, called Nyāsa. thereon. (2) commencement or laying down again in spite of previous mention; confer, compare शेषवचनात्तु योसौ प्रत्यारम्भात्कृतो बहुव्रीहिः Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. VI-3.46.
pratyudāharaṇacounter instance. In order to explain the wording of a grammatical rule clearly, it is customary to give along with the instances of the rule (where the rule has been effectively employed), a few words which would have resulted into other faulty words by the application of the particular rule in case that rule had not been stated or a word or more of it had been omitted; confer, compare न केवलानि चर्चापदानि व्याख्यानं वृद्धिः आत् ऐच् इति । किं तर्हि । उदाहरणं प्रत्युदाहरणं वाक्याध्याहारः इत्येतत् समुदितं व्याख्यानं भवति । Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). in Ahnika 1.
prapāṭhakaa term used for a division of a work by an ancient writer, as for instance in the case of the Atharvapratisakhya.
pravādaa grammatical explanation; detailed explanation by citing the gender, number, krt affix, taddhita affix.affix and the like: confer, compare लिङ्गसंख्यातद्धितकृतरूपभेदाः प्रवादाः । पाण्यादिशब्दानां प्रवादेषु प्रथमो (original) नकारो णत्वमाप्नोति स च प्राकृतः । Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.XIII. 9. The word is explained as a change in the form of a word, as for instance, by the substitution of स् for विसर्ग where विसर्ग is, in fact, expected; confer, compare कबन्धं पृथु इत्येतेषां पदानां प्रवादा रूपभेदा उदये परत्रावस्थिताः दिव इत्येतस्य उपचारं जनयन्ति । यथा दिवस्कबन्धम् , दिवस्पृथुः Uvvata on Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) IV. 22; confer, compare also प्रवादाः षडितः परे, Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) IX. 18. In the Nirukta, the word is used in the sense of 'distinct mention'; confer, compare एवमन्यासामपि देवतानामादित्यप्रवादाः स्तुतयो भवन्ति ( deities are mentioned under the name of Aditya) Nir II.13; cf also वैश्वानरीयाः प्रवादाः Nir, VII. 23.
pravibhaktamade separate with their Component parts shown clearly: Split up into component parts in such a way that their meaning also is fully stated cf तद्धितसमासे ष्वेकपर्वसु चानेकपर्वसु च पूर्वे पूर्वे अपरं अपरं प्रविभज्य निर्घ्रूयात् । दण्डयः पुरुषः। दण्डमर्हतीति वा दण्डेन संपद्यते इति वा । Nir.II.2.
praśleṣa(l)coalescence of two vowels into one, as given in Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) II.6, and 7, corresponding to the गुण, वृद्वि and दीर्घ substitutes prescribed by the rules आद्गुणः P.IV 1.87; अकः सवर्णे दीर्घः VI.1.101; and वृद्धिरेचि VI. 1.88 which are stated under the jurisdiction of the rule एकः पूर्वपरयोः VI.1.84; (2) finding out the presence of a letter in addition to the letters already present as coalesced, after splitting the combination into its different constituent 1etters. This Practice of finding out an additional letter is resorted to by the commentators only to remove certain difficulties in arriving at some correct forms which otherwise could not be obtained; e. g. see क्ङिति च where क्ङ् is believed to be a combination of ग्, क् and ङ् See प्रश्लिष्ट and प्रश्लिष्टनिर्देश.
prasajyapratiṣedhaprohibition of the possible application of a rule, generally laid down by the use of the negative particle न, together with, or connected with, a verbal activity: e.g न लुमताङ्गस्य P.I.1.63, नामि P.VI. 4.3, न माङ्योगे VI.4.74 et cetera, and others etc: confer, compare प्रसज्यप्रतिषेधोSयं क्रियया सह यत्र नञ्; confer, comparealso प्रसज्यायं क्रियागुणौ ततः पश्चान्निवृतिं करोति M.Bh. on P.II.2.6. In some cases the negative particle in a compound has also to be taken as stating a negation by प्रसज्यप्रतिषेधः;confer, compare M.Bh. on सुडनपुंसकस्य P.1.1.43, सार्वधातुकमपित् I.4.2, चादयोsसत्त्वे I. 4. 57.
prasiddha(1)established in existence: confer, compare क्रमेण नार्थः पदसंहिताविदः पुराsप्रसिद्धा श्रयपूर्वसिद्धिभिः, Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XI.34 where the Kramapatha is said to be one which was not established before the Samhitapatha; (2) known ; confer, compare अनिटि प्रसिद्धे क्सो भविष्यति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. III. 1.45 Vart. 4, लोकत एते शब्दाः प्रसिद्धाः स्त्री पुमान् नपुंसकमिति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. IV. 1.3: (3) brought about, accomplished, realized; तथास्य छः प्रसिद्धो भवति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. IV. 1.89 Vart. 2, सर्वत्रैव जश्त्वेन सिद्धं स्यात् , Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.VIII 2.25
prāgdeśadistricts of the east especially districts to the east of Ayodhya and Pataliputra, such as Magadha, Vanga and others; nothing can definitely be said as to which districts were called Eastern by Panini and his followers Katyayana and Patanjali. A Varttika given in the Kasika but not traceable in the Mahabhasya defines Pragdesa as districts situated to the east of शरावती (probably the modern river Ravi or a river near that river ): confer, compare प्रागुदञ्चौ विभजते हंसः क्षीरोदके यथा । विदुषां शब्दसिद्ध्यर्थे सा नः पातु शरावती ॥ Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on एङ् प्राचां देशे P. I. 1.75. There is a reading सरस्वती in some manuscript copies and सरस्वती is a wellknown river in the Punjab near Kuruksetra, which disappears in the sandy desert to the south: a reading इरावती is also found and इरावती may stand for the river Ravi. शरावती in Burma is simply out of consideration. For details see Vyakarana Mahabhasya Vol. VII. pp. 202-204 and 141-142 D. E. Society's Edition.
prāṇapaṇāa gloss on the Mahabhasya of Patanjali, written by the famous easterm grammarian Purusottamadeva of the 12th century A. D., of which only a fragment of a few pages is available. As the legend goes, the name प्राणपणा was given to the gloss as it was accompanied by an oath on the part of the author that his life was at stake if he did even the slightest injustice to the author of the Mahabhasya.
prātipadikārthadenoted sense of a Pratipadika or a noun-base. Standard grammarians state that the denotation of a pratipadika is five-fold viz. स्वार्थ, द्रव्य, लिङ्ग, संख्या and कारक. The word स्वार्थ refers to the causal factor of denotation or प्रवृत्तिनिमित्त which is of four kinds जाति, गुण, क्रिया and संज्ञा as noticed respectively in the words गौः, शुक्लः, चलः and डित्ः. The word द्रव्य refers to the individual object which sometimes is directly denoted as in अश्वमानय, while on some occasions it is indirectly denoted through the genus or the general notion as in ब्राह्मणः पूज्य:, लिङ्ग the gender, संख्या the number and कारक the case-relation are the denotations of the case-terminations, but sometimes as they are conveyed in the absence of a case-affix as in the words पञ्च, दश, and others, they are stated as the denoted senses of the Pratipadika, while the case-affixes are said to indicate them; confer, compare वाचिका द्योतिका वा स्युः शब्दादीनां विभक्तयः Vakyapadiya.
prātihataname given to the circumflex vowel, standing at the beginning of a word and following the final vowel of the previous word which is acute ( उदात्त ); confer, compare अपि चेन्नानापदस्थमुदात्तमथ चेत्सांहितेन स्वर्यते स प्रतिहतः Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.xx. 3.
prauḍhamanoramākhaṇḍana(1)a grammatical work written by a grammarian named Cakrapani of the Sesa family of grammarians. The work is meant to refute the arguments of Bhattoji Diksita in his Praudhamanorama; (2) a grammar work written by the famous poet and rhetorician Jagannātha in refutation of the doctrines and explanations given in the Praudhamanorama by the stalwart Grammarian Bhattoji Diksita. The work is not a scholarly one and it has got a tone of banter. It was written by Jagannatha to show that he could also write works on Grammar and the bearded pedant Bhattoji should not be proud of his profound scholarship in Grammar. The work of Jagannatha was named मनोरमाकुचमर्दन possibly by his followers or even by himselfeminine.
baor बकार the letter ब्, the vowel अ as also the word कार being added for facility of utterance; confer, compare Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.I.17.21, The letter ब् is sometimes used for व् especially when it stands at the beginning of a word, for which scholars use the expression वबयेारभेद:
bahuvrīhia compound similar in meaning to the word बहुव्रीहि ( possessed of much rice ) which, in sense shows quite a distinct object than those which are shown by the constituent members of the compound; a relative or adjective compound. There are various kinds of the Bahuvrihi compound such as समानाधिकरणबहुव्रीहि, व्यधिकरणबहुव्रीहि, संख्याबहुव्रीहि, दिग्बहुव्रीहि, सहबहुव्रीहि, नञ्बहुव्रीहि, and अनेकपदबहुव्रीहि which depend upon the specific peculiarity noticed in the various cases. Panini in his grammar has not given any definition of बहुव्रीहि, but has stated that a compound other than those already given viz. अव्ययीभाव, द्वन्द्व and तत्पुरुष, is बहुव्रीहि and cited under Bahuvrihi all cases mentioned a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.; cf शेषो बहुव्रीहिः II. 3.23-28; also confer, compare अन्यपदार्थप्रधानो बहुव्रीहिः Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. II. 1.6; II. 1.20; II. 1.49.
bahuvrīhipādaconventional term used for the second pada of the sixth adhyaya of Panini's Astadhyayi.
bāhulakathe application of a grammatical rule as a necessity to arrive at some forms in literature especially in the Vedic Literature as also in the works of standard writers, which cannot be explained easily by the regular application of the stated rules; confer, compare सुप्तिङुपग्रहलिदनराणां कालहलच्स्वरकर्तृयङां च । व्यत्ययमिच्छति शास्त्रकृदेषां सोपि च सिध्यति बाहुलकेन M.Bh. on P. III. 1.85; also confer, compare बाहुलकं प्रकृतेस्तनुदृष्टेः प्रायसमुच्चयनादपि तेषाम् । कार्यसशेषविधेश्च तदुक्तं नैगमरूढिभवं हि सुसाधु M.Bh. on P. III.3.1. In many sutras, Panini has put the word बहुलम् to arrive at such forms; e.g see P.II.1.32,57; II.3.62. II.4.39,73,76,84 et cetera, and others
buiskūla[ BUISKOOL H. E. )A European grammarian who has written an essay on the last three Padas of Panini's Astadhyayi (त्रिपादी) under the title 'The Tripadi'.
buddhinotion, mental understanding; mental inclination; confer, compare बुद्धि: संप्रत्यय इत्यनर्थान्तरम् | Or अस्तेर्भूर्भवतीत्यस्तिबुद्ध्यां भवतिबुद्धिं प्रतिपद्यते M. Bh on P. I.1.56 Vart. 14; (2) mental inclusion; confer, compare यां यां विभक्तिं आश्रयितुं बुद्धिरुपजायते सा साश्रयितव्या M.Bh. on P. I. 1. 57: confer, compare अथ बुद्धिः अविशेषात्स्मपुरा हेतू, Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on III.2.118 Vart. 4.
buddhikarmanactivity of the mind of the type of understanding as contrasted with the activity of the sense organs; confer, compare इन्द्रियकर्म समासादनं बुद्धिकर्म व्यवसायः Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.III. 3. 133 Vart. 8.
bothaliṃgka[BOHTLINGK, OTTO]a German Sanskrit scholar and Grammarian of St.Petersberg, who has written a short gloss in German on Panini's Astadhyayi under the title "Panini's Grammatik" with an introduction and various indexes at the end. He has also critically edited Mugdhabodha of Bopadeva.
bhakṣyaniyamarestriction regarding edibles of a particular kindeclinable The word is quoted to illustrate the नियमविधि or restrictive rule in grammar. Although the restriction in the instance पञ्च पञ्चनखा भक्ष्याः is of the kind of परिसंख्या and called परिसंख्या, and not नियम, by the Mimamsakas, the grammarians call it a niyamavidhi. There is no परिसंख्याविधि according to grammarians; they cite only two kinds of vidhi viz. simple vidhi or apurva vidhi and niyamavidhi.
bhaṭṭojīsurnamed Diksita; a stalwart grammarian of the Panini system who flourished in the first half of the seventeenth century and wrote many independent books and commentaries such as the Siddhantakaumudi, the Praudhamanorama, the Vaiyakaranasiddhantakarika, the Sabdakaustubha and others. The most reputed work out of these, however, is the Siddhantakaumudi which is very popular even today and which has almost set aside other works of its kind such as the Prakriyakaumudi and others. Bhattoji was a Telagu Brahmana, as generally believed, and although he belonged to the South, he made Varanasi his home where he prepared a school of learned Grammarians. Although he carried on his work silently in Varanasi, he was envied by the reputed rhetorician of his time Pandita Jagannātha, who criticised his work ( Bhattojis work ) named Manorama very severely. See प्रौढमनोरमा a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.. The Siddhāntakaumudi has got many commentaries of which the Tattvabodhini written by Bhattoji's pupil Jnanendrasarasvati is appreciated much by learned grammarians.
bhāgavṛttione of the oldest commentaries on the Sutras of Panini, which, although not available at present, has been profusely quoted by Purusottamadeva and other Eastern Grammarians of the twelfth and later centuries. The authorship of the work is attributed to Bhartrhari, but the point is doubtful as Siradeva in his Paribhasavrtti on Pari. 76 has stated that the author of the Bhagavrtti has quoted from Maghakavya; confer, compare अत एवं तत्रैव सूत्रे भागवृत्तिः पुरातनमुनेर्मुनितामिति पुरातनीनेदिरिति च प्रमादपाठावेतौ गतानुगतिकतया कवयः प्रयुञ्जते न तेषां लक्षणे चक्षुरिति | Some scholars attribute its authorship to Vimalamati. Whosoever be the author, the gloss ( भागवृत्ति ) was a work of recognised merit; confer, compare काशिकाभागवृत्त्योश्चेत् सिद्धान्तं वेत्तुमस्ति धी: | तदा विचिन्त्यतां भातभीषावृत्तिरियं मम Bhasavrtti at the end. सृष्टिघर in his commentary on the Bhasavrtti also says " सा हि द्वयोर्विवरणकर्त्री."
bhāṣāvṛttia short gloss on the Pāṇini's Aṣṭādhyāyī. of Pāṇini in the l2th century by Puruṣottamadeva's Paribhāṣāvṛtti.adeva, a reputed scholar belonging to the Eastern school of grammarians which flourished in Bengal and Behar in the 10th, 11th and 12th centuries, The gloss is very useful for beginners and it has given a clear explanation of the different sūtras without going into difficult niceties and discussions. The treatise does not comment upon Vedic portions or rules referring to Vedic Language because, as the legend goes, king Lakṣmaṇa Sena, for whom the gloss was written, was not qualified to understand Vedic Language; confer, compare वैदिकभाषानर्हत्वात् Com. on Bhāṣāvṛtti by Sṛṣṭidhara. There is a popular evaluation of the Bhāṣāvṛtti given by the author himself in the stanza "काशिकाभागवृत्त्योश्चेत्सिद्धान्तं बोद्धुमस्ति धीः ! तदा विचिन्त्यतां भ्रातर्भाषावृत्तिरियं मम " at the end of his treatise; for details see पुरुषोत्तमदेव.
bhāṣyasūtrathe brief pithy statements in the Mahābhāṣya of the type of the Sūtras or the Vārttikas. These assertions or statements are named 'ișṭi' also.
bhāskaraśāstrīsurnamed Abhyankar (1785-1870) a great grammarian in the line of the pupils of Nāgeśa who was educated at Poona and lived at Sātārā. He taught many pupils, a large number of whom helped the spread of Vyākaraṇa studies even in distant places of the country, such as Vārāṇasi and others. For details see Vyākaraṇa The Volume of the introduction in Marathi to the Pātañjala Mahābhāṣya, written by K. V. Abhyankar and published by the O. E. Society, Poona. pp. 27-29, D. E. Society's Edition.
bhūvādilit headed by भू , or headed by भू and वा as some scholars like to explain; the term means roots; in general, which have भू as the first root in Pāṇini's list of roots; confer, compare भूवादयो धातव: P. I. 3.1; The word भूवादि denoting roots stands in contrast with the word भ्वादि which stands for the roots of the first conjugation. भूवादीनां वकारोयं मङ्गलार्थः प्रयुज्यते | भुवो वार्थं वदन्तीति भ्वर्था वा वादयः स्मृता: Kāś. on P. I. 3.1.
bhrājastray or spurious verses or stanzas whose authorship cannot be traced, but which are commonly quoted by scholars; confer, compare भ्राजा नाम श्लेाका: M.Bh. on I.1 Āhnika 1; the word भ्राज is explained as 'composed by Kātyāyana' by Nāgeśabhaṭṭa in his Uddyota.
matuptaddhita affix. affix मत् changed in some cases to वत् (cf मादुपधायाश्च मतोर्वोऽयवादिभ्यः P. VIII. 2.9), applied to any noun or substantive in the sense of 'who possesses that,' or 'which contains it,' or in the sense of possession as popularly expressedition The affix is called possessive affix also, and is very commonly found in use; e. g. गोमान्, वृक्षवान् , यवमान् , et cetera, and others confer, compare तदस्यास्त्यस्मिन्निति मतुप् P. V. 2.94. The very general sense of 'possession' is limited to certain kinds of possession by the Vārttikakāra in the following stanza; भूमनिन्दाप्रशंसासु नित्ययोगेतिशायने | संसर्गेऽस्तिविवक्षायां भवन्ति मतुबादय: confer, compare Kāś. on P. V. 2.94. There are other taddhita affix. affixes prescribed in the same sense as मतुप्, such as the affixes लच् (V. 2.96-98), इलच् (99, 100, 105, 117), श and न (100), ण (101), विनि (102, 121, 122), इनि (102, 115, 116, 128, 129-137), अण् (103, 104), उरच् (106), र (107), म (108), व ( 109, 110), ईरन् and ईरच् (111), वलच् (112, 113), ठन् (115, 116), ठञ् (118, 119), यप् (120), युस् (123, 138, 140), ग्मिनि (124), आलच् and आटच् (125), अच् (127), and ब, भ, यु, ति, तु, त and यस् each one applied to specifically stated words. मतुप् is also specially prescribed after the words headed by रस (confer, compare रसादिभ्यश्च P. V. 2.95) in supersession of some of the other affixes mentioned a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page. which would take place in such cases, if मतुप् were not prescribed by the rule रसादिभ्यश्च. The portion of the Pāṇini's Aṣṭādhyāyī. prescribing the possessive affixes is named मतुबधिकार (P. V. 2.92 to 140).
madhyamapadalopaliterally the dropping of the middle word or member ( of a compound generally) as for instance in शाकपार्थिक for शाकप्रियपार्थिव; the word मध्यमपदलोप is also used in the sense of a compound. The compounds which have the middle word dropped are enumerated by the Vārttikakāra under the Vārttika शाकपार्थिवादीनां मध्यमपदलेापश्च Bh. Vṛ. II.1.60 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini).; cf also Kātantra vyākaraṇa Sūtra.II.6.30.
madhyepavādaa rule forming an exception to other general rules being placed between them, one or many of which are placed before and the others afterwards. Such a rule sets aside the previous rules and not the succeeding ones. The statement laying down this dictum is मध्येपवादाः पूर्वान् विधीन् बाधन्ते नोत्तरान् Paribhāṣenduśekhara of Nāgeśa.Pari. 60, also Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.VI.4.148 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 5.
mahābhāṣyaliterally the great commentary. The word is uniformly used by commentators and classical Sanskrit writers for the reputed commentary on Pāṇini's Sūtras and the Vārttikas thereon by Patañjali in the 2nd century B. C. The commentary is very scholarly yet very simple in style, and exhaustive although omitting a number of Pāṇini's rules. It is the first and oldest existing commentary on the Pāṇini's Aṣṭādhyāyī. of Pāṇini, and, in spite of some other commentaries and glosses and other compendia, written later on to explain the Sutras of Panini, it has remained supremely authoritative and furnishes the last and final word in all places of doubt: confer, compare the remarks इति भाष्ये स्थितम्, इत्युक्तं भाष्ये, इत्युक्तमाकरे et cetera, and others scattered here and there in several Vyaakarana treatises forming in fact, the patent words used by commentators when they finish any chain of arguments. Besides commenting on the Sutras of Paanini, Patanjali, the author, has raised many other grammatical issues and after discussing them fully and thoroughly, given his conclusions which have become the final dicta in those matters. The work, in short, has become an encyclopedic one and hence aptly called खनि or अकर. The work is spread over such a wide field of grammatical studies that not a single grammatical issue appears to have been left out. The author appears to have made a close study of the method and explanations of the SUtras of Paanini given at various academies all over the country and incorporated the gist of those studies given in the form of Varttikas at the various places, in his great work He has thoroughly scrutinized and commented upon the Vaarttikas many of which he has approved, some of which he has rejected, and a few of which he has supplementedition Besides the Vaarttikas which are referred to a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page., he has quoted stanzas which verily sum up the arguments in explanation of the difficult sUtras, composed by his predecessors. There is a good reason to believe that there were small glosses or commentaries on the SUtras of Paanini, written by learned teachers at the various academies, and the Vaarttikas formed in a way, a short pithy summary of those glosses or Vrttis. . The explanation of the word वृत्तौ साधु वार्तिकम् given by Kaiyata may be quoted in support of this point. Kaiyata has at one place even stated that the argument of the Bhaasyakaara is in consonance with that of Kuni, his predecessor. The work is divided into eighty five sections which are given the name of lesson or आह्लिक by the author, probably because they form the subject matter of one day's study each, if the student has already made a thorough study of the subject and is very sharp in intelligence. confer, compare अह्ला निर्वृत्तम् आह्लिकम्, (the explanation given by the commentatiors).Many commentary works were written on this magnum opus of Patanjali during the long period of twenty centuries upto this time under the names टीका, टिप्पणी, दीपिका, प्रकाशिका, व्याख्या, रत्नावली, स्पूर्ति, वृत्ति, प्रदीप, व्याख्यानं and the like, but only one of them the 'Pradipa' of कैयटीपाध्याय, is found complete. The learned commentary by Bhartrhari, written a few centuries before the Pradipa, is available only in a fragment and that too, in a manuscript form copied down from the original one from time to time by the scribes very carelessly. Two other commentaries which are comparatively modern, written by Naarayanasesa and Nilakantha are available but they are also incomplete and in a manuscript form. Possibly Kaiyatabhatta's Pradipa threw into the background the commentaries of his predecessors and no grammarian after Kaiyata dared write a commentary superior to Kaiyata's Pradipa or, if he began, he had to abandon his work in the middle. The commentary of Kaiyata is such a scholarly one and so written to the point that later commentators have almost identified the original Bhasya with the commentary Pradipa and many a time expressed the two words Bhasya and Kaiyata in the same breath as भाष्यकैयटयोः ( एतदुक्तम् or स्पष्टमेतत् ).
mahābhāṣyadīpikāa very learned old commentary on the Mahabhasya of Patanjali written by the reputed grammarian Bhartrhari or Hari in the seventh century A. D. The commentary has got only one manuscript preserved in Germany available at present, of which photostat copies or ordinary copies are found here and there. The first page of the manuscript is missing and it is incomplete also, the commentary not going beyond the first seven Aahnikas. For details see page 383 Vol. VII Vyaakarana Mahabhasya D. E. Society's edition.
mahābhāṣyapradīpaa very scholarly commentary on Patanjali's MahabhaSya written by Kaiyatabhatta in the eleventh century, The commentary has so nicely explained every difficult and obscure point in the Mahabhasya, and has so thoroughly explained each sentence that the remark of later grammarians that the torch of the Mahabhasya has been kept burning by the Pradipa appears quite apt and justifiedition Kaiyata's commentary has thrown much additional light on the original arguments and statements in the Mahabhasya. There is a learned commentary on the Pradipa written by Nagesabhatta which is named vivarana by the author but which is well known by the name 'Uddyota' among students and teachers of Vyakarana. For details see pp. 389, 390 Vol VII, Patanjala Mahabhasya, D. E. Society's Edition.
mahābhāṣyapradīpavivaraṇa(1)original name of the learned commentary on the 'Pradipa' of Kaiyata written by Nagesabhatta, a stalwart and epoch-making grammarian of the 18th century. The commentary is known popularly by the name 'Uddyota' or Pradipoddyota; (2) name of the commentary on Kaiyata's Pradipa by Nityaananda Parvatiya. The commentary is also known by the name दीपप्रभा.
mācākīyaan ancient writer of a Pratisakhya work, who is quoted in the Taittiriya Pratisakhya as one, holding the view that य and व् preceded by अ and followed by उ and ओ respectively, are dropped provided they stand at the beginning of a Pada ( word ). माचाकीय, who belonged to the Yajurveda school, is said to have held this view which is generally held by the followers of the Rgveda: confer, compare उकारौकारपरौ लुप्यते माचाकी यस्य(Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.X.29) on which the commentator adds वह्वृचानामयं पक्षः.
mātrā(1)measure, quantity ; cf भवति हि तत्र या च यावती च अर्थमात्रा Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.I.2.45 and II.1.1 ; (2) mora, prosodial unit of one instant id est, that is the length of time required to pronounce a short vowel: confer, compare भूयसी मात्रा इवर्णोवर्णयोः, अल्पीयसी अवर्णस्य, M.Bh. on I.1.48 Vart. 4: confer, compare मात्रा ह्रस्वस्ता वदवग्रहान्तरं, द्वे दीर्धः,तिस्रः प्लुत उच्यते स्वरः Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.)I.16: cf also Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) I.34, T.Pr.I.37, V.Pr.I.59, R.T.28 also cf अर्धमात्रालाघवेन पुत्रोत्सवं मन्यन्ते वैयाकरणाः Par. Sek. Pari. 132. The instant is taken to be equal to the throbbing of the eye, or a flash of lightning, or a note of a wood-cock.
mukhyamain, , principal, primary substantive as contrasted with a gualifying substantive;confer, compareगौणमुख्ययोमुख्ये कार्यसंप्रत्यय: Par. Sek. Pari. 15.
mugdhabodhaliterally instructions to the ignorant: a treatise on grammar similar to the Astadhyayi of Panini but much shorter, written by Bopadeva or Vopadeva an inhabitant of the greater Maharastra in the Vardha district, in the thirteenth century. After the fall of the Hindu rulers in Bengal, treatises like भाषावृत्ति and others written by eastern grammarians fell into the back-ground and their place was taken up by easier treatises written by Bopadeva and others.Many commentaries were written upon the Mugdhabodha, of which the Vidyanivsa is much known to grammarians
y(1)the consonant य् with अ added to it merely for the sake of facility in pronunciation; यकार is also used in the same sense: e. g. लिटि वयो यः: P.VI.1.38 confer, compare T.Pr.I: 17,21;(2) krt affix (यत्) prescribed as कृत्य or potential passive participle; exempli gratia, for exampleचेयम्, गेयम्, शाप्यम् , शक्यम् , गद्यम् , अजर्यम् पण्यम् et cetera, and others: confer, compare अचो यत्...अजर्यं संगतम् P.III. 1.97-105; (3) krt. affix क्यप् which is also an affix called krtya; e. gब्रह्मोद्यम् , भाव्यम्, घात्यम् , स्तुत्यम् , कल्प्यम् , खेयम् , भृत्यः:, भिद्यः, पुष्य:, कृत्यम्,also कार्यम् ; confer, compare P. III. 1.106-128:(4) krt affix ण्यत् ( which is also कृत्य ), e. g कार्यम् , हार्यम् , वाक्यम् , लाव्यम्, कुण्डपाय्यम्. et cetera, and others: cf P. III. 1.124-132: (5) taddhita affix. affix य affixed (a) in the sense of collection to पाश, वात et cetera, and others, as also to खल, गो and रथ, e. g. पाद्या, रथ्या et cetera, and others confer, compare P. IV. 2. 49, 50ः (b) in the चातुरर्थिक senses to बल, कुल, तुल et cetera, and others e. g. वल्यः,.कुल्यम् efeminine. P V.2. 80, (c) as a Saisika taddhita affix. affix to ग्राम्यहः' along with the affix खञ्ज e. g. ग्राम्यः, ग्रामीणः: cf P: IV. 2.94 (d) in the sense of 'good therein' ( तत्र साधुः ) and other stated senses affixed to सभा, सोदर पूर्व, and सोम: e. g. सभ्य:, पूर्व्यः; .et cetera, and others. confer, compare P. IV. 4.105, 109, 133, 137, 138: (e) in the sense of 'deserving it' to दण्ड and other words, e. g. दण्ड्य, अर्ध्र्य, मध्य, मेध्य, et cetera, and others: cf P. V. 1.66: ( f ) in the sense of quality or action to सखि e. g. सख्यम् ; cf P. V. 1.126: (6) taddhita affix. affix यत् applied to (a) राजन् श्वशुर, कुल, मनु in the sense of offspring, (b) शूल्, उखा, वायु, ऋतु and others, under certain conditions; confer, compare P. IV. 2.17, 31, 32, 101, (c) to अर्ध, परार्ध, words in the class headed by दि्श, छन्दस and others in specific senses; cf P. IV. 3-46, 54 et cetera, and others and (d) in specific senses to specific words mentioned here and there in a number of sUtras from IV.4, 75 to V.4.25; (e) to शाखा, मुख, जघन and others in the sense of इव (similar to) exempli gratia, for example शाख्यः, मुख्य:, et cetera, and others: confer, compare P. V. 3. 103; (7) case-ending य substituted for ङे of the dative sing; e. g. रामाय confer, compare P. VII. 3.102: (8) verb-affix यक् applied to the nouns कण्डू and others to make them ( denominative ) roots; e. g. कण्डूय,सन्तूय et cetera, and others confer, compare कण्ड्वादिभ्यो यक् P. III. 1.27 (9) | Vikarana य ( यक् ) applied to any root before the Saarvadhaatuka personal endings to form the base for the passive voice as also the base for the 'Karmakartari' voice e g क्रियते, भूयते, confer, compare सार्वधातुके यक् P. III. 1.67 (10) Unaadi affix य ( यक् ) applied to the root हृन् to form the Vedic word अघ्न्य: cf अघ्न्यादयश्च: ( 11 ) augment य ( यक् ) added to the affix क्त्वा in Vedic Literature: e. g. दत्त्वायः confer, compare क्त्वो यक् P. VII.1.47; (12) verb affix यङ् added to a root to form its Intensive base ( which sometimes is dropped ) and the root is doubledition e. g. चेक्रीयते,चर्करीति;. confer, compare P. III. 1.22,24; (13) short term ( प्रत्याहृार ) supposed to be beginning with य in the affix यइ in the sUtra धातेरेकाचो ... यङ् III. 1.22, and ending with ङ् in the sUtra लिड्याशिष्यङ्क III. 1.86, with a view to include the various verb affixes and conjugational signs.
yathānyāsaṃas it is actually put in the rule or a treatise by the author. The phrase is often used in the Mahaabhaasya when after a long discussion, involving further and further difficulties, the author reverts to the original stand and defends the writing of the sUtra as it stands. सिध्यत्येवमपाणिनीयं तु भवति or सूत्रं भिद्यते । तर्हि यथान्यासमेवास्तु is the usual expression found in the Mahaabhaasya; cf, M.Bh. I.1. Aahnika 1, I.1.1, 9, 20, 62, 65 et cetera, and others
yathodeśa( परिभाषा)a short phrase or term for the Paribhaasaa or guiding statement यथोद्देशं संज्ञापरिभाषम् 'technical terms and Paribhaasaas are to be interpreted at the place where they are stated, and not at the place or places of their application or utility'.
yama short term (प्रतयाहार) for the consonants which begin with य् (in हयवरट्) and end (in ञमङ्णनम्)before the mute म् i.e all semivowels, and fifth constants of the of the five classes; c.feminine.हलो यमां यमि लोप:Paan VIII.4.64
yara short term ( प्रत्याहृार ) for any consonant except ह् standing at the end of a word is optionally changed to the nasal consonant of its class if followed by a nasal letter; confer, compare यरोनुनासिकेनुनासिकेा वा P. VIII.4.45: and (2) is doubled if preceded by र् or ह् as also if preceded by a vowel but not followed by a vowel; exempli gratia, for example अर्क्कः, दद्धयत्र: confer, compare अन्वॊ रहाभ्यां द्वे; अनचिच P. VIII.4.46,47.
yājakādeia class of words headed by the words याजक, पूजक, परिचारक and others with which a word in the genitive case is compounded, in spite of the prohibition of compounds with such words, laid down by the rule कर्तरि च P. II. 2.16; exempli gratia, for exampleब्राह्मणयाजकः. ब्राह्मणपूजक: et cetera, and others: cf Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. II.2.9. These words, याजक and others standing as the second members of compounds have their last vowel accented acute;confer, compareP.VI . 2.151.
yugapadadhikaraṇavacanatādenotation of two or more things by one single member by virtue of their being put together in a dvandva compound of two or more words; the grammarians advocate this doctrine stating that in a dvandva compound such as घटपटौ or घटपटम् , the word घट has the capacity of expressing the sense of both घट and पट, which in a sentence घटः पटश्च, it does not possess. Similarly पट also has the capacity of conveying the sense of both पट and घट. Possibly this theory is advocated by grarnmarians, on the analogy of words like पितरौ or मातरौ for मातापितरौ, द्यावा for द्यावापृथिवी and so on; confer, compare सिद्धं तु युगपदधिकरणवचने द्वन्द्ववचनात् P. II 2.29 Vart. 2. For details see Vyakaranamahabhasya on चार्थे द्वन्द्वः P. II. 2.29.
yuṣmatpādconventional name given to the third pada of the fourth adhyaya of Paini's Astadhyayi which begins with the sutra युष्मदस्मदोरन्यतरस्यां खञ् च P. IV. 3.1.
yoga(1)a rule of grammar; the word योग in this sense is very fre-quently found used in the Mahabhasya; cf the frequent statements अयं येगः शक्योsकर्तुम् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.I.1. 6, 62, et cetera, and others or कान्यस्य योगस्य प्रयोजनानि Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I. 1.31 Vart. 6, I.1. 57 et cetera, and others; (2) grammatical connection; cf शास्त्रकृतो योगश्च Nirukta of Yāska.I.2: cf also षष्ठी स्थानेयेागा P.I.1.49.
yogavibhāgadivision of a rule which has been traditionally given as one single rule, into two for explaining the formation of certain words, which otherwise are likely to be stamped as ungrammatical formations. The writer of the Varttikas and the author of the Mahabhasya have very frequently taken recourse to this method of योगविभाग; confer, compare P.I.1.3 Vart. 8, I.1.17 Vart.1,I.1.61, Vart. 3; I. 4.59 Vart. 1, II. 4. 2. Vart.2, III.1.67 Vart. 5, III.4.2. Vart. 6, VI.I. I Vart. 5, VI.1.33 Vart.1 et cetera, and others Although this Yogavibhaga is not a happy method of removing difficulties and has to be followed as a last recourse, the Varttikakara has suggested it very often, and sometimes a sutra which is divided by the Varttikakara into two,has been recognised as a couple of sutras in the Sutrapatha which has come down to us at present.
r(1)second letter of the यण् class ( semi-vowels ) which has got the properties नादभागित्व, घोषवत्त्व,' संवृतत्व and अल्पप्राणता i. e. it is a sonant, inaspirate consonant. Regarding its स्थान or place of production, there is a difference of opinion : generally the consonant र् is looked upon as a cerebral or lingual letter (मूर्धन्य); cf ऋटुरषाणां मूर्धा, S.K.also Pāṇini. Siksa; but it is called by some as दन्त्य or दन्तमूलीय: cf रेफस्तु दस्त्ये दन्तमूले वा RT. 8, by others as दन्तमूलीय and and by still others as वर्स्त्य gingival. In the Vajasaneyi-Pratisakhya it is described as दन्तमूलीय: cf रो दन्तमूल I. 68, while in the Taittiriya Pratisakhya it is said to be produced by the touch of the middle part of the tip of the tongue just a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page. the root of the teeth;confer, compare रेफे जिह्वाग्रमध्येन प्रत्यग्दन्तमूलेभ्यः Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.II. 41; (2) substitute र् (रेफ ) for the final letter of the word अहन्, as also for the final of अम्रस्, ऊधस्, अवस् and भुवस् optionally with रु, which ( रु) is dropped before vowels, and changed to ओ before अ and soft consonants, while it is changed into visarga before hard consonants and surds.exempli gratia, for example अम्नरेव, अम्र एवः ऊधरेव, ऊधएव: confer, compare Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. VIII, 2-70: (3) the consonants र् (technically) called र् in Panini's grammar ) which is substituted for the consonant स् and for the consonant न् of the word अहन् when the consonant स् or न् stands at the end of a word. This substitute रु, unlike the substitute र् is liable to be changed into visarga, or the consonant य्, or the vowel उ by P. VIII.3.15, 17, VI.1.113, 114.
raktaliterally coloured id est, that iscoloured by nasalization: a term used by ancient grammarians for a nasaIized letter ( अनुनासिक ); cf रक्तसंज्ञो नुनासेकः R.Pr.r.17on which Uvvata comments :-अनुनासिको वणो . रक्त इत्युच्यते; also confer, compare अरक्तसंध्येत्यपवाद्यते पदं R. Pr, XI. 18, where unnasalized अा is stated as अरक्तसंधि and illustrated by the commentator by quoting the passage मन्द्रमावरेण्यम् as contrasted with अभ्र औ अषः ।
raktapādaconventional name given to the second pada of the fourth Adhyaya of Paini's Astadhyayi as the Pada begins with the Sutra तेन रक्तं रागात् P. IV. 2.1.
rājārāmaśāstrī( कार्लेकर )a reputed scholar of Sanskrit grammar who resided at Varanasi and established a school of Sanskrit Grammarians there in the nineteenth century. He wrote a treatise on grammar named शब्दव्युत्पत्तिकौमुदी.
rāmacandra(1)रामन्वन्द्राचार्य (son of कृष्णाचार्य) the well-known author of the Prakriyakaumudi. He belonged to the Sesa family and the latter half of the fifteenth century is assigned as his date. He is believed to have been a resident of Andhra. His work, the Prakriyakaumudi, was a popular grammar treatise for some time before Bhattoji's SiddhantaKaumudi got its hold, and it had a number of commentaries written upon it especially by his descendants and members of his family which became well-known as the Sesa family of grammarians. The Prakriyakaumudi is named कृष्णर्किकरप्राक्रिया also. (2) There was a grammarian named Ramacandra who wrote a small treatise on grammar named विदग्धबोध. (3) There was another grammarian of the same name who was a pupil of Nagesabhatta of the eighteenth century and who wrote a small commentary called वृतिसंग्रह on Panini's Astadhyayi. (4) There was also another Ramacandra who was a scholar of Vedic grammar and who wrote the commentary named ज्योत्स्ना on the Vjasaneyi-Pratisakhya.
rāmacandrabhaṭṭa tāreone of the senior pupils of Nagesabhatta who was a teacher of Vaidyanatha Payagunde. He wrote a small gloss on the Astadhyayi which is named पाणिनिसूत्रवृत्ति He lived in the first half of the eighteenth century and taught several pupils at Varnasi.
rāmadāsa(चक्रवर्ती )a follower of the Katantra school of grammar who wrote (l) चन्द्रिका, a commentary on Katantraparisista and ( 2 ) कातन्त्रव्याख्यासार
laghuśabdenduśekharaname of a commentary on Bhațțojī's Siddhāntakaumudī written by Nāgeśa Bhațța, the stalwart Grammarian of the eighteenth century. The work is named लघुशब्देन्दुशेखर which differentiates it from the author's another work बृहच्छब्देन्दुशेखर of which the former is an abridgment. As the study of the Laghuśabdenduśekhara is very common and as the Bŗhatśabdenduśekhara is seldom studied, it is always the Laghuśabdenduśekhara that is understood by the simple and popular name Śekhara.
lākṣaṇika(1)secondary; taken or understood in the secondary sense; (2) stated by a rule ( लक्षण ); confer, compare एवं तर्हि न लाक्षणिकस्य स्वरस्य प्रतिषेधं शिष्मः M.Bh. on P. I. 4.2 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 9.
lokavijñānause or understanding of a word current among the people; confer, compare अन्तरेणैव वचनं लोकविज्ञानात्सिद्धमेतत् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I.1.2I Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 5.
v(1)fourth letter of the class of consonants headed by य्, which are looked upon as semi-vowels; व् is a dental, soft, non-aspirate consonant pronounced as ब् in some provinces and written also sometimes like ब्, especially when it stands at the beginning of a word; (2) substitute for उ which is followed by a vowel excepting उ; e. g, मधु+अरि: = मध्वरि:; confer, compare इको यणचि P. VI. I. 77; (3) the consonant व्, which is sometimes uttered with very little effort when it is at the end of a word and followed by a vowel or a semivowel, or a fifth, fourth or third consonant or the consonant ह्. In such cases it is called लघूच्चारण; confer, compare यस्योच्चारणे जिह्वाग्रोपाग्रमध्यमूलानां शैथिल्यं जायते स लघूच्चारण: S. K. on P.VIII.3. 18;(4) solitary remnant of the affixes क्विप्,क्विन्, ण्वि and the like, when the other letters which are mute are dropped and the affix क्वप् or the like becomes a zero affix. This व् also is finally dropped; confer, compare वेरपृक्तस्य P. VI.1.67.
vaktavyathat which ought to be stated or prescribed; the word is frequently found used by the Varttikakāra when he suggests any addition to, or modification in Panini's rules. Sometimes,the word is added by the author of the Mahabhasya in the explanation of a Varttika after stating what is lacking in the Varttika.
vacana(1)literally statement; an authoritative statement made by the authors of the Sutras and the Varttikas as also of the Mahabhasya; confer, compare अस्ति ह्यन्यदेतस्य वचने प्रयोजनम् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on Siva Sutra 1 Vart. 1 The word is also used predicatively in the sense of वक्तव्यम् by the Varttikakara; confer, compare ऌति ऌ वावचनम् , ऋति ऋ वावचनम् ; (2) number, such as एकवचन, द्विवचन, बहुवचन et cetera, and others; confer, compare वचनमेकत्वद्वित्वबहुत्वानि Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana.on P.I.2.51 ; cf लुपि युक्तिवद् व्यक्तिवचने | लुकि अभिधेयवल्लिङ्गवचनानि भवन्ति। लवणः सूपः। लवणा यवागू:। M.Bh.on P.I. 2.57; (3) expressive word; confer, compare गुणवचनब्राह्मणादिभ्यः कर्मणि च P. V.1.124 where the Kasika explains the word गुणवचन as गुणमुक्तवन्तो गुणवचनाः; confer, compare also the terms गुणवचन, जातिवचन, क्रियावचन et cetera, and others as classes of words; confer, compare also अभिज्ञावचने लृट् P.III.2.112; (4) that which is uttered; confer, compare मुखनासिकावचनोनुनासिक:। मुखसहिता नासिका मुखनासिका । तया य उच्चार्यते असौ वर्ण: Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. I.1.8.
vatinirdeśaspecific statement by putting the word वत् for the sake of extended application ( अतिदेश ) ; exempli gratia, for example ब्राह्मणवदधीते: confer, compare स तर्हि वतिनिदेश: कर्तव्यः । न ह्यन्तरेण वतिमातदेशो गम्यते । M.Bh.on P. I.1.23 Vart. 4.
vararuci(1)a reputed ancient grammarian who is identified with Katyayana, the prominent author of the Varttikas on the Sutras of Panini. Both the names वररुचि and कात्यायन are mentioned in commentary works in connection with the Varttikas on the Sutras of Panini, and it is very likely that Vararuci was the individual name of the scholar, and Katyayana his family name. The words कात्य and कात्यायन are found used in Slokavarttikas in the Mahabhasya on P.III.2.3 and III.2.118 where references made are actually found in the prose Varttikas (see कविधेो सर्वत्र प्रसारणिभ्यो ड: P.III. 2. 3 Vart and स्मपुरा भूतमात्रे न स्मपुराद्यतने P.III.2.118 Vart. 1)indicating that the Slokavarttikakara believed that the Varttikas were composed by Katyayana. There is no reference at all in the Mahabhasya to Vararuci as a writer of the Varttikas; there is only one reference which shows that there was a scholar by name Vararuci known to Patanjali, but he was a poet; confer, compare वाररुचं काव्यं in the sense of 'composed' ( कृत and not प्रोक्त ) by वररुचि M.Bh. on P. IV. 2.4. ( 2 ) वररुचि is also mentioned as the author of the Prakrta Grammar known by the name प्राकृतप्रकाश or प्राकृतमञ्जरी, This वररुचि, who also was कात्यायन by Gotra name, was a grammarian later than Patanjali, who has been associated with Sarvvarman, (the author of the first three Adhyayas of the Katantra Sutras), as the author of the fourth Adhyaya. Patanjali does not associate वररुचि with Kityayana at alI. His mention of वररुचि as a writer of a Kavya is a sufficient testimony for that. Hence, it appears probable that Katyayana, to whom the authorship of the Vajasaneyi Pratisakhya and many other works allied with Veda has been attributed, was not associated with Vararuci by Patanjali, and it is only the later writers who identified the grammarian Vararuci,who composed the fourth Adhyaya of the Katantra Grammar and wrote a Prakrit Grammar and some other grammar' works, with the ancient revered Katyayana, the author of Varttikas, the Vijasaneyi Pratisakhya and the Puspasutra; (3) There was a comparatively modern grammariannamed वररुचि who wrote a small treatise on genders of words consisting of about 125 stanzas with a commentary named Lingavrtti, possibly written by the author himselfeminine. (4) There was also another modern grammarian by name वररुचि who wrote a work on syntax named प्रयोगमुखमण्डन discuss^ ing the four topics कारक, समास, तद्धित and कृदन्त.
vargyādia class of words headed by the word वर्ग्य which have their initial vowel accented acute when they stand as second members of a tatpurusa compound other than the karmadharaya type of it; e. g. वासुदेववर्ग्य:, अर्जुनपक्ष्यः; cf Kas: on P, VI. 2,131. '
varṇārthavattvathe theory or view that individual letters are severally possessed of different senses. For instance, the difference in the meanings of the words कूप, यूप, and सृप is due to the difference in their initial letter. The theory is not acceptable to the Vaiyakaranas nor the theory वर्णानर्थवत्व given a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.. They follow the theory of संघातार्थवत्त्व i. e. sense given by a group of words together. See M.Bh, on Siva Sutra 5, Varttikas 9 to 15.
varṇaukadeśaa part or a portion of a combined letter id est, that isसंयुक्तस्वर or संयुक्तव्यञ्जन. The diphthongs or संयुक्तस्वरs are divisible into two Svaras, for instance ऐ into अा and ए, औ into अा and ओ. Similarly double consonants like क्कू, च्च्, क्म्, क्त् et cetera, and others are also divisible. Regarding the point raised whether the individual parts can be looked upon as separate letters for undergoing or causing a grammatical operation,the decision of the grammarians is that they cannot be looked upon as separate, when they are completely mixed as the dipthongs; confer, compareनाक्यपवृक्तस्यावयवस्य तद्वधिर्यथा द्रव्येषु Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on Siva Sutra 3, 4 Vart. 6.
vākyaa sentence giving an idea in a single unit of expression consisting of the verb with its karakas or instruments and adverbs; confer, compareअाख्यातं साब्ययं सकारकं सकारकविशेषणं वाक्यसंज्ञं भवतीति वक्तव्यम् | साव्ययम् | उच्चैः पठति | सकारकम् | ओदनं पचति | Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. II. 1.1. Vart. 10. Regarding the different theoretical ways of the interpretation of a sentence see the word शाब्दबोध. For details, see वाक्यपदीय II. 2 where the different definitions of वाक्य are given and the अखण्डवाक्यस्फोट is established as the sense of a sentence.
vākyakāraa term used for a writer who composes a work in pithy, brief assertions in the manner of sutras, such as the Varttikas. The term is found used in Bhartrhari's Mahabhasyadipika where by contrast with the term Bhasyakara it possibly refers to the varttikakara Katyayana; confer, compare एषा भाष्यकारस्य कल्पना न वाक्यकारस्य Bhartrhari Mahabhasyadipika. confer, compare also Nagesa's statement वाक्यकारो वार्तिकरमारभते: confer, compare also चुलुम्पादयो वाक्यकारीया ; Madhaviya Dhatuvrtti.
vākyapadīname of a work on the denotation of words in verse-form with a comentary of his own written by a grammarian named गङ्गादास. The name वाक्यपदी is confounded with वाक्यपदीय of Bhartrhari through mistake.
vācanikaexpressly cited by a वचन or a statement of the authors of the Sutra, the Varttika and the Mahabhasya, as contrasted with what naturally occurs or is inferred from their statements; confer, compare नेदं वाचनिकसलिङ्गता असंख्यता च ( अव्ययानाम् ) ( स्वाभाविकमेतत् M.Bh. on P.I. 1.38 Vart. 5 and P. II.2.6, confer, compare also M.Bh. on P.I.2.64 Vart. 53.
vācya(1)directly expressed (sense) as contrasted with व्यङ्ग्य or ध्वनित: confer, compare शब्देनार्थान् वाच्यान् दृष्ट्वा बुद्धौ कुर्यात्पौर्वापर्यम् | M.Bh. on P. I.4.109 Vart. 10; (2) which should be stated or which deserves to be stated, The word वाच्य is generally put in connection with the additions or corrections to the sutras by the Varttikakara and the Mahbhasyakara in their explanations: confer, compare तत्रैतावद्वाच्यम्, M.Bh. on P. I.4.1 ; confer, compare also वाच्य ऊर्णोर्णुवद्भावःM.Bh. on P. III.1. 22 Vart. 3; III. I. 36 Vart. 6.
vājapyāyanaan ancient grammarian who holds the view that words denote always the jati i.e they always convey the generic sense and that the individual object or the case is understood in connection with the statement or the word,as a natural course,when the purpose is not served by taking the generic sense; confer, compare अाकृत्यभिधानाद्वा एकं शब्दं विभक्तौ वाजप्यायन अाचार्यो न्याय्यं मन्यते Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I.2.64 Vart. 35.
vātsapraan ancient writer of Pratisakhya works who believed in the very feeble utterance ( लघुप्रयत्नतर ) of the consonants य and व, when preceded by अ and standing at the end of a word. See लघुप्रयत्न.
vārttikaa statement which is as much authoritative as the original statement to which it is given as an addition for purposes of correction, completion or explanation. The word is defined by old writers in an often-guoted verseउक्तानुक्तदुरुक्तनां चिन्ता यत्र प्रवर्तते | तं ग्रन्थं वार्तिकं प्राहुर्वार्तिकज्ञा मनीषिण:|This definition fully applies to the varttikas on the Sutras of Panini. The word is explained by Kaiyata as वृत्तौ साधु वार्त्तिकम् which gives strength to the supposition that there were glosses on the Sutras of Panini of which the Varttikas formed a faithful pithy summary of the topics discussedition The word varttika is used in the Mahabhasya at two places only हन्तेः पूर्वविप्रविषेधो वार्तिकेनैव ज्ञापित: M.Bh. on P.III. 4.37 and अपर आह् यद्वार्त्तिक इति M.Bh. on P. II.2.24 Vart. 18. In अपर अहृ यद्वार्त्तिक इति the word is contrasted with the word वृत्तिसूत्र which means the original Sutra (of Panini ) which has been actuaIly quoted, viz. संख्ययाव्ययासन्नाo II.2. 25. Nagesa gives ' सूत्रे अनुक्तदुरुक्तचिन्ताकरत्वं वार्तिक्रत्वम् as the definition of a Varttika which refers only to two out of the three features of the Varttikas stated a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.. If the word उक्त has been omitted with a purpose by Nagesa, the definition may well-nigh lead to support the view that the genuine Varttikapatha of Katyayana consisted of a smaller number of Varttikas which along with a large number of Varttikas of other writers are quoted in the Mahabhasya, without specific names of writers, For details see pages 193-223 Vol. VII Patanjala Mahabhasya, D.E, Society's Edition.
vārttikakārabelieved to be Katyayana to whom the whole bulk of the Varttikas quoted in the Mahabhasya is attributed by later grammarians. Patafijali gives the word वार्तिककार in four places only (in the Mahabhasya on P.I.1.34, III.1.44: III.2.118 and VII.1.1) out of which his statement स्यादिविधिः पुरान्तः यद्यविशेषणं भवति किं वार्तिककारः प्रातिषेधेनं करोति in explanation of the Slokavarttika स्यादिविधिः...इति हुवता कात्यायनेनेहृ, shows that Patanjali gives कात्यायन as the Varttikakara (of Varttikas in small prose statements) and the Slokavarttika is not composed by Katyayana. As assertions similar to those made by other writers are quoted with the names of their authors ( भारद्वाजीयाः, सौनागाः, कोष्ट्रियाः et cetera, and others) in the Mahabhasya, it is evident that the Varttikas quoted in the Mahabhasya(even excluding the Slokavarttikas) did not all belong to Katyayana. For details see pp. 193-200, Vol. VII, Vyakarana Mahabhasya, D. E. Society's Edition.
vārtikapāṭhathe text of the Varttikas as traditionally handed over in the oral recital or in manuscripts As observed a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.(see वार्त्तिक),although a large number of Varttikas quoted in the Mahabhasya are ascribed to Katyayana, the genuine Varttikapatha giving such Varttikas only, as were definitely composed by him, has not been preserved and Nagesa has actually gone to the length of making a statement like " वार्तिकपाठ: भ्रष्टः" ; confer, compare . Mahābhāṣya-Pradīpoddyota by Nāgeśa.on P.I.l.I2 Varttika 6.
vārtikavacanaa small pithy statement or assertion in the manner of the original sutras which is held as much authoritative as the Sutra: cf न ब्रुमो वृत्तिसूत्रवचनप्रामाण्यादिति | किं तर्हि | वार्तिकवचनप्रामाण्यादिति [ M.Bh. on P.II..1.1 Varttika 23.
vārttikasiddhāntacategorical conclusive statements made by the Varttikakara many of which were cited later on as Paribhasas by later writers For details see pp. 212220 Vol. VII, Vyakarana Mahbhasya, D. E. Society's edition.
vikalpachoice or option re : the application of a rule as stated by the word वा, विभाषा, अन्यतरस्याम् or the like: confer, compareनेति प्रतिषेधो वेति विकल्प: तयो: प्रतिषेधविकल्पयोः ' विभाषा ' इति संज्ञा भवति , विभाषाप्रकरणे प्रतिपेधविकल्पो उपतिष्ठते । तत्र प्रतिपेधेन समीकृते विषये प्रश्चद्विकल्पः प्रवर्तते Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P, I. 1 44.
vikrama(1)name given to a grave vowel placed between two circumflex vowels, or between a circumflex and an acute, or between an acute and a circumflex; confer, compare स्वरितयोर्मध्ये यत्र नीचं स्यात्, उदात्तयोर्वा अन्यतरतो वा उदात्तस्वरितयोः स विक्रम: T.Pr. XIX.I ; (2) name given to a grave vowel between a pracaya vowel and an acute or a circumflex vowel: confer, compare प्रचयपूर्वश्च कौण्डिन्यस्य T.Pr.XIX.2: (8) repetition of a word or पद as in the Krama recital of the Veda words; (4) name given to a visarjaniya which has remained intact, as for instance in यः प्रणतो निमिषतः ; confer, compare R.Pr. I.5; VI.1 ; the word विक्रम is sometimes used in the sense of visarjaniya in general: cf also अनिङ्गयन् विक्रममेषु कुर्यात् R.Pr. XIII.11.
vigṛhītashown by separating the combined elements, for instance, the two or more words in a compound or, the base or affix from a word which is a combination of the base ( प्रकृति ) and the affix (प्रत्ययः); confer, compare तदेव सूत्रं विगृहीतं व्याख्यानं भवति M.Bh. on I.1. Ahnika 1, Vart. 11, 14; also confer, compare अवारपाराद् विगृहीतादपि P. IV.2. 93 Vart.1.
vijñānaspecific knowledge or understanding: confer, compare सिद्धं तु धर्मोपदेशने अनवयवविज्ञानाद्यथा लौकिकवैदिकेषु: Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. VI.1. 84 Vart.5.
vijñeyaa matter of special understanding; the phrase अवश्यं चैतद्विज्ञेयम् very frequently occurs in the Mahabhasya; cf M.Bh. on P.I.1.1, 3, 5, 22, I.2.47, 48, 64, I.4.23 et cetera, and others
vidhāna(1)prescription, statement; cf लोपे हि ( प्रत्ययलक्षण-) विधानम् P.I. I. 62 Vart. 3; confer, compare also तत्र वृद्धिविधानम्. P. VI. 1.85 Vart. 16; (2) instrument or cause of an activity; confer, compare विधिविधानावधिभाजां त्रयाणां संनिधाने तदन्तविधेिर्भवति Siradeva Pari. 13.
vidhi(1)a prescriptive rule ; confer, compare तत्र अपूर्वो विधिरस्तु नियमोस्तु इत्यपूर्वं एव विधिर्भधेिप्यति न नियम: M.Bh.on P.I.4.3; ct also समर्थः पदविधिः । विपूर्वाद्वाञ: कर्मसाधन इकार: विधीयते विधेरिति M.Bh.on P.II. 1.1: (2) prescription, statement; injunction; confer, compare अस्ति भावसाधन: । विधानं वेिधि: | M.Bh. on P. I. 1. 57.
vidhivākyaan injunctive statement or sentence.
vidheyakavākyatāforming one single statement or idea with the prescriptive statement: union with the prescriptive rule so as to form one rule with it. The term is used in connection with प्रतिषेध or prohibitive assertions which have to be explained in combination with the prescriptive sentences or vidhivakyas; confer, compare निषेधवाक्यानामपि निषेध्यविशेषाकाङ्क्षत्वाद्विध्येकवाक्यतयैवान्वयः Par. Sek. on Pari. 2, 3.
viprakarṣadistance, standing at a distance; confer, compare न च कालनक्षत्रयोः संनिकर्षविप्रकर्षौ स्त: M.Bh. on P.IV.2.8.
viprakṛṣṭaremote; at a distance,with a word or two intervening: confer, compare संनिकृष्टविप्रकृष्टयेाः संनिकृष्टस्य । given like a Paribhāṣā-Sūtra V.Pr.I.144.
vipratiṣiddhastanding in conflict; conflicting contradictory; confer, compare परस्परविरुद्धं विप्रतिषिद्धम् Kāś. on P. II.4.13.
vipratiṣedhaconfict, opposition; opposition or conflict between two rules of equal strength, which become applicable simultaneously when Pāṇini's dictum विप्रतिषेधे परं कार्यम् applies and the rule mentioned later on, or subsequently, in the Pāṇini's Aṣṭādhyāyī. is allowed to apply: confer, compare विप्रतिषेधे परं कार्यम् P.I.4.2: confer, compare also यत्र द्वौ प्रसङ्गौ अन्यार्थौ एकस्मिन्युगपत् प्राप्नुतः स तुल्यबलविरोधी विप्रतिषेध: Kāś. on P.I. 4.2: confer, compare also विप्रतिषेध उत्तरं बलवदलोपे Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.I.159. The dictum of the application of the subsequent rule is adopted only if the conflicting rules are of equal strength; hence, rules which are either nitya, antaraṅga or apavāda, among which each subsequent one is more powerful than the preceding one and which are all more powerful than the पर or the subsequent rule, set aside the पर rule. There is another dictum that when by the dictum about the subsequent rule being more powerful, an earlier rule is set aside by a later rule, the earlier rule does not apply again in that instance, barring a few exccptional cases; confer, compare सकृद्गतौ विप्रतिषेधे यद् वाधितं तद् बाधितमेव | पुनःप्रसङ्गविज्ञानात् सिद्वम् Paribhāṣenduśekhara of Nāgeśa. Pari. 40, 39.
vibhajyānvākhyānaa method of forming a word, or of arriving at the complete form of a word by putting all the constituent elements of the word such as the base, the affix, the augment, the modification, the . accent, et cetera, and others one after another and then arriving at the form instead of completing the formation stage by stage; e. g. in arriving at the form स्नौघ्नि the wording स्नौघ्न + अ +ई is to be considered as it stands and not स्नौघ्न + अ = स्नौघ्न and then स्नौघ्न +ई. The विभज्यान्वाख्यानपक्ष in connection with the formation of a word corresponds to the पदसंस्कारपक्ष in connection with the formation of a sentence.
vibhāga(1)lit, division, splitting; the splitting of a sentence into its constituent parts viz. the words; , the splitting of a word into its constituent parts viz. the base, the affix, the augments and the like: (2) understanding or taking a thing separately from a group of two or more; confer, compareअवश्यं खल्वपि विभज्योपपदग्रहणं कर्तव्यं यो हि बहूनां विभागस्तदर्थम् ! सांकाश्यकेभ्यश्च पाटलिपुत्रकेभ्यश्च माथुरा अभिरूपतराः, Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.V.3.57: (3) splitting of a Saṁhitā text of the Vedas into the Pada text: confer, compare अथादावुत्तरे विभागे ह्रस्वं व्यञ्जनपरः Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.III.l, where विभाग is explained as पदविभाग by the commentator confer, compare also R.Pr.XVII.15; (4) the capacity of the Kārakas (to show the sense) confer, compare कारकशक्तिः विभागः Kāśikāvivaraṇapañjikā, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Jinendrabuddhi, called Nyāsa. on Kāś.I.2.44.
vibhāṣita(1)stated or enjoined optionally; cf मेध्यः पशुर्विभाषितः । आलब्धव्यो नालब्धव्य इति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I.1.44 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 15; cf also मन्ये धातुर्विभाषितः । Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.III.1.27 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini).4: (2) roots taking personal affixes of both the Padas.
vimokṣaliberation of the last letter (especially a class consonant) of a word from phonetic modifications by coalescence with the initial letter of the following word, or liberation of modification of a consonant or vowel standing at the end of a verse or sometimes even in the middle of a verse: exempli gratia, for example तत् नो मित्रः,सम् यौमि, संमधुमतीर्मधुमतीभिः पृच्यन्ताम् शुक्रं दुदुह्रे अह्नय; confer, compare V. Pr.I.90,91.
virāmaan ancient term used in the Prātiśākhya works for a stop or : pause in general at the end of a word, or at the end of the first member of a compound, which is shown split up in the Padapāṭha, or inside a word, or at the end of a word, or at the end of a vowel when it is followed by another vowel. The duration of this virāma is different in different circumstances; but sometimes under the same circumstances, it is described differently in the different Prātiśākhyas. Generally,there is no pause between two consonants as also between a vowel and a consonant preceding or following it.The Taittirīya Prātiśākhya has given four kinds of विराम (a) ऋग्विराम,pause at the end of a foot or a verse of duration equal to three mātrās or moras, (b) पदविराम pause between two words of duration equal to two matras; e. g. इषे त्वा ऊर्जे त्वा, (c) pause between two words the preceding one of which ends in a vowel and the following begins with a vowel, the vowels being not euphonically combined; this pause has a duration of one matra e,g. स इधान:, त एनम् , (d) pause between two vowels inside a word which is a rare occurrence; this has a duration of half a mātrā;e.gप्रउगम्, तितउः; confer, compare ऋग्विरामः पदविरामो विवृत्तिविरामः समानपदविवृत्तिविरामस्त्रिमात्रो द्विमात्र एकमात्रोर्धमात्र इत्यानुपूर्व्येण Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.XXII. 13. The word विवृत्ति is explained as स्वरयोरसंधिः. The vivṛttivirāma is further divided into वत्सानुसति which has the preceding vowel short and the succeeding long, वत्सानुसारिणी which has the preceding vowel a long one and the succeeding vowel a short one, पाकवती which has both the vowels short, and पिपीलिका which has got both , the vowels long. This fourfold division is given in the Śikṣā where their duration is given as one mātrā, one mātrā, three-fourths of a mātrā and one-fourth of a mātrā respectively. The duration between the two words of a compound word when split up in the पदपाठ is also equal to one mātrā; confer, compare R.Pr.I.16. The word विराम occurs in Pāṇini's rule विरामोs वसानम् P.I. 4.110 where commentators have explained it as absence; confer, compare वर्णानामभावोवसानसंज्ञः स्यात् S.K.on P. I.4.110: confer, compare also विरतिर्विरामः । विरम्यते अनेन इति वा विरामः Kāś. on P.I.4.110. According to Kāśikā even in the Saṁhitā text, there is a duration of half a mātrā between the various phonetic elements, even between two consonants or between a vowel and a consonant, which, however, is quite imperceptible; confer, compare परो यः संनिकर्षो वर्णानां अर्धमात्राकालव्यवधानं स संहितासंज्ञो भवति Kāś. on P. I.4.109 confer, compare also विरामे मात्रा R.T.35; confer, compare also R.Pr.I.16 and 17. For details see Mahābhāṣya on P.I.4.109 and I.4.110.
viliṅga(1)a substantive which is declined in all the three genders confer, compare Hemacandra III. 1.142: (2) of a different gender (although in the same case); confer, compare विलिङ्ग हि भवान् लोके निर्देशे करोति M.Bh. on P. I. 1.44 Vārt 5.
viśeṣapratipattia clear understanding, or a determined sense in a place of doubt: confer, compare व्याख्यानतो विशेषप्रतिपत्तिर्नहि संदेहादलक्षणम् Paribhāṣenduśekhara of Nāgeśa. Pari. 1; also M.Bh. in Āhnika 1.
viśeṣyaubstantive, as opposed to विशेषण adjective or qualifying; confer, compare भेदकं विशेषणम्,भेद्यं विशेष्यम् Kāś. on P. II.1.57: confer, compare also विशेषणविशेष्यभावो विवक्षानिबन्धन: Kāś. on P.II.1.36.
vṛtti(1)treatment, practice of pronunciation; (2) conversion of one phonetic element into another; confer, compare R.Pr.I.95;(3) position of the padas or words as they stand in the Saṁhhitā text, the word is often seen used in this way in the compound word पदवृत्ति; आन्पदा: पदवृत्तयः R.Pr. IV.17: (4) modes of recital of the Vedic text which are described to be three द्रुत, मध्य and विलम्बित based upon the time of the interval and the pronunciation which differs in each one; confer, compare Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I.4. 109, Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 4; also I.l.69 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini).ll ; ( 5 ) nature confer, compare गुर्वक्षराणां गुरुवृत्ति सर्वम् R.Pr.XVIII.33; (6) interpretation of a word; (7) verbal or nominal form of a root; confer, compare अर्थनित्यः परीक्षेत केनचिद् वृत्तिसामान्येन Nirukta of Yāska.II.1; (8)mode or treatment followed by a scientific treatise; cf का पुनर्वृत्तिः । वृत्तिः शास्त्रप्रवृत्तिः | M.Bh. in Āhnika l on वृत्तिसमवायार्थ उपदेश: Vārttika 10; (9) manner of interpretation with the literal sense of the constituents present or absent, described usually as two-fold जहत्स्वार्था and अजहत्स्वार्था, | but with a third kind added by some grammarians viz. the जहदजहत्स्वार्था; (10) a compound word giving an aggregate sense different from the exact literal sense of the constituent words; there are mentioned five vṛittis of this kind; confer, compare परार्थाभिधानं वृत्तिः । कृत्तद्धितसमासैकदेशधातुरूपाः पञ्च वृत्तयः | वृत्त्यर्थावबोधकं वाक्यं विग्रहः S. K. at the end of the Ekaśeṣaprakaraṇa; ( 11 ) interpretation of a collection of statements; the word was originally applied to glosses or comments on the ancient works like the Sūtra works, in which the interpretation of the text was given with examples and counterexamples where necessary: confer, compare वृत्तौ भाष्ये तथा नामधातुपारायणादिषु; introductory stanza in the Kāśikā.Later on, when many commentary works were written,the word वृत्ति was diferentiated from भाष्य, वार्तिक, टीका,चूर्णि, निर्युक्ति, टिप्पणी, पञ्जिका and others, and made applicable to commentary works concerned with the explanation of the rules with examples and counter-examples and such statements or arguments as were necessary for the explanation of the rules or the examples and counter examples. In the Vyākaraṇa-Śāstra the word occurs almost exclusively used for the learned Vṛtti on Pāṇini-sūtras by Vāmana and Jayāditya which was given the name Kāśikā Vṛtti; confer, compare तथा च वृत्तिकृत् often occurring in works on Pāṇini's grammar.
vṛtisaṃgrahaname of a gloss on Panini's Astadhyayi written by Ramacandra.
vṛttisamavāyaserial arrangement of letters in a specific way ( as for instance in the Mahesvara Sutras) for the sake of grammatical functions; confer, compare वृत्तिसमवायार्थं उपदेशः | वृत्तिः शास्त्रप्रवृत्तिः। समवायॊ वर्णानामानुपूर्व्येण सांनवेशः Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on Ahnika I.
vṛttisūtraa rule forming the basis of a vrtti, i. e. a rule on which glosses are written, as contrasted with वार्तिकसूत्र or वार्तिक a pithy Sutralike statement composed as an addition or a modification of the original Sutra; confer, compare केचित्तावदाहुर्यद् वृत्तिसूत्रे इति | संख्ययाव्ययासन्नादूराधिकसंख्यां: संख्येये ( P. II. 2.25 ) इति | M, Bh. on P. II. 2. 24,
vṛddhipādaname given to the first pada of Panini's Astadhyayi by grammarians, as the beginning of the pada is made by the Sutra वृद्धिरादैच्.
vaikṛtaliterally subjected to modifications; which have undergone a change; the term, as contrasted with प्राकृत, refers to letters which are noticed in the Samhitpatha and not in the Padapatha. The change of अस् into ओ, or of the consonant त् into द् before soft letters, as also the insertion of त् between त् and स् et cetera, and others are given as instances. confer, compare वैकृताः ये पदपाठे अदृष्टाः | यथा प्रथमास्तृतीयभूता:, अन्त:पाता: इत्येवमादयः
vaidyanāthaVaidyanatha Payagunde, a famous grammarian of the eighteenth century, who was one of the chief pupils of Nagesa and who prepared a line of pupils at Varanasi. He has written learned commentaries on standard works on grammar, the principal ones being the Prabha on the Sabdakaustubha, the Bhavaprakasika on the Brhaccabdendusekhara, the Cidasthimala on the LaghuSabdendusekhara, the Kasika or Gada on the Paribhasendusekhara and an independent short treatise named Rapratyaya-khandana
vaiyākaraṇabhūṣaṇaa well-known work on the grammatical interpretation of words written by Kondabhatta as an explanatory work (व्याख्यान) on the small work in verse consisting of only 72 Karikas written by his uncle Bhattoji Diksita. The treatise is also named Brihadvaiyakaranabhusana. A smaller work consisting of the same subjectmatter but omitting discussions, is written by the author for facilitating the understanding of students to which he has given the name Vaiyakarahabhusanasara. This latter work has got three commentary works written on it named Kasika, Kanti and Matonmajja and one more scholarly one Sankari, recently written by Shankar Shastri Marulkar.
vaiyākaraṇasiddhāntakaimudīan extremely popular work on the subject of Sanskrit grammar written for the use of students, which, although difficult at a few places, enables the students by its careful study to get a command over the subject. and enable him to read other higher works on grammar. The work is based on the Astadhyayi of Panini without omitting a single Sutra. The arrangement of the Sutras is, entirely different, as the author, for the sake of facility in understanding, has divided the work into different topics and explained the Sutras required for the topic by bringing them together in the topic. The main topics or Prakaranas are twelve in number, viz. (1) संज्ञापरिभाषा, (2) पञ्चसंधि, (3) सुबन्त or षड्लिङ्ग, (4) स्त्रीप्रत्यय, (5) कारक, (6) समास, (7) तद्धित, (8) तिङन्त, (9) प्रक्रिया, (10) कृदन्त, (11) वैदिकी and (12) स्वर which are sometimes styled as व्याकरणद्वादशी. The work is generally known by the term सिद्धान्तकौमुदी, or even कौमुदी, and it has got a large number of scholarly and ordinary commentaries as also commentaries on commentaries, all numbering a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page. twelve, and two abridgments the Madhyakaumudi and the Laghukaumudi. The work was written by the reputed scholar Bhattoji Diksita of Varanasi in the seventeenth century. See Bhattoji Diksita.
vyakti(1)literallydistinct manifestation, as for instance that of the generic features in the individual object; confer, compareसामान्ये वर्तमानस्य व्याक्तिरुपजायत, M.Bh. on P.I.1,57; (2) gender, which in fact, is the symbol of the manifestation of the generic property in the individual object; confer, compareहरीतक्यादिषु व्यक्ति: P.I.2.52 Vart. 3, as also लुपि युक्तवद् व्यक्तिवचने P. I.2.5I: (3) individual object; confer, compare व्यक्तिः पदार्थ:.
vyañjanaa consonant; that which manifests itself in the presence of a vowel, being incapable of standing alone; confer, compareन पुनरन्तरेणाचं व्यञ्जनस्यॊच्चारणमपि भवति। अन्वर्थे खल्वपि निर्वचनम् । स्वयं राजन्ते स्वराः। अन्वक् भवति व्यञ्जनम् l M.Bh.on I.2.30; confer, compare also अथवा गतिरपि व्यञ्जेरर्थ: । विविधं गच्छत्यजुपरागवशादिति व्यञ्जनम् | उपरागश्च पूर्वपराच्संनिधानेपि परेणाचा भवति न पूर्वेण | Kaiyata on P. I. 2. 30; confer, compare व्यञ्जनं स्वराङ्गम् T.Pr.I.6; confer, compare also व्यञ्जनसमुदायस्तु स्वरसंनिहित एव अक्षरं भवति। Uvvata Bhasya on V. Pr.. III.45.
vyatikara(1)confusion of one numberaffix for another number-affix (वचन), as noticed in the statements. e. g. अक्षीणि मे दर्शनीयानि; पादा मे सुकुमारंतरा: Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.I. 4. 21; (2) any confusion, say confusion of one grammatical element for another; confer, compare हृि: परस्मैपदानां यथा स्यात्, स्व आत्मनेपदानां, व्यतिकरो मा भूत् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. III.4.1 Vart, 2.
vyapadeśivadvacanastatement of Vyapadesivadbhava : confer, compare तत्र व्यपदेशिवद्वचनम् -एकाचो द्वे प्रथमार्थं षत्वे चादेशसंप्रत्ययार्थम् । Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on VIII.3.59 Vart. 7.
vyartha(l)useless, serving no purpose, superfluous; the word is usually used in the sense of useless or futile in connection with a rule or its part, which serves no purpose, its purpose or object being served otherwise; such words or rules have never been condemned as futile by commentators, but an attempt is made invariably by them to deduce something from the futile wording and show its necessity; confer, compare व्यर्थे सज्ज्ञापयति a remark which is often found in the commentary literature; confer, compare अन्यथा अन्तरङ्गत्वाद्दीर्घे कृत एव प्रत्ययप्राप्त्या तद्यर्थता स्पष्टैव । Par. Sek. Pari. 56; (2) possessed of various senses such as the words अक्षा: माषा: et cetera, and others: confer, compare व्यर्थेषु च मुक्तसंशयम् । M.Bh.on P.I.2.64 Vart. 52. The word व्यर्थ possibly stands for विविधार्थ in such cases. It appears that the word व्यर्थ in the sense of futile was rarely used by ancient grammarians; the word अनर्थक appears to have been used in its placcusative case. See Mahabhasya in which the word व्यर्थ does not occur in this sense while the word अनर्थक occurs at several places.
vyavasthitavibhāṣāan option which does not apply universally in all the instances of a rule which prescribes an operation optionally, but applies necessarily in : some cases and does not apply at all in the other cases, the total result being an option regarding the conduct of the rule. The rules अजेर्व्यघञपॊ: P. II. 4.56, लट: शतृशानचावप्रथमासमानाधिकरणे III. 2.124 and वामि I. 4.5 are some of the rules which have got an option described as व्यवस्थितविभाषा. The standard instances of व्यवस्थितविभाषा are given in the ancient verse देवत्रातो गलो ग्राहः इतियोगे च सद्विधिः | मिथस्ते न विभाष्यन्ते गवाक्षः संशितव्रतः|| M. Bh, on P, III. 3.156; VII.4.41.
vyākaraṇadarśanathe science of Vyakarana with the element of Sphota introduced in it and brought consequently on a par with the other Darsanas by the stalwart grammar-scholar Bhartrhari of the 7th century A. D. For details see Sarvadarsanasangraha ' Paninidarsanam ' and page 385 Vol. VII. of the Vyakarana Mahabhasya edited by the D. ESociety, Poona.
vyākaraṇamahābhāṣyapradīpoddyotathe wellknown scholarly commentary by the stalwart grammarian Nagesabhatta on the Mahabhasyapradipa of Kaiyata. See उद्द्योत and नागेश.
vyāghrādia class of words headed by व्याघ्र which, as standards of comparison, are compounded with words showing objects of comparison provided the common property is not mentioned: exempli gratia, for example पुरुषव्याघ्र:, नृसिंहः et cetera, and others, confer, compare Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. onP.II. 1.56.
vyāvṛtipushing aside; removal; the word is frequently used in connection with the setting aside or removal of the application of such rules, as also of the contingency of such rules as are not desired in the formation of a correct word, by means of applying another rule necessary for the correct formation; cf तद्वि इदं तिष्यपुनर्वसु इत्यत्र तद्वथावृत्त्यर्थम् Par. Sek. on Pari. 34; as also तद्धि असवर्णग्रहणं ईषतुरित्यादौ इयङादिव्यावृत्त्यर्थम् Par.Sek. on Pari.55: cf also the usual statement ब्यावृत्तिः क्रियते ।
vyutpattipakṣathe view that every word is derived from a suitable root as contrasted with the other view viz. the अव्युत्पत्तिपक्ष. The grammarians hold that Panini held the अव्युत्पत्तिपक्ष,id est, that is the view that not all words in a language can be derived but only some of them can be so done, and contrast him (id est, that isPanini) with an equally great grammarian Sakatayana who stated that every word has to be derived: confer, compare न्यग्रोधयतीति न्यग्रोध इति व्युत्पत्तिपक्षे नियमार्थम् ! अव्युत्पत्तिपक्ष विध्यर्थम् Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana.on P.VII.3.6.
vyutpannatvaderivation, correct understanding of the sense by derivation.
śāṅkaṭactaddhita affix. affix शङ्कट applied optionally with the affix शालच् ( शाल ) to the prefix वि in the sense of the base itself ( स्वार्थे); exempli gratia, for example विशङ्कटम् ! विशालम् ।; confer, compare S.K. on P.V. 2.28; confer, compare Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P.V.2.28 which states विशाले विशङ्कटे शृङ्गे । तस्माद् गौरपि विशङ्कट उच्यते !
śatapādaconventional name given to the fourth pada of the fifth adhyaya of Panini's Astadhyayi which begins with the sutra पादशतस्य संख्यांदेवींप्सायां वुन् लेपश्च P. V. 4.1.
śatṛsvarathe acute accent specifically stated for the vowel of the caseaffix beginning with a vowel et cetera, and others prescribed by the rule शतुरनुमे। नद्यजादी P. VI. 1.173: confer, compare शतृस्वर , तुदती नुदती ... शतुरनुमो नद्यजादिरन्तांदात्तादित्वेष स्वरो यथा स्यात् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. VIII. 2.6. Vart 2.
śabdparavipratiṣedhacl,. comparatively superior strength possessed by a word, which in the text of a particular sutra is later than another word, which is put in earlier in the Sutra. This शब्दपरविप्रतिषेधे is contrasted with the standard शास्त्रपरविप्रतिषेध which is laid down by Panini in his rule विप्रतिषेधे परं कार्यम् and which lays down the superior strength of that rule which is put by Panini later on in his Astadhyayi: e. g. in the rule विभाषा गमहनविदविशाम्,it is not the word हन् although occuring earlier, but the word विश् occuring later in the rule, which helps us to decide which विद् should be taken confer, compareज्ञानार्तस्य सत्यपि विदरूपत्वे अर्थस्य भेदकत्वेन रूपवदाश्रयणात्प्रतिषेधाभावः | यद्यपि हन्तिना साहचर्ये विदेरस्ति तथापि शब्दपरविप्रतिषेधाद् विशिर्व्यवस्थाहेतुर्न हान्तिः ! Kaiyata on P. VII.2.18:confer, compare also, P.VI.1.158 V.12.
śabdānuśāsanaliterally science of grammar dealing with the formation of words, their accents, and use in a sentence. The word is used in connection with standard works on grammar which are complete and self-sufficient in all the a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.mentioned features. Patanjali has begun his Mahabhasya with the words अथ शब्दानुशासनम् referring possibly to the vast number of Varttikas on the Sutras of Panini, and hence the term शब्दानुशासन according to him means a treatise on the science of grammar made up of the rules of Panini with the explanatory and critical varttikas written by Katyayana and other Varttikakaras.The word शब्दानुशासन later on, became synonymons with Vyakarana and it was given as a title to their treatises by later grammarians, or was applied to the authoritative treatise which introduced a system of grammar, similar to that of Panini. Hemacandra's famous treatise, named सिद्धहैमचन्द्र by the author,came to be known as हैमशब्दानुशासन. Similarly the works on grammar written by पाल्यकीर्तिशाकटायन and देवनन्दिन् were called शाकटायनशब्दानुशासन and जैनेन्द्र' शब्दानुशासन respectively.
śabdārthasaṃbandhathe connection between a word and its sense which is a permanently established one. According to grammarians,words, their sense and their connection, all the three, are established for ever: confer, compare सिद्धे शव्दार्थसंबन्ध P. I.1. . Varttika 1,and the Bhasya thereon सिद्ध शब्द: अर्थः संबन्धश्चेति | Later grammarians have described twelve kinds of शब्दार्थसंबन्ध viz. अभिधा,विवक्षा, तात्पर्य, प्रविभाग, व्यपेक्ष, सामर्थ्य अन्वय, एकार्थीभाव, दोषहान, गुणोपादान, अलंकारयेाग and रसावियोग: confer, compare Sringaraprakasa.I.
śabdārthavyākaraṇaexplanation of the sense of a word as arising from the word by stating the base, the affixes and the modifications to the base and the affixes.
śabdopadeśascientific and authoritative citation or statement of a word as contrasted with अपशब्दोपदेशः; confer, compare किं शब्दोपदेश: कर्तव्यः आहोस्विदपशब्दोपदेशः आहोस्विदुभयोपदेश इति ।Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). in Ahnika l. शमादि a class of eight roots headed by शम् which get their vowel lengthened before the conjugational sign य (श्यन्) as also before the krt. affix इन् ( घिनुण् ) in the sense of 'habituated to': exempli gratia, for example शाम्यति, शमी, भ्राम्यति, भ्रमी et cetera, and others: confer, compare P.VII.3.74 and P. III.2.141.
śara brief term or Pratyahara standing for the three sibilant or spirant consonants श् , ष् and स्.
śākaṭāyana(1)name of an ancient reputed scholar of Grammar and Pratisakhyas who is quoted by Panini. He is despisingly referred to by Patanjali as a traitor grammarian sympathizing with the Nairuktas or etymologists in holding the view that all substantives are derivable and can be derived from roots; cf तत्र नामान्याख्यातजानीति शाकटायनो नैरुक्तसमयश्च Nir.I.12: cf also नाम च धातुजमाह निरुक्ते व्याकरणे शकटस्य च तोकम् M. Bh on P.III.3.1. Sakatayana is believed to have been the author of the Unadisutrapatha as also of the RkTantra Pratisakhya of the Samaveda ; (2) name of a Jain grammarian named पाल्यकीर्ति शाकटायन who lived in the ninth century during the reign of the Rastrakuta king Amoghavarsa and wrote the Sabdanusana which is much similar to the Sutrapatha of Panini and introduced a new System of Grammar. His work named the Sabdanusasana consists of four chapters which are arranged in the form of topics, which are named सिद्धि. The grammar work is called शब्दानुशासन.
śābdabodhavādatheory of verbal import or congnition; the theories to be noted in this respect are those of the Grammarians, the Naiyayikas and the Mimamsakas, according to whom verb-activity, agent, and injunction stand respectively as the principal factors in a sentence.
śivarāma( चक्रवर्ती )a grammarian who wrote a commentary on the Katantraparisista called the Siddhantaratnankura.
śivasūtraname given to the fourteen small sutras giving the alphabet which Panini took as the basis of his grammar. The Sivasutras have got a well-known explanation in Verse, named नन्दिकेश्वरकारिका on which there is a commentary of the type of Bhasya by उपमन्यु. The origin of the Sivasutra given by the writer of the Karika is summed up in the stanza नृत्तावसाने नटराजराजो ननाद ढक्कां नवपञ्चवारम् । उद्धर्तुकामः सनकादिसिद्धानेतद् विमर्शे शिवसूत्रजालम् | Nand. 1.
śtip'the syllable ति applied to the Vikarana-ending form of a root to denote a root for a grammatical operation. The specific mention of a root with श्तिप् added, shows that the root of the particular class or conjugation shown, is to be taken and not the same root belonging to any other conjuga-tion; confer, compare इक्श्तिपौ धातुनिर्देशे; exempli gratia, for example अस्यतिवक्तिख्यातिभ्योऽङ् P.III. 1. 52. Although operations prescribed for a primary root are applicable to a frequentative root when the frequentative sign य has been omitted, operations prescribed for a root which is stated in a rule with ति ( श्तिप् ) added to it, do not take place in the frequentative roots;confer, compare श्तिपा शपानुबन्धेन ... पञ्चैतानि न यङ्लुकि.
śramaṇādia class of words headed by the word श्रमणा with which words in the masculine or the feminine gender are compounded when they stand in apposition; confer, compare कुमारी श्रमणा कुमारश्रमणा, युवा अध्यापकः युवाध्यापक: Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P.II.1.70.
śrutaliterally what is actually heard; the word is used in connection with such statements as are made by the authoritative grammarians, Panini and the Varttikakara by their actual utterance or wording, as contrasted with such dictums as can be deduced only from their writings. confer, compare श्रुतानुभितंयोः श्रौतः संबन्धो बलीयान्. Par. Sek Pari. 104.
śreṇyādia class of words headed by the word श्रेणि, which are compounded with words like कृत if they stand in apposition, provided the word so compounded has got the sense of the affix च्वि i. e. having become what was not before: confer, compare अश्रेणयः श्रेणय: कृताः श्रेणिकृता:, एककृता: Kas, on P. II. 1. 59.
ślokavārtikaVarttika or supplementary rule to Panini's rules laid down by scholars of grammar immediately after Panini, composed in verse form. These Slokavarttikas are quoted in the Mahabhasya at various places and supposed to have been current in the explanations of Panini's Astadhyayi in the days of Patanjali. The word is often used by later commentators.
ṣacthe compound-ending ( समासान्त ) अ added for the final of the words सक्थि, अक्षि and दारु standing at the end of a Bahuvrihi compound under specific conditions. e. g. विशालाक्ष:,दीर्धसक्थ:, द्व्यङ्गुलं ( दारु ); confer, compare P. V. 4.113, 114.
ṣacthe compound-ending ( समासान्त ) अ added for the final of the words सक्थि, अक्षि and दारु standing at the end of a Bahuvrihi compound under specific conditions. e. g. विशालाक्ष:,दीर्धसक्थ:, द्व्यङ्गुलं ( दारु ); confer, compare P. V. 4.113, 114.
ṣaṇa term used instead of the desiderative affix सन् prescribed by P. III. 1.5 to 7, especially when the स् of the affix is changed into ष् as for instance in तुष्टूषति et cetera, and others; confer, compare स्तौतेर्ण्यन्तानां षण्भूते च सनि परतः अभ्यासादुत्तरस्य मूर्धन्यादेशो भवति Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on स्तौतिण्योरेव षण्यभासात् P. VIII.3.61.
ṣaṣṭhīthe sixth case; the genitive case. This case is generally an ordinary case or विभक्ति as contrasted with कारकविभक्ति. A noun in the genitive case shows a relation in general, with another noun connected with it in a sentence. Commentators have mentioned many kinds of relations denoted by the genitive case and the phrase एकशतं षष्ठ्यर्थाः (the genitive case hassenses a hundred and one in all),. is frequently used by grammarians confer, compare षष्ठी शेषे P. II. 3.50; confer, compare also बहवो हि षष्ठ्यर्थाः स्वस्वाम्यनन्तरसमीपसमूहविकारावयवाद्यास्तत्र यावन्त: शब्दे संभवन्ति तेषु सर्वेषु प्राप्तेषु नियमः क्रियते षष्ठी स्थानेयोगा इति । Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. I. 1.49. The genitive case is used in the sense of any karaka when that karaka ; is not to be considered as a karaka; confer, compare कारकत्वेन अविवक्षिते शेषे षष्ठी भविष्यति. A noun standing as a subject or object of an activity is put in the genitive case when that activity is expressed by a verbal derivative , and not by a verb itself; confer, compare कर्तृकर्मणोः कृति P. II. 3 .65. For the senses and use of the genitive case, confer, compare P. II. 3.50 to 73.
ṣoḍaśakārikāan anonymous work consisting of only 16 stanzas discussing the denotation of words and that of the case-relations with a commentary by the author himselfeminine.
saṃkṣiptasāraname of a complete grammar-work written by क्रमदीश्वर for facility of study. This grammar appears to have been written before the time of कैयटं or हेमचन्द्र, as can be seen from the popular stanza परेत्र पाणिनयिज्ञा: केचित् कालापकोविदा; ।| एके विश्रान्तविद्याः स्युरन्ये संक्षिप्तसारका; ll
saṃkhyā(1)a numeral such as एक,द्वि et cetera, and others In Panini Astadhyayi, although the term is defined as applicable to the word बहु, गण and words ending with the taddhita affix. affixes वतु and डति, such as तावत् , कति and the like, still the term is applied to all numerals to which it is seen applied by the people: cf Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I. 1.23 also Pari. Sek. Pari. 9: (2) numerical order; confer, compare स्पर्शेष्वेव संख्या Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.I. 49.
saṃkhyātānudeśaapplication respectively of terms stated in the उद्देश्य and विधेय portions in their numerical order when the stated terms; are equal in number: cf यथासंख्यमनुदेशः समानाम् P. 1.3.10: confer, compare also पञ्चागमास्त्रय अागमिनः वैषम्यात् संख्यातानुदेशो न प्राप्नोति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). Ahnika 2.
saṃkhyānaenumeration; statement: confer, compare एकाजनेकाज्ग्रहणेषु चावृत्तिसंख्यानादनेकाच्त्वं भविष्यति, M.Bh. on Sivasutra l Vart. 10.
saṃgṛhītaincluded; the word is often used in the Mahabhasya in connection with instances which are covered by a rule, if interpreted in a specific way: confer, compare अथ निमित्तेsभिसंबध्यमाने यत्तदस्य योगस्य मूर्धाभिषिक्तमुदाहरणं तदपि संगृहीतं भवति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I. 1. 57; confer, compare also एकार्थीभावे सामर्थ्ये समास एकः संगृहीतो भवति, Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. II. 1.1.
saṃjñābhūta(1)that, which by usage has become a technical word possessed of a conventional sense: confer, compare किं पुनर्यानि एतानि संज्ञाभूतानि अाख्यानानि तत्र उत्पत्त्या भवितव्यम् , Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on III. 1. 26 Vart. 7; (2) which stands as a proper noun or the name of a person; confer, compare संज्ञाभूतास्तु न सर्वादयः S. K. on P. I. 1.27.
saṃpratipattiunderstanding, comprehension of the sense; confer, compare गौणमुख्ययोर्मुख्ये संप्रतिपत्तिः, Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. VIII. 3.82 Vart, 2.
saṃbandhapādaname given by convention by grammarians to the fourth pada of the third adhyaya of Panini's Astadhyayi , which begins with the sutra धातुसंबन्धे प्रत्ययाः P. III. 4.1.
saṃsargeliterally contact, connection; (1) contact of the air passing up through the gullet and striking the several places which produce the sound, which is of three kinds, hard, middling and soft; confer, compare संसर्गो वायुस्थानसंसर्गः अभिवातात्मकः स त्रिविधः । अयःपिण्डवद्दारुपिण्डवदूर्णापिण्डवदिति । तदुवतमापिशलशिक्षायाम् । स्पर्शयमवर्णकरो वायुः अय:पिण्डवत्स्थानमापीडयति | अन्तस्थावर्णकरो दांरुपिण्डवत् | ऊष्मस्थस्वरवर्णकर ऊर्णापिण्डवत् commentary on. T, Pr. XXIII. 1 ; ,(2) syntactical connection between words themselves which exists between pairs of words as between nouns and adjectives as also between verbs and the karakas, which is necessary for understanding the meaning of a sentence. Some Mimamsakas and Logicians hold that samsarga itself is the meaning of a sentence. The syntactical relation between two words is described to be of two kinds अभेद-संसर्ग of the type of आधाराधेयभाव and भेदसंसर्ग of the type of विषयविषयिभाव, समवाय, जन्यजनकभाव and the like.
saṃhitāpāṭhathe running text or the original text of the four Vedas as originally composedition This text, which was the original one, was split up into its constituent padas or separate words by ancient sages शौनक, अात्रेय and others,with a view to facilitating the understanding of it, and consequently to preserving it in the oral tradition.The original was called मूलप्रकृति of which the पदपाठ and the क्रमपाठ which were comparatively older than the other artificial recitations such as the जटापाठ, घनपाठ and others, are found mentioned in the Pratisakhya works.
sattāexistence, supreme or universal existence the Jati par excellence which is advocated to be the final sense of all words and expressions in the language by Bhartrhari and other grammarians after him who discussed the interpretation of words. The grammarians believe that the ultimate sense of a word is सत्ता which appears manifold and limited in our everyday experience due to different limitations such as desa, kala and others. Seen from the static viewpoint, सत्ता appears as द्रब्य while, from the dynamic view point it appears as a क्रिया. This सत्ता is the soul of everything and it is the same as शव्दतत्त्व or ब्रह्मन् or अस्त्यर्थ; confer, compare Vakyapadiya II. 12. The static existence, further, is . called व्यक्ति or individual with reference to the object, and जाति with reference to the common form possessed by individuals.
satvaan aspect of सत्ता of the type.of the static existence possessed by substantives as contrasted with भाव the dynamic type of existence possessed by verbs; confer, compare भावप्रधानमाख्यातम् ! सत्त्वप्रधानानि नामानि. Nirukta of Yāska.I: cf also सत्त्वाभिधायकं नाम निपातः पादपूरण: R.Pr. XII. 8. Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.VIII. 50.
sattvaguṇaqualities of a substantive such as स्त्रीत्व, पुंस्त्व, नपुंसकत्व, or एकत्व, द्वित्व and बहुत्व confer, compare स्त्रीपुंनपुंसकानि सत्त्वगुणाः एकत्वद्वित्वबहुवचनानि च। Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I. 1.38 Vart. 6, also on P. I. 2.64 Vart, 53.
sadhīnartad, affix अधीन proposed by the Varttikakara in the sense of 'something in that or from that'; exempli gratia, for example राजनीदं राजाधीनं; confer, compare तस्मातत्रेदमिति सधीनर् P. V. 4.7 Vart. 2. The standard affix in such cases is ख ( ईन ) by the rule अषडक्ष अध्युत्तरपदात् ख; P. V. 4.7.
sapādasaptādhyāyīa term used in connection with Panini's first seven books and a quarter of the eighth, as contrasted with the term Tripadi, which is used for the last three quarters of the eighth book. The rules or operations given in the Tripadi, are stated to be asiddha or invalid for purposes of the application of the rules in the previous portion, viz. the Sapadasaptadhyayi, and hence in the formation of' words all the rules given in the first seven chapters and a quarter, are applied first and then a way is prepared for the rules of the last three quarters. It is a striking thing that the rules in the Tripadi mostly concern the padas or formed words, the province, in fact, of the Pratisakhya treatises, and hence they should, as a matter of fact, be applicable to words after their formation and evidently to accomplish this object, Panini has laid down the convention of the invalidity in question by the rule पूर्वत्रासिद्धम् P. VIII. 2,1.
saptamathe seventh of the vowels stated in the alphabet; a word used for the vowel r ( ऋ ) by ancient grammarians: confer, compare ओजा ह्रस्वा: सप्तमान्ताः स्वराणाम् Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) I.14.
samarthapādaname given by Siradeva and other grammarians to the first pada of the second adhyaya of Paninis Astadhyayi which begins with the sutra समर्थः पदविधिः P.II.1.1.
samāpattirestoration of the resultant to the original, as for instance, restoration of the padapatha and the kramapatha to the Samhitapatha; confer, compare प्रकृतिदर्शनं समापत्तिः Atharvaveda Prātiśākhya. III. I.7.
samāveśaplacing together at one place, simultaneous application,generally with a view that the two or more things so placed, should always go together although in a few instances they may not go together: confer, compare तदधीते तद्वेद । नैतयोरावश्यकः समावेशः । भवतेि हि कश्चित्सं पाठं पठति न च वेत्ति | कश्चिच्च वेत्ति न च सं पाठं पठति | Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.IV.2.59;confer, compare also व्याकरणेपि कर्तव्यं हर्तव्यमित्यत्र प्रत्ययकृत्कृत्यसंज्ञानां समावेशो भवति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I.4.1.
sarasvatīkaṇṭhābharaṇacalled also सरस्वतीसूत्र, name of a voluminous grammar work ascribed to king Bhoja in the eleventh century. The grammar is based very closely on Panini's Astadhyayi, consisting of eight chapters or books. Although the affixes, the augments and the substitutes are much the same, the order of the Sutras is considerably changedition By the anxiety of the author to bring together, the necessary portions of the Ganapatha, the Unadiptha and the Paribhasas, which the author' has included in his eight chapters, the book instead of being easy to understand, has lost the element of brevity and become tedious for reading. Hence it is that it is not studied widely. For details see pp. 392, 393 Vyakarana Mahabhasya Vol. VII. D. E. Society's edition.
sarvanāmanpronoun: literally standing for any noun. There is no definition as such given, of the word pronoun, but the words, called pronouns, are enumerated in Panini's grammar one after another in the class or group headed by सर्व ( सर्व, विश्व, उभ, उभय, words ending in the affixes डतर and डतम, अन्य et cetera, and others)which appear to be pronouns primarily. Some words such as पूर्व, पर, अवर, दक्षिण, उत्तर, अपर, अधर, स्व, अन्तर etc are treated as pronouns under certain conditions. In any case, attention has to be paid to the literal sense of the term सर्वनामन् which is an ancient term and none of these words when standing as a proper noun, is to be treated as a pronoun: confer, compare सर्वादीनि सर्वनामानि P. I.1. 27, confer, compare also संज्ञोपसर्जनीभूतास्तु न सर्वादयः: M.Bh. on P. I. 1. 27 Vart. 2; ( 2 ) The word सर्वनामन् means also a common term, a general term; confer, compare एकश्रुतिः स्वरसर्वनाम, यथा नपुंसकं लिङ्गसर्वनाम Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. VI. 4.174 Vart 4.
sarvavibhaktyantaliterally ending with all cases; the term is used as an adjective of the word समास and refers to a compound which can be dissolved by putting the first member in any case: cf सर्वविभक्यन्तः समासो यथा विज्ञायेत | अल: परस्य विधिः; अलि विधिरित्यादि Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.I.1.56. सर्वस्यद्वेपाद conventional name given to the first pada of the eighth adhyaya of Panini's Astadhyayi which begins with the Sutra सर्वस्य द्बे VIII.1.1.
savarṇacognate, homophonic: a letter belonging to the same technical category of letters possessing an identical place of utterance and internal effort confer, compare तुल्यास्यप्रयत्नं सवर्णम् P. 1, 1. 9. For example, the eighteen varieties of अ, due to its short, long and protracted nature as also due to its accents and nasalization, are savarna to each other. The vowels ऋ and लृ are prescribed to be considered as Savarna although their place of utterance differs. The consonants in each class of consonants are savarna to one another, but by the utterance of one, another cannot be taken except when the vowel उ has been applied to the first. Thus कु stands for क्, ख्, ग्, घ् and ङ्. confer, compare तुल्यास्यप्रयत्नं सवर्णम् P. 1, I. 9 and अणुदित्सवर्णस्य चाप्रत्यय: P. I. 1. 69.
savarṇagrahaṇataking or including the cognate letters; a convention of grammarians to understand by the utterance of a vowel like अ, इ or उ all the 18 types of it which are looked upon as cognate ( सवर्ण ), as also to understand all the five consonants of a class by the utterance of the first consonant with उ added to it: e. g. कु denoting all the five consonants क्, खू, ग्, घ् and ङ्; confer, compare अणुदित्सवर्णस्य चाप्रत्यय: P.I. 1.69.
sāttvaof a substantive, belonging to the object: confer, compare सत्त्वस्य इदम् । अपि वा मेदसश्च पशोश्च सात्त्वं द्विवचनं स्यात् । Nirukta of Yāska.VI. 16.
sāptamikaprescribed in the seventh chapter or Adhyaya of the Astadhyayi; confer, compareसाप्तमिक आर्धधातुकस्येडिति पुनरयं भवति । M.Bh. on P.VI.4.62, साप्तमिके पूर्वसर्वर्णे कृते पुनः षाष्ठिको भविष्यति । M.Bh. on P.VI.1.70.
sāmavedprātiśākhyaname of a Pratisakhya work on Samaveda. It is probable that there were some Pratisakhya works written dealing with the different branches or Sakhas of the Samaveda, as could be inferred from indirect references to such works. For instance in the Mahabhasya there is a passage "ननु च भोश्छन्दोगानां सात्यमुग्रिराणायनीयाः अर्धमेकारमर्धमोकारं चाधीयते। ..पार्षदकृतिरेषां तत्रभवताम् " which refers to such works At present, however, one such work common to the several branches of the Samaveda, called Rktantra is available, and it is called Samaveda Pratisakhya. It is believed to have been written by औदव्रजि and revised by शाकटायन.
sāmānādhikaraṇyastanding in apposition; the word is used many times in its literal sense ' having the same substratum.' For instance, in घटं करोति देवदत्तः, the personal ending ति and देवदत्त are said to be समानाधिकरण. The Samanadhikarana words are put in the same case although, the gender and number sometimes differ. See the word समानाधिकरण.
sāmānyāpekṣarefering only to a general thing indicated, and not to any specific instances. The word is used in connection with a Jnapana or indication drawn from the wording of a rule, which is taken to apply in general to kindred things and rarely to specific things; confer, compare इदं च सामान्यापेक्षं ज्ञापकं भावतिङोपि पूर्वमुत्पत्तेः । Pari. sek. on Pari. 50.
sārasvatasāraa work giving a short substance of the Sarasvata Vyakarana with a commentary named Mitaksara on the same by Harideva.
sārāsāravivekaname of a commentary on Nagesa's Paribhasendusekhara written by बालशास्त्री रानडे, the stalwart grammarian of the nineteenth century at Varanasi.
sicipādname given by convention to the second pada of the seventh adhyaya of Paninis Astadhyayi as the pada begins with the sutra सिचि वृद्धि; परस्मैपदेषु. P. VII. 2. 1.
siddha(1)established; the term is used in the sense of नित्य or eternal in the Varttika सिद्धे शब्दार्थसंबन्धे where, as Patanjali has observed, the word सिद्ध meaning नित्य has been purposely put in to mark an auspicious beginning of the शब्दानुशासनशास्त्र which commences with that Varttika; confer, compare माङ्गलिक आचार्यो महतः शास्त्रौघस्य मङ्गलार्थे सिद्धशब्दमादितः प्रयुङ्क्ते M.Bh.on Ahnika 1; (2) established, proved, formed; the word is many times used in this sense in the Mahabhasya, as also in the Varttikas especially when a reply is to be given to an objection; confer, compare P.I. 1.3 Vart. 17, I.1. 4. Vart. 6: I. I. 5, Vart.5,I.1.9 Vart. 2 et cetera, and others
siddhakāṇḍathe chapter or portion of Panini's grammar which is valid to the rules inside that portion, as also to the rules enumerated after it. The word is used in connection with the first seven chapters and a quarter of the eighth chapter of Panini's Astadhyayi, as contrasted with the last three guarters called त्रिपादी, the rules in which are not valid to any rule in the preceding portion, called by the name सपासप्ताध्यायी or सपादी as also to any preceding rule in the Tripadi itSelf confer, compare पूर्वत्रासिद्धम् P, VIII.2.1. सिद्धनन्दिन् an ancient Jain sage who is believed to have written an original work on grammar.
siddhāntaestablished tenet or principle or conclusion, in the standard works of the different Shastras.
siddhāntakaumudīa critical and scholarly commentary on the Sutras of Panini, in which the several Sutras are arranged topicwise and fully explained with examples and counter examples. The work is exhaustive, yet not voluminous, difficult yet popular, and critical yet lucid. The work is next in importance to the Mahabhasya in the system of Panini, and its study prepares the way for understanding the Mahabhasya. It is prescribed for study in the courses of Vyakarana at every academy and Pathasala and is expected to be committed to memory by students who want to be thorough scholars of Vyakarana.By virtue of its methodical treatment it has thrown into the back-ground all kindred works and glosses or Vrttis on the Sutras of Panini. It is arranged into two halves, the first half dealing with seven topics ( 1 ) संज्ञापरिभाषा, ( 2 ) पञ्त्वसंधि, ( 3 ) षड्लिङ्ग, ( 4 ) स्त्रीप्रत्यय, ( 5 ) कारक, ( 6 ) समास, ( 7 ) तद्धित, and the latter half dealing with five topics, ( 1 ) दशगणी, ( 2 ) द्वादशप्राक्रिया ( 3 ) कृदन्त ( 4 ) वैदिकी and ( 5 ) स्वर. The author भट्टोजीदीक्षित has himself written a scholarly gloss on it called प्रौढमनेरमा on which, his grandson, Hari Diksita has written a learned commentary named लघुशब्दरत्न or simple शब्दरत्न. The Siddhāntakaumudi has got a large number of commentaries on it out of which, the commentaries प्रौढमनेरमा, बालमनोरमा, (by वासुदेवदीक्षित) तत्त्वबोधिनी and लघुशब्देन्दुशेखर are read by almost every true scholar of Vyakarana. Besides these four, there are a dozen or more commentaries some of which can be given below with their names and authors ( I ) सुबेाधिनी by जयकृष्णमौनि, ( 2 ) सुबोधिनी by रामकृष्णभट्ट ( 3 ) वृहृच्छब्देन्दुशेखर by नागेश, ( 4 ) बालमनेारमा by अनन्तपण्डित, ( 5 ) वैयाकरणसिद्धान्तरहृस्य by नीलकण्ठ, ( 6 ) रत्नार्णव, by कृष्णमिश्र ( 7 ) वैयाकरणसिद्धान्तरत्नाकर by रामकृष्ण, ( 8 ) सरला by तारानाथ,(9) सुमनोरमा by तिरुमल्ल,(10)सिद्वान्तकौमुदीव्याख्या by लक्ष्मीनृसिंह, (11 )सिद्धान्तकौमुदीव्याख्या by विश्वेश्वरतीर्थ, (12) रत्नाकर by शिवरामेन्द्रसरस्वती and (13) प्रकाश by तोलापदीक्षित. Although the real name of the work is वैयाकरणसिद्धान्ततकौमुदी, as given by the author, still popularly the work is well known by the name सिद्धान्तकौमुदी. The work has got two abridged forms, the Madhyakaumudi and the Laghukaumudi both written by Varadaraja, the pupil of Bhattoji Diksita.
siddhāntakaumudīvādārthaan explanatory work, discussing the difficult sentences and passages of the Siddhantakaumudi, written by a grammarian named Ramakrisna. सिद्धान्तरत्न a gloss on the Sarasvatisutra written by a grammarian natmed Jinacandra. सिद्धान्तरत्नाङ्कुर name of a commentary on the Katantraparisista by Sivaramacakravartin.
siddhāntasārasvataan independent work on grammar believed to have been written by Devanandin. सिद्धान्तिन् a term used in connection with the writer himself of a treatise when he gives a reply to the objections raised by himself or quoted from others,the term पूर्वपाक्षिन् being used for the objector. सिद्धि formation of a word: establishment of the correct view after the removal of the objection; e. g. संज्ञासिद्वि, कार्यसिाद्व, स्वरसिद्धि. सिप् (1) the personal ending ( सि ) of the second person singular (मध्यमपुरुषैकवचन ) substituted for the affix ल्; of the ten tenses and moods लट्, लिट्, लृट् and others; confer, compare P.III.4.78: (2 Vikarana affix स् added to a root before the affixes of लेट् or Vedic Subjunctive. सिम् a technical term used in the Vajasaneyi-Pratisakhya for the first eight vowels of the alphabet, viz. अ, आ, इ, ई, उ, ऊ, ऋ and ऋ: confer, compare सिमादितोष्टौ स्वराणाम् V. Pr.. I.44.
subantaname given to a word formed with the addition of a case-affix and hence capable of being used in a sentence by virtue of its being called a पद by the rule सुप्तिङन्तं पदम् The ancient grammarians gave four kinds of words or padas viz. नाम, अाख्यात, उपसर्ग and निपात which Panini has brought under two heads सुबन्त including नाम, उपसर्ग and निपात and तिङन्त standing for आख्यातः confer, compare सुप्तिङन्तं पदम् P. I. 4. 14.
sthānivadbhāvabehaviour of the substitute like the original in respect of holding the qualities of the original and causing grammatical operations by virtue of those qualities. By means of स्थानिवद्भाव,the substitute for a root is,for instance, looked upon as a root; similarly, a noun-base or an affix or so, is looked upon like the original and it can cause such operations or be a recipient of such operations as are due to its being a root or a noun or an affix or the like. This स्यानिवद्भाव cannot be, and is not made also, a universally applicable feature; and there are limitations or restrictions put upon it, the chief of them being अल्विधौ or in the matter of such operations as are caused by the 'property of being a single letter' (अल्विधौ). There are two views regarding this 'behaviour like the original' : (l) supposed behaviour which is only instrumental in causing operations or undergoing them which is called शास्त्रातिदेदा and (2) actual restoration to the form of the original under certain conditions only as prescribed which is called रूपातिदेश. The रूपातिदेश is actually resorted to by some grammarians in the case of the reduplication of roots; confer, compare Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on द्विवेचनेचि P.I.1.59 and M.Bh. on P.I.1.59.See the word रूपातिदेश also. For details see Vol. VII p.p. 241243, Vyākarana Mahabhasya D.E. Society's Edition.
sthāpitavyato be established, to be brought about.
sthita(1)happened, come to pass; e. g. राम ङस् इति स्थिते et cetera, and others; (2) established ; remaining intact after the removal of doubts; confer, compare एवं हिं स्थितमेतत् (3) remaining unaffected as referring to अस्पृष्टकरण;cf स्वराणामनुस्वारस्य ऊष्मणां च अस्पृष्टं करणं वेदितव्यम् तध स्थितामित्युच्यते। यत्र वर्णस्थानमाश्रित्य जिह्वावतिष्ठते तत् स्थितमित्युच्यते Uvvata on R.Pr. XIII. ; (4) established or stated in the Padapatha: confer, compare स्थिते पदे पदपाठे इत्यर्थ;gloss on Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.XX.2.
sthitiutterance of a pada or padas in the Padapatha without इति; the utterance with इति being called उपस्थिति; confer, compare पदं यदा केवलमाह सा स्थितिः Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XI.15; (2) established practice or view: confer, compare शाकल्यस्य स्थविरस्येतरा स्थितिः। Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) II. 44.
sphoṭaname given to the radical Sabda which communicates the meaning to the hearers as different from ध्वनि or the sound in ordinary experience.The Vaiyakaranas,who followed Panini and who were headed by Bhartihari entered into discussions regarding the philosophy of Grammar, and introduced by way of deduction from Panini's grammar, an important theory that शब्द which communicates the meaning is different from the sound which is produced and heard and which is merely instrumental in the manifestation of an internal voice which is called Sphota.स्फुटयतेनेन अर्थः: इति स्फोटः or स्फोटः शब्दो ध्वनिस्तस्य व्यायमादुपजायते Vakyapadiya; confer, compare also अभिव्यक्तवादको मध्यमावस्थ आन्तर: शब्द: Kaiyata's Pradipa. For, details see Vakyapadiya I and Sabdakaustubha Ahnika 1. It is doubtful whether this Sphota theory was. advocated before Panini. The word स्फोटायन has been put by Panini in the rule अवङ् स्फोटायनस्य only incidentally and, in fact, nothing can be definitely deduced from it although Haradatta says that स्फोटायन was the originator of the स्फोटवाद. The word स्फोट is not actually found in the Pratisakhya works. However, commentators on the Pratisakhya works have introduced it in their explanations of the texts which describe वर्णोत्पत्ति or production of sound; confer, compare commentary on R.Pr.XIII.4, T.Pr. II.1. Grammarians have given various kinds of sphota; confer, compare स्फोटो द्विधा | व्यक्तिस्फोटो जातिस्फोटश्च। व्यक्तिस्पोटः सखण्ड अखण्डश्च । सखण्ड। वर्णपदवाक्यभेदेन त्रिधा। अखण्ड: पदवाक्यभेदेन द्विधा ! एवं पञ्च व्यक्तिस्फोटाः| जातिस्फोट: वर्णपदवाक्यभेदेन त्रिधा। इत्येवमष्टौ स्फोटः तत्र अखण्डवाक्यस्फोट एव मुख्य इति नव्याः । वाक्य जातिस्फोट इति तु प्राञ्चः॥; confer, compare also पदप्रकृतिः संहिता इति प्रातिशाख्यमत्र मानम् । पदानां प्रकृतिरिति षष्ठीतत्पुरुषे अखण्डवाक्यस्फोटपक्षः । बहुव्रीहौ सखण्डबाक्यस्फोट:||
sphoṭana(1)manifestation of the sense of a word by the external sound or dhvani; the same as sphota; (2) separate or distinct pronunciation of a consonant in a way by breaking it from the cor.junct consonants; confer, compare स्फोटनं नाम पिण्डीभूतस्य संयोगस्य पृथगुश्चरणम् स दोषो वा न वा | V. Pr.IV.165.
sphoṭavādaa general name given to treatises discussing the nature of Sphota written by the Vaiyakaranas who defend and establish the theory of Sphota and by the Naiyayikas who criticise the theory. Famous among these works are (l) स्फोटवाद by a stalwart Grammarian Kondabhatta, the author of the Vaiyakaramabhusana and (2) स्फोटवाद by NageSa, the reputed grammarian of the eighteenth century.
svara(l)vowel, as contrasted with a consonant which never stands by itself independently. The word स्वर is defined generally :as स्वयं राजन्ते ते स्वराः ( Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on pan. The word स्वर is always used in the sense of a vowel in the Pratisakhya works; Panini however has got the word अच् (short term or Pratyahara formed of अ in 'अइउण्' and च् at the end of एऔच् Mahesvara sutra 4 ) always used for vowels, the term स्वर being relegated by him to denote accents which are also termed स्वर in the ancient Pratisakhyas and grammars. The number of vowels, although shown differently in diferent ancient works, is the same, viz. five simple vowels अ,इ,उ, ऋ, लृ, and four diphthongs ए, ऐ, ओ, and अौ. These nine, by the addition of the long varieties of the first four such as आ, ई, ऊ, and ऋ, are increased to thirteen and further to twentytwo by adding the pluta forms, there being no long variety for लृ and short on for the diphthongs. All these twentytwo varieties have further subdivisions, made on the criterion of each of them being further characterized by the properties उदात्त, अनुदIत्त and स्वरित and निरनुनासिक and सानुनासिक. (2) The word स्वर also means accent, a property possessed exclusively by vowels and not by consonants, as they are entirely dependent on vowels and can at the most be said to possess the same accent as the vowel with which they are uttered together. The accents are mentioned to be three; the acute ( उदात्त ), the grave अनुदात्त and the circumflex (स्वरित) defined respectively as उच्चैरुदात्तः, नीचैरनुदात्तः and समाहारः स्वरितः by Panini (P. I. 2.29, 30,3l). The point whether समाहार means a combination or coming together one after another of the two, or a commixture or blending of the two is critically discussed in the Mahabhasya. (vide Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I. 2.31). There are however two kinds of svarita mentioned by Panini and found actually in use : (a) the independent स्वरित as possessed by the word स्वर् (from which possibly the word स्वरित was formed) and a few other words as also many times by the resultant vowel out of two vowels ( उदात्त and अनुदात्त ) combined, and (b) the enclitic or secondary svarita by which name, one or more grave vowels occurring after the udatta, in a chain, are called cf P. VIII. 2.4 VIII. 2.6 and VIII 4.66 and 67. The topic of accents is fully discussed by the authors of the Pratisakhyas as also by Panini. For details, see Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) III. 1.19; T.Pr. 38-47 Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.I. 108 to 132, II. I.65 Atharvaveda Prātiśākhya. Adhyaya l padas 1, 2, 3 and Rk. Tantra 51-66; see also Kaiyata on P. I. 2.29; (3) The word स्वर is used also in the sense of a musical tone. This meaning arose out of the second meaning ' accent ' which itself arose from the first viz. 'vowel', and it is fully discussed in works explanatory of the chanting of Samas. Patanjali has given Seven subdivisions of accents which may be at the origin of the seven musical notes. See सप्तस्वर a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page..
svarabhaktia vowel part; appearance of a consonant as a vowel; the character of a vowel borne by a consonant. Many times a semivowel which consists of one letter has to be divided especially for purposes of metre, as also for accentuation into two letters or rather, has to be turned into two letters by inserting a vowel before it or after it, for instance य् is to be turned into इय् e. g, in त्रियम्बकं यजामहे, while र् or रेफ is to be turned into र् ऋ as for instance in कर्हि चित् which is to be uttered as कर् ऋ हृि चित्. This prefixing or suffixing of a vowel is called स्वरभक्तिः confer, compare स्वरभक्तिः पूर्वभागक्षराङ्गं द्राघीयसी सार्धमात्रेतरे च | अधोनान्या ( Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) I. 32.35; confer, compare also न संयोगं स्वरभाक्तिर्विहृान्ति Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) VI. 35; confer, compare also रेफात् खरोपहिताद् व्यञ्जनोदयाद् ऋकारवर्णा स्वरभक्तिरुत्तरा: Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) VI. 46. In Panini's grammar, however, the word अज्भाक्त, which means the same is used for स्वरभक्ति; cf ऋति ऋ वा लृति लृ वा इत्युभयत्रापि विधेयं वर्णद्वयं द्विमात्रम् | अाद्यस्य मध्ये द्वौ ; रेफौ तयोरेकां मात्रा । अभितेाज्भक्तेरपरा। S. K. on VI. 1.101.
svaravirāmaa pause between two vowels in one and the same word as in तितउ or पउग or in two different words coming close by the visarga or य् between the two being elided, as for instance in देवा इह.
svaritakaraṇamarking or characterizing by.a svarita accent, as is supposed to have been done by Panini when he wrote down his sutras of grammar as also the Dhatupatha, the Ganapatha and other subsidiary appendixes. Although the rules of the Astadhyayi are not recited at present with the proper accents possessed by the various vowels as given by the Sutrakara, still, by convention and traditional explanation, certain words are to be believed as possessed of certain accents. In the Dhatupatha, by oral tradition the accents of the several roots are known by the phrases अथ स्वरितेतः, अथाद्युदाताः, अथान्तेादात्ताः, अथानुदात्तेत: put therein at different places. In the sutras, a major purpose is served by the circumflex accent with which such words, as are to continue to the next or next few or next many rules, have been markedition As the oral tradition, according to which the Sutras are recited at present, has preserevd no accents, it is only the authoritative word, described as 'pratijna' of the ancient grammarians, which now is available for knowing the svarita. The same holds good in the case of nasalization ( अानुनासिक्य ) which is used as a factor for determining the indicatory nature of vowels as stated by the rule उपदेशेजनुनासिक इत्; confer, compare प्रतिज्ञानुनासिक्याः पाणिनीयाः S. K. on P. I.3.2.
svaritapratijñāthe conventional dictum that a particular rule or part of a rule, is marked with the accent स्वरित which enables the grammarians to decide that that rule or that part of a rule is to occur in each of the subsequent Sutras, the limit of continuation being ascertained from convention. It is possible that Panini in his original recital of the Astadhyayi recited the words in the rules with the necessary accents; probably he recited every word, which was not to proceed further, with one acute or with one circumflex vowel, while, the words which were to proceed to the next rule or rules, were marked with an actual circumflex accent ( स्वरित ), or with a neutralization of the acute and the grave accents (स्वरितत्व), that is, probably without accents or by एकश्रुति or by प्रचय; cf स्वरितेनाधिकार: P. I.3.II and the Mahabhasya thereon.
svāśrayapossessed as its own, as contrasted with artificial or intentionally stated ( आनुदेशिक );confer, compare अस्त्वत्र आनुदेशिकस्य वलादित्वस्य प्रतिषेधः । स्वाश्रयमत्र बलादित्वं भविष्यति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I. 1. 59 Vart. 6.
hṛradattaname of a reputed grammarian of Southern India who wrote a very learned and scholarly commentary, named पदमञ्जरी, on the Kasikavrtti which is held by grammarians as the standard vrtti or gloss on the Sutras of Panini,and studied especially in the schools of the southern grammarians. Haradatta was a Dravida Brahmana, residing in a village on the Bank of Kaveri. His scholarship in Grammar was very sound and he is believed to have commented on many grammarworks.The only fault of the scholar was a very keen sense of egotism which is found in his work, although it can certainly be said that the egotism was not ill-placed and could be justified: confer, compare एवं प्रकटितोस्माभिर्भाष्ये परिचय: पर:। तस्य निःशेषतो मन्ये प्रतिपत्तापि दुर्लभः॥ also प्रक्रियातर्कगहने प्रविष्टो हृष्टमानसः हरदत्तहरिः स्वैरं विहरन् ! केन वार्यते | Padamajari, on P. I-13, 4. The credit of popularising Panini's system of grammar in Southern India goes to Haradatta to a considerable extent.
haria short form used for भर्तृहरि, the stalwart grammarian Bhartrhari,by later grammarians and commentators in their references to him. See the word भर्तृहरि a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page..
hemacandraa Jain sage and scholar of remarkable erudition in the religious works of the Jainas as also in several Shastras. He was a resident of Dhandhuka in Gujarat, who, like Sankarācārya took संन्यासदीक्षा at a very early age and wrote a very large number of original books and commentaries, the total number of which may well nigh exceed fifty, during his long life of eighty-four years ( 1088 to ll 2 ). He stayed at AnhilavalaPattana in the North Gujarat and was patronised with extreme reverence by King Kumarapala who in fact, became his devoted pupil. Besides the well-known works on the various Shastras like Kavyanusasana, Abhidhanacintamani, Desinamamla, Yogasastra, Dvyasrayakavya, Trisastisalakapurusacarita and others which are well-known, he wrote a big work on grammar called सिद्धहेमचन्द्र by him,but popularly known by the name हेमव्याकरण or हैमशब्दानुशासन The , work consists of eight books or Adhyayas, out of which the eighth book is devoted to prakrit Grammar, and can be styled as a Grammar of all the Prakrit dialects. The Sanskrit Grammar of seven chapters is based practically upon Panini's Astadhyayi, the rules or sutras referring to Vedic words or Vedic affixes or accents being entirely omittedThe wording of the Sutras is much similar to that of Panini; at some places it is even identical. The order of the treatment of the subjects in the सिद्धहैम. शब्दानुशासनमृत्र is not, however, similar to that obtaining in the Astadhyayi of Panini. It is somewhat topicwise as in the Katantra Vyakarana. The first Adhyaya and a quarter of the second are devoted to Samjna, Paribhasa and declension; the second pada of the second Adhyaya is devoted to karaka, while the third pada of it is devoted to cerebralization and the fourth to the Stripratyayas.The first two Padas of the third Adhyaya are devoted to Samasas or compound words, while the last two Padas of the third Adhyaya and the fourth Adhyaya are devoted to conjugation The fifth Adhyaya is devoted to verbal derivatives or krdanta, while the sixth and the seventh Adhyayas are devoted to formations of nouns from nouns, or taddhita words. On this Sabda nusasana, which is just like Panini's Astadhyayi, the eighth adhyaya of Hemacandra being devoted to the grammar of the Arsa language similar to Vedic grammar of Panini, Hemacandra has himself written two glosses which are named लधुवृति and वृहृदवृत्ति and the famous commentary known as the Brhannyasa. Besides these works viz the हैमशब्दानुशासन, the two Vrttis on it and the Brhannyasa, he has given an appendix viz the Lingnusasana. The Grammar of Hemacandra, in short, introduced a new system of grammar different from, yet similar to, that of Panini, which by his followers was made completely similar to the Paniniya system by writing works similar to the Siddhantakaumudi, the Dhatuvrtti, the Manorama and the Paribhasendusekhara. हेमहंसगणि a grammarian belonging to the school of Hemacandra, who lived in the fifteenth century and wrote a work on Paribhasas named न्यायसंग्रह, on which he himself wrote a commentary called न्यायार्थमञ्जूषा and another one called by the name न्यास.
Vedabase Search
1063 results
sta to himselfSB 10.86.24
sta-gadām His own clubSB 10.55.20
sta-gadām His own clubSB 10.55.20
sta-guṇaiḥ along with its qualities (goodness, passion and ignorance)SB 11.3.15
sta-guṇaiḥ along with its qualities (goodness, passion and ignorance)SB 11.3.15
sta-karmabhiḥ by his own prescribed dutiesSB 11.25.10
sta-karmabhiḥ by his own prescribed dutiesSB 11.25.10
sta-māyayā by His own potencySB 11.9.16
sta-māyayā by His own potencySB 11.9.16
stabaka and blossomsSB 12.8.21
stabaka bunchesSB 5.24.10
stabaka bunches of flowersSB 10.21.8
stabaka bunches of small flowersSB 10.18.9
stabaka by the clustersSB 10.22.36
stabaka with the tail feathersSB 10.35.6-7
stabdha dullSB 5.10.13
stabdha fixedSB 10.16.24
stabdha glaringSB 10.36.10
SB 10.36.2
stabdha motionlessSB 7.8.19-22
stabdha stunnedCC Adi 17.168
CC Madhya 17.195
stabdha hañā becoming stoppedCC Madhya 19.160
stabdha hañā becoming stoppedCC Madhya 19.160
stabdha-matiḥ possessing blunt intelligenceSB 8.4.10
stabdha-matiḥ possessing blunt intelligenceSB 8.4.10
stabdha-matiḥ such an unintelligent personSB 8.22.11
stabdha-matiḥ such an unintelligent personSB 8.22.11
stabdha-śadbe by the word stabdha ('impudent')CC Antya 5.141
stabdha-śadbe by the word stabdha ('impudent')CC Antya 5.141
stabdhaḥ being dull-mindedSB 8.22.24
stabdhāḥ being proudSB 4.3.17
stabdhāḥ impudentBG 16.17
stabdhaḥ impudentSB 6.17.14
SB 8.20.15
stabdhaḥ inconsiderateSB 4.14.4
stabdhaḥ obstinateBG 18.28
stabdhāḥ presumptuousSB 11.5.14
stabdhaḥ proud upstartSB 4.29.49
stabdhāḥ puffed up by false prideSB 11.5.6
stabdhaḥ stunned (in ecstasy)NBS 6
stabdham arrogantSB 10.25.5
stabdham impudentCC Antya 5.137
stabdham most obstinateSB 7.8.5
stabdhām very much puffed upSB 4.17.27
stabdhāya to the proudSB 3.32.39
stabdhena being devoid of proper actionsSB 4.2.10
sta areSB 10.14.26
sta existSB 11.9.3
stainye engaged in stealingSB 10.26.7
stamba-paryantānām and extending down to the blades of grassSB 12.6.67
stamba-paryantānām and extending down to the blades of grassSB 12.6.67
stambaḥ big strawsSB 4.22.30
stambha a memorial columnCC Madhya 16.114-115
stambha a stunned conditionCC Madhya 6.208
stambha because of this impudenceSB 8.22.27
stambha becoming stunnedCC Antya 2.19
CC Madhya 25.68
stambha being stunnedCC Madhya 12.63
CC Madhya 13.84
CC Madhya 15.279
CC Madhya 2.72
CC Madhya 3.162
CC Madhya 9.238
stambha columnsSB 10.81.28
stambha false prideSB 10.27.17
stambha impudenceSB 7.4.31-32
stambha of columnsSB 10.89.52
stambha of pillarsSB 7.4.9-12
stambha paralysisCC Madhya 8.24
stambha shockCC Madhya 4.202
stambha StambhaSB 8.1.20
stambha stunnedCC Madhya 13.107
stambha-ādi being stunned and othersCC Madhya 23.51
stambha-ādi being stunned and othersCC Madhya 23.51
stambha-ārambham the beginning of stupefactionCC Adi 4.202
stambha-ārambham the beginning of stupefactionCC Adi 4.202
stambha-bhāva the emotion of being stunnedCC Antya 14.91
stambha-bhāva the emotion of being stunnedCC Antya 14.91
stambhaḥ false prideSB 11.25.2-5
stambhaḥ my false prideSB 10.27.13
stambhaḥ prideSB 8.22.26
stambhaiḥ by pillarsSB 10.69.9-12
stambhaiḥ with columnsSB 4.9.54
stambhaiḥ with pillarsSB 3.23.13
stambham pride due to a prestigious positionSB 9.6.47
stambham the columnSB 7.8.14
stambham their false prideSB 10.25.6
stambhasya of the pillarSB 7.8.18
stambhayām āsa paralyzedSB 9.3.25
stambhayām āsa paralyzedSB 9.3.25
stambhayan trying to controlSB 6.1.62
stambhe in the pillarSB 7.8.17
stambhe in the pillar before meSB 7.8.12
stambhera of the columnCC Madhya 2.54
stambhila stoppedCC Antya 20.57
stambhinī astoundingCC Madhya 17.210
stambhita choked upCC Adi 16.87
stambhita stunnedCC Madhya 6.183
stambhitaḥ fixedSB 9.7.5-6
stana and breastsSB 10.29.45-46
stana breastCC Adi 14.10
CC Adi 14.34
stana breastsCC Madhya 14.197
SB 10.46.45
SB 5.2.6
stana chestSB 10.72.44
stana from her breastsSB 10.62.29-30
stana from the breastsSB 10.90.11
stana from their uddersSB 10.21.13
stana her breastCC Adi 14.11
stana her breastsSB 10.48.7
stana of her breastSB 3.2.23
stana of her breastsSB 12.8.26-27
stana of the two breastsSB 8.12.19
stana of your breastsSB 3.20.36
stana on the two breastsCC Madhya 22.98
stana the breastsSB 10.21.17
stana pāna sucking the nippleCC Adi 14.35
stana pāna sucking the nippleCC Adi 14.35
stana-antare in the middle of his chestSB 10.78.8
stana-antare in the middle of his chestSB 10.78.8
stana-arthī Kṛṣṇa, who was hankering to drink His mother's milk by sucking her breastSB 10.7.6
stana-arthī Kṛṣṇa, who was hankering to drink His mother's milk by sucking her breastSB 10.7.6
stana-dvayam her two breastsSB 6.14.53
stana-dvayam her two breastsSB 6.14.53
SB 8.8.18
stana-dvayam her two breastsSB 8.8.18
stana-dvayāt beginning from the breastSB 2.5.39
stana-dvayāt beginning from the breastSB 2.5.39
stana-stavaka the multitude of breastsCC Adi 4.196
stana-stavaka the multitude of breastsCC Adi 4.196
stanābhyām from both breastsSB 4.9.50
stanaḥ breastSB 2.1.32
stanaḥ the breastSB 10.26.4
stanāḥ their uddersSB 10.20.26
stanaiḥ on your breasts (peaks)SB 10.90.22
stanaiḥ with breastsSB 10.82.15
stanam at the breast (of your mother)SB 6.14.57
stanam breastSB 1.14.19
stanam breastsSB 3.23.25
stanam by the breastsCC Madhya 8.77
stanam from her breastSB 10.85.54
stanam from the breastSB 10.30.15
stanam her breastSB 10.6.34
SB 10.7.11
SB 10.7.34
SB 10.9.5
stanam the breastSB 10.6.10
SB 10.8.23
stanam the breast milkSB 10.8.46
stanam the breastsCC Antya 7.34
stanam the breasts of whomSB 10.6.14
stanam the milk of my breastSB 10.11.15
stanam the nippleSB 10.6.30
stanān breastsSB 10.82.15
stanantaḥ roaringSB 10.25.9
stanāt from her breastSB 3.19.23
stanāt from His bosomSB 8.5.40
stanāt from the breastSB 3.12.25
stanau breastsSB 10.60.23
SB 4.25.24
stanau her breastsSB 10.60.27-28
SB 4.28.47
stanau your breastsSB 4.26.25
stanayan resounding likeSB 3.13.29
stanayitnavaḥ all the cloudsSB 6.6.5
stanayitnavaḥ the sound of the cloudsSB 2.6.13-16
stanayitnavaḥ thunderingSB 10.80.35-36
stanayitnavaḥ with the sound of thunderSB 8.10.49
stanayitnu by the thundering soundSB 4.5.10
stanayitnu the resounding of assembled cloudsSB 8.20.30
stanayitnubhiḥ and thunderSB 10.20.4
SB 3.19.19
stanayitnubhiḥ thundering sound without any cloudSB 1.14.15
stanayitnubhiḥ with thunderSB 10.25.9
stanayitnunā with thunderingSB 4.10.23
stanayoḥ of nipplesSB 3.28.25
stanayoḥ on her breastsSB 10.32.5
stanayoḥ on the bosomSB 8.20.25-29
stanayoḥ on the two breastsSB 5.23.7
stanayoḥ upon her breastsSB 10.33.13
staneṣu on the breastsCC Adi 4.173
CC Antya 7.40
CC Madhya 18.65
CC Madhya 8.219
SB 10.29.41
SB 10.31.13
SB 10.31.19
staneṣu on their breastsSB 10.47.62
sta whose breastsSB 10.85.53
stanīm whose breastsSB 10.53.51-55
stanīm with breastsSB 3.23.36-37
stanita by the loud soundSB 5.1.29
stanya the breast-milkSB 10.14.31
stanya-kāmaḥ Kṛṣṇa, who was desiring to drink her breast milkSB 10.9.4
stanya-kāmaḥ Kṛṣṇa, who was desiring to drink her breast milkSB 10.9.4
stanya-payaḥ their breast milkSB 10.13.22
stanya-payaḥ their breast milkSB 10.13.22
stanyam the milk from the udderSB 6.11.26
stanye for drinking breast milkSB 9.6.31
stanyena fed by the breast milkSB 4.8.18
staumi praiseSB 7.13.42
stauti praiseSB 11.28.8
stauti praisesMM 19
stava praiseSB 7.1.23
stava prayersCC Madhya 1.278
stava-pāṭha recitation of different prayersCC Madhya 22.123
stava-pāṭha recitation of different prayersCC Madhya 22.123
stavaḥ praiseSB 4.15.22
stavaiḥ prayersSB 12.13.1
stavaiḥ with prayers from the scripturesSB 11.27.45
stavaiḥ ca and by offering prayersSB 10.12.34
stavaiḥ ca and by offering prayersSB 10.12.34
stavaiḥ stutvā honoring the Deity by offering prayersSB 11.3.52-53
stavaiḥ stutvā honoring the Deity by offering prayersSB 11.3.52-53
stavaka bunchesSB 10.12.4
stavakinī like a bouquet of flowersCC Madhya 14.180
stavam prayerSB 4.24.79
stavam whose praisesSB 12.12.67
stavana of prayersCC Madhya 4.66
stavana offer praiseCC Antya 4.170
stavana offering of prayersSB 1.16.16
stavana offering prayersCC Madhya 15.5
CC Madhya 9.65
stavana praisingCC Madhya 3.27
stavana prayerCC Madhya 1.277
stavana prayersCC Madhya 14.8
CC Madhya 17.81
CC Madhya 18.6
CC Madhya 5.4
CC Madhya 7.113
CC Madhya 9.18
stavana prayingCC Madhya 1.103
CC Madhya 3.186
stavanaiḥ by offering prayersSB 8.21.6-7
stavanam formal prayersSB 11.19.20-24
stavayanti offer prayersSB 4.15.23
stave in the prayerCC Adi 17.91
ā-ańghri-mastakam from the feet up to the top of the headSB 10.13.49
abhivyudasta-māyaḥ because all illusion is completely removed by HimSB 10.12.39
hasta-abjam the lotus handSB 10.33.13
adhyasta wornSB 3.23.32
ātma-ādi-stamba-paryantaiḥ from Lord Brahmā to the insignificant living entitySB 10.13.51
tṛṇa-stamba-ādīnām down to the small clumps of grassSB 5.14.29
hasta-agrāhye when the destination is out of the reach of His handsSB 10.8.30
nir-aham-stambhaḥ is automatically freed from all false prestigeSB 10.10.15
ajā-gala-stana nipples on the neck of a goatCC Adi 5.61
ajā-gala-stana-nyāya like the nipples on the neck of a goatCC Madhya 24.93
dhvasta-akṣam his eyes obscuredSB 7.2.29-31
dvija-ali-kula-sannāda-stavakāḥ the birds, especially the cuckoos, and swarms of bees began to chant in sweet voices, as if praying to the Supreme Personality of GodheadSB summary
amaṃsta thought within the mindSB 1.15.11
āmāra stavana My personal glorificationCC Madhya 24.317
ambuja-hasta with a lotus flower in the handSB 2.7.15
āmi jarā-grasta I am invalid because of old ageCC Antya 1.11
amitra-udāsta-vidviṣām who do not distinguish between friends, neutral parties and enemiesSB 10.24.4
ānaka-śańkha-saṃstavaiḥ by celestial kettledrums and conchshells, accompanied with prayersSB 10.11.52
anāyastam attained without difficultySB 11.25.28
nyasta-ańgam having touched the Deity's various limbs with the chanting of appropriate mantrasSB 11.27.24
nyasta-daṇḍa-arpita-ańghraye whose lotus feet are worshiped by sages beyond the jurisdiction of punishmentSB 9.11.7
ā-ańghri-mastakam from the feet up to the top of the headSB 10.13.49
hasta-pada-ańguli fingers and toesCC Antya 3.210
vigalita-stana-paṭṭika-antām the border of the sari on the breasts moved slightlySB 8.9.18
vyudasta-anya-bhāvaḥ being freed from all other attractionsCC Madhya 24.48
apadhvasta eradicatedSB 10.38.19
apāsta eliminatedSB 1.5.25
apāsta diminishingSB 4.24.52
apāsta having dispelledSB 10.38.11
apāsta lostSB 10.90.23
apāstapeśalam without individualitySB 1.10.30
apraja-dustaram very difficult to cross for one without a sonSB 6.14.56
nyasta-daṇḍa-arpita-ańghraye whose lotus feet are worshiped by sages beyond the jurisdiction of punishmentSB 9.11.7
artha-vyasta the opposite meaningCC Antya 7.134
asannyasta without giving upBG 6.2
asta bereft ofSB 3.30.18
asta-cakrāya who throws the discSB 6.9.31
asta-śatruḥ until the enemy is defeatedSB 7.15.45
asta-bhāvāt speculating in various ways but not knowing or desiring more information of Your lotus feetSB 10.2.32
asta-dhiṣaṇam wherein awareness becomes covered overSB 10.14.22
asta-girim the mountain behind which the sun setsSB 10.38.24
udita-asta-mita switching their moods from elated to depressed and then to moderateSB 12.1.39-40
asta haya the sun sets in the eveningCC Madhya 20.390
asta-bhāvāt without devotionCC Madhya 22.30
asta-bhāvāt without devotionCC Madhya 24.131
asta-bhāvāt without devotionCC Madhya 24.141
asta-bhāvāt without devotionCC Madhya 25.32
astam settingSB 2.3.17
astam the setting positionSB 7.2.35
astam named AstaSB 8.11.46
astam its settingSB 10.42.23
astam gataḥ having setSB 10.80.37
astam-ayau and dissolutionSB 10.87.15
astamaya sunsetSB 5.21.7
āstaraṇāni cushionsSB 3.33.16
astauṣīḥ you prayed forSB 3.9.39
astauṣīt satisfiedSB 6.4.22
astauṣīt he began to offer prayersSB 7.9.7
astauṣīt offered prayersSB 9.1.21
astauṣīt He offered homageSB 10.39.56-57
astauṣīt praisedSB 10.59.24
astaut prayed forSB 3.8.33
astaut offered prayersSB 9.8.20
astaut offered prayersSB 10.3.12
āśvasta grateful, with faithSB 8.9.11
aśvastana-vidam one who does not know what is happening nextSB 4.25.38
asvastaye for defeatSB 3.18.12
ati-dustarām very dangerousSB 4.10.29
ati-dustaram impossible to crossSB 12.4.40
ātma-ādi-stamba-paryantaiḥ from Lord Brahmā to the insignificant living entitySB 10.13.51
samasta-ātmani the universal beingSB 4.4.11
āvistarām directly manifestSB 11.7.21
astam-ayau and dissolutionSB 10.87.15
bahu stavāvalī many prayersCC Madhya 1.40
bahuta stavana many prayersCC Madhya 9.69
mahā-baka-grastam swallowed by the great duckSB 10.11.49
dhvasta-bandhanaḥ liberated from bondageSB 6.10.12
samasta-bandhanaḥ from all material obstacles on the path of devotional serviceSB 7.7.36
mastake bāndhila I bound on my headCC Antya 13.60
basta-mukhaḥ the face of a goatSB 4.2.23
basta-śmaśruḥ the beard of the goatSB 4.7.5
basta-karma the business of the goatSB 9.19.7
basta goatSB 9.19.3
basta the he-goatSB 9.19.4
bastaiḥ on the backs of goatsSB 8.10.10-12
samasta-bhagaḥ all kinds of opulencesCC Madhya 15.180
udasta-bhāgaṇam having scattered the luminariesSB 4.5.11
bhagavat-stavam a prayer offered to the Supreme Personality of GodheadSB 4.24.76
bhava-stavāya for praying to Lord ŚivaSB 4.7.11
vyudasta-anya-bhāvaḥ being freed from all other attractionsCC Madhya 24.48
asta-bhāvāt speculating in various ways but not knowing or desiring more information of Your lotus feetSB 10.2.32
asta-bhāvāt without devotionCC Madhya 22.30
asta-bhāvāt without devotionCC Madhya 24.131
asta-bhāvāt without devotionCC Madhya 24.141
asta-bhāvāt without devotionCC Madhya 25.32
bhaya-vitrastau seized with overwhelming fearSB 10.57.29
nirasta-bhedam without distinction between demigods and human beingsSB 8.7.31
kṛṣṇa-bhukta-stana-kṣīrāḥ therefore, because their breasts were sucked by Kṛṣṇa, who drank the milk flowing from their bodiesSB 10.6.34
mastaka-bhūṣaṇa the ornament of his headCC Antya 11.54
mastaka-bhūṣaṇa a decoration on my headCC Antya 20.152
brahma-stavera of the prayers of Lord BrahmāCC Madhya 6.260
samasta brahmāṇḍa-gaṇera of the aggregate of the brahmāṇḍas, or universesCC Madhya 20.282
cakra-hastam disc in handBG 11.46
asta-cakrāya who throws the discSB 6.9.31
sva-hasta-cālane moving His own handCC Madhya 21.135
śrī-hasta caraṇa the palm and the soleCC Adi 14.16
santrasta-cittaḥ with a fearful heartSB 9.4.52
nyasta-daṇḍa one who has accepted the rod of the renounced orderSB 1.13.30
daṇḍa-hastam with a club in handSB 1.17.1
nyasta-daṇḍa-arpita-ańghraye whose lotus feet are worshiped by sages beyond the jurisdiction of punishmentSB 9.11.7
nyasta-daṇḍaḥ a sannyāsīSB 5.13.15
sannyasta-daṇḍaḥ having given up the king's rod for punishing criminalsSB 5.13.20
nyasta-daṇḍāḥ persons who have given up envying othersSB 5.14.39
nyasta-daṇḍaḥ having given up the weapons of a kṣatriya (the bow, arrows and axe)SB 9.16.26
nyasta-daṇḍāya unto the forgivingSB 3.14.35
grasta-dehaḥ the body being so diseasedSB 9.3.14
grasta-dehasya of a person overcomeSB 7.6.7
dhana-stambhaiḥ rich and proudSB 10.10.18
śire hasta dhari' keeping His hand on their headsCC Madhya 3.14
hasta dharilā caught the handCC Antya 6.204
śrī-yaśodā-stanam-dhaye sucking the breast of mother YaśodāCC Antya 7.86
asta-dhiṣaṇam wherein awareness becomes covered overSB 10.14.22
nyasta-dhiyaḥ one who has given his mind unto HimSB 1.10.11-12
dhvasta conqueredSB 1.13.54
dhvasta being destroyedSB 1.13.56
dhvasta vanishedSB 3.33.8
dhvasta smashedSB 4.23.8
dhvasta-tamasaḥ being freed from all kinds of ignoranceSB 4.24.73
dhvasta dissipatedSB 4.30.21
dhvasta aloofSB 4.31.18
dhvasta vanquishedSB 5.19.4
dhvasta-bandhanaḥ liberated from bondageSB 6.10.12
dhvasta-pāpānām who are fully freed from all sinful reactionsSB 6.14.23
dhvasta destroyedSB 6.16.31
dhvasta-akṣam his eyes obscuredSB 7.2.29-31
dhvasta having been vanquishedSB 8.23.10
dhvasta vanquishedSB 9.5.26
sva-mahi-dhvasta-mahibhiḥ whose own independence was subordinate to the potency of the LordSB 10.13.53
dhvasta destroyedSB 10.27.4
dhvasta shatteredSB 10.27.13
dhvasta dispelledSB 10.32.11-12
dhvasta destroyedSB 10.60.39
dhvasta eradicatedSB 10.73.7
dhvasta eradicatedSB 10.82.47
dhvasta destroyedSB 11.5.17
dhvasta spoiledSB 11.8.25-26
dhvasta destroyedSB 12.8.13
dhvasta destroyedSB 12.10.27
dhvastam annihilatedSB 4.24.68
samasta divasa all dayCC Antya 6.186
hasta diyā placing His handCC Madhya 11.137
hasta diyā keeping His handCC Madhya 15.273
hasta diyā putting their handsCC Antya 2.126
samasta-dṛk seer or knower of everythingSB 4.6.49
samasta-duḥkha all miseriesSB 3.5.13
dustara very difficultSB 4.22.40
dustara unavoidableSB 10.90.50
dustaraḥ unsurpassableSB 1.12.21
dustaraḥ insurmountableSB 1.13.17
su-dustaraiḥ very difficult to avoidSB 5.1.14
dustaram insurmountableSB 1.1.22
dustarām insurmountableSB 2.7.42
dustaram the formidable foeSB 3.18.27
ati-dustarām very dangerousSB 4.10.29
dustaram insurmountableSB 4.10.30
dustaram formidableSB 4.31.7
apraja-dustaram very difficult to cross for one without a sonSB 6.14.56
dustarām very difficult to surmountSB 8.12.39
su-dustaram which is very difficult to crossSB 10.2.31
dustaram difficult to crossSB 10.75.30
dustarām unsurpassableSB 11.3.17
dustarām impossible to crossSB 11.3.33
dustaram insurmountableSB 11.6.48-49
su-dustarām very difficult to executeSB 11.29.1
ati-dustaram impossible to crossSB 12.4.40
dustarām insurmountableCC Madhya 6.235
dustaram impossible to crossMM 12
dustarāt unable to be avoidedSB 3.16.33
dustarāt difficult to pass overSB 7.10.15-17
su-dustarāt from the insurmountableSB 10.17.24
dustare insurmountableSB 6.15.18-19
dustarka of false argumentsSB 5.13.22
dvija-ali-kula-sannāda-stavakāḥ the birds, especially the cuckoos, and swarms of bees began to chant in sweet voices, as if praying to the Supreme Personality of GodheadSB summary
gabhastayaḥ the raysSB 5.20.37
gabhastayaḥ the shining particlesSB 8.3.22-24
ajā-gala-stana nipples on the neck of a goatCC Adi 5.61
ajā-gala-stana-nyāya like the nipples on the neck of a goatCC Madhya 24.93
grasta-gandhā deprived of its fragranceSB 12.4.14
samasta brahmāṇḍa-gaṇera of the aggregate of the brahmāṇḍas, or universesCC Madhya 20.282
astam gataḥ having setSB 10.80.37
gaurāńga-stava-kalpa-vṛkṣe in his poem known as Gaurāńga-stava-kalpavṛkṣaCC Antya 6.326
gaurāńga-stava-kalpa-vṛkṣe in the book known as Gaurāńga-stava-kalpavṛkṣaCC Antya 14.72
gaurāńga-stava-kalpa-vṛkṣe in the book known as Gaurāńga-stava-kalpavṛkṣaCC Antya 14.119
gaurāńga-stava-kalpa-vṛkṣe Gaurāńga-stava-kalpavṛkṣaCC Antya 16.86
gaurāńga-stava-kalpa-vṛkṣe named Gaurāńga-stava-kalpavṛkṣaCC Antya 17.71
gaurāńga-stava-kalpa-vṛkṣe in his book known as Gaurāńga-stava-kalpavṛkṣaCC Antya 19.75
asta-girim the mountain behind which the sun setsSB 10.38.24
gopāla stavana prayers to GopālaCC Madhya 5.6
graha-grasta being caught by an eclipseSB 6.1.63
graha-grasta haunted by a ghostSB 7.7.35
grāha-grastam when attacked by the crocodileSB 8.1.31
kāma-graha-grasta being haunted by the ghost of lusty desireSB 9.19.4
hasta-graha taking of their handsSB 10.65.4-6
graha-grasta-prāya exactly like one haunted by a ghostCC Antya 2.18
hasta-grāhaḥ he who accepted my handSB 9.18.19
hasta-grāhaḥ husbandSB 9.18.22
grasta coveredSB 6.8.34
grasta-tejasaḥ having lost all their personal strengthSB 6.9.20
grasta-dehasya of a person overcomeSB 7.6.7
grasta-dehaḥ the body being so diseasedSB 9.3.14
grasta-hṛdayaḥ My heart is controlledSB 9.4.63
grasta-gandhā deprived of its fragranceSB 12.4.14
āmi jarā-grasta I am invalid because of old ageCC Antya 1.11
graha-grasta-prāya exactly like one haunted by a ghostCC Antya 2.18
nānā-roga-grasta infected with so many diseasesCC Antya 20.94
grasta overcomeSB 1.13.21
sarpa-grasta one who is bitten by the snakeSB 1.13.46
grasta attackedSB 3.21.55
graha-grasta being caught by an eclipseSB 6.1.63
graha-grasta haunted by a ghostSB 7.7.35
mṛtyu-grasta although in imminent danger of deathSB 8.6.21
karma-grasta one who is under the laws of karmaSB 8.24.2-3
kāma-graha-grasta being haunted by the ghost of lusty desireSB 9.19.4
kāliya-grasta seized by KāliyaSB 10.17.17
grasta seizedSB 10.34.6
grasta seizedSB 10.45.39
grastam attacked bySB 3.19.35
grastam being embracedSB 4.28.8
grastam encagedSB 6.2.36-37
vṛtra-grastam swallowed by VṛtrāsuraSB 6.12.30
kāla-grastam devoured by timeSB 7.8.42
grāha-grastam when attacked by the crocodileSB 8.1.31
jarā-grastam very old and invalidSB 9.3.20
varuṇa-grastam having been attacked with dropsy by VaruṇaSB 9.7.17
mahā-baka-grastam swallowed by the great duckSB 10.11.49
grastam seizedSB 10.34.7
grastam that which has been seizedSB 10.68.28
grastam seizedSB 11.8.41
grastam seizedSB 11.8.42
grastam seizedSB 12.8.2-5
hasta-gṛhīta-padmayā taking a lotus flower in the handSB 4.8.23
gṛhīta-hastau holding Their hands togetherSB 10.15.15
mahā-stabdha haila he became greatly stunnedCC Madhya 18.188
hasta hāle my hands trembleCC Antya 20.93
hasta-gṛhīta-padmayā taking a lotus flower in the handSB 4.8.23
hasta like handsSB 4.9.6
hasta of His handSB 4.20.22
hasta handsSB 4.29.4
hasta-pādau hands and legsSB 4.29.15
hasta-yuktānām of the animals with hands, like the tigersSB 6.4.9
hasta from the handsSB 7.8.26
hasta-muktaḥ freed from the clutches of the LordSB 7.8.27
hasta-sthām while still in the hand of BaliSB 8.10.43
hasta-trayam three cubitsSB 8.24.19
hasta-grāhaḥ he who accepted my handSB 9.18.19
hasta-grāhaḥ husbandSB 9.18.22
hasta HastaSB 9.24.49
hasta-agrāhye when the destination is out of the reach of His handsSB 10.8.30
mat-hasta from My handSB 10.25.21
hasta like handsSB 10.32.11-12
hasta-abjam the lotus handSB 10.33.13
hasta handSB 10.38.16
hasta in his handsSB 10.51.7
hasta-pańkajam Your lotus handSB 10.59.31
hasta of the handSB 10.62.13
hasta-graha taking of their handsSB 10.65.4-6
kṛṣṇa-hasta by Lord Kṛṣṇa's handSB 10.77.34
hasta cubitsCC Adi 3.42
hasta handsCC Adi 5.100-101
hasta handsCC Adi 5.185
hasta handsCC Adi 6.38
hasta handCC Adi 12.25
hasta-padera of the hands and legsCC Adi 13.113
śrī-hasta caraṇa the palm and the soleCC Adi 14.16
hasta-padera of the hands and legsCC Madhya 2.12
hasta the handsCC Madhya 2.13
śire hasta dhari' keeping His hand on their headsCC Madhya 3.14
hasta of the handsCC Madhya 4.77
hasta handsCC Madhya 7.37
hasta the handCC Madhya 8.284
hasta handsCC Madhya 11.6
hasta diyā placing His handCC Madhya 11.137
hasta handCC Madhya 12.148
śrī-hasta-sparśe by the touch of the transcendental hand of Lord CaitanyaCC Madhya 13.31
hasta-yuga His two armsCC Madhya 13.51
hasta handCC Madhya 13.91
hasta of the handCC Madhya 13.97
pada-hasta legs and handsCC Madhya 13.107
śrī-hasta-yuge with His two armsCC Madhya 13.117
hasta tuli' raising the armsCC Madhya 13.120
hasta handsCC Madhya 14.22
hasta handsCC Madhya 14.135
hasta diyā keeping His handCC Madhya 15.273
hasta handCC Madhya 20.222
sva-hasta-cālane moving His own handCC Madhya 21.135
hasta diyā putting their handsCC Antya 2.126
hasta-pada-ańguli fingers and toesCC Antya 3.210
hasta dharilā caught the handCC Antya 6.204
sva-hasta own handCC Antya 6.301
hasta tuli' raising His handsCC Antya 12.128
hasta-pāda arms and legsCC Antya 14.65-66
hasta armsCC Antya 14.65-66
hasta-pada the arms and legsCC Antya 17.16
hasta-pāda the arms and legsCC Antya 17.21
hasta-pada arm and legCC Antya 18.52
śrī-hasta his handCC Antya 18.61
hasta hāle my hands trembleCC Antya 20.93
ambuja-hasta with a lotus flower in the handSB 2.7.15
hasta in his handSB 10.75.36
ut-hastaiḥ with upraised hands (branches)SB 4.6.13
laghu-hastaiḥ quick-handedSB 6.10.25
sva-hastaiḥ by his own handsSB 9.15.34
cakra-hastam disc in handBG 11.46
daṇḍa-hastam with a club in handSB 1.17.1
hastam one handSB 3.15.40
hastam His handSB 10.23.22
hastam his trunkSB 10.43.13
hastam in His handSB 10.73.1-6
hastam the handSB 10.81.10
hastam handSB 10.88.23
hastam your handSB 10.88.33
hastam handSB 10.88.35
sruva-hastasya with the sacrificial ladle in his handSB 4.5.19
hastau the handsSB 2.10.24
hastau handsSB 3.6.21
hastau the two handsSB 3.26.58
hastau the two handsSB 3.26.66
hastau hands and legs and other sensesSB 10.10.38
gṛhīta-hastau holding Their hands togetherSB 10.15.15
hastau in Their handsSB 10.34.28
hastau the two handsSB 11.14.32-33
hastau O handsMM 34
laghu-hastavān with quick handlingSB 8.11.21
hasta in whose handSB 10.81.17
padma-hasta by the supreme goddess of fortune, who holds a lotus in her handSB 10.83.17
hastayoḥ and handsSB 10.32.15
hastayoḥ by the handsSB 10.44.2
asta haya the sun sets in the eveningCC Madhya 20.390
vitrasta-hṛdayaḥ being afraid in the heartSB 5.14.29
grasta-hṛdayaḥ My heart is controlledSB 9.4.63
samasta-jagatām of all the universesSB 3.9.22
jarā-grastam very old and invalidSB 9.3.20
āmi jarā-grasta I am invalid because of old ageCC Antya 1.11
mastaka-jvaram the headacheSB 7.8.35
kadalī-stambhaiḥ by the pillars of banana treesSB 4.21.3
kāla-grastam devoured by timeSB 7.8.42
kāliya-grasta seized by KāliyaSB 10.17.17
gaurāńga-stava-kalpa-vṛkṣe in his poem known as Gaurāńga-stava-kalpavṛkṣaCC Antya 6.326
gaurāńga-stava-kalpa-vṛkṣe in the book known as Gaurāńga-stava-kalpavṛkṣaCC Antya 14.72
gaurāńga-stava-kalpa-vṛkṣe in the book known as Gaurāńga-stava-kalpavṛkṣaCC Antya 14.119
gaurāńga-stava-kalpa-vṛkṣe Gaurāńga-stava-kalpavṛkṣaCC Antya 16.86
gaurāńga-stava-kalpa-vṛkṣe named Gaurāńga-stava-kalpavṛkṣaCC Antya 17.71
gaurāńga-stava-kalpa-vṛkṣe in his book known as Gaurāńga-stava-kalpavṛkṣaCC Antya 19.75
kāma-graha-grasta being haunted by the ghost of lusty desireSB 9.19.4
samasta-kāmaḥ all desiresSB 3.2.21
samasta-kāmaḥ all desirable objectsCC Madhya 21.33
sāci-stambhita-kandharam whose neck is fixed in a curve to the sideCC Antya 1.166
karaye stavana offers prayersCC Madhya 7.142
karaye stavana offered their prayersCC Madhya 21.73
karena stavana offer prayersCC Adi 5.114
karena stavana offers prayersCC Antya 5.136
karena stavana offers prayersCC Antya 5.139
karena stavana offers prayersCC Antya 5.146
karma-grasta one who is under the laws of karmaSB 8.24.2-3
basta-karma the business of the goatSB 9.19.7
samasta-kilbiṣaḥ having all sinsSB 6.16.31
kṛṣṇa-bhukta-stana-kṣīrāḥ therefore, because their breasts were sucked by Kṛṣṇa, who drank the milk flowing from their bodiesSB 10.6.34
kṛṣṇa-hasta by Lord Kṛṣṇa's handSB 10.77.34
kṛṣṇa-bhukta-stana-kṣīrāḥ therefore, because their breasts were sucked by Kṛṣṇa, who drank the milk flowing from their bodiesSB 10.6.34
nirasta-kuhakam devoid of all illusionCC Madhya 8.266
nirasta-kuhakam devoid of all illusionCC Madhya 20.359
nirasta-kuhakam devoid of all illusionCC Madhya 25.148
samasta-kukṣau everything is within the abdomenSB 3.15.33
dvija-ali-kula-sannāda-stavakāḥ the birds, especially the cuckoos, and swarms of bees began to chant in sweet voices, as if praying to the Supreme Personality of GodheadSB summary
kumbha-sta a woman whose breasts were like water jugsSB 8.9.16-17
kuśa-stambaḥ kuśa grassSB 5.20.13
kusuma-stabaka of bunches of flowersSB 5.17.13
mastake lāgāya smears over the headCC Antya 12.106
laghu-hastaiḥ quick-handedSB 6.10.25
laghu-hastavān with quick handlingSB 8.11.21
sakala-loka-svastaye for the benefit of all the planetary systemsSB 5.20.40
mahā-baka-grastam swallowed by the great duckSB 10.11.49
mahā-stabdha haila he became greatly stunnedCC Madhya 18.188
sva-mahi-dhvasta-mahibhiḥ whose own independence was subordinate to the potency of the LordSB 10.13.53
sva-mahi-dhvasta-mahibhiḥ whose own independence was subordinate to the potency of the LordSB 10.13.53
manasta being placed within the mindSB 10.2.18
manasta from the mindsSB 10.83.3
tat-manasta by being fully absorbed in KṛṣṇaSB 7.4.37
nirasta-mānena being free from false prideSB 10.16.35
mastaka-jvaram the headacheSB 7.8.35
mastaka headsCC Adi 5.100-101
mastaka-bhūṣaṇa the ornament of his headCC Antya 11.54
mastaka-muṇḍana a great shameCC Antya 13.15
mastaka-bhūṣaṇa a decoration on my headCC Antya 20.152
mastakāḥ and headsSB 10.6.14
mastakaḥ his headsSB 10.17.6
mastakaḥ his headSB 10.18.29
ā-ańghri-mastakam from the feet up to the top of the headSB 10.13.49
mastake on my headCC Madhya 2.94
prabhu-mastake on the head of Śrī Caitanya MahāprabhuCC Madhya 15.28
mastake on the headCC Madhya 19.86
mastake on the headsCC Antya 11.79
mastake lāgāya smears over the headCC Antya 12.106
mastake on the headCC Antya 13.51
mastake bāndhila I bound on my headCC Antya 13.60
mat-hasta from My handSB 10.25.21
abhivyudasta-māyaḥ because all illusion is completely removed by HimSB 10.12.39
meḍhīstambhe to the pivot postSB 5.23.3
udita-asta-mita switching their moods from elated to depressed and then to moderateSB 12.1.39-40
mṛtyu-grasta although in imminent danger of deathSB 8.6.21
basta-mukhaḥ the face of a goatSB 4.2.23
mukta-staneṣu who had grown up and were no longer drawing milk from their mothersSB 10.13.35
hasta-muktaḥ freed from the clutches of the LordSB 7.8.27
mūla-stambha the main pillarCC Adi 11.10
mastaka-muṇḍana a great shameCC Antya 13.15
na sta They are not thereSB 10.39.42-43
na vastavyam should not resideSB 11.6.35
na sta are not doneSB 11.27.13
nabhastalam outer spaceSB 2.1.27
nabhastalam the skySB 6.9.13-17
nabhastalam the skySB 7.8.36
nānā-roga-grasta infected with so many diseasesCC Antya 20.94
nasta through the nostrilsSB 2.7.11
nasta from the noseSB 8.5.42
nasta from his nostrilsSB 10.16.28
nir-aham-stambhaḥ is automatically freed from all false prestigeSB 10.10.15
nirasta negation by absenceSB 1.1.1
nirasta withoutSB 1.10.30
nirasta being absentSB 1.15.17
nirasta vanquishedSB 2.4.14
nirasta not being affectedSB 3.9.19
nirasta nullifiedSB 3.14.27
nirasta-tejaḥsu whose glory is diminishedSB 4.4.13
nirasta completely freed fromSB 5.18.37
nirasta-bhedam without distinction between demigods and human beingsSB 8.7.31
nirasta-mānena being free from false prideSB 10.16.35
nirasta which refutedSB 10.59.43
nirasta dispelledSB 10.69.9-12
nirasta dispellingSB 10.70.4-5
nirasta which is devoidSB 10.87.34
nirasta kept awaySB 10.87.50
nirasta-tāpe when the pain has been removedSB 11.2.54
nirasta-kuhakam devoid of all illusionCC Madhya 8.266
nirasta-kuhakam devoid of all illusionCC Madhya 20.359
nirasta-kuhakam devoid of all illusionCC Madhya 25.148
nirasta completely vanquishedSB 7.9.23
nirasta expelledSB 12.9.30
nirasta nullifiedCC Adi 1.93
nirastam defeatedSB 4.10.9
nirastam eradicatedSB 12.6.7
nirvṛtta-stana breasts not agitatedSB 8.8.41-46
nistambhaḥ whose false pride was brought downSB 10.25.24
nistaptaḥ tormentedSB 11.3.2
nistara dispose ofSB 3.18.27
nistare becomes liberatedCC Madhya 20.120
nistareyam will cross beyondMM 12
nitamba-stana by her hips and firm breastsSB 10.6.4
nyasta-dhiyaḥ one who has given his mind unto HimSB 1.10.11-12
nyasta-daṇḍa one who has accepted the rod of the renounced orderSB 1.13.30
nyasta given overSB 1.19.17
nyasta-daṇḍāya unto the forgivingSB 3.14.35
nyasta restedSB 3.17.21
nyasta given upSB 3.32.5
nyasta given upSB 4.21.18
nyasta-daṇḍaḥ a sannyāsīSB 5.13.15
nyasta-daṇḍāḥ persons who have given up envying othersSB 5.14.39
nyasta placedSB 6.8.12
nyasta given upSB 6.16.20
nyasta having given upSB 7.4.37
nyasta having given upSB 7.5.56-57
tat-nyasta being fully dedicated to Him (Lord Nṛsiṃhadeva)SB 7.9.7
nyasta had been given upSB 8.21.11
nyasta-daṇḍa-arpita-ańghraye whose lotus feet are worshiped by sages beyond the jurisdiction of punishmentSB 9.11.7
nyasta-daṇḍaḥ having given up the weapons of a kṣatriya (the bow, arrows and axe)SB 9.16.26
nyasta-śastrāḥ being bereft of all weaponsSB 10.4.34
nyasta fixedSB 10.16.11
nyasta placedSB 10.30.27
nyasta pointingSB 10.36.10
nyasta placingSB 10.43.15
nyasta who have renouncedSB 10.60.39
nyasta fixedSB 10.86.7
nyasta who have renouncedSB 10.88.25-26
nyasta who have given upSB 10.89.14-17
nyasta giving upSB 11.18.12
nyasta-ańgam having touched the Deity's various limbs with the chanting of appropriate mantrasSB 11.27.24
nyasta placedCC Adi 5.224
nyasta leftSB 10.57.23
nyasta keptSB 10.57.35-36
nyastam if it is so offeredSB 7.15.5
nyastam placedSB 10.47.62
nyastam placedSB 12.9.27
nyastau given in chargeSB 9.14.27
nyastau placedSB 10.36.17
nyastau place in custodySB 10.82.38
nyastavatī she had placed HimSB 10.7.22
ajā-gala-stana-nyāya like the nipples on the neck of a goatCC Madhya 24.93
pada-hasta legs and handsCC Madhya 13.107
hasta-pada-ańguli fingers and toesCC Antya 3.210
hasta-pāda arms and legsCC Antya 14.65-66
hasta-pada the arms and legsCC Antya 17.16
hasta-pāda the arms and legsCC Antya 17.21
hasta-pada arm and legCC Antya 18.52
hasta-pādau hands and legsSB 4.29.15
hasta-padera of the hands and legsCC Adi 13.113
hasta-padera of the hands and legsCC Madhya 2.12
padma-hasta by the supreme goddess of fortune, who holds a lotus in her handSB 10.83.17
hasta-gṛhīta-padmayā taking a lotus flower in the handSB 4.8.23
pustaka pāiyā getting those two booksCC Madhya 9.325
hasta-pańkajam Your lotus handSB 10.59.31
dhvasta-pāpānām who are fully freed from all sinful reactionsSB 6.14.23
paritrastaiḥ who were terrifiedSB 10.51.15
ātma-ādi-stamba-paryantaiḥ from Lord Brahmā to the insignificant living entitySB 10.13.51
paryasta disseminatingSB 3.8.29
paryasta coveredSB 8.12.18
paryasta being surroundedSB 4.9.39-40
paryasta surroundedSB 10.71.30
paryastaiḥ completely rejected (due to not touching the living force)SB 7.7.26
paryastam surroundedSB 4.6.22
paryastam surrounding the waistSB 4.8.49
paryastam surroundedSB 6.10.15
vigalita-stana-paṭṭika-antām the border of the sari on the breasts moved slightlySB 8.9.18
pīvara-sta having raised breastsCC Antya 10.21
prabhu-mastake on the head of Śrī Caitanya MahāprabhuCC Madhya 15.28
pradhvasta free from contaminationSB 9.8.23
pradhvasta completely shatteredSB 10.66.24
prahastam PrahastaSB 9.10.18
prasāda vistara remnants of food in large quantitiesCC Madhya 11.180
prasūna-stabaka bunches of flowersSB 4.1.18
pratyastamita ceasedSB 4.13.8-9
graha-grasta-prāya exactly like one haunted by a ghostCC Antya 2.18
pustaka booksCC Madhya 1.120
pustaka pāiyā getting those two booksCC Madhya 9.325
pustaka booksCC Madhya 11.141
pustaka the booksCC Madhya 11.142
pustake the bookCC Madhya 9.209
putra-sneha-snuta-sta while she was calling Them, milk flowed from her breast because of her ecstatic love and affectionSB 10.11.14
rajata-stambheṣu like columns of silverSB 5.25.5
samasta rātri all nightCC Antya 3.125
samasta-rephān all sound vibrationsSB 8.20.25-29
nānā-roga-grasta infected with so many diseasesCC Antya 20.94
sa-vistaram in all detailsSB 3.3.2
sāci-stambhita-kandharam whose neck is fixed in a curve to the sideCC Antya 1.166
sakala-loka-svastaye for the benefit of all the planetary systemsSB 5.20.40
samasta all-inclusiveSB 1.5.6
samasta all kinds ofSB 1.19.7
samasta-kāmaḥ all desiresSB 3.2.21
samasta-duḥkha all miseriesSB 3.5.13
samasta-jagatām of all the universesSB 3.9.22
samasta-kukṣau everything is within the abdomenSB 3.15.33
samasta on the wholeSB 3.33.23
samasta-ātmani the universal beingSB 4.4.11
samasta-dṛk seer or knower of everythingSB 4.6.49
samasta allSB 4.11.30
samasta allSB 4.22.27
samasta allSB 4.25.28
samasta from allSB 4.29.84
samasta allSB 5.5.35
samasta allSB 5.6.16
vimukta-samasta-sańgasya although having given up the association of my real sons and homeSB 5.8.29
samasta all otherSB 6.8.34
samasta from whom allSB 6.9.36
samasta-kilbiṣaḥ having all sinsSB 6.16.31
samasta allSB 6.19.26-28
samasta allSB 7.5.49
samasta-bandhanaḥ from all material obstacles on the path of devotional serviceSB 7.7.36
samasta allSB 7.10.27
samasta allSB 8.12.46
samasta-rephān all sound vibrationsSB 8.20.25-29
samasta-sańgaḥ all contaminationSB 9.19.25
samasta allSB 10.21.10
samasta allSB 10.23.29
samasta allSB 10.38.19
samasta allSB 10.38.23
samasta allSB 10.60.38
samasta in allSB 10.87.14
samasta with allSB 11.13.32
samasta allSB 11.29.34
samasta of allSB 12.11.1
samasta allCC Adi 17.70
samasta allCC Madhya 10.105
samasta-bhagaḥ all kinds of opulencesCC Madhya 15.180
samasta allCC Madhya 20.145
samasta brahmāṇḍa-gaṇera of the aggregate of the brahmāṇḍas, or universesCC Madhya 20.282
samasta-kāmaḥ all desirable objectsCC Madhya 21.33
samasta allCC Madhya 22.103
samasta rātri all nightCC Antya 3.125
samasta allCC Antya 4.194
samasta divasa all dayCC Antya 6.186
samasta-sura of all the demigodsBs 5.52
samasta of allMM 53
samastam in totalSB 3.13.45
samastam everythingSB 6.16.46
sampatti vistara the great opulenceCC Madhya 14.203
saṃstabhya by steadyingBG 3.43
saṃstabhya by checking the forceSB 1.15.3
saṃstabhya pacifyingSB 4.7.12
saṃstabhya after settlingSB 4.18.1
saṃstambhitaḥ keptSB 12.6.19
ānaka-śańkha-saṃstavaiḥ by celestial kettledrums and conchshells, accompanied with prayersSB 10.11.52
saṃstavaiḥ with beautiful hymnsSB 11.13.41
saṃstavane in offering prayersSB 8.7.34
samasta-sańgaḥ all contaminationSB 9.19.25
vimukta-samasta-sańgasya although having given up the association of my real sons and homeSB 5.8.29
ānaka-śańkha-saṃstavaiḥ by celestial kettledrums and conchshells, accompanied with prayersSB 10.11.52
dvija-ali-kula-sannāda-stavakāḥ the birds, especially the cuckoos, and swarms of bees began to chant in sweet voices, as if praying to the Supreme Personality of GodheadSB summary
sannyasta one who has renouncedBG 4.41
sannyasta renouncedSB 1.13.56
sannyasta completely surrenderedSB 3.24.38
sannyasta dedicatedSB 3.29.33
sannyasta-daṇḍaḥ having given up the king's rod for punishing criminalsSB 5.13.20
sannyasta having dedicatedSB 10.65.4-6
santrasta-cittaḥ with a fearful heartSB 9.4.52
santrasta being afraidSB 9.14.29
santrasta terrifiedSB 10.42.28-31
santrasta terrifiedSB 10.57.20
santrasta terrifiedSB 10.88.24
śara-stambe on a clump of śara grassSB 9.21.35
sarpa-grasta one who is bitten by the snakeSB 1.13.46
śasta the newly grown grassSB 4.8.55
śastaiḥ freshSB 10.41.49
śāstari the ruler or subduerSB 1.17.9
śāstari the supreme rulerSB 1.18.35
śāstari as the punisherSB 10.36.7
nyasta-śastrāḥ being bereft of all weaponsSB 10.4.34
asta-śatruḥ until the enemy is defeatedSB 7.15.45
śire hasta dhari' keeping His hand on their headsCC Madhya 3.14
basta-śmaśruḥ the beard of the goatSB 4.7.5
putra-sneha-snuta-sta while she was calling Them, milk flowed from her breast because of her ecstatic love and affectionSB 10.11.14
putra-sneha-snuta-sta while she was calling Them, milk flowed from her breast because of her ecstatic love and affectionSB 10.11.14
śrī-hasta-sparśe by the touch of the transcendental hand of Lord CaitanyaCC Madhya 13.31
srasta scatteredSB 10.33.15
srasta disheveledSB 10.34.24
śrāvasta by the name ŚrāvastaSB 9.6.21
śrī-hasta caraṇa the palm and the soleCC Adi 14.16
śrī-hasta-sparśe by the touch of the transcendental hand of Lord CaitanyaCC Madhya 13.31
śrī-hasta-yuge with His two armsCC Madhya 13.117
śrī-yaśodā-stanam-dhaye sucking the breast of mother YaśodāCC Antya 7.86
śrī-hasta his handCC Antya 18.61
sruva-hastasya with the sacrificial ladle in his handSB 4.5.19
prasūna-stabaka bunches of flowersSB 4.1.18
kusuma-stabaka of bunches of flowersSB 5.17.13
mahā-stabdha haila he became greatly stunnedCC Madhya 18.188
na sta They are not thereSB 10.39.42-43
na sta are not doneSB 11.27.13
tṛṇa-stamba-ādīnām down to the small clumps of grassSB 5.14.29
ātma-ādi-stamba-paryantaiḥ from Lord Brahmā to the insignificant living entitySB 10.13.51
kuśa-stambaḥ kuśa grassSB 5.20.13
veṇu-stambasya of a clump of bamboo plantsSB 11.1.4
śara-stambe on a clump of śara grassSB 9.21.35
vaidūrya-stambha with pillars of vaidūrya-maṇiSB 9.11.30
mūla-stambha the main pillarCC Adi 11.10
nir-aham-stambhaḥ is automatically freed from all false prestigeSB 10.10.15
kadalī-stambhaiḥ by the pillars of banana treesSB 4.21.3
dhana-stambhaiḥ rich and proudSB 10.10.18
rajata-stambheṣu like columns of silverSB 5.25.5
sāci-stambhita-kandharam whose neck is fixed in a curve to the sideCC Antya 1.166
nirvṛtta-stana breasts not agitatedSB 8.8.41-46
vigalita-stana-paṭṭika-antām the border of the sari on the breasts moved slightlySB 8.9.18
nitamba-stana by her hips and firm breastsSB 10.6.4
vyathita-sta being severely aggrieved because of pressure on her breastSB 10.6.13
kṛṣṇa-bhukta-stana-kṣīrāḥ therefore, because their breasts were sucked by Kṛṣṇa, who drank the milk flowing from their bodiesSB 10.6.34
ajā-gala-stana nipples on the neck of a goatCC Adi 5.61
ajā-gala-stana-nyāya like the nipples on the neck of a goatCC Madhya 24.93
tat-stanam that breastSB 10.6.34
śrī-yaśodā-stanam-dhaye sucking the breast of mother YaśodāCC Antya 7.86
mukta-staneṣu who had grown up and were no longer drawing milk from their mothersSB 10.13.35
kumbha-sta a woman whose breasts were like water jugsSB 8.9.16-17
putra-sneha-snuta-sta while she was calling Them, milk flowed from her breast because of her ecstatic love and affectionSB 10.11.14
pīvara-sta having raised breastsCC Antya 10.21
gaurāńga-stava-kalpa-vṛkṣe in his poem known as Gaurāńga-stava-kalpavṛkṣaCC Antya 6.326
gaurāńga-stava-kalpa-vṛkṣe in the book known as Gaurāńga-stava-kalpavṛkṣaCC Antya 14.72
gaurāńga-stava-kalpa-vṛkṣe in the book known as Gaurāńga-stava-kalpavṛkṣaCC Antya 14.119
gaurāńga-stava-kalpa-vṛkṣe Gaurāńga-stava-kalpavṛkṣaCC Antya 16.86
gaurāńga-stava-kalpa-vṛkṣe named Gaurāńga-stava-kalpavṛkṣaCC Antya 17.71
gaurāńga-stava-kalpa-vṛkṣe in his book known as Gaurāńga-stava-kalpavṛkṣaCC Antya 19.75
dvija-ali-kula-sannāda-stavakāḥ the birds, especially the cuckoos, and swarms of bees began to chant in sweet voices, as if praying to the Supreme Personality of GodheadSB summary
bhagavat-stavam a prayer offered to the Supreme Personality of GodheadSB 4.24.76
karena stavana offer prayersCC Adi 5.114
gopāla stavana prayers to GopālaCC Madhya 5.6
karaye stavana offers prayersCC Madhya 7.142
bahuta stavana many prayersCC Madhya 9.69
karaye stavana offered their prayersCC Madhya 21.73
āmāra stavana My personal glorificationCC Madhya 24.317
karena stavana offers prayersCC Antya 5.136
karena stavana offers prayersCC Antya 5.139
karena stavana offers prayersCC Antya 5.146
bahu stavāvalī many prayersCC Madhya 1.40
bhava-stavāya for praying to Lord ŚivaSB 4.7.11
brahma-stavera of the prayers of Lord BrahmāCC Madhya 6.260
hasta-sthām while still in the hand of BaliSB 8.10.43
su-dustaraiḥ very difficult to avoidSB 5.1.14
su-dustaram which is very difficult to crossSB 10.2.31
su-dustarāt from the insurmountableSB 10.17.24
su-dustarām very difficult to executeSB 11.29.1
samasta-sura of all the demigodsBs 5.52
sva-hastaiḥ by his own handsSB 9.15.34
sva-mahi-dhvasta-mahibhiḥ whose own independence was subordinate to the potency of the LordSB 10.13.53
sva-hasta-cālane moving His own handCC Madhya 21.135
sva-hasta own handCC Antya 6.301
śvastanam meant for tomorrowSB 11.8.11
śvastanam meant for tomorrowSB 11.8.12
svastaye unto the auspiciousSB 4.24.33
sakala-loka-svastaye for the benefit of all the planetary systemsSB 5.20.40
svastaye for the benefitSB 5.22.3
svastaye for the welfareSB 5.25.6
svastaye for the benefit ofSB 7.11.6
svastaye comfortableSB 8.24.22
svastaye and for the welfare in the next lifeSB 10.87.6
svastaye for the benefitSB 11.2.4
dhvasta-tamasaḥ being freed from all kinds of ignoranceSB 4.24.73
tamastati the extent of the darknessCC Adi 3.59
nirasta-tāpe when the pain has been removedSB 11.2.54
tat-manasta by being fully absorbed in KṛṣṇaSB 7.4.37
tat-nyasta being fully dedicated to Him (Lord Nṛsiṃhadeva)SB 7.9.7
tat-stanam that breastSB 10.6.34
nirasta-tejaḥsu whose glory is diminishedSB 4.4.13
grasta-tejasaḥ having lost all their personal strengthSB 6.9.20
trasta frightenedSB 3.30.19
trasta become afraidSB 7.5.49
trasta fearingSB 9.10.4
trasta frightenedSB 7.9.16
hasta-trayam three cubitsSB 8.24.19
tṛṇa-stamba-ādīnām down to the small clumps of grassSB 5.14.29
hasta tuli' raising the armsCC Madhya 13.120
hasta tuli' raising His handsCC Antya 12.128
uccaistarām on a very high levelSB 5.7.7
udasta bulged outSB 3.19.26
udasta-bhāgaṇam having scattered the luminariesSB 4.5.11
amitra-udāsta-vidviṣām who do not distinguish between friends, neutral parties and enemiesSB 10.24.4
udita-asta-mita switching their moods from elated to depressed and then to moderateSB 12.1.39-40
upanyastam being handed overSB 1.17.43-44
upanyastam what is placedSB 3.30.15
upastaraṇāni cushionsSB 10.81.29-32
ut-hastaiḥ with upraised hands (branches)SB 4.6.13
vaidūrya-stambha with pillars of vaidūrya-maṇiSB 9.11.30
varuṇa-grastam having been attacked with dropsy by VaruṇaSB 9.7.17
vastaraṇim exactly following the orbit of the sunSB 5.1.30
stau in our housesSB 10.8.31
stavam factualSB 1.1.2
stavam factualCC Adi 1.91
stavam factualCC Madhya 24.100
stavam factualCC Madhya 25.149
sta realSB 11.11.2
na vastavyam should not resideSB 11.6.35
vastavyam should remainSB 11.7.5
veṇu-stambasya of a clump of bamboo plantsSB 11.1.4
aśvastana-vidam one who does not know what is happening nextSB 4.25.38
vidhvasta completely freed fromSB 9.7.25-26
vidhvasta scatteredSB 10.7.7
vidhvasta eradicatedSB 10.74.33-34
vidhvasta destroyedSB 10.85.30
vidhvasta devastatedSB 4.7.33
amitra-udāsta-vidviṣām who do not distinguish between friends, neutral parties and enemiesSB 10.24.4
vigalita-stana-paṭṭika-antām the border of the sari on the breasts moved slightlySB 8.9.18
vimukta-samasta-sańgasya although having given up the association of my real sons and homeSB 5.8.29
vinyasta restedSB 3.15.40
vinyasta having been placedSB 3.21.11
vinyasta placedSB 3.23.16
vinyasta expandedSB 4.17.29
vinyasta restedSB 4.20.22
vinyasta arrangedSB 4.25.22
vinyasta placedSB 9.11.27
vinyasta placedSB 10.23.22
vinyasta situatedSB 11.14.36-42
vinyasta placed aroundSB 3.15.28
viparyasta reversedSB 1.14.3
viparyastam turned upside-downSB 10.26.5
visrasta freed fromSB 3.33.1
visrasta scatteredSB 4.26.26
visrasta scatteredSB 6.14.50-51
visrasta scatteredSB 7.2.32
visrasta were falling downSB 10.9.18
visrasta scatteredSB 10.33.17
visrasta disheveledSB 10.42.14
visrasta scatteredSB 10.44.22-23
visrasta depletedSB 11.23.10
vistara expansivelyCC Adi 11.5
vistara very loudlyCC Adi 17.178-179
prasāda vistara remnants of food in large quantitiesCC Madhya 11.180
vistara a large quantityCC Madhya 11.239
sampatti vistara the great opulenceCC Madhya 14.203
vistara manyCC Madhya 17.191
vistaraḥ the expanseBG 10.40
vistaraḥ variousSB 1.3.3
sa-vistaram in all detailsSB 3.3.2
vistaram in detailSB 3.14.4
vistaram very expensive arrangementsSB 7.15.3
vistaram in detailSB 10.74.50
vistaraśaḥ in detailBG 11.2
vistaraśaḥ at great lengthBG 16.6
vistaraśaḥ at lengthSB 3.29.1-2
vistarasya to the extentBG 10.19
vistarāt due to expansionSB 7.15.4
vistarāt extensivelySB 8.1.1
vistarāt elaboratelySB 10.1.3
vistarataḥ by breadthSB 3.8.25
vistarataḥ in terms of widthSB 5.24.2
vistarataḥ very broadlySB 9.1.7
vistare expansiveSB 4.29.45
vistareṇa in detailBG 10.18
vistariṣyate will be explainedSB 5.24.27
vitrasta-hṛdayaḥ being afraid in the heartSB 5.14.29
vitrasta afraidSB 7.9.5
bhaya-vitrastau seized with overwhelming fearSB 10.57.29
gaurāńga-stava-kalpa-vṛkṣe in his poem known as Gaurāńga-stava-kalpavṛkṣaCC Antya 6.326
gaurāńga-stava-kalpa-vṛkṣe in the book known as Gaurāńga-stava-kalpavṛkṣaCC Antya 14.72
gaurāńga-stava-kalpa-vṛkṣe in the book known as Gaurāńga-stava-kalpavṛkṣaCC Antya 14.119
gaurāńga-stava-kalpa-vṛkṣe Gaurāńga-stava-kalpavṛkṣaCC Antya 16.86
gaurāńga-stava-kalpa-vṛkṣe named Gaurāńga-stava-kalpavṛkṣaCC Antya 17.71
gaurāńga-stava-kalpa-vṛkṣe in his book known as Gaurāńga-stava-kalpavṛkṣaCC Antya 19.75
vṛtra-grastam swallowed by VṛtrāsuraSB 6.12.30
vyasta on the partsSB 3.33.23
artha-vyasta the opposite meaningCC Antya 7.134
vyathita-sta being severely aggrieved because of pressure on her breastSB 10.6.13
vyatyasta dislocatedSB 10.7.7
vyatyasta in disarraySB 10.29.6-7
vyudasta who dispelSB 4.20.29
vyudasta given upSB 12.12.69
vyudasta given upCC Madhya 17.138
vyudasta-anya-bhāvaḥ being freed from all other attractionsCC Madhya 24.48
śrī-yaśodā-stanam-dhaye sucking the breast of mother YaśodāCC Antya 7.86
hasta-yuga His two armsCC Madhya 13.51
śrī-hasta-yuge with His two armsCC Madhya 13.117
hasta-yuktānām of the animals with hands, like the tigersSB 6.4.9
377 results
stabaka noun (masculine neuter) a chapter or section (in such books as contain in their titles the words) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a cluster of blossoms (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a feather of a peacock's tail (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a quantity (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a tassel (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
bunch of flowers (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
multitude (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
nosegay (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
tuft (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 8373/72933
stabdha adjective arrogant (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
coarse (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
dull (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
firmly fixed (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
hard-hearted (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
immovable (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
obstinate (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
propped (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
proud (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
puffed up (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
reaching up to (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
rigid (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
senseless (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
slack (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
slow (?) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
solidified (as water) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
stiff (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
stubborn (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
supported (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
tardy (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 31149/72933
stabdhakarṇa noun (masculine) name of a lion (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of an antelope (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 31150/72933
stabdharoman noun (masculine) a wild boar
Frequency rank 41176/72933
stabdharomatā noun (feminine)
Frequency rank 71666/72933
stabdhatva noun (neuter) arrogance (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
haughtiness (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
stiffness (of the navel etc.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 71665/72933
stabdhatā noun (feminine) arrogance (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
fixedness (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
pretentiousness (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
rigidity (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
stiffness (of the membrum virile) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 31151/72933
stabdhīkṛ verb (class 8 ātmanepada) to stiffen
Frequency rank 71667/72933
staimitya noun (neuter) fixedness (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
immobility (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
numbness (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
rigidity (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 8374/72933
stainya noun (neuter) robbery (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
theft (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 17422/72933
stamba noun (masculine) a clump or tuft of grass (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a mountain (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a sheaf of corn (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a shrub or plant having no decided stem (such as the Jhiṇṭī or Barleria) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
any clump or bunch or cluster (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of various men (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the post to which an elephant is tied (wrongly inferred from stambe-rama) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
thicket (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 7366/72933
stamba noun (neuter) a post (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
insensibility (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
pillar in general (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
stupidity (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 71670/72933
stambaka noun (masculine) a clump (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
bunch (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
tuft (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 41177/72933
stambamitra noun (masculine) name of a son of Jaritā [a bird!] (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of the author of RV 10.142,7 (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 25951/72933
stamberama noun (masculine) an elephant (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 71671/72933
stambh noun (masculine) [gramm.] root stambh
Frequency rank 71673/72933
stambh verb (class 9 ātmanepada) to arrest to be firmly fixed or supported or propped to become solid to become stiff or immovable to fix firmly to make stiff or immovable to paralyze to prop (esp. the heavens) to reach up to (acc.) to rest or lean on to stop to stop up to support to support or hold up by contact with to sustain
Frequency rank 2924/72933
stambha noun (masculine) a post (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
arrogance (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
becoming hard or solid (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
column (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
filling up (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
fixedness (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
inflation (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a ṣi (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a particular Adhyāya (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
obstruction (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
paralysis (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
pillar (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
pretentiousness (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
propping (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
rigidity (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
stem (as of a tree) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
stiffness (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
stoppage (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
strengthening (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
stuffing (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
stupefaction (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
support (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
suppression (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
torpor (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
Verhaltung img/alchemy.bmp [medic.] Steifheit
Frequency rank 1265/72933
stambhaka adjective arresting (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
astringent (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
stopping (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
styptic (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 71674/72933
stambhakara noun (masculine) a fence (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
railing (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
solidification
Frequency rank 71675/72933
stambhana noun (neuter) a means of making stiff or rigid (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a particular magical art or faculty (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a styptic or astringent (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
arresting (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
becoming stiff or rigid (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
making stiff or rigid (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
paralysing (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
stopping (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
stopping flow of blood (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
strengthening (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
supporting (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the act of turning into a pillar (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
img/alchemy.bmp
Frequency rank 6031/72933
stambhana adjective arresting (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
astringent (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
checking (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
making rigid or immovable (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
paralyzing (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
restraining (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
stiffening (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
stopping (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
styptic (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 9997/72933
stambhana noun (masculine) name of one of the five arrows of Kāmadeva (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 71677/72933
stambhanaka noun (neuter) stopping
Frequency rank 71678/72933
stambhatīrtha noun (neuter) name of a place (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
[rel.] name of a Tīrtha at the Narmadā
Frequency rank 71676/72933
stambhavant adjective
Frequency rank 41179/72933
stambhay verb (class 10 ātmanepada) to arrest to arrest to check to erect to establish to fix to make solid to make stiff or rigid to paralyze to restrain to stop to suppress img/alchemy.bmp
Frequency rank 3958/72933
stambhi noun (masculine) [gramm.] the verb stambh
Frequency rank 71672/72933
stambhin adjective arrogant (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
obstipating provided with pillars or columns (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
puffed up (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
restraining (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
stopping (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
supporting (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 17420/72933
stambhinī noun (feminine) name of one of the five Dhāraṇās or elements (the earth) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 41180/72933
stambhu noun (masculine) [gramm.] the verb stambh
Frequency rank 41178/72933
stambhībhū verb (class 1 ātmanepada)
Frequency rank 41181/72933
stambhīkaraṇa noun (neuter)
Frequency rank 72926/72933
stambin adjective bunchy (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
clumpy (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
shaggy (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
tufty (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 71669/72933
stan noun (masculine) [gramm.] the root stan
Frequency rank 71655/72933
stan verb (class 1 ātmanepada) to resound to reverberate to roar to thunder to utter inarticulate sounds
Frequency rank 20362/72933
stana noun (masculine neuter) a kind of pin or peg on a vessel shaped like a teat (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
dug (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
teat (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the female breast (either human or animal) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the nipple (of the female or the male breast) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
udder (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 1472/72933
stana adjective having a ... breast
Frequency rank 8715/72933
stanakuṇḍa noun (neuter) name of a Tīrtha (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 71656/72933
stanamukha noun (masculine neuter) a nipple (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 41172/72933
stanamūla noun (neuter) the lower part of the female breast (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 16293/72933
stanana noun (neuter) kunthana (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
breathing hard (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
groaning (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
noise (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
sound (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
sounding (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the rumbling of clouds (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the sound of a hollow cough (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 25949/72933
stanapā noun (feminine)
Frequency rank 71657/72933
stanarohita noun (masculine neuter) a particular part of the female breast (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 17419/72933
stanavatī noun (feminine) a woman (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
possessing teats (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 71658/72933
stanay verb (class 10 parasmaipada)
Frequency rank 25950/72933
stanayantra noun (neuter) a kind of alchemical apparatus
Frequency rank 41173/72933
stanayitnu noun (masculine) a kind of grass (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a thunder-cloud (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
death (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
lightning (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
sickness (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
thunder (personified as children of Vidyota) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 8898/72933
stanayitnumant adjective thundering
Frequency rank 18657/72933
stanaṃdhaya noun (masculine) a calf (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a suckling (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
infant (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 71659/72933
stanaṃdhaya adjective sucking the breast (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 71660/72933
stanikā noun (feminine) a kind of plant
Frequency rank 71661/72933
stanin adjective (said of a horse having a particular deformity) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
having a breast or udder (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 71654/72933
stanita noun (neuter) loud groaning (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the noise of clapping the hands (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the sound of a vibrating bowstring (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
thunder (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 6651/72933
stanitaphala noun (masculine) Asteracantha Longifolia (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 71662/72933
stanodbhava noun (neuter) milk
Frequency rank 41175/72933
stanotpīḍitaka noun (neuter) a kind of massage
Frequency rank 71663/72933
stanya adjective contained in the female breast (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
gut für die Brust Milch produzierend
Frequency rank 22701/72933
stanya noun (masculine neuter) milk (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
dugdhapāṣāṇa
Frequency rank 1797/72933
stanyapa adjective a suckling (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
drinking milk from the breast (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 71664/72933
stanāgra noun (neuter) a nipple (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 41174/72933
stanāntara noun (neuter) a mark on the breast (indicating future widowhood) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
centre of the chest (of men and women) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the heart (as between the breast) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the space between the breasts (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 5243/72933
stauti noun (masculine) [gramm.] the verb stu
Frequency rank 41190/72933
stava noun (masculine) eulogy (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
hymn (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
panegyric (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
praise (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
song of praise (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 4270/72933
stavaka noun (masculine) a panegyrist (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
eulogium (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
praise (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
praiser (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 41182/72933
stavakin adjective praising (?)
Frequency rank 71679/72933
stavakita adjective
Frequency rank 71680/72933
stavakṣīrī noun (feminine) Curcuma Zedoaria
Frequency rank 71681/72933
stavana noun (neuter) praise (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
praising (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
songs of praise (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 41183/72933
agrasta adjective
Frequency rank 31404/72933
acintyastava noun (masculine) name of a text by Nāgārjuna
Frequency rank 41833/72933
ajāgalastana noun (masculine) an emblem of any useless or worthless object or person (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
nipple or fleshy protuberance on the neck of goats (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 41897/72933
atisamasta adjective
Frequency rank 42254/72933
atrasta adjective unfrightened
Frequency rank 22890/72933
adhastana adjective being underneath (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
lower (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
preceding (in a book) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 18757/72933
adhvasta adjective
Frequency rank 42560/72933
anativistara noun (masculine)
Frequency rank 42600/72933
anabhyasta adjective unpractised
Frequency rank 26278/72933
anastamita adjective not gone down (sun) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
not subject to setting or declining (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 20537/72933
anastaṃgata adjective not set (the sun)
Frequency rank 31784/72933
anāyasta adjective nicht forciert (anāyāsena)
Frequency rank 42877/72933
anāśvasta adjective not confident
Frequency rank 42913/72933
anirasta adjective not defeated
Frequency rank 22968/72933
anupanyasta adjective not established (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
not laid down clearly (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 43176/72933
apastana adjective (Kind) von der Brust genommen
Frequency rank 43735/72933
apastambha noun (masculine) a vessel inside or on one side of the chest containing vital air (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 16433/72933
apastambhinī noun (feminine) name of a plant (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 43736/72933
apahasta noun (neuter) striking or throwing away or off (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 32149/72933
apahastaka noun (neuter) [erotics] a kind of hit
Frequency rank 32150/72933
apahastana noun (neuter)
Frequency rank 43745/72933
apustaka adjective without a book
Frequency rank 43805/72933
apraśasta adjective blamable (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
fameless (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
inferior (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
not good (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
not praised (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
worthless (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 10016/72933
apraśasta noun (neuter) dirt (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
natural excretion (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 43974/72933
aprastava noun (masculine)
Frequency rank 32235/72933
abhiśastaka adjective accused (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
caused by imprecation (as a disease) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
defamed (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 23130/72933
abhisaṃstambh verb (class 9 parasmaipada) to render firm (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to support (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 44408/72933
abhyastatara adjective
Frequency rank 44480/72933
abhyastamita adjective one on whom while not (working or) being asleep the sun has set (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 44481/72933
amastaka adjective headless (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 44597/72933
amuktahasta adjective economical (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
sparing (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 26593/72933
amṛtopastaraṇa noun (neuter) an imperishable substratum (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
water sipped as a substratum for the nectar like food (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 44662/72933
ayaḥstambhakarī noun (feminine) name of a plant (?)
Frequency rank 44770/72933
avahasta noun (masculine) the back of the hand (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 45274/72933
avitrasta adjective not frightened
Frequency rank 32695/72933
aviparyasta noun (feminine)
Frequency rank 45401/72933
aviśvasta adjective doubted (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
not trusted (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
suspected (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 13352/72933
avyasta adjective not separated (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
undecomposed (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
undispersed (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 45555/72933
aśasta adjective "ineffable" (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
"unwished" (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 12826/72933
aśvastana adjective not for to-morrow (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
not provided for to-morrow (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 18943/72933
aśvastanika adjective
Frequency rank 32808/72933
asamasta adjective incomplete (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
uncollected (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
uncompounded (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 26818/72933
asaṃtrasta adjective
Frequency rank 32852/72933
asaṃnyasta adjective
Frequency rank 45849/72933
asaṃstava adjective not on terms of friendship (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
unacquainted (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
unknown (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 45916/72933
asta noun (neuter) home (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 45998/72933
asta noun (masculine) (in astron.) the seventh lunar mansion (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
setting (as of the sun or of luminaries) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the western mountain (behind which the sun is supposed to set) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 2321/72933
astaka noun (masculine) going to one's eternal home (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
sunset
Frequency rank 32901/72933
astagiri noun (masculine)
Frequency rank 32902/72933
astatandri adjective who has laid aside sloth (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 45999/72933
astana adjective not having a breast without a breast
Frequency rank 32903/72933
astabdha adjective agile (as a bird) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
modest (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
moving (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
not arrogant or obstinate (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
unassuming (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 16527/72933
astabdhatva noun (neuter) unassumingness (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 46000/72933
astamana noun (neuter) setting (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 15500/72933
astamaya noun (masculine) disappearance (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
perishing (said of the senses) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
setting (of the sun) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
vanishing (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 8931/72933
astamita adjective ceased (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
dead (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
set (as the sun) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 12834/72933
astambha noun (masculine) lack of arrogance
Frequency rank 46001/72933
astambha adjective unassuming (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
without pillars (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 46002/72933
astambhanīya adjective unstoppable
Frequency rank 46003/72933
astaṃgamay verb (class 10 ātmanepada)
Frequency rank 46004/72933
asrasta adjective
Frequency rank 32926/72933
ahasta adjective handless (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 32939/72933
ākhuprastara noun (masculine) a kind of mineral
Frequency rank 46214/72933
ādityamustaka noun (masculine) a kind of plant
Frequency rank 46359/72933
āpastamba noun (masculine) name of a renowned sage and writer on ritual (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 11197/72933
āpādatalamastakam indeclinable von Kopf bis Fuss
Frequency rank 17668/72933
āvistarām indeclinable in a more manifest or very manifest way (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 46720/72933
āstara noun (masculine) a bed (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a coverlet (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
blanket (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
carpet (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
covering (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
cushion (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a man (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 19003/72933
āstaraka noun (masculine) (a business)
Frequency rank 33223/72933
āstaraṇa noun (feminine neuter) a bed (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a carpet (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a cushion (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a layer of sacred grass spread out at a sacrifice (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a painted cloth or blanket worn on his back (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
an elephant's housings (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
bed-clothes (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
quilt (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
rug (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the act of spreading (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 4978/72933
āstaraṇavant adjective covered with a cloth or carpet (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 46807/72933
itastatas indeclinable here and there (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
hither and thither (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 14753/72933
uccakaistarām indeclinable quite loudly
Frequency rank 47040/72933
uccaistara adjective higher (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
loftier (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
louder (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
very high (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
very loud (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 47054/72933
uccaistarām indeclinable louder
Frequency rank 23443/72933
uttrasta adjective frightened (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 47177/72933
utpalahastaka noun (masculine) name of a man
Frequency rank 17710/72933
uddhasta adjective extending the hands (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
raising the hands (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 47349/72933
upasaṃstambha noun (masculine)
Frequency rank 47688/72933
upastambh verb (class 9 parasmaipada) to erect (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to prop (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to set up (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to stay (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to support (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 16603/72933
upastambha noun (masculine) base (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
basis (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
encouragement (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
excitement (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
ground (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
incitement (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
occasion (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
stay (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
strengthening (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
support (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
support of life (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 13413/72933
upastambhaka adjective encouraging (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
promoting (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
supporting (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 47699/72933
upastambhay verb (class 10 parasmaipada) to erect (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to raise (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to set up (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to stay (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to support (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 27221/72933
upastaraṇa noun (neuter) a cover (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a substratum (said of the water which is sipped before taking food) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
an undermattress (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
anything laid under (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
pillow (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
pouring out so as to form a substratum (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
scattering grass (round the Āhavanīya and Gārhapatya fire) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the act of pouring under (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the act of spreading out under (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the act of spreading over (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 47700/72933
upahasta noun (masculine) receiving (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the act of taking with the hand (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the front part of the hand (?)
Frequency rank 33564/72933
kanakastambhā noun (feminine) "having a golden stem" (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
species of Musa (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 48475/72933
kalistara noun (masculine) ??
Frequency rank 48873/72933
kastapas adjective ?
Frequency rank 48943/72933
kastambhī noun (feminine) piece of wood fastened on at the extreme end of the pole serving as a prop or rest (popularly called "sipoy" in Western India) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the prop of a carriage-pole (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 33915/72933
kāpilavāstava noun (masculine) an inhabitant of Kapilavastu
Frequency rank 23683/72933
kuṭalamastaka noun (neuter) Piper Chaba
Frequency rank 49581/72933
kṛtahasta adjective dexterous (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
one who has exercised his hands (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
skilled (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 10919/72933
keśahasta noun (masculine) much or ornamented hair (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the hair for a hand (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
tuft (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 50119/72933
kaivartamusta noun (neuter) the grass Cyperus rotundus (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 50144/72933
kaivartamustaka noun (neuter) the grass Cyperus rotundus (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 50145/72933
kaivartīmustaka noun (neuter) the grass Cyperus rotundus (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 34274/72933
kṣiprahasta noun (masculine) name of Agni (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a Rakṣas (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 50573/72933
gandharvahasta noun (masculine) the castor-oil tree (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 23859/72933
gandharvahastaka noun (masculine) Ricinus communis Linn.
Frequency rank 17855/72933
garīyastara adjective greater (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 34597/72933
galastana noun (masculine) goitre
Frequency rank 51210/72933
galasta noun (feminine) a she-goat (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 51211/72933
galahastay verb (denominative parasmaipada) to seize someone at the throat
Frequency rank 51212/72933
gostana noun (masculine) a cluster of blossoms (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a cow's dug (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a kind of fort (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a pearl necklace consisting of 4 (or of 34) strings (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
nosegay (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 9166/72933
gosta noun (feminine) a kind of red grape (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of one of the mothers attending on Skanda (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a kind of crucible; gostanamūṣā
Frequency rank 11622/72933
gostanamūṣā noun (feminine) a crucible resembling the shape of the udder of a cow
Frequency rank 34743/72933
grasta noun (neuter) inarticulate pronunciation of the vowels (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 51712/72933
grasta adjective affected by (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
eaten (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
eclipsed (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
inarticulately pronounced (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
involved in (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
possessed (by a demon) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
seized (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
slurred (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
surrounded or absorbed (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
swallowed (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
taken (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
tormented (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 34763/72933
grastatva noun (neuter) the being refuted (by arguments) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 51713/72933
grastayantra noun (neuter) a kind of alchemical apparatus
Frequency rank 17882/72933
grāmavāstavya noun (masculine) the inhabitant of a village (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
villager (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 51736/72933
cakrahasta noun (masculine) name of Śiva [rel.] name of Viṣṇu
Frequency rank 27935/72933
caṇḍahasta noun (neuter) name of a Liṅga at Amareśvara
Frequency rank 51969/72933
catuḥstana adjective
Frequency rank 21278/72933
jalamusta noun (neuter) a kind of plant
Frequency rank 52784/72933
jalastambha noun (masculine) solidification of water (magical faculty) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 52806/72933
jalastambhana noun (neuter) solidification of water (magical faculty) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 52807/72933
jihvāstambha noun (masculine) stiffness of the tongue (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
[medic.] a kind of vātavyādhi
Frequency rank 28107/72933
jyāyastara adjective more important
Frequency rank 35216/72933
trasta noun (feminine) fear
Frequency rank 53899/72933
trastatara adjective more frightened
Frequency rank 53900/72933
trista noun (feminine) (a cow) having 3 nipples (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
(a woman) having 3 breasts (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a Rākṣasī
Frequency rank 54026/72933
sta noun (neuter) a braid of hair (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
an atom (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
dust (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
sin (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 54114/72933
dagdhahasta noun (masculine) a kind of (bad!) alchemist
Frequency rank 35565/72933
dadruhasta noun (neuter) Tabernaemontana coronaria
Frequency rank 54183/72933
durnyasta adjective badly arranged (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
badly used (said of a spell) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 35751/72933
dustapa adjective difficult to be endured (penance) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 54823/72933
dustara adjective difficult to be passed or overcome (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
invincible (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
unconquerable (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 4468/72933
dustaratara adjective difficult to cure
Frequency rank 35785/72933
dṛḍhahasta noun (masculine) name of a son of Dhṛtarāṣṭra (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 35810/72933
dhanuḥstambha noun (masculine) a kind of spasmodic contraction of the body (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 35966/72933
dharmastarakṣu noun (masculine) name of a Vyāsa
Frequency rank 55362/72933
nabhastala noun (neuter) firmament (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of the 10th solar mansion (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 6147/72933
nasta noun (neuter) a sternutatory (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
snuff (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 36145/72933
nastaka noun (masculine) the septum of the nose (of cattle for draught) or a hole bored in it (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 28591/72933
nastas indeclinable from or into the nose (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 14975/72933
nastaḥkarman noun (neuter) [medic.] nasya
Frequency rank 24345/72933
nāgaramustaka noun (masculine neuter) Cyperus rotundus
Frequency rank 36162/72933
nirasta noun (neuter) dropping or leaving out (considered a fault in pronunciation) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 56107/72933
nirupastambha adjective
Frequency rank 56161/72933
nistattva adjective not comprehended in the 24 Tattvas or principles (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 19543/72933
nistantu adjective childless (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
having no offspring (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 56508/72933
nistandra adjective fresh (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
healthy (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 36434/72933
nistanūruha adjective hairless
Frequency rank 28755/72933
nistambh verb (class 9 parasmaipada) to fix to paralyze img/alchemy.bmp
Frequency rank 36435/72933
nistara noun (masculine)
Frequency rank 56509/72933
nistaraṅga adjective waveless img/alchemy.bmp
Frequency rank 13035/72933
nistaraṇa noun (neuter) a means of success or rescue (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
coming out (of danger) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
deliverance (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
going forth (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
passing over (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
rescue (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 56510/72933
nistarkya adjective inconceivable (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
unimaginable (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 56511/72933
nistarṣa adjective free of thirst
Frequency rank 56512/72933
nistala adjective below (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
down (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
globular (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
moving (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
not flat (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
round (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
trembling (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 28756/72933
nistaila adjective
Frequency rank 56521/72933
nīcakaistarām indeclinable
Frequency rank 56602/72933
nīcaistara adjective lower
Frequency rank 56608/72933
nṛpahasta noun (masculine) rājahasta
Frequency rank 56714/72933
pañcahasta noun (masculine) name of a place (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a son of Manu (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 36566/72933
parivistara noun (masculine)
Frequency rank 57405/72933
paristara noun (masculine) a cover (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
covering (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
strewing round or heaping together (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 57458/72933
piṇḍamusta noun (masculine) a kind of mustā
Frequency rank 57978/72933
pinākahasta noun (masculine) name of Rudra (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 36913/72933
punastarām indeclinable over and over again (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 58183/72933
puṣpāstaraṇa noun (neuter) the art of strewing flower (one of the 64 Kalas) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 58332/72933
pusta noun (masculine neuter) a manuscript (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
book (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
modelling (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
working in clay (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 21759/72933
pustaka noun (masculine neuter) a manuscript (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a protuberant ornament (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
book (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
booklet (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
boss (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 8645/72933
pustamaya adjective formed of metal or wood (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
modelled (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
wrought in clay (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 58343/72933
puṃstattva noun (neuter)
Frequency rank 21761/72933
posta noun (masculine) ??
Frequency rank 58468/72933
postaka noun (masculine neuter) ?
Frequency rank 58469/72933
pratisaṃstambh verb (class 9 ātmanepada) to encourage (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to strengthen (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 58999/72933
pratistambh verb (class 9 parasmaipada) to hinder to lean or press (Ā. "one's self") against (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to obstruct
Frequency rank 21819/72933
pratistambha noun (masculine) a kind of pillar
Frequency rank 59008/72933
pratihastaka noun (masculine) a deputy (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
proxy (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
substitute (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 59015/72933
pravistara noun (masculine) circumference (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
compass (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 15932/72933
praśasta adjective auspicious (as stars) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
best (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
better (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
commended (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
consecrated (as water) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
considered fit or good (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
happy (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
more excellent (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
praised (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 29252/72933
prastambha noun (masculine) becoming stiff or rigid (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 37422/72933
prastambh verb (class 9 parasmaipada)
Frequency rank 37423/72933
prastara noun (masculine) (esp.) a sacrificial seat (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a couch of any material (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a couch of leaves and flowers (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a flat surface (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a gem (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a leather bag (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a paragraph (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a plain (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a rock (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a tabular representation of the long and short vowels of a metre (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
anything strewed forth or about (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
flat top (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
jewel (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
level (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
musical notation (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a people (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
section (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
stone (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
[medic.] a kind of vapour-bath
Frequency rank 7590/72933
prastariṇī noun (feminine) Elephantopus Scaber (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 59532/72933
prahasta noun (masculine) name of a companion of Sūryaprabha (son of Candraprabha) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a Rākṣasa (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the open hand with the fingers extended (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 4228/72933
prahastaka noun (masculine) the extended hand (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 59564/72933
prātastana noun (neuter) early morning (one of the 5 parts of the day) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 59631/72933
prātastarām indeclinable very early in the morning (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 37454/72933
prāstara adjective
Frequency rank 59699/72933
basta noun (masculine) a goat (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 5565/72933
bastakarṇa noun (masculine feminine) Shorea Robusta (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 37603/72933
bastagandhā noun (feminine) Ocimum Villosum (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 19737/72933
bastamodā noun (feminine) name of a plant (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 24826/72933
bastaśṛṅgī noun (feminine) Odina Pinnata (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 72872/72933
sta adjective coming from a goat (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 24846/72933
brahmastamba noun (masculine) name of a man (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 60453/72933
brahmastava noun (masculine) name of Liṅgapurāṇa, 1.72
Frequency rank 60454/72933
bhadramusta noun (masculine neuter) a kind of Cyperus (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
Cyperus rotundus Linn. (G.J. Meulenbeld (1974), 583) Cyperus scariosus R.Br. (G.J. Meulenbeld (1974), 583)
Frequency rank 18255/72933
bhadramustaka noun (masculine neuter) a kind of Cyperus (only ifc.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 29445/72933
bhūyastaram indeclinable again (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
anew (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
more (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 18281/72933
bhūstara noun (masculine) a dog
Frequency rank 61096/72933
madhumastaka noun (neuter) name of a particular kind of sweetmeat (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 38010/72933
manyāstambha noun (masculine) stiffness or rigidity of the neck (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 21986/72933
masta noun (feminine)
Frequency rank 61623/72933
mastaka noun (masculine neuter) name of a particular form of Śiva (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
skull (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the head (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the tuft of leaves which grows at the top of various species of palm trees (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the upper part of anything (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
top (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 2956/72933
mastakapiṇḍaka noun (masculine neuter) a round protuberance on the temples of an elephant in rut (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 38090/72933
mastakamañjarī noun (feminine) a kind of plant
Frequency rank 61624/72933
mastakaśālinī noun (feminine) a kind of plant (??)
Frequency rank 61625/72933
mastakodbhava noun (masculine) the brain (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 61626/72933
mastadāru noun (neuter) Pinus Deodora (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 61627/72933
mahāmusta noun (masculine) a kind of poison
Frequency rank 61816/72933
mahāhasta noun (masculine) name of Śiva
Frequency rank 61921/72933
muktahasta adjective let go (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
liberal (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
loosed (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
openhanded (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 38294/72933
mustaka noun (masculine feminine neuter) Cyperus rotundus Linn. (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 15128/72933
mustaka noun (masculine neuter) a particular vegetable poison (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 16013/72933
mustakandaka noun (masculine) the root of Scirpus Kysoor
Frequency rank 62395/72933
meghastanitodbhava noun (masculine) Asteracantha longifolia
Frequency rank 62550/72933
mausta adjective coming from the plant Musta
Frequency rank 62680/72933
mūlastambhana noun (masculine) name of Śiva
Frequency rank 62740/72933
yatrāstamitaśāyin adjective lying down to sleep wherever sunset finds one (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 38483/72933
yathānyastam indeclinable as deposited (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 38490/72933
rājaprastara noun (masculine) rājāvarta
Frequency rank 63563/72933
rājahasta noun (masculine) a measure of length; 30 aṅgulas
Frequency rank 10481/72933
riktahasta adjective bringing no present (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
carrying away no present (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
empty-handed (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 63673/72933
ūrustambha noun (masculine) paralysis of the thigh (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 11407/72933
ūrustambhā noun (feminine) the plantain tree (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 63775/72933
ūrustambhana noun (neuter) ūrustambha
Frequency rank 63776/72933
ūrjastamba noun (masculine) name of a man
Frequency rank 63909/72933
ūrjastambha noun (masculine) name of a ṣi in the second Manvantara (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 63910/72933
laghuhasta noun (masculine) a good archer (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 64027/72933
lambahasta noun (masculine) name of Śiva
Frequency rank 64077/72933
locamastaka noun (masculine feminine) Celosia Cristata (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
cock's comb (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 38939/72933
vajrahasta noun (masculine) name of Śiva (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
[rel.] name of Indra
Frequency rank 14415/72933
vayaḥstambhin adjective
Frequency rank 64656/72933
vayaḥstambha adjective das Altern aufhaltend
Frequency rank 30055/72933
vartmastambha noun (masculine) a kind of disease
Frequency rank 39093/72933
vastaka noun (masculine) a kind of arrow (?)
Frequency rank 64896/72933
vastaka noun (neuter) romakalavaṇa
Frequency rank 64897/72933
vastakarṇa noun (masculine) Shorea Robusta
Frequency rank 64898/72933
vāyugrasta adjective affected by wind (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
flatulent (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
gouty (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
mad (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 65160/72933
vāraṇahasta noun (masculine) a particular stringed instrument (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 65178/72933
stava adjective being anything in the true sense of the word (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
demonstrated (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
determined (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
fixed (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
genuine (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
real (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
substantial (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
true (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 14437/72933
stavya adjective an inhabitant (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
left on any spot (as a worthless remainder) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
resident (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
settled (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 25355/72933
vitrastaka adjective a little affrighted or intimidated (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 65561/72933
vidyāstambhinī noun (feminine) [rel.] name of a ??
Frequency rank 65619/72933
viparyasta adjective (in gram.) interchanged (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
contrary (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
erroneously conceived to be real (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
inverted (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
opposite (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
reversed (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
standing round (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
turned over (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 10198/72933
visarpanāḍīstanaroga noun (masculine) name of Suśrutasaṃhitā, Nid. 10 and Cik. 17
Frequency rank 39583/72933
vistara adjective extensive (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
long (as a story) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 30313/72933
vistara noun (masculine) a layer (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a multitude (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
affectionate solicitation (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
amplification (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
an extensive treatise (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
assemblage (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
becoming large or great (met. applied to the heart) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
bed (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
couch (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
depth extend backward (?) detail (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
diffuseness (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
expansion (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
extension (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
full or detailed description (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
great wealth or riches (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
high degree (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
intensity (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
large company (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a man number (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
particulars (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
prolixity (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
quantity (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
spreading (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 913/72933
vistaraṇa noun (neuter)
Frequency rank 39591/72933
vistaratā noun (feminine) extensiveness
Frequency rank 66298/72933
vistaraśaḥ indeclinable extensively
Frequency rank 13186/72933
vihasta adjective adroit (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
completely absorbed in (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
confounded (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
experienced (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
handless (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
inexperienced (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
learned (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
perplexed (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
skilled (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
unhandy (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
wise (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
without a hand or trunk (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 66325/72933
vyapohanastavanirūpaṇa noun (neuter) name of Liṅgapurāṇa, 1.82
Frequency rank 66840/72933
vyasta adjective altered (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
changed (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
confused (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
cut in pieces (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
dismembered (said of Vṛtra) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
disordered (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
distinct (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
divided (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
expelled (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
inherent in (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
inverse (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
opposed to (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
penetrated (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
scattered (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
separated (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
severed (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
simple (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
single (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
spread (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
various (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 4520/72933
śaktihasta noun (masculine)
Frequency rank 39862/72933
śarastamba noun (masculine) name of a man (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a place (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 22377/72933
śasta noun (neuter) eulogy (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
excellence (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
happiness (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
praise (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 67356/72933
śāvasta noun (masculine) name of a son of Ārdra
Frequency rank 39994/72933
śirastas indeclinable out of or from or at the head (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 22410/72933
śivahasta noun (neuter) (? term. techn.)
Frequency rank 40042/72933
śīghrahastatara adjective
Frequency rank 67744/72933
śrāvasta noun (masculine) name of a king; son of Śrāva and grandson of Yuvanāśva [or: son of Yuvanāśva] (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 22451/72933
śrāvastaka noun (masculine) king śrāvasta
Frequency rank 68175/72933
śrīmastaka noun (masculine) a kind of garlic (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 68218/72933
śūlahasta noun (masculine) lancer (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of Śiva (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 30631/72933
śvastana adjective relating or belonging to the morrow (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 68348/72933
śvastana noun (neuter) next day (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the future (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to-morrow (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 30637/72933
sabhadramusta adjective full of the grass Cyperus Rotundus (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 68864/72933
samasta adjective (in gram.) compounded (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
(in phil.) inherent in or pervading the whole of anything (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
abridged (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
all (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
combined (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
compound (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
contracted (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
thrown or put together (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
united (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
whole (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 962/72933
samasta noun (masculine) a whole (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the aggregate of all the parts (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 72914/72933
samastaka adjective samasta
Frequency rank 18571/72933
samastatva noun (neuter)
Frequency rank 68994/72933
samastapādayamaka noun (neuter) (rhet.) a kind of yamaka
Frequency rank 68995/72933
samastamaṅgala noun (neuter) name of a kavaca
Frequency rank 68996/72933
samastavyastarūpaka noun (neuter) [poet.] a kind of rūpaka
Frequency rank 68997/72933
samastaśaḥ indeclinable
Frequency rank 68998/72933
samupastambha noun (masculine) a support (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
propping (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
supporting (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 69203/72933
savistara adjective complete (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
detained (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
diffuse (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
having diffuseness (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
with the texts belonging to it (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 16246/72933
sahasta adjective dexterous or skilled in handling weapons (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
having hands (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 25761/72933
sahasrahasta noun (masculine) name of Śiva (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
[rel.] name of Viṣṇu
Frequency rank 40589/72933
saṃsta noun (masculine) name of a son of Dhṛti
Frequency rank 40746/72933
saṃstambh verb (class 9 ātmanepada) to be firm to check to encourage to make firm to make rigid (said of water) to restrain to stop (esp. by magical means) to support to suppress (tears or sorrow) to sustain to take heart or courage
Frequency rank 12274/72933
saṃstambhin adjective averting (danger) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
stopping (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 70167/72933
saṃstambha noun (masculine) firmness in resistance (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
fixing (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
making firm (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
muscular rigidity (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
obstinacy (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
paralysis (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
pertinacity (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
prop (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
stay (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
stop (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
support (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 20286/72933
saṃstambhana adjective constipating (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
obstructive (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 40747/72933
saṃstambhana noun (neuter) an obstructive remedy (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
arresting (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
stopping (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 70168/72933
saṃstambhay verb (class 10 ātmanepada) to paralyse to stop
Frequency rank 11473/72933
saṃstambhayiṣu adjective wishing to stop or cause to stand still (a retreating army) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 70169/72933
saṃstara noun (masculine) a covering (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a layer (of grass or leaves) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a sacrifice or the ritual arrangements for a sacrifice (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a scattered mass (of flowers etc.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
bed (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
couch (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
cover (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
extension (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
propagation (of laws or customs) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
scattering (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
spreading (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
strewing (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 7492/72933
saṃstaraṇa noun (neuter) a layer (of leaves etc.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
couch (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
covering over (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
strewing (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 70170/72933
saṃstava noun (masculine) acquaintance with (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
commendation (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
common or simultaneous praise (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
intimacy (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
mention (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
praise (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 10522/72933
saṃstavana noun (neuter) hymning (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
praising (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
praising together or simultaneously (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 40748/72933
stara adjective with a blanket
Frequency rank 40834/72933
sudustara adjective
Frequency rank 17401/72933
suvitrasta adjective
Frequency rank 71268/72933
suviśvasta adjective confidential (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
quite unconcerned or careless (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
very confiding (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
very trusty (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 22679/72933
susta noun (feminine) (a woman) having beautiful breasts (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
[rel.] name of Devī
Frequency rank 71365/72933
susta noun (feminine) (a woman) having beautiful breasts (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 31097/72933
suhasta noun (masculine) name of a Soma-keeper (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a son of Dhṛtarāṣṭra (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 31100/72933
suhasta adjective suhasta (gut in der Hand liegend) disciplined (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
having beautiful hands (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
skilful or clever with the hands (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
trained in arms (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 41079/72933
sruvahasta noun (masculine) name of Śiva (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 72008/72933
svādumasta noun (masculine feminine) a kind of plant
Frequency rank 41341/72933
hanustambha noun (masculine)
Frequency rank 31242/72933
hasta noun (masculine neuter) autograph the hand trunk (of an elephant)
Frequency rank 318/72933
hastaka noun (masculine) a turn-spit (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
position of the hand (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the hand (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the hand as a measure of length (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the hand as a support (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 12747/72933
hasta noun (feminine)
Frequency rank 72437/72933
hastalāghava noun (neuter) a real injury (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
cleverness (reckoned among the 64 Kalās) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
lightness of hand (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
manual readiness (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 72438/72933
hastavant adjective dexterous with the hand (as an archer or thief) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
having hand (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 16321/72933
hastavartin noun (masculine) name of a prince (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 72439/72933
hastavāpa noun (masculine) scattering or shooting a shower of arrows with the hand (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 72440/72933
hastasūtra noun (neuter) a bangle or ornament put on the wrist of a girl before her wedding (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 72441/72933
hiraṇyahasta noun (masculine) name of a man (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of Savitṛ (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 72607/72933
hyastana adjective belonging to or produced or occurred yesterday (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
hesternal (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 20408/72933
 

ābādha

causing distress, that which produces constant discomfort

abda

Go to musta

abhiṣuka

pista nut , Pistacia vera, native to the Middle East and introduced into India during the period of Indus civilization .

ācāra

good conduct, acceptable and established rule of conduct; ācārarasāyana ethical behavior as a way of preventing diseases.

acchapitta

pellucid choler; a byproduct of second stage of digestion or amlāvasthāpāka.

ajāgandha

Plant seeds of dog mustard; Gynandropsis gynandra; syn. Cleome gynandra

ajaka,ajakājāta

1. prolapsed iris; 2. anterior staphyloma or cyst on cornea resembling feces of goat.

ajyāni

state of being uninjured.

akalanka

without stains or spots.

alakta

lac, lacca; the scarlet resinous secretion of a number of species of insects used as haemostat.

āluka

1. kind of ebony; 2. white yam, edible underground root with more starch.

āmadoṣa

(āma.doṣa) clinical manifestations resulting from undigested fo

amarakośa

a thesaurus in Sanskrit with many medical terms, written by Amarasimha, a Jain or Buddhist monk. It contains three parts. The second part, bhūvargādi khanḍa describes several herbs and medically important substances and their features.

ambhoda

Go to musta.

ambuda,ambudhara

Go to musta.

anāla

having no stalk or stem.

anavasthita

unstable, instability; anavasthitacitta unstable mind.

anekānta

one of tantrayukti; indefinite statement, uncertain.

aṅga

limb, organ; aṅgagaurava heaviness in the body; aṅgadāha burning sensation over the body; aṅgaharṣa pleasant feeling; aṅgalāghava alacrity; aṅgamarda body ache; chaffing of the limbs, aṅgaśoṣana inanition aṅgastambha body stiffness.

anupāna

adjunct; a substance administered either along with or just after the principal medicine to enhance its therapeutic action.

anūrādha

1. happiness; 2. star Delta Scorpio in the constellation Scorpio.

apadeśa

one of tantrayuktis, statement of reason; specification; adducement of reason; a step in syllogism.

apakarṣaṇa

1. distraction; taking away; forcing away; abolishing; 2. elimination of waste substances from inside the human body.

apara

a trait; other; inferior; ulterior; remoteness; apara ojas palm-ful substance that protects the body from diseases.

āptopadeśa

authoritative statement.

arthāpatti

one of tantrayuktis; presumption; inference from circumstances; disjunctive hypothetical syllogism; logical implication.

ārudra

star Betelgeuse, also known as Alpha Orionis in the constellation Orion.

āśleṣa

star Alpha Hydrae in the constellation Hydra.

aṣṭīla

1. lump of stone; 2. globular swelling below the navel; prostate hypertrophy; 3. hard tumour.

asura

demon; asurakāya infernal body; a person with traits affluent in circumstances, dreadful, valorous, irascible, jealous of other men’s excellence, gluttonous and fond of eating alone.

aśvini

1. a binary star Beta Arietis in Aries constellation; first of the 27 stars in celestial sphere; 2. name of a month.

atideśa

one of tantrayuktis, extended application; substitution; substantiating by future event

avagāhasveda

sitz-bath; a tub is filled with hot water and prescribed medicated substances are added in which the patient sits with a blanket around to protect warmth.

avastha

stage of illness; status of any physiological function.

avasthāpāka

(avastha.pāka) process of digestion; ingested substances pass through three stages in which they become successively sweet, acid and pungent.

bahirāmaya

tetanus; opisthotonus; state of severe hyperextension and spasticity in which patient'sbody enter into a complete arching position like a bow.

basta

Go to ajā

bharaṇi

second star in the path of moon corresponding to 35, 39, and 41 Arietis in Aries constellation.

bisa

Plant stalk of lotus; bisavartma porous condition of sebaceous gland; xanthelasma; a disease of eye.

caturaṅgadaṇḍāsana

(catur.anga.danḍa.āsana) four-limbed staff pose of yoga.

caturbhadrakam

Plant four gentle herbs : nāgaram (dry ginger), ativiṣa (aconite), musta (nut grass or Cyperus rotundus), guḍūci (Tinospora cardifolia).

citra

star Spica in the constellation Virgo.

cūcuka

1. stammering; 2. nipple.

dadru

1. skinrash; 2. ring worm infestation on skin; 3. lepromatous leprosy.

daṇḍaka

staff-like spasticity of the body, tonic spasms.

danḍāsana

staff pose of yoga.

dāruharidra

Plant Indian barberry, false turmeric, dried stem of Berberis aristata; Coscinium fenestratum is used in Kerala as dāruharidra due to similarity in therapeutic action to Berberis species.

dārvi

Plant tree turmeric, Berberis aristata.

daśa

planetary periods; state of being.

devadhūpa

resin of sal tree, Plant Shorea robusta.

dhaniṣṭa

star Beta Delphinium.

dhāraṇa

attention; concentration; holding in memory; stability of mind.

dhruva

1. pole star, 2. stable, 3. Plant śāliparṇi, one of daśamūla or ten roots.

dūṣiviṣa

slow acting poison; less potent toxic substances remain in a dormant state within the body for years.

divāsvapna

siesta; sleep during the day.

dravya

(elementary) substance; medicinal substance or medicine; dravyaguṇa pharmacology, the science of identification, properties, actions and therapeutic uses of medicinal substances.

ekānta

one of tantrayuktis; certain; invariable; exclusiveness; absolute and definite statement.

gambhīrahikka

a profound hiccup starting from nābhi.

gāndhāra

a geographical region in ancient India corresponding to present day Pakistan and Afghanistan.

gandharvahasta

Plant caster plant; Ricinus communis.

gaṅgeya

Go to musta

garbhadṛti

internal liquefication (of mercury); internal digestion; liquefication of conusmed substance within mercury.

garbhayantra

a device to collect oils; one small earthen pot kept in another earthern pot and closed with a third earthern pot and heated. The top earthen pot is filled with water and heated water is constantly changed till the inner part yields the product.

gatarasa

withered substance; dravya after the flavour is lost.

girisindhūra

a reddish substance obtained from hilly rocks; one of nine sādhāranarasas.

gostani

Plant false nutmeg, Bombay mace, Myristica malabarica.

gostanimūṣa

a crucible used in medicinal alchemy.

grīva

neck; nape; grīvastambha stiff neck; cervical spondylosis.

guṇa

property; trait; character; physio-chemical and pharmacodynamic properties of a substance.

gundra

Plant kind of cyperus; lesser Indian reed, grass used for making mats, Typha australis; T. angustata.

halīmaka

liver disease; chronic obstructive jaundice, an advanced stage in jaundice.

hasta

1. hand; 2. a linear measurement equal to 45.72 centimetres; 3. star Delta Corvi in the southern constellation of Corvus.

hastimeha

prostatitis, urine with lasīka.

jaṅgama

moving, movable; jaṅgamadravya drug of animal origin, ex. horn of stag.

jaṭāmāṃsi

Plant nardus root; Indian spikenard; Indian valerian; dried rhizome of Nardostachys jatamansi.

jīmūtaka

Plant Lepeocercis serrata; Indian blue stem grass, musta.

jyeṣṭā

star Antares in the constellation Scorpio.

jyotiṣmati

Plant climbing staff tree, black oil plant, intellect tree, bittersweet; Celastrus paniculata.

kādambara

wine made from diverse fermentable substances; sour cream.

kāla

time; kālatraya three states of time: past, present and the future.

kalamba

Plant the stalk of pot herb or leafy vegetable; Convolvulus repens; Nuclcea cadamba.

kambhoja

1. a geographical region in ancient India corresponding to present day Afghanistan; 2. Plant ironweed plant, Veronia anthelminthica.

kampilla

1. Plant monkey face tree, glands and hairs of fruit of Mallotus philippinensis; 2. a mineral substance from north-west of India.

kānjika

sour gruel, fermented rice water, water of boiled rice in a state of spontaneous fermentation.

kaṇṭaka

thorn, impediment, obstacle.

karkaṭa

crab; karkaṭaśṛṇgi crab’s claw, insect secretions on Pistacia chinensia, syn, Pistacia integerrima, syn. Rhus integerrima.

karpūrāśma

crystal.

kharpara

kind of mineral substance.

kitta

waste, excretal substance, debris.

kokilākṣa

Plant starthorn, long-leaved barleria, Asteracantha longifolia; syn. Hygrophila auriculata, H. spinosa.

krittika

white spot, Pleides constellation, the cutters; third star in the path of moon; Eta Tauri or Alcyone in the constellation Taurus.

kriyākāla

duration of an action, rise and falls of humors in the body: accumulation (sancaya), aggravation (prakopa), flow (prasara), translocation (sthānasamsraya), manifestation (vyaktībhāva), becoming chronic and incurable (bheda).

krośa

a measurement of distance equal to one-fourth of yojana.

kṛṣnasarṣapa

Plant blakc mustad, Brasica nigra.

kṛttika

1. white spots; 2. vehicle; 3. star cluster Pleiades; the cutters.

kṣama

forgiveness; sustainability.

kṣaṇa

moment, instant, a measure of time equal to one-third of a second.

kṣavaka

Plant black mustard; prickly chaff flower; a kind of pot-herb.

kukkurajihva

Plant bandicoot berry, Leea indica, L. staphylea.

kumbhakāmalā

an advanced stage of kāmala (jaundice).

kūpipakvarasāyana

pharmaceutical preparation made from substances of mineral and metallic origin using a glass flask (kāckūpi), ex: makaradhvaja.

kuśa

Plant saved gram, salt reed grass, sacrificial grass, dried root stock of Desmostachya bipinnata.

latākarañja

Plant fever nut, Caesalpinia crista, C. bondu Century

lāva

a bird; bustard quail.

lavaṇakṣāra

alkaline substance obtained from the ash of the drugs, ex: arkalavaṇa, yavakṣāra

laya

devastation, destruction.

mācika

1. insect or fly; 2. Plant bastard jute, Deccan hemp, Hibiscus cannabis.

madhulikā

Plant black mustard.

māgha

1. lunar month corresponding to February; 2. a bright star Regulus in Leo constellation.

mahārasa

primary alchemical substances, mercury (pādarasa), vermillion (hingulīka), mica (abhraka), loadstone (kāntaloha), iron pyrites (vimala), pyrites (mākṣika), tourmaline (vaikrānta), conch (śankha).

māṃsarohiṇi

Plant Indian redwood, bastard ceder, Soymida febriguga.

māṃsi

Plant spikenard, Nordostachys grandiflora.

mardana

1. rubbing, massaging, 2. grinding, rubbing, washing ores and metallic substances with extracts of plants.

mastaka

Go to śiras.

mayūrasikha

1. peacock’s crest; 2. Plant cock’s comb, Celosia cristata.

medohara

lipostatic, lypolyti Century

mṛgaśira

1. star Lambda Orionis; 2. fifth star in the path of moon.

mṛgaśṛnga

1. horn of stag. 2. winding or whirl.

mukha

mouth, oral, mukhapāka stomatitis, mukhasrāva excess salivary secretion, mukhavairasya distaste or loss of taste.

mūla

root; a star Lambda Scorpio in the constellation Scorpio.

mūṣa

crucible, an utensil that can withstand high temparatures, used to remove morbid elements (doṣa) from various metals and minerals, especially to prepare ashes (bhasma).

musta

Plant nutgrass, dried rhizome of Cyperus rotundus. Now used as a substitute for ativiṣa, Aconitum heterophyllum.

mūtravirajanīya

substances that alter the colour of urine.

nāga

1. lead, plumbum; metallic substance used in rasaśāstra; 2. snake.

nāgakeśara

Plant cobras saffron, dried stamens of Mesua ferrea.

nāgaramustaka

Plant tiger nut, earth almond, Cyprus esculentus.

nakṣatra

1. star; 2. lunar mansion or one of the 27 divisions of the sky represented by a prominent star.

nakulī

Plant 1. cotton tree, Salmalia malabarica; 2. muskroot plant or spikenard, Nardostachys jatamamsi; 3. saffron.

nāsāraktapitta

epistaxis, blood from the nose.

nirdeśa

one of tantrayuktis, declaration, statement in detail, certainty, elaboration.

nisarga

1. favour or grant, giving away, bestowing; 2. natural state or condition or a character.

niṣṭhāpāka

(during the process of digestion) the tastes are subject to a process governed by the rule that sweet, acid and pungent substances do not change their taste, whereas the salt taste is transformed into sweet one, and the bitter and astringent taste into a pungent one.

nīvāra

Plant wild rice; Hygroryza aristata.

padārtha

1. matter, stuff, substance, material object, category; 2. proper implied meaning of the word, one of tantrayuktis.

palāla

Plant stalk of sorghum, millet.

palāśa

Plant flame of the forest, bastard teak, butea gum tree, parrot tree, Butea monosperma, B. frondosa.

parādiguṇa

distant (para), ulterior (apara), planning (yukti), categories (sankhya), combination (samyoya), disjunction (vibhāga), isolation (pṛthakkarana), measurement (parimāṇa), refining (samskāra), usage (abhyāsa).

pārśvaśūla

pain-thorax, intercostal neuralgia.

pāṣāṇabheda

Plant stone-breaker, rhizome of Bergenia ligulata, B. ciliate; Coleus aromatucus; Aerva lanata; Rotula aquatica. exact identity not yet established.

phālguṇa

1. star(s) Delta and Alpha Leonis in the constellation Leo; 2. a lunar month in Hindu calendar.

pradeśa

1. region, country, 2. one of tantrayuktis, determination of a statement to be made; substantiating by similar past event.

pramāṇa

means of acquiring certain knowledge, proof; epistemological standards.

pramathya

paste or dough made by boiling a medicinal substance in water, ex: mustādi pramathya

prastarasveda

inducing perspiration by laying on a straw-bed.

pratyāhāra

withdrawal of senses from external objects, fifth stage of yoga.

pulāka

Plant rock-crystal; a species of edible plant.

punarvasu

star(s) Castor and Pollux in the constellation Gemini.

pūrvābhadra

star Alpha Pegasi.

pūrvāṣāḍa

star Delta Sagittari in the constellation Sagittarius.

puṣya

1. star Delta Cancri in the constellation Gemini; 2. a lunar month in Hindu calendar.

puṭapāka

closed heating, subliming; method of preparing drugs the various substances being wrapped up in leaves , covered with clay , and heated in fire.

pūtīkarañja

Plant Indian elm, Caesalpinia crista, C. bonducella.

rājakṣavaka

Plant kind of mustard, Brassica juncea.

rājika

a weight measurement of 6 marīci; black mustard.

rāla

Plant sal tree, Shorea robusta.

rāmāphala

netted custard apple, Annona reticulata; native to Americas and not dealt with in classical ayurvedic texts.

rañjana

dyeing, staining.

ratnaprabhāvaṭi

medicine made from mineral substances like diamond et Century and used in chronic diseases: tuberculosis, heart diseases et Century

revati

1. one of the seizing planets (graha), 2. bloodlessness, vit. B deficiency; 3. star Zeta Piscium.

rohiṇi

1. sixth layer of skin, dermis; 2. diphtheria, inflammation of throat; 3. women with red face. 4. star Aldebaran in the constellation Taurus.

rohitaka

Plant 1. rohida, a tree species grown in desert and dry regions of northwest India, Tecomella undulate; 2. rohituka tree, Aphanamixis polystachya.

rūḍhi

affirmation, affirmative; emphatic statement.

rūmimastagi

Plant mastic, Pistacia lentiscus

rūpa

symptoms, appearance, manifestation of a disease.

ṣaḍangapānīya

infusion or decoction of six drugs, viz. uśīra, parpaṭa, udīcya, musta, śunṭi, raktacandana.

sādhāraṇarasa

group of nine non-herbal substances used in rasaśāstra; kampilla, gauripāshāna, navāsāra, kapardika, agnijāra, girisindhūra, hingula, mṛdārṣṛnga.

sadyahprāṇahara

quickly destroying, killing instantaneously; a group of vital points on the body.

sadyobalakara

instantaneously energy-giving.

sahācara

Plant Barleria prionitis, B. cristata

saireyaka

Plant crested Philippine violet flower, blue barleria, Barleria cristata, B. prionitis, B. involucrata.

sāla

Plant sal tree, Shorea robusta.

samaprakṛti

state of equilibrium of humors.

samśaya

one of tantrayuktis, doubtful statements.

samstarasveda

sweating process with cover, in bed.

sarṣapa

mustard, Brassica campestris, sarṣapataila mustard oil.

śatabhiṣa

star Lambda Aquarii in the constellation Aquarius.

satata

constant, uninterrupted, satatajvara double quotidian fever; fever appearing twice a day.

ṣaṭkriyākāla

six stages of pathogenesis, stages in manifestaion of diseases.

satva

1. purity or pure state of mind; mental strength, one of the psychic humors; 2. extract prepared from a mineral substance. 3. sun-dried paste prepared from a cold infusion which is set in the sun until all the moisture evaporates and the concentrate becomes solid.

savyabhicaraṇa

uncertain statement

śepha

male organ, penis; śephastambha loss of erection.

śibikā

palanquin; bier i.e. a stand on which a corpse is placed to lie to be carried to the burial ground.

siddhārtha

1. one whose goal has been achieved, Gouthama Buddha; 2. India fig tree; 3. white mustard.

śikhariṇi

curds, fruits, cinnamon tvak, cardamom ela, honey madhu, ghee ājyam, pepper marīcam and crystal sugar śarkara are well mixed, churned and strained through a white cloth and kept in a vessel scented with camphor is known as śikhariṇi; eminent or excellent woman.

śīrnavrinta

1. slender-stalked, 2. water-melon.

sita

1. crystalline sugar, 2. bamboo juice.

śītāda

scorbutic gingivitis; spongy gums; scurvy; an early stage of periodontal disease.

śītāphala

Plant custard apple, sugar apple, Annona squasosa; śīta (causing cold) fruit is native to america reached India in medieval times.

śmaśru

mustaches.

sneha

unctuous, oil, oily, snehavarga ghṛta, taila, vasa, majja; edible fats and oils; unctuous group, snehakalpa medicated ghṛta, snehaphala sesame seed, sneha picu unctous tampon, pāna intake of unctous substance.

sodhana

1. purification, removal of harmful metabolic substances from the body; cleansing measures; 2. purification of metalic substances, ores by boiling, triturating in various herbal juices, and grinding.

soma

1. moon; 2. nectar; 3.soma plant, Ephedra gerardiana, a norcotic drug fermented for consumption. 4. Ephedra vulgaris, E. distachya, E. wallichii; Caraka refers to it as somavalli (twine); Dalhana thinks it is gudūci.

sramśamana

push substance through the gut.

śravaṇa

hear, listen; star Alpha Aquiloe.

śṛṇga

1. stag horn, horn, 2. lotus, 3. pinnacle, 4. leafbuds.

staimitya

1. rigidity, numbness, fixedness, immobility; 2. wetcloth.

stambha

stiffness of body parts and joints.

stana

breast, stanadveṣa child rejecting breast milk.

stanamūla

a lethal point (marma) bleow the breast, splinter entering this point can cause difficulty in breathing.

stanarohita

a lethal point (marma) at nipple, splinter enering this point can cause cough and death.

stanya

mother’s milk, milk.

stanyapa

suckling, drinking milk from the breast.

stāvara

stationary, belonging to vegetable and mineral origin.

sthairya

stabilization, stability.

sthapanī

lethal point (marma) between the eye-brows, splinter entering stapanī can lead to death,

sthira

stable, immobile.

śukta

1. vinegar, fermented liquors. 2. treacle, 3. honey, 4. fermented rice gruel and watery substance above the curds are kept in a new and clean vessel underneath a bushel of paddy for three days.(Dalhana).

surakṣāra

saltpeter; raw material to extract potassium nitrate, an explosive substance.

svādhiṣṭānacakra

circle having good standing place, one of the 6 mystical circles.

svarṇamākṣika

copper pyrites or chalcopyrites; copper iron sulfide, occuring as brass-yellow crystals or masses.

svāsthya

health, disease-free state of the human body.

svāti

star Arcturus in the path of the moon.

takkola

Plant Illicium verum; star anise fruit.

tāra

1. silver, 2. radiant, 3. star.

tāraka

lens and pupil of eye; pertaining to star.

trikārṣiam

nāgaram, ativiṣa, musta.

tṛṇapancamūla

(tṛṇa.panca.mūla) śara (Saccharum munja), ikṣu (Saccharum officinarum), kuśa (Desmostachya bipinnata), kāsa (Saccharum spontaneum), darbha (Imperata cylindrica).

udāvarta

upward movement of gases, mis-peristalsis.

uddeṣya

one of tantrayuktis, enunciation, motive, stipulation, statement in brief.

uparatna

kāca (glass), karpūrāśma (crystal), muktāśukti (pearl-oyster), śankha (conch) et Century

ūrustambha

stiffness in the thighs, paraplegia; spastic thighs.

utkledi

substance the attracts moisture.

uttarābhadra

star Gamma Pegasi in the constellation of Pegasus.

uttarāṣāḍha

star Sigma Sagittari in the constellation Sagittarius.

vāgbhaṭa

author of Aṣṭānga hṛdaya and Aṣṭānga saṃgraha, belongs to Sindhu (now in Pakistan) region during 4-5th centuries.

vajramūṣa

crucible that withstands higher temperatures.

vāksanga

stammering.

vartma

eye lid, vartmagata roga diseases of eye lids; vartmastambha ptosis, drooping or falling of eyelid.

vedārambha

one fo the sixteen rites; starting educating the child.

viprakṛṣṭa

an aetiological factor that is at distance; a cause that acts after some time.

vīrataru

Plant sickle bush, Dichrostachys cinere

viśākha

star Alpha Librae in the constellation Libra.

viṣyanda

trickling, a substance promoting thick secretions which may not block the passages, overflow, see. Abhiṣyanda

vitasta

river Jhelum in north India referred in Rigveda.

vṛkṣāsana

yogic pose resembling a tree, standing on one leg.

vṛṣya

an edible substance that increases seman.

vūhya

ellipsis, omission of a word or phrase necessary for a complete syntactical construction but not necessary for understanding; fabrication, fiction.

vyaktībhāva

manifestation (of disease).

yoṣādivaṭi

medicine used in cough and other respiratory diseases. It contains trikaṭu or three hot substances.

yama

1. forming a pair; 2. restraint, the first stage of aṣṭānga yoga.

yojana

a measurement of distance in ancient India, somewhere between 13 to 16 kilometers.

yukti

rationale; reasoning; deduction from the circumstances.

Wordnet Search
"sta" has 332 results.

sta

śasyam, dhānyam, sītyam, gāritraḥ, stambakariḥ, bījaruhaḥ   

vṛkṣādiniṣpannaṃ bījaṃ yad annarūpeṇa upayujyate।

saḥ śasyān krīṇāti।

sta

ajña, akṣuṇṇa, aprajajñi, avyutpanna, mugdha, vihasta   

yaḥ anubhavahīnaḥ।

asyāṃ krīḍāyāṃ saḥ ajñaḥ asti।

sta

sādhu, bhadra, ārya, śiṣṭa, uttama, praśasta, praśasya, śasta, śasya, śubha, kuśala, kalyāṇa, san, sattama, śreṣṭha, sāra, sāravat, vara, nirdoṣa, aduṣṭa   

yaḥ satatakartavyakarmānuṣṭhātā prakṛtācāraśīlaḥ tathā ca nyāyapathāvalambī asti।

jagati bahavaḥ sādhavaḥ janāḥ santi।

sta

kampostapāṃśuḥ, kampostapāṃsuḥ, kampostasāraḥ   

haritaparṇāvakaragomayadīnāṃ vilayanena nirmitaḥ pāṃśuḥ।

kṛṣakaḥ kṣetre kampostapāṃśuṃ sthāpayati।

sta

avyavasthita, anavasthita, astavyasta, asaṃsthita, bhagnakrama, kramahīna, vikṣipta, saṅkarīkṛta, saṅkula, saṅkīrṇa, vyapanna, vigalita   

yaḥ vyavasthitaḥ nāsti।

śyāmaḥ avyavasthitāṃ kakṣāṃ vinyasyati।

sta

ananyarūpa, abhinnarūpa, sama, samāna, samasamāna, tulya, ananya, abhinna, avibhinna, abheda, apara, aviparīta, nirastabheda, nirviśeṣa   

yad rūpādiṣu sadṛśam।

tena ananyarūpāḥ tisraḥ mūrtayaḥ krītāḥ।

sta

pāpam, paṅkam, pāpmā, kilviṣam, kalmaṣam, kaluṣam, vṛjinam, enaḥ, agham, ahaḥ, duritam, duṣkṛtam, pātakam, tūstam, kaṇvam, śalyam, pāpakam, adharmam, durvinītatā, avinayaḥ, kunītiḥ, kucaritam, duśceṣṭitam, kuceṣṭitam, durvṛttiḥ, kunītiḥ, kucaritam, kucaryā, vyabhicāraḥ, durācāraḥ   

tat karma yad dharmānusāri nāsti।

pāpāt rakṣa।

sta

abhiśvas, pariniḥstan, vistan, kṣīj   

śārīravedanājanyaḥ kaṣṭasūcakaśabdanātmakaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

śayanād utthātum asamarthaḥ saḥ śayyāyām eva abhyaśvasat।

sta

viśvasanīya, viśvasta, viśrabdha, viśvāsya   

viśvasituṃ yogyaḥ।

śyāmaḥ viśvasanīyaḥ asti।

sta

stanapāyijantuḥ, stanapajantuḥ   

saḥ jīvaḥ yaḥ mātuḥ dugdhaṃ pītvā vardhate।

manuṣyaḥ ekaḥ stanapāyijantuḥ asti।

sta

asta   

yuddhena svadhane paraprabhutva-utpattiḥ।

mughalānām ākramaṇena bahavaḥ bhāratīyāḥ rājānaḥ astaṃ gatāḥ।

sta

stanāgram, stanamukham, stanamukhaḥ, stanaśikhā, kucāgram, cūcukaḥ, cūcukam, stanavṛntaḥ, stanavṛntam, pippalakam, narmmaṭhaḥ, vṛntam   

striyāḥ stanasya agrabhāgam।

asyāḥ goḥ stanāgre vraṇaḥ jātaḥ।

sta

dugdham, kṣīram, pīyūṣam, udhasyam, stanyam, payaḥ, amṛtam, bālajīvanam   

strījātistananiḥsṛtadravadravyaviśeṣaḥ।

dhāroṣṇaṃ dugdham amṛtatulyam asti।

sta

prastaramūrtiḥ   

prastarāt vinirmitā mūrtiḥ।

eṣā guptakālīnā prastaramūrtiḥ।

sta

puccham, pucchaḥ, lāṅgulam, lāṅgūlam, bālaḥ, bāladhiḥ, bālahastaḥ, lūmam, lomaḥ, picchaḥ, laññaḥ   

paśvādīnāṃ śarīre pṛṣṭhād bahiḥ lambamānaḥ avayavaviśeṣaḥ।

gāvāḥ pucchena kīṭān durīkurvanti।

sta

puccham, lāṅgūlam, laṅgūlam, lūmaḥ, vālapastaḥ, vāladhiḥ, lulāmaḥ, avālaḥ, lañjaḥ, picchaḥ, vālaḥ   

paśu-paścādvarti-lambamāna-lomāgrāvayavaviśeṣaḥ।

hastasya sparśaṃ jñātvā śunakaḥ pucchasya vikṣepaṃ karoti।

sta

khristaḥ, khrīṣṭaḥ   

khristīdharmasya pravartakaḥ।

khristasya jīvanaṃ kaṣṭamayam āsīt।

sta

karatālam, hastatālam, karataladhvaniḥ   

karatalau āhatya kṛtaḥ dhvaniḥ।

bālakaḥ karatālaṃ karoti।

sta

asvīkṛta, asammata, anabhimata, amata, aniṣṭa, apraśasta, garhita, vidviṣṭa   

yad na svīkṛtam।

eṣā pariyojanā adyāpi śāsanena asvīkṛtā asti।

sta

vāmahastaḥ, vāmapāṇiḥ, savyam, vāmabāhuḥ   

mānavādīnāṃ śarīrasya dakṣiṇetaraḥ hastaḥ।

tasya vāmahaste vraṇaḥ jātaḥ।

sta

nālaḥ, daṇḍaḥ, voṇṭaḥ, stambhaḥ, vṛntam, kāṇḍaḥ, kāṇḍam   

vṛkṣasya tadbhāgaḥ yasyopari śākhāḥ vilasanti।

asya vṛkṣasya nālaḥ kṛśaḥ asti।

sta

pallavaḥ, pallavam, kisalayaḥ, pravālam, navapatram, valam, kisalam, kiśalam, kiśalayam, viṭapaḥ, patrayauvanam, vistaraḥ   

śākhāgraparvaṇi navapatrastavakaḥ।

saḥ pallavān chinatti।

sta

eraṇḍaḥ, amaṅgalaḥ, amaṇḍaḥ, asāraḥ, āmaṇḍaḥ, āmaṇḍakaḥ, gandharvahastaḥ, cañcuḥ, nidhāpakaḥ, ruvuḥ, rūvukaḥ, varaṇḍāluḥ, vyaḍambakam, vyaḍambanam   

kṣupaviśeṣaḥ saḥ kṣupaḥ yasmāt tailaṃ prāpyate।

eraṇḍasya phalaṃ kaṇṭakayuktam asti।

sta

paryyaṅkaḥ, palyaṅkaḥ, śayyā, śayanam, talpaḥ, khaṭvā, saṃstaraḥ, starimā, śayanīyam, mañcaḥ, mañcakaḥ, prastaraḥ, āstaraṇam   

kāṣṭhādiracitaśayyādhāraḥ।

mātā bālakaṃ paryaṅke śāyayati।

sta

vikīrṇa, prakīrṇa, ākīrṇaḥ, avakīrṇaḥ, kīrṇaḥ, vikṣipta, vyasta, suvyasta, udasta, prasāritaḥ, vidhūtaḥ, asaṃhata   

itastataḥ kṣiptaḥ।

khagāḥ bhūmyām vikīrṇān annakaṇān avacinvanti।

sta

antarpradeśīya, antarprāntīya, antarpradeśastarīya, antarrājyīya, antarrājyika   

kasyacana rājyasya pradeśasya vā antaḥ jāyamānam athavā tat sambandhi।

yathāsamayaṃ rājyeṣu antarpradeśīyānāṃ spardhānām āyojanam āvaśyakam।

sta

stavikasthānam   

yad sthānaṃ vastutaḥ asti।

himālayaparvataḥ iti ekaṃ vāstavikasthānam asti।

sta

bhraṣṭa, cyuta, vicalita, skhalita, vikṛṣṭa, mohita, vimohita, vyagra, vyākula, khaṇḍita, vyastacitta   

sthānasiddhāntādibhyaḥ dūre gataḥ।

saḥ mārgāt bhraṣṭaḥasti। / vivekād bhraṣṭānām puruṣāṇāṃ bhavati vinipātaḥ śatamukhaḥ।

sta

nivāsī, vāsī, vāsakārī, nivāsakārī, nilāyī, sthāyī, avasthāyī, vāstavyaḥ   

kasminnapi sthāne nivāsakartā।

atra nivāsinaḥ sarve prārthyante aparicitaṃ kamapi śaraṇaṃ na dātum।

sta

ghrāṇam, nāsā, nāsikā, nasā, nasyā, ghoṇā, gandhavāhaḥ, gandhajñā, gandhanālī, ghratiḥ, nāḥ, nastaḥ, nāsikyam, nāsikyakam, siṅghinī, vikūṇikā, tanubhasrā, nakram, nakuṭam, narkuṭakam   

avayavaviśeṣaḥ, jighrate anena iti।

nyāyamatena ghrāṇasya gandhagrāhitvam iti guṇaḥ।

sta

vyūḍha, saṃvyūḍha, vinyasta, vihita, prativihita, vyavasthāpita, saṃsthāpita, racita, viracita, kalpita, parikalpita, sṛṣṭa, ghaṭita, paripāṭīkṛta   

yasmin kāpi vyavasthā vā kopi niyamo vā asti।

tena kakṣe samyak viracitāni vastūni vikīrṇāni।

sta

prayukta, prayojita, upayojita, vyavahṛta, vyavahārita, sevita, upasevita, bhukta, upabhukta, dhṛta, abhyasta   

yasya upayogaḥ kṛtaḥ।

miṣṭānnavikretā miṣṭānne prayuktānāṃ padārthānāṃ sūcim akarot।

sta

vandanam, vandanā, stutiḥ, prārthanā, abhivandanā, stavaḥ, stotra   

ṣoḍaśadhā bhaktyantargatabhaktiviśeṣaḥ yasmin upāsyadevatāyāḥ guṇagauravaḥ kriyate।

bhaktagaṇāḥ mandire prārthanāṃ kurvanti।

sta

buddhakālīnaḥ hastalekhaḥ, buddhakālīnaḥ hastalikhitaḥ   

buddhakāle likhitāni bastalikhitāni।

sāranāthanagaryāṃ buddhakālīnāni hastalekhāni upalabdhāni।

sta

hastabhāgaḥ   

hastasya bhāgaḥ।

kaphoṇiḥ iti hastabhāgaḥ asti।

sta

naṣṭa, dhvasta, samāpta, dhvaṃsita, vinaṣṭa   

yasya nāśaḥ jātaḥ।

dharaṇīkampena tasya sarvasvaṃ naṣṭaṃ jātam। / yogo naṣṭaḥ parantapaḥ।

sta

cintita, cintāgrasta, śocita, śaṅkita   

yaḥ cintāyuktaḥ।

saḥ putrasya pīḍayā cintitaḥ asti।

sta

saujanyam, sādhutā, sajjanatā, sabhyatā, sattvavṛttiḥ, uttamatā, uttamatvam, guṇaḥ, praśastatā, praśastatvam, sadbhāvaḥ, sāttvikaḥ, sāttvikatā, sādhubhāvaḥ, sujanatā, sujanatvam, sauṣṭha, kulīnatā   

sujanasya bhāvaḥ।

pāṭhaśālāyāṃ tasya saujanyaṃ khyātam। / saujanyam varavaṃśajanma vibhavo dirghāyurārogyatā vijñatvaṃ vinayitvaṃ indriyavaśaḥ satpātradāne ruciḥ sanmantrī susutaḥ priyā priyatamā bhaktiśca nārāyaṇe satpuṇyena vinā trayodaśaguṇāḥ saṃsāriṇāṃ durlabhāḥ।

sta

stambaḥ   

mahāyāvanālasya kesarāḥ।

bharjitaḥ stambaḥ svādiṣṭaḥ asti।

sta

mahāyāvanālaḥ, stambakariḥ   

dhānyaviśeṣaḥ;

sohanāya mahāyāvanālasya polikā rocate।

sta

varāhaḥ, śūkaraḥ, stabdharomā, romeśaḥ, kiriḥ, cakradraṃṣṭraḥ, kiṭiḥ, daṃṣṭrī, kroḍaḥ, dantāyudhaḥ, balī, pṛthuskandhaḥ, potrī, ghoṇī, bhedanaḥ, kolaḥpotrāyudhaḥ, śūraḥ, bahvapatyaḥ, radāyudhaḥ   

grāmyapaśuḥ- yasya māṃsaṃ janaḥ atti।

tasya prāṅgaṇe varāhāḥ santi।

sta

starita   

yasmin starāḥ santi।

eṣaḥ staritaḥ parvataḥ।

sta

ativyayin, apavyayin, vyayaśīla, aparimitavyaya, arthaghna, dhanāpacetṛ, muktahasta   

yaḥ aparimitaṃ vyayaṃ karoti।

dineśaḥ apavyayī vyaktiḥ asti।

sta

bhaviṣyatkālam, anāgatam, śvastanam, pragetanam, vartsyat, vartiṣyamāṇam, āgāmi, bhāvī   

kālaviśeṣaḥ- vartamānakālottarakālīnotpattikatvam।

bhaviṣyatkāle kiṃ bhaviṣyati iti kopi na jānāti।

sta

samudāyaḥ, saṅghaḥ, samūhaḥ, saṅghātaḥ, samavāyaḥ, sañcayaḥ, gaṇaḥ, gulmaḥ, gucchaḥ, gucchakaḥ, gutsaḥ, stavakaḥ, oghaḥ, vṛndaḥ, nivahaḥ, vyūhaḥ, sandohaḥ, visaraḥ, vrajaḥ, stomaḥ, nikaraḥ, vātaḥ, vāraḥ, saṃghātaḥ, samudayaḥ, cayaḥ, saṃhatiḥ, vṛndam, nikurambam, kadambakam, pūgaḥ, sannayaḥ, skandhaḥ, nicayaḥ, jālam, agram, pacalam, kāṇḍam, maṇḍalam, cakram, vistaraḥ, utkāraḥ, samuccayaḥ, ākaraḥ, prakaraḥ, saṃghaḥ, pracayaḥ, jātam   

ekasmin sthāne sthāpitāni sthitāni vā naikāni vastūni।

asmin samudāye naikāḥ mahilāḥ santi।

sta

śṛṅkhalā, hastapāśaḥ, bandhanam, pāśaḥ, saṃrodhaḥ, prasitiḥ   

aparādhinaḥ hastabandhanāya lohādibhiḥ vinirmitaḥ pāśaḥ।

ārakṣakeṇa caurasya haste śṛṅkhalā baddhā।

sta

cauryam, steyam, cauram, caurikā, stainyam, stainam, curā, tāskaryam, taskaratā, muṣṭam, muṣṭiḥ, apahāraḥ   

sandhiṃ chitvā anyasya vastunaḥ grahaṇasya kriyā bhāvo vā।

rāmaḥ cauryaṃ karoti।

sta

hastaparidhānam   

tad vastraṃ yad haste paridhāryate।

karacchadaḥ ekaḥ hastaparidhānam।

sta

drākṣā, mṛdvīkā, mṛdvī, svādvī, svādurasā, madhurasā, gostanī, gostanā, rasā, rasālā, cāruphalā, kāpiśāyinī, sābdī, harahūrā   

latāviśeṣaḥ yasya phalaṃ madhuraṃ tathā ca bahurasam asti।

nāśikanagare drākṣāṇāṃ kṛṣiḥ dṛśyate।

sta

ruciraprastaraḥ, cāruprastaraḥ   

śvetavarṇīyaprastaraḥ।

ruciprastaraiḥ vinirmitaḥ tejomahalaḥ।

sta

gṛham, geham, udvasitam, veśma, sadma, niketanam, niśāntam, natsyam, sadanam, bhavanam, agāram, sandiram, gṛhaḥ, nikāyaḥ, nilayaḥ, ālayaḥ, vāsaḥ, kuṭaḥ, śālā, sabhā, pastyam, sādanam, āgāram, kuṭiḥ, kuṭī, gebaḥ, niketaḥ, sālā, mandirā, okaḥ, nivāsaḥ, saṃvāsaḥ, āvāsaḥ, adhivāsaḥ, nivasati, vasati, ketanam, gayaḥ, kṛdaraḥ, gartaḥ, harmyam, astam, duroṇe, nīlam, duryāḥ, svasarāṇi, amā, dame, kṛttiḥ, yoniḥ, śaraṇam, varūtham, chardichadi, chāyā, śarma, ajam   

manuṣyaiḥ iṣṭikādibhiḥ vinirmitaṃ vāsasthānam।

gṛhiṇyā eva gṛhaṃ śobhate।

sta

stanaḥ, kucaḥ, urojaḥ, vakṣojaḥ, payodharaḥ, vakṣoruhaḥ, urasijaḥ   

strī-avayavaviśeṣaḥ।

aromaśau stanau paunau ghanāvaviṣamau śubhau

sta

hastatrāṇam   

haste tathā ca aṅguliṣu dhāraṇārthe upayuktaṃ vastracarmaṇādibhiḥ vinirmitaḥ prāvaraṇaviśeṣaḥ।

śalyacikitsakena śalyakriyāsamaye hastatrāṇam upayujyate।

sta

drākṣā, mṛdvīkā, mṛdvī, svādvī, svādurasā, madhurasā, gostanī, rasā, rasālā, cāruphalā, kāpiśāyanī, sābdī, harahūrā, cāruphalā, kṛṣṇā, priyālā, tāpasapriyā, gucchaphalā, amṛtaphalā   

phalaviśeṣaḥ-asya guṇāḥ atimadhuratva-amalatva-śītapittārtidāhamūtradoṣanāśitvādayaḥ।

drākṣāt madyaṃ jāyate।

sta

eraṇḍaḥ, amaṅgalaḥ, amaṇḍaḥ, asāraḥ, āmaṇḍaḥ, āmaṇḍakaḥ, gandharvahastaḥ, cañcuḥ, nidhāpakaḥ, ruvuḥ, rūvukaḥ, varaṇḍāluḥ, vyaḍambakam, vyaḍambanam   

eraṇḍasya kṣupāt prāptaṃ bījaṃ yasmāt tailaṃ tathā ca bheṣajaṃ prāpyate।

eraṇḍasya tailāt vaidyaḥ bheṣajaṃ nirmāti।

sta

cināṃśukāstaraṇam   

cināṃśukasya āstaraṇam।

cināṃśukāstaraṇam mahārgham asti।

sta

meghaḥ, abhramam, vārivāhaḥ, stanayitnuḥ, balābakaḥ, dhārādharaḥ, jaladharaḥ, taḍitvān, vāridaḥ, ambubhṛt, ghanaḥ, jīmūtaḥ, mudiraḥ, jalamuk, dhūmayoniḥ, abhram, payodharaḥ, ambhodharaḥ, vyomadhūmaḥ, ghanāghanaḥ, vāyudāruḥ, nabhaścaraḥ, kandharaḥ, kandhaḥ, nīradaḥ, gaganadhvajaḥ, vārisuk, vārmuk, vanasuk, abdaḥ, parjanyaḥ, nabhogajaḥ, madayitnuḥ, kadaḥ, kandaḥ, gaveḍuḥ, gadāmaraḥ, khatamālaḥ, vātarathaḥ, śnetanīlaḥ, nāgaḥ, jalakaraṅkaḥ, pecakaḥ, bhekaḥ, darduraḥ, ambudaḥ, toyadaḥ, ambuvābaḥ, pāthodaḥ, gadāmbaraḥ, gāḍavaḥ, vārimasiḥ, adriḥ, grāvā, gotraḥ, balaḥ, aśnaḥ, purubhojāḥ, valiśānaḥ, aśmā, parvataḥ, giriḥ, vrajaḥ, caruḥ, varāhaḥ, śambaraḥ, rauhiṇaḥ, raivataḥ, phaligaḥ, uparaḥ, upalaḥ, camasaḥ, arhiḥ, dṛtiḥ, odanaḥ, vṛṣandhiḥ, vṛtraḥ, asuraḥ, kośaḥ   

pṛthvīstha-jalam yad sūryasya ātapena bāṣparupaṃ bhūtvā ākāśe tiṣṭhati jalaṃ siñcati ca।

kālidāsena meghaḥ dūtaḥ asti iti kalpanā kṛtā

sta

sūryaḥ, savitā, ādityaḥ, mitraḥ, aruṇaḥ, bhānuḥ, pūṣā, arkaḥ, hiraṇyagarbhaḥ, pataṅgaḥ, khagaḥ, sahasrāṃśuḥ, dinamaṇiḥ, marīci, mārtaṇḍa, divākaraḥ, bhāskaraḥ, prabhākaraḥ, vibhākaraḥ, vivasvān, saptāśvaḥ, haridaśvaḥ, citrarathaḥ, saptasaptiḥ, dinamaṇi, dyumaṇiḥ, divāmaṇiḥ, khamaṇiḥ, khadyotaḥ, pradyotanaḥ, ambarīśaḥ, aṃśahastaḥ, lokabāndhavaḥ, jagatcakṣuḥ, lokalocanaḥ, kālakṛtaḥ, karmasākṣī, gopatiḥ, gabhastiḥ, gabhastimān, gabhastihastaḥ, graharājaḥ, caṇḍāṃśu, aṃśumānī, uṣṇaraśmiḥ, tapanaḥ, tāpanaḥ, jyotiṣmān, mihiraḥ, avyayaḥ, arciḥ, padmapāṇiḥ, padminīvallabhaḥ, padmabandhuḥ, padminīkāntaḥ, padmapāṇiḥ, hiraṇyaretaḥ, kāśyapeyaḥ, virocanaḥ, vibhāvasuḥ, tamonudaḥ, tamopahaḥ, citrabhānuḥ, hariḥ, harivāhanaḥ, grahapatiḥ, tviṣāmpatiḥ, ahaḥpatiḥ, vṛdhnaḥ, bhagaḥ, agaḥ, adriḥ, heliḥ, tarūṇiḥ, śūraḥ, dinapraṇīḥ, kuñjāraḥ, plavagaḥ, sūnuḥ, rasādhāraḥ, pratidivā, jyotipīthaḥ, inaḥ, vedodayaḥ, papīḥ, pītaḥ, akūpāraḥ, usraḥ, kapilaḥ   

pṛthivyāḥ nikaṭatamaḥ atitejasvī khagolīyaḥ piṇḍaḥ yaṃ paritaḥ pṛthvyādigrahāḥ bhramanti। tathā ca yaḥ ākāśe suvati lokam karmāṇi prerayati ca।

sūryaḥ sauryāḥ ūrjāyāḥ mahīyaḥ srotaḥ।/ sūrye tapatyāvaraṇāya dṛṣṭaiḥ kalpeta lokasya kathaṃ tamitsrā।

sta

pariprath, avatan, abhitan, paritan, viyam, samprasār, abhiprasār, drāgh, pādaya, hastaya, vyākṣip   

hastau pādau ca prasārya kiñcit śayanasadṛśāvasthāyām āsanātmakaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

āpaṇāt āgatena tena sukhāsane svaśarīraṃ paryaprathata।

sta

dvihasta   

yasmin dvau hastau staḥ।

śyāmaḥ dvihaste pīṭhe upaviśati।

sta

hastalikhitam   

hastena likhitam।

bhāratadeśe naikeṣu sthāneṣu buddhakālīnāni hastalikhitāni dṛśyante।

sta

ajaḥ, vastaḥ, chagalakaḥ, stubhaḥ, chagaḥ, chagalaḥ, chāgalaḥ, tabhaḥ, stabhaḥ, śubhaḥ, laghukāmaḥ, krayasadaḥ, varkaraḥ, parṇabhojanaḥ, lambakarṇaḥ, menādaḥ, vukkaḥ, alpāyuḥ, śivāpriyaḥ, avukaḥ, medhyaḥ, paśuḥ, payasvalaḥ   

paśuviśeṣaḥ, yaḥ apraśastaḥ, kharatulyanādaḥ, pradīptapucchaḥ kunakhaḥ vivarṇaḥ nikṛttakarṇaḥ dvipamastakaśca।

ajaḥ parvataṃ gacchati।

sta

ajā, chāgī, payasvinī, bhīruḥ, medhyā, galestanī, chāgikā, majjā, sarvabhakṣyā, galastanī, culumpā, sajjā, mukhaviluṇṭhikā   

paśuviśeṣaḥ, yā apraśastā kharatulyanādā pradīptapucchā kunakhā vivarṇā nikṛttakarṇā dvipamastakā tathā ca yasyāḥ dugdhaṃ pānārthaṃm upayujyate ।

ajāyāḥ dugdhaṃ śītalaṃ madhuraṃ ca।

sta

astaṃgata   

astaṃ prayātaḥ।

udīcyām astaṃgataḥ sūryaḥ prācyām udayati।

sta

śilā, aśma, pāṣāṇa, prastara   

pṛthvīstarīyaḥ kaṭhorapiṇḍaḥ yaḥ vālukādibhiḥ kaṭhoradravyaiḥ nirmitaḥ asti।

mūrtikāraḥ śilāyāḥ mūrtiṃ nirmāti।

sta

kāmuka, kāmin, kāmavṛtti, kāmapravaṇa, kāmāsakta, sakāma, kāmana, kamana, kamra, kamitṛ, kāmayitā, ratārthin, maithunārthin, suratārthin, maithunābhilāṣin, sambhogābhilāśin, maithunecchu, vyavāyin, anuka, abhīka, abhika, lāpuka, abhilāṣuka, vyavāyaparāyaṇa, lampaṭa, strīrata, strīpara, kāmārta, kāmātura, kāmāndha, kāmānvita, kāmāviṣṭa, kāmagrasta, kāmādhīna, kāmayukta, kāmākrānta, kāmajita, jātakāma, kāmopahata   

yaḥ strīsambhogābhilāṣī asti।

saḥ kāmukaḥ vyaktiḥ asti।

sta

āvāsaḥ, nivāsaḥ, kṣayaṇaḥ, gṛbhaḥ, avasitam, ākṣit, astam, astatātiḥ   

tat sthānaṃ yatra kaḥ api vasati।

eṣaḥ vṛkṣaḥ pakṣiṇām āvāsaḥ।

sta

abhāvagrasta   

abhāvagrastasya avasthā bhāvo vā।

abhāvagrastatayā pīḍito'pi san tena satyam eva ācarītam।

sta

indraḥ, devarājaḥ, jayantaḥ, ṛṣabhaḥ, mīḍhvān, marutvān, maghavā, viḍojā, pākaśāsanaḥ, vṛddhaśravāḥ, sunāsīraḥ, puruhūtaḥ, purandaraḥ, jiṣṇuḥ, lekharṣabhaḥ, śakraḥ, śatamanyuḥ, divaspatiḥ, sutrāmā, gotrabhit, vajrī, vāsavaḥ, vṛtrahā, vṛṣā, vāstospatiḥ, surapatiḥ, balārātiḥ, śacīpatiḥ, jambhabhedī, harihayaḥ, svārāṭ, namucisūdanaḥ, saṃkrandanaḥ, duścyavanaḥ, turāṣāṭ, meghavāhanaḥ, ākhaṇḍalaḥ, sahastrākṣaḥ, ṛbhukṣā, mahendraḥ, kośikaḥ, pūtakratuḥ, viśvambharaḥ, hariḥ, purudaṃśā, śatadhṛtiḥ, pṛtanāṣāḍ, ahidviṣaḥ, vajrapāṇiḥ, devarājaḥ, parvatāriḥ, paryaṇyaḥ, devatādhipaḥ, nākanāthaḥ, pūrvadikkapatiḥ, pulomāriḥ, arhaḥ, pracīnavarhiḥ, tapastakṣaḥ, biḍaujāḥ, arkaḥ, ulūkaḥ, kaviḥ, kauśikaḥ, jiṣṇuḥ   

sā devatā yā svargasya adhipatiḥ iti manyate।

vedeṣu indrasya sūktāni santi।

sta

anabhyasta   

yad na abhyastam।

sohanaḥ krikeṭa iti krīḍāyām anabhyastaḥ asti।

sta

abhyasta, okivas, cuñcu, dhṛtavrata   

yasya abhyāsaṃ kriyate।

śyāmaḥ bahukaṣṭasya abhyastaḥ asti।

sta

parājita, parābhūta, abhibhūta, parāhata, parāsta, kṛtadhvaṃsa, jita   

yasya parājayaḥ jātaḥ।

parājitaḥ rājā puruḥ sikandarasya purataḥ na nataḥ।

sta

hatāśa, nirāśa, khinna, dainyagrasta   

hatā naṣṭā vā āśā yasya।

vidyālaye nāmāṅkanaṃ na prāptam ataḥ śyāmaḥ hatāśaḥ abhūt। / gaurbhūtvāsumukhī khinnā rudanti।

sta

stavikam, vāstavikaḥ, vāstavikī, vāstavaḥ, vāstavī, vāstavam, tathyaḥ, tathyam, tathyā, yathārthaḥ, yathārtham, yathārthā, san, sat, satī, satyaḥ, satyam, satyā, prakṛtaḥ, prakṛtā, prakṛtam, akalpitaḥ, akalpitam, akalpitā   

yad yathārthabhūtam asti tad।

śaśaśṛṅgaṃ na vāstavikaḥ padārthaḥ asti।

sta

gajaḥ, hastī, karī, dantī, dvipaḥ, vāraṇaḥ, mātaṅgaḥ, mataṅgaḥ, kuñjaraḥ, nāgaḥ, dviradaḥ, ibhaḥ, radī, dvipāyī, anekapaḥ, viṣāṇī, kareṇuḥ, lambakarṇaḥ, padmī, śuṇḍālaḥ, karṇikī, dantāvalaḥ, stamberamaḥ, dīrghavaktraḥ, drumāriḥ, dīrghamārutaḥ, vilomajihvaḥ, śakvā, pīluḥ, māmṛgaḥ, mataṅgajaḥ, ṣaṣṭhihāyanaḥ   

paśuviśeṣaḥ- saḥ paśuḥ yaḥ viśālaḥ sthūlaḥ śuṇḍāyuktaḥ ca।

gajāya ikṣuḥ rocate।

sta

purārddhavistaraḥ, vibhāgaḥ   

purasya praṇayanārthe sacivanirvācanārthe ca kalpitaḥ vibhāgaḥ।

asmin purārdhdavistarasya sacivaḥ mālādevī asti।

sta

bhīta, trasta, bhayātura, bhayākula   

yaḥ bibheti।

grāme āgatasya vyāghrasya vārtāṃ śrutvā janāḥ bhītāḥ abhavan।

sta

pīḍita, trasta, santrasta   

yaḥ santrāsyate pīḍyate vā।

ārakṣikaiḥ pīḍitaḥ vyaktiḥ katham nyāyaṃ prāpyate।

sta

hastapuṣpam   

hastābhūṣaṇasya prakāraḥ।

suvarṇasya hastapuṣpena navavadhvāḥ hastasya śobhā vardhate।

sta

vāyuḥ, vātaḥ, anilaḥ, pavanaḥ, pavamānaḥ, prabhañjanaḥ, śvasanaḥ, sparśanaḥ, mātariśvā, sadāgatiḥ, pṛṣadaśvaḥ, gandhavahaḥ, gandhavāhaḥ, āśugaḥ, samīraḥ, mārutaḥ, marut, jagatprāṇaḥ, samīraṇaḥ, nabhasvān, ajagatprāṇaḥ, khaśvāsaḥ, vābaḥ, dhūlidhvajaḥ, phaṇipriyaḥ, vātiḥ, nabhaḥprāṇaḥ, bhogikāntaḥ, svakampanaḥ, akṣatiḥ, kampalakṣmā, śasīniḥ, āvakaḥ, hariḥ, vāsaḥ, sukhāśaḥ, mṛgavābanaḥ, sāraḥ, cañcalaḥ, vihagaḥ, prakampanaḥ, nabhaḥ, svaraḥ, niśvāsakaḥ, stanūnaḥ, pṛṣatāmpatiḥ, śīghraḥ   

viśvagamanavān viśvavyāpī tathā ca yasmin jīvāḥ śvasanti।

vāyuṃ vinā jīvanasya kalpanāpi aśakyā।

sta

stutiḥ, praśaṃsā, praśastiḥ, anuṣṭutiḥ, abhiṣṭava, āloka, uktham, īḍā, upavarṇanam, upastavaḥ, gīrṇi, guṇaślāghā, gūrti, devanam, dhiṣaṇam, nāntram, pariṣṭuti, pariṣṭavanam, pāṇaḥ, prakhyātiḥ, pratiṣṭutiḥ, pratisaṃdhānam   

kimapi vastvoḥ athavā vyakteḥ guṇānāṃ praśaṃsāsūcikā ādarasūcikā vā uktiḥ।

sarvaiḥ gopālasya vīratāyāḥ stutiḥ kṛtā।

sta

suvinyasta   

yat samyak nyastam।

apaskīrṇāni sarvāṇi vastūni suvinyastāni kṛtāni।

sta

śiśnaḥ, puliṅgam, puṃścihnam, upasthaḥ, jaghanyam, naraṅgam, puruṣāṅgam, carmadaṇḍaḥ, svarastambhaḥ, upasthaḥ, madanāṅkuśaḥ, kandarpamuṣalaḥ, śephaḥ, mehanam, meḍhraḥ, lāṅguḥ, dhvajaḥ, rāgalatā, lāṅgūlam, sādhanam, sephaḥ, kāmāṅkuśaḥ, vyaṅgaḥ   

avayavaviśeṣaḥ, puruṣasya jananendriyam।

yāvatāmeva dhātūnāṃ liṅgaṃ rūḍhigataṃ bhavet arthaścaivābhidheyastu tāvadbhirguṇavigrahaḥ

sta

nirasta   

yad vyarthaṃ kṛtam।

sampattisaṃmbandhī ekaḥ prastāvaḥ lokasabhāyāṃ nirastaḥ kṛtaḥ।

sta

prāpta, upārjita, hastagata, adhigata   

yad kenāpi prakāreṇa svasyādhikāre ānītam।

pituḥ prāptaṃ dhanaṃ tena nirdhaneṣu vitaritam।

sta

urojaḥ, urasyaḥ, kucaḥ, kucakumbhaḥ, kūcaḥ, cuciḥ, dharaṇaḥ, payodharaḥ, payodhraḥ, pralambaḥ, vaṇṭharaḥ, vāmaḥ, stanakuḍmalam, antarāṃsaḥ   

avayavaviśeṣaḥ yasmin strī dugdhaṃ dhārayati।

mātā urojasya dugdhaṃ bālakaṃ pāyayati।

sta

hasta   

caturviṃśatyaṅgulaparimāṇam।

etad vastraṃ dve haste।

sta

hastatalaḥ, karatalam, hastatalam, talam, talaḥ   

avayavaviśeṣaḥ, hastasya talaḥ।

karatalena mṛduṅagādayaḥ vādyante।

sta

cītkāraḥ, ārtanādaḥ, ārtarāvaḥ, sītkāraḥ, sītkṛtam, stananam, paridevanam   

vedanopahatatvād āgataḥ dīrghanādaḥ।

vṛddhasya cītkāraṃ śrutvā mama hṛdayam vidāritam।

sta

pustakīya   

pustakasambandhī।

yaḥ ātmajñānaṃ prāpnoti tasya kṛte pustakīyasya jñānasya kā āvaśyakatā।

sta

stambakarikāṣṭham   

tṛṇadhānyādeḥ prāyaḥ stambakareḥ śuṣkadaṇḍaḥ।

sā jvalanārthe stambakarikāṣṭham upayujyate।

sta

duḥkhagrasta, duḥkhapīḍita, duḥkhopeta   

yat kaṣṭena yuktam।

tasya duḥkhagrastām avasthām ahaṃ soḍhuṃ na śaknomi।

sta

bhayavipluta, bhayagrasta, bhayatrasta   

yaḥ bibheti।

bhayaviplutaḥ manuṣyaḥ anyāyam abhibhavituṃ na śaknoti।

sta

pustakam   

patrāṇāṃ saṃkalanaṃ yasmin kaścit viṣayaḥ vicāraḥ vivecanaṃ vā sūtrabaddharītyā likhitaṃ mudritaṃ vā asti।

etad vyākaraṇasya pustakam।

sta

kadalī, tṛṇasārā, gucchaphalā, vāraṇavuṣā, rambhā, mocā, kāṣṭhīlā, aṃśumatphalā, vāravuṣā, suphalā, sukumārā, sakṛtphalā, hastiviṣāṇī, gucchadantikā, niḥsārā, rājeṣṭā, bālakapriyā, ūrustambhā, bhānuphalā, vanalakṣmīḥ, kadalakaḥ, mocakaḥ, rocakaḥ, locakaḥ, vāravṛṣā, vāraṇavallabhā   

phalaviśeṣaḥ tat phalam yad gurutaram madhuram tathā ca puṣṭam।

saḥ kadalīm atti।

sta

kadalī, tṛṇasārā, gucchaphalā, vāraṇavuṣā, rambhā, mocā, kāṣṭhīlā, aṃśumatphalā, vāravuṣā, suphalā, sukumārā, sakṛtphalā, hastiviṣāṇī, gucchadantikā, niḥsārā, rājeṣṭā, bālakapriyā, ūrustambhā, bhānuphalā, vanalakṣmīḥ, kadalakaḥ, mocakaḥ, rocakaḥ, locakaḥ, vāravṛṣā, vāraṇavallabhā   

vṛkṣaviśeṣaḥ-saḥ vṛkṣaḥ yasya parṇāni dīrghāṇi tathā ca phalaṃ gurutaraṃ madhuraṃ puṣṭam asti।

tasya prāṅgaṇe kadalī asti।

sta

stambhaḥ, sthūṇā, yūpaḥ, yūpam, yaṣṭiḥ   

śilākāṣṭhādibhiḥ vinirmitā vartulākārā catuṣkoṇayuktā vā unnatākṛtiḥ।

stambhāt narasiṃhaḥ āgataḥ।

sta

aparūpa, vikāragrasta, apabhraṃśita, vikārin   

yasmin vikāraḥ jātaḥ।

saḥ aparūpaṃ yantraṃ navīkaroti।

sta

nīravatā, niḥstabdhatā, śāntiḥ, śāntatā, nīravatvam   

dhvanihīnā avasthā bhāvo vā।

tamomayī niśā nīravatayā yuktā āsīt।

sta

śīrṣam, śīrṣakam, śiras, mūrdhā, mastakaḥ, muṇḍaḥ, muṇḍakam, mauliḥ, kenāraḥ, cūḍālam, varāṅgam, uttamāṅgam, sīmantaḥ, keśabhūḥ   

śarīrasya saḥ bhāgaḥ yaḥ kaṇṭhasya urdhvabhāge asti।

kālyāḥ kaṇṭhe śīrṣāṇāṃ mālā śobhate।/ śīrṣasya kṣatiḥ maraṇasya kāraṇam।

sta

upastaraṇam   

karpāsādibhiḥ vinirmitaṃ sthūlam āstaraṇam।

saḥ upastaraṇe suptaḥ।

sta

garj, abhigarj, parigarj, nard, vinard, rusa viru, saṃru, ras, vāś, raṭ, gaj, hambhāya, huṅkṛ, hūṅkṛ, huṅkāraṃ kṛ, stan   

siṃhādīnāṃ prāṇinām mukhāt aṭṭaśabdānāṃ jananānukūlaḥ vyāpāra।

kiñcit kālaṃ prāk eva siṃhaḥ bahu agarjat।

sta

durdaśāgrasta   

yaḥ durdaśayā grastaḥ।

durdaśāgrastasya puruṣasya sāhāyyaṃ kartavyam।

sta

āpadgrasta, vipadgrasta, saṃkaṭagrasta   

yaḥ āpadbhiḥ grastaḥ asti।

āpadgrastena puruṣeṇa dhairyeṇa kāryaṃ kartavyam।

sta

śiraskam, śirastram, mastakābharaṇam   

śirasaḥ veṣṭanam।

śyāmaḥ raktavarṇīyaṃ śiraskaṃ dhārayati।

sta

hastaśakaṭaḥ, hastaśakaṭam   

saḥ śakaṭaḥ yaḥ hastena praluṇṭhya ekasmāt sthānāt anyasmin sthāne nayati।

saḥ hastaśakaṭe āmrāni vikrīṇāti।

sta

parivartita, anyathākṛta, anyathābhūta, ūḍha, ūhita, vikapita, vikārita, vipariṇata, vyasta   

yasmin parivartanaṃ jātam।

santasamāgamena tasya hṛdayaṃ parivartitaṃ jātam।

sta

vatsanābhaḥ, amṛtam, viṣam, ugram, mahauṣadham, garalam, māraṇam, nāgaḥ, staukṛṃkam, prāṇahārakam, sthāvarādi   

viṣavṛkṣaviśeṣaḥ।

vatsanābhaḥ madhuraḥ asti।

sta

granthālayaḥ, granthāgāraḥ, pustakālaya   

tat sthānaṃ yatra naikānāṃ granthānāṃ saṃgrahaḥ asti tathā ca yatra granthāḥ paṭhanārthe samupalabhyante।

asmin granthālaye naikaiḥ viṣayaiḥ sambandhitāḥ granthāḥ santi।

sta

pustakaśālā   

tat sthānaṃ yatra pustakāni vikrīyante।

asmākaṃ vidyālayasya samīpe ekā bṛhatī pustakaśālā asti।

sta

vismayāpannaḥ bhū, vismi, savismayaḥ bhū, vismayānvitaḥ bhū, stambh, kuhakuha   

vismayānukūlaḥ manovyāpāraḥ।

bhavataḥ kāryaṃ dṛṣṭvā aham vismayāpannaḥ abhavam ।

sta

abhilikh, pustake āropay, pustake samāropay, patre āropay, patre samāropay, patre samarpay, lekhye āropay, lekhye samāropay, lekhye samarpay, lekhyapatre āropay, lekhyapatre samāropay, nyas, lekhyapatre samarpay   

lekhāpañjikādiṣu samāveśasya likhitarūpeṇa āśvastipradānānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

bhavataḥ dhanasya āharaṇasya tathā ca nikṣepasya vivaraṇam asmin lekhāpustake abhyalikham aham।/bhoḥ bhavataḥ nāma asyāṃ matadātāsūcyāṃ abhilikhāmi aham।

sta

deśaḥ, vistaraḥ   

kasyāpi sthānasūcakaṃ cihnam।

tasya bhrātuḥ deśaḥ na jñātaḥ adya yāvat।

sta

adhaḥcaraḥ, apahārakaḥ, apahārikā, apahārakam, avahāraḥ, avāvan, avāvarī, ākhanikaḥ, ākhuḥ, āmoṣī, āmoṣi, kapāṭaghnaḥ, kapāṭaghnā, kapāṭaghnam, kambū, kalamaḥ, kavāṭaghnaḥ, kumbhīrakaḥ, kusumālaḥ, kharparaḥ, coraḥ, cauraḥ, corī, corakaḥ, caurī, caurikā, taḥ, takvān, taskaraḥ, tāyu, tṛpuḥ, dasmaḥ, dasmā, dasraḥ, drāvakaḥ, dhanaharaḥ, dhanahṛt, dhanahṛd, naktacāriḥ, naktacārī, nāgarakaḥ, parāskandī, parāskandi, parimoṣī, parimoṣiḥ, paṭaccaraḥ, pāṭṭacaraḥ, puraṃdaraḥ, pracuraḥ., pracurapuruṣaḥ, pratirodhakaḥ, pratirodhī, bandīkāraḥ, malimluḥ, malimluc, mallīkara, mācalaḥ, mīḍhuṣtamaḥ, mumuṣiṣuḥ, muṣkaḥ, mūṣakaḥ, moṣaḥ, moṣakaḥ, moṣṭā, rajanīcaraḥ, rātricaraḥ, rātryāṭaḥ, rikvān, ritakvān, ribhvān, rihāyaḥ, rerihāṇaḥ, laṭaḥ, luṇṭākaḥ, vaṭaraḥ, vanarguḥ, viloḍakaḥ, viloptā, stenaḥ, stainyaḥ, stāyuḥ, steyakṛt, steyakṛd, steyī, staunaḥ, styenaḥ, styainaḥ, srotasyaḥ, harikaḥ, hartā, hārakaḥ, hārītaḥ   

adatsya paradhanasya apahārakaḥ।

rakṣakaḥ corān daṇḍayati।

sta

astaṃ gam, astaṃ vraj, astaṃ yā, astaṃ i, astācalam avalaṃb, astaśikharam avalaṃb, astācalam prāp, astaśikharam prāp, sāgare masj   

sūryasya candrasya vā astaṃ prati gamanānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

sūryaḥ paścimadiśi astaṃ gacchati।

sta

astaṃ gam, astam i, dhvaṃs, niviś, praṇaś, vinaś, sampraṇaś, pravilī, sampralī, vinidhvaṃs, anukṣīya, anuvinaś, apagam, apagā   

bhavanocchedanānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

idānīṃ krameṇa prāṇināṃ prajātayaḥ astaṃ gacchanti।

sta

jaṭā, jaṭiḥ, jaṭī, jūṭaḥ, juṭakam, śaṭam, kauṭīram, jūṭakam, hastam   

parasparalagnāḥ kacāḥ viśeṣataḥ vratināṃ śikhā।

gaṅgā śivasya jaṭāsu saṃlagnā jātā।

sta

abhyas, śīl, abhyasta kṛ, śikṣ   

kasyāpi kāryasya paunaḥpunyena anuṣṭhānānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

asmin kārye aham abhyasyāmi।

sta

maṇiḥ, maṇī, ratnam, cāruśīlā, prastaraḥ   

aśmajātiviśeṣaḥ, ojayuktaḥ aśma। hīrakamauttikamarakatādayaḥ maṇayaḥ santi।

maṇau vajrasamutkīrṇe sūtrasyevāsti me gatiḥ।(raghu 1.4)

sta

kāṇḍaḥ, kāṇḍam, prakāṇḍaḥ, prakāṇḍam, stambhaḥ, nālaḥ, daṇḍaḥ, voṇṭaḥ, vṛntam   

kṣupasya śākhā।

bālakaḥ kṣupasya kāṇḍam udbhinatti।

sta

upadhānam, stambhaḥ, kandukam   

śayanasamaye śirodhāraṇārthe upayujyamānaṃ karpāsādipūritam syutam।

saḥ mañce dve upadhāne gṛhītvā svapīti।

sta

prastāraḥ, staraḥ, phalakam   

kasyāpi vastunaḥ vistāraḥ।

grīṣme kulyastha-jalasya prastāraḥ nimnaḥ bhavati।

sta

mastiṣkam, gorddam, godam, mastakasnehaḥ, mastuluṅgakaḥ   

avayavaviśeṣaḥ, mastakasthaghṛtākārasnehaḥ।

mastiṣkasya racanā jaṭilā asti। / yakṣmaṃ śīrṣaṇyaṃ mastiṣkāt jihvāyā vivṛhāmi te।

sta

dhānyam, śasyam, sītyam, gāritraḥ, stambakariḥ, bījaruhaḥ, jīvasādhanam, vrīhiḥ   

prakāṇḍarahitavṛkṣasya bījāni।

etad prakoṣṭhaṃ dhānyena pūritam।

sta

hastalikhitam   

lekhapustakādīnāṃ hastena likhitā pratiḥ।

mama hastalikhitaṃ mudraṇārthe mudraṇālaye gatam।

sta

sadyastana, sadyaska, ayātayāma, ayātayāman, sarasa, hṛṣita, hlāduka   

yaḥ adhunā eva paktrimam vipakvam vā।

śyāmaḥ sadā sadyastanam eva annaṃ khādati।

sta

stanitam, āsphoṭanam, dhvanitam, kvaṇitam   

meghayoḥ parasparāghātasya śabdaḥ।

meghasya stanitaṃ śrutvā bālakāḥ gṛhaṃ prati dhāvati।

sta

vyasta, kāryarata, abhimukha, parāyaṇa   

kasminnapi kārye rataḥ।

saḥ kṛṣikārye vyastaḥ।

sta

stavanam, stavaḥ, nutiḥ   

tad gītaṃ yasmin īśvarasya devatāyāḥ vā satkarmaṇāṃ guṇānāṃ vā śraddhāpūrṇaṃ varṇanaṃ bhavati।

asmin pustake atīva sundarāṇi stavanāni saṅgṛhītāni santi।

sta

staraḥ, dhītīkā   

uparitale vistīrṇaḥ anyavastunaḥ vā tasya eva padārthasya ghanaḥ vistāraḥ।

adya dugdhasyopari kṣīraśarasya dṛḍhaḥ staraḥ prāptaḥ।

sta

śiśuḥ, stanandhayaḥ, stanapaḥ, dārakaḥ, ḍiṃbhaḥ, kṣīrapāḥ, bālaḥ, bālakaḥ   

yaḥ idānīmeva athavā kasmāccana kālāt pūrvameva sañjātaḥ।

idānīṃtane kāle cikitsālayāt śiśūnāṃ cauryaṃ sāmānyameva।

sta

kṣatigrasta   

yaḥ kṣatyā grastaḥ।

durghaṭanāyāṃ mama dvicakrikā kṣatigrastā jātā।

sta

avyasta, avyagra   

labdhāvakāśaḥ।

asmin samaye aham avyastaḥ।

sta

hastakṣepaḥ   

kasmin api kārye parivartanārthe kimapi karaṇasya kathanasya vā kriyā।

saḥ mama kārye hastakṣepaṃ karoti।

sta

stabakapuṣpam   

puṣpaviśeṣaḥ-sugandhitaṃ tathā ca pītavarṇīyaṃ puṣpam।

mālikaḥ mālārthe stabakapuṣpāṇi cinoti।

sta

āplāvagrasta, āplāvapīḍita   

yaḥ āplāvena grastaḥ।

mantriṇā āplāvagrastasya kṣetrasya abhyāgamaḥ kṛtaḥ।

sta

āplāvagrasta   

yaḥ āplāvena grastaḥ।

śāsanaṃ āplāvagrastān janān sāhāyyaṃ yacchati।

sta

khanitram, khātram, ākhanikaḥ, ākhanaḥ, ākhanam, ākhaḥ, avadāraṇam, godāraṇam, stambaghnaḥ, ṭaṅkaḥ, ṭaṅgaḥ, viśikhā   

astraviśeṣaḥ, lohasya khananasādhanadravyam।

vṛkṣasya ropaṇārthe khanitrena bhūmim khanayati kṛṣīvalaḥ।

sta

ucchri, unnam, samucchri, utkṣip, udas, udgrah, udubj, upastambh, prami, vimi, īraya   

aprāpyasya prāpaṇārthaṃ pādamūlam uddhṛtya avasthānānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

śyāmaḥ bhitteḥ pāraṃ draṣṭum ucchrayate।

sta

vadhaḥ, hatyā, hananam, ghātaḥ, māraṇam, nāśaḥ, niṣūdanam, hiṃsā, hiṃsanam, ālambhaḥ, viśasanam, vyāpādanam, pramāpaṇam, nibarhaṇam, nikāraṇam, viśāraṇam, pravāsanam, parāsanam, saṃjñapanam, nirgranthanam, nistarhaṇam, kṣaṇanam, parivarjanam, nirvāpaṇam, pramathanam, krathanam, ujjāsanam, piñjaḥ, viśaraḥ, unmāthaḥ   

saṃharaṇam yasmin prāṇaiḥ viyujyate।

duṣṭānāṃ vadhaṃ kartuṃ īśvaraḥ avatarati।

sta

natamastaka, natamūrdhan   

yasya mastakaṃ natam।

saḥ śikṣakaṃ purataḥ natamastakaḥ abhavat।

sta

laśunam, raśunam, laśūnam, lasunam, rasunam, rasonaḥ, rasonakaḥ, gṛñjanaḥ, mahauṣadham, mahākandaḥ, ariṣṭaḥ, sonahaḥ, ugragandhaḥ, dīrghapatraḥ, granthamūlam, śrīmastakaḥ, mukhadūṣaṇaḥ, rāhūcchiṣṭam, taritā   

kandaviśeṣaḥ- yaḥ upaskare upayujyate।

sītā sāgārthe maricalaśunādīnāṃ khaṇḍanaṃ karoti।

sta

vaṃśāvalī, vaṃśānukramaḥ, vaṃśavistaraḥ   

kasyacit vaṃśasya janānāṃ kālakrameṇa nirmitā sūciḥ।

sūryavaṃśasya vaṃśāvalyāṃ rāmasya sarveṣām eva pūrvajānāṃ nāmāni santi।

sta

upavāsaḥ, upavastam, upoṣitam, upoṣaṇam, aupavastam, anaśanam, anāhāraḥ, abhojanam, laṅghanam, ākṣapaṇam   

yasmin vrate annagrahaṇaṃ varjyam।

ekādaśyām tasya upavāsaḥ asti।

sta

hastakalā, śilpakarma, śilpam   

hastābhyāṃ vastunirmāṇasya kalā।

hastakalāyāḥ prayogaḥ adhikatayā grāmeṣu eva kriyate।

sta

gaṇanāpustakam   

tad pustakaṃ yasmin gaṇanaṃ likhitam asti।

āpaṇikena mama gaṇanāpustakam udghāṭitam।

sta

vivādita, vivādāspada, vādagrasta, vivādagrasta   

yasya viṣaye vivādaḥ jāyate।

vivādite viṣaye ubhayapakṣe sandhiḥ abhavat।

sta

saṃstambhayitā   

saḥ puruṣaḥ vā tat tattvaṃ vā yat kāryaviśeṣasya saṃsthāviśeṣasya vā ādhāraḥ vartate।

mama ācāryaḥ asya mahāvidyālayasya saṃstambhayitā asti।

sta

hastarekhā   

haste vartamānā rekhā yayā sāmudrikaṃ phalajyotiṣyaṃ kathyate।

śyāmena paṇḍitāya hastarekhā darśitā।

sta

agastamāsaḥ   

āṅglakālagaṇanānusāreṇa dvādaśasu māseṣu aṣṭamaḥ māsaḥ।

agastamāsasya pañcadaśadināṅke bhāratadeśaḥ svatantraḥ abhavat।

sta

yūpaḥ, jayastambhaḥ, yāgastambhaḥ   

stambhaviśeṣaḥ, yuddha-vijaya-smṛtyarthaṃ sampannayāga-smṛtyarthaṃ vā uddhṛtaḥ stambhaḥ।

saṃgrāma-nirviṣṭa-samasrabāhuḥ kārtavīryaḥ aṣṭādaśadvīpeṣu yūpān nikhātavān।

sta

āśvasta, āśvasita   

yena āśvāsanaṃ prāptam।

bhavataḥ kathanena eva aham āśvastaḥ jātaḥ।

sta

adhastanam, adhaḥ   

kasyacana vastunaḥ arvāk।

kañcukasya adhastanaṃ svedakaṃ paridhattaṃ tathāpi śithilaḥ eva asti।

sta

itastataḥ   

asmāt sthalāt tat sthalaṃ yāvat।

prasārite ca aśrudhūme janāḥ itastataḥ adravan।

sta

stanapa   

yaḥ stanapānaṃ karoti।

yadā mātā kāryārthe gacchati tadā stanapaḥ bālakaḥ gṛhe eva tiṣṭhati।

sta

devadāru, śakrapādapaḥ, paribhadrakaḥ, bhadradāru, drukilimam, pītudāru, dāru, dārukam, snigdhadāru, amaradāru, śivadāru, śāmbhavam, bhūtahāri, bhavadāru, bhadravat, indradāru, mastadāru, surabhūruhaḥ, surāvham, devakāṣṭham   

vṛkṣaviśeṣaḥ- yasmāt tailaṃ prāpyate।

devadāruṇaḥ kāṣṭham dṛḍham asti।

sta

mallastambhaḥ   

mallārthe stambhaḥ।

devadattaḥ mallastambhe nekaiḥ prakāraiḥ krīḍati।

sta

gucchaḥ, stabakaḥ, gucchakaḥ, grathnaḥ, gulucchaḥ, pulakaḥ, guñjaḥ, kūrcakaḥ, stambakaḥ, gutsakaḥ, pulī, pūlaḥ   

ekasmin sthāne baddhānāṃ vastūnāṃ samuhaḥ।

kuñcikāyāḥ gucchaḥ na jāne kutra gataḥ।

sta

tulikā, tulā, tulī, tūlapaṭī, uttarapracchadaḥ, uttarachadaḥ, āstaraḥ, saṃstaraḥ, starimā   

tulādīn niveśayitvā nirmitaḥ pracchadaḥ।

śaityanivāraṇārthe janāḥ tulikām ācchādya svapanti।

sta

vāgvistaraḥ, vākprapaṃcaḥ, vāgupacayaḥ   

sāmānyaṃ vacanaṃ vaktuṃ kaṭhīnānāṃ śabdānāṃ vākyānāñca prayogaḥ।

netṝṇāṃ vāgvistareṇa janatā vimuhyati।

sta

śapta, abhiśapta, śāpagrasta   

śāpena grastaḥ।

śaptena arjunena bṛhannaḍārūpeṇa rājñaḥ virāṭasya gṛhe sthitvā tasya putrī uttarā nṛtyakalāyāṃ praśikṣitā।

sta

jaḍa, saṃvedanāśūnya, stabdhaceṣṭa   

bhayena ceṣṭāvihīnaḥ।

priyāṅkā sarpaṃ dṛṣṭvā jaḍā abhavat।

sta

nasyam, nastam, nāsikā-cūrṇam, nāsā-cūrṇam, avapīḍaḥ, kṣutkarī   

nāsikādeyacūrṇādiḥ;

kapha-pittānila-dhvaṃse nasyaṃ kriyāt

sta

stabdha   

ceṣṭayā vihīnam।

yūnaḥ putrasya mṛtyoḥ vārtāṃ śrutvā mātā stabdhā abhavat।

sta

hastarekhāvid, hastarekhāvit   

yaḥ manuṣyasya hastarekhāḥ dṛṣṭvā tasya bhūtabhaviṣyavartamānakālādīnāṃ viṣaye kathayati।

aruṇāyāḥ mātṛṣvasṛpatiḥ prasiddhaḥ hastarekhāvid asti।

sta

hastalikhita   

hastena likhitam।

saṅgrahālaye naikānāṃ janānāṃ hastalikhitāni patrāṇi santi।

sta

pratinidhiḥ, pratihastaḥ, kārāpakaḥ   

yaḥ kasyāpi saṃsthāyāḥ janasya vā pakṣataḥ kamapi kāryaṃ kartuṃ niyuktaḥ asti।

śyāmaḥ ekasmin vittakoṣe pratinidhiḥ asti।

sta

pīḍita, grasta, vyathita   

yaḥ pīḍām anubhavati।

āplāvena pīḍitebhyaḥ janebhyaḥ śīghrameva sāhāyyaṃ prayacchante।

sta

pīṭham, āsanam, viṣṭaraḥ, vistaraḥ, saṃveśaḥ, āsandī, mañcikā   

tad āsanaṃ yasmin na kevalam upaviśyate tathā ca yasya pṛṣṭhabhāgaḥ pṛṣṭhasya ādhārabhūtaḥ।

pitā pīṭham upaviśya dainikaṃ paṭhati।

sta

śīrṣam, śīrṣakam, mastakaḥ, mastakam, muṇḍaḥ, muṇḍam, śiraḥ, muṇḍakam, mauliḥ, mūrdhnā, varāṅgam, uttamāṅgam   

avayavaviśeṣaḥ, yasmin mastiṣkaṃ vartate।

śīrṣāṇām vai sahasrantu vihitam śārṅgadhanvanā sahasrañcaiva kāyānām vahan saṅkarṣaṇastadā

sta

vistāraḥ, prasāraḥ, prasaraḥ, vistaraḥ, prasaraṇam, vyāptiḥ, vitatiḥ, vyāpanam, vyāpakatvam   

vardhanasya kriyā bhāvaḥ vā।

jalaplāvanāt rakṣituṃ setūnāṃ vistāraḥ āvaśyakaḥ asti।

sta

hastā, hasta   

aśvinyādisaptaviṃśatinakṣatrāntargatatrayodaśanakṣatram।

hastāyāṃ nakṣatre pañca tārāḥ vartante।

sta

avyavasthā, kuprabandhaḥ, vyastatā, akramaḥ   

asamīcīnā vyavasthā।

vivāhe avyavasthāṃ dṛṣṭvā janāḥ krodhitāḥ।

sta

paribhraṣṭa, kṣayita, vinidhvasta, vidhvasta, dhvaṃsita, paricyuta, viplāvita, nāśita, paridhvasta, kṣapita, parikṣīṇa, niṣpātita, kṣayayukta, vipanna, bhraṣṭa, vilupta, utsanna, avamṛdita   

vipannatāṃ gatam।

paribhraṣṭaṃ gṛhaṃ dṛṣṭvā kṛṣakaḥ krandati।

sta

dhūmaḥ, dhūmikā, dhūpaḥ, dhūpikā, dahanaketanaḥ, marudvāhaḥ, karamālaḥ, khatamālaḥ, vyāmaḥ, agnibāhuḥ, agnivāhaḥ, ambhaḥsūḥ, ṛjīkaḥ, kacamālaḥ, jīmūtavāhī, khatamālaḥ, bhambhaḥ, marudvāhaḥ, mecakaḥ, starī, suparvā, śikhidhvajaḥ   

kasyāpi vastoḥ jvalanād vidhūpyamānaṃ kṛṣṇabāṣpam।

ārdraidhāgneḥ adhiko dhūmaḥ jāyate।

sta

sūryāsta   

sandhyāsamaye sūryasya astācalagamanam।

taḍāgataṭe sūryāstaḥ śobhanaḥ dṛśyate।

sta

sūryāstaḥ, dināntaḥ, nirmuktiḥ, sūryāpāyaḥ, sūryāstamayaḥ   

saḥ samayaḥ yadā sūryaḥ astaṃ gacchati।

bhavān sūryāstāt pūrvaṃ gṛham āgacchatu।

sta

stutya, praśaṃsitavya, stavya, kāruṇya, aṅgoṣin, ślokya, śaṃsya, praśastavya, suvṛkti, pāṇya, śravāyya, abhivandya, ślāghanīya, praśasya, vandya, suśasti, pravācya, śravya, īḍenya, mahanīya, śālin, praśasna, stavanīya, īḍya, paṇāyya, śaṃsanīya, praśaṃstavya   

stavanārhaḥ।

stutyasya atitheḥ hārdaṃ svāgataṃ kurmaḥ vayam।

sta

samasta, sama, sarva, viśva, aśeṣa, kṛtasra, nikhila, akhila, niḥśeṣa, samag, sakala, pūrṇa, akhaṇḍa, anūnaka, ananta, anyūna   

sarvaṃ yāvat vartate tāvat।

rāmeṇa samastāni caturdaśavarṣāṇi kānane vyatītāni।

sta

stambhaḥ   

samācārapatrāṇāṃ pṛṣṭheṣu lambarūpaḥ lekhasya vibhāgaḥ yatra viśiṣṭāḥ vārtāḥ likhyante।

bhavān kaṃ stambhaṃ paṭhati।

sta

muktahasta, muktakara   

yaḥ udāratāpūrvakaṃ bhūri dānaṃ karoti।

rājā vikramādityaḥ muktahastaḥ āsīt।

sta

grasta   

yaḥ grasyate।

vyādhibhiḥ grastaḥ saḥ upacārān na karoti।

sta

grasta   

yaḥ grāsīkṛtaḥ।

rāhuṇā ketunā ca grastaḥ candramāḥ na dṛśyate।

sta

hastamaithunam   

svahastena guptāṅgānāṃ uttejitakaraṇasya kriyā।

hastamaithunasya śarīre aniṣṭaḥ pariṇāmaḥ bhavati।

sta

stambakariḥ, mahāyāvanālaḥ   

yasya patram ikṣoḥ patram iva tīkṣṇam asti tathā ca yasya pītabījāni dhānyatvena upayujyante।

puṃsi stambakariḥ dhānyaṃ vrīhirnā dhānyamātrake। [śa.ka]

sta

kadalīstavakaḥ   

kadalyāḥ phalānāṃ gucchaḥ।

śreṣṭhinā kadalīstavakaṃ krītvā bhikṣukebhyaḥ dattaḥ।

sta

prakṣipta, adhikṣipta, ākṣipta, nividdha, vinipātita, avakṣipta, upta, āpātita, nipātita, apāsita, nyupta, pratyasta, avapīḍita, nyarpita, bhraṃśita   

yat prakṣipyate।

prakṣiptāni vastūni na spraṣṭavyāni।

sta

agrakaṅkaṇam, agrahastabhūṣaṇam   

tad ābhūṣaṇaṃ yad haste agre dhāryate--।

śīlā agrakaṅkaṇaṃ vāraṃ vāraṃ niṣkāsya adhārayat।

sta

śileya, śaileya, śaila, dṛṣadvat, śailya, śileya, śarkarika, śārkaraka, śārkara, dārṣada, citragrāvan, āśmika, āśmana, āśma, aśmavat, aśmanvat, śilāmaya, prastaramaya, aupala   

śilayā nirmitaḥ।

saṃgrahālaye mahātmanaḥ gāndhīmahodayasya bṛhatī śileyā pratimā āsīt।

sta

prābhikartā, vyavahārasacivaḥ, vyavahārapaṇḍitaḥ, parakāryasampādakaḥ, parakāryasādhakaḥ, pratipuruṣaḥ, pratihasta   

yaḥ kasya api anyasya kṛte daṇḍānuśāsanasambandhi kāryaṃ karoti।

adya prābhikartā kāryālaye na āgataḥ।

sta

anasta, anastamita   

yasya astaḥ na jātaḥ।

sandhyāsamaye anastasya sūryasya śobhā avarṇanīyā asti।

sta

garj, nad, stanaya, vinad, vinard, visphūrj, stan, niḥṣṭan, abhiṣṭan, prastanaya, sphūrj, avasphūrj, vāś, gadaya   

meghānām uccaiḥ śabdanānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

vāraṃvāraṃ vidyut prakāśate meghāḥ ca garjanti।

sta

kaṅkaṇaḥ, hastasūtram, kauśukam   

alaṃkāraviśeṣaḥ,haste paridhīyamāṇaḥ bhūṣaṇaḥ yaḥ kaṇ-kaṇ iti nādam karoti;

dānena pāṇirna tu kaṅkaṇena vibhāti

sta

pharodasta   

ekaḥ saṅkaraḥ rāgaḥ।

pharodastaḥ gauḍī iti kānhaḍā iti tathā ca pūrabī ityeteṣāṃ yogena bhavati।

sta

praśaṃsā, stavanam, stutiḥ, kīrtanam   

yaśasaḥ varṇanam।

saḥ svasya guroḥ praśaṃsāyāḥ na viramati।

sta

utkṛṣṭatā, uttamatā, śreṣṭhatā, guṇavattā, praśastatā, utkarṣaḥ, prakarṣaḥ, saṃpad   

atīva bhavyatāyāḥ avasthā।

prakṛtyāḥ utkṛṣṭatāyāḥ jñātāraḥ vayam।

sta

praśasta, abhinandita, ślāghita   

yasya praśaṃsā kṛtā।

latāmaṅgeśkaramahodayā ekā khyātā tathā ca praśastā gāyikā asti।

sta

śirastrāṇam, śiraskam, śīrṣarakṣam, mastakarakṣaṇī, mastakāvaraṇī, kholakaḥ   

āghātāt rakṣaṇārthaṃ śirasi dhāritam ekaṃ dhāturacitaṃ dṛḍham āvaraṇam।

yantradvicakrikāyāḥ cālakānāṃ kṛte śirastrāṇasya dhāraṇam anivāryam।

sta

stanya, stanīya   

stanasambandhī।

stanyānāṃ vyādhinām upacārāḥ kartavyā।

sta

ṛṇīkaḥ, ṛṇavān, ṛṇakartā, ṛṇī, dhāraṇakaḥ, dhārakaḥ, ṛṇagrastaḥ, adhamarṇaḥ, adhamarṇī   

yena ṛṇaṃ gṛhītam।

vittakoṣādhikāraḥ pūrvatanān ṛṇīkān ṛṇaṃ pratyarpayitum akathayat।

sta

dṛḍhahasta   

dhṛtarāṣṭrasya śateṣu putreṣu anyatamaḥ।

dṛḍhahastasya varṇanaṃ mahābhārate asti।

sta

trista   

ekā tristanadhāriṇī rākṣasī।

tristanyāḥ varṇanaṃ mahābhārate vartate।

sta

aparicitaḥ, anabhyastaḥ, ajñātaḥ, parapuruṣaḥ, pārakyaḥ, anyajanaḥ   

yaḥ na paricitaḥ।

asmābhiḥ aparicitānāṃ saha sādhuḥ vyavahāraḥ kartavyaḥ।

sta

mūkatā, vākstaṃbhaḥ, jāḍyam, vāgrāhityam   

mūkasya bhāvaḥ avasthā vā।

tasya mūkatā taṃ sāmānyabālakebhyaḥ asadṛśaṃ karoti।

sta

hastalikhitatajjñaḥ, hastalikhitanipuṇaḥ   

yaḥ kasyāpi hastalekhanaṃ dṛṣṭvā tasya svabhāvam abhijānāti।

hastalikhitatajjñasya anusāraṃ śyāmaḥ atīva bhāvapūrṇaḥ asti।

sta

hastalikhitatajjñaḥ, hastalikhitanipuṇaḥ   

yaḥ hastalekhanaṃ dṛṣṭvā lekhakaḥ kaḥ asya viṣaye vetti।

hastalikhitatajjñena patreṣu hastākṣarasya parīkṣaṇaṃ kṛtam।

sta

gṛhīta, abhigṛhīta, parigṛhīta, saṃgṛhīta, grasta, grathita, pralabdha, ātta, ādatta, ākṣipta, svāṃkṛta, samādatta, nigṛhīta   

yat dhṛtam।

gṛhītaḥ manuṣyaḥ bandhanāt palāyitaḥ।

sta

śithila, viprakīrṇa, āsrasta, virala, viślatha, viślathita, śaithilika, śithira, ślatha   

yat saṃnakham avistṛtaṃ vā nāsti।

mohanaḥ śithilāni vastrāṇi dhārayati।

sta

manyāstambhaḥ   

grīvāyāḥ rogaviśeṣaḥ।

manyāstambhaḥ grīvāyāḥ ekasyāḥ śirāyāḥ kaṭhoratāyāḥ kāraṇāt bhavati।

sta

nyasta   

yat lekhāpustikāyāṃ likhitam।

nyastāyāḥ lekhāpustikāyāḥ punarāvalokanam āvaśyakam।

sta

abhiyukta, abhiśasta, abhiśastaka, abhyākhyāta   

abhiyogaviṣayībhūtaḥ।

abhiyuktaḥ puruṣaḥ kutrāpi na dṛśyate।

sta

abhiyuktaḥ, āropī, abhiśastaḥ, abhiśastakaḥ, abhyākhyātaḥ, vyavahārābhiśastaḥ, śodhyaḥ   

yasmin ko'pi abhiyogaḥ asti।

saḥ hatyāyāḥ abhiyuktam akṣāmyat।

sta

stava, satya, yathārtha, avyāhata   

yat asatyam asvābhāvikaṃ vā nāsti।

saḥ bhāratamātuḥ vāstavaḥ suputraḥ asti।

sta

bastaramaṇḍalam   

chattīsagaḍharājyasya ekaṃ śailāṭīyaṃ maṇḍalam।

bastaramaṇḍalasya pradhānakāryālayaḥ jagadalapure asti।

sta

savyasācin, ubhyahastakuśala   

yaḥ hastadvayena kāryaṃ kartuṃ samarthaḥ।

śastrakriyāyāḥ samaye savyasācinaḥ cikītsakasya dvau hastau śīghratayā kāryaṃ kurvantau āstām।

sta

praśasta, śobhanīya, sammānakara, yukta   

yat sammānasya yogyaṃ sāmājike stare svīkṛtaṃ vā।

bhavatā sabhāyāṃ praśastāyāḥ bhāṣāyāḥ prayogaḥ kartavyaḥ।

sta

adhastana, adhara, sannatara, nihīnatara, adhobhava, pratyavara   

adharabhāgasya।

asyāḥ argalāyāḥ adhastanaḥ bhāgaḥ naṣṭaḥ jātaḥ asti।

sta

viparyastam   

kramam utsṛjya।

saḥ janān viparyastam vyākhyāt।

sta

sukhāsanam, srastaraḥ, srastaram, talpam   

kaśipuyuktam āsanam।

bhavān atra sukhāsanam upaviśatu।

sta

yauvanalakṣaṇam, tāruṇyacihnam, lāvaṇyam, stanaḥ, kucaḥ   

strīṣu yauvanasya stanarūpīyaṃ lakṣaṇaṃ cihnaṃ।

yuvatiḥ yauvanalakṣaṇena śobhate।

sta

guṇita, āhata, abhihata, vinighna, kṣuṇṇa, vyasta, saṃguṇīkṛta, pratyutpanna, pūrita, piṇḍita, abhyasta   

yat guṇyate।

guṇitāḥ aṅkāḥ sarvāṇi yojayatu।

sta

sūryaḥ, sūraḥ, aryamā, ādityaḥ, dvādaśātmā, divākaraḥ, bhāskaraḥ, ahaskaraḥ, vradhraḥ, prabhākaraḥ, vibhākaraḥ, bhāsvān, vivasvān, saptāśvaḥ, haridaśvaḥ, uṣṇaraśmiḥ, vivarttanaḥ, arkaḥ, mārttaṇḍaḥ, mihiraḥ, aruṇaḥ, vṛṣā, dyumaṇiḥ, taraṇiḥ, mitraḥ, citrabhānuḥ, virocan, vibhāvasuḥ, grahapatiḥ, tviṣāmpatiḥ, ahaḥpatiḥ, bhānuḥ, haṃsaḥ, sahastrāṃśuḥ, tapanaḥ, savitā, raviḥ, śūraḥ, bhagaḥ, vṛdhnaḥ, padminīvallabhaḥ, hariḥ, dinamaṇiḥ, caṇḍāṃśuḥ, saptasaptiḥ, aṃśumālī, kāśyapeyaḥ, khagaḥ, bhānumān, lokalocanaḥ, padmabandhuḥ, jyotiṣmān, avyathaḥ, tāpanaḥ, citrarathaḥ, khamaṇiḥ, divāmaṇiḥ, gabhastihastaḥ, heliḥ, pataṃgaḥ, arcciḥ, dinapraṇīḥ, vedodayaḥ, kālakṛtaḥ, graharājaḥ, tamonudaḥ, rasādhāraḥ, pratidivā, jyotiḥpīthaḥ, inaḥ, karmmasākṣī, jagaccakṣuḥ, trayītapaḥ, pradyotanaḥ, khadyotaḥ, lokabāndhavaḥ, padminīkāntaḥ, aṃśuhastaḥ, padmapāṇiḥ, hiraṇyaretāḥ, pītaḥ, adriḥ, agaḥ, harivāhanaḥ, ambarīṣaḥ, dhāmanidhiḥ, himārātiḥ, gopatiḥ, kuñjāraḥ, plavagaḥ, sūnuḥ, tamopahaḥ, gabhastiḥ, savitraḥ, pūṣā, viśvapā, divasakaraḥ, dinakṛt, dinapatiḥ, dyupatiḥ, divāmaṇiḥ, nabhomaṇiḥ, khamaṇiḥ, viyanmaṇiḥ, timiraripuḥ, dhvāntārātiḥ, tamonudaḥ, tamopahaḥ, bhākoṣaḥ, tejaḥpuñjaḥ, bhānemiḥ, khakholkaḥ, khadyotanaḥ, virocanaḥ, nabhaścakṣūḥ, lokacakṣūḥ, jagatsākṣī, graharājaḥ, tapatāmpatiḥ, sahastrakiraṇaḥ, kiraṇamālī, marīcimālī, aṃśudharaḥ, kiraṇaḥ, aṃśubharttā, aṃśuvāṇaḥ, caṇḍakiraṇaḥ, dharmāṃśuḥ, tīkṣṇāṃśuḥ, kharāṃśuḥ, caṇḍaraśmiḥ, caṇḍamarīciḥ, caṇḍadīdhitiḥ, aśītamarīciḥ, aśītakaraḥ, śubharaśmiḥ, pratibhāvān, vibhāvān, vibhāvasuḥ, pacataḥ, pacelimaḥ, śuṣṇaḥ, gaganādhvagaḥ, gaṇadhvajaḥ, khacaraḥ, gaganavihārī, padmagarbhaḥ, padmāsanaḥ, sadāgatiḥ, haridaśvaḥ, maṇimān, jīviteśaḥ, murottamaḥ, kāśyapī, mṛtāṇḍaḥ, dvādaśātmakaḥ, kāmaḥ, kālacakraḥ, kauśikaḥ, citrarathaḥ, śīghragaḥ, saptasaptiḥ   

hindūnāṃ dharmagrantheṣu varṇitā ekā devatā।

vedeṣu sūryasya pūjāyāḥ vāraṃvāraṃ vidhānam asti।

sta

bahuvyatyastamārgaḥ   

vyatyastā vāsturacanā yasyāṃ manuṣyaḥ śīghraṃ iṣṭaṃ sthānaṃ prāptuṃ na śaknoti।

asmābhiḥ lakhanaūnagarasya bahuvyatyastamārgaḥ api dṛṣṭaḥ।

sta

stambhakaraḥ, stavarakaḥ   

daṇḍādibhiḥ nirmitam avarodhakam।

taḍāgaṃ paritaḥ stambhakaraḥ asti।

sta

hastalikhitam, pustakam, kācanakī, pustam, lekhaḥ   

hastena likhitaṃ patram।

saṅgrahālaye'smin bahūni prācīnāni hastalikhitāni santi।

sta

naukātalam, nautalam, naukāstaraṇam   

naukāyāṃ vartamānaḥ unnataḥ bhāgaḥ।

kecana karmakarāḥ naukātale upaviśanti।

sta

kolaḥ, kitiḥ, kiriḥ, bhūdāraḥ, radāyudhaḥ, vakradaṃṣṭraḥ, varāhaḥ, romaśaḥ, sūkaraḥ, dantāyudhaḥ, śūkaraḥ, śūraḥ, krodaḥ, bahvapatyaḥ, pṛthuskandhaḥ, potrāyudhaḥ, potrī, balī, ghoṇāntabhedanaḥ, daṃṣṭrī, stabdharoma   

vanyavarāhaḥ।

kolaḥ saṃśayakaram asti।

sta

vistareṇa, savistaram   

(śabdasya) vistāreṇa saha।

vistareṇa saḥ svābhiprāyaṃ kathayati।

sta

śilāpaṭṭaḥ, pāṣāṇaḥ, prastaraḥ   

bhavanasya nirmāṇāya sāmagrīrūpeṇa upayujyamānaḥ niyatasya ākārasya aśma yad kenacit viśiṣṭena uddeśena nirmīyate।

asya bhavanasya bhittayaḥ ruciraprastarasya śilāpaṭṭaiḥ nirmitāḥ।

sta

vistṛta, savistara   

yat sāvadhānatayā sarvaiḥ prakāraiḥ samyak nirīkṣya ca nirmitaḥ।

asmābhiḥ ekā vistṛtā yojanā nirmitā।

sta

hastaśilpam   

manuṣyeṇa hastena nirmitaṃ vastu।

melāyām asmābhiḥ kānicana hastaśilpāni krītāni।

sta

ajā, chāgā, chagalam, chelikā, culumpā, payasvinī, bhīru, mañjā, mañjī, sañjā, śubhā, medhyā, galestanī, chāgikā, sarvabhakṣyā, galastanī, mukhaviluṇṭhikā   

romanthakāriṇī।

saḥ ajāḥ tṛṇabhakṣaṇārthe nayati।

sta

granthālayaḥ, pustakālayaḥ, pustakāgāraḥ, vidyākośagṛhaḥ   

vividhaprakārakāṇāṃ pustakānāṃ saṅgrahasthānaṃ yatra pustakāni paṭhituṃ sthāpyante।

sandarbhaṃ draṣṭuṃ saḥ granthālayāt purātanaṃ pustakam ānayat।

sta

śūkaraḥ, stabdharomā, romeśaḥ, kiriḥ, cakradraṃṣṭraḥ, kiṭiḥ, daṃṣṭrī, kroḍaḥ, dantāyudhaḥ, balī, pṛthuskandhaḥ, potrī, ghoṇī, bhedanaḥ, kolaḥpotrāyudhaḥ, śūraḥ, bahvapatyaḥ, radāyudhaḥ   

puṃjātīyavarāhaḥ।

saḥ śūkaraṃ sūkarīṃ ca pālayati।

sta

gajaḥ, hastī, karī, dantī, dvipaḥ, vāraṇa-, mātaṅgaḥ, mataṅgaḥ, kuñjaraḥ, nāgaḥ, dviradaḥ, ibhaḥ, radī, dvipāyī, anekapaḥ, viṣāṇī, kareṇuḥ, padmī, lambakarṇaḥ, śuṇḍālaḥ, karṇikī, dantāvalaḥ, stamberamaḥ, dīrghavaktraḥ, drumāriḥ, dīrghamārutaḥ, vilomajihvaḥ, śakvā, pīluḥ, mahāmṛgaḥ, mataṅgajaḥ, ṣaṣṭhihāyanaḥ   

vanyapaśuḥ , yasya vakṣo atha kakṣāvalayaḥ,ślathāśca lambodarasaḥ tvagbṛhatīgalaśca pecakena saha sthūlā kukṣiḥ asti। tathā ca yaḥ śuṇḍāvān asti।

hayā jiheṣire harṣād gambhīraṃ jagajuḥ gajāḥ।

sta

prahasta   

rāvaṇasya senāpatiḥ।

prahastasya varṇanaṃ rāmāyaṇe asti।

sta

vyasta   

yatra nirantaraṃ kāryaṃ pracalati।

mumbaī vyastaṃ nagaram asti।

sta

stavanāvaliḥ   

stavanānām āvaliḥ।

sā mahyaṃ mīrāyāḥ stavanāvalīṃ dattavatī।

sta

śiraḥśūlaḥ, mastakaśūlaḥ   

śiragataḥ śūlaḥ।

nidrā iti mama śiraḥśūlasya uttamaḥ upāyaḥ।

sta

vyastatama   

satataṃ kriyāyuktam।

mumbaīnagaraṃ bhāratadeśasya sarveṣu nagareṣu vyastatamaṃ nagaram asti।

sta

āpastambaḥ   

ṛṣiviśeṣaḥ।

āpastambaḥ naikeṣāṃ granthānāṃ racayitā asti।

sta

saṃnyasta, nihita, upanihita, upahita, upāhita   

nyāsarūpeṇa sthāpitam।

saṃnyastāni vastūni vittakoṣāt coritāni।

sta

trista   

ekā rākṣasī।

tristanyāḥ varṇanaṃ purāṇeṣu asti।

sta

kurustataḥ   

paurāṇikaḥ ṛṣiviśeṣaḥ।

kurustatasya varṇanaṃ ṛgvede prāpyate।

sta

āstaraṇam, āstaraḥ   

āstaraṇātmikā kriyā।

mañce nicolasya āstaraṇaṃ kṛtvā saḥ gṛhaṃ gatavān।

sta

paryastamūlyam, āstāramūlyam, prastāramūlyam   

āstaraṇārthe mūlyam।

samārohe tena pañcāśatīnāṃ khaṭvānāṃ kṛte pañcāśat-rūpyakāṇi paryastamūlyam prārthitam

sta

hastaghaṭī   

maṇibandhe dhāryamāṇā ghaṭī।

saḥ sarvadā hastaghaṭīṃ dhārayati।

sta

avāstavya, astavya, avāsayogya   

purā uṣitaḥ kintu adhunā vasanāya ayogyaḥ nirjanaḥ pradeśaḥ।

adhunā grāmāḥ avāstavyāḥ santi ataḥ sarve janāḥ nagare vasitum icchanti।

sta

prastarārohaṇam   

prastareṣu kena api sādhanena ārohaṇam।

prastarārohaṇena tasya manasi bhūyān modaḥ jāyate।

sta

stara, starīya   

starasambandhī।

rājyasya stare rājyavikāsārthe kā api samitiḥ prasthāpitā asti।

sta

hastanirmita   

hastābhyāṃ vinirmitaṃ kalāśilpam।

bhavataḥ samīpe bahūni hastanirmitāni vastūni syuḥ।

sta

siṃhadhvaniḥ, stanathaḥ. stanathuḥ   

siṃhasya dhvaniḥ।

vane siṃhanādaḥ śrūyate।

sta

gaṇanāpustakam, parivyaya- prapañjī   

māsasya āyavyayalekhanasya pustakam।

mama gaṇanāpustakaṃ kutra asti।

sta

gāyaka, gātu, gātṛ, gāyana, cāraṇa, gāthaka, geṣṇa, geṣṇu, śasti, varṇāṭa, varṇaka, sukaṇṭha, stavitṛ, go   

yaḥ gāyati।

gāyakasya kaṇṭhaḥ atīva madhuraḥ asti ।

sta

vatsanābhaḥ, viṣam, ugram, mahauṣadham, garalam, māraṇam, stauṅkakam   

viṣavṛkṣaviśeṣaḥ।

vatsanābhasya mūlebhyaḥ viṣaṃ prāpyate।

sta

kusumastabakaḥ   

chandoviśeṣaḥ।

kusumastabakasya pratyekasmin caraṇe nava navādhikāḥ vā sagaṇāḥ bhavanti।

sta

skambhaḥ, stambhaḥ, avaṣṭambhaḥ, yaṣṭiḥ, dhārikā   

ādhārārthaṃ kasyāpi vastunaḥ adhaḥ sthāpyamānā kācit racanā।

ayaṃ setuḥ saptasu stambheṣu ādhāritaḥ asti।

sta

suhasta   

dhṛtarāṣṭraputraḥ।

suhastasya varṇanaṃ dhārmikeṣu grantheṣu prāpyate।

sta

bhujastambhaḥ   

rogaviśeṣaḥ yasmin hastaḥ akāryaśīlaḥ bhavati।

bhujastambhasya kāraṇāt pitāmahī hastaḥ upari kartuṃ na śaknoti।

sta

karapṛṣṭham, avahastaḥ, hastapṛṣṭham   

hastasya pṛṣṭhabhāgaḥ।

tasya karapṛṣṭhe vraṇaḥ jātaḥ।

sta

avasādagrasta   

avasādena pīḍitaḥ।

avasādagrastasya rugṇasya ucitāḥ upacārāḥ kartavyāḥ।

sta

hastapṛṣṭham   

hastasya pṛṣṭhatamaḥ bhāgaḥ।

mātuḥ hastapṛṣṭhe rāmaḥ iti akṣaraṃ likhitam asti।

sta

aśvastana   

vartamānadinasambandhimātram।

aśvastanasya manuṣyasya kāpi cintā na bhavati।

sta

pāṭhyapustakam   

vidyālayeṣu paṭhanārthaṃ vinirmitaṃ pustakaṃ।

asmin saṃvatsare pāṭhyapustakeṣu parivartanaṃ kṛtam।

sta

ākṣipta, āyasta   

yaḥ kṣiptaḥ।

ākṣiptena astreṇa lakṣyaṃ vedhitam।

sta

lekhāpustakam   

yasmin pustake dhanarāśeḥ vivaraṇaṃ likhitaṃ bhavati।

dhanikaḥ lekhāpustake kimapi likhati।

sta

āstaraṇam   

vastrādīn vistīrya teṣām ācchādanasya kriyā।

mātā āstaraṇe vyastā asti।

sta

āstaraṇam, kuśāsanam   

yajñavedikāyām āstīryamāṇaṃ kuśasya āsanam।

paṇḍitaḥ āstaraṇe kāṣṭhaṃ sthāpayati।

sta

āhita, nyasta   

yad nyāsarūpeṇa sthāpitam।

āhitān alaṅkārān mocayituṃ kṛṣakaḥ agacchat।

sta

itastataḥ   

niyojitasthāne abhāvaḥ anyatra ca vidyamānatvam।

gṛhe vastūni itastataḥ vikīrṇāni।

sta

hastarekhāvid   

hastarekhāṇāṃ jñātā।

hastarekhāvidaḥ anusāreṇa mama jīvanarekhā laghvī asti।

sta

uccastarīya   

uccastarasya।

imāṃ samasyāṃ dūrīkartuṃ sarvakāreṇa ekā uccastarīyā sabhā āyojitā।

sta

jalastaraḥ   

jalasya staraḥ।

nadyāḥ jalastaraḥ nirantaraṃ vardhate eva।

sta

pratibaddha, nibaddha, nyasta   

pratijñādibhiḥ baddhaḥ।

svavacanaiḥ pratibaddhaḥ bhīṣmapitāmahaḥ pāṇḍavānāṃ pīḍitām avasthāṃ niṣkriyaḥ san dadarśa।

sta

stavikatā, vāstavam, satyatā   

satyasya avasthā bhāvaḥ vā।

vāstavikatā asti yad saḥ tvāṃ prīṇāti।

sta

dīpastambhaḥ   

dīpayuktaḥ stambhaḥ।

mārgasya ekasmin bhāge sthitasya dvīpastambhasya adhaḥ tau vārtālāpaṃ kurutaḥ।

sta

hiṃsāgrasta   

yad hiṃsayā prabhāvitam।

mantrimahodayaḥ hiṃsāgrastaṃ pradeśam abhigacchati।

sta

durdaśāgrasta   

durdaśāgrastasya avasthā।

durdaśāgrastatāyāḥ sampannatāyāṃ parivartanam asmākaṃ kartavyam।

sta

praśasta   

yena sammānaḥ vardhate।

sacinasya śatakasya kāraṇāt saṅghena praśastāḥ aṅkāḥ prāptāḥ।

sta

yuddhagrasta   

yaḥ yuddhena grastaḥ asti।

yuddhagraste deśe naikāḥ āpadaḥ udbhavanti।

sta

aśokastambhaḥ   

mauryavaṃśīyena cakravartisamrājāśokena khristābdapūrve tṛtīye saṃvatsare sthāpitaḥ stambhaḥ।

ekaḥ aśoka-stambhaḥ dillīnagare maharaulīkṣetre kutubaminārasya samīpe sthitaḥ asti।

sta

viśvastarīya   

yad viśvasya stare bhavati।

pradhānamantrimahodayaḥ viśvastarīye adhiveśane bhāgaṃ grahituṃ gacchati।

sta

āstaraḥ   

ekaḥ puruṣaḥ ।

āstarasya varṇanam purāṇe vartate

sta

śālaparṇī, śālaparṇaḥ, triparṇī, triparṇikā, sarivanā, śāliparṇī, dhavaniḥ, śālapatrā, tṛṇagandhā, pītinī, pītanī, rudrajaṭā, saumyā, śālānī, dīrghamūlā, niścalā, vātaghnī, dhruvā, granthaparṇī, kukuraḥ, pīlumūlaḥ, pīvarī, śālikā, śubhapatrikā, nīlapuṣpaḥ, parṇī, astamatī, pālindī, pālindhī   

ekaḥ kṣupaḥ ।

śālaparṇī bheṣajyarūpeṇa upayujyate

sta

kusumastabakaḥ   

chandoviśeṣaḥ ।

kusumastabakasya ullekhaḥ kośe vartate

sta

gucchakaḥ, gulañcaḥ, stambaḥ, kusumoccayaḥ, gucchaḥ, gutsaḥ, gutsakaḥ   

ekā sugandhī vanaspatiḥ ।

gucchakasya varṇanaṃ rājanirghaṇṭe vartate

sta

prastaraḥ   

ekā jātiḥ ।

prastarasya ullekhaḥ rāmāyaṇe vartate

sta

śarastambaḥ   

ekaṃ sthānam ।

śarasmabasya varṇanaṃ mahābhārate asti

sta

śāriprastaraḥ   

ekaḥ dyutakaraḥ ।

śāriprastarasya ullekhaḥ kathāsaritsāgare asti

sta

praśasta   

ekaḥ puruṣaḥ ।

kathāsaritsāgare praśastasya ullekhaḥ vidyate

sta

praśasta   

ekaḥ kaviḥ ।

kośakāraiḥ praśastaḥ ullikhitaḥ asti

sta

praśastakalaśaḥ   

ekaḥ puruṣaḥ ।

rājataraṅgiṇyāṃ praśastakalaśaḥ samullikhitaḥ

sta

praśastapādaḥ   

ekaḥ kaviḥ ।

sarvadarśana-saṅgrahe tathā ca kośe praśastapādasya varṇanaṃ prāpyate

sta

prahastavādaḥ   

ekā racanā ।

saṃskṛtavāṅmaye prahastavādaḥ prasiddhaḥ

sta

prācetasastavaḥ   

viṣṇu-purāṇasya caturdaśa-bhāgaḥ ।

prācetasastavaḥ purāṇavāṅmaye mahattvapūrṇaḥ

sta

bastamodā, ajamodā   

ekaḥ vanaspati-prakāraḥ ।

kośakāraiḥ bastamodā ullikhitā

sta

bahustavāvaliḥ   

ekaḥ sūktasaṅgrahaḥ ।

prācīna-saṃskṛta-vāṅmaye bahustavāvaliḥ iti sūktasaṃgrahaḥ suvikhyātaḥ

sta

brahmakarmapustakam   

ekā saṃskāraviṣayakā niyama-pustikā ।

saṃskṛta-karma-vāṅmaye brahmakarmapustakaṃ suvikhyātam

sta

brahmatarkastavavivaraṇam   

ekā ṭīkā ।

brahmatarkastavaḥ iti vedāntī-racanāyāḥ brahmatarkastavavivaraṇam iti ṭīkā suvikhyātā

sta

brahmakarmapustakam   

ekā saṃskāraviṣayakā niyama-pustikā ।

saṃskṛta-karma-vāṅmaye brahmakarmapustakaṃ suvikhyātam

sta

brahmatarkastavavivaraṇam   

ekā ṭīkā ।

brahmatarkastavaḥ iti vedāntī-racanāyāḥ brahmatarkastavavivaraṇam iti ṭīkā suvikhyātā

sta

kaukūsta   

ekaḥ puruṣaḥ ।

kaukūstasya varṇanaṃ śatapatha-brāhmaṇe samupalabhyate

sta

sarasvatīstavaḥ   

ekaḥ ślokaḥ ।

sarasvatīstavasya ullekhaḥ koṣe asti

sta

brahmastambaḥ   

ekaḥ puruṣaḥ ।

kośakāraiḥ brahmastambaḥ samullikhitaḥ

sta

śarastambaḥ   

ekaḥ puruṣaḥ ।

śarastambasya ullekhaḥ vivaraṇapustikāyām asti

sta

śarastambaḥ   

ekaḥ puruṣaḥ ।

śarastambasya ullekhaḥ vivaraṇapustikāyām asti

sta

kaukūsta   

ekaḥ puruṣaḥ ।

kaukūstasya varṇanaṃ śatapatha-brāhmaṇe samupalabhyate

sta

gaṇeśastavarājaḥ   

bhaviṣya-purāṇasya ekaḥ bhāgaḥ ।

gaṇeśastavarājaḥ bhaviṣyapurāṇe ullikhitaḥ dṛśyate

sta

gītapustakam   

ekaḥ gītasaṅgrahaḥ ।

gītapustakaṃ nāmakaṃ bauddhasāhitye idaṃ pustakaṃ vartate

sta

hastakavapraḥ   

ekaṃ sthānam ।

hastakavaprasya ullekhaḥ praśastyām asti

sta

hastagiriḥ   

ekaḥ parvataḥ ।

hastagireḥ ullekhaḥ vivaraṇapustikāyām asti

sta

hastavartī   

ekaḥ rājakumāraḥ ।

hastavartinaḥ ullekhaḥ daśakumāracarite asti

sta

stambaḥ   

puruṣanāmaviśeṣaḥ ।

stambaḥ iti nāmakānāṃ naikeṣāṃ puruṣāṇām ullekhaḥ harivaṃśe purāṇe ca asti

sta

stambavatī   

ekā strī ।

stambavatyāḥ ullekhaḥ harivaṃśe asti

sta

stambavanaḥ   

ekaḥ puruṣaḥ ।

stambavanasya ullekhaḥ koṣe asti

sta

stambhakī   

ekā devī ।

stambhakyāḥ ullekhaḥ kālacakre asti

sta

stambhatīrtham   

ekaṃ sthānam ।

stambhatīrthasya ullekhaḥ pañcatantre asti

sta

stambhavatī   

ekaṃ nagaram ।

stambhavatyāḥ ullekhaḥ vikramādityasya caritre asti

sta

stavāvaliḥ   

sūktānāṃ saṅgrahaḥ athavā praśaṃsāvaliḥ ।

stavāvalyāḥ ullekhaḥ koṣe asti

sta

skandhastambhiḥ   

ekaḥ rājā ।

skandhastambheḥ ullekhaḥ viṣṇupurāṇe asti

sta

stanakalaśaḥ   

ekaḥ vaitālikaḥ ।

stanakalaśasya ullekhaḥ mudrārākṣase asti

sta

stanapoṣikaḥ   

ekaḥ janasamudāyaḥ ।

stanapoṣikānām ullekhaḥ mahābhārate asti

sta

stanabālaḥ   

ekaḥ janasamudāyaḥ ।

stanabālanām ullekhaḥ mahābhārate asti

sta

stanayodhikaḥ   

ekaḥ janasamudāyaḥ ।

stanayodhikānām ullekhaḥ viṣṇupurāṇe mahābhārate ca asti

sta

stanayoṣikaḥ   

ekaḥ janasamudāyaḥ ।

stanayoṣikānām ullekhaḥ mahābhārate asti

sta

puṇyastambhakaraḥ   

ekaḥ puruṣaḥ ।

puṇyastambhakarasya ullekhaḥ vivaraṇapustikāyām asti

sta

āstaraḥ   

ekaḥ puruṣaḥ ।

āstarasya ullekhaḥ koṣe asti

sta

āpastambhinī   

ekaḥ kṣupaḥ ।

āpastambhinyāḥ ullekhaḥ koṣe asti

sta

āpastambhinī   

ekaḥ kṣupaḥ ।

āpastambhinyāḥ ullekhaḥ koṣe asti

sta

devastavaḥ   

ekaḥ rājaputraḥ ।

devastavasya ullekhaḥ viṣṇupurāṇe vartate

sta

navahasta   

ekaḥ lekhakaḥ ।

navahastasya ullekhaḥ vivaraṇapustikāyām asti

sta

devastavaḥ   

ekaḥ rājaputraḥ ।

devastavasya ullekhaḥ viṣṇupurāṇe asti

Parse Time: 2.994s Search Word: sta Input Encoding: IAST: sta